As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 2011

 

Securities Act File No. 33-20827

Investment Company Act File No. 811-5518

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM N-1A

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

x

 

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No.    

o

Post-Effective Amendment No.   143                 

x

 

 

and

 

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

x

 

 

Amendment No.  145

x

 


 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

Bellevue Park Corporate Center

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number: (302) 791-1851

 

Copies to:

 

SALVATORE FAIA

 

MICHAEL P. MALLOY, ESQUIRE

BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

 

Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP

103 Bellevue Parkway

 

One Logan Square, Ste. 2000

Wilmington, DE 19809

 

Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

o immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)

o on [date] pursuant to paragraph (b)

o 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

x on December 31, 2011 pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)

o 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)

o on December 31, 2011 pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

 

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

o This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

Title of Securities Being Registered.               Shares of Common Stock

 

 

 



 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

Of The RBB Fund, Inc.

Ticker: PSIGX

 

I Shares Prospectus

 

December 31, 2011

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY SECTION

3

 

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

3

 

 

EXPENSES AND FEES

3

 

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

3

 

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT RISKS

4

 

 

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

5

 

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

6

 

 

PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION

6

 

 

TAXES

6

 

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

6

 

 

FUND INFORMATION

7

 

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT FUND INVESTMENTS

7

 

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT RISK

7

 

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

8

 

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

8

 

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

10

 

 

PRICING OF FUND SHARES

10

 

 

PURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

10

 

 

REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

12

 

 

MARKET TIMING

14

 

 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

14

 

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

14

 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

17

 

 

PERFORMANCE OF COMPARABLE ACCOUNT

18

 



 

SUMMARY SECTION

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

 

The investment objective of the Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund (the “Fund”) is to seek long-term capital appreciation.

 

EXPENSES AND FEES

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold I Shares of the Fund.

 

 

 

I Shares

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

 

 

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

 

None

 

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)

 

None

 

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends

 

None

 

Redemption Fee (charged on redemptions within 7 days of purchase)

 

2.00

%

 

 

 

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

 

Management Fees

 

0.90

%

Distribution (12b-1) Fees

 

None

 

Other Expenses

 

[        ]

%

 

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

[        ]

%

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(1)

 

[        ]

%

 

 

 

 

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement

 

[        ]

%

 


(1)   The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in order to limit Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (other than Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) to 1.10% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to I Shares through December 31, 2012. If at any time during the first three years the Advisory Agreement is in effect, the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for that year are less than 1.10%, the Adviser may recoup any waived amount from the Fund if such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations.

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and that you sell your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns might be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

10 Years

 

$

[           ]

 

$

[           ]

 

$

[           ]

 

$

[           ]

 

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was [     ], of the average value of its portfolio.

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in small-cap equity securities. This investment policy may be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The Fund currently defines small-cap equity securities as those of companies with market capitalizations between $50 million and $3 billion at the time of purchase. The Fund’s investments will generally consist of U.S. traded securities, which may include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), among other types of securities.

 

The Fund’s investment philosophy is based on the premise that a portfolio of small cap stocks with positive earnings trends, reasonable valuation, and strong fundamentals will provide superior returns over time. The Adviser selects companies with strong current earnings growth, improving profitability, strong balance sheets, and strong current and projected business fundamentals which are priced at reasonable valuations. The Adviser believes in executing a very disciplined and objective investment process and in controlling risk through a broadly diversified portfolio. Because companies tend to shift in relative attractiveness, the Fund may buy and sell securities frequently, which may result in higher transaction costs, additional capital gains tax liabilities and may adversely impact performance. In addition, in order to implement its investment strategy, the Adviser may buy or sell, to a limited extent, derivative instruments (such as futures, options, and swaps) to use as a substitute for a purchase or sale of a position in the underlying assets and/or as part of a strategy designed to reduce exposure to other

 

3



 

 risks, such as market risk. The Adviser will not necessarily sell a security that has appreciated or depreciated outside the stated market capitalization range defined above.

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT RISKS

 

As with all mutual funds, a shareholder is subject to the risk that his or her investment could lose money. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below.

 

Since it purchases equity securities, the Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Historically, the equity markets have moved in cycles, and the value of the Fund’s equity securities may fluctuate drastically from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. These factors contribute to price volatility, which is the principal risk of investing in the Fund.

 

The Fund is also subject to the risk that small-capitalization stocks may underperform other segments of the equity market or the equity market as a whole. The small-capitalization companies that the Fund invests in may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, these small-cap companies may have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, small-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

Because the Fund may invest in ADRs, it is subject to some of the same risks as direct investments in foreign companies. These include the risk that political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These events will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the United States. For more information about the Fund’s investment strategy and risks associated with investing in the Fund, please read the “Fund Information” section.

 

4



 

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

 

The bar chart and the performance table below illustrates the long-term performance of the Fund.  The information shows you how the Fund’s performance has varied year by year and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund.  On February 8, 2010, substantially all of the assets of the Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund, a portfolio of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund II (the “Predecessor Fund”), were transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization (the “Reorganization”). As a result of the Reorganization, the performance and accounting history of the Predecessor Fund prior to the date of the Reorganization was assumed by the Fund and the Fund’s fiscal year end changed from July 31 to August 31. The performance information shown below for periods prior to February 8, 2010  is that of the I Shares of the Predecessor Fund, which commenced operations on December 31, 2007,. The bar chart assumes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns would have been lower had certain fees and expenses not been waived or reimbursed. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available at www.perimetercap.com or 1-888-968-4964.

 

TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

 

GRAPHIC

 

Best and Worst Quarterly Performance (for the periods reflected in the chart above)

 

Best Quarter:

 

Worst Quarter:

[        ]

 

[        ]

(quarter ended [          ] )

 

(quarter ended [       ])

 

Year to Date Total Return as of September 30, 2011: [         ]

 

Average Annual Total Returns

 

This table compares the average annual total returns of the Fund’s I Shares for the calendar year ended December 31, 2010 and since inception to those of the Russell 2000 ®  Growth Index.  The returns shown below for periods prior to the Reorganization on February 8, 2010 are for the Predecessor Fund.

 

 

 

1 Year

 

Since Inception*

 

Fund Returns Before Taxes

 

[    ]

 

[    ]

 

Fund Returns After Taxes on Distributions**

 

[     ]

 

[    ]

 

Fund Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares**

 

[    ]

 

[     ]

 

Russell 2000 ®  Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)***

 

[    ]

 

[    ]

 

 


    *      I Shares of the Fund commenced operations on December 31, 2007.

 

  **     After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns will depend on your tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

***    The Russell 2000 ®  Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 ®  companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 ®  Index is a widely-recognized, capitalization-weighted index that measures the performance of the smallest 2,000 companies in the Russell 3000 ®  Index. As of [          ], the market capitalization range of the companies in the Russell 2000 Growth Index was between [      ] and [       ]

 

5



 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

Investment Adviser

 

Perimeter Capital Management

Six Concourse Parkway, Suite 3300, Atlanta, Georgia 30328

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Mark D. Garfinkel, CFA, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager of the Fund since inception

Jim N. Behre, Director of Investment Research, Senior Research Analyst and Portfolio Manager of the Fund since inception

 

PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION

 

Minimum Initial Investment: $1,000,000

 

Shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if Shares are purchased directly from The RBB Fund, Inc. The Fund may accept initial investments of smaller amounts in its sole discretion.

 

You can only purchase and redeem Shares of the Fund on days the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open and through the means described below.

 

Purchase and Redemption by Mail:

 

Regular Mail:

Overnight Delivery:

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

P.O. Box 9842

4400 Computer Drive

Providence, RI 02940-8042

Westborough, MA 01581

 

Redemption By Telephone:

 

Call the Transfer Agent at 1-888-968-4964

 

TAXES

 

The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains. The Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income. Additionally, you will recognize gain or loss when you redeem Shares. Distributions on, and redemptions of, Shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable.

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund Shares and other related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

6



 

FUND INFORMATION

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT FUND INVESTMENTS

 

The investments and strategies described in this Prospectus are those that the Fund uses under normal conditions. During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments and other cash equivalents that would not ordinarily be consistent with its investment objective. If the Fund invests in this manner, it may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund will only make temporary defensive investments if the Adviser believes that the risk of loss outweighs the opportunity for capital appreciation.

 

This Prospectus describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies, and the Fund will normally invest in the types of securities described in this Prospectus. In addition to the investments and strategies described in this Prospectus, the Fund also may invest, to a lesser extent, in other securities, use other strategies and engage in other investment practices that are not part of its principal investment strategy. These investments and strategies, as well as those described in this Prospectus, are described in detail in the Fund’s SAI. Of course, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT RISK

 

The Fund is a mutual fund. A mutual fund pools shareholders’ money and, using professional investment managers, invests it in securities.

 

The Fund has an investment objective and strategies for reaching that objective. The Adviser invests the Fund’s assets in a way that it believes will help the Fund achieve its objective. Still, investing in the Fund involves risk and there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its objective. The Adviser’s judgments about the markets, the economy, or companies may not anticipate actual market movements, economic conditions or company performance, and these judgments may affect the return on your investment. In fact, no matter how good a job the Adviser does, you could lose money on your investment in the Fund, just as you could with similar investments. A Fund share is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any government agency.

 

The value of your investment in the Fund is based on the market prices of the securities the Fund holds. These prices change daily due to economic and other events that affect particular companies and other issuers. These price movements, sometimes called volatility, may be greater or lesser depending on the types of securities the Fund owns and the markets in which they trade. The effect on the Fund of a change in the value of a single security will depend on how widely the Fund diversifies its holdings.

 

Equity Risk — Equity securities include public and privately issued equity securities, common and preferred stocks, warrants, rights to subscribe to common stock and convertible securities, as well as instruments that attempt to track the price movement of equity indices. Investments in equity securities and equity derivatives in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. The value of such securities convertible into equity securities, such as warrants or convertible debt, is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provision. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a mutual fund invests will cause the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) to fluctuate. An investment in a portfolio of equity securities may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these share price fluctuations.

 

Foreign Security Risk — Investments in securities of foreign companies (including direct investments as well as ADRs) can be more volatile than investments in U.S. companies. Diplomatic, political, or economic developments, including nationalization or appropriation, could affect investments in foreign companies. Foreign securities markets generally have less trading volume and less liquidity than U.S. markets. In addition, the value of securities denominated in foreign currencies, and of dividends from such securities, can change significantly when foreign currencies strengthen or weaken relative to the U.S. dollar. Foreign companies or governments generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to domestic U.S. companies or governments. Transaction costs are generally higher than those in the United States and expenses for custodial arrangements of foreign securities may be somewhat greater than typical expenses for custodial arrangements of similar U.S. securities. Some foreign governments levy withholding taxes against dividend and interest income. Although in some countries a portion of these taxes are recoverable, the non-recovered portion will reduce the income received from the securities comprising the portfolio.

 

7



 

Derivatives Risks — Derivatives may involve risks different from, and possibly greater than, those of traditional investments. The Fund may use derivatives (such as futures, options, and swaps) to attempt to achieve its investment objective and offset certain investment risks, while at the same time maintaining liquidity. These positions may be established for hedging or non-hedging purposes. Risks associated with the use of derivatives include the following risks associated with hedging and leveraging activities:

 

·   The success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets, and movements in interest rates.

 

·   The Fund may experience losses over certain ranges in the market that exceed losses experienced by a fund that does not use derivatives.

 

·   There may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by the Fund and the prices of derivatives.

 

·   There may not be a liquid secondary market for derivatives.

 

·   Trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange.

 

·   Government regulations may restrict trading derivatives.

 

·   The other party to an agreement (e.g., options or swaps) may default; however, in certain circumstances, such counterparty risk may be reduced by having an organization with very good credit act as intermediary. Because options premiums paid or received by the Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying and selling put and call options can be more speculative than investing directly in securities.

 

Securities Lending Risks — The Fund may seek to increase its income by lending portfolio securities to institutions, such as certain broker-dealers. Portfolio security loans are secured continuously by collateral maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. The value of the securities loaned by the Fund will not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets. The Fund may experience a loss or delay in the recovery of its securities if the borrowing institution breaches its agreement with the Fund.

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

A description of the policies and procedures of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI.

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

Investment Adviser

 

Perimeter Capital Management, a Delaware corporation formed in 2006, serves as the investment adviser to the Fund. The Adviser’s principal place of business is located at Six Concourse Parkway, Suite 3300, Atlanta, Georgia 30328. As of September 30, 2011 the Adviser had approximately $1.5 billion in assets under management.

 

Management Fees

 

Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Company, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee at the annual rate of 0.90% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, computed daily and payable monthly. A discussion regarding the Board of Directors’ basis for approving the investment advisory agreement with respect to the Fund is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that total annual Fund operating expenses (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) exceed 1.10% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to I Shares through December 31, 2012.  If at any time during the first three years the Advisory Agreement is in effect, the Fund’s total annual operating expenses for I Shares for that year are less than 1.10%, the Adviser may recoup any waived amount from the Fund if such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011 the Fund paid [        ] (expressed as a percentage of average net assets) to the Adviser for its services. Had fee waivers not been in place, the Predecessor Fund and the Fund would have paid 0.90%.

 

8



 

Portfolio Management

 

The Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals headed by Mark D. Garfinkel, Chartered Financial Analyst (“CFA”). Although Mr. Garfinkel is primarily responsible for making investment decisions for the Fund, Jim N. Behre also plays an integral part in generating investment ideas and making recommendations for the Fund.

 

Mark D. Garfinkel is a founding partner of the Adviser and a member of its management committee. As the Adviser’s small-cap growth Portfolio Manager and Chief Investment Officer, he has over 24 years of investment management experience. Prior to the formation of the Adviser in June 2006, Mr. Garfinkel spent 8 years managing Trusco Capital Management, Inc.’s small cap growth discipline, which he and lead analyst, Jim Behre, co-designed in 1998. Mr. Garfinkel is a member of the Atlanta Society of Financial Analysts, received his CFA designation in 1993, and earned his B.A. (1986) and M.B.A. (1987) from Vanderbilt University.

 

Jim N. Behre is a founding partner of the Adviser and a member of the management committee. As the Adviser’s small-cap growth Senior Research Analyst and Director of Investment Research, he brings over 25 years of investment experience, specializing in small- to mid-cap companies. Prior to the formation of the Adviser, Mr. Behre worked with Mr. Garfinkel at Trusco Capital Management, Inc. as the lead analyst of the firm’s small-cap growth investment process. In addition, he has had experience as a Securities Principal and Compliance Officer. Mr. Behre is a member of the Atlanta Society of Financial Analysts and earned his B.A. from Barry University (1984) and M.B.A. from Farleigh Dickinson University (1991).

 

The Fund’s SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

 

9



 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

PRICING OF FUND SHARES

 

I Shares of the Fund (“Shares”) are priced at their NAV. The NAV per Share of the Fund is calculated as follows:

 

 

 

Value of Assets Attributable to I Shares

NAV =

Value of Liabilities Attributable to I Shares

 

 

Number of Outstanding Shares of I Shares

 

The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The Fund will effect purchases of Fund Shares at the NAV next determined after receipt of your order or request in good order. The Fund will effect redemptions of Fund Shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt of your order in good order.

 

The Fund’s equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (“NASDAQ”). Equity securities listed on NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, securities traded principally on an exchange or on NASDAQ will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which approximates market value. Fixed income securities having a remaining maturity of greater than 60 days are valued using an independent pricing service. When prices are not available from such service or are deemed to be unreliable, securities may be valued by dealers who make markets in such securities.

 

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Fund’s administrator, in consultation with the Adviser, securities will be fair valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and under the Board of Directors’ ultimate supervision. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

 

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses).

 

PURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

 

Shares representing interests in the Fund are offered continuously for sale by BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”). I Shares are designed for individual and institutional investors.

 

General. You may purchase Shares of each Fund at the NAV per Share next calculated after your order is received by the Transfer Agent in good order as described below.  The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open.  After an initial purchase is made, the Transfer Agent will set up an account for you on the Company records. The minimum initial investment in the Fund is $1,000,000. There is no minimum for subsequent investments. The Fund may accept initial investments of smaller amounts in its sole discretion. You can only purchase Shares of the Fund on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below.

 

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Funds may also be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial investment minimum and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if Shares are purchased directly from the Company. Therefore, you should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of Shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company’s pricing on the following Business Day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by the Fund in good order, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (the “Transfer Agent”) will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the

 

10



 

purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next computed after such orders are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

 

The Company relies upon the integrity of Service Organizations to ensure that orders are timely and properly submitted. The Fund cannot assure you that a Service Organization properly submitted to it all purchase and redemption orders received from the Service Organization’s customers before the time for determination of the Fund’s NAV in order to obtain that day’s price.

 

For administration, subaccounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Adviser, the Distributor or their affiliates may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the “Service Fee”) based on the average annual NAV of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organizations or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper.

 

Initial Investment By Mail. Subject to acceptance by the Fund, an account may be opened by completing and signing an Account Application and mailing it to the Fund at the address noted below, together with a check payable to Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund. Third party endorsed checks or foreign checks will not be accepted.

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

P.O. Box 9842

Providence, RI 02940-8042

 

or overnight to:

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

4400 Computer Drive

Westborough, MA 01581

 

Subject to acceptance by the Fund, payment for the purchase of Shares received by mail will be credited to a shareholder’s account at the NAV per Share of the Fund next determined after receipt of payment in good order.

 

Initial Investment By Wire. Subject to acceptance by the Fund, Shares may be purchased by wiring federal funds to The Bank of New York Mellon.  A completed Account Application must be forwarded to the Transfer Agent at the address noted above under “Initial Investment by Mail” in advance of the wire. Notification must be given to the Transfer Agent at (888) 968-4964 prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the wire date. (Prior notification must also be received from investors with existing accounts.)

 

Federal funds wire purchases will be accepted only on days when the Fund and The Bank of New York Mellon are open for business.

 

Additional Investments. Additional investments may be made at any time by purchasing Shares at the NAV per share of the Fund by mailing a check to the Transfer Agent at the address noted above under “Initial Investment by Mail” (payable to Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund) or by wiring monies to The Bank of New York Mellon as outlined above under “Initial Investment by Wire.” Notification must be given to the Transfer Agent at 1-888-968-4964 prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the wire date. Initial and additional purchases made by check cannot be redeemed until payment of the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen calendar days from the purchase date.

 

Retirement Plans/IRA Accounts. A $15.00 retirement custodial maintenance fee is charged per IRA account per year. For further information as to applications and annual fees, contact the Transfer Agent at 1-888-968-4964. To determine whether the benefits of an IRA are available and/or appropriate, you should consult with a tax advisor.

 

11



 

Other Purchase Information. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of Shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of the Fund. The Adviser will monitor the Fund’s total assets and may, subject to Board approval, decide to close the Fund at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Fund may adversely affect the implementation of the Fund’s strategy. The Adviser, subject to Board approval, may also choose to reopen the Fund to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close the Fund again should concerns regarding the Fund’s size recur. If the Fund closes to new investments, the Fund may be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Fund and certain other persons who may be subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts, as follows:

 

a.         persons who already hold Shares of the Fund directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Adviser;

 

b.        existing and future clients of financial advisers and planners whose clients already hold Shares of the Fund;

 

c.         employees of the Adviser and their families, and

 

d.        directors of the Company.

 

Distributions to all shareholders of the Fund will continue to be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser, subject to Board approval, reserves the right to implement specific purchase limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

 

Purchases of the Fund’s Shares will be made in full and fractional Shares of the Fund calculated to three decimal places. Certificates for Shares will not be issued except at the written request of the shareholder. Certificates for fractional Shares, however, will not be issued.

 

Shares may be purchased and subsequent investments may be made by principals and employees of the Adviser and their family members, either directly or through their IRAs, and by any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser, without being subject to the minimum investment limitation. The Company’s officers are authorized to waive the minimum initial investment requirement.

 

Good Order. You must include complete and accurate required information on your purchase request. Please see “Purchase of Fund Shares” for instructions. Purchase requests not in good order may be rejected.

 

Customer Identification Program. Federal law requires the Company to obtain, verify and record identifying information, which may include the name, residential or business street address, date of birth (for an individual), social security or taxpayer identification number or other identifying information for each investor who opens or reopens an account with the Company. Applications without the required information, or without any indication that a social security or taxpayer identification number has been applied for, may not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or its customer identification program, the Company reserves the right (a) to place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; or (b) to refuse an investment in a Company portfolio or to involuntarily redeem an investor’s shares and close an account in the event that an investor’s identity is not verified. The Company and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor’s account resulting from the investor’s delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor’s Shares when an investor’s identity cannot be verified.

 

REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

 

You may redeem Fund Shares at the next NAV calculated after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order.  The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open.  You can only redeem Shares of the Fund on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below. You may redeem Fund Shares by mail, or, if you are authorized, by telephone. The value of Shares redeemed may be more or less than the purchase price, depending on the market value of the investment securities held by the Fund.

 

Redemption By Mail. Your redemption requests should be addressed to Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., P.O. Box 9842, Providence, RI 02940-8042, or for overnight delivery to Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581, and must include:

 

·   a letter of instruction, if required, or a stock assignment specifying the number of Shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners of the Shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

 

12



 

·   any required Medallion signature guarantees, which are required when (i) the redemption proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the registered shareholder(s), (ii) the redemption request is for $10,000 or more; or (iii) a Share transfer request is made. A Medallion signature guarantee is a special signature guarantee that may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company, broker, dealer, clearing agency or savings association which is a participant in a Medallion signature guarantee program recognized by the Securities Transfer Association. A Medallion imprint or Medallion stamp indicates that the financial institution is a member of a Medallion signature guarantee program and is an acceptable signature guarantor. The three recognized Medallion signature guarantee programs are Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP), Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP) and New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Program (MSP). Signature guarantees which are not a part of these programs will not be accepted. Please note that a notary public stamp or seal is not acceptable; and

 

·   other supporting legal documents, if required, in the case of estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and profit sharing plans and other organizations.

 

Redemption By Telephone. In order to utilize the telephone redemption option, you must indicate that option on your Account Application. Please note that the telephone redemption option is not available for retirement accounts. You may then initiate a redemption of Shares by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-888-968-4964 and requesting that the redemption proceeds be mailed to the primary registration address or wired per the authorized instructions. A wire charge of $7.50 is assessed and charged to the shareholder. If the telephone redemption option is authorized, the Transfer Agent may act on telephone instructions from any person representing himself or herself to be a shareholder and believed by the Transfer Agent to be genuine. The Transfer Agent’s records of such instructions are binding and shareholders, not the Fund or its Transfer Agent, bear the risk of loss in the event of unauthorized instructions reasonably believed by the Fund or its Transfer Agent to be genuine. The Fund and the Transfer Agent will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated are genuine and, if it does not, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. The procedures employed by the Fund and the Transfer Agent in connection with transactions initiated by telephone include tape recording of telephone instructions and requiring some form of personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.

 

Redemption Fee. In an effort to discourage short-term trading and defray costs incurred by shareholders as a result of same, the Fund charges a 2% redemption fee on redemptions of Fund Shares sold within 7 days of their purchase. The fee is deducted from the sale proceeds and cannot be paid separately, and any proceeds of the fee are credited to the assets of the Fund. The fee does not apply to Shares purchased with reinvested dividends or distributions. The redemption fee is applicable to Shares of the Fund purchased either directly or through a financial intermediary, such as a broker-dealer. Transactions through financial intermediaries typically are placed with the Fund on an omnibus basis and include both purchase and sale transactions placed on behalf of multiple investors. For this reason, the Fund has undertaken to notify financial intermediaries of their obligation to assess the redemption fee on customer accounts and to collect and remit the proceeds to the Fund. However, due to operational requirements, the intermediaries’ methods for tracking and calculating the fee may be inadequate or differ in some respects from those of the Fund.

 

The redemption fee may not apply to certain categories of redemptions, such as those that the Fund reasonably believes may not raise frequent trading or market timing concerns. These categories include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) participants in certain group retirement plans whose processing systems are incapable of properly applying the redemption fee to underlying shareholders; (ii) redemptions resulting from certain transfers upon the death of a shareholder; (iii) redemptions by certain pension plans as required by law or by regulatory authorities; (iv) systematic redemptions; and (v) retirement loans and withdrawals. The Fund reserves the right to modify or eliminate the redemption fees or waivers at any time.

 

Involuntary Redemption: The Fund reserves the right to redeem a shareholder’s account in the Fund at any time the value of the account falls below $500 as a result of a redemption or an exchange request. Shareholders will be notified in writing that the value of their account in the Fund is less than $500 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the redemption is processed. The Fund may assert the right to redeem your Shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for Shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

 

Other Redemption Information: Redemption proceeds for Shares of the Fund recently purchased by check may not be distributed until payment for the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option. Other than as described above, payment of the redemption proceeds will be made within seven days after receipt of an order for a redemption. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.

 

13



 

If the Board of Directors determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by the Fund instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors generally will incur brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities so received in the payment of redemptions. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholders will bear the market risk of the securities received in the redemption until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its Shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund’s NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

 

Good Order: You must include complete and accurate required information on your redemption request. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed.

 

MARKET TIMING

 

In accordance with the policy adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder’s privilege to purchase Fund shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange.  An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary. The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders (or the Adviser), the Company (or the Adviser) will exercise their right if, in the Company’s (or the Adviser’s) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor’s trading, in the judgment of the Company or the Adviser, has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm the Fund and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of the Fund and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

 

Pursuant to the policy adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Adviser has developed criteria that it uses to identify trading activity that may be excessive. The Adviser reviews on a regular, periodic basis available information related to the trading activity in the Fund in order to assess the likelihood that the Fund may be the target of excessive trading. As part of its excessive trading surveillance process, the Adviser, on a periodic basis, examines transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds or numerical limits within a period of time. If, in its judgment, the Adviser detects excessive, short-term trading, the Adviser may reject or restrict a purchase request and may further seek to close an investor’s account with the Fund. The Adviser may modify its surveillance procedures and criteria from time to time without prior notice regarding the detection of excessive trading or to address specific circumstances. The Adviser will apply the criteria in a manner that, in the Adviser’s judgment, will be uniform.

 

There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

 

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Fund Shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Company. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company’s excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

The Fund will distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, to its shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional Shares of the Fund unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Fund will declare and pay dividends from net investment income annually. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed by the Fund at least annually.

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

 

The following is a summary of certain U.S. tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual U.S. citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

 

14



 

Distributions. The Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as otherwise discussed below, you will be subject to federal income tax on Fund distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

 

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of the Fund will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 15%. You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

 

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gains rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Fund. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (and the Fund will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of the Fund’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities (if any), a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or “non-qualified” foreign corporations.

 

Distributions from the Fund will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by the Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

 

A portion of distributions paid by the Fund to shareholders that are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations.

 

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This is known as “buying into a dividend.”

 

Sales and Exchanges. You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on a sale, exchange or redemption of your shares based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should retain your account statements for the periods during which you held shares.)

 

Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of the Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

 

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans. The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable.

 

Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the Internal Revenue Service a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, or who are subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Fund that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current backup withholding rate is 28%.

 

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders. For nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors, Fund distributions attributable to net long-term capital gains of the Fund will generally be exempt from U.S. tax, but all other Fund distributions will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax. The withholding tax may, however, be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the United States and a shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation, provided that the shareholder furnishes the Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN to establish entitlement for these treaty benefits.

 

15



 

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on sale, exchange or redemption of shares of the Fund.

 

Different U.S. tax rules may apply to a foreign shareholder, however, if the investment in the Fund is connected to a trade or business of the shareholder in the United States or the investor is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a year.

 

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in the Fund.

 

Sunset of Tax Provisions . Some of the tax provisions described above are subject to sunset provisions. Specifically, a sunset provision provides that the 15 % long-term capital gain rate and the taxation of dividends at the long-term capital gain rate will change after 2012.

 

State and Local Taxes. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income or gain from Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of the Fund’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

 

More information about taxes is contained in the Fund’s SAI.

 

16



 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The table below sets forth certain financial information for the periods indicated, including per share information for a single Fund share.  I Shares of the Predecessor Fund commenced operations on December 31, 2007.  The returns shown below for periods prior to the Reorganization on February 8, 2010 are for the Predecessor Fund.  The term “Total Return” in the table represents the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). This information has been derived from the Fund’s financial statements audited by [                    ], the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.  This information should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s financial statements, which together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, are included in the Fund’s annual report, which is available upon request (see back cover for ordering instructions).

 

 

 

Year Ended
August 31,
2011

 

One Month
Period Ended
August 31,
2010*

 

Year Ended
July 31,
2010

 

Year Ended
July 31,
2009

 

Period
Ended
July 31,
2008**

 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

 

$

 

 

$

9.58

 

$

8.48

 

$

10.42

 

$

11.53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Investment Loss(1)

 

 

 

(0.01

)

(0.07

)

(0.05

)

(0.04

)

Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Loss) on Investments

 

 

 

(0.73

)

1.17

 

(1.89

)

(1.07

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total from Operations

 

 

 

(0.74

)

1,10

 

(1.94

)

(1.11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redemption Fees

 

 

 

(2)

(2)

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Asset Value, End of Period

 

$

 

 

$

8.84

 

$

9.58

 

$

8.48

 

$

10.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Return†

 

 

%

(7.73

)%

12.97

%

(18.62

)%

(9.63

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios and Supplemental Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)

 

$

 

 

$

165,334

 

$

179,290

 

$

154,905

 

$

26,616

 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (including waivers, excluding fees paid indirectly)

 

 

%

1.10

%***

1.10

%

1.04

%

1.03

%***

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (including waivers, and fees paid indirectly)

 

 

%

1.10

%***

1.10

%

1.03

%

1.00

%***

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (excluding waivers, and fees paid indirectly)

 

 

%

1.22

%***

1.16

%

1.36

%

1.37

%***

Ratio of Net Investment Loss to Average Net Assets

 

 

%

(0.72

)%***

(0.74

)%

(0.64

)%

(0.58

)%***

Portfolio Turnover Rate‡

 

 

%

7

%

97

%

126

%

147

%‡‡

 


                  Total return has not been annualized for periods less than one year. Total return would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived by the Adviser during the period. The return shown does not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the redemption of Fund shares.

 

                   Portfolio turnover rate has not been annualized for periods less than one year.

 

‡‡              Portfolio turnover rate is for the Fund for the period ended July 31, 2008.

 

*                   The Fund changed its fiscal year end to August 31.

 

**            Commenced Operations on December 31, 2007.

 

***     Annualized

 

(1)            Per share data calculated using average shares method.

 

(2)            Amount is less than $0.01 per share.

 

17



 

PERFORMANCE OF COMPARABLE ACCOUNT

 

The information set forth below represents the performance of another mutual fund managed by Mr. Garfinkel with an investment strategy substantially similar to that of the Fund. Past performance is no guarantee of future performance and should not be considered as a representation of the future results of the Fund. The table compares the average annual total returns of the other mutual fund managed by Mr. Garfinkel to the Russell 2000 Growth Index, an unmanaged index generally representative of the market for stocks of small U.S. companies.

 

The performance information shown below from January 1, 1999 through December 31, 2005 is the performance of the STI Classic Funds’ Small Cap Growth Stock Fund (the “STI Fund”), a registered mutual fund managed principally by Mr. Garfinkel while at Trusco Capital Management, Inc. The STI Fund had substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the Fund.

 

The bar chart and performance table that follow do not show the performance of the Predecessor Fund or the Fund. They show the performance of the STI Fund, a similar mutual fund managed by Mr. Garfinkel. Mr. Garfinkel’s past performance in managing this similar mutual fund is no guarantee of the future performance of the Fund.

 

This table compares the STI Fund’s average annual total returns for the periods ended December 31, 2005 to that of the Russell 2000 Growth Index.*

 

 

 

1 Year

 

5 Years

 

Since Inception

 

STI Fund Returns

 

7.92

%

7.51

%

15.48

%

Russell 2000 Growth Index

 

4.15

%

2.28

%

6.10

%

 

The performance information of the STI Fund reflects the operating expenses of the STI Fund’s I Shares since their inception on October 8, 1998. Russell 2000 Growth Index returns are since September 30, 1998 (Russell 2000 Growth Index returns available only on a month end basis).

 

This bar chart shows changes in the performance of the STI Fund’s I Shares from calendar year to calendar year during the periods that it was managed by Mr. Garfinkel.

 

GRAPHIC

 

The STI Fund’s total return from January 1, 2006 to May 31, 2006 was 5.05%.

 

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUND’S SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

 

18



 

Perimeter Capital Management LLC

Six Concourse Parkway

Suite 3300

Atlanta, Georgia 30328

 

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the Fund is available free of charge, upon request, including:

 

Annual/Semi-annual Reports These reports contain additional information about the Fund’s investments, describe the Fund’s performance, list portfolio holdings and discuss recent market conditions and economic trends. The annual report includes Fund strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year. The Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders are available on the Adviser’s website at www.perimetercap.com.

 

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) An SAI, dated December 31, 2011, has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Fund, and the Fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual reports, may be obtained free of charge by calling 1-888-968-4964. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally considered a part of this Prospectus. The SAI is available on the Adviser’s website at www.perimetercap.com.

 

Shareholder Inquiries Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. (Eastern time) Monday-Friday. Call: (888) 968-4964.

 

Purchases And Redemptions Call your registered representative or 1-888-968-4964.

 

Written Correspondence

 

P.O. Box Address:

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

PO Box 9842, Providence, RI 02940-8042

 

 

 

Street Address:

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581

 

Securities and Exchange Commission You may view and copy information about the Company and the Fund, including the SAI, by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Fund documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by sending your request and a duplicating fee to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

 

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO. 811-05518

 



 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

Of The RBB Fund, Inc.

Ticker: PSCGX

 

Investor Class Shares Prospectus

 

December 31, 2011

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY SECTION

3

 

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

3

 

 

EXPENSES AND FEES

3

 

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

3

 

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT RISKS

4

 

 

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

4

 

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

5

 

 

PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION

5

 

 

TAXES

6

 

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

6

 

 

FUND INFORMATION

7

 

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT FUND INVESTMENTS

7

 

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT RISK

7

 

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

8

 

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

8

 

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

10

 

 

PRICING OF FUND SHARES

10

 

 

PURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

10

 

 

REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

12

 

 

MARKET TIMING

14

 

 

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

14

 

 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

14

 

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

15

 

 

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

16

 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

17

 

 

PERFORMANCE OF COMPARABLE ACCOUNT

18

 



 

SUMMARY SECTION

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

 

The investment objective of the Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund (the “Fund”) is to seek long-term capital appreciation.

 

EXPENSES AND FEES

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Class shares of the Fund.

 

 

 

Investor Class

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

 

 

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

 

None

 

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)

 

None

 

Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Reinvested Dividends

 

None

 

Redemption Fee (charged on redemptions within 7 days of purchase)

 

2.00

%

Exchange Fee (Chanred on exchanges within 7 days of purchase)

 

2.00

%

 

 

 

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment) 

 

 

 

Management Fees

 

0.90

%

Distribution (12b-1) Fees

 

0.25

%

Other Expenses

 

[        ]

%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

[        ]

%

Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement (1)

 

[(      )]

%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement

 

1.35

%

 


(1)   The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in order to limit Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (other than Acquired Fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) to 1.35% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Investor Class Shares through December 31, 2012. If at any time during the first three years the Advisory Agreement is in effect, the Fund’s Investor Class Shares Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for that year are less than 1.35%, the Adviser may recoup any waived amount from the Fund if such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations.

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and that you sell your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns might be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

10 Years

 

$

[            ]

 

$

[            ]

 

$

[            ]

 

$

[            ]

 

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance During the most recent fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was [     ], of the average value of its portfolio.

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in small-cap equity securities. This investment policy may be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders. The Fund currently defines small-cap equity securities as those of companies with market capitalizations between $50 million and $3 billion at the time of purchase. The Fund’s investments will generally consist of U.S. traded securities, which may include American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), among other types of securities.

 

The Fund’s investment philosophy is based on the premise that a portfolio of small cap stocks with positive earnings trends, reasonable valuation, and strong fundamentals will provide superior returns over time. The Adviser selects companies with strong current earnings growth, improving profitability, strong balance sheets, and strong current and projected business fundamentals which are priced at reasonable valuations. The Adviser believes in executing a very disciplined and objective investment process and in controlling risk through a broadly diversified portfolio. Because companies tend to shift in relative attractiveness, the Fund may buy and sell securities frequently, which may result in higher transaction costs, additional capital

 

3



 

gains tax liabilities and may adversely impact performance. In addition, in order to implement its investment strategy, the Adviser may buy or sell, to a limited extent, derivative instruments (such as futures, options, and swaps) to use as a substitute for a purchase or sale of a position in the underlying assets and/or as part of a strategy designed to reduce exposure to other risks, such as market risk. The Adviser will not necessarily sell a security that has appreciated or depreciated outside the stated market capitalization range defined above.

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT RISKS

 

As with all mutual funds, a shareholder is subject to the risk that his or her investment could lose money. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below.

 

Since it purchases equity securities, the Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Historically, the equity markets have moved in cycles, and the value of the Fund’s equity securities may fluctuate drastically from day to day. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. These factors contribute to price volatility, which is the principal risk of investing in the Fund.

 

The Fund is also subject to the risk that small-capitalization stocks may underperform other segments of the equity market or the equity market as a whole. The small-capitalization companies that the Fund invests in may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In particular, these small-cap companies may have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Therefore, small-cap stocks may be more volatile than those of larger companies. These securities may be traded over-the-counter or listed on an exchange.

 

Because the Fund may invest in ADRs, it is subject to some of the same risks as direct investments in foreign companies. These include the risk that political and economic events unique to a country or region will affect those markets and their issuers. These events will not necessarily affect the U.S. economy or similar issuers located in the United States. For more information about the Fund’s investment strategy and risks associated with investing in the Fund, please read the “Fund Information” section.

 

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

 

The bar chart and the performance table below illustrates the long-term performance of the Fund. The information shows you how the Fund’s performance has varied year by year and provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. On February 8, 2010, substantially all of the assets of the Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund, a portfolio of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund II (the “Predecessor Fund”), were transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization (the “Reorganization”). As a result of the Reorganization, the performance and accounting history of the Predecessor Fund prior to the date of the Reorganization was assumed by the Fund and the Fund’s fiscal year end changed from July 31 to August 31. The performance information shown below for periods prior to February 8, 2010  is that of the Investor Class Shares of the Predecessor Fund, which commenced operations on September 29, 2006. The bar chart assumes reinvestment of dividends and distributions. Total returns would have been lower had certain fees and expenses not been waived or reimbursed. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. Updated performance information is available at www.perimetercap.com or 1-888-968-4964.

 

TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

 

GRAPHIC

 

4



 

Best and Worst Quarterly Performance (for the periods reflected in the chart above)

 

Best Quarter:

 

Worst Quarter:

[        ]

 

[        ]

(quarter ended [     ])

 

(quarter ended [     ])

 

Year to Date Total Return as of September 30, 2011: [        % ]

 

Average Annual Total Returns

 

This table compares the average annual total returns of the Predecessor Fund’s and Fund’s Investor Class Shares for the calendar year ended December 31, 2010 and since inception to those of the Russell 2000 ®  Growth Index.  The returns shown below for periods prior to the Reorganization on February 8, 2010 are for the Predecessor Fund.

 

 

 

1 Year

 

Since Inception*

 

Fund Returns Before Taxes

 

[    ]

 

[    ]

 

Fund Returns After Taxes on Distributions**

 

[    ]

 

[    ]

 

Fund Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares**

 

[     ]

 

[     ]

 

Russell 2000 ®  Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)***

 

[    ]

 

[     ]

 

 


*                  The Fund’s inception date was September 29, 2006. Index comparisons begin September 30, 2006.

 

**           After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns will depend on your tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts.

 

***    The Russell 2000 ®  Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 ®  companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 ®  Index is a widely-recognized, capitalization-weighted index that measures the performance of the smallest 2,000 companies in the Russell 3000 ®  Index. As of [          ], the market capitalization range of the companies in the Russell 2000 Growth Index was between [    ] and [      ].

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

Investment Adviser

 

Perimeter Capital Management LLC,

Six Concourse Parkway, Suite 3300, Atlanta, Georgia 30328

 

Portfolio Managers

 

Mark D. Garfinkel, CFA, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager of the Fund since inception

Jim N. Behre, Director of Investment Research, Senior Research Analyst and Portfolio Manager of the Fund since inception

 

PURCHASE AND SALE INFORMATION

 

Minimum Initial Investment: $100,000*

 

Shares of the Fund may be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if Shares are purchased directly from The RBB Fund, Inc. The Fund may accept initial investments of smaller amounts in its sole discretion.

 

You can only purchase and redeem Shares of the Fund on days the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open and through the means described below.

 

Purchase and Redemption by Mail:

 

Regular Mail:

 

Overnight Delivery:

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

 

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

P.O. Box 9842

 

4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581

Providence, RI 02940-8042

 

 

 

Redemption By Telephone:

 

Call the Transfer Agent at 1-888-968-4964

 

5



 

TAXES

 

The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains. The Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income. Additionally, you will recognize gain or loss when you redeem Shares. Distributions on, and redemptions of, Shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable.

 

PAYMENTS TO BROKER-DEALERS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund Shares and other related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

6



 

FUND INFORMATION

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT FUND INVESTMENTS

 

The investments and strategies described in this Prospectus are those that the Fund uses under normal conditions. During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in money market instruments and other cash equivalents that would not ordinarily be consistent with its investment objective. If the Fund invests in this manner, it may not achieve its investment objective. The Fund will only make temporary defensive investments if the Adviser believes that the risk of loss outweighs the opportunity for capital appreciation.

 

This Prospectus describes the Fund’s principal investment strategies, and the Fund will normally invest in the types of securities described in this Prospectus. In addition to the investments and strategies described in this Prospectus, the Fund also may invest, to a lesser extent, in other securities, use other strategies and engage in other investment practices that are not part of its principal investment strategy. These investments and strategies, as well as those described in this Prospectus, are described in detail in the Fund’s SAI. Of course, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT RISK

 

The Fund is a mutual fund. A mutual fund pools shareholders’ money and, using professional investment managers, invests it in securities.

 

The Fund has an investment objective and strategies for reaching that objective. The Adviser invests the Fund’s assets in a way that it believes will help the Fund achieve its objective. Still, investing in the Fund involves risk and there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its objective. The Adviser’s judgments about the markets, the economy, or companies may not anticipate actual market movements, economic conditions or company performance, and these judgments may affect the return on your investment. In fact, no matter how good a job the Adviser does, you could lose money on your investment in the Fund, just as you could with similar investments. A Fund share is not a bank deposit and it is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any government agency.

 

The value of your investment in the Fund is based on the market prices of the securities the Fund holds. These prices change daily due to economic and other events that affect particular companies and other issuers. These price movements, sometimes called volatility, may be greater or lesser depending on the types of securities the Fund owns and the markets in which they trade. The effect on the Fund of a change in the value of a single security will depend on how widely the Fund diversifies its holdings.

 

Equity Risk — Equity securities include public and privately issued equity securities, common and preferred stocks, warrants, rights to subscribe to common stock and convertible securities, as well as instruments that attempt to track the price movement of equity indices. Investments in equity securities and equity derivatives in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. The value of such securities convertible into equity securities, such as warrants or convertible debt, is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provision. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which a mutual fund invests will cause the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) to fluctuate. An investment in a portfolio of equity securities may be more suitable for long-term investors who can bear the risk of these share price fluctuations.

 

Foreign Security Risk — Investments in securities of foreign companies (including direct investments as well as ADRs) can be more volatile than investments in U.S. companies. Diplomatic, political, or economic developments, including nationalization or appropriation, could affect investments in foreign companies. Foreign securities markets generally have less trading volume and less liquidity than U.S. markets. In addition, the value of securities denominated in foreign currencies, and of dividends from such securities, can change significantly when foreign currencies strengthen or weaken relative to the U.S. dollar. Foreign companies or governments generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to domestic U.S. companies or governments. Transaction costs are generally higher than those in the United States and expenses for custodial arrangements of foreign securities may be somewhat greater than typical expenses for custodial arrangements of similar U.S. securities. Some foreign governments levy withholding taxes against dividend and interest income. Although in some countries a portion of these taxes are recoverable, the non-recovered portion will reduce the income received from the securities comprising the portfolio.

 

7



 

Derivatives Risks  — Derivatives may involve risks different from, and possibly greater than, those of traditional investments. The Fund may use derivatives (such as futures, options, and swaps) to attempt to achieve its investment objective and offset certain investment risks, while at the same time maintaining liquidity. These positions may be established for hedging or non-hedging purposes. Risks associated with the use of derivatives include the following risks associated with hedging and leveraging activities:

 

·   The success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets, and movements in interest rates.

 

·   The Fund may experience losses over certain ranges in the market that exceed losses experienced by a fund that does not use derivatives.

 

·   There may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by the Fund and the prices of derivatives.

 

·   There may not be a liquid secondary market for derivatives.

 

·   Trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange.

 

·   Government regulations may restrict trading derivatives.

 

·   The other party to an agreement (e.g., options or swaps) may default; however, in certain circumstances, such counterparty risk may be reduced by having an organization with very good credit act as intermediary. Because options premiums paid or received by the Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying and selling put and call options can be more speculative than investing directly in securities.

 

Securities Lending Risks  — The Fund may seek to increase its income by lending portfolio securities to institutions, such as certain broker-dealers. Portfolio security loans are secured continuously by collateral maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. The value of the securities loaned by the Fund will not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets. The Fund may experience a loss or delay in the recovery of its securities if the borrowing institution breaches its agreement with the Fund.

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

A description of the policies and procedures of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s SAI.

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

Investment Adviser

 

Perimeter Capital Management, a Delaware corporation formed in 2006, serves as the investment adviser to the Fund. The Adviser’s principal place of business is located at Six Concourse Parkway, Suite 3300, Atlanta, Georgia 30328. As of September 30, 2011, the Adviser had approximately $1.5 billion in assets under management.

 

Management Fees

 

Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Company, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee at the annual rate of 0.90% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, computed daily and payable monthly. A discussion regarding the Board of Directors’ basis for approving the investment advisory agreement with respect to the Fund is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year August 31, 2011.

 

The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that total annual Fund operating expenses (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) exceed 1.35% of the Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Investor Class Shares through December 31, 2012. If at any time during the first three years the Advisory Agreement is in effect, the Fund’s total annual operating expenses for Investor Class Shares for that year are less than 1.35%, the Adviser may recoup any waived amount from the Fund if such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011 the Fund paid [    ] (expressed as a percentage of average net assets) to the Adviser for its services. Had fee waivers not been in place,  the Fund would have paid 0.90%.

 

8



 

Portfolio Management

 

The Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals headed by Mark D. Garfinkel, Chartered Financial Analyst (“CFA”). Although Mr. Garfinkel is primarily responsible for making investment decisions for the Fund, Jim N. Behre also plays an integral part in generating investment ideas and making recommendations for the Fund.

 

Mark D. Garfinkel is a founding partner of the Adviser and a member of its management committee. As the Adviser’s small-cap growth Portfolio Manager and Chief Investment Officer, he has over 24 years of investment management experience. Prior to the formation of the Adviser in June 2006, Mr. Garfinkel spent 8 years managing Trusco Capital Management, Inc.’s small cap growth discipline, which he and lead analyst, Jim Behre, co-designed in 1998. Mr. Garfinkel is a member of the Atlanta Society of Financial Analysts, received his CFA designation in 1993, and earned his B.A. (1986) and M.B.A. (1987) from Vanderbilt University.

 

Jim N. Behre is a founding partner of the Adviser and a member of the management committee. As the Adviser’s small-cap growth Senior Research Analyst and Director of Investment Research, he brings over 25 years of investment experience, specializing in small- to mid-cap companies. Prior to the formation of the Adviser, Mr. Behre worked with Mr. Garfinkel at Trusco Capital Management, Inc. as the lead analyst of the firm’s small-cap growth investment process. In addition, he has had experience as a Securities Principal and Compliance Officer. Mr. Behre is a member of the Atlanta Society of Financial Analysts and earned his B.A. from Barry University (1984) and M.B.A. from Farleigh Dickinson University (1991).

 

The Fund’s SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

 

9



 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

PRICING OF FUND SHARES

 

Investor Class shares of the Fund (“Shares”) are priced at their NAV. The NAV per Share of the Fund is calculated as follows:

 

 

 

Value of Assets Attributable to the Investor Class

NAV =

Value of Liabilities Attributable to the Investor Class

 

 

Number of Outstanding Shares of the Investor Class

 

The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The Fund will effect purchases of Fund Shares at the NAV next determined after receipt of your order or request in good order. The Fund will effect redemptions of Fund Shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt of your order in good order.

 

The Fund’s equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (“NASDAQ”). Equity securities listed on NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, securities traded principally on an exchange or on NASDAQ will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which approximates market value. Fixed income securities having a remaining maturity of greater than 60 days are valued using an independent pricing service. When prices are not available from such service or are deemed to be unreliable, securities may be valued by dealers who make markets in such securities.

 

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Fund’s administrator, in consultation with the Adviser, securities will be fair valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and under the Board of Directors’ ultimate supervision. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

 

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses).

 

PURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

 

Shares representing interests in the Fund are offered continuously for sale by BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”). Investor Class Shares are designed for individual and retail investors.

 

General. You may purchase Shares of each Fund at the NAV per Share next calculated after your order is received by the Transfer Agent in good order as described below.  The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open.  After an initial purchase is made, the Transfer Agent will set up an account for you on the Company records. The minimum initial investment in the Fund is $100,000. There is no minimum for subsequent investments. The Fund may accept initial investments of smaller amounts in its sole discretion. You can only purchase Shares of the Fund on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below.

 

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Funds may also be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial investment minimum and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if Shares are purchased directly from the Company. Therefore, you should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of Shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company’s pricing on the following Business Day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by the Fund in good order, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (the “Transfer Agent”) will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the

 

10



 

purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next computed after such orders are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

 

The Company relies upon the integrity of Service Organizations to ensure that orders are timely and properly submitted. The Fund cannot assure you that a Service Organization properly submitted to it all purchase and redemption orders received from the Service Organization’s customers before the time for determination of the Fund’s NAV in order to obtain that day’s price.

 

For administration, subaccounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Adviser, the Distributor or their affiliates may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the “Service Fee”) based on the average annual NAV of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organizations or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper.

 

Initial Investment By Mail. Subject to acceptance by the Fund, an account may be opened by completing and signing an Account Application and mailing it to the Fund at the address noted below, together with a check payable to Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund. Third party endorsed checks or foreign checks will not be accepted.

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

P.O. Box 9842

Providence, RI 02940-8042

 

or overnight to:

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

4400 Computer Drive

Westborough, MA 01581

 

Subject to acceptance by the Fund, payment for the purchase of Shares received by mail will be credited to a shareholder’s account at the NAV per Share of the Fund next determined after receipt of payment in good order.

 

Initial Investment By Wire. Subject to acceptance by the Fund, Shares may be purchased by wiring federal funds to The Bank of New York Mellon. A completed Account Application must be forwarded to the Transfer Agent at the address noted above under “Initial Investment by Mail” in advance of the wire. Notification must be given to the Transfer Agent at (888) 968-4964 prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the wire date. (Prior notification must also be received from investors with existing accounts.)

 

Federal funds wire purchases will be accepted only on days when the Fund and The Bank of New York Mellon are open for business.

 

Additional Investments. Additional investments may be made at any time by purchasing Shares at the NAV per share of the Fund by mailing a check to the Transfer Agent at the address noted above under “Initial Investment by Mail” (payable to Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund) or by wiring monies to The Bank of New York Mellon as outlined above under “Initial Investment by Wire.” Notification must be given to the Transfer Agent at 1-888-968-4964 prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the wire date. Initial and additional purchases made by check cannot be redeemed until payment of the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen calendar days from the purchase date.

 

Retirement Plans/IRA Accounts. A $15.00 retirement custodial maintenance fee is charged per IRA account per year. For further information as to applications and annual fees, contact the Transfer Agent at 1-888-968-4964. To determine whether the benefits of an IRA are available and/or appropriate, you should consult with a tax advisor.

 

Other Purchase Information. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of Shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interests of the Fund. The Adviser will monitor the Fund’s total assets and may, subject to Board approval, decide to close the Fund at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Fund may adversely affect the implementation of the Fund’s strategy. The Adviser, subject to Board approval, may also choose to reopen the Fund to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close the Fund again should concerns regarding the Fund’s size recur. If the Fund closes to new investments, the Fund may be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Fund and certain other persons who may be subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts, as follows:

 

a.         persons who already hold Shares of the Fund directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Adviser;

 

11



 

b.        existing and future clients of financial advisers and planners whose clients already hold Shares of the Fund;

 

c.         employees of the Adviser and their families, and

 

d.        directors of the Company.

 

Distributions to all shareholders of the Fund will continue to be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser, subject to Board approval, reserves the right to implement specific purchase limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

 

Purchases of the Fund’s Shares will be made in full and fractional Shares of the Fund calculated to three decimal places. Certificates for Shares will not be issued except at the written request of the shareholder. Certificates for fractional Shares, however, will not be issued.

 

Shares may be purchased and subsequent investments may be made by principals and employees of the Adviser and their family members, either directly or through their IRAs, and by any pension and profit-sharing plan of the Adviser, without being subject to the minimum investment limitation. The Company’s officers are authorized to waive the minimum initial investment requirement.

 

Good Order. You must include complete and accurate required information on your purchase request. Please see “Purchase of Fund Shares” for instructions. Purchase requests not in good order may be rejected.

 

Customer Identification Program. Federal law requires the Company to obtain, verify and record identifying information, which may include the name, residential or business street address, date of birth (for an individual), social security or taxpayer identification number or other identifying information for each investor who opens or reopens an account with the Company. Applications without the required information, or without any indication that a social security or taxpayer identification number has been applied for, may not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or its customer identification program, the Company reserves the right (a) to place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; or (b) to refuse an investment in a Company portfolio or to involuntarily redeem an investor’s shares and close an account in the event that an investor’s identity is not verified. The Company and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor’s account resulting from the investor’s delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor’s Shares when an investor’s identity cannot be verified.

 

REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

 

You may redeem Fund Shares at the next NAV calculated after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order.  The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open.  You can only redeem Shares of the Fund on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below. You may redeem Fund Shares by mail, or, if you are authorized, by telephone. The value of Shares redeemed may be more or less than the purchase price, depending on the market value of the investment securities held by the Fund.

 

Redemption By Mail. Your redemption requests should be addressed to Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., P.O. Box 9842, Providence, RI 02940-8042, or for overnight delivery to Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA 01581, and must include:

 

·           a letter of instruction, if required, or a stock assignment specifying the number of Shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners of the Shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

 

·   any required Medallion signature guarantees, which are required when (i) the redemption proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the registered shareholder(s), (ii) the redemption request is for $10,000 or more; or (iii) a Share transfer request is made. A Medallion signature guarantee is a special signature guarantee that may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company, broker, dealer, clearing agency or savings association which is a participant in a Medallion signature guarantee program recognized by the Securities Transfer Association. A Medallion imprint or Medallion stamp indicates that the financial institution is a member of a Medallion signature guarantee program and is an acceptable signature guarantor. The three recognized Medallion signature guarantee programs are Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP), Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP) and New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Program (MSP). Signature guarantees which are not a part of these programs will not be accepted. Please note that a notary public stamp or seal is not acceptable; and

 

·   other supporting legal documents, if required, in the case of estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and profit sharing plans and other organizations.

 

Redemption By Telephone. In order to utilize the telephone redemption option, you must indicate that option on your Account Application. Please note that the telephone redemption option is not available for retirement accounts. You may then initiate a

 

12



 

redemption of Shares by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-888-968-4964 and requesting that the redemption proceeds be mailed to the primary registration address or wired per the authorized instructions. A wire charge of $7.50 is assessed and charged to the shareholder. If the telephone redemption option is authorized, the Transfer Agent may act on telephone instructions from any person representing himself or herself to be a shareholder and believed by the Transfer Agent to be genuine. The Transfer Agent’s records of such instructions are binding and shareholders, not the Fund or its Transfer Agent, bear the risk of loss in the event of unauthorized instructions reasonably believed by the Fund or its Transfer Agent to be genuine. The Fund and the Transfer Agent will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated are genuine and, if it does not, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. The procedures employed by the Fund and the Transfer Agent in connection with transactions initiated by telephone include tape recording of telephone instructions and requiring some form of personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.

 

Redemption Fee. In an effort to discourage short-term trading and defray costs incurred by shareholders as a result of same, the Fund charges a 2% redemption fee on redemptions of Fund Shares sold within 7 days of their purchase. The fee is deducted from the sale proceeds and cannot be paid separately, and any proceeds of the fee are credited to the assets of the Fund. The fee does not apply to Shares purchased with reinvested dividends or distributions. The redemption fee is applicable to Shares of the Fund purchased either directly or through a financial intermediary, such as a broker-dealer. Transactions through financial intermediaries typically are placed with the Fund on an omnibus basis and include both purchase and sale transactions placed on behalf of multiple investors. For this reason, the Fund has undertaken to notify financial intermediaries of their obligation to assess the redemption fee on customer accounts and to collect and remit the proceeds to the Fund. However, due to operational requirements, the intermediaries’ methods for tracking and calculating the fee may be inadequate or differ in some respects from those of the Fund.

 

The redemption fee may not apply to certain categories of redemptions, such as those that the Fund reasonably believes may not raise frequent trading or market timing concerns. These categories include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) participants in certain group retirement plans whose processing systems are incapable of properly applying the redemption fee to underlying shareholders; (ii) redemptions resulting from certain transfers upon the death of a shareholder; (iii) redemptions by certain pension plans as required by law or by regulatory authorities; (iv) systematic redemptions; (v) retirement loans and withdrawals; and (vi) transactions involving shares exchanged from one class to another class in the Fund. The Fund reserves the right to modify or eliminate the redemption fees or waivers at any time

 

Involuntary Redemption: The Fund reserves the right to redeem a shareholder’s account in the Fund at any time the value of the account falls below $500 as a result of a redemption or an exchange request. Shareholders will be notified in writing that the value of their account in the Fund is less than $500 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the redemption is processed. The Fund may assert the right to redeem your Shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for Shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

 

Other Redemption Information: Redemption proceeds for Shares of the Fund recently purchased by check may not be distributed until payment for the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option. Other than as described above, payment of the redemption proceeds will be made within seven days after receipt of an order for a redemption. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.

 

If the Board of Directors determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by the Fund instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. Investors generally will incur brokerage charges on the sale of portfolio securities so received in the payment of redemptions. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholders will bear the market risk of the securities received until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securites. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its Shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund’s NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

 

Good Order: You must include complete and accurate required information on your redemption request. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed.

 

13



 

MARKET TIMING

 

In accordance with the policy adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder’s privilege to purchase Fund shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange.  An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary. The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders (or the Adviser), the Company (or the Adviser) will exercise their right if, in the Company’s (or the Adviser’s) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor’s trading, in the judgment of the Company or the Adviser, has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm the Fund and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of the Fund and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

 

Pursuant to the policy adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Adviser has developed criteria that it uses to identify trading activity that may be excessive. The Adviser reviews on a regular, periodic basis available information related to the trading activity in the Fund in order to assess the likelihood that the Fund may be the target of excessive trading. As part of its excessive trading surveillance process, the Adviser, on a periodic basis, examines transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds or numerical limits within a period of time. If, in its judgment, the Adviser detects excessive, short-term trading, the Adviser may reject or restrict a purchase request and may further seek to close an investor’s account with the Fund. The Adviser may modify its surveillance procedures and criteria from time to time without prior notice regarding the detection of excessive trading or to address specific circumstances. The Adviser will apply the criteria in a manner that, in the Adviser’s judgment, will be uniform.

 

There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

 

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Fund Shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Company. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company’s excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

 

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

 

The Fund also offers I Shares, which are offered directly to individual and institutional investors without distribution fees in a separate prospectus. Upon request, beneficial shareholders of Investor Class Shares are eligible to exchange their shares for I Shares if the accumulated value of their Shares exceeds the minimum initial investment amount for I Shares ($1,000,000). The Fund will determine the eligibility of an investor to exercise the exchange privilege based on the current NAV of Investor Class Shares.

 

Such an exchange will be effected at the NAV of the Investor Class Shares next calculated after the exchange request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. Shares of each class of the Fund represent equal pro rata interests in the Fund and accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner. The performance of each class is quoted separately due to different actual expenses. The total return on I Shares can be expected to differ from the total return on Investor Class Shares. The Fund reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to change or discontinue its exchange privilege, or temporarily suspend the privilege during unusual market conditions when, in the judgment of management, such change or discontinuance is in the best interests of the Fund. Shareholders who exercise the exchange privilege will generally not recognize a taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on an exchange of Investor Class Shares for I Shares.

 

You may make an exchange request by sending a written request to the Transfer Agent or, if authorized, by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-888-968-4964.

 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

The Fund will distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, to its shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional Shares of the Fund unless a shareholder elects

 

14



 

otherwise. The Fund will declare and pay dividends from net investment income annually. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed by the Fund at least annually.

 

MORE INFORMATION ABOUT TAXES

 

The following is a summary of certain U.S. tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual U.S. citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

 

Distributions. The Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as otherwise discussed below, you will be subject to federal income tax on Fund distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

 

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of the Fund will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 15%. You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

 

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates, as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gains rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Fund. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (and the Fund will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of the Fund’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities (if any), a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or “non-qualified” foreign corporations.

 

Distributions from the Fund will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by the Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

 

A portion of distributions paid by the Fund to shareholders that are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations.

 

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This is known as “buying into a dividend.”

 

Sales and Exchanges. You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on a sale, exchange or redemption of your shares based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should retain your account statements for the periods during which you held shares.)

 

Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of the Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

 

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans. The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable.

 

Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the Internal Revenue Service a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, or who are subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Fund that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current backup withholding rate is 28%

 

15



 

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders. For nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors, Fund distributions attributable to net long-term capital gains of the Fund will generally be exempt from U.S. tax, but all other Fund distributions will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax. The withholding tax may, however, be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the United States and a shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation, provided that the shareholder furnishes the Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN to establish entitlement for these treaty benefits.

 

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on sale, exchange or redemption of shares of the Fund.

 

Different U.S. tax rules may apply to a foreign shareholder, however, if the investment in the Fund is connected to a trade or business of the shareholder in the United States or the investor is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a year.

 

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in the Fund.

 

Sunset of Tax Provisions . Some of the tax provisions described above are subject to sunset provisions. Specifically, a sunset provision provides that the 15% long-term capital gain rate and the taxation of dividends at the long-term capital gain rate will change after 2012.

 

State and Local Taxes. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income or gain from Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of the Fund’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

 

More information about taxes is contained in the Fund’s SAI.

 

DISTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS

 

The Board of Directors has adopted a separate Plan of Distribution for the Investor Class Shares (the “Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Under the Plan, the Fund’s Distributor is entitled to receive from the Fund a distribution fee with respect to the Shares, which is accrued daily and paid monthly, of up to 0.25% on an annualized basis of the average daily net assets of the Investor Class Shares. The actual amount of such compensation under the Plan is agreed upon by the Company’s Board of Directors and by the Distributor. Because these fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

Amounts paid to the Distributor under the Plan may be used by the Distributor to cover expenses that are related to (i) the sale of the Shares, (ii) ongoing servicing and/or maintenance of the accounts of shareholders, and (iii) sub-transfer agency services, subaccounting services or administrative services related to the sale of the Shares, all as set forth in the Fund’s 12b-1 Plan. Ongoing servicing and/or maintenance of the accounts of shareholders may include updating and mailing prospectuses and shareholder reports, responding to inquiries regarding shareholder accounts and acting as agent or intermediary between shareholders and the Fund or its service providers. The Distributor may delegate some or all of these functions to Service Organizations. See “Purchases Through Intermediaries” above.

 

The Plan obligates the Fund, during the period it is in effect, to accrue and pay to the Distributor on behalf of the Shares the fee agreed to under the Distribution Agreement. Payments under the Plan are not tied exclusively to expenses actually incurred by the Distributor, and the payments may exceed distribution expenses actually incurred.

 

16



 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The table below sets forth certain financial information for the periods indicated, including per share information for a single Fund share.  The Predecessor Fund commenced operations on September 29, 2006.  The returns shown below for periods prior to the Reorganization on February 8, 2010 are for the Predecessor Fund.  The term “Total Return” in the table represents the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions).  This information has been derived from the Fund’s financial statements audited by [                    ], the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.  This information should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s financial statements, which together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, are included in the Fund’s annual report, which is available upon request (see back cover for ordering instructions).

 

 

 

Year Ended
August 31,

2011

 

One Month
Period Ended
August 31,

2010*

 

Year Ended
July 31,

2010

 

Year Ended
July 31,

2009

 

Year Ended
July 31,
2008

 

Period Ended
July 31,
2007**

 

Net Asset Value, Beginning of Period

 

$

 

 

$

9.53

 

$

8.45

 

$

10.40

 

$

11.49

 

$

10.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (Loss) from Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Investment Loss(1)

 

 

 

(0.01

)

(0.09

)

(0.05

)

(0.08

)

(0.08

)(2)

Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Loss) on Investments

 

 

 

(0.73

)

1.17

 

(1.90

)

(0.88

)

1.57

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total from Operations

 

 

 

(0.74

)

1.08

 

(1.95

)

(0.96

)

1.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends and Distributions from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Realized Gains

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Dividends and Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.13

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redemption Fees

 

 

 

(3)

(3)

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Asset Value, End of Period

 

$

 

 

$

8.79

 

$

9.53

 

$

8.45

 

$

10.40

 

$

11.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Return†

 

 

%

(7.77

)%

12.78

%

(18.75

)%

(8.47

)%

14.90

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios and Supplemental Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Assets, End of Period (Thousands)

 

$

 

 

$

160,496

 

$

174,434

 

$

138,929

 

$

122,353

 

$

53,100

 

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (including waivers, excluding fees paid indirectly)

 

 

%

1.35

%***

1.29

%

1.11

%

1.20

%

1.38

%***

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (including waiver, and fees paid indirectly)

 

 

%

1.35

%***

1.29

%

1.09

%

1.16

%

1.29

%***

Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets (excluding waivers and fees paid indirectly)

 

 

%

1.47

%***

1.34

%

1.41

%

1.51

%

2.11

%***

Ratio of Net Investment Loss to Average Net Assets

 

 

%

(0.97

)%***

(0.93

)%

(0.66

)%

(0.74

)%

(0.79

)%***

Portfolio Turnover Rate‡

 

 

%

7

%

97

%

126

%

147

%

88

%

 


Total return has not been annualized for periods less than one year. Total return would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived by the Adviser during the period. The return shown does not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on Fund distributions or the redemption of Fund shares.

Portfolio turnover rate has not been annualized for periods less than one year.

*

The Fund changed its fiscal year end to August 31.

**

Commenced Operations on September 29, 2006.

***

Annualized

(1)

Per share data calculated using average shares method.

(2)

This amount is inconsistent with the Fund’s aggregate net income, gains and losses because of the timing of sales and redemption of Fund shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the investment portfolio.

(3)

Amount is less than $0.01 per share.

 

17



 

PERFORMANCE OF COMPARABLE ACCOUNT

 

The information set forth below represents the performance of another mutual fund managed by Mr. Garfinkel with an investment strategy substantially similar to that of the Fund. Past performance is no guarantee of future performance and should not be considered as a representation of the future results of the Fund. The table compares the average annual total returns of the other mutual fund managed by Mr. Garfinkel to the Russell 2000 Growth Index, an unmanaged index generally representative of the market for stocks of small U.S. companies.

 

The performance information shown below from January 1, 1999 through December 31, 2005 is the performance of the STI Classic Funds’ Small Cap Growth Stock Fund (the “STI Fund”), a registered mutual fund managed principally by Mr. Garfinkel while at Trusco Capital Management, Inc. The STI Fund had substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the Fund.

 

The bar chart and performance table that follow do not show the performance of the Fund. They show the performance of the STI Fund, a similar mutual fund managed by Mr. Garfinkel. Mr. Garfinkel’s past performance in managing this similar mutual fund is no guarantee of the future performance of the Fund.

 

This table compares the STI Fund’s average annual total returns for the periods ended December 31, 2005 to that of the Russell 2000 Growth Index.*

 

 

 

1 Year

 

5 Years

 

Since Inception

 

STI Fund Returns

 

7.92

%

7.51

%

15.48

%

Russell 2000 Growth Index

 

4.15

%

2.28

%

6.10

%

 

The performance information of the STI Fund reflects the operating expenses of the STI Fund’s I Shares since their inception on October 8, 1998. Russell 2000 Growth Index returns are since September 30, 1998 (Russell 2000 Growth Index returns available only on a month end basis).

 

This bar chart shows changes in the performance of the STI Fund’s I Shares from calendar year to calendar year during the periods that it was managed by Mr. Garfinkel.

 

GRAPHIC

 

The STI Fund’s total return from January 1, 2006 to May 31, 2006 was 5.05%.

 

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUND’S SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

 

18



 

Perimeter Capital Management LLC

Six Concourse Parkway

Suite 3300

Atlanta, Georgia 30328

 

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the Fund is available free of charge, upon request, including:

 

Annual/Semi-annual Reports These reports contain additional information about the Fund’s investments, describe the Fund’s performance, list portfolio holdings and discuss recent market conditions and economic trends. The annual report includes Fund strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year. The Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders are available on the Adviser’s website at www.perimetercap.com.

 

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) An SAI, dated December 31, 2011, has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Fund, and the Fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual reports, may be obtained free of charge by calling 1-888-968-4964. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally considered a part of this Prospectus. The SAI is available on the Adviser’s website at www.perimetercap.com.

 

Shareholder Inquiries Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. (Eastern time) Monday-Friday. Call: 1-888-968-4964.

 

Purchases And Redemptions Call your registered representative or 1-888-968-4964.

 

Written Correspondence

 

P.O. Box Address:

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund
c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

PO Box 9842, Providence, RI 02940-8042

 

 

 

Street Address:

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

4400 Computer Drive

Westborough, MA  01581

 

Securities and Exchange Commission You may view and copy information about the Company and the Fund, including the SAI, by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Fund documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by sending your request and a duplicating fee to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

 

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO. 811-05518

 

19



 

S1 Fund

of The RBB Fund, Inc.

 

Ticker Symbol:  SONEX

 

I Shares

 

Prospectus

 

December 31, 2011

 

Investment Adviser:

Simple Alternatives, LLC

 

THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”). THE SEC, HOWEVER, HAS NOT JUDGED THESE SECURITIES FOR THEIR INVESTMENT MERIT AND HAS NOT DETERMINED THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO TELLS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY SECTION

2

 

 

S1 Fund

2

 

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

7

 

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

12

 

 

Investment Adviser

12

 

 

Sub-Advisers

12

 

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

15

 

 

Pricing of Fund Shares

15

 

 

Market Timing

15

 

 

Purchase of Fund Shares

16

 

 

Redemption of Fund Shares

18

 

 

Dividends and Distributions

19

 

 

More Information About Taxes

19

 

 

Multi-Class Structure

21

 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

22

 

 

FOR MORE INFORMATION

Back Cover

 


 


 

SUMMARY SECTION

 

Investment Objective

 

The S1 Fund (the “Fund”) seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation with an emphasis on absolute (positive) returns and low correlation to traditional financial market indices such as the S&P 500 ®  Index.

 

Expenses and Fees

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold I Shares of the Fund.

 

 

 

I Shares

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

 

None

 

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)

 

None

 

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends

 

None

 

Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)

 

None

 

Exchange Fee

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management Fees

 

2.75

%

Distribution (12b-1) fees

 

None

 

Other Expenses:

 

 

 

Dividend expense on short sales(1)

 

 

%

Interest expense on borrowings

 

 

%

Other operating expenses

 

 

%

Total other expenses

 

 

%

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses(2)

 

 

%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

 

%

Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursements (3)

 

(          

)%

Net Expenses (includes dividend and interest expenses on short sales)

 

 

%

 


(1)           Short-sale dividends generally reduce the market value of the securities by the amount of the dividend declared; thus increasing the Fund’s unrealized gain or reducing the Fund’s unrealized loss on the securities sold short.  Short-sale dividends are treated as an expense, and increase the Fund’s total expense ratio, although no cash is received or paid by the Fund.

 

(2)           “Acquired Fund” means any investment company in which the Fund expects to invest during the current fiscal year. Net Operating Expenses will not correlate to the Fund’s ratio of expenses to average net assets, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The Fund calculates the Acquired Fund’s expenses using the net expense ratios reported in the Acquired Fund’s most recent shareholder reports.

 

(3)           The Fund’s investment adviser, Simple Alternatives, LLC (the “Adviser”), has contractually agreed to forgo all or a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) exceeds 2.95% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s I Shares. This contractual limitation is in effect until at least December 31, 2012 and may not be terminated without Board approval. Because dividend expenses on short sales, acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest and taxes are excluded from the expense limitation, Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after fees forgone and expense reimbursements) are expected to exceed the applicable expense limitation. If at any time during the first three years the Fund’s Advisory Agreement with the Adviser is in effect, the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for that year are less than 2.95%, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund during such three-year period if such reimbursement by the Fund does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations.

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

2



 

 

 

1 Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

10 Years

 

I Shares

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. For the fiscal period September 30, 2010 through August 31, 2011, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was       % of the average value of its portfolio.

 

Summary of Principal Investment Strategies

 

The Fund utilizes a “multi-manager” approach whereby the Fund’s assets are allocated to one or more sub-advisers (“Sub-Advisers”) in percentages determined at the discretion of the Fund’s investment adviser, Simple Alternatives, LLC (the “Adviser”). The Adviser also manages a portion of the Fund’s assets and monitors Sub-Adviser trading with the dual objectives of maximizing each Sub-Adviser’s investment flexibility and assuring that the Fund as a whole complies with investment restrictions. Otherwise, each Sub-Adviser acts independently from the others and utilizes its own distinct investment style in selecting securities. However, each Sub-Adviser must operate within the constraints of the Fund’s investment objective and strategies and the particular investment restrictions applicable to that Sub-Adviser.

 

The strategies utilized by the Fund are hedge fund-type strategies and include absolute return strategies as well as strategies aimed at enhanced risk-adjusted returns. The strategies and investment techniques employed by the Sub-Advisers aim to produce absolute returns over a full market cycle while managing risk exposure. These strategies and techniques may attempt to exploit disparities or inefficiencies in particular markets or geographical regions; take advantage of security mispricings or anticipated price movements; and/or benefit from cyclical themes and relationships or special situations and events (such as spin-offs or reorganizations). Such strategies may have low correlation to traditional markets because they seek asymmetric investment opportunities that may present risks unrelated to traditional markets.

 

The Sub-Advisers may invest and trade in a wide range of instruments, markets and asset classes in U.S. and non-U.S., developed and emerging markets. Investments include equities and equity-related instruments, fixed-income and other debt-related instruments, currencies, financial futures, options and swaps, commodity-linked instruments and private placements. Equities and equity-related instruments include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, depositary receipts, exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), Rule 144A securities, warrants, rights, and equity derivatives. Debt-related instruments include corporate bonds, defaulted debt securities, distressed debt securities, mezzanine investments, bank loans, asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities, unrated securities and securities of companies in bankruptcy. Commodity-linked instruments include commodity-linked structured notes, commodity index-linked securities and other derivative instruments that provide exposure to the investment returns of the commodities markets. The Sub-Advisers may invest in asset-backed securities, which represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of assets such as motor vehicle installment sale contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements and other categories of receivables. Asset-backed securities acquired by the Fund may also include collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”). CDOs include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”) and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities.  The Sub-Advisers may invest in equity and debt securities of companies of all sizes and without limit on the credit quality or maturity of debt securities. These securities can be rated investment grade, rated below investment grade, or high yield securities (also known as “junk bonds”), which are below Baa3 by Moody’s, BBB- by S&P or BBB- by Fitch or unrated. The Sub-Advisers may make margin purchases of securities and, in connection with the purchases, borrow money from banks and other financial institutions for investment purposes. The Sub-Advisers may also sell securities short, which is a form of leverage.

 

The Adviser has primary responsibility for allocating Fund assets in a manner that attempts to diversify the Fund’s portfolio across multiple strategies and investment styles that the Adviser believes are complementary and, when combined, will produce enhanced risk-adjusted returns. The Adviser reviews a range of qualitative and quantitative factors when determining the allocations and reallocations to Sub-Advisers, including, but not limited to, the Sub-Adviser’s style, historical performance and the characteristics of each Sub-Adviser’s allocated assets (including investment process and statistical analysis). The Adviser will allocate Fund assets among strategies of the Sub-Advisers that it believes offer the potential for attractive long-term investment returns individually and are expected to blend within the Fund’s portfolio so that it will have low correlation and low volatility relative to the broader stock and bond markets. The Adviser may direct a Sub-Adviser to reduce or limit its investment in certain assets or asset classes in order to achieve the desired composition

 

3



 

of the Fund’s overall portfolio. The Adviser retains the discretion to invest the Fund’s assets in securities and other instruments directly and may do so in certain circumstances including pending allocation to a Sub-Adviser, to hedge against overall Fund exposure created by the Sub-Advisers, or to increase or reduce the Fund’s exposure to a particular issuer, sector, industry or general market risk, including interest rate risk.

 

Summary of Principal Risks

 

As with all mutual funds, a shareholder is subject to the risk that his or her investment could lose money. The Fund is only a suitable investment for investors who can bear leverage and derivatives securities risks. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below.

 

·                   Multi-Manager Dependence.  The success of the Fund’s investment strategy depends both on the Adviser’s ability to select Sub-Advisers and to allocate assets to those Sub-Advisers and on each Sub-Adviser’s ability to execute the relevant strategy and select investments for the Fund.  The Sub-Advisers’ investment styles may not always be complementary, which could affect the performance of the Fund.

 

·                   Absolute Return Focus.  The Fund’s returns may deviate from overall market returns to a greater degree than other funds that do not employ an absolute return focus.  In addition, if the Fund or a Sub-Adviser takes a defensive posture by hedging its portfolio and stock prices subsequently advance, the Fund’s returns may be lower than expected and lower than if the Fund’s portfolio had not been hedged.

 

·                   Equity Securities.  The Fund is designed for investors who can accept the risks of investing in a portfolio with significant holdings of equity securities. Equity securities tend to be more volatile than other investment choices, such as debt and money market instruments. The value of your investment may decrease in response to overall stock market movements or the value of individual securities held by the Fund.

 

·                   Mid-Cap Company Investments.  Securities of companies with mid-cap capitalizations tend to be riskier than securities of companies with large-capitalizations. This is because mid cap companies typically have smaller product lines and less access to liquidity than large cap companies, and are therefore more sensitive to economic downturns. In addition, growth prospects of mid cap companies tend to be less certain than large cap companies, and the dividends paid by mid cap stocks are frequently negligible. Moreover, mid cap stocks have, on occasion, fluctuated in the opposite direction of large cap stocks or the general stock market. Consequently, securities of mid cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large cap companies.

 

·                   Small-Cap Company Investments.  Securities of companies with small capitalizations tend to be riskier than securities of companies with mid-cap and large capitalizations. Smaller companies may have limited product lines, markets and financial resources. The prices of small capitalization stocks tend to be more volatile than those of other stocks. Small capitalization stocks are not priced as efficiently as stocks of larger companies. In addition, it may be harder to sell these stocks, especially during a down market or upon the occurrence of adverse company-specific events, which can reduce their selling prices.

 

·                   Fixed-Income Securities.  Fixed income securities in which the Fund may invest are subject to certain risks, including: interest rate risk, prepayment risk and credit/default risk. Interest rate risk involves the risk that prices of fixed income securities will rise and fall in response to interest rate changes. Prepayment risk involves the risk that in declining interest rate environments prepayments of principal could increase and require the Fund to reinvest proceeds of the prepayments at lower interest rates. Credit risk involves the risk that the credit rating of a security may be lowered.

 

·                   Asset-Backed Securities.  The risks of investing in asset-backed securities include interest rate risk, prepayment risk and the risk that the Fund could lose money if there are defaults on the loans underlying these securities.

 

·                   Mortgaged-Backed Securities. The risks of investing in mortgaged-backed securities include interest rate risk, prepayment risk and the risk that the Fund could lose money if there are defaults on the mortgage loans underlying these securities.

 

·                   High Yield Debt Obligations.  The Fund may invest in high yield debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations. An issuer of debt obligations may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal. Also, changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Such high yield debt obligations are referred to as “junk bonds” and are not considered to be investment grade.

 

·                   Foreign Investments.  International investing is subject to special risks, including currency exchange rate volatility, political, social or economic instability, and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices.

 

·                   Emerging Markets.  Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in foreign securities of developed foreign countries. These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and

 

4



 

instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers.

 

·                   Leverage.  The Fund may make margin purchases of securities and, in connection with the purchases, borrow money from banks and other financial institutions for investment purposes. The Fund may also engage in selling securities short, which is a form of leverage. Although the use of leverage by the Fund may create an opportunity for increased return, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. There is no assurance that the use of leverage as an investment strategy will be successful.

 

·                   Derivatives.  The Fund’s investments in derivative instruments such as options, forward currency exchange contracts, swaps and futures, which may be leveraged, may result in losses. Investments in derivative instruments may result in losses exceeding the amounts invested.

 

·                   Commodity Sector Risk.  Exposure to the commodities markets may subject the Fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The value of commodity-linked derivative instruments may be affected by changes in overall market movements, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates, or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs and international economic, political and regulatory developments. The prices of energy, industrial metals, precious metals, agriculture and livestock sector commodities may fluctuate widely due to factors such as changes in value, supply and demand and governmental regulatory policies. The commodity-linked securities in which the Fund invests may be issued by companies in the financial services sector, and events affecting the financial services sector may cause the Fund’s share value to fluctuate.

 

·                   Convertible Securities.  Securities that can be converted into common stock, such as certain securities and preferred stock, are subject to the usual risks associated with fixed income investments, such as interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, because they react to changes in the value of the equity securities into which they will convert, convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with equity securities.

 

·               Valuation.  Portfolio securities that have been valued using techniques other than market quotations may have valuations that are different from those produced using market quotations, and the security may be sold at a discount to the value established by the Fund.

 

·                   Redemptions. The Fund could experience a loss when selling securities to meet redemption requests by shareholders if the redemption requests are unusually large or frequent, occur in times of overall market turmoil or declining prices for the securities sold, or when the securities the Fund wishes to or is required to sell are illiquid.

 

·                   Portfolio Turnover.  If the Fund frequently trades its portfolio securities, the Fund will incur higher brokerage commissions and transaction costs, which could lower the Fund’s performance. In addition to lower performance, high portfolio turnover could result in taxable capital gains.

 

·                   Exchange Traded Funds.  ETF are a type of investment company bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities that they are designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in its being more volatile.  The Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares.

 

Fund Performance

 

No performance information is presented because the Fund has not been in operation for a full calendar year. Updated performance is available at 1-866-882-1226.

 

Management of the Fund

 

Investment Advisers and Sub-Advisers

 

Simple Alternatives, LLC, 90 Grove Street, Suite 205, Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877, serves as investment adviser to the Fund.   Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC, Courage Capital Management, LLC, Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC, Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC, Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC, and Trellus Management Co., LLC each serves as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

 

 

Title

 

Portfolio Manager
of Fund since:

Simple Alternatives, LLC

 

 

 

 

James Dilworth

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Inception

Bruce MacDonald

 

Chief Investment Officer

 

Inception

Roaring Blue Lion Capital

 

 

 

 

 

5



 

Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

Charles W. Griege, Jr.

 

Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer

 

Inception

Courage Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

Richard C. Patton

 

Chief Investment Officer

 

Inception

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn

 

 

 

 

Jay B. Abramson

 

President, Chief Investment Officer

 

Inception

Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

Lauren C. Templeton

 

Founder, Managing Member, Chief Compliance Officer

 

Inception

Scott Phillips

 

Portfolio Manager, Head of Research

 

Inception

Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC

 

 

 

 

Matthew C. Gilman

 

Chief Executive Officer, Portfolio Manager

 

Inception

Trellus Management Co., LLC

 

 

 

 

Adam Usdan

 

President, Portfolio Manager

 

Inception

John Alderman

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Inception

 

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

 

Minimum Initial Investment: $1,000,000

 

You can only purchase and redeem Shares of the Fund on days the New York Stock Exchange is open and through the means described below.

 

Purchase and Redemption By Mail:

 

S1 Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

P.O. Box 9869

Providence, RI 02940-8042

 

Redemption By Telephone:

 

Call the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226

 

Taxes

 

The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains. The Fund contemplates declaring as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income.

 

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

 

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and other related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

6



 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

 

This section provides some additional information about the Fund’s investments and certain portfolio management techniques that the Fund may use. More information about the Fund’s investments and portfolio management techniques, and related risks, is included in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

Additional Information About the Fund’s Principal Investments and Risks

 

Sub-Adviser Investment Strategies.  The Sub-Advisers will use a combination of the following investment strategies:

 

Relative Value

This strategy is designed to take advantage of perceived discrepancies in the market prices of certain convertible bond, common stock, fixed income and derivative securities.  Such discrepancies are often created by imbalances in supply and demand of different types of issues (for example, agency securities relative to U.S. Treasury securities).

 

Event Driven

This strategy is designed to invest in securities whose prices are or will be impacted by a corporate event.  Such events include corporate events, such as restructurings, spin-offs and significant litigation (e.g., tobacco litigation).  Opportunities in this area are created by the reluctance of traditional investors to assume the risk associated with certain corporate events.

 

Long/Short Equity

This strategy employs long and short trading in common stock, and preferred stock of U.S. and foreign issuers.  This strategy attempts to neutralize exposure to general market risk by primarily investing in stocks that are undervalued and short selling those stocks that are considered to be undervalued.

 

Market Neutral Equity

This strategy is designed to exploit equity market inefficiencies, which involves being simultaneously invested in long and short matched equity portfolios generally of the same size, usually in the same market.  These strategies are typically constructed to attempt to be beta neutral and attempt to control the industry, sector, market capitalization and other potential market bias exposures.

 

Global Macro

This strategy seeks to generate income and/or capital appreciation through a portfolio of investments focused on macro-economic opportunities across numerous markets and instruments. These strategies may include positions in the cash, currency, futures and forward markets.  Trading positions are generally held both long and/or short in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets.  With a broader global scope, returns to the Global Macro strategy generally exhibit little to no correlation with the broader domestic equity and bond markets.

 

Convertible Arbitrage

This strategy seeks to take advantage of pricing inefficiencies of the embedded option in a convertible bond.  The strategy typically involves the purchase of a convertible debt or preferred equity instrument (an instrument that is effectively a bond or has a fixed obligation of repayment with an embedded equity option, non-detachable warrants or an equity-linked or equity-indexed note) concurrent with the short sale of, or a short over-the-counter derivative position in, the common stock of the issuer of such debt instrument.

 

Credit Biased

These strategies invest primarily in the following sectors:  secured leveraged loans, high yield bonds, distressed debt, structured credit, and global debt (typically less efficient areas of the global fixed income markets than traditional fixed income strategies).  Generally these sectors may include wide credit rating ranges (including leveraged buyouts), may include distressed debt strategies and may include restricted securities and securities that may not be registered for which a market may not be readily available.

 

Mortgage Backed Securities

This strategy is designed to exploit perceived mispricings in mortgage back securities.  Such mispricings can result from periods of market illiquidity and distress or from analytical anomalies.  The strategy will invest in both conventional and complex mortgage backed securities.

 

7



 

Opportunistic Equities

This strategy is designed to capitalize on underpriced equity securities or on positive market trends and may focus in certain securities markets, industries, company sizes, or geographical areas. Strategies are primarily managed for absolute return and Sub-Advisers assess risk and opportunity on an absolute, not an index-relative basis, by focusing on relatively few investments that the manager believes are undervalued and either offer a margin-of-safety, or offer high growth opportunities. Selective hedging through the use of short sales or options may be utilized to manage risk exposure. Strategies may also focus on special situations or events, including distressed equities.

 

Other Investment Strategies

The Fund also has the ability to employ strategies including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions to purchase securities and investing in warrants, options and futures, reverse repurchase agreements, initial public offerings, restricted securities, and other investment companies.

 

Derivative Contracts. The Fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts for any of the following purposes:

 

·       To seek to hedge against the possible adverse impact of changes in stock market prices, currency exchange rates or interest rates in the market value of its securities or securities to be purchased;

 

·       As a substitute for buying or selling currencies or securities; or

 

·       To seek to enhance the Fund’s return in non-hedging situations (which is considered a speculative activity).

 

Examples of derivative contracts include: futures and options on securities, securities indices or currencies; options on these futures; forward foreign currency contracts; and interest rate or currency swaps. The Fund may use derivative contracts involving foreign currencies. A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the Fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment that is based on the change in value of one or more securities, currencies or indices. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a big impact on the Fund’s stock market, currency and interest rate exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices, currency rates or interest rates are changing. The Fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the Fund’s holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of default risk as issuers of fixed income securities in that the counterparty may default on its payment obligations or become insolvent. Derivatives can also make the Fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

 

Short Sales. The Fund engages in short sales — including those that are not “against the box,” which means that the Fund may make short sales where the Fund does not currently own or have the right to acquire, at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short — in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In a typical short sale, the Fund borrows from a broker a security in order to sell the security to a third party. The Fund is then obligated to return a security of the same issuer and quantity at some future date. The Fund realizes a loss to the extent the security increases in value or a profit to the extent the security declines in value (after taking into account any associated costs). Short sales “against the box” may protect the Fund against the risk of losses in the value of a portfolio security because any decline in value of the security should be wholly or partially offset by a corresponding gain in the short position. Any potential gains in the security, however, would be wholly or partially offset by a corresponding loss in the short position. Short sales that are not “against the box” involve a form of investment leverage, and the amount of the Fund’s loss on a short sale is potentially unlimited.

 

Equity and Equity-Related Securities. The Fund invests in all types of equity securities. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter common and preferred stocks, warrants, rights, convertible securities, depositary receipts and shares, trust certificates, limited partnership interests, shares of other investment companies and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), and equity participations. The number of issuers in the Fund’s portfolio will vary over time.

 

Fixed Income Investments. The Fund invests a portion of its assets in fixed income securities. Fixed income investments include bonds, notes (including structured notes), mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, convertible securities, Eurodollar and Yankee dollar instruments, preferred stocks and money market instruments. Fixed income securities may be issued by corporate and governmental issuers and may have all types of interest rate payment and reset terms, including (without limitation) fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment-in-kind and auction rate features. The principal debt investments of the Fund will be fixed and floating rate securities with no reset terms.

 

The credit quality of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio is determined at the time of investment. If a security is rated differently by multiple ratings organizations, the Fund treats the security as being rated in the higher rating category.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities may be issued by private companies or by agencies of the U.S. government. Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participation in, or are collateralized by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property.

 

8



 

Certain debt instruments may only pay principal at maturity or may only represent the right to receive payments of principal or payments of interest on underlying pools of mortgage or government securities, but not both. The value of these types of instruments may change more drastically than debt securities that pay both principal and interest during periods of changing interest rates. Principal only mortgage-backed securities are particularly subject to prepayment risk. The Fund may obtain a below market yield or incur a loss on such instruments during periods of declining interest rates. Interest only instruments are particularly subject to extension risk, i.e. the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to pay later than expected. This may occur when there is a rise in interest rates. Mortgage derivatives and structured securities often employ features that have the effect of leverage. As a result, small changes in interest or prepayment rates may cause large and sudden price movements, especially compared to an investment in a security that is not leveraged. Mortgage derivatives can also become illiquid and hard to value in declining markets.

 

Mortgage-backed securities that are collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-related securities depend on the payments of principal and interest made by or through the underlying assets, which may not be sufficient to meet the payment obligations of the mortgage-backed securities. Prepayments of principal, which occur more frequently in falling interest rate conditions, may shorten the term and reduce the value of these securities. The quality and value of the underlying collateral may decline, or default, which has become a significant risk for collateral related to sub-prime mortgage loans, especially in a declining residential real estate market. Further, these securities generally are privately sold and may not be readily marketable, particularly after a rapid decrease in value. Investments in mortgage-backed securities may also be subject to valuation risk.

 

The Fund may also use mortgage dollar rolls to finance the purchase of additional investments. Dollar rolls expose the Fund to the risk that it will lose money if the additional investments do not produce enough income to cover the Fund’s dollar roll obligations. In addition, if the Adviser’s or Sub-Advisers’ prepayment assumptions are incorrect, the Fund may have performed better had the Fund not entered into the mortgage dollar roll. Unless covered, investing in dollar rolls creates leverage and dollar rolls are subject to the general risks involved in leveraging.

 

Foreign Securities. The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers that are traded or denominated in U.S. dollars (including equity securities of foreign issuers trading in U.S. markets) through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”). In addition, the Fund may invest in securities traded or denominated in foreign currencies and in multinational currencies such as the Euro. The Fund will value its securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. Investments in securities of foreign entities and securities denominated or traded in foreign currencies involve special risks. These include possible political and economic instability and the possible imposition of exchange controls or other restrictions on investments. Changes in foreign currency rates relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Emerging market investments offer the potential for significant gains but also involve greater risks than investing in more developed countries. Political or economic instability, lack of market liquidity and government actions such as currency controls or seizure of private business or property may be more likely in emerging markets.

 

Valuation. Portfolio securities may be valued using techniques other than market quotations. The value established for a portfolio security may be different than what would be produced through the use of another methodology or if it had been priced using market quotations. Portfolio securities that are valued using techniques other than market quotations, including “fair valued” securities, may be subject to greater fluctuation in their value from one day to the next than would be the case if market quotations were used. In addition, there is no assurance that the Fund could sell a portfolio security for the value established for it at any time and it is possible that the Fund would incur a loss because a portfolio security is sold at a discount to its established value.

 

Interest Rate Risk. During periods of rising interest rates, the market value of the Fund’s fixed-income securities will tend to be lower than prevailing market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the market value of the Fund’s fixed-income securities generally will tend to be higher than prevailing market interest rates. Prices of longer-term fixed income securities are typically more sensitive to changes in interest rates than prices of shorter-term fixed-income securities.

 

Credit/Default Risk. The credit rating of an issuer or guarantor of a security in which the Fund invests may be lowered or an issuer or guarantor of a security or the counterparty to a derivatives contract or a repurchase agreement may default on its payment obligations.

 

Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to purchase or sell. The Fund’s investments in illiquid securities may reduce the returns of the Fund because it may be unable to sell the illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price. Liquid securities may also become illiquid because of market events or uncertainties. Illiquidity can be caused by a drop in overall market trading volume, an inability to find a ready buyer, or legal restrictions on the securities’ resale. Certain securities that were liquid when purchased may later become illiquid, particularly in times of overall economic distress.

 

9


 


 

Leveraging Risks. The use of leverage by the Adviser and Sub-Advisers may increase the volatility of the Fund. These leveraged instruments may result in losses to the Fund or may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value or total return, because instruments that contain leverage are more sensitive to changes in interest rates. The Fund may also use borrowed funds to create leverage. Although the use of leverage by the Fund may create an opportunity for increased return, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on the securities and instruments purchased with leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of the leverage, the Fund’s return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income and gains from the securities and instruments purchased with such proceeds does not cover the cost of leverage, the Fund’s return will be less than if leverage had not been used. In the event of a sudden, precipitous drop in value of the Fund’s assets, the Fund may not be able to liquidate assets quickly enough to pay off its borrowing. Short sales of securities also involve the use of leverage. Using this investment technique may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value or total return.

 

To limit leverage risk, the Fund will segregate assets determined by the Adviser to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, or, when permissible, enter into offsetting transactions, to cover its obligations resulting from its use of derivative instruments. Securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the futures contract, option or other derivative is outstanding, unless they are replaced with other suitable assets. As a result, it is possible that segregating a large percentage of the Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

 

Interest Rate Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Credit Default Swaps, Options on Swaps and Interest Rate Caps, Floors and Collars.

 

·       Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating rate payments.

 

·       Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index, or an index component.

 

·       Credit default swaps are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt obligation.

 

·       Options on swaps (“swaptions”) are options to enter into a swap agreement. The Fund may also purchase and write (sell) swaptions. Like other types of options, the buyer of a swaption pays a non-refundable premium for the option and obtains the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The seller of a swaption, in exchange for the premium, becomes obligated (if the option is exercised) to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms.

 

·       Interest rate caps entitle the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap.

 

·       Interest rate floors entitle the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor.

 

·       Interest rate collars combine a cap and a floor that are designed to preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates.

 

The Fund may enter into the transactions described above for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return (which is considered a speculative activity). The use of swaps, swaptions, and interest rate caps, floors and collars is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values and interest rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.

 

Counterparties. To the extent the Fund invests in loans or securities traded over-the-counter, swaps, “synthetic” or derivative instruments, repurchase agreements, certain types of options or other customized financial instruments, the Fund takes the risk of non-performance by the other party to the contract. This risk may include credit risk of the counterparty and the risk of settlement default. This risk may differ materially from those entailed in exchange-traded transactions that generally are supported by guarantees of clearing organizations, daily marking-to-market and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries. Transactions entered directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from such protections and expose the parties to the risk of counterparty default.

 

Convertible Securities Risk. Convertible securities have characteristics of both equity and fixed-income securities. The value of a convertible security tends to move with the market value of the underlying stock, but may also be affected by interest rates, credit quality of the issuer and any call provisions. In particular, when interest rates rise, fixed-income securities will decline in value. Convertible securities frequently have speculative characteristics and may be acquired

 

10



 

without regard to minimum quality ratings. Lower quality convertible securities, also known as “junk bonds,” involve greater risk of default or price changes due to the issuer’s creditworthiness. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than those of higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty, which may follow periods of rising interest rates. Securities in the lowest quality category may present the risk of default, or may be in default.

 

Tax Risk. The Fund may seek to gain exposure to the commodity markets through investments in commodity-linked notes. The Fund has not requested or received a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding their treatment for purposes of the Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”).  Additionally, the tax treatment of commodity-linked notes and other commodity-linked derivatives may be adversely affected by future legislation, U.S. Treasury Regulations and/or guidance issued by the IRS that could affect the character, timing and/or amount of the Fund’s taxable income or any gains and distributions made by the Fund.

 

Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs ) . The Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in ETFs. ETFs are registered investment companies whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market. In general, ETFs seek to track a specified securities index or a basket of securities that an “index provider,” such as Standard & Poor’s, selects as representative of a market, market segment or industry sector. An ETF portfolio generally holds the same stocks or bonds as the index it tracks or it may hold a representative sample of such securities. Thus, an ETF is designed so that its performance will correspond closely with that of the index it tracks. As a shareholder in an ETF, the Fund will bear its pro rata portion of an ETF’s expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to its own expenses.

 

Other Investment Companies. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies, but may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company or acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment company. Among other things, the Fund may invest in money market mutual funds for cash management purposes by “sweeping” excess cash balances into such funds until the cash is invested or otherwise utilized. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by investment companies in which it invests in addition to the advisory and administration fees paid by the Fund.

 

Redemptions. The Fund may need to sell its holdings in order to meet shareholder redemption requests. The Fund could experience a loss when selling securities to meet redemption requests if the redemption requests are unusually large or frequent, occur in times of overall market turmoil or declining prices for the securities sold, or when the securities the Fund wishes to or is required to sell are illiquid. The Fund may be unable to sell illiquid securities at its desired time or price. Illiquidity can be caused by a drop in overall market trading volume, an inability to find a ready buyer, or legal restrictions on the securities’ resale. Certain securities that were liquid when purchased may later become illiquid, particularly in times of overall economic distress.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading may also increase transaction costs, which could detract from the Fund’s performance.

 

Temporary Investments. The Fund may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions by taking temporary defensive positions (up to 100% of its assets) in all types of money market and short-term debt securities. If the Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable for a time to achieve its investment objective.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A description of The RBB Fund, Inc.’s (the “Company”) policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the SAI. The SAI is incorporated herein.

 

11



 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

 

Investment Adviser

 

Simple Alternatives, LLC, a registered investment adviser located at 90 Grove Street, Suite 205, Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877, provides investment advisory services to the Fund subject to the general supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Adviser was founded in October 2009 by James Dilworth.

 

Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Company, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee at the annual rate of 2.75% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, computed daily and payable monthly. The Adviser has contractually agreed to forgo all or a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) exceeds 2.95% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s I Shares. This contractual limitation is in effect until at least December 31, 2012 and may not be terminated without Board approval. Because dividend expenses on short sales, acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest and taxes are excluded from the expense limitation, Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after fees forgone and expense reimbursements) are expected to exceed the applicable expense limitation. If at any time during the first three years the Fund’s Advisory Agreement with the Adviser is in effect, the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for that year are less than 2.95%, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund during such three-year period if such reimbursement by the Fund does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations. A discussion regarding the basis for the Company’s Board of Directors’ approval of the Fund’s investment advisory agreement with the Adviser is available in the Fund’s annual report for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

The Fund is managed by the Adviser and one or more Sub-Advisers unaffiliated with the Adviser. The Adviser also has the ultimate responsibility to oversee the Sub-Advisers, and to recommend their hiring, termination, and replacement, subject to approval by the Board of Directors.   James Dilworth and Bruce MacDonald are the portfolio managers primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.  Prior to founding Simple Alternatives, LLC, Mr. Dilworth worked with Common Sense Investment Management, LLC. Common Sense Investment Management is an institutional hedge fund of funds. Mr. Dilworth founded Dilworth Securities, Inc. and Dilworth Capital Management, LLC in 2003. Prior to establishing Dilworth Capital, Mr. Dilworth served as the CEO and Managing Director of London-based Middlebury Capital Partners International, a holding company partially owned by and managing investments for the Charles R. Schwab family. In 1998, Mr. Dilworth joined Clark Winter in developing Winter Capital International, a fund of funds based in New York City, which was sold to Citigroup Private Bank in late 2000. Mr. Dilworth received his MBA from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Business. Mr. MacDonald currently serves as Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser. From 2005 to 2009 he was Director of Asset Allocation and Risk Management for the University of Virginia Investment Management Company (UVIMCO). Before joining UVIMCO Mr. MacDonald was the Senior Investment Strategist for Putnam Investments’ Global Asset Allocation team. Mr. MacDonald holds an MBA from Columbia University and a BA in religion from Wesleyan University.

 

Sub-Advisers

 

The Fund has received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Adviser to engage or terminate a Sub-Adviser, and to enter into and materially amend an existing sub-advisory agreement, upon the approval of the Board of Directors, without obtaining shareholder approval. The Sub-Advisers provide investment advisory services to the portion of the Fund’s portfolio allocated to them by the Adviser. The Adviser compensates each Sub-Adviser at a rate negotiated by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser selects Sub-Advisers based upon the Sub-Adviser’s skills in managing assets pursuant to particular investment styles and strategies. The Adviser monitors existing Sub-Advisers based on their investment styles, strategies, and results in managing assets for specific asset classes. Each Sub-Adviser will have discretion to select portfolio securities for its portion of the Fund, but must select those securities according to the Fund’s investment objectives and restrictions.  The Fund is not required to invest with any minimum number of Sub-Advisers, and does not have minimum or maximum limitations with respect to allocations of assets to any Sub-Adviser. The Adviser may change the allocation of the Fund’s assets among the available Sub-Advisers, and may add or remove Sub-Advisers, at any time.

 

Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC (“Blue Lion”) , a registered investment adviser located at 5950 Berkshire Lane, Suite 510, Dallas, Texas 75225, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception. Charles W. Griege, Jr. is the portfolio manager primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by Blue Lion. Mr. Griege has been Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer of Blue Lion since 2005.  Prior to starting Blue Lion, Mr. Griege joined Atlas Capital Management, a long/short equity fund, as a partner in May 2001. Prior to Atlas, Mr. Griege spent six years in investment banking, most recently as a Managing Director at SoundView Technology Group. Prior to joining SoundView, Mr. Griege was a Vice President in the research sales division of Sanford Bernstein. Mr. Griege received an MBA with honors from Columbia Business School in 1990 and a BA degree from

 

12



 

Vanderbilt University in 1985. Blue Lion employs a long/short equity strategy with a value-oriented bias in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

Courage Capital Management, LLC (“Courage Capital”) , a registered investment adviser located at 4400 Harding Road Ste. 503, Nashville, Tennessee 37205, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception. Courage Capital was founded in 1998 by Richard C. Patton, who is also the portfolio manager primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by Courage Capital.  Mr. Patton is also Chief Investment Adviser of Courage Capital.  Prior to founding Courage Capital, Mr. Patton co-founded and operated Woodmont Capital, LLC. Mr. Patton serves on the American Red Cross Board of Governors. Mr. Patton earned a B.S. in Economics from Vanderbilt University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Courage Capital employs an event driven investment strategy, including investments in special situations companies and distressed securities, in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn (“CRM”) , a registered investment adviser located at 520 Madison Avenue, 20 th  Floor, New York, New York 10022, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception.  CRM was founded in 1973.  Wilmington Trust Investments, Inc. has a controlling interest in CRM. Jay B. Abramson, the President and Chief Investment Officer of CRM, has responsibility for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by CRM. Mr. Abramson has been with CRM since 1985. As Chief Investment Officer, he maintains overall responsibility for the firm’s investment team. Prior to CRM, Mr. Abramson earned his CPA. He received a BSE from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a JD from the University of Pennsylvania Law School. CRM employs a long/short equity investment strategy in managing its portion of the Fund.

 

Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC (“LT”) , a registered investment adviser located at 1208 Pointe Centre Drive, Suite 210, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37421, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception.  LT was founded in 2001 by Lauren C. Templeton. Ms. Templeton and Scott Phillips have responsibility for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by LT.  Ms. Templeton is managing member and Chief Compliance Officer of LT. Ms. Templeton is also founder and director of the Southeastern Hedge Fund Association. In addition to these responsibilities Ms. Templeton also serves the following organizations; The Atlanta Hedge Fund Roundtable (President), the Board of Trustees at the Baylor School, the Pre-Business Advisory Council at the University of the South, Sewanee (Board Member), and the Finance Advisory Board of the University of Tennessee Chattanooga.  Ms. Templeton is a published book author having written “Investing the Templeton Way” released by McGraw Hill in 2008.  Investing the Templeton Way is a value investor’s guide to the successful methods employed by her mentor, Sir John Templeton. Ms. Templeton received a B.A. in Economics from the University of the South. Mr. Phillips joined LT in 2007 and serves as Portfolio Manager and Head of Research.  Prior to joining LT, Mr. Phillips founded Cumberland Capital Corp, located in Chattanooga, Tennessee in 2004, where he provided equity research services to Green Cay Asset Management, a hedge fund management company located in Nassau, Bahamas. Mr. Phillips received his B.A. in English from the University of the South.  Mr. Phillips co-authored “Investing the Templeton Way.”  LT uses a global value investment strategy in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC (“SRES”) , a registered investment adviser located at 591 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception.  SRES was launched in 2004. SRES is jointly owned by Barry Sternlicht, Chairman and Advisor, and Matthew C. Gilman, Chief Executive Officer and Portfolio Manager. Over the past 19 years, Mr. Sternlicht has structured more than 400 investment transactions with an asset value of more than $40 billion.  From 1995 through 2005, Mr. Sternlicht was Chairman and CEO of Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., a company he founded in 1995.  Mr. Gilman is the portfolio manager primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by SRES. Mr. Gilman joined Starwood Real Estate Securities LLC at its founding in 2004. From 1999 to 2004, Mr. Gilman was Senior Portfolio Manager at ABP Investments US, Inc., the US subsidiary of the Dutch Civil Service Pension Fund, regarded as one of the largest in the world. Mr. Gilman covered real estate securities at JP Morgan Investment Management from 1995 to 1999 and for one year at Genesis Realty Advisors from 1994 to 1995. Mr. Gilman began his career at Wellsford Residential Properties in 1992, a multi-family real estate investment trust. Mr. Gilman is a graduate of Dartmouth College and is a member of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts. SRES employs a long/short equity investment strategy, with a focus on public real estate securities, in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

13



 

Trellus Management Co., LLC (“Trellus”) , a registered investment adviser located at 350 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017 has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception. Trellus was founded in 1994 by Adam Usdan, the sole owner of Trellus. Mr. Usdan and John Alderman are the portfolio managers primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by Trellus. Mr. Usdan is the President, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager of Trellus. Mr. Usdan earned an MBA in Finance, Accounting & Marketing from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University and a BA in English, from Wesleyan University. John Alderman, Portfolio Manager, has been with Trellus since 2001. Mr. Alderman earned an MBA in Finance from New York University and a BA in Economics from Connecticut College. Trellus employs a long/short equity investment strategy in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

 

Marketing Arrangement

 

The Adviser or its affiliates may pay additional compensation, out of profits derived from the Adviser’s management fee and not as an additional charge to the Fund, to certain financial institutions (which may include banks, securities dealers and other industry professionals) for the sale and/or distribution of Fund shares or the retention and/or servicing of Fund investors and Fund shares (“revenue sharing”). These payments are in addition to any record keeping or sub-transfer agency fees payable by the Fund, or other fees described in the fee table or elsewhere in the Prospectus or SAI. Examples of “revenue sharing” payments include, but are not limited to, payment to financial institutions for “shelf space” or access to a third party platform or fund offering list or other marketing programs, including, but not limited to, inclusion of the Fund on preferred or recommended sales lists, mutual fund “supermarket” platforms and other formal sales programs; granting the Adviser access to the financial institution’s sales force; granting the Adviser access to the financial institution’s conferences and meetings; assistance in training and educating the financial institution’s personnel; and obtaining other forms of marketing support. The level of revenue sharing payments made to financial institutions may be a fixed fee or based upon one or more of the following factors: gross sales, current assets and/or number of accounts of the Fund attributable to the financial institution, or other factors as agreed to by the Adviser and the financial institution or any combination thereof. The amount of these revenue sharing payments is determined at the discretion of the Adviser from time to time, may be substantial, and may be different for different financial institutions depending upon the services provided by the financial institution. Such payments may provide an incentive for the financial institution to make shares of the Fund available to its customers and may allow the Fund greater access to the financial institution’s customers.

 

14



 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

Pricing of Fund Shares

 

I Shares of the Fund (“Shares”) are priced at their net asset value (“NAV”). The NAV per share of the Fund is calculated as follows:

 

 

Value of Assets Attributable to I Shares

NAV = –

Value of Liabilities Attributable to I Shares

 

 

Number of Outstanding Shares of I Shares

 

The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The Fund will effect purchases of Fund shares at the NAV next determined after receipt of your order or request in good order. The Fund will effect redemptions of Fund shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Fund’s Transfer Agent of your order in good order.

 

The Fund’s equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (“NASDAQ”). Equity securities listed on NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, securities traded principally on an exchange or on NASDAQ will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which approximates market value. Fixed income securities having a remaining maturity of greater than 60 days are valued using an independent pricing service. When prices are not available from such services or are deemed to be unreliable, securities may be valued by dealers who make markets in such securities. Foreign securities, currencies and other securities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of such currencies against the U.S. dollar provided by a pricing service. All assets denominated in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the time of valuation. If the Fund holds foreign equity securities, the calculation of the Fund’s NAV will not occur at the same time as the determination of the value of the foreign equities securities in the Fund’s portfolio, since these securities are traded on foreign exchanges.

 

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Fund’s administrator, in consultation with the Adviser and Sub-Advisers, securities will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and under the Board of Directors’ ultimate supervision. In addition, the prices of foreign securities may be affected by events that occur after the close of a foreign market but before the Fund prices its shares. In such instances, a foreign security may be fair valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

 

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses).

 

Market Timing

 

In accordance with the policy adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder’s privilege to purchase Fund shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange. An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary.  The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders (or the Adviser), the Company (or the Adviser) will exercise its right if, in the Company’s (or the Adviser’s) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor’s trading, in the judgment of the Company or the Adviser, has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm the Fund and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of the Fund and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

 

Pursuant to the policy adopted by the Board of Directors, the Adviser has developed criteria that it uses to identify trading activity that may be excessive. The Adviser reviews on a regular, periodic basis available information related to the trading activity in the Fund in order to assess the likelihood that the Fund may be the target of excessive trading. As part

 

15



 

of its excessive trading surveillance process, the Adviser, on a periodic basis, examines transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds or numerical limits within a period of time. If, in its judgment, the Adviser detects excessive, short-term trading, it may reject or restrict a purchase request and may further seek to close an investor’s account with the Fund. The Adviser may modify its surveillance procedures and criteria from time to time without prior notice regarding the detection of excessive trading or to address specific circumstances. The Adviser will apply the criteria in a manner that, in its judgment, will be uniform.

 

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Fund shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Fund. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company’s excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

 

There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

 

Purchase of Fund Shares

 

Shares representing interests in the Fund are offered continuously for sale by BNY Mellon Distributors Inc. (the “Distributor”).

 

General. You may purchase Shares of the Fund at the NAV per Share next calculated after your order is received by the Transfer Agent in good order as described below. The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. After an initial purchase is made, the Transfer Agent will set up an account for you on the Company records. The minimum initial investment in the Fund is $1,000,000.  There is no minimum for subsequent investments. The Fund may accept initial investments of smaller amounts in its sole discretion. You can only purchase Shares of the Fund on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below.

 

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Fund may also be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if Shares are purchased directly from the Company. Therefore, you should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of Shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company’s pricing on the following Business Day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by the Fund in good order, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (the “Transfer Agent”) will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next computed after they are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

 

The Company relies upon the integrity of Service Organizations to ensure that orders are timely and properly submitted. The Fund cannot assure you that a Service Organization properly submitted to it all purchase and redemption orders received from the Service Organization’s customers before the time for determination of the Fund’s NAV in order to obtain that day’s price.

 

For administration, subaccounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Adviser may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the “Service Fee”) of the average annual net asset value of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organization or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper.

 

Initial Investment By Mail. An account may be opened by completing and signing the application included with this Prospectus and mailing it to the Transfer Agent at the address noted below, together with a check ($1,000,000 minimum) payable to the Fund. Third party checks will not be accepted.

 

16



 

Regular Mail:

Overnight Mail:

 

 

S1 Fund

S1 Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

P.O. Box 9869

4400 Computer Drive

Providence, RI 02940

Westborough, MA 01581

 

The name of the Fund should be designated on the application and should appear on the check. Payment for the purchase of Shares received by mail will be credited to a shareholder’s account at the NAV per share of the Fund next determined after receipt of payment in good order.

 

Initial Investment By Wire. Shares of the Fund may be purchased by wiring federal funds to The Bank of New York Mellon.  A completed application must be forwarded to the Transfer Agent at the address noted above under “Initial Investment by Mail” in advance of the wire. For the Fund, notification must be given to the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226 prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the wire date. (Prior notification must also be received from investors with existing accounts.) Request account information and routing instructions by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226.

 

Federal funds wire purchases will be accepted only on days when the NYSE and The Bank of New York Mellon are open for business.

 

Additional Investments. Additional investments may be made at any time by purchasing Shares of the Fund at the NAV per Share of the Fund by mailing a check to the Transfer Agent at the address noted under “Initial Investment by Mail” (payable to S1 Fund) or by wiring monies to The Bank of New York Mellon as outlined under “Initial Investment by Wire.” Notification must be given to the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226 prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the wire date. Initial and additional purchases made by check cannot be redeemed until payment of the purchase has been collected. This may take up to 15 calendar days from the date of purchase.

 

Automatic Investment Plan. Additional investments in Shares of the Fund may be made automatically by authorizing the Transfer Agent to withdraw funds from your bank account through an Automatic Investment Plan ($250 minimum). Investors desiring to participate in an Automatic Investment Plan should call the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226.

 

Retirement Plans/IRA Accounts. Shares may be purchased in conjunction with individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and rollover IRAs where BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company acts as custodian. A $15.00 custodial maintenance fee is charged per IRA account per year. For further information as to applications and annual fees, contact the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226. To determine whether the benefits of an IRA are available and/or appropriate, you should consult with a tax advisor.

 

Other Purchase Information.  The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund. The Adviser will monitor the Fund’s total assets and may, subject to Board approval, decide to close the Fund at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Fund may adversely affect the implementation of the Fund’s strategy. The Adviser, subject to Board approval, may also choose to reopen the Fund to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close the Fund again should concerns regarding the Fund’s size recur. If the Fund closes to new investments, the Fund may be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Fund and certain other persons who may be subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts, as follows:

 

a.                Persons who already hold Shares of the closed Fund directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Company,

 

b.               Existing and future clients of financial advisers and planners whose clients already hold Shares of the closed Fund,

 

c.                Employees of the Adviser and their spouses, parents and children, and

 

d.               Directors of the Company.

 

Distributions to all shareholders of the closed Fund will continue to be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser, subject to the Board of Directors’ discretion, reserves the right to implement other purchase limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

 

Purchases of the Fund’s Shares will be made in full and fractional shares of the Fund calculated to three decimal places.

 

The Company’s officers are authorized to waive the minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements.

 

17


 


 

Good Order. You must include complete and accurate required information on your purchase request. Please see “Purchase of Fund Shares” for instructions. Purchase requests not in good order may be rejected.

 

Customer Identification Program. Federal law requires the Company to obtain, verify and record identifying information, which may include the name, residential or business street address, date of birth (for an individual), social security or taxpayer identification number or other identifying information for each investor who opens or reopens an account with the Company. Applications without the required information, or without any indication that a social security or taxpayer identification number has been applied for, may not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or its customer identification program, the Company reserves the right (a) to place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; or (b) to refuse an investment in a Company portfolio or to involuntarily redeem an investor’s Shares and close an account in the event that an investor’s identity is not verified. The Company and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor’s account resulting from the investor’s delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor’s Shares when an investor’s identity cannot be verified.

 

Redemption of Fund Shares

 

You may redeem Fund Shares at the next NAV calculated after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. You can only redeem Shares of the Fund on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below. You may redeem Fund Shares by mail, or, if you are authorized, by telephone. The value of Shares redeemed may be more or less than the purchase price, depending on the market value of the investment securities held by the Fund.

 

Redemption By Mail. Your redemption requests should be addressed to S1 Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., P.O. Box 9869, Providence, RI 02940; for overnight delivery, requests should be addressed to S1 Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA.01581 and must include:

 

a.                Name of the Fund;

 

b.               Account number;

 

c.                Your Share certificates, if any, properly endorsed or with proper powers of attorney;

 

d.               A letter of instruction specifying the number of Shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners of the Shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

 

e.                Medallion signature guarantees are required when (i) the redemption proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the registered shareholder(s) or (ii) the redemption request is for $50,000 or more. A signature guarantee may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company, broker, dealer, clearing agency or savings association who are participants in a Medallion Program recognized by the Securities Transfer Association. The three recognized Medallion Programs are Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP), Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP) and New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Program (MSP). Signature guarantees which are not a part of these programs will not be accepted. Please note that a notary public stamp or seal is not acceptable; and

 

f.                  Other supporting legal documents, if required, in the case of estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and profit sharing plans and other organizations.

 

Redemption By Telephone. In order to utilize the telephone redemption option, you must indicate that option on your Account Application. Please note that the telephone redemption option is not available for retirement accounts. You may then initiate a redemption of Shares by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226 and requesting that the redemption proceeds be mailed to the primary registration address or wired per the authorized instructions. A wire charge of $7.50 is assessed and charged to the shareholder. If the telephone redemption option is authorized, the Transfer Agent may act on telephone instructions from any person representing himself or herself to be a shareholder and believed by the Transfer Agent to be genuine. The Transfer Agent’s records of such instructions are binding and shareholders, not the Fund or its Transfer Agent, bear the risk of loss in the event of unauthorized instructions reasonably believed by the Fund or its Transfer Agent to be genuine. The Fund and the Transfer Agent will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated are genuine and, if it does not, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. The procedures employed by the Fund and the Transfer Agent in connection with transactions initiated by telephone include tape recording of telephone instructions and requiring some form of personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.

 

Involuntary Redemption. The Fund reserves the right to redeem a shareholder’s account in the Fund at any time the value of the account in the Fund falls below $5,000 as the result of a redemption or an exchange request. Shareholders

 

18



 

will be notified in writing that the value of their account in the Fund is less than $5,000 and will be allowed 30 days to make additional investments before the redemption is processed. The transaction fee applicable to the Fund will not be charged when Shares are involuntarily redeemed.

 

The Fund may assert the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

 

Other Redemption Information. Redemption proceeds for Shares of the Fund recently purchased by check may not be distributed until payment for the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option.

 

Other than as described above, payment of the redemption proceeds will be made within seven days after receipt of an order for a redemption. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.

 

If the Board of Directors determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by the Fund instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder will bear the market risk of the securities received in the redemption until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its Shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

 

Good order. You must include complete and accurate required information on your redemption request. Please see “Redemption of Fund Shares” for instructions. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed.

 

Dividends and Distributions

 

The Fund will distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, to its shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional Shares of the Fund unless a shareholder elects otherwise.

 

The Fund will declare and pay dividends from net investment income annually. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed by the Fund at least annually. The estimated amount of any annual distribution will be posted to the Adviser’s password-protected website at www.S1Fund.com or a free copy may be obtained by calling 1-866-882-1226.

 

The Fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the Fund to avoid U.S. federal tax. The Fund’s distributions and dividends, whether received in cash or reinvested in additional Fund Shares, are subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

More Information About Taxes

 

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

 

Federal Taxes. The Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as otherwise discussed below, you will be subject to federal income tax on Fund distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

 

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of the Fund will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 15%, and is scheduled to rise to 20% for years beginning after December 31, 2010. You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

 

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gains rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Fund. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 61 days

 

19



 

during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (and the Fund will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of the Fund’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities (if any), a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or “non-qualified” foreign corporations. Distributions from the Fund will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by the Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

 

A portion of distributions paid by the Fund to shareholders that are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations.

 

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This is known as “buying into a dividend.”

 

Sales and Exchanges. You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on a sale, exchange or redemption of your shares, including an exchange for shares of another Simple Alternatives Fund, based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should retain your account statements for the periods during which you held shares.)

 

Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of the Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

 

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans. The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable.

 

Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the Internal Revenue Service a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, or who are subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Fund that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current withholding rate is 28%, but the withholding rate is scheduled to increase to 31% for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.

 

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders. For nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors, Fund distributions attributable to net long-term capital gains of the Fund will generally be exempt from U.S. tax, but all other Fund distributions will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax. The withholding tax may, however, be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the United States and a shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation, provided that the shareholder furnishes the Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN to establish entitlement for these treaty benefits.

 

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on sale, exchange or redemption of shares in the Fund.

 

Different U.S. tax rules may apply to a foreign shareholder, however, if the investment in the Fund is connected to a trade or business of the shareholder in the United States or the investor is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a year.

 

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in the Fund.

 

State and Local Taxes. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income and gain from Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of the Fund’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

 

Future Tax Treatment.   Some of the tax provisions described above are subject to sunset provisions.  Specifically, a sunset provision provides that the 15% long-term capital gain rate and the taxation of dividends at the long-term capital gain rate will change after 2012.

 

20



 

More information about taxes is contained in the SAI.

 

Multi-Class Structure

 

The Fund also offers R Shares, which are offered directly to individual investors in a separate prospectus. Shares of each class of the Fund represent equal pro rata interests in the Fund and accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner. The performance of each class is quoted separately due to different actual expenses. The total return on I Shares of the Fund can be expected to differ from the total return on R Shares of the Fund. Information concerning other classes of the Fund can be requested by calling the Fund at 1-866-882-1226.

 

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUND’S SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

 

21



 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The table below sets forth certain financial information for the periods indicated, including per share information results for a single I Share of the Fund. The term “Total investment return” indicates how much your investment would have increased or decreased during this period of time and assumes that you have reinvested all dividends and distributions. This information has been derived from the Fund’s financial statements audited by [                                          ], the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. This information should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s financial statements which, together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, are included in the Fund’s annual report, which is available upon request (see back cover for ordering instructions).

 

 

 

I Shares
For the
period
September
30, 2010 to
August 31,
2011 (1)

 

Per Share Operating Performance

 

 

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net investment loss*

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gain from investments(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net asset value, end of period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total investment return(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratios/Supplemental Data

 

 

 

Net assets, end of period (000’s omitted)

 

 

 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets with waivers and reimbursements (including dividend and interest expense

 

 

 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets (excluding dividend and interest expense)

 

 

 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets without waivers or reimbursements (including dividend and interest expense)

 

 

 

Ratio of net investment loss to average net assets

 

 

 

Portfolio turnover rate

 

 

 

 


(1)  The Fund commenced operation on September 30, 2010.

(2)    Calculated based on average shares outstanding for the period.

(3)  The amount shown may not correlate with the change in the aggregate gains and losses presented on the Statement of Operations due to the timing of sales and purchases of the Fund’s shares in relation to fluctuating market values for the Fund’s portfolio.

(4)  Total investment return is calculated assuming a purchase of shares on the first day and a sale of shares on the last day of each period reported and includes reinvestments of dividends and distributions, if any.

(5)  Annualized.

(6)  Not Annualized

 

22



 

S1 Fund

of

The RBB Fund, Inc.

 

(1-866-882-1226)

 

www.S1Fund.com

 

For More Information:

 

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the S1 Fund is available free of charge, upon request, including:

 

Annual/Semi–Annual Reports

 

These reports contain additional information about the Fund’s investments, describe the Fund’s performance, list portfolio holdings, and discuss recent market conditions and economic trends. The annual report includes fund strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during their last fiscal year.

 

When available, the annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders may be obtained by visiting www.S1Fund.com

 

Statement of Additional Information

 

An SAI, dated December 31, 2011 has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Fund, may be obtained free of charge, along with the annual and semi—annual reports, by calling 1-866-882-1226. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus (and is legally part of the prospectus).The SAI is available on the Adviser’s password-protected website at www.S1Fund.com.

 

Shareholder Inquiries

 

Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. (Eastern time) Monday–Friday. Call: 1-866-882-1226 or visit the website of the Adviser at www.S1Fund.com.

 

Purchases and Redemptions

 

Call 1-866-882-1226.

 

Written Correspondence

 

Street Address:

 

S1 Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA.01581

 

P.O. Box Address:

 

S1 Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., P.O. Box 9869, Providence, RI 02940

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

 

You may also view and copy information about the Company and the Funds, including the SAI, by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC or the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Fund documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by sending your written request and a duplicating fee to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-1520. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

 

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO.811–05518

 


 


 

S1 Fund

of The RBB Fund, Inc.

 

Ticker Symbol:  SONRX

 

R Shares

 

Prospectus

 

December 31, 2011

 

Investment Adviser:

Simple Alternatives, LLC

 

THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”). THE SEC, HOWEVER, HAS NOT JUDGED THESE SECURITIES FOR THEIR INVESTMENT MERIT AND HAS NOT DETERMINED THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO TELLS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY SECTION

2

 

 

S1 Fund

2

 

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

7

 

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

12

 

 

Investment Adviser

12

 

 

Sub-Advisers

12

 

 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

15

 

 

Pricing of Fund Shares

15

 

 

Market Timing

15

 

 

Purchase of Fund Shares

16

 

 

Redemption of Fund Shares

18

 

 

Dividends and Distributions

19

 

 

More Information About Taxes

19

 

 

Multi-Class Structure

21

 

 

FOR MORE INFORMATION

Back Cover

 


 


 

SUMMARY SECTION

 

Investment Objective

 

The S1 Fund (the “Fund”) seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation with an emphasis on absolute (positive) returns and low correlation to traditional financial market indices such as the S&P 500 ®  Index.

 

Expenses and Fees

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold R Shares of the Fund.

 

 

 

R Shares

 

Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage of offering price)

 

None

 

Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load)

 

None

 

Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends

 

None

 

Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed, if applicable)

 

None

 

Exchange Fee

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management Fees

 

2.75

%

Distribution (12b-1) fees

 

0.25

%

Other Expenses:

 

 

 

Dividend expense on short sales(1)

 

 

%

Interest expense on borrowings

 

 

%

Other operating expenses

 

 

%

Total other expenses

 

 

%

Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses(2)

 

 

%

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

 

%

Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursements (3)

 

(          

)%

Net Expenses (includes dividend and interest expenses on short sales)

 

 

%

 


(1)           Short-sale dividends generally reduce the market value of the securities by the amount of the dividend declared; thus increasing the Fund’s unrealized gain or reducing the Fund’s unrealized loss on the securities sold short.  Short-sale dividends are treated as an expense, and increase the Fund’s total expense ratio, although no cash is received or paid by the Fund.

 

(2)           “Acquired Fund” means any investment company in which the Fund expects to invest during the current fiscal year. Net Operating Expenses will not correlate to the Fund’s ratio of expenses to average net assets, which reflects the operating expenses of the Fund and does not include Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses. The Fund calculates the Acquired Fund’s expenses using the net expense ratios reported in the Acquired Fund’s most recent shareholder reports.

 

(3)           The Fund’s investment adviser, Simple Alternatives, LLC (the “Adviser”), has contractually agreed to forgo all or a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) exceeds 3.20% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s R Shares. This contractual limitation is in effect until at least December 31, 2012 and may not be terminated without Board approval. Because dividend expenses on short sales, acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest and taxes are excluded from the expense limitation, Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after fees forgone and expense reimbursements) are expected to exceed the applicable expense limitation. If at any time during the first three years the Fund’s Advisory Agreement with the Adviser is in effect, the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for that year are less than 3.20%, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund during such three-year period if such reimbursement by the Fund does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations.

 

Example

 

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

 

The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

2



 

 

 

1 Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

10 Years

 

R Shares

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses or in the Example, affect the Fund’s performance. For the fiscal period September 30, 2010 through August 31, 2011, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was     % of the average value of its portfolio.

 

Summary of Principal Investment Strategies

 

The Fund utilizes a “multi-manager” approach whereby the Fund’s assets are allocated to one or more sub-advisers (“Sub-Advisers”) in percentages determined at the discretion of the Fund’s investment adviser, Simple Alternatives, LLC (the “Adviser”). The Adviser also manages a portion of the Fund’s assets and monitors Sub-Adviser trading with the dual objectives of maximizing each Sub-Adviser’s investment flexibility and assuring that the Fund as a whole complies with investment restrictions. Otherwise, each Sub-Adviser acts independently from the others and utilizes its own distinct investment style in selecting securities. However, each Sub-Adviser must operate within the constraints of the Fund’s investment objective and strategies and the particular investment restrictions applicable to that Sub-Adviser.

 

The strategies utilized by the Fund are hedge fund-type strategies and include absolute return strategies as well as strategies aimed at enhanced risk-adjusted returns. The strategies and investment techniques employed by the Sub-Advisers aim to produce absolute returns over a full market cycle while managing risk exposure. These strategies and techniques may attempt to exploit disparities or inefficiencies in particular markets or geographical regions; take advantage of security mispricings or anticipated price movements; and/or benefit from cyclical themes and relationships or special situations and events (such as spin-offs or reorganizations). Such strategies may have low correlation to traditional markets because they seek asymmetric investment opportunities that may present risks unrelated to traditional markets.

 

The Sub-Advisers may invest and trade in a wide range of instruments, markets and asset classes in U.S. and non-U.S., developed and emerging markets. Investments include equities and equity-related instruments, fixed-income and other debt-related instruments, currencies, financial futures, options and swaps, commodity-linked instruments and private placements. Equities and equity-related instruments include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, depositary receipts, exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), Rule 144A securities, warrants, rights, and equity derivatives. Debt-related instruments include corporate bonds, defaulted debt securities, distressed debt securities, mezzanine investments, bank loans, asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities, unrated securities and securities of companies in bankruptcy. Commodity-linked instruments include commodity-linked structured notes, commodity index-linked securities and other derivative instruments that provide exposure to the investment returns of the commodities markets. The Sub-Advisers may invest in asset-backed securities, which represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of assets such as motor vehicle installment sale contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements and other categories of receivables. Asset-backed securities acquired by the Fund may also include collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”). CDOs include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”) and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities.  The Sub-Advisers may invest in equity and debt securities of companies of all sizes and without limit on the credit quality or maturity of debt securities. These securities can be rated investment grade, rated below investment grade, or high yield securities (also known as “junk bonds”), which are below Baa3 by Moody’s, BBB- by S&P or BBB- by Fitch or unrated. The Sub-Advisers may make margin purchases of securities and, in connection with the purchases, borrow money from banks and other financial institutions for investment purposes. The Sub-Advisers may also sell securities short, which is a form of leverage.

 

The Adviser has primary responsibility for allocating Fund assets in a manner that attempts to diversify the Fund’s portfolio across multiple strategies and investment styles that the Adviser believes are complementary and, when combined, will produce enhanced risk-adjusted returns. The Adviser reviews a range of qualitative and quantitative factors when determining the allocations and reallocations to Sub-Advisers, including, but not limited to, the Sub-Adviser’s style, historical performance and the characteristics of each Sub-Adviser’s allocated assets (including investment process and statistical analysis). The Adviser will allocate Fund assets among strategies of the Sub-Advisers that it believes offer the potential for attractive long-term investment returns individually and are expected to blend within the Fund’s portfolio so that it will have low correlation and low volatility relative to the broader stock and bond markets. The Adviser may direct a Sub-Adviser to reduce or limit its investment in certain assets or asset classes in order to achieve the desired composition

 

3



 

of the Fund’s overall portfolio. The Adviser retains the discretion to invest the Fund’s assets in securities and other instruments directly and may do so in certain circumstances including pending allocation to a Sub-Adviser, to hedge against overall Fund exposure created by the Sub-Advisers, or to increase or reduce the Fund’s exposure to a particular issuer, sector, industry or general market risk, including interest rate risk.

 

Summary of Principal Risks

 

As with all mutual funds, a shareholder is subject to the risk that his or her investment could lose money. The Fund is only a suitable investment for investors who can bear leverage and derivatives securities risks. The principal risk factors affecting shareholders’ investments in the Fund are set forth below.

 

·                   Multi-Manager Dependence.  The success of the Fund’s investment strategy depends both on the Adviser’s ability to select Sub-Advisers and to allocate assets to those Sub-Advisers and on each Sub-Adviser’s ability to execute the relevant strategy and select investments for the Fund.  The Sub-Advisers’ investment styles may not always be complementary, which could affect the performance of the Fund.

 

·                   Absolute Return Focus.  The Fund’s returns may deviate from overall market returns to a greater degree than other funds that do not employ an absolute return focus.  In addition, if the Fund or a Sub-Adviser takes a defensive posture by hedging its portfolio and stock prices subsequently advance, the Fund’s returns may be lower than expected and lower than if the Fund’s portfolio had not been hedged.

 

·                   Equity Securities.  The Fund is designed for investors who can accept the risks of investing in a portfolio with significant holdings of equity securities. Equity securities tend to be more volatile than other investment choices, such as debt and money market instruments. The value of your investment may decrease in response to overall stock market movements or the value of individual securities held by the Fund.

 

·                   Mid-Cap Company Investments.  Securities of companies with mid-cap capitalizations tend to be riskier than securities of companies with large-capitalizations. This is because mid cap companies typically have smaller product lines and less access to liquidity than large cap companies, and are therefore more sensitive to economic downturns. In addition, growth prospects of mid cap companies tend to be less certain than large cap companies, and the dividends paid by mid cap stocks are frequently negligible. Moreover, mid cap stocks have, on occasion, fluctuated in the opposite direction of large cap stocks or the general stock market. Consequently, securities of mid cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large cap companies.

 

·                   Small-Cap Company Investments.  Securities of companies with small capitalizations tend to be riskier than securities of companies with mid-cap and large capitalizations. Smaller companies may have limited product lines, markets and financial resources. The prices of small capitalization stocks tend to be more volatile than those of other stocks. Small capitalization stocks are not priced as efficiently as stocks of larger companies. In addition, it may be harder to sell these stocks, especially during a down market or upon the occurrence of adverse company-specific events, which can reduce their selling prices.

 

·                   Fixed-Income Securities.  Fixed income securities in which the Fund may invest are subject to certain risks, including: interest rate risk, prepayment risk and credit/default risk. Interest rate risk involves the risk that prices of fixed income securities will rise and fall in response to interest rate changes. Prepayment risk involves the risk that in declining interest rate environments prepayments of principal could increase and require the Fund to reinvest proceeds of the prepayments at lower interest rates. Credit risk involves the risk that the credit rating of a security may be lowered.

 

·                   Asset-Backed Securities.  The risks of investing in asset-backed securities include interest rate risk, prepayment risk and the risk that the Fund could lose money if there are defaults on the loans underlying these securities.

 

·                   Mortgaged-Backed Securities. The risks of investing in mortgaged-backed securities include interest rate risk, prepayment risk and the risk that the Fund could lose money if there are defaults on the mortgage loans underlying these securities.

 

·                   High Yield Debt Obligations.  The Fund may invest in high yield debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations. An issuer of debt obligations may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal. Also, changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Such high yield debt obligations are referred to as “junk bonds” and are not considered to be investment grade.

 

·                   Foreign Investments.  International investing is subject to special risks, including currency exchange rate volatility, political, social or economic instability, and differences in taxation, auditing and other financial practices.

 

·                   Emerging Markets.  Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in foreign securities of developed foreign countries. These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and

 

4



 

instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers.

 

·                   Leverage.  The Fund may make margin purchases of securities and, in connection with the purchases, borrow money from banks and other financial institutions for investment purposes. The Fund may also engage in selling securities short, which is a form of leverage. Although the use of leverage by the Fund may create an opportunity for increased return, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. There is no assurance that the use of leverage as an investment strategy will be successful.

 

·                   Derivatives.  The Fund’s investments in derivative instruments such as options, forward currency exchange contracts, swaps and futures, which may be leveraged, may result in losses. Investments in derivative instruments may result in losses exceeding the amounts invested.

 

·                   Commodity Sector Risk. Exposure to the commodities markets may subject the Fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The value of commodity-linked derivative instruments may be affected by changes in overall market movements, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates, or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs and international economic, political and regulatory developments. The prices of energy, industrial metals, precious metals, agriculture and livestock sector commodities may fluctuate widely due to factors such as changes in value, supply and demand and governmental regulatory policies. The commodity-linked securities in which the Fund invests may be issued by companies in the financial services sector, and events affecting the financial services sector may cause the Fund’s share value to fluctuate.

 

·                   Convertible Securities.  Securities that can be converted into common stock, such as certain securities and preferred stock, are subject to the usual risks associated with fixed income investments, such as interest rate risk and credit risk. In addition, because they react to changes in the value of the equity securities into which they will convert, convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with equity securities.

 

·                   Valuation.  Portfolio securities that have been valued using techniques other than market quotations may have valuations that are different from those produced using market quotations, and the security may be sold at a discount to the value established by the Fund.

 

·                   Redemptions. The Fund could experience a loss when selling securities to meet redemption requests by shareholders if the redemption requests are unusually large or frequent, occur in times of overall market turmoil or declining prices for the securities sold, or when the securities the Fund wishes to or is required to sell are illiquid.

 

·                   Portfolio Turnover.  If the Fund frequently trades its portfolio securities, the Fund will incur higher brokerage commissions and transaction costs, which could lower the Fund’s performance. In addition to lower performance, high portfolio turnover could result in taxable capital gains.

 

·                   Exchange Traded Funds.  ETFs are a type of investment company bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities that they are designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in its being more volatile.  The Fund may incur brokerage fees in connection with its purchase of ETF shares.

 

Fund Performance

 

No performance information is presented because the Fund has not been in operation for a full calendar year. Updated performance information is available at 1-866-882-1226. R Shares of the Fund have not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus.

 

Management of the Fund

 

Investment Advisers and Sub-Advisers

 

Simple Alternatives, LLC, 90 Grove Street, Suite 205, Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877, serves as investment adviser to the Fund. Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC, Courage Capital Management, LLC, Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC, Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC, Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC, and Trellus Management Co., LLC each serve as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

 

 

Title

 

Portfolio Manager
of Fund since:

Simple Alternatives, LLC

 

 

 

 

James Dilworth

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Inception

Bruce MacDonald

 

Chief Investment Officer

 

Inception

 

5



 

Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

Charles W. Griege, Jr.

 

Managing Partner, Chief Investment Officer

 

Inception

Courage Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

Richard C. Patton

 

Chief Investment Officer

 

Inception

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn

 

 

 

 

Jay B. Abramson

 

President, Chief Investment Officer

 

Inception

Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

Lauren C. Templeton

 

Founder, Managing Member, Chief Compliance Officer

 

Inception

Scott Phillips

 

Portfolio Manager, Head of Research

 

Inception

Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC

 

 

 

 

Matthew C. Gilman

 

Chief Executive Officer, Portfolio Manager

 

Inception

Trellus Management Co., LLC

 

 

 

 

Adam Usdan

 

President, Portfolio Manager

 

Inception

John Alderman

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Inception

 

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

 

Minimum Initial Investment: $250,000

 

You can only purchase and redeem Shares of the Fund on days the New York Stock Exchange is open and through the means described below.

 

Purchase and Redemption By Mail:

 

S1 Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

P.O. Box 9869

Providence, RI 02940-8042

 

Redemption By Telephone:

 

Call the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226

 

Taxes

 

The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains. The Fund contemplates declaring as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income.

 

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

 

If you purchase the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and other related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

6



 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS AND RISKS

 

This section provides some additional information about the Fund’s investments and certain portfolio management techniques that the Fund may use. More information about the Fund’s investments and portfolio management techniques, and related risks, is included in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

 

Additional Information About the Fund’s Principal Investments and Risks

 

Sub-Adviser Investment Strategies.  The Sub-Advisers will use a combination of the following investment strategies:

 

Relative Value

This strategy is designed to take advantage of perceived discrepancies in the market prices of certain convertible bond, common stock, fixed income and derivative securities.  Such discrepancies are often created by imbalances in supply and demand of different types of issues (for example, agency securities relative to U.S. Treasury securities).

 

Event Driven

This strategy is designed to invest in securities whose prices are or will be impacted by a corporate event.  Such events include corporate events, such as restructurings, spin-offs and significant litigation (e.g., tobacco litigation).  Opportunities in this area are created by the reluctance of traditional investors to assume the risk associated with certain corporate events.

 

Long/Short Equity

This strategy employs long and short trading in common stock, and preferred stock of U.S. and foreign issuers.  This strategy attempts to neutralize exposure to general market risk by primarily investing in stocks that are undervalued and short selling those stocks that are considered to be undervalued.

 

Market Neutral Equity

This strategy is designed to exploit equity market inefficiencies, which involves being simultaneously invested in long and short matched equity portfolios generally of the same size, usually in the same market.  These strategies are typically constructed to attempt to be beta neutral and attempt to control the industry, sector, market capitalization and other potential market bias exposures.

 

Global Macro

This strategy seeks to generate income and/or capital appreciation through a portfolio of investments focused on macro-economic opportunities across numerous markets and instruments. These strategies may include positions in the cash, currency, futures and forward markets.  Trading positions are generally held both long and/or short in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets.  With a broader global scope, returns to the Global Macro strategy generally exhibit little to no correlation with the broader domestic equity and bond markets.

 

Convertible Arbitrage

This strategy seeks to take advantage of pricing inefficiencies of the embedded option in a convertible bond.  The strategy typically involves the purchase of a convertible debt or preferred equity instrument (an instrument that is effectively a bond or has a fixed obligation of repayment with an embedded equity option, non-detachable warrants or an equity-linked or equity-indexed note) concurrent with the short sale of, or a short over-the-counter derivative position in, the common stock of the issuer of such debt instrument.

 

Credit Biased

These strategies invest primarily in the following sectors:  secured leveraged loans, high yield bonds, distressed debt, structured credit, and global debt (typically less efficient areas of the global fixed income markets than traditional fixed income strategies).  Generally these sectors may include wide credit rating ranges (including leveraged buyouts), may include distressed debt strategies and may include restricted securities and securities that may not be registered for which a market may not be readily available.

 

Mortgage Backed Securities

This strategy is designed to exploit perceived mispricings in mortgage back securities.  Such mispricings can result from periods of market illiquidity and distress or from analytical anomalies.  The strategy will invest in both conventional and complex mortgage backed securities.

 

7



 

Opportunistic Equities

This strategy is designed to capitalize on underpriced equity securities or on positive market trends and may focus in certain securities markets, industries, company sizes, or geographical areas. Strategies are primarily managed for absolute return and Sub-Advisers assess risk and opportunity on an absolute, not an index-relative basis, by focusing on relatively few investments that the manager believes are undervalued and either offer a margin-of-safety, or offer high growth opportunities. Selective hedging through the use of short sales or options may be utilized to manage risk exposure. Strategies may also focus on special situations or events, including distressed equities.

 

Other Investment Strategies

The Fund also has the ability to employ strategies including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions to purchase securities and investing in warrants, options and futures, reverse repurchase agreements, initial public offerings, restricted securities, and other investment companies.

 

Derivative Contracts. The Fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts for any of the following purposes:

 

·       To seek to hedge against the possible adverse impact of changes in stock market prices, currency exchange rates or interest rates in the market value of its securities or securities to be purchased;

 

·       As a substitute for buying or selling currencies or securities; or

 

·       To seek to enhance the Fund’s return in non-hedging situations (which is considered a speculative activity).

 

Examples of derivative contracts include: futures and options on securities, securities indices or currencies; options on these futures; forward foreign currency contracts; and interest rate or currency swaps. The Fund may use derivative contracts involving foreign currencies. A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the Fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment that is based on the change in value of one or more securities, currencies or indices. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a big impact on the Fund’s stock market, currency and interest rate exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices, currency rates or interest rates are changing. The Fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the Fund’s holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of default risk as issuers of fixed income securities in that the counterparty may default on its payment obligations or become insolvent. Derivatives can also make the Fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

 

Short Sales. The Fund engages in short sales — including those that are not “against the box,” which means that the Fund may make short sales where the Fund does not currently own or have the right to acquire, at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short — in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In a typical short sale, the Fund borrows from a broker a security in order to sell the security to a third party. The Fund is then obligated to return a security of the same issuer and quantity at some future date. The Fund realizes a loss to the extent the security increases in value or a profit to the extent the security declines in value (after taking into account any associated costs). Short sales “against the box” may protect the Fund against the risk of losses in the value of a portfolio security because any decline in value of the security should be wholly or partially offset by a corresponding gain in the short position. Any potential gains in the security, however, would be wholly or partially offset by a corresponding loss in the short position. Short sales that are not “against the box” involve a form of investment leverage, and the amount of the Fund’s loss on a short sale is potentially unlimited.

 

Equity and Equity-Related Securities. The Fund invests in all types of equity securities. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter common and preferred stocks, warrants, rights, convertible securities, depositary receipts and shares, trust certificates, limited partnership interests, shares of other investment companies and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), and equity participations. The number of issuers in the Fund’s portfolio will vary over time.

 

Fixed Income Investments. The Fund invests a portion of its assets in fixed income securities. Fixed income investments include bonds, notes (including structured notes), mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, convertible securities, Eurodollar and Yankee dollar instruments, preferred stocks and money market instruments. Fixed income securities may be issued by corporate and governmental issuers and may have all types of interest rate payment and reset terms, including (without limitation) fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment-in-kind and auction rate features. The principal debt investments of the Fund will be fixed and floating rate securities with no reset terms.

 

The credit quality of securities held in the Fund’s portfolio is determined at the time of investment. If a security is rated differently by multiple ratings organizations, the Fund treats the security as being rated in the higher rating category.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities may be issued by private companies or by agencies of the U.S. government. Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participation in, or are collateralized by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property.

 

8


 


 

Certain debt instruments may only pay principal at maturity or may only represent the right to receive payments of principal or payments of interest on underlying pools of mortgage or government securities, but not both. The value of these types of instruments may change more drastically than debt securities that pay both principal and interest during periods of changing interest rates. Principal only mortgage-backed securities are particularly subject to prepayment risk. The Fund may obtain a below market yield or incur a loss on such instruments during periods of declining interest rates. Interest only instruments are particularly subject to extension risk, i.e. the risk that an issuer will exercise its right to pay later than expected. This may occur when there is a rise in interest rates. Mortgage derivatives and structured securities often employ features that have the effect of leverage. As a result, small changes in interest or prepayment rates may cause large and sudden price movements, especially compared to an investment in a security that is not leveraged. Mortgage derivatives can also become illiquid and hard to value in declining markets.

 

Mortgage-backed securities that are collateralized by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-related securities depend on the payments of principal and interest made by or through the underlying assets, which may not be sufficient to meet the payment obligations of the mortgage-backed securities. Prepayments of principal, which occur more frequently in falling interest rate conditions, may shorten the term and reduce the value of these securities. The quality and value of the underlying collateral may decline, or default, which has become a significant risk for collateral related to sub-prime mortgage loans, especially in a declining residential real estate market. Further, these securities generally are privately sold and may not be readily marketable, particularly after a rapid decrease in value. Investments in mortgage-backed securities may also be subject to valuation risk.

 

The Fund may also use mortgage dollar rolls to finance the purchase of additional investments. Dollar rolls expose the Fund to the risk that it will lose money if the additional investments do not produce enough income to cover the Fund’s dollar roll obligations. In addition, if the Adviser’s or Sub-Advisers’ prepayment assumptions are incorrect, the Fund may have performed better had the Fund not entered into the mortgage dollar roll. Unless covered, investing in dollar rolls creates leverage and dollar rolls are subject to the general risks involved in leveraging.

 

Foreign Securities. The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers that are traded or denominated in U.S. dollars (including equity securities of foreign issuers trading in U.S. markets) through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”). In addition, the Fund may invest in securities traded or denominated in foreign currencies and in multinational currencies such as the Euro. The Fund will value its securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. Investments in securities of foreign entities and securities denominated or traded in foreign currencies involve special risks. These include possible political and economic instability and the possible imposition of exchange controls or other restrictions on investments. Changes in foreign currency rates relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Emerging market investments offer the potential for significant gains but also involve greater risks than investing in more developed countries. Political or economic instability, lack of market liquidity and government actions such as currency controls or seizure of private business or property may be more likely in emerging markets.

 

Valuation. Portfolio securities may be valued using techniques other than market quotations. The value established for a portfolio security may be different than what would be produced through the use of another methodology or if it had been priced using market quotations. Portfolio securities that are valued using techniques other than market quotations, including “fair valued” securities, may be subject to greater fluctuation in their value from one day to the next than would be the case if market quotations were used. In addition, there is no assurance that the Fund could sell a portfolio security for the value established for it at any time and it is possible that the Fund would incur a loss because a portfolio security is sold at a discount to its established value.

 

Interest Rate Risk. During periods of rising interest rates, the market value of the Fund’s fixed-income securities will tend to be lower than prevailing market interest rates. In periods of falling interest rates, the market value of the Fund’s fixed-income securities generally will tend to be higher than prevailing market interest rates. Prices of longer-term fixed income securities are typically more sensitive to changes in interest rates than prices of shorter-term fixed-income securities.

 

Credit/Default Risk. The credit rating of an issuer or guarantor of a security in which the Fund invests may be lowered or an issuer or guarantor of a security or the counterparty to a derivatives contract or a repurchase agreement may default on its payment obligations.

 

Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to purchase or sell. The Fund’s investments in illiquid securities may reduce the returns of the Fund because it may be unable to sell the illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price. Liquid securities may also become illiquid because of market events or uncertainties. Illiquidity can be caused by a drop in overall market trading volume, an inability to find a ready buyer, or legal restrictions on the securities’ resale. Certain securities that were liquid when purchased may later become illiquid, particularly in times of overall economic distress.

 

9



 

Leveraging Risks. The use of leverage by the Adviser and Sub-Advisers may increase the volatility of the Fund. These leveraged instruments may result in losses to the Fund or may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value or total return, because instruments that contain leverage are more sensitive to changes in interest rates. The Fund may also use borrowed funds to create leverage. Although the use of leverage by the Fund may create an opportunity for increased return, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on the securities and instruments purchased with leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of the leverage, the Fund’s return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income and gains from the securities and instruments purchased with such proceeds does not cover the cost of leverage, the Fund’s return will be less than if leverage had not been used. In the event of a sudden, precipitous drop in value of the Fund’s assets, the Fund may not be able to liquidate assets quickly enough to pay off its borrowing. Short sales of securities also involve the use of leverage. Using this investment technique may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value or total return.

 

To limit leverage risk, the Fund will segregate assets determined by the Adviser to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, or, when permissible, enter into offsetting transactions, to cover its obligations resulting from its use of derivative instruments. Securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the futures contract, option or other derivative is outstanding, unless they are replaced with other suitable assets. As a result, it is possible that segregating a large percentage of the Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

 

Interest Rate Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Credit Default Swaps, Options on Swaps and Interest Rate Caps, Floors and Collars.

 

·       Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating rate payments.

 

·       Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index, or an index component.

 

·       Credit default swaps are contracts whereby one party makes periodic payments to a counterparty in exchange for the right to receive from the counterparty a payment equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation in the event of a default by the issuer of the debt obligation.

 

·       Options on swaps (“swaptions”) are options to enter into a swap agreement. The Fund may also purchase and write (sell) swaptions. Like other types of options, the buyer of a swaption pays a non-refundable premium for the option and obtains the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The seller of a swaption, in exchange for the premium, becomes obligated (if the option is exercised) to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms.

 

·       Interest rate caps entitle the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap.

 

·       Interest rate floors entitle the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor.

 

·       Interest rate collars combine a cap and a floor that are designed to preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates.

 

The Fund may enter into the transactions described above for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return (which is considered a speculative activity). The use of swaps, swaptions, and interest rate caps, floors and collars is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser or a Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values and interest rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment techniques were not used.

 

Counterparties. To the extent the Fund invests in loans or securities traded over-the-counter, swaps, “synthetic” or derivative instruments, repurchase agreements, certain types of options or other customized financial instruments, the Fund takes the risk of non-performance by the other party to the contract. This risk may include credit risk of the counterparty and the risk of settlement default. This risk may differ materially from those entailed in exchange-traded transactions that generally are supported by guarantees of clearing organizations, daily marking-to-market and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries. Transactions entered directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from such protections and expose the parties to the risk of counterparty default.

 

Convertible Securities Risk. Convertible securities have characteristics of both equity and fixed-income securities. The value of a convertible security tends to move with the market value of the underlying stock, but may also be affected by interest rates, credit quality of the issuer and any call provisions. In particular, when interest rates rise, fixed-income securities will decline in value. Convertible securities frequently have speculative characteristics and may be acquired

 

10



 

without regard to minimum quality ratings. Lower quality convertible securities, also known as “junk bonds,” involve greater risk of default or price changes due to the issuer’s creditworthiness. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than those of higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty, which may follow periods of rising interest rates. Securities in the lowest quality category may present the risk of default, or may be in default.

 

Tax Risk. The Fund may seek to gain exposure to the commodity markets through investments in commodity-linked notes. The Fund has not requested or received a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) regarding their treatment for purposes of the Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”).  Additionally, the tax treatment of commodity-linked notes and other commodity-linked derivatives may be adversely affected by future legislation, U.S. Treasury Regulations and/or guidance issued by the IRS that could affect the character, timing and/or amount of the Fund’s taxable income or any gains and distributions made by the Fund.

 

Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs). The Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in ETFs. ETFs are registered investment companies whose shares are listed and traded on U.S. stock exchanges or otherwise traded in the over-the-counter market. In general, ETFs seek to track a specified securities index or a basket of securities that an “index provider,” such as Standard & Poor’s, selects as representative of a market, market segment or industry sector. An ETF portfolio generally holds the same stocks or bonds as the index it tracks or it may hold a representative sample of such securities. Thus, an ETF is designed so that its performance will correspond closely with that of the index it tracks. As a shareholder in an ETF, the Fund will bear its pro rata portion of an ETF’s expenses, including advisory fees, in addition to its own expenses.

 

Other Investment Companies. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies, but may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company or acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment company. Among other things, the Fund may invest in money market mutual funds for cash management purposes by “sweeping” excess cash balances into such funds until the cash is invested or otherwise utilized. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by investment companies in which it invests in addition to the advisory and administration fees paid by the Fund.

 

Redemptions. The Fund may need to sell its holdings in order to meet shareholder redemption requests. The Fund could experience a loss when selling securities to meet redemption requests if the redemption requests are unusually large or frequent, occur in times of overall market turmoil or declining prices for the securities sold, or when the securities the Fund wishes to or is required to sell are illiquid. The Fund may be unable to sell illiquid securities at its desired time or price. Illiquidity can be caused by a drop in overall market trading volume, an inability to find a ready buyer, or legal restrictions on the securities’ resale. Certain securities that were liquid when purchased may later become illiquid, particularly in times of overall economic distress.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The Fund may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading may also increase transaction costs, which could detract from the Fund’s performance.

 

Temporary Investments. The Fund may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions by taking temporary defensive positions (up to 100% of its assets) in all types of money market and short-term debt securities. If the Fund were to take a temporary defensive position, it may be unable for a time to achieve its investment objective.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

A description of The RBB Fund, Inc.’s (the “Company”) policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the SAI. The SAI is incorporated herein.

 

11



 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

 

Investment Adviser

 

Simple Alternatives, LLC, a registered investment adviser located at 90 Grove Street, Suite 205, Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877, provides investment advisory services to the Fund subject to the general supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Adviser was founded in October 2009 by James Dilworth.

 

Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Company, the Adviser is entitled to an advisory fee at the annual rate of 2.75% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, computed daily and payable monthly. The Adviser has contractually agreed to forgo all or a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) exceeds 3.20% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s R Shares. This contractual limitation is in effect until at least December 31, 2012 and may not be terminated without Board approval. Because dividend expenses on short sales, acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest and taxes are excluded from the expense limitation, Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after fees forgone and expense reimbursements) are expected to exceed the applicable expense limitation. If at any time during the first three years the Fund’s Advisory Agreement with the Adviser is in effect, the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for that year are less than 3.20%, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund during such three-year period if such reimbursement by the Fund does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations. A discussion regarding the basis for the Company’s Board of Directors’ approval of the Fund’s investment advisory agreement with the Adviser is available in the Fund’s annual report for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

The Fund is managed by the Adviser and one or more Sub-Advisers unaffiliated with the Adviser. The Adviser also has the ultimate responsibility to oversee the Sub-Advisers, and to recommend their hiring, termination, and replacement, subject to approval by the Board of Directors.   James Dilworth and Bruce MacDonald are the portfolio managers primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.  Prior to founding Simple Alternatives, LLC, Mr. Dilworth worked with Common Sense Investment Management, LLC. Common Sense Investment Management is an institutional hedge fund of funds. Mr. Dilworth founded Dilworth Securities, Inc. and Dilworth Capital Management, LLC in 2003. Prior to establishing Dilworth Capital, Mr. Dilworth served as the CEO and Managing Director of London-based Middlebury Capital Partners International, a holding company partially owned by and managing investments for the Charles R. Schwab family. In 1998, Mr. Dilworth joined Clark Winter in developing Winter Capital International, a fund of funds based in New York City, which was sold to Citigroup Private Bank in late 2000. Mr. Dilworth received his MBA from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Business. Mr. MacDonald currently serves as Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser. From 2005 to 2009 he was Director of Asset Allocation and Risk Management for the University of Virginia Investment Management Company (UVIMCO). Before joining UVIMCO Mr. MacDonald was the Senior Investment Strategist for Putnam Investments’ Global Asset Allocation team. Mr. MacDonald holds an MBA from Columbia University and a BA in religion from Wesleyan University.

 

Sub-Advisers

 

The Fund has received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Adviser to engage or terminate a Sub-Adviser, and to enter into and materially amend an existing sub-advisory agreement, upon the approval of the Board of Directors, without obtaining shareholder approval. The Sub-Advisers provide investment advisory services to the portion of the Fund’s portfolio allocated to them by the Adviser. The Adviser compensates each Sub-Adviser at a rate negotiated by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. The Adviser selects Sub-Advisers based upon the Sub-Adviser’s skills in managing assets pursuant to particular investment styles and strategies. The Adviser monitors existing Sub-Advisers based on their investment styles, strategies, and results in managing assets for specific asset classes. Each Sub-Adviser will have discretion to select portfolio securities for its portion of the Fund, but must select those securities according to the Fund’s investment objectives and restrictions.  The Fund is not required to invest with any minimum number of Sub-Advisers, and does not have minimum or maximum limitations with respect to allocations of assets to any Sub-Adviser. The Adviser may change the allocation of the Fund’s assets among the available Sub-Advisers, and may add or remove Sub-Advisers, at any time.

 

Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC (“Blue Lion”) , a registered investment adviser located at 5950 Berkshire Lane, Suite 510, Dallas, Texas 75225, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception. Charles W. Griege, Jr. is the portfolio manager primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by Blue Lion. Mr. Griege has been Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer of Blue Lion since 2005.  Prior to starting Blue Lion, Mr. Griege joined Atlas Capital Management, a long/short equity fund, as a partner in May 2001. Prior to Atlas, Mr. Griege spent six years in investment banking, most recently as a Managing Director at SoundView Technology Group. Prior to joining SoundView, Mr. Griege was a Vice President in the research sales division of Sanford Bernstein. Mr. Griege received an MBA with honors from Columbia Business School in 1990 and a BA degree from

 

12



 

Vanderbilt University in 1985. Blue Lion employs a long/short equity strategy with a value-oriented bias in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

Courage Capital Management, LLC (“Courage Capital”) , a registered investment adviser located at 4400 Harding Road Ste. 503, Nashville, Tennessee 37205, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception. Courage Capital was founded in 1998 by Richard C. Patton, who is also the portfolio manager primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by Courage Capital.  Mr. Patton is also Chief Investment Adviser of Courage Capital.  Prior to founding Courage Capital, Mr. Patton co-founded and operated Woodmont Capital, LLC. Mr. Patton serves on the American Red Cross Board of Governors. Mr. Patton earned a B.S. in Economics from Vanderbilt University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Courage Capital employs an event driven investment strategy, including investments in special situations companies and distressed securities, in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn (“CRM”) , a registered investment adviser located at 520 Madison Avenue, 20 th  Floor, New York, New York 10022, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception.  CRM was founded in 1973.  Wilmington Trust Investments, Inc. has a controlling interest in CRM. Jay B. Abramson, the President and Chief Investment Officer of CRM, has responsibility for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by CRM. Mr. Abramson has been with CRM since 1985. As Chief Investment Officer, he maintains overall responsibility for the firm’s investment team. Prior to CRM, Mr. Abramson earned his CPA. He received a BSE from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a JD from the University of Pennsylvania Law School. CRM employs a long/short equity investment strategy in managing its portion of the Fund.

 

Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC (“LT”) , a registered investment adviser located at 1208 Pointe Centre Drive, Suite 210, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37421, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception.  LT was founded in 2001 by Lauren C. Templeton. Ms. Templeton and Scott Phillips have responsibility for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by LT.  Ms. Templeton is managing member and Chief Compliance Officer of LT. Ms. Templeton is also founder and director of the Southeastern Hedge Fund Association. In addition to these responsibilities Ms. Templeton also serves the following organizations; The Atlanta Hedge Fund Roundtable (President), the Board of Trustees at the Baylor School, the Pre-Business Advisory Council at the University of the South, Sewanee (Board Member), and the Finance Advisory Board of the University of Tennessee Chattanooga.  Ms. Templeton is a published book author having written “Investing the Templeton Way” released by McGraw Hill in 2008.  Investing the Templeton Way is a value investor’s guide to the successful methods employed by her mentor, Sir John Templeton. Ms. Templeton received a B.A. in Economics from the University of the South. Mr. Phillips joined LT in 2007 and serves as Portfolio Manager and Head of Research.  Prior to joining LT, Mr. Phillips founded Cumberland Capital Corp, located in Chattanooga, Tennessee in 2004, where he provided equity research services to Green Cay Asset Management, a hedge fund management company located in Nassau, Bahamas. Mr. Phillips received his B.A. in English from the University of the South.  Mr. Phillips co-authored “Investing the Templeton Way.”  LT uses a global value investment strategy in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

13



 

Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC (“SRES”) , a registered investment adviser located at 591 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830, has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception.  SRES was launched in 2004. SRES is jointly owned by Barry Sternlicht, Chairman and Advisor, and Matthew C. Gilman, Chief Executive Officer and Portfolio Manager. Over the past 19 years, Mr. Sternlicht has structured more than 400 investment transactions with an asset value of more than $40 billion.  From 1995 through 2005, Mr. Sternlicht was Chairman and CEO of Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., a company he founded in 1995.  Mr. Gilman is the portfolio manager primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by SRES. Mr. Gilman joined Starwood Real Estate Securities LLC at its founding in 2004. From 1999 to 2004, Mr. Gilman was Senior Portfolio Manager at ABP Investments US, Inc., the US subsidiary of the Dutch Civil Service Pension Fund, regarded as one of the largest in the world. Mr. Gilman covered real estate securities at JP Morgan Investment Management from 1995 to 1999 and for one year at Genesis Realty Advisors from 1994 to 1995. Mr. Gilman began his career at Wellsford Residential Properties in 1992, a multi-family real estate investment trust. Mr. Gilman is a graduate of Dartmouth College and is a member of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts. SRES employs a long/short equity investment strategy, with a focus on public real estate securities, in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

Trellus Management Co., LLC (“Trellus”) , a registered investment adviser located at 350 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017 has served as a Sub-Adviser to the Fund since its inception. Trellus was founded in 1994 by Adam Usdan, the sole owner of Trellus. Mr. Usdan and John Alderman are the portfolio managers primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portion of the Fund sub-advised by Trellus. Mr. Usdan is the President, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager of Trellus. Mr. Usdan earned an MBA in Finance, Accounting & Marketing from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University and a BA in English, from Wesleyan University. John Alderman, Portfolio Manager, has been with Trellus since 2001. Mr. Alderman earned an MBA in Finance from New York University and a BA in Economics from Connecticut College. Trellus employs a long/short equity investment strategy in managing its portion of the Fund. The Fund is the only mutual fund for which the Sub-Adviser provides advisory services.

 

The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

 

Marketing Arrangement

 

The Adviser or its affiliates may pay additional compensation, out of profits derived from the Adviser’s management fee and not as an additional charge to the Fund, to certain financial institutions (which may include banks, securities dealers and other industry professionals) for the sale and/or distribution of Fund shares or the retention and/or servicing of Fund investors and Fund shares (“revenue sharing”). These payments are in addition to any distribution or servicing fees payable under a 12b-1 distribution and/or service plan of the Fund, any record keeping or sub-transfer agency fees payable by the Fund, or other fees described in the fee table or elsewhere in the Prospectus or SAI. Examples of “revenue sharing” payments include, but are not limited to, payment to financial institutions for “shelf space” or access to a third party platform or fund offering list or other marketing programs, including, but not limited to, inclusion of the Fund on preferred or recommended sales lists, mutual fund “supermarket” platforms and other formal sales programs; granting the Adviser access to the financial institution’s sales force; granting the Adviser access to the financial institution’s conferences and meetings; assistance in training and educating the financial institution’s personnel; and obtaining other forms of marketing support. The level of revenue sharing payments made to financial institutions may be a fixed fee or based upon one or more of the following factors: gross sales, current assets and/or number of accounts of the Fund attributable to the financial institution, or other factors as agreed to by the Adviser and the financial institution or any combination thereof. The amount of these revenue sharing payments is determined at the discretion of the Adviser from time to time, may be substantial, and may be different for different financial institutions depending upon the services provided by the financial institution. Such payments may provide an incentive for the financial institution to make shares of the Fund available to its customers and may allow the Fund greater access to the financial institution’s customers.

 

14



 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

 

Pricing of Fund Shares

 

R Shares of the Fund (“Shares”) are priced at their net asset value (“NAV”). The NAV per share of the Fund is calculated as follows:

 

 

Value of Assets Attributable to R Shares

NAV = –

Value of Liabilities Attributable to R Shares

 

 

Number of Outstanding Shares of R Shares

 

The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. The NYSE is generally open Monday through Friday, except national holidays. The Fund will effect purchases of Fund shares at the NAV next determined after receipt of your order or request in good order. The Fund will effect redemptions of Fund shares at the NAV next calculated after receipt by the Fund’s Transfer Agent of your order in good order.

 

The Fund’s equity securities listed on any national or foreign exchange market system will be valued at the last sale price, except for the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (“NASDAQ”). Equity securities listed on NASDAQ will be valued at the official closing price. Equity securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at their closing prices. If there were no transactions on that day, securities traded principally on an exchange or on NASDAQ will be valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices prior to the market close. Fixed income securities having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which approximates market value. Fixed income securities having a remaining maturity of greater than 60 days are valued using an independent pricing service. When prices are not available from such services or are deemed to be unreliable, securities may be valued by dealers who make markets in such securities. Foreign securities, currencies and other securities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of such currencies against the U.S. dollar provided by a pricing service. All assets denominated in foreign currencies will be converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the time of valuation. If the Fund holds foreign equity securities, the calculation of the Fund’s NAV will not occur at the same time as the determination of the value of the foreign equities securities in the Fund’s portfolio, since these securities are traded on foreign exchanges.

 

If market quotations are unavailable or deemed unreliable by the Fund’s administrator, in consultation with the Adviser and Sub-Advisers, securities will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and under the Board of Directors’ ultimate supervision. In addition, the prices of foreign securities may be affected by events that occur after the close of a foreign market but before the Fund prices its shares. In such instances, a foreign security may be fair valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Relying on prices supplied by pricing services or dealers or using fair valuation involves the risk that the values used by the Fund to price its investments may be higher or lower than the values used by other investment companies and investors to price the same investments.

 

Investments in other open-end investment companies are valued based on the NAV of those investment companies (which may use fair value pricing as discussed in their prospectuses).

 

Market Timing

 

In accordance with the policy adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company discourages and does not accommodate market timing and other excessive trading practices. Purchases should be made with a view to longer-term investment only. Excessive short-term (market timing) trading practices may disrupt portfolio management strategies, increase brokerage and administrative costs, harm Fund performance and result in dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders. The Company and the Adviser reserve the right to (i) reject a purchase or exchange order, (ii) delay payment of immediate cash redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days, (iii) revoke a shareholder’s privilege to purchase Fund shares (including exchanges), or (iv) limit the amount of any exchange. An investor may receive notice that their purchase order or exchange has been rejected after the day the order is placed or after acceptance by a financial intermediary.  The Company and the Adviser will not be liable for any loss resulting from rejected purchase orders. To minimize harm to the Company and its shareholders (or the Adviser), the Company (or the Adviser) will exercise its right if, in the Company’s (or the Adviser’s) judgment, an investor has a history of excessive trading or if an investor’s trading, in the judgment of the Company or the Adviser, has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. No waivers of the provisions of the policy established to detect and deter market timing and other excessive trading activity are permitted that would harm the Fund and its shareholders or would subordinate the interests of the Fund and its shareholders to those of the Adviser or any affiliated person or associated person of the Adviser.

 

Pursuant to the policy adopted by the Board of Directors, the Adviser has developed criteria that it uses to identify trading activity that may be excessive. The Adviser reviews on a regular, periodic basis available information related to the trading activity in the Fund in order to assess the likelihood that the Fund may be the target of excessive trading. As part

 

15



 

of its excessive trading surveillance process, the Adviser, on a periodic basis, examines transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds or numerical limits within a period of time. If, in its judgment, the Adviser detects excessive, short-term trading, it may reject or restrict a purchase request and may further seek to close an investor’s account with the Fund. The Adviser may modify its surveillance procedures and criteria from time to time without prior notice regarding the detection of excessive trading or to address specific circumstances. The Adviser will apply the criteria in a manner that, in its judgment, will be uniform.

 

If necessary, the Company may prohibit additional purchases of Fund shares by a financial intermediary or by certain customers of the financial intermediary. Financial intermediaries may also monitor their customers’ trading activities in the Fund. The criteria used by intermediaries to monitor for excessive trading may differ from the criteria used by the Company. If a financial intermediary fails to enforce the Company’s excessive trading policies, the Company may take certain actions, including terminating the relationship.

 

There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to identify market timers, particularly if they are investing through intermediaries.

 

Purchase of Fund Shares

 

Shares representing interests in the Fund are offered continuously for sale by BNY Mellon Distributors Inc. (the “Distributor”). R Shares of the Fund have not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus.

 

General. You may purchase Shares of the Fund at the NAV per Share next calculated after your order is received by the Transfer Agent in good order as described below. The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. After an initial purchase is made, the Transfer Agent will set up an account for you on the Company records. The minimum initial investment in the Fund is $250,000.  There is no minimum for subsequent investments. The Fund may accept initial investments of smaller amounts in its sole discretion. You can only purchase Shares of the Fund on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below.

 

Purchases Through Intermediaries. Shares of the Fund may also be available through certain brokerage firms, financial institutions and other industry professionals (collectively, “Service Organizations”). Certain features of the Shares, such as the initial and subsequent investment minimums and certain trading restrictions, may be modified or waived by Service Organizations. Service Organizations may impose transaction or administrative charges or other direct fees, which charges and fees would not be imposed if Shares are purchased directly from the Company. Therefore, you should contact the Service Organization acting on your behalf concerning the fees (if any) charged in connection with a purchase or redemption of Shares and should read this Prospectus in light of the terms governing your accounts with the Service Organization. Service Organizations will be responsible for promptly transmitting client or customer purchase and redemption orders to the Company in accordance with their agreements with the Company or its agent and with clients or customers. Service Organizations or, if applicable, their designees that have entered into agreements with the Company or its agent may enter confirmed purchase orders on behalf of clients and customers, with payment to follow no later than the Company’s pricing on the following Business Day. If payment is not received by such time, the Service Organization could be held liable for resulting fees or losses. The Company will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when a Service Organization, or, if applicable, its authorized designee, accepts a purchase or redemption order in good order if the order is actually received by the Company in good order not later than the next business morning. If a purchase order is not received by the Fund in good order, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (the “Transfer Agent”) will contact the financial intermediary to determine the status of the purchase order. Orders received by the Company in good order will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next computed after they are deemed to have been received by the Service Organization or its authorized designee.

 

The Company relies upon the integrity of Service Organizations to ensure that orders are timely and properly submitted. The Fund cannot assure you that a Service Organization properly submitted to it all purchase and redemption orders received from the Service Organization’s customers before the time for determination of the Fund’s NAV in order to obtain that day’s price.

 

For administration, subaccounting, transfer agency and/or other services, the Adviser may pay Service Organizations and certain recordkeeping organizations a fee (the “Service Fee”) of the average annual net asset value of accounts with the Company maintained by such Service Organization or recordkeepers. The Service Fee payable to any one Service Organization is determined based upon a number of factors, including the nature and quality of services provided, the operations processing requirements of the relationship and the standardized fee schedule of the Service Organization or recordkeeper.

 

Initial Investment By Mail. An account may be opened by completing and signing the application included with this Prospectus and mailing it to the Transfer Agent at the address noted below, together with a check ($250,000 minimum) payable to the Fund. Third party checks will not be accepted.

 

16


 


 

Regular Mail:

Overnight Mail:

 

 

S1 Fund

S1 Fund

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.

P.O. Box 9869

4400 Computer Drive

Providence, RI 02940

Westborough, MA 01581

 

The name of the Fund should be designated on the application and should appear on the check. Payment for the purchase of Shares received by mail will be credited to a shareholder’s account at the NAV per share of the Fund next determined after receipt of payment in good order.

 

Initial Investment By Wire. Shares of the Fund may be purchased by wiring federal funds to The Bank of New York Mellon.  A completed application must be forwarded to the Transfer Agent at the address noted above under “Initial Investment by Mail” in advance of the wire. For the Fund, notification must be given to the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226 prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the wire date. (Prior notification must also be received from investors with existing accounts.) Request account information and routing instructions by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226.

 

Federal funds wire purchases will be accepted only on days when the NYSE and The Bank of New York Mellon are open for business.

 

Additional Investments. Additional investments may be made at any time by purchasing Shares of the Fund at the NAV per Share of the Fund by mailing a check to the Transfer Agent at the address noted under “Initial Investment by Mail” (payable to S1 Fund) or by wiring monies to The Bank of New York Mellon as outlined under “Initial Investment by Wire.” Notification must be given to the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226 prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the wire date. Initial and additional purchases made by check cannot be redeemed until payment of the purchase has been collected. This may take up to 15 calendar days from the date of purchase.

 

Automatic Investment Plan. Additional investments in Shares of the Fund may be made automatically by authorizing the Transfer Agent to withdraw funds from your bank account through an Automatic Investment Plan ($250 minimum). Investors desiring to participate in an Automatic Investment Plan should call the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226.

 

Retirement Plans/IRA Accounts. Shares may be purchased in conjunction with individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and rollover IRAs where  BNY Mellon Investment Servicing Trust Company acts as custodian. A $15.00 custodial maintenance fee is charged per IRA account per year. For further information as to applications and annual fees, contact the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226. To determine whether the benefits of an IRA are available and/or appropriate, you should consult with a tax advisor.

 

Other Purchase Information.  The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend the offering of shares or to reject purchase orders when, in the judgment of management, such suspension or rejection is in the best interest of the Fund. The Adviser will monitor the Fund’s total assets and may, subject to Board approval, decide to close the Fund at any time to new investments or to new accounts due to concerns that a significant increase in the size of the Fund may adversely affect the implementation of the Fund’s strategy. The Adviser, subject to Board approval, may also choose to reopen the Fund to new investments at any time, and may subsequently close the Fund again should concerns regarding the Fund’s size recur. If the Fund closes to new investments, the Fund may be offered only to certain existing shareholders of the Fund and certain other persons who may be subject to cumulative, maximum purchase amounts, as follows:

 

a.                Persons who already hold Shares of the closed Fund directly or through accounts maintained by brokers by arrangement with the Company,

 

b.               Existing and future clients of financial advisers and planners whose clients already hold Shares of the closed Fund,

 

c.                Employees of the Adviser and their spouses, parents and children, and

 

d.               Directors of the Company.

 

Distributions to all shareholders of the closed Fund will continue to be reinvested unless a shareholder elects otherwise. The Adviser, subject to the Board of Directors’ discretion, reserves the right to implement other purchase limitations at the time of closing, including limitations on current shareholders.

 

Purchases of the Fund’s Shares will be made in full and fractional shares of the Fund calculated to three decimal places.

 

The Company’s officers are authorized to waive the minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements.

 

17



 

Good Order. You must include complete and accurate required information on your purchase request. Please see “Purchase of Fund Shares” for instructions. Purchase requests not in good order may be rejected.

 

Customer Identification Program. Federal law requires the Company to obtain, verify and record identifying information, which may include the name, residential or business street address, date of birth (for an individual), social security or taxpayer identification number or other identifying information for each investor who opens or reopens an account with the Company. Applications without the required information, or without any indication that a social security or taxpayer identification number has been applied for, may not be accepted. After acceptance, to the extent permitted by applicable law or its customer identification program, the Company reserves the right (a) to place limits on transactions in any account until the identity of the investor is verified; or (b) to refuse an investment in a Company portfolio or to involuntarily redeem an investor’s Shares and close an account in the event that an investor’s identity is not verified. The Company and its agents will not be responsible for any loss in an investor’s account resulting from the investor’s delay in providing all required identifying information or from closing an account and redeeming an investor’s Shares when an investor’s identity cannot be verified.

 

Redemption of Fund Shares

 

You may redeem Fund Shares at the next NAV calculated after a redemption request is received by the Transfer Agent in good order. The Fund’s NAV is calculated once daily at the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) on each day the NYSE is open. You can only redeem Shares of the Fund on days the NYSE is open and through the means described below. You may redeem Fund Shares by mail, or, if you are authorized, by telephone. The value of Shares redeemed may be more or less than the purchase price, depending on the market value of the investment securities held by the Fund.

 

Redemption By Mail. Your redemption requests should be addressed to S1 Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., P.O. Box 9869, Providence, RI 02940; for overnight delivery, requests should be addressed to, S1 Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA. 01581 and must include:

 

a.                Name of the Fund;

 

b.               Account number;

 

c.                Your Share certificates, if any, properly endorsed or with proper powers of attorney;

 

d.               A letter of instruction specifying the number of Shares or dollar amount to be redeemed, signed by all registered owners of the Shares in the exact names in which they are registered;

 

e.                Medallion signature guarantees are required when (i) the redemption proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the registered shareholder(s) or (ii) the redemption request is for $50,000 or more. A signature guarantee may be obtained from a domestic bank or trust company, broker, dealer, clearing agency or savings association who are participants in a Medallion Program recognized by the Securities Transfer Association. The three recognized Medallion Programs are Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP), Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP) and New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Program (MSP). Signature guarantees which are not a part of these programs will not be accepted. Please note that a notary public stamp or seal is not acceptable; and

 

f.                  Other supporting legal documents, if required, in the case of estates, trusts, guardianships, custodianships, corporations, pension and profit sharing plans and other organizations.

 

Redemption By Telephone. In order to utilize the telephone redemption option, you must indicate that option on your Account Application. Please note that the telephone redemption option is not available for retirement accounts. You may then initiate a redemption of Shares by calling the Transfer Agent at 1-866-882-1226 and requesting that the redemption proceeds be mailed to the primary registration address or wired per the authorized instructions. A wire charge of $7.50 is assessed and charged to the shareholder. If the telephone redemption option is authorized, the Transfer Agent may act on telephone instructions from any person representing himself or herself to be a shareholder and believed by the Transfer Agent to be genuine. The Transfer Agent’s records of such instructions are binding and shareholders, not the Fund or its Transfer Agent, bear the risk of loss in the event of unauthorized instructions reasonably believed by the Fund or its Transfer Agent to be genuine. The Fund and the Transfer Agent will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated are genuine and, if it does not, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. The procedures employed by the Fund and the Transfer Agent in connection with transactions initiated by telephone include tape recording of telephone instructions and requiring some form of personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.

 

Involuntary Redemption. The Fund reserves the right to redeem a shareholder’s account in the Fund at any time the value of the account in the Fund falls below $5,000 as the result of a redemption or an exchange request. Shareholders will be notified in writing that the value of their account in the Fund is less than $5,000 and will be allowed 30 days to

 

18



 

make additional investments before the redemption is processed. The transaction fee applicable to the Fund will not be charged when Shares are involuntarily redeemed.

 

The Fund may assert the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

 

Other Redemption Information. Redemption proceeds for Shares of the Fund recently purchased by check may not be distributed until payment for the purchase has been collected, which may take up to fifteen days from the purchase date. Shareholders can avoid this delay by utilizing the wire purchase option.

 

Other than as described above, payment of the redemption proceeds will be made within seven days after receipt of an order for a redemption. The Company may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date at times when the NYSE is closed or under any emergency circumstances as determined by the SEC.

 

If the Board of Directors determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the Fund to make payment wholly or partly in cash, redemption proceeds may be paid in whole or in part by an in-kind distribution of readily marketable securities held by the Fund instead of cash in conformity with applicable rules of the SEC. If a shareholder receives redemption proceeds in-kind, the shareholder will bear the market risk of the securities received in the redemption until their disposition and should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its Shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund.

 

Good order. You must include complete and accurate required information on your redemption request. Please see “Redemption of Fund Shares” for instructions. Redemption requests not in good order may be delayed.

 

Distribution Fees

 

The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Plan”) that allows the Fund to pay fees from its R Shares assets for selling and distributing R Shares.  Pursuant to the Plan, R Shares of the Fund can pay distribution fees at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the Fund’s R Shares assets.  Because distribution fees are paid on an ongoing basis, over time they increase the cost of your investment and may cost more than paying other sales charges.

 

Dividends and Distributions

 

The Fund will distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, to its shareholders. All distributions are reinvested in the form of additional full and fractional Shares of the Fund unless a shareholder elects otherwise.

 

The Fund will declare and pay dividends from net investment income annually. Net realized capital gains (including net short-term capital gains), if any, will be distributed by the Fund at least annually. The estimated amount of any annual distribution will be posted to the Adviser’s password-protected website at www.S1Fund.com or a free copy may be obtained by calling 1-866-882-1226.

 

The Fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the Fund to avoid U.S. federal tax. The Fund’s distributions and dividends, whether received in cash or reinvested in additional Fund Shares, are subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

More Information About Taxes

 

The following is a summary of certain United States tax considerations relevant under current law, which may be subject to change in the future. Except where otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to investors who are individual United States citizens or residents. You should consult your tax adviser for further information regarding federal, state, local and/or foreign tax consequences relevant to your specific situation.

 

Federal Taxes. The Fund contemplates distributing as dividends each year all or substantially all of its taxable income, including its net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). Except as otherwise discussed below, you will be subject to federal income tax on Fund distributions regardless of whether they are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Fund distributions attributable to short-term capital gains and net investment income will generally be taxable to you as ordinary income, except as discussed below.

 

Distributions attributable to the net capital gain of the Fund will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, no matter how long you have owned your Fund shares. The maximum long-term capital gain rate applicable to individuals, estates, and trusts is currently 15%, and is scheduled to rise to 20% for years beginning after December 31, 2010. You will be notified annually of the tax status of distributions to you.

 

19



 

Distributions of “qualifying dividends” will also generally be taxable to you at long-term capital gain rates as long as certain requirements are met. In general, if 95% or more of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of dividends received from domestic corporations or “qualified” foreign corporations (“qualifying dividends”), then all distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be taxed at long-term capital gains rates. But if less than 95% of the gross income of the Fund (other than net capital gain) consists of qualifying dividends, then distributions paid by the Fund to individual shareholders will be qualifying dividends only to the extent they are derived from qualifying dividends earned by the Fund. For the lower rates to apply, you must have owned your Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the Fund’s ex-dividend date (and the Fund will need to have met a similar holding period requirement with respect to the shares of the corporation paying the qualifying dividend). The amount of the Fund’s distributions that qualify for this favorable treatment may be reduced as a result of the Fund’s securities lending activities (if any), a high portfolio turnover rate or investments in debt securities or “non-qualified” foreign corporations.

 

Distributions from the Fund will generally be taxable to you in the taxable year in which they are paid, with one exception. Distributions declared by the Fund in October, November or December and paid in January of the following year are taxed as though they were paid on December 31.

 

A portion of distributions paid by the Fund to shareholders that are corporations may also qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations, subject to certain holding period requirements and debt financing limitations.

 

If you purchase shares just before a distribution, the purchase price will reflect the amount of the upcoming distribution, but you will be taxed on the entire amount of the distribution received, even though, as an economic matter, the distribution simply constitutes a return of capital. This is known as “buying into a dividend.”

 

Sales and Exchanges. You will generally recognize taxable gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on a sale, exchange or redemption of your shares, including an exchange for shares of another Simple Alternatives Fund, based on the difference between your tax basis in the shares and the amount you receive for them. Generally, you will recognize long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your Fund shares for over twelve months at the time you dispose of them. (To aid in computing your tax basis, you should retain your account statements for the periods during which you held shares.)

 

Any loss realized on shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends that were received on the shares. Additionally, any loss realized on a disposition of shares of the Fund may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with other shares of the Fund within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to a dividend reinvestment in shares of the Fund. If disallowed, the loss will be reflected in an upward adjustment to the basis of the shares acquired.

 

IRAs and Other Tax-Qualified Plans. The one major exception to the preceding tax principles is that distributions on, and sales, exchanges and redemptions of, shares held in an IRA (or other tax-qualified plan) will not be currently taxable.

 

Backup Withholding.  The Fund may be required in certain cases to withhold and remit to the Internal Revenue Service a percentage of taxable dividends or gross proceeds realized upon sale payable to shareholders who have failed to provide a correct tax identification number in the manner required, or who are subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly include on their return payments of taxable interest or dividends, or who have failed to certify to the Fund that they are not subject to backup withholding when required to do so or that they are “exempt recipients.” The current withholding rate is 28%, but the withholding rate is scheduled to increase to 31% for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.

 

U.S. Tax Treatment of Foreign Shareholders. For nonresident aliens, foreign corporations and other foreign investors, Fund distributions attributable to net long-term capital gains of the Fund will generally be exempt from U.S. tax, but all other Fund distributions will generally be subject to a 30% withholding tax. The withholding tax may, however, be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the United States and a shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation, provided that the shareholder furnishes the Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN to establish entitlement for these treaty benefits.

 

Foreign shareholders will generally not be subject to U.S. tax on gains realized on sale, exchange or redemption of shares in the Fund.

 

Different U.S. tax rules may apply to a foreign shareholder, however, if the investment in the Fund is connected to a trade or business of the shareholder in the United States or the investor is present in the United States for 183 days or more in a year.

 

All foreign investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences in their country of residence of an investment in the Fund.

 

20



 

State and Local Taxes. You may also be subject to state and local taxes on income and gain from Fund shares. State income taxes may not apply, however, to the portions of the Fund’s distributions, if any, that are attributable to interest on U.S. government securities. You should consult your tax adviser regarding the tax status of distributions in your state and locality.

 

Future Tax Treatment.   Some of the tax provisions described above are subject to sunset provisions.  Specifically, a sunset provision provides that the 15% long-term capital gain rate will change after 2012.

 

More information about taxes is contained in the SAI.

 

Multi-Class Structure

 

The Fund also offers I Shares, which are offered directly to institutional investors without distribution fees in a separate prospectus. Shares of each class of the Fund represent equal pro rata interests in the Fund and accrue dividends and calculate NAV and performance quotations in the same manner. The performance of each class is quoted separately due to different actual expenses. The total return on R Shares of the Fund can be expected to differ from the total return on I Shares of the Fund. Information concerning other classes of the Fund can be requested by calling the Fund at 1-866-882-1226.

 

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE FUND’S SAI INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING BY THE COMPANY OR BY THE DISTRIBUTOR IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE.

 

21



 

S1 Fund

of

The RBB Fund, Inc.

 

(1-866-882-1226)

 

www.S1Fund.com

 

For More Information:

 

This Prospectus contains important information you should know before you invest. Read it carefully and keep it for future reference. More information about the S1 Fund is available free of charge, upon request, including:

 

Annual/Semi—Annual Reports

 

These reports contain additional information about the Fund’s investments, describe the Fund’s performance, list portfolio holdings, and discuss recent market conditions and economic trends. The annual report includes fund strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during their last fiscal year.

 

When available, the annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders may be obtained by visiting www.S1Fund.com.

 

Statement of Additional Information

 

An SAI, dated December 31, 2011 has been filed with the SEC. The SAI, which includes additional information about the Fund, may be obtained free of charge, along with the annual and semi–annual reports, by calling 1-866-882-1226. The SAI, as supplemented from time to time, is incorporated by reference into this prospectus (and is legally part of the prospectus). The SAI is available on the Adviser’s password-protected website at www.S1Fund.com.

 

Shareholder Inquiries

 

Representatives are available to discuss account balance information, mutual fund prospectuses, literature, programs and services available. Hours: 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. (Eastern time) Monday–Friday. Call: 1-866-882-1226 or visit the website of the Adviser at www.S1Fund.com.

 

Purchases and Redemptions

 

Call 1-866-882-1226.

 

Written Correspondence

 

Street Address:

 

S1 Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, MA. 01581

 

P.O. Box Address:

 

S1 Fund, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., P.O. Box 9869, Providence, RI 02940

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

 

You may also view and copy information about the Company and the Funds, including the SAI, by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC or the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of Fund documents by paying a duplicating fee and sending an electronic request to the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by sending your written request and a duplicating fee to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC 20549-1520. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

 

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO.811–05518

 


 


 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

PERIMETER SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

 

a series of THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

Investor Class Shares Ticker Symbol: PSCGX

 

I Class Shares Ticker Symbol: PSIGX

 

December 31, 2011

 

Investment Adviser:

 

PERIMETER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. This SAI is intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and operations of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) and the Investor Class Shares and I Class Shares (collectively, the “Shares”) of the Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund (the “Fund”). This SAI is incorporated by reference into and should be read in conjunction with the prospectuses dated December 31, 2011 (“Prospectuses”). A copy of the Prospectuses and Annual Report may be obtained free of charge by calling toll-free 1-888-968-4964.  Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the Prospectuses.

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

1

 

 

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

 

1

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

 

11

 

 

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

13

 

 

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

14

 

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

20

 

 

 

PROXY VOTING

 

20

 

 

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

20

 

 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

 

22

 

 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

22

 

 

 

THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

24

ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

 

25

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

 

26

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

26

 

 

 

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

26

 

 

 

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

28

 

 

 

FUND TRANSACTIONS

 

29

 

 

 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

30

 

 

 

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

 

30

 

 

 

VALUATION OF SHARES

 

31

 

 

 

TAXES

 

31

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

33

 

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

33

 

 

 

APPENDIX A - DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

 

A-1

 

 

 

APPENDIX B - PROXY VOTING

 

B-1

 

ii



 

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently operating [sixteen] separate portfolios. The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”) and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988. This SAI pertains to the Investor Class Shares and I Shares of the Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund. Perimeter Capital Management (“Perimeter” or the “Adviser”), serves as the investment adviser to the Fund.

 

The Fund previously commenced operations on September 29, 2006 as the Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund, (the “Predecessor Fund”), a series of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund II. On February 8, 2010, substantially all of the assets of the Predecessor Fund, which is advised by the Adviser, were transferred to the Fund in a tax-free reorganization (the “Reorganization”). As a result of the Reorganization, the performance and accounting history of the Predecessor Fund was assumed by the Fund. Financial and performance information prior to February 8, 2010 included herein is that of the Predecessor Fund.

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectuses. For a description of certain permitted investments discussed below, see “Description of Permitted Investments” in this SAI.

 

The Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. This investment objective is a non-fundamental investment policy that may be changed by the Fund without shareholder approval. There can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to achieve its investment objective. The Fund is classified as a “diversified” investment company under the 1940 Act.

 

As its principal investment strategy, the Fund invests primarily in securities of small companies as described in the Prospectuses. Consistent with Rule 35d-1 of the 1940 Act regarding the use of certain mutual fund names, the Fund has adopted a policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, under normal circumstances, in securities of small companies. This investment policy may be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate. Portfolio turnover rate is defined under U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) rules as the greater of the value of the securities purchased or securities sold, excluding all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one-year or less, divided by the average monthly value of such securities owned during the year. Based on this definition, instruments with remaining maturities of less than one-year are excluded from the calculation of the portfolio turnover rate. Instruments excluded from the calculation of portfolio turnover generally would include the futures contracts in which the Fund may invest since such contracts generally have remaining maturities of less than one-year. The Fund may at times hold investments in other short-term instruments, such as repurchase agreements, which are excluded for purposes of computing portfolio turnover.

 

PRINICPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

 

The following are descriptions of the permitted investments and investment practices and the associated risk factors. The Fund will only invest in any of the following instruments or engage in any of the following investment practices if such investment or activity is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted by the Fund’s stated investment policies.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). ADRs as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in

 

1



 

their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

 

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject the Fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States.

 

Equity Securities. Equity securities represent ownership interests in a company and consist of common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock. Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which the Fund invests will cause the net asset value of the Fund to fluctuate. The Fund purchases equity securities traded in the U.S. on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. Equity securities are described in more detail below:

 

·                           Common Stock. Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

 

·                           Preferred Stock. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.

 

·                           Warrants. Warrants are instruments that entitle the holder to buy an equity security at a specific price for a specific period of time. Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security. The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

 

·                           Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption or conversion, the Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

 

Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain or loss than common stocks. Convertible securities generally provide yields higher than the underlying common stocks, but generally lower than comparable non-convertible securities. Because of this higher yield, convertible securities generally sell at a price above their “conversion value,” which is the current market value of the stock to be received upon conversion. The difference between this conversion value and the price of convertible securities will vary over time depending on changes in the value of the underlying common stocks and interest rates. When the underlying common stocks decline in value, convertible securities will tend not to decline to the same extent because of the interest or dividend payments and the repayment of principal at maturity for certain types of convertible securities. However, securities that are convertible other than at the option of the holder generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder. When the underlying common stocks rise in value, the value of convertible securities may also be expected to increase. At the same time, however, the difference

 

2



 

between the market value of convertible securities and their conversion value will narrow, which means that the value of convertible securities will generally not increase to the same extent as the value of the underlying common stocks.

 

Because convertible securities may also be interest-rate sensitive, their value may increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. Convertible securities are also subject to credit risk, and are often lower-quality securities.

 

·                           Small and Medium Capitalization Issuers. Investing in equity securities of small and medium capitalization companies often involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investments in larger capitalization companies. This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of smaller size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of depth of management. The securities of smaller companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and even if listed on a national securities exchange may not be traded in volumes typical for that exchange. Consequently, the securities of smaller companies are less likely to be liquid, may have limited market stability, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established growth companies or the market averages in general.

 

Futures And Options On Futures. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option. The Fund will reduce the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts that are traded on a national futures exchange regulated by the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). The Fund may use futures contracts and related options for: bona fide hedging; attempting to offset changes in the value of securities held or expected to be acquired or be disposed of; attempting to minimize fluctuations in foreign currencies; attempting to gain exposure to a particular market, index or instrument; or other risk management purposes. To the extent futures and/or options on futures are employed by the Fund, such use will be in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). The Company, on behalf of the Fund, has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 and therefore, the Fund is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

An index futures contract is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the index value at the close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the securities comprising the index is made; generally contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contract.

 

When the Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, or sells an option thereon, the Fund is required to “cover” its position in order to limit leveraging and related risks. To cover its position, the Fund may segregate (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) cash or liquid securities that, when added to any amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder. The segregated account functions as a practical limit on the amount of leverage which the Fund may undertake and on the potential increase in the speculative character of the Fund’s outstanding portfolio securities. Additionally, such segregated accounts will generally assure the availability of adequate funds to meet the obligations of the Fund arising from such investment activities.

 

The Fund may also cover its long position in a futures contract by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price (i.e., an exercise price) as high or higher than the price of the futures contract. In the alternative, if the strike price of the put is less than the price of the futures contract, the Fund will segregate cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract. The Fund may also cover its long position in a futures contract by taking a short position in the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract. The Fund may cover its short position in a futures contract

 

3



 

by taking a long position in the instruments underlying the futures contracts, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract.

 

The Fund may cover its sale of a call option on a futures contract by taking a long position in the underlying futures contract at a price less than or equal to the strike price of the call option. In the alternative, if the long position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price greater than the strike price of the written (sold) call, the Fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the call and the price of the futures contract. The Fund may also cover its sale of a call option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the call option. The Fund may cover its sale of a put option on a futures contract by taking a short position in the underlying futures contract at a price greater than or equal to the strike price of the put option, or, if the short position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price less than the strike price of the written put, the fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract. The Fund may also cover its sale of a put option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the put option.

 

There are significant risks associated with the Fund’s use of futures contracts and related options, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on the Adviser’s ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by the Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and options on futures. In addition, some strategies reduce the Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure.

 

Options. The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on indices and enter into related closing transactions. A put option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at any time during the option period. A call option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer of the option the obligation to sell, the underlying security at any time during the option period. The premium paid to the writer is the consideration for undertaking the obligations under the option contract.

 

The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on foreign currencies (traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter markets) to manage its exposure to exchange rates. Call options on foreign currency written by the Fund will be “covered,” which means that the Fund will own an equal amount of the underlying foreign currency.

 

Put and call options on indices are similar to options on securities except that options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the underlying index is greater than (or less than, in the case of puts) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars multiplied by a specified number. Thus, unlike options on individual securities, all settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on price movements in the particular market represented by the index generally, rather than the price movements in individual securities.

 

All options written on indices or securities must be covered. When the Fund writes an option on a security, an index or a foreign currency, it will establish a segregated account containing cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the option and will maintain the account while the option is open or will otherwise cover the transaction.

 

The Fund may trade put and call options on securities, securities indices and currencies, as the Adviser determines is appropriate in seeking the Fund’s investment objective, and except as restricted by the Fund’s investment limitations. See “Investment Limitations.”

 

The initial purchase (sale) of an option contract is an “opening transaction.” In order to close out an option position, the Fund may enter into a “closing transaction,” which is simply the sale (purchase) of an option contract

 

4



 

on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option contract originally opened. If the Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the Fund delivers the security upon exercise.

 

The Fund may purchase put and call options on securities to protect against a decline in the market value of the securities in its portfolio or to anticipate an increase in the market value of securities that the Fund may seek to purchase in the future. The Fund purchasing put and call options pays a premium therefor. If price movements in the underlying securities are such that exercise of the options would not be profitable for the Fund, loss of the premium paid may be offset by an increase in the value of the Fund’s securities or by a decrease in the cost of acquisition of securities by the Fund.

 

The Fund may write covered call options on securities as a means of increasing the yield on its assets and as a means of providing limited protection against decreases in its market value. When the Fund writes an option, if the underlying securities do not increase or decrease to a price level that would make the exercise of the option profitable to the holder thereof, the option generally will expire without being exercised and the Fund will realize as profit the premium received for such option. When a call option of which the Fund is the writer is exercised, the Fund will be required to sell the underlying securities to the option holder at the strike price, and will not participate in any increase in the price of such securities above the strike price. When a put option of which the Fund is the writer is exercised, the Fund will be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the market value of such securities.

 

The Fund may purchase and write options on an exchange or over-the-counter. Over-the-counter options (“OTC options”) differ from exchange-traded options in several respects. They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of non-performance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options. Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker. It is the SEC’s position that OTC options are generally illiquid.

 

The market value of an option generally reflects the market price of an underlying security. Other principal factors affecting market value include supply and demand, interest rates, the pricing volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date.

 

Risks associated with options transactions include: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect correlation between the movement in prices of options and the securities underlying them; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for options; and (4) while the Fund will receive a premium when it writes covered call options, it may not participate fully in a rise in the market value of the underlying security.

 

Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into equity index or interest rate swap agreements for purposes of attempting to gain exposure to the stocks making up an index of securities in a market without actually purchasing those stocks, or to hedge a position. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a day to more than one-year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e. , the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. Forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap,” interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or “floor,” and interest rate dollars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

 

Most swap agreements entered into by the Fund calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal

 

5



 

only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by segregating assets determined to be liquid. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid for the Fund’s illiquid investment limitation. The Fund will not enter into any swap agreement unless the Adviser believes that the other party to the transaction is creditworthy. The Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty.

 

The Fund may enter into swap agreements to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances in which direct investment is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable. The counterparty to any swap agreement will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer. The counter-party will generally agree to pay the Fund the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the swap agreement would have increased in value had it been invested in the particular stocks, plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. The Fund will agree to pay to the counter-party a floating rate of interest on the notional amount of the swap agreement plus the amount, if any, by which the notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in such stocks. Therefore, the return to the Fund on any swap agreement should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Fund on the notional amount.

 

Swap agreements typically are settled on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of a swap agreement or periodically during its term. Swap agreements do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swap agreements is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to a swap agreement defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of cash or liquid assets, having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to such accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes or are offset by segregated cash of liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, the Fund and the Adviser believe that these transactions do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a Fund’s borrowing restrictions.

 

The Adviser, under the supervision of the Board, is responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of Fund transactions in swap agreements. The use of equity swaps is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions.

 

Special Note Regarding Market Events. Events in the financial sector over the past few years have resulted in reduced liquidity in credit and fixed income markets and in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestically and internationally. While entire markets have been impacted, issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets have been particularly affected. These events and the potential for continuing market turbulence may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s investments. It is uncertain how long these conditions will continue.

 

The instability in the financial markets has led the U.S. government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and certain segments of the financial markets. Federal, state and foreign governments, regulatory agencies, and self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

 

Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are

 

6



 

unclear, and such ownership or disposition may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Fund’s holdings.

 

NON-PRICIPAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RISKS

 

Money Market Securities. Money market securities include: short-term U.S. government securities; custodial receipts evidencing separately traded interest and principal components of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury; commercial paper rated in the highest short-term rating category by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NRSRO”), such as Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s, or determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality at the time of purchase; short-term bank obligations (certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances) of U.S. commercial banks with assets of at least $1 billion as of the end of their most recent fiscal year; and repurchase agreements involving such securities. Each of these money market securities are described below. For a description of ratings, see Appendix A to this SAI, “Description of Securities Ratings”.

 

U.S. Government Securities. The Fund may invest in U.S. government securities. Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities include U.S. Treasury securities, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury and which differ only in their interest rates, maturities, and times of issuance. U.S. Treasury bills have initial maturities of one-year or less; U.S. Treasury notes have initial maturities of one to ten years; and U.S. Treasury bonds generally have initial maturities of greater than ten years. Certain U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government including, but not limited to, obligations of U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Small Business Administration, the Federal Farm Credit Administration, the Federal Home Loan Banks, Banks for Cooperatives (including the Central Bank for Cooperatives), the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Commodity Credit Corporation, the Federal Financing Bank, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the National Credit Union Administration and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (Farmer Mac).

 

Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, including, for example, Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those securities issued by Fannie Mae, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the federal agency, while other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, while the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored federal agencies, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will always do so, since the U.S. government is not so obligated by law. U.S. Treasury notes and bonds typically pay coupon interest semi-annually and repay the principal at maturity.

 

In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department and Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) announced that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac would be placed in conservatorship under the FHFA.  The long-term effect that this conservatorship will have on Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s debt and equity and on securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is unclear.

 

·                           U.S. Treasury Obligations. U.S. Treasury obligations consist of bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system known as Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”) and Treasury Receipts (“TRs”).

 

·                           Receipts. Interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. government obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and are created by depositing U.S. government obligations into a special account at a custodian bank. The custodian holds the interest and principal payments for the benefit of the registered owners of the certificates or receipts. The custodian arranges for the issuance of the certificates or receipts evidencing ownership and maintains the register. TRs and STRIPS are interests in accounts sponsored by the U.S. Treasury. Receipts are sold as zero coupon securities.

 

7



 

·                           U.S. Government Zero Coupon Securities. STRIPS and receipts are sold as zero coupon securities, that is, fixed income securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons. Zero coupon securities are sold at a (usually substantial) discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal. The amount of this discount is accreted over the life of the security, and the accretion constitutes the income earned on the security for both accounting and tax purposes. Because of these features, the market prices of zero coupon securities are generally more volatile than the market prices of securities that have similar maturity but that pay interest periodically. Zero coupon securities are likely to respond to a greater degree to interest rate changes than are non-zero coupon securities with similar maturity and credit qualities.

 

·                           U.S. Government Agencies. Some obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies of the U.S. government are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury, while still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. Guarantees of principal by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government may be a guarantee of payment at the maturity of the obligation so that in the event of a default prior to maturity there might not be a market and thus no means of realizing on the obligation prior to maturity. Guarantees as to the timely payment of principal and interest do not extend to the value or yield of these securities nor to the value of the Fund’s shares.

 

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper is the term used to designate unsecured short-term promissory notes issued by corporations and other entities. Maturities on these issues vary from a few to 270 days.

 

Obligations of Domestic Banks, Foreign Banks and Foreign Branches of U.S. Banks. The Fund may invest in obligations issued by banks and other savings institutions. Investments in bank obligations include obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks. Such investments in domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks may involve risks that are different from investments in securities of domestic branches of U.S. banks. These risks may include future unfavorable political and economic developments, possible withholding taxes on interest income, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations, or other governmental restrictions which might affect the payment of principal or interest on the securities held by the Fund. Additionally, these institutions may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks. Bank obligations include the following:

 

·                           Bankers’ Acceptances . Bankers’ acceptances are bills of exchange or time drafts drawn on and accepted by a commercial bank. Corporations use bankers’ acceptances to finance the shipment and storage of goods and to furnish dollar exchange. Maturities are generally six months or less.

 

·                           Certificates of Deposit . Certificates of deposit are interest-bearing instruments with a specific maturity. They are issued by banks and savings and loan institutions in exchange for the deposit of funds and normally can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. Certificates of deposit with penalties for early withdrawal will be considered illiquid.

 

·                           Time Deposits. Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds. Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market. Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty or that mature in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

 

Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with financial institutions. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which a fund acquires a fixed income security (generally a security issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker’s acceptance, or a certificate of deposit) from a commercial bank, broker, or dealer, and simultaneously agrees to resell such security to the seller at an agreed upon price and date (normally, the next business day). Because the security purchased constitutes collateral for the repurchase obligation, a repurchase agreement may be considered a loan that is collateralized by the security purchased. The acquisition of a repurchase agreement may be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities as long as the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities is collateralized fully. The Fund follows certain procedures designed to minimize the risks inherent in such agreements. These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions only with creditworthy financial institutions whose condition will be continually monitored

 

8



 

by the Adviser. The repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund will provide that the underlying collateral at all times shall have a value at least equal to 102% of the resale price stated in the agreement and consist only of securities permissible under Section 101(47)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code (the Adviser monitors compliance with this requirement). Under all repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund, the custodian or its agent must take possession of the underlying collateral. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Fund will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercising of the Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss. It is the current policy of the Fund, not to invest in repurchase agreements that do not mature within seven days if any such investment, together with any other illiquid assets held by that Fund, amounts to more than 15% of the Fund’s total assets. The investments of the Fund in repurchase agreements, at times, may be substantial when, in the view of the Adviser, liquidity or other considerations so warrant.

 

Investment Company Shares. The Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund. The Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying the Fund’s expenses. Unless an exception is available, Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act prohibits a fund from (i) acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any one investment company, (ii) investing more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, and (iii) investing more than 10% of its total assets in all investment companies combined, including its ETF investments.

 

For hedging or other purposes, the Fund may invest in investment companies that seek to track the composition and/or performance of specific indexes or portions of specific indexes. Certain of these investment companies, known as exchange-traded funds, are traded on a securities exchange. The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with changes in the underlying portfolio securities of the investment company and also due to supply and demand of the investment company’s shares on the exchange upon which the shares are traded. Index-based investments may not replicate or otherwise match the composition or performance of their specified index due to transaction costs, among other things.

 

Pursuant to orders issued by the SEC to certain exchange-traded funds (collectively, the “ETFs”) and procedures approved by the Board, the Fund may invest in the ETFs in excess of the 3% limit described above, provided that the Fund has described the ETF investments in its prospectus and otherwise complies with the conditions of the SEC, as it may be amended, and any other applicable investment limitations. Neither the ETFs nor their investment advisers make any representations regarding the advisability of investing in the ETFs.

 

Securities Lending. The Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations that meet capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Company’s Board of Directors. These loans, if and when made, may not exceed 33 1/3% of the total asset value of the Fund (including the loan collateral). The Fund will not lend portfolio securities to the Adviser or its affiliates unless permissible under the 1940 Act and the rules and promulgations thereunder. Loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized by cash, letters of credit or U.S. government securities, and the collateral will be maintained in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities by marking to market daily. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would be for the account of the Fund.

 

The Fund may pay a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral, or other fee, to an unaffiliated or, to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder, affiliated third party for acting as the Fund’s securities lending agent.

 

By lending its securities, the Fund may increase its income by receiving payments from the borrower that reflect the amount of any interest or any dividends payable on the loaned securities as well as by either investing cash collateral received from the borrower in short-term instruments or obtaining a fee from the borrower when U.S. government securities or letters of credit are used as collateral. The Fund will adhere to the following conditions

 

9



 

whenever its portfolio securities are loaned: (i) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities of the type discussed in the preceding paragraph from the borrower; (ii) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (iii) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan on demand; (iv) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in market value; (v) the Fund may pay only reasonable fees in connection with the loan (which fees may include fees payable to the lending agent, the borrower, the Fund’s administrator and the custodian); and (vi) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, provided, however, that if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, the Fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities. The Board has adopted procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the foregoing criteria will be met. Loan agreements involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the borrower, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to recover the loaned securities or dispose of the collateral for the loan, which could give rise to loss because of adverse market action, expenses and/or delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities.

 

Illiquid Securities. Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business (within seven days) at approximately the prices at which they are valued. Because of their illiquid nature, illiquid securities must be priced at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. Despite such good faith efforts to determine fair value prices, the Fund’s illiquid securities are subject to the risk that the security’s fair value price may differ from the actual price which the Fund may ultimately realize upon its sale or disposition. Difficulty in selling illiquid securities may result in a loss or may be costly to the Fund. Under the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Adviser determines the liquidity of the Fund’s investments. In determining the liquidity of the Fund’s investments, the Adviser may consider various factors, including: (1) the frequency and volume of trades and quotations; (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market; and (4) the nature of the security and the market in which it trades (including any demand, put or tender features, the mechanics and other requirements for transfer, any letters of credit or other credit enhancement features, any ratings, the number of holders, the method of soliciting offers, the time required to dispose of the security, and the ability to assign or offset the rights and obligations of the security). The Fund will not hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Restricted Securities. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold freely to the public absent registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) or an exemption from registration. As consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives, the Fund may invest in Section 4(2) commercial paper. Section 4(2) commercial paper is issued in reliance on an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Act and is generally sold to institutional investors who purchase for investment. Any resale of such commercial paper must be in an exempt transaction, usually to an institutional investor through the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in such commercial paper. The Company believes that Section 4(2) commercial paper is liquid to the extent it meets the criteria established by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company intends to treat such commercial paper as liquid and not subject to the investment limitations applicable to illiquid securities or restricted securities.

 

Short Sales. As consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives, the Fund may engage in short sales that are either “uncovered” or “against the box.” A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, the Fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or exchangeable without further consideration for, securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to the Fund with respect to the securities that are sold short.

 

Uncovered short sales are transactions under which the Fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such a transaction, the Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

 

10



 

Until the Fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will: (a) maintain a segregated account containing cash or liquid securities at such a level that (i) the amount deposited in the account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current value of the security sold short; and (ii) the amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will not be less than the market value of the security at the time the security was sold short; or (b) otherwise cover the Fund’s short position.

 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

 

Fundamental Policies

 

The following investment limitations are fundamental policies of the Fund that cannot be changed without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares. The phrase “majority of the outstanding shares” means the vote of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares, whichever is less.

 

The Fund may not:

 

1.                         Purchase securities of an issuer that would cause the Fund to fail to satisfy the diversification requirement for a diversified management company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

2.                         Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

3.                         Borrow money or issue senior securities (as defined under the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

4.                         Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

5.                         Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

6.                         Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

 

The following descriptions of certain provisions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions:

 

Diversification . Under the 1940 Act, a diversified investment management company, as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agents or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities would be held by the fund.

 

Concentration . The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions.

 

Borrowing . The 1940 Act allows a fund to borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets).

 

Senior Securities . Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements,

 

11



 

firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation.

 

Lending . Under the 1940 Act, a fund may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies. The Fund’s current investment policy on lending is as follows: the Fund may not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may: (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; and (iii) engage in securities lending as described in its Statement of Additional Information.

 

Underwriting . Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves a fund purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.

 

Commodities and Real Estate . The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in commodities or real estate, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. The Fund has adopted a fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in commodities or real estate. However, the Fund’s current investment policy is as follows: the Fund will not purchase or sell real estate, physical commodities, or commodities contracts, except that the Fund may purchase: (i) marketable securities issued by companies which own or invest in real estate (including REITs), commodities, or commodities contracts; and (ii) commodities contracts relating to financial instruments, such as financial futures contracts and options on such contracts.

 

Non-Fundamental Policies

 

In addition to the Fund’s investment objective, the following investment limitations of the Fund are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Company’s Board of Directors without shareholder approval. These non-fundamental policies are based upon the regulations currently set forth in the 1940 Act.

 

1.                         The Fund may not purchase securities of any issuer (except securities of other investment companies, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements involving such securities) if as a result more than 5% of the total assets of the Fund would be invested in the securities of such issuer; or (ii) acquire more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer. This restriction applies to 75% of the Fund’s total net assets.

 

2.                         The Fund may not purchase any securities which would cause 25% or more of the total net assets of the Fund to be invested in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that this limitation does not apply to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements involving such securities. For purposes of this limitation, (i) utility companies will be classified according to their services, for example, gas distribution, gas transmission, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry; and (ii) financial service companies will be classified according to the end users of their services, for example, automobile finance, bank finance and diversified finance will each be considered a separate industry.

 

3.                         The Fund may not borrow money in an amount exceeding 33 1/3% of the value of its total net assets, provided that, for purposes of this limitation, investment strategies that either obligate the Fund to purchase securities or require the Fund to segregate assets are not considered to be borrowing. Asset coverage of at least 300% is required for all borrowing, except where the Fund has borrowed money for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of its total net assets.

 

4.                         The Fund may not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total net assets would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; and (iii) lend its securities.

 

5.                         The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate, real estate limited partnership interests, physical commodities or commodities contracts except that the Fund may purchase (i) marketable securities issued by companies

 

12



 

which own or invest in real estate (including real estate investment trusts), commodities or commodities contracts; and (ii) commodities contracts relating to financial instruments, such as financial futures contracts and options on such contracts.

 

6.                         The Fund may not hold illiquid securities in an amount exceeding, in the aggregate, 15% of the Fund’s net assets.

 

In addition, the Fund shall:

 

7.                         The Fund shall invest at least 80% of its net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, under normal circumstances, in securities of small companies. This non-fundamental investment policy may be changed by the Fund upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

 

Except with respect to Fund policies concerning borrowing and illiquid securities, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from changes in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause the Fund to exceed its limitation, the Fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable. With respect to the limitation on borrowing, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause the Fund to exceed its limitation, the Fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of borrowing back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Company has adopted, on behalf of the Fund, a policy relating to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interests of Fund shareholders. The policies relating to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Fund’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Fund. It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

 

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities. As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose the Fund’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q or such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

 

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include The Bank of New York Mellon, the custodian; BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; Ernst & Young LLP, the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; Merrill Corporation, the financial printer; and Glass, Lewis & Company, the Fund’s proxy voting service. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Fund. Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions).

 

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser, to (i) certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information, and (ii) financial consultants to assist them in determining the suitability of the Fund as an investment for their clients, in each case in accordance with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the Company’s and the Adviser’s fiduciary duties to Fund shareholders. The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings. The Board of Directors of the

 

13



 

Company or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions. Portfolio holdings may also be provided earlier to shareholders and their agents who receive redemptions in kind that reflect a pro rata allocation of all securities held in the Fund’s portfolio.

 

The Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of the Fund.

 

Any violations of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violations must be reported by the Adviser, director, officer or third party service provider to the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board of Directors of the Company or at its next quarterly Board meeting.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company’s Leadership Structure

 

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter.  The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers.

 

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), are referred to as “Independent Directors.”  Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.”  The Board is currently composed of five Independent Directors and three Interested Directors.  The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman.  Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings.  In the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate.  The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

 

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities.  Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting.  The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

 

The Board has established four standing committees — Audit, Executive, Nominating and Governance, and Regulatory Oversight Committees.  The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time.  Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board.  For more information on the Committees, see the section “Standing Board Committees,” below.

 

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their dates of birth, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below.

 

14



 

Name, Address, and
Date of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

 

Term of Office
and
Length of Time
Served(1)

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director*

 

Other Directorships
Held by Director

DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nicholas A. Giordano

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 03/43

 

Director

 

2006 to present

 

Consultant, financial services organizations from 1997 to present.

 

16

 

Kalmar Pooled Investment Trust; (registered investment company) WT Mutual Fund; (registered investment company) Independence Blue Cross; IntriCon Corporation (body worn device company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Francis J. McKay

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 12/35

 

Director

 

1988 to present

 

Retired; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Fox Chase Cancer Center (biomedical research and medical care) (1981-2004).

 

16

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arnold M. Reichman

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 5/48

 

Chairman

Director

 

2005 to present

 

 

Director, Gabelli Group Capital Partners, L.P. (an investment partnership) from 2000 to 2006.

 

16

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marvin E. Sternberg

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 3/34

 

Director

 

1991 to present

 

Since 1974, Chairman, Director and President, MTI Holding Group, Inc. (formerly known as Moyco Technologies, Inc.) (manufacturer of dental products and precision coated and industrial abrasives).

 

16

 

MTI Holding Group Inc. (formerly known as Moyco Technologies, Inc.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert A. Straniere

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 3/41

 

Director

 

2006 to present

 

Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City. Founding Partner, Straniere Law Firm (1980 to present); Partner, Gotham Strategies (consulting firm) (2005 to 2008); Partner, The Gotham Global Group (consulting firm) (2005 to 2008); President, The New York City Hot Dog Company (2005 to present); Partner, Kanter-Davidoff (law firm) (2006 to 2007).

 

16

 

Reich and Tang Group (asset management); The SPARX Asia Funds Group (registered investment company) (until 2009)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERESTED DIRECTORS(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Julian A. Brodsky

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 7/33

 

Director

 

1988 to present

 

Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications) from 1969 to 2011.

 

16

 

Comcast Corporation (until 2011); AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies)

 

15



 

Name, Address, and
Date of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

 

Term of Office
and
Length of Time
Served(1)

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

 

Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Director*

 

Other Directorships
Held by Director

Robert Sablowsky

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 4/38

 

Director

 

1991 to present

 

Since July 2002, Senior Director and prior thereto, Executive Vice President, of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer).

 

16

 

Kensington Funds (registered investment company)(until 2009)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J. Richard Carnall
103Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 9/38

 

Director

 

2002 to present

 

Director of Haydon Bolts, Inc. (bolt manufacturer) and Parkway Real Estate Company (subsidiary of Haydon Bolts, Inc.) since 1984; and Director of Cornerstone Bank since March 2004.

 

16

 

Cornerstone Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salvatore Faia, JD CPA, CFE
Vigilant Compliance Services

Brandywine Two

5 Christy Drive, Suite 209
Chadds Ford, PA 19317
DOB: 12/62

 

President and Chief Compliance Officer

 

President June 2009 to present and Chief Compliance Officer 2004 to present

 

President, Vigilant Compliance Services since 2004; and Director of EIP Growth and Income Fund

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joel Weiss

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 1/63

 

Treasurer

 

June 2009 to present

 

Since 1993 Vice President and Managing Director, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.) (financial services company)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jennifer Rogers

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 7/74

 

Secretary

 

2007 to present

 

Since 2005, Managing Director and Senior Counsel, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James G. Shaw

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 10/60

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

2005 to present

 

Since 1995, Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (financial services company)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael P. Malloy

One Logan Square

18th and Cherry Streets

Philadelphia, PA 19103

DOB: 07/59

 

Assistant Secretary

 

1999 to present

 

Since 1993, Partner, Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 


*Each Director oversees sixteen portfolios of the Company that are currently offered for sale.

 

(1)                    Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until the last day of year 2011, whichever is later, or until his successor is elected and qualified or his death, resignation or removal. The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director. Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

 

16



 

(2)                   Messrs. Brodsky, Carnall and Sablowsky are considered “interested persons” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and are referred to as “Interested Directors.” Mr. Brodsky is an “Interested Director” of the Company because a family foundation and certain family trusts own shares of JPMorgan Chase & Co. The investment adviser to the Company’s Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio, Bear Stearns Asset Management, Inc., is an indirect subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase. Mr. Carnall may be an “Interested Director” of the Company because of certain relationships with The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”).  PNC is a shareholder of BlackRock, Inc., the parent company of BlackRock Institutional Management Corporation, the investment adviser to the Company’s Money Market Portfolio. Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as an officer of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

 

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years.  Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director.  The cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company.  Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies.  Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience.  Mr. Sternberg has over 35 years of senior executive level management experience in the manufacturing sector.  Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and has served on the board of an asset management company and another registered investment company.  Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive level management experience in the cable television and communications industry.  Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive level positions in the financial services industry.  Mr. Carnall has decades of senior executive-level management experience in the banking and financial services industry and also serves on the boards of various corporations and a bank.

 

Standing Board Committees

 

The responsibilities of each Committee of the Board and its members are described below.

 

Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of one Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, McKay and Sternberg. The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors. The Audit Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of one Interested Director and three Independent Directors. The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Giordano, Reichman, Sablowsky and Sternberg. The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board of Directors is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised only of Independent Directors. The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Giordano, McKay and Reichman. The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board of Directors all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders. Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened twice during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

Regulatory Oversight Committee . The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee compromised of two Interested Directors and two Independent Directors. The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Messrs. Carnall, Reichman, Sablowsky and Straniere. The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened five times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

17



 

Risk Oversight

 

The Board of Directors performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer.  The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk.  Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs.  Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

 

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues.  The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

 

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board Committees.  For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations.

 

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.  The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

 

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

 

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in the Fund and in all of the portfolios (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him), as of December 31, 2010.

 

Name of Director

 

Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in the Fund

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in All
Registered Investment Companies
Overseen by Director within the
Family of Investment Companies

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

Nicholas A. Giordano

 

[        ]

 

[        ]

Francis McKay

 

[        ]

 

[        ]

Arnold M. Reichman

 

[        ]

 

[        ]

Marvin E. Sternberg

 

[        ]

 

[        ]

Robert A. Straniere

 

[        ]

 

[        ]

INTERESTED DIRECTORS

Julian A. Brodsky

 

[        ]

 

[        ]

J. Richard Carnall

 

[        ]

 

[        ]

Robert Sablowsky

 

[        ]

 

[        ]

 

18



 

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

 

Effective February 1, 2010, the Company pays each Director a retainer at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,500 for each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, $1,500 for each committee meeting or special meeting of the Board of Directors attended in person and $1,000 for each committee meeting or special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting attended telephonically. From July 1, 2009 to February 1, 2010 , the Company pays each Director a retainer at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,000 for each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, $1,500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors attended in person, $1,000 for each Committee meeting attended in person, $1,000 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting attended telephonically lasting one hour or longer and $500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors or Committee meeting attended telephonically lasting for less than one hour. From October 1, 2008 to July 1, 2009, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,500 for each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, $1,500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting attended in person and $1,000 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting attended telephonically. From March 1, 2008 to October 1, 2008 the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,500 for each regular meeting of the Board of Directors and $500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting lasting up to one hour or $1,500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting lasting over one hour attended by a Director or in which he participated, whether or not it was held in conjunction with a Board meeting. From May 23, 2007 to March 1, 2008 the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,500 per meeting of the Board of Directors and $500 for each committee meeting lasting up to one hour or $1,500 for each committee meeting lasting over one hour attended by a Director or in which he participates, whether or not it is held in conjunction with a Board meeting. Prior to November 15, 2007, no Director was paid for a committee meeting if it was held in conjunction with a Board meeting. The Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $12,000 per year for his services in this capacity, and each Chairman of the Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and Regulatory Oversight Committee receives an additional fee of $4,000 per year for his services. From July 1, 2009 to February 1, 2010, the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $9,000 per year for his services in this capacity, and each Chairman of the Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and Regulatory Oversight Committee received an additional fee of $3,000 per year for his services. Prior to July 1, 2009, the Chairman of the Board received an additional fee of $12,000 per year for his services in this capacity, and each Chairman of the Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and Regulatory Oversight Committee received an additional fee of $4,000 per year for his services.

 

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. The Company also compensates its President and Chief Compliance Officer for his services to the Company. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, each of the following members of the Board of Directors and the President, Treasurer and Chief Compliance Officer received compensation from the Company in the following amounts:

 

Name of Director/Officer

 

Aggregate
Compensation
from Fund

 

Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Accrued
as Part of Fund
Expenses

 

Estimated
Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement

 

Total
Compensation
From Fund and
Fund Complex
Paid to

Directors
or Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FISCAL YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Independent Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nicholas A. Giordano, Director

 

$

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[      ]

 

Francis J. McKay, Director

 

$

[        ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[      ]

 

Arnold M. Reichman, Director and Chairman

 

$

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[      ]

 

Marvin E. Sternberg, Director

 

$

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[      ]

 

Robert A. Straniere, Director

 

$

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[      ]

 

 

19



 

Name of Director/Officer

 

Aggregate
Compensation
from Fund

 

Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Accrued
as Part of Fund
Expenses

 

Estimated
Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement

 

Total
Compensation
From Fund and
Fund Complex
Paid to

Directors
or Officers

 

Interested Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Julian A. Brodsky, Director

 

$

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[      ]

 

J. Richard Carnall, Director

 

$

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[      ]

 

Robert Sablowsky, Director

 

$

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[      ]

 

Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salvatore Faia, Esquire, CPA Chief Compliance Officer and President

 

$

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[      ]

 

 

As of December 31, 2010, the Independent Directors and their respective immediate family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

 

On October 24, 1990, the Company adopted, as a participating employer, the Fund Office Retirement Profit-Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement, a retirement plan for employees, pursuant to which the Company will contribute on a quarterly basis amounts equal to 10% of the quarterly compensation of each eligible employee. Edward J. Roach, who served as President and Treasurer until June 1, 2009, has been the only employee who has participated in the Fund Office Retirement Profit-Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement. No officer, Director or employee of the Adviser or the distributor currently receives any compensation from the Company.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

The Company, the Adviser and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. (“BNY Mellon Distributors”) have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Company.

 

PROXY VOTING

 

The Board of Directors has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by the Fund to the Fund’s Adviser, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. In exercising its voting obligations, the Adviser is guided by its general fiduciary duty to act prudently and in the interest of the Fund. The Adviser will consider factors affecting the value of the Fund’s investments and the rights of shareholders in its determination on voting portfolio securities.

 

The Adviser has adopted proxy voting procedures with respect to voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund.  The Adviser employs a third party service provider to assist in the voting of proxies.  The Adviser’s procedures have been provided to the service provider, who analyzes the proxies and votes such proxies in the manner outlined in the procedures.  The Adviser’s proxy policies and procedures are included in Appendix B to this SAI.

 

The Company is required to disclose annually the Fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. The Fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30th is available upon request by calling 1-888-968-4964 or by writing to the Fund at Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund, P.O. Box 9842, Providence, RI 02940-8042. The Fund’s Form N-PX is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

As of [                ], 2011, to the Company’s knowledge, the following named persons at the addresses shown below were owners of record of approximately 5% or more of the total outstanding shares of the Fund as indicated

 

20



 

below. See “Additional Information Concerning Company Shares” below. Any shareholder that owns 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a portfolio or class may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) the portfolio or class. Shareholders controlling a portfolio or class could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio or class on any matter requiring approval of the shareholders of the portfolio or class.

 

Name of Fund  

 

Shareholder Name and Address

 

Number and Percentage of
Shares Owned as of

[        ], 2011
*(Percentage of shares
owned rounded to the
nearest whole percentage)

 

 

 

 

 

[      ]

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[    ]

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[      ]

%

 

21



 

Name of Fund  

 

Shareholder Name and Address

 

Number and Percentage of
Shares Owned as of

[        ], 2011
*(Percentage of shares
owned rounded to the
nearest whole percentage)

 

 

 

 

 

[    ]

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[    ]

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund (I Class)

 

 

 

[    ]

%

 

[As of [              ], 2011, the Directors and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each other portfolio or class within the Company. ]

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

 

INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

Perimeter Capital Management (the “Adviser”) is a professional investment management firm registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Adviser was established in 2006 and offers investment management services for institutions.

 

Advisory Agreement with the Company. The Adviser renders advisory services to the Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (“Advisory Agreement”) dated as of [                ], 2011. The Adviser is controlled by Perimeter Capital Management, LLC, which is organized as an employee-owned limited liability company.Subject to the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Adviser will provide for the overall management of the Fund including (i) the provision of a continuous investment program for the Fund, including investment research and management with respect to all securities, investments, cash and cash equivalents, (ii) the determination from time to time of what securities and other investments will be purchased, retained, or sold by the Fund, and (iii) the placement from time to time of orders for all purchases and sales made for the Fund. The Adviser will provide the services rendered by it in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, restrictions and policies as stated in the Prospectus and in this SAI. The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment, mistake of law, or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement.

 

For its services to the Fund, the Adviser is entitled to receive a monthly advisory fee at an annual rate of 0.90% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The Adviser has contractually agreed to waive its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses to the extent that the Fund’s total annual operating expenses (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) exceed 1.35% and 1.10% of the average daily net assets of the Fund’s Investor Class Shares and I Shares average daily net assets, respectively through

 

22



 

December 31, 2012. If at any time during the first three years the Advisory Agreement is in effect, the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for that year are less than 1.35% and 1.10% of the Fund’s Investor Class Shares and I Shares, respectively, the Adviser may recoup any waived amount from the Fund if such reimbursement does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations.

 

The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under the Advisory Agreement. The Fund bears all of its own expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser. General expenses of the Company not readily identifiable as belonging to a portfolio of the Company are allocated among all investment portfolios by or under the direction of the Company’s Board of Directors in such manner as it deems to be fair and equitable. Expenses borne by the Fund include, but are not limited to the following (or the Fund’s share of the following): (a) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the Fund and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (b) fees payable to and expenses incurred on behalf of the Fund by the Adviser; (c) filing fees and expenses relating to the registration and qualification of the Company and the Fund’s shares under federal and/or state securities laws and maintaining such registrations and qualifications; (d) fees and salaries payable to the Company’s Directors and officers; (e) taxes (including any income or franchise taxes) and governmental fees; (f) costs of any liability and other insurance or fidelity bonds; (g) any costs, expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Company or the Fund for violation of any law; (h) legal, accounting and auditing expenses, including legal fees of special counsel for the independent Directors; (i) charges of custodians and other agents; (j) expenses of setting in type and printing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto for existing shareholders, reports, statements, and confirmations to shareholders and proxy material that are not attributable to a class; (k) costs of mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto to existing shareholders, as well as reports to shareholders and proxy materials that are not attributable to a class; (1) any extraordinary expenses; (m) fees, voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (n) costs of mailing and tabulating proxies and costs of shareholders’ and Directors’ meetings; (o) costs of independent pricing services to value a portfolio’s securities; and (p) the costs of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Company to its Directors and officers. Distribution expenses, transfer agency expenses, expenses of preparation, printing and mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy statements and reports to shareholders, and organizational expenses and registration fees, identified as belonging to a particular class of the Company, are allocated to such class.

 

Disclosure relating to the material factors and the conclusions with respect to those factors that formed the basis for the Board of Directors’ approval of the Fund’s investment advisory agreement will be available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, which may be obtained by calling 1-888-968-4964 or visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, the period August 1, 2010 through August 31, 2010, the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010 and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009 the Fund and the Predecessor Fund paid the Adviser the following fees;

 

For the Period

 

Contractual Fees
Payable

 

Fees Waived

 

Total Fees Paid
(after waivers)

 

August 31, 2011

 

$

[        ]

 

$

[        ]

 

$

[        ]

 

August 1, 2010 through August 31, 2010

 

$

261,081

 

$

34,287

 

$

226,794

 

July 31, 2010

 

$

3,030,443

 

$

196,222

 

$

2,834,221

 

July 31, 2009

 

$

1,486,673

 

$

515,810

 

$

970,863

 

 

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall at all times have all rights in and to the Fund’s name and all investment models used by or on behalf of the Fund. The Adviser may use the Fund’s name or any portion thereof in connection with any other mutual fund or business activity without the consent of any shareholder, and the Company has agreed to execute and deliver any and all documents required to indicate its consent to such use.

 

23



 

THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

This section includes information about the Fund’s portfolio managers, including information about other accounts they manage, the dollar range of Fund shares they own and how they are compensated.

 

Compensation. The Adviser compensates the Fund’s portfolio managers for their management of the Fund. Each of the portfolio manager’s compensation consists of a cash base salary and a discretionary performance bonus paid in cash that is based on overall profitability of the Adviser and performance of the Fund, and therefore in part based on the value of the Fund’s net assets and other client accounts they are managing.

 

Fund Shares Owned by Portfolio Managers. The Fund is required to show the dollar amount range of the portfolio managers’ “beneficial ownership” of shares of the Fund as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act. The Fund was not in operation prior to the date of this SAI. Consequently, the Portfolio Managers owned no securities issued by the Fund. As of August 31, 2011, the portfolio managers held the following amounts of Fund Shares:

 

Name

 

Dollar Range of Fund Shares

Mark D. Garfinkel

 

$10,001-$50,000

Jim N. Behre

 

$10,001-$50,000

 

Other Accounts. In addition to the Fund and the Predecessor Fund, the portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below. The information below is provided as of August 31, 2011.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager or
Team
Member

 

Type of Accounts

 

Total
# of
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Assets

 

# of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance

 

Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
is Based on
Performance
($mm)

 

1. Mark D. Garfinkel

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

3

 

$

241.7

 

0

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

35

 

$

979.7

 

3

 

$

25.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. James N. Behre

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

3

 

$

241.7

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

N/A]

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

29

 

$

949.2

 

3

 

$

25.5

 

 

Conflicts of Interests. The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund. Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another. Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund. However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

 

24



 

ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

 

BNY Mellon serves as administrator to the Fund pursuant to administration and accounting services agreements with respect to the Fund (the “Administration Agreements”). BNY Mellon has agreed to furnish to the Fund statistical and research data, clerical, accounting and bookkeeping services, and certain other services required by the Fund. In addition, BNY Mellon has agreed to prepare and file various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and prepare materials required by the SEC or any state securities commission having jurisdiction over the Fund. The Administration Agreement provides that BNY Mellon shall be obligated to exercise care and diligence in the performance of its duties, to act in good faith and to use its best efforts, within reasonable limits, in performing services thereunder. BNY Mellon shall be responsible for failure to perform its duties under the Administration Agreement arising out of its willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard. For its services to the Fund, BNY Mellon is entitled to receive a fee calculated at an annual rate of:

 

·                           .08% of each Fund’s first $250 million of average daily net assets;

 

·                           .065% of each Fund’s next $250 million of average daily net assets;

 

·                           .055% of each Fund’s next $250 million of average daily net assets;

 

·                           .040% of each Fund’s next $750 million of average daily net assets; and

 

·                           .03% of each Fund’s average daily net assets in excess of $1.5 billion.

 

The minimum monthly fee will be $5,833 per month, exclusive of Rule 38a-1 base compliance support services fees, costs of obtaining independent security market quotes, data repository and analytics suite access fees and out-of-pocket expenses.

 

The Administration Agreement provides that BNY Mellon shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Company or the Fund in connection with the performance of the agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard by it of its duties and obligations thereunder.

 

On June 1, 2003, the Company entered into a regulatory administration services agreement with BNY Mellon. Under this agreement, BNY Mellon has agreed to provide regulatory administration services to the Company. These services include the preparation and coordination of the Company’s annual post-effective amendment filing and supplements to the Fund’s registration statement, the preparation and assembly of board meeting materials, and certain other services necessary to the Company’s regulatory administration. BNY Mellon receives an annual fee based on the average daily net assets of the portfolios of the Company.

 

For the periods from August 1, 2010 through August 31, 2010 and from February 8, 2010 through July 31, 2010 and the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011,the Fund paid the Administrator the following fees;

 

For the Period

 

Administration and
Accounting Fees and
Expenses (after waivers
and
reimbursements)

 

Waivers

 

Total Fees Paid
(after waivers)

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2011

 

$

[      ]

 

$

[      ]

 

$

[      ]

 

August 1, 2010 through August 31, 2010

 

$

27,548

 

$

0

 

$

27,548

 

February 8, 2010 through July 31, 2010

 

$

153,765

 

$

0

 

$

153,765

 

 

The administrator for the Predecessor Fund was SEI Investments Global Fund Services. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009, the Predecessor Fund paid the Administrator the following fees:

 

25



 

For the Fiscal Year Ended

 

Administration and
Accounting Fees and
Expenses (after waivers
and
reimbursements)

 

Waivers

 

Reimbursements

 

August 1, 2009 through February 8, 2010

 

$

157,879

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

2009

 

$

164,888

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

 

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

 

The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”), One Wall Street,  New York, New York 10286, is custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a Custodian Agreement dated August 16, 1988, as amended. Under the Custodian Agreement, BNY: (a) maintains a separate account or accounts in the name of the Fund; (b) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of the Fund; (c) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on behalf of the Fund; (d) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the Fund’s portfolio securities; and (e) makes periodic reports to the Company’s Board of Directors concerning the Fund’s operations. BNY is authorized to select one or more banks or trust companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of the Fund, provided that BNY remains responsible for the performance of all of its duties under the Custodian Agreement and holds the Fund harmless from the acts and omissions of any sub-custodian. For its services to the Fund under the Custodian Agreement, BNY receives a fee of 0.004% of average daily gross assets of the Fund calculated daily and payable monthly, exclusive of transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses, which are also charged to the Fund.

 

The Custodian for the Predecessor Fund was Union Bank of California, National Association.

 

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

BNY Mellon, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, an affiliate of BNY Mellon Distributors, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund pursuant to a transfer agency agreement dated November 5, 1991, as supplemented (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”), under which BNY Mellon: (a) issues and redeems shares of the Fund; (b) addresses and mails all communications by the Fund to record owners of the shares, including reports to shareholders, dividend and distribution notices and proxy materials for its meetings of shareholders; (c) maintains shareholder accounts and, if requested, sub-accounts; and (d) makes periodic reports to the Company’s Board of Directors concerning the operations of the Fund. For its services to the Fund under the Transfer Agency Agreement, BNY Mellon receives a fee at the annual rate of $20.00 per direct account, $8.00 per network level 3 account and $0.30 per inactive account in the Fund, with a minimum monthly fee of $4,166 per class payable monthly on a pro rata basis, exclusive of out-of-pocket expenses, and also receives reimbursement of its out-of-pocket expenses.

 

BNY Mellon also provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program. The Company pays an annual fee, ranging from $3,000 - $50,000, based on the number of open accounts in each portfolio of the Company. In addition, BNY Mellon provides services relating to the implementation of the Fund’s Customer Identification Program, including verification of required customer information and the maintenance of records with respect to such verification. The Fund will pay BNY Mellon $2.25 per customer verification and $0.02 per month per record result maintained.

 

The Transfer Agent for the Predecessor Fund was DST Systems, Inc.

 

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

BNY Mellon Distributors, whose principal business address is 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406, serves as the underwriter to the Fund pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement, dated as of July 1, 2010, as supplemented (the “Distribution Agreement”). Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement and the related Plan of Distribution for the Investor Class (the “Plan”), which was adopted by the Company in the manner prescribed by Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, BNY Mellon Distributors will use appropriate efforts to solicit

 

26



 

orders for the sale of the Fund’s shares. Payments to BNY Mellon Distributors under the Plan are to compensate it for distribution assistance and expenses assumed and activities intended to result in the sale of shares of the Investor Class including advertising, printing and mailing of prospectuses to others than current shareholders, compensation to underwriters, compensation to broker-dealers, compensation to sales personnel, and interest, carrying or other financing changes. BNY Mellon Distributors engages in a continuous offering of shares of the Fund. As compensation for its distribution services, BNY Mellon Distributors receives, pursuant to the terms of the Distribution Agreement, a distribution fee under the Plan, to be calculated daily and paid monthly by the Investor Class of the Fund, at the annual rate set forth in the Investor Class Prospectus.

 

The Distributor for the Predecessor Fund was SEI Investments Distribution Co. The Predecessor Fund adopted a shareholder servicing plan (the “Service Plan”) under which a shareholder servicing fee of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets attributable to the Investor Class Shares of the Predecessor Fund was paid to other service providers. The Predecessor Fund did not adopt a 12b-1 Plan.

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, the Investor Class Shares of the Fund paid BNY Mellon Distributors fees as follows:

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund —
Investor Class Shares

 

Distribution Fees Paid
(after waivers and
reimbursements)

 

Waivers

 

Reimbursements

 

August 31, 2011

 

$     

 

$    

 

$   

 

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011 the Fund paid fees to broker-dealers and BNY Distributors retained fees as follows:

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund — Investor
Class Shares

 

Fees Paid to
Broker
Dealers

 

Fees Retained
by the
Distributor

 

August 31, 2011

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

27



 

Among other things, the Plan provides that: (1) BNY Mellon Distributors shall be required to submit quarterly reports to the Directors of the Company regarding all amounts expended under the Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made, including commissions, advertising, printing, interest, carrying charges and any allocated overhead expenses; (2) the Plan will continue in effect only so long as it is approved at least annually, and any material amendment thereto is approved, by the Company’s Directors, including a majority of those Directors who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any agreements related to the Plan, acting in person at a meeting called for said purpose; (3) the aggregate amount to be spent by the Fund on the distribution of the Fund’s shares of a Class under the Plan shall not be materially increased without shareholder approval; and (4) while the Plan remains in effect, the selection and nomination of the Company’s Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) shall be committed to the discretion of such Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company.

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, the Fund’s Plan expenses were spent for the following purposes:

 

Investor Class Shares

 

Perimeter Small
Cap Growth Fund

 

Compensation to broker/dealers

 

$

 

 

Compensation to sales personnel

 

$

 

 

Advertising

 

$

 

 

Printing and mailing of prospectuses to other than current shareholders

 

$

 

 

Compensation to underwriters

 

$

 

 

Interest, financing charges

 

$

 

 

Other

 

$

 

 

 

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

The Adviser and/or its affiliates, at their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Fund assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Fund, its service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote the Fund and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

 

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Fund shares or provide services to the Fund, the Distributor or shareholders of the Fund through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets. Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing the Fund in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about the Fund; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Fund shares; providing marketing and educational

 

28



 

support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

 

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events. The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law. Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Fund assets attributable to investments in the Fund by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or its affiliates. A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Fund shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Fund assets grow.

 

FUND TRANSACTIONS

 

Subject to policies established by the Board of Directors and applicable rules, the Adviser is responsible for the execution of portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage transactions for the Fund. In executing portfolio transactions, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Fund, taking into account such factors as the price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of the order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved. While the Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions.

 

The Fund does not have any obligation to deal with any broker or group of brokers in the execution of portfolio transactions. The Adviser may, consistent with the interests of the Fund and subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Fund and other clients of the Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser under its respective contracts. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Fund and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Fund over the long term.

 

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2009 the Predecessor Fund paid $1,104,935 in aggregate brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.

 

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010, for the period from August 1, 2010 through August 31, 2010 and for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, the Fund paid $1,453,801, $100,944, and $[   ] respectively, in aggregate brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.

 

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010, for the period from August 1, 2010 through August 31, 2010 and for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, the Fund and the Predecessor Fund paid the following commissions on brokerage transactions directed to brokers pursuant to an agreement or understanding whereby the broker provides research or other brokerage services to the Adviser:

 

For the Period Ended

 

Total Dollar Amount of
Brokerage Commissions for Research
Services

 

Total Dollar Amount of Transactions
Involving Brokerage
Commissions for Research Services

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2011

 

$

[                  ]

 

$

[                    ]

 

August 1, 2010 through August 31, 2010

 

$

73,434.35

 

$

47,319,413.93

 

Fiscal Year Ended July 31, 2010

 

$

1,084.992.09

 

$

625,533,308.15

 

 

Investment decisions for the Fund and for other investment accounts managed by the Adviser are made independently of each other in the light of differing conditions. However, the same investment decision may be made for two or more of such accounts. In such cases, simultaneous transactions are inevitable. Purchases or sales

 

29



 

are then averaged as to price and allocated as to amount according to a formula deemed equitable to each such account. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Fund is concerned, in other cases it is believed to be beneficial to the Fund.

 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

You may purchase shares through an account maintained by your brokerage firm and you may also purchase shares directly by mail or wire. The Company reserves the right, if conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase of a Fund’s shares by making payment in whole or in part in securities chosen by the Company and valued in the same way as they would be valued for purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV. If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction costs in converting these securities into cash. A shareholder will also bear any market risk or tax consequences as a result of a payment in securities. The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund. A shareholder will bear the risk of a decline in market value and any tax consequences associated with a redemption in securities.

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Company may suspend the right to redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which the SEC restricts trading on the NYSE or determines an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC may permit. (The Company may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

 

Shares of the Company are subject to redemption by the Company, at the redemption price of such shares as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation: (1) to reimburse a Fund for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder as provided in the Prospectuses from time to time; (2) if such redemption is, in the opinion of the Company’s Board of Directors, desirable in order to prevent the Company or any Fund from being deemed a “personal holding company” within the meaning of the Code; (3) or if the net income with respect to any particular class of common stock should be negative or it should otherwise be appropriate to carry out the Company’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

 

The Fund has the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

 

Other Purchase Information

 

If shares of the Fund are held in a “street name” account with an Authorized Dealer, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to the beneficial owner’s account will be performed by the Authorized Dealer, and not by the Fund and its Transfer Agent. Since the Fund will have no record of the beneficial owner’s transactions, a beneficial owner should contact the Authorized Dealer to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account. The transfer of shares in a “street name” account to an account with another dealer or to an account directly with the Fund involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the Authorized Dealer.

 

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

 

The Company’s telephone transaction procedures include the following measures: (1) requiring the appropriate telephone transaction privilege forms; (2) requiring the caller to provide the names of the account owners, the account social security number and name of the Fund, all of which must match the Company’s records; (3) requiring the Company’s service representative to complete a telephone transaction form, listing all of the above caller identification information; (4) permitting exchanges (if applicable) only if the two account registrations are identical; (5) requiring that redemption proceeds be sent only by check to the account owners of record at the address of record, or by wire only to the owners of record at the bank account of record; (6) sending a written confirmation for each telephone transaction to the owners of record at the address of record within five

 

30



 

(5) business days of the call; and (7) maintaining tapes of telephone transactions for six months, if the Company elects to record shareholder telephone transactions. For accounts held of record by broker-dealers (other than BNY Mellon Distributors), financial institutions, securities dealers, financial planners and other industry professionals, additional documentation or information regarding the scope of a caller’s authority is required. Finally, for telephone transactions in accounts held jointly, additional information regarding other account holders is required. Telephone transactions will not be permitted in connection with IRA or other retirement plan accounts or by an attorney-in-fact under a power of attorney.

 

VALUATION OF SHARES

 

Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Fund may employ outside organizations, which may use a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indices, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments in determining the approximate market value of portfolio investments. This may result in the securities being valued at a price that differs from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used. All cash, receivables, and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their face value. Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Fund’s Valuation Committee under the direction of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

TAXES

 

General

 

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Fund or its shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectus are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

 

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectus and this SAI are based on the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI. Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the statements included herein, and such changes may be retroactive.

 

The Fund qualified during its last taxable year and intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, the Fund generally will be exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, it must meet three important tests each year.

 

First, the Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

 

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of the issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

 

Third, the Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

 

31



 

The Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If the Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax and for excise tax in respect of the shortfall or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year the Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

 

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

 

State and Local Taxes

 

Although the Fund expects to qualify as a “regulated investment company” and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, the Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

 

Taxation of Certain Investments

 

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by the Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause the Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax. Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

 

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which the Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

 

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share. Currently, 79.773 billion shares have been classified into 137 classes, however, the Company only has 24 active share classes that have begun investment operations. Under the Company’s charter, the Board of Directors has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

 

Each share that represents an interest in the Fund has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to such Fund with each other share that represents an interest in such Fund, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in that Fund. Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights. When issued for payment as described in the Prospectus, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders owning at least ten percent of the outstanding shares of all classes of Common Stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

 

Holders of shares of each class of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by class on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board of Directors determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the

 

32



 

1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2 the approval of an investment advisory agreement or distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio. Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held. Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above), or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting without regard to class (or portfolio).

 

Shareholder Approvals. As used in this SAI and in the Prospectuses, “shareholder approval” and a “majority of the outstanding shares” of the Fund or a particular class of shares of the Fund means, with respect to the approval of the advisory agreement. Distribution Plan or a change in the Fund’s investment objective or a fundamental investment limitation, the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares of the Fund or share class represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund or share class are present in person or by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund or share class.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Counsel

 

The law firm of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Ste. 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as independent counsel to the Company and the Disinterested Directors.

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

[            ] served as the Predecessor Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and serves as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The audited financial statements and notes thereto in the Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011  (the “Annual Report”) are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other parts of the Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements included in the Annual Report have been audited by [                  ], the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, whose report thereon also appears in the Annual Report and is incorporated by reference into this SAI. Such financial statements have been incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon such report given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. Copies of the Annual Report may be obtained at no charge by telephoning BNY Mellon at the telephone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

 

33



 

APPENDIX A

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

 

Short-Term Credit Ratings

 

A Standard & Poor’s short-term issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation having an original maturity of no more than 365 days.  The following summarizes the rating categories used by Standard & Poor’s for short-term issues:

 

“A-1” — Obligations are rated in the highest category and indicate that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.  Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+).  This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

“A-2” — The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.  Obligations are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligors in the highest rating category.

 

“A-3” — Obligor has adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“B” — An obligation is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics.  The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Ratings of “B1”, “B-2” and “B-3” may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the “B” category.

 

“B-1” — A short-term obligation rated “B-1” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

“B-2” — A short-term obligation rated “B-2” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

“B-3” — A short-term obligation rated “B-3” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

“C” — Obligations are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and are dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

A-1



 

“R” — An obligor rated “R” is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition.  During the pendency of the regulatory supervision the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others.

 

“SD” and “D” — an obligor rated “SD” (selective default) or “D” has failed to pay one or more of its financial obligations (rated or unrated) when it came due.  A “D” rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the default will be a general default and that the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due.  An “SD” rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue or class of obligations, excluding those that qualify as regulatory capital but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner.

 

“NR” — An issuer designated “NR” is not rated.

 

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue.  Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis.  An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt.  These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues.  Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

 

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations.  Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments.  Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

 

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 

“P-1” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

“P-2” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

“P-3” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

“NP” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term ratings scale is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation.  Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention.  Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.  The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

 

A-2



 

“F1” — Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

“F2” — Securities possess good short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

“F3” — Securities possess fair short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

“B” — Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

“C” — Securities possess high short-term default risk.  Default is a real possibility.

 

“RD” — Restricted default.  Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations.  Applicable to entity ratings only.

 

“D” — Default.  Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS”) for commercial paper and short-term debt:

 

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an entity possessing exceptionally high ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due. Entities rated in this category are unlikely to be affected by future events.

 

“R-1 (middle)” — Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality, and indicates an entity possessing very high ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from “R-1 (high)” credits by relatively modest degree.  Entities rated in this category are unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 

“R-1 (low)” — Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial.  Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories.  May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 

“R-2 (high)” — Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable.  May be vulnerable to future events.

 

“R-2 (middle)” — Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable.  May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

 

“R-2 (low)” — Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable.  May be

 

A-3



 

vulnerable to future events.  A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

 

“R-3” — Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality.  There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due.  May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

 

“R-4” — Short-term debt rated “R-4” is speculative credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

 

“R-5” — Short-term debt rated “R-5” is highly speculative credit quality.  There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity of the entity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

 

“D” — A security rated “D” implies a financial obligation has not been met or it is clear that a financial obligation will not be met in the near future, or a debt instrument has been subject to a distressed exchange.  A downgrade to “D” may not immediately follow an insolvency or restructuring filing as grace periods, other procedural considerations, or extenuating circumstance may exist.

 

Long-Term Credit Ratings

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by Standard & Poor’s for long-term issues:

 

“AAA” — An obligor rated “AAA” has extremely strong capacity to meet its financial commitments.  “AAA” is the highest issuer credit rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s.

 

“AA” — An obligor rated “AA” has very strong capacity to meet its financial commitments.  It differs from the highest-rated obligors only to a small degree.

 

“A” — An obligor rated “A” has strong capacity to meet its financial commitments but is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligors in higher-rated categories.

 

“BBB” — An obligor rated “BBB” has adequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitments.

 

“BB,” “B,” “CCC” and “CC” — Obligors rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC” and “CC” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.  “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “CC” the highest.  While such obligors will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

“BB” — An obligor rated “BB” is less vulnerable in the near term than other lower-rated obligors.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties and exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

“B” — An obligor rated “B” is more vulnerable than the obligors rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments.  Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments.

 

A-4



 

“CCC” — An obligor rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet its financial commitments.

 

“CC” — An obligor rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable.

 

Plus (+) or minus (-) — The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

“R” —  An obligor rated “R” is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition.  During the pendency of the regulatory supervision the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others.

 

“SD” and “D” — An obligor rated “SD” (selective default) or “D” has failed to pay one or more of its financial obligations (rated or unrated) when it came due.  A “D” rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the default will be a general default and that the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due.  An “SD” rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue or class of obligations, excluding those that qualify as regulatory capital, but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner.  A selective default includes the completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby one or more financial obligation is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

 

“NR” — An issuer designated “NR” is not rated.

 

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue.  Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis.  An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt.  These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues.  Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

 

“Aaa” — Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

 

“Aa” — Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

“A” — Obligations rated “A” are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

“Baa” — Obligations rated “Baa” are subject to moderate credit risk.  They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

“Ba” — Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

“B” — Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

A-5



 

“Caa” — Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

“Ca” — Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

“C” — Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

Note:  Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.”  The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

 

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

 

“AAA” — Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality.  “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk.  They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

“AA” — Securities considered to be of very high credit quality.  “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk.  They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

“A” — Securities considered to be of high credit quality.  “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk.  The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong.  This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

“BBB” — Securities considered to be of good credit quality.  “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low.  The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

“BB” — Securities considered to be speculative.  “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

 

“B” — Securities considered to be highly speculative.  “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains.  Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

 

“CCC,” “CC” and “C” — A “CCC” rating indicates substantial credit risk, with default a real possibility.  A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.  Default of some kind appears probable.  “C” ratings signal exceptionally high levels of credit risk.  Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill.

 

“RD” — indicates an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business.

 

A-6



 

“D” — indicates an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

 

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.

 

“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable.  This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default.  Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

 

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

 

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” long-term rating category or to categories below “B”.

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for long-term debt:

 

“AAA” -   Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

 

“AA” — Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high.  Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree.  Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 

“A” — Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.”  May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 

“BBB” — Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable.  May be vulnerable to future events.

 

“BB” Long-term debt rated “BB” is defined to be speculative, non-investment grade credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain.  Vulnerable to future events.

 

“B” — Long-term debt rated “B” is highly speculative credit quality.  There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

 

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” —Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is very highly speculative credit quality and is in danger of defaulting on financial obligations.  There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to

 

A-7



 

default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range.  Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

 

“D” A security rated “D” implies a financial obligation has not been met or it is clear that a financial obligation will not be met in the near future or a debt instrument has been subject to a distressed exchange.  A downgrade to “D” may not immediately follow an insolvency or restructuring filing as grace periods or extenuating circumstances may exist.

 

(“high”, “low”) — Each rating category is denoted by the subcategories “high” and “low”.  The absence of either a “high” or “low” designation indicates the rating is in the “middle” of the category.  The “AAA” and “D” categories do not utilize “high”, “middle”, and “low” as differential grades.

 

Municipal Note Ratings

 

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating.  Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.  In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations:

 

·   Amortization schedule-the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

·   Source of payment-the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

 

Note rating symbols are as follows:

 

“SP-1” — The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

 

“SP-2” — The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

“SP-3” — The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

Moody’s uses three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade.  These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels — “MIG-1” through “MIG-3”.  In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG”, or speculative grade.  MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.  The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for these short-term obligations:

 

“MIG-1” — This designation denotes superior credit quality.  Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

“MIG-2” — This designation denotes strong credit quality.  Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

A-8



 

“MIG-3” — This designation denotes acceptable credit quality.  Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

“SG” — This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality.  Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating.  The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments.  The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or “VMIG” rating.

 

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated “NR”, e.g., “Aaa/NR” or “NR/VMIG-1”.

 

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

 

“VMIG-1” — This designation denotes superior credit quality.  Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

“VMIG-2” — This designation denotes strong credit quality.  Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

“VMIG-3” — This designation denotes acceptable credit quality.  Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

“SG” — This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality.  Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

Fitch uses the same ratings for municipal securities as described above for other short-term credit ratings.

 

About Credit Ratings

 

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs).  It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated.  The opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

 

A-9



 

Moody’s credit ratings must be construed solely as statements of opinion and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities.

 

Fitch’s credit ratings provide an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations.  Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested.  Fitch’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign (including supranational and sub-national), financial, bank, insurance, municipal and other public finance entities and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

 

DBRS credit ratings are opinions based on the quantitative and qualitative analysis of information sourced and received by DBRS, which information is not audited or verified by DBRS.  Ratings are not buy, hold or sell recommendations and they do not address the market price of a security.  Ratings may be upgraded, downgraded, placed under review, confirmed and discontinued.

 

A-10



 

APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting

 

Issue

 

Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act requires every investment adviser who exercises voting authority with respect to client securities to adopt and implement written policies and procedures, reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its Clients. The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise in connection with proxy voting. The rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting process and offer to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to Clients upon request. Lastly, the rule requires that the adviser disclose to Clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.

 

Perimeter votes proxies for the majority of its Clients, and therefore has adopted and implemented this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures.

 

Risks

 

In developing this policy and procedures, Perimeter considered numerous risks associated with its voting of client proxies. This analysis includes risks such as:

 

·                           Proxies are not voted in Clients’ best interests.

 

·                           Proxies are not identified and voted in a timely manner.

 

·                           The third-party proxy voting services utilized by Perimeter is not independent.

 

·                           Proxy voting records and client requests to review proxy votes are not maintained.

 

Perimeter has established the following guidelines as an attempt to mitigate these risks.

 

Policy

 

It is the policy of Perimeter to vote proxies in the interest of maximizing value for Perimeter’s Clients. Proxies are an asset of a Client, which should be treated by Perimeter with the same care, diligence, and loyalty as any asset belonging to a Client. To that end, Perimeter will vote in a way that it believes, consistent with its fiduciary duty, will cause the value of the issue to increase the most or decline the least. Consideration will be given to both the short- and long-term implications of the proposal to be voted on when considering the optimal vote.

 

Any general or specific proxy voting guidelines provided by a Client or its designated agent in writing will supersede this policy. A Client may have its proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent, at the Client’s cost.

 

Procedures for Voting Proxies

 

Perimeter has retained Glass, Lewis & Co. (“Glass, Lewis”) to assist in the coordination and voting of Client proxies. The CCO is responsible for managing the relationship with Glass, Lewis. The CCO shall ensure that all proxies are being properly voted and that Glass, Lewis is retaining all of the appropriate proxy voting records.

 

B-1



 

Perimeter assumes voting responsibility for all Client accounts unless explicitly noted otherwise in the Client’s advisory agreement. Perimeter will generally cast votes for all shares for which the Company has voting authority, with the possible exception of share blocking markets. In some non-U.S. markets where share blocking occurs, shares must be “frozen” for trading purposes at the custodian or sub-custodian level in order to vote. During the time that shares are blocked, any pending trades will not settle. Depending on the market, this period can last from one day to three weeks. Any sales that must be executed will settle late and potentially be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees. For this reason, in blocking markets, Perimeter retains the right to vote or not, based on the determination of Perimeter’s investment personnel. Glass, Lewis sends a weekly report of upcoming meetings in blocking markets detailing each client account entitled to vote, the number of shares held, type of meeting and blocking period. The CCO will monitor these upcoming meetings, consult with Perimeter’s investment team members responsible for each industry or market and arrive at a decision on whether or not to vote. If the decision is made to vote, Perimeter will process votes through Glass, Lewis.

 

The following general guidelines are to be followed when possible:

 

·                           Glass, Lewis will monitor and keep track of all voting proxies.

 

·                           Glass, Lewis will analyze each vote and provide Perimeter with its recommendation, which recommendation shall be pursuant to the guidelines previously agreed to by Perimeter and Glass, Lewis.

 

·                           The member of the investment team who covers the security shall be responsible for reviewing the proxy and Glass, Lewis’ recommendation and make a determination on how the Company should vote such proxy. If the vote of Perimeter investment team member is contrary to Glass, Lewis’ recommendation, then the investment team member shall provide a brief explanation of such vote.

 

·                           The investment team shall have its recommendation voted through Glass, Lewis.

 

In certain limited circumstances, a proxy may be received from sources other than Glass, Lewis. In such circumstances, the CCO shall use the above guidelines and be responsible for maintaining the history and record customarily retained by Glass, Lewis.

 

Resolving Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

We recognize that conflicts of interest may arise due to a variety of reasons and the CCO will reasonably try to assess any material conflicts between Perimeter’s interests and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. If the CCO detects a conflict of interest, Glass, Lewis will evaluate the ballot issue and, using our pre-determined guidelines and their research, make an objective voting decision based upon criteria such as the financial implication of the proposal and impact on shareholder rights. In exceptional circumstances, for instance in the case of a merger or acquisition which may have significant economic implications for our client’s portfolios, we may solicit input from the applicable Perimeter investment team and possibly override the voting recommendation of Glass, Lewis.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Perimeter realizes that due to the difficulty of predicting and identifying all material conflicts, it must rely on its Employees to notify the CCO of any material conflict that may impair Perimeter’s ability to vote proxies in an objective manner.

 

In addition, any attempts by others within Perimeter to influence the voting of client proxies in a manner that is inconsistent with the proxy voting policy shall be reported to the CCO. Further, any attempts by persons or entitles outside Perimeter to influence the voting of client proxies shall be reported to the CCO. The CCO may then elect to report the attempt to legal counsel.

 

B-2



 

Procedures for Perimeter’s Receipt of Class Actions

 

Perimeter recognizes that as a fiduciary it has a duty to act with the highest obligation of good faith, loyalty, fair dealing and due care. When a recovery is achieved in a class action, investors who owned shares in the company subject to the action have the option to either: (1) opt out of the class action and pursue their own remedy; or (2) participate in the recovery achieved via the class action. Collecting the recovery involves the completion of a Proof of Claim form which is submitted to the Claims Administrator. After the Claims Administrator receives all Proof of Claims, it dispenses the money from the settlement fund to those persons and entities with valid claims.

 

If “Class Action” documents are received by Perimeter for a Client account, Perimeter will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the Client, to enable the Client to file the “Class Action” at the Client’s discretion. The decision of whether to participate in the recovery or opt-out may be a legal one that Perimeter is not qualified to make for its Client. Therefore Perimeter will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any Client.

 

Recordkeeping

 

Perimeter will maintain the documentation described in the following section for a period of not less than five (5) years, the first two (2) years at its principal place of business. The Director of Third-Party Distribution & Client Relations will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained.

 

Client request to review proxy votes

 

·                           Any request, whether written (including e-mail) or oral, received by any Employee of Perimeter, must be promptly reported to the CCO. All written requests must be retained in the permanent file.

 

·                           The CCO will record the identity of the client, the date of the request, and the action taken as a result of the request, in a suitable place.

 

·                           In order to facilitate the management of proxy voting record keeping process, and to facilitate dissemination of such proxy voting records to Clients, the CCO may distribute to any client requesting proxy voting information the complete proxy voting record of Perimeter for the period requested.

 

·                           Furnish the information requested, free of charge, to the client within a reasonable time period (within 10 business days). Maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to client’s written (including e-mail) or oral request. A copy of the written response should be attached and maintained with the client’s written request, if applicable and maintained in the permanent file.

 

·                           Clients are permitted to request the proxy voting record for the five-year period prior to their request.

 

Proxy statements received regarding client securities

 

·                           Upon receipt of a proxy, copy or print a sample of the proxy statement or card and maintain the copy in a central file along with a sample of the proxy solicitation instructions.

 

Note: Perimeter is permitted to rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies.

 

Proxy voting records

 

·                           A record of how Perimeter voted Client proxies.

 

·                           Documents prepared or created by Perimeter that were material to making a decision on how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision.

 

·                           Documentation or notes or any communications received from third parties, other industry analysts, third party service providers, company’s management discussions, etc. that were material in the basis for the decision.

 

B-3



 

Disclosure

 

Perimeter will ensure that Part II of Form ADV is updated as necessary to reflect: (i) all material changes to the Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures; and (ii) information about how Clients may obtain information on how Perimeter voted their securities.

 

Proxy Solicitation

 

As a matter of practice, it is Perimeter’s policy to not reveal or disclose to any client how Perimeter may have voted (or intends to vote) on a particular proxy until after such proxies have been counted at a shareholder’s meeting. Perimeter will never disclose such information to unrelated third parties.

 

The CCO is to be promptly informed of the receipt of any solicitation from any person to vote proxies on behalf of Clients. At no time may any Employee accept any remuneration in the solicitation of proxies. The CCO shall handle all responses to such solicitations.

 

B-4



 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

S1 FUND

 

a series of THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

I Shares Ticker Symbol: SONEX

R Shares Ticker Symbol: SONRX

 

December 31, 2011

 

Investment Adviser:

 

SIMPLE ALTERNATIVES, LLC

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides supplementary information pertaining to shares of two classes, I Shares and R Shares (collectively, the “Shares”), representing interests in the S1 Fund (the “Fund”) of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Company”). This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read only in conjunction with the Fund’s I Shares and R Shares Prospectuses dated December 31, 2011 (the “Prospectuses”). Copies of the Prospectuses and Annual Report may be obtained free of charge by calling toll-free (877) 264-5346. The financial statements and notes contained in the Annual Report are incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other part of the Annual Report is incorporated by reference herein.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

S-1

 

 

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

 

S-1

 

 

 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

 

S-27

 

 

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

S-28

 

 

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

S-29

 

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

S-36

 

 

 

PROXY VOTING

 

S-36

 

 

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

S-37

 

 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

 

S-37

 

 

 

INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

S-37

 

 

 

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

 

S-39

 

 

 

THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

S-40

 

 

 

ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

 

S-46

 

 

 

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

 

S-47

 

 

 

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

S-47

 

 

 

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

S-48

 

 

 

FUND TRANSACTIONS

 

S-50

 

 

 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

S-52

 

 

 

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

 

S-53

 

 

 

VALUATION OF SHARES

 

S-53

 

 

 

TAXES

 

S-53

 

 

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

 

S-54

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

S-55

 

 

 

APPENDIX A - DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

 

A-1

 

 

 

APPENDIX B - PROXY VOTING POLICY OF ADVISER

 

B-1

 

 

 

APPENDIX C - PROXY VOTING POLICY OF ROARING BLUE LION CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

C-1

 

 

 

APPENDIX D - PROXY VOTING POLICY OF COURAGE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

D-1

 

 

 

APPENDIX E - PROXY VOTING POLICY OF CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC

 

E-1

 

 

 

APPENDIX F - PROXY VOTING POLICY OF LAUREN TEMPLETON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

F-1

 

 

 

APPENDIX G- PROXY VOTING POLICY OF STARWOOD REAL ESTATE SECURITIES, LLC

 

G-1

 

i



 

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

The Company is an open-end management investment company currently operating 16 separate portfolios.  The Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”) and was organized as a Maryland corporation on February 29, 1988.  This SAI pertains to the I Shares and R Shares of the S1 Fund. Simple Alternatives, LLC (“SA” or the “Adviser”), serves as the investment adviser to the Fund.

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

 

The following supplements the information contained in the Prospectuses concerning the investment objective and policies of the Fund.

 

The Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation with an emphasis on absolute (positive) returns and low correlation to traditional financial market indices such as the S&P 500 ®  Index.  The Fund may not necessarily invest in all of the instruments or use all of the investment techniques permitted by the Fund’s Prospectuses and this SAI, or invest in such instruments or engage in such techniques to the full extent permitted by the Fund’s investment policies and limitations.

 

Principal Investment Policies and Risks.

 

Multi-Manager Structure.  The Fund is managed by the Adviser and one or more asset managers who are unaffiliated with the Adviser (each a “Sub-Adviser” and together, the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to review by the Fund’s Board of Directors, the Adviser is responsible for selecting the Fund’s investment strategies and for allocating and reallocating assets among the Sub-Advisers consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies. The Adviser is also responsible for recommending to the Board whether an agreement with a Sub-Adviser should be approved, renewed, modified or terminated and for monitoring and evaluating the Sub-Advisers. The Adviser is also responsible for implementing procedures to ensure that each Sub-Adviser complies with the Fund’s investment objective, strategies and restrictions.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate.  Portfolio turnover rate is defined under U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) rules as the greater of the value of the securities purchased or securities sold, excluding all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one-year or less, divided by the average monthly value of such securities owned during the year.  Based on this definition, instruments with remaining maturities of less than one-year are excluded from the calculation of the portfolio turnover rate. Instruments excluded from the calculation of portfolio turnover generally would include the futures contracts in which the Fund may invest since such contracts generally have remaining maturities of less than one-year.  The Fund may at times hold investments in other short-term instruments, such as repurchase agreements, which are excluded for purposes of computing portfolio turnover.

 

Asset-Backed Securities. The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities, which represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of assets such as motor vehicle installment sale contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements and other categories of receivables. Asset-backed securities may also be collateralized by a portfolio of U.S. government securities but are not direct obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Such asset pools are securitized through the use of privately-formed trusts or special purpose corporations. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on asset-backed securities may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or a pool insurance policy issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trust or corporation, or other credit enhancements may be present, although privately issued obligations collateralized by a portfolio of privately issued asset-backed securities do not involve any government-related guarantee or insurance. In addition to the risks that are presented by mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is comparable to mortgage assets. See “Mortgage-Backed Securities” below for additional information.

 

Asset-backed securities acquired by the Fund may also include collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”). CDOs include

 

S-1



 

collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”) and collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities.

 

A CBO is a trust or other special purpose entity (“SPE”) that is typically backed by a diversified pool of fixed-income securities (which may include high risk, below investment grade securities). A CLO is a trust or other SPE that is typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and non-U.S. senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Although certain CDOs may receive credit enhancement in the form of a senior-subordinate structure, over-collateralization or bond insurance, such enhancement may not always be present and may fail to protect a Fund against the risk of loss on default of the collateral. Certain CDOs may use derivatives contracts to create “synthetic” exposure to assets rather than holding such assets directly, which entails the risks of derivative instruments described elsewhere in this SAI. CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses, which are in addition to those of the Fund.

 

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the SPE are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the first loss from defaults from the bonds or loans in the SPE and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default (though such protection is not complete). Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO or CLO typically has higher ratings and lower yields than its underlying securities, and may be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as investor aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class. Interest on certain tranches of a CDO may be paid in kind (paid in the form of obligations of the same type rather than cash), which involves continued exposure to default risk with respect to such payments.

 

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities. However, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs, allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed-income securities and asset-backed securities generally discussed elsewhere in this SAI, CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a Fund may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches; (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results; and (v) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly or default.

 

Commodity-Linked Investments.  The Fund may attempt to provide exposure to the returns of real assets that trade in the commodity markets without direct investment in physical commodities. Real assets include oil, gas, industrial and precious metals, livestock, and agricultural or meat products, or other items that have tangible properties. Commodity-linked derivative instruments include commodity index-linked securities and other derivative instruments that provide exposure to the investment returns of the commodities markets. Commodity-linked investments may be more volatile and less liquid than the underlying instruments and their value may be affected by the performance of commodities as well as weather, tax, and other regulatory or political developments, overall market movements and other factors affecting the value of particular industries or commodities, such as disease, embargoes, acts of war or terrorism.

 

The Fund may invest in commodity-linked derivative instruments such as commodity-linked structured notes. The Fund may invest in commodity-linked notes that pay a return linked to the performance of a commodities index or basket of futures contracts with respect to all of the commodities in an index. In some cases, the return will be based on some multiple of the performance of the index, and this embedded leverage will magnify the positive and negative return the Fund earns from these notes as compared to the index. The principal and/or interest payments of commodity-linked derivatives are tied to the value of a real asset or commodity index. Structured notes may be structured by the issuer and the purchaser of the note. The notes are derivative debt instruments with principal payments generally linked to the value of commodities, commodity futures contracts or the performance of commodity indices and interest and coupon payments pegged to a market-based interest rate, such as LIBOR or a bank’s prime rate. The value of these notes will rise or fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity or related index or investment. These notes expose the Fund economically to movements in commodity prices.

 

S-2



 

Corporate Obligations. The Fund may invest in debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations without limit on credit quality or maturity of debt securities.  See Appendix “A” to this SAI for a description of corporate debt ratings. An issuer of debt obligations may default on its obligation to pay interest and repay principal. Also, changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value.

 

Equity Securities.   Equity securities represent ownership interests in a company and consist of common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants to acquire common stock, and securities convertible into common stock.  Investments in equity securities in general are subject to market risks that may cause their prices to fluctuate over time. Fluctuations in the value of equity securities in which the Fund invests will cause the net asset value of the Fund to fluctuate. The Fund purchases equity securities traded in the U.S. on registered exchanges or the over-the-counter market. Equity securities are described in more detail below:

 

·                   Common Stock.   Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

 

·                   Preferred Stock.   Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends.  In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds take precedence over the claims of those who own preferred and common stock.

 

·                   Warrants.   Warrants are instruments that entitle the holder to buy an equity security at a specific price for a specific period of time.  Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security.  The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company.  A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.  These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.

 

·                   Convertible Securities.   Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted or exchanged (by the holder or by the issuer) into shares of the underlying common stock (or cash or securities of equivalent value) at a stated exchange ratio.  A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue.  If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption or conversion, the Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

 

Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain or loss than common stocks. Convertible securities generally provide yields higher than the underlying common stocks, but generally lower than comparable non-convertible securities. Because of this higher yield, convertible securities generally sell at a price above their “conversion value,” which is the current market value of the stock to be received upon conversion.  The difference between this conversion value and the price of convertible securities will vary over time depending on changes in the value of the underlying common stocks and interest rates. When the underlying common stocks decline in value, convertible securities will tend not to decline to the same extent because of the interest or dividend payments and the repayment of principal at maturity for certain types of convertible securities.  However, securities that are convertible other than at the option of the holder generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder.  When the underlying common stocks rise in value, the value of convertible securities may also be expected to increase.  At the same time, however, the difference between the market value of convertible securities and their conversion value will narrow, which means that the value of convertible securities will generally not increase to the same extent as the value of the underlying common stocks. Because convertible securities may also be interest-rate sensitive, their value may increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise.  Convertible securities are also subject to credit risk, and are often lower-quality securities.

 

S-3



 

·                   Small and Medium Capitalization Issuers.  Investing in equity securities of small and medium capitalization companies often involves greater risk than is customarily associated with investments in larger capitalization companies.  This increased risk may be due to the greater business risks of smaller size, limited markets and financial resources, narrow product lines and frequent lack of depth of management.  The securities of smaller companies are often traded in the over-the-counter market and even if listed on a national securities exchange may not be traded in volumes typical for that exchange.  Consequently, the securities of smaller companies are less likely to be liquid, may have limited market stability, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than securities of larger, more established growth companies or the market averages in general.

 

Foreign Securities. The Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers that are denominated or traded in foreign currencies. The Fund may also invest in securities of foreign issuers that are traded or denominated in U.S. dollars (including equity securities of foreign issuers trading in U.S. markets) through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”). ADRs are securities, typically issued by a U.S. financial institution (a “depository”), that evidence ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer and deposited with the depository. ADRs may be listed on a national securities exchange or may trade in the over-the-counter market. ADR prices are denominated in U.S. dollars; the underlying security may be denominated in a foreign currency. GDRs, EDRs and IDRs are securities that represent ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by a non-U.S. or U.S. corporation. Depositary receipts may be available through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the security underlying the receipt and the depository, whereas an unsponsored facility is established by the depository without participation by the issuer of the underlying security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all of the costs of the unsponsored facility. The depository of an unsponsored facility is frequently under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through, to the holders of the receipts, voting rights with respect to the deposited securities. The depository of unsponsored depositary receipts may provide less information to receipt holders. Investments in depositary receipts do not eliminate the risks in investing in foreign issuers. The underlying security may be subject to foreign government taxes, which would reduce the yield on such securities.

 

Investments in foreign securities involve higher costs than investments in U.S. securities, including higher transaction costs as well as the imposition of additional taxes by foreign governments. In addition, foreign investments may include additional risks associated with currency exchange rates, less complete financial information about the issuers, less market liquidity and political stability. Volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets are less than in the United States and, at times, volatility or price can be greater than in the United States. Future political and economic information, the possible imposition of withholding taxes on interest income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign holdings, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or the adoption of other governmental restrictions, might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on foreign obligations. Inability to dispose of Fund securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the securities, or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the securities, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth or gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

 

Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although the Fund endeavors to achieve the most favorable net results on their portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States.

 

Settlement mechanics ( e.g. , mail service between the United States and foreign countries) may be slower or less reliable than within the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of the Fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities.

 

S-4



 

Although the Fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies, the Fund values its securities and other assets in U.S. dollars. As a result, the NAV of the Fund’s shares may fluctuate with U.S. dollar exchange rates as well as the price changes of the Fund’s securities in the various local markets and currencies. Thus, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the currencies in which the Fund makes its investments could reduce the effect of increases and magnify the effect of decreases in the price of the Fund’s securities in their local markets. Conversely, a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar may have the opposite effect of magnifying the effect of increases and reducing the effect of decreases in the prices of the Fund’s securities in its foreign markets. In addition to favorable and unfavorable currency exchange rate developments, the Fund is subject to the possible imposition of exchange control regulations or freezes on convertibility of currency. The Fund may invest in obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks (Eurodollars) and U.S. branches of foreign banks (Yankee dollars) as well as foreign branches of foreign banks. These investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities of U.S. banks, including potential unfavorable political and economic developments, different tax provisions, seizure of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations or other governmental restrictions which might affect payment of principal or interest. The Fund may also invest in Yankee bonds, which are issued by foreign governments and their agencies and foreign corporations but pay interest in U.S. dollars and are typically issued in the United States.

 

Forward Foreign Currency Transactions. The Fund may, to the extent that it invests in foreign securities, enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates. The Fund will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot ( i.e. , cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions are charged at any stage for trades. Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the spread) between the price at which they are buying and selling various currencies.

 

The Fund is permitted to enter into forward contracts under two circumstances. First, when the Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security quoted or denominated in a foreign currency, it may desire to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed number of U.S. dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transactions, the Fund will be able to insulate itself from a possible loss resulting from a change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date on which the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.

 

Second, when the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may cause the Fund to enter a forward contract to sell, for a fixed U.S. dollar amount, the amount of foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the Fund’s portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures.

 

Although the Fund has no current intention to do so, it may engage in cross-hedging by using forward contracts in one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value in securities denominated or quoted in a different currency if the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, determines that there is a pattern of correlation between the two currencies. Cross-hedging may also include entering into a forward transaction involving two foreign currencies, using one foreign currency as a proxy for the U.S. dollar to hedge against variations in the other U.S. foreign currency, if the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, determines that there is a pattern of correlation between the proxy currency and the U.S. dollar.

 

The Fund will not enter into forward contracts to sell currency or maintain a net exposure to such contracts if the consummation of such contracts would obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of the Fund’s respective portfolio securities or other assets quoted or denominated in that currency. At the consummation

 

S-5



 

of the forward contract, the Fund may either make delivery of the foreign currency or terminate its contractual obligation by purchasing an offsetting contract obligating it to purchase at the same maturity date, the same amount of such foreign currency. If the Fund chooses to make delivery of foreign currency, it may be required to obtain such delivery through the sale of portfolio securities quoted or denominated in such currency or through conversion of other assets of the Fund into such currency. If the Fund engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund will realize a gain or a loss to the extent that there has been a change in forward contract prices. Closing purchase transactions with respect to forward contracts are usually effected with the currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract.

 

The Fund’s transactions in forward contracts will be limited to those described above. Of course, the Fund is not required to enter into such transactions with regard to its foreign currency quoted or denominated securities, and the Fund will not do so unless deemed appropriate by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable.

 

When entering into a forward contract, the Fund will segregate either cash or liquid securities quoted or denominated in any currency in an amount equal to the value of the Fund’s total assets committed to the consummation of forward currency exchange contracts which require the Fund to purchase a foreign currency. If the value of the segregated securities declines, additional cash or securities will be segregated by the Fund on a daily basis so that the value of the segregated securities will equal the amount of the Fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

 

This method of protecting the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities against a decline in the value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange which can be achieved at some future point in time. The precise projection of short-term currency market movements is not possible, and short-term hedging provides a means of fixing the U.S. dollar value of only a portion of the Fund’s foreign assets. It also reduces any potential gain which may have otherwise occurred had the currency value increased above the settlement price of the contract.

 

While the Fund may enter into forward contracts to seek to reduce currency exchange rate risks, transactions in such contracts involve certain other risks. Thus, while the Fund may benefit from such transactions, unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between the Fund’s portfolio holdings or securities quoted or denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts entered into by the Fund. Such imperfect correlation may cause the Fund to sustain losses, which will prevent the Fund from achieving a complete hedge, or expose the Fund to the risk of foreign exchange loss.

 

Forward contracts are subject to the risks that the counterparty to such contract will default on its obligations. Since a forward foreign currency exchange contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing house, a default on the contract would deprive the Fund of unrealized profits, transaction costs or the benefits of a currency hedge or force the Fund to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the current market price.

 

The Fund’s foreign currency transactions (including related options, futures and forward contracts) may be limited by the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for qualification as a regulated investment company.

 

Futures And Options On Futures.  Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option. The Fund will reduce the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts that are traded on a national futures exchange regulated by the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).  The Fund may use futures contracts and related options for: bona fide hedging; attempting to offset changes in the value of securities held or expected to be acquired or be disposed of; attempting to minimize fluctuations in foreign currencies; attempting to gain exposure to a particular market, index or instrument; or other risk management purposes. To the extent futures and/or options on futures are employed by the Fund, such use will be in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”).  The Company, on behalf of the Fund, has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 and therefore, the Fund is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator

 

S-6



 

under the CEA. The CFTC has proposed rulemaking which, if enacted, could limit or eliminate exclusions relied on by the Fund.

 

An index futures contract is a bilateral agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the index value at the close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the securities comprising the index is made; generally contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contract.

 

When the Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, or sells an option thereon, the Fund is required to “cover” its position in order to limit leveraging and related risks.  To cover its position, the Fund may segregate (and mark-to-market on a daily basis) cash or liquid securities that, when added to any amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract or otherwise “cover” its position in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder. The segregated account functions as a practical limit on the amount of leverage which the Fund may undertake and on the potential increase in the speculative character of the Fund’s outstanding portfolio securities.  Additionally, such segregated accounts will generally assure the availability of adequate funds to meet the obligations of the Fund arising from such investment activities.

 

The Fund may also cover its long position in a futures contract by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price (i.e., an exercise price) as high or higher than the price of the futures contract.  In the alternative, if the strike price of the put is less than the price of the futures contract, the Fund will segregate cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract.  The Fund may also cover its long position in a futures contract by taking a short position in the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract.  The Fund may cover its short position in a futures contract by taking a long position in the instruments underlying the futures contracts, or by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the futures contract.

 

The Fund may cover its sale of a call option on a futures contract by taking a long position in the underlying futures contract at a price less than or equal to the strike price of the call option.  In the alternative, if the long position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price greater than the strike price of the written (sold) call, the Fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the call and the price of the futures contract.  The Fund may also cover its sale of a call option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the call option.  The Fund may cover its sale of a put option on a futures contract by taking a short position in the underlying futures contract at a price greater than or equal to the strike price of the put option, or, if the short position in the underlying futures contract is established at a price less than the strike price of the written put, the Fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal in value to the difference between the strike price of the put and the price of the futures contract.  The Fund may also cover its sale of a put option by taking positions in instruments with prices which are expected to move relatively consistently with the put option.

 

There are significant risks associated with the Fund’s use of futures contracts and related options, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by the Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and options on futures. In addition, some strategies reduce the Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure.

 

Credit Default Swaps, Interest Rate Swaps, Mortgage Swaps, Currency Swaps, Total Return Swaps, Options on Swaps and Interest Rate Caps, Floors and Collars. The Fund may enter into credit default, interest rate and total return swaps. The Fund may also enter into interest rate caps, floors and collars. In addition, the Fund may enter into mortgage swaps and currency swaps.

 

S-7



 

The Fund may enter into swap transactions for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. As examples, the Fund may enter into swap transactions for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in an economical way.

 

Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency or security, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. As examples, credit default swaps involve the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security. Credit default swaps give one party to a transaction the right to dispose of or acquire an asset (or group of assets), or the right to receive from or make a payment to the other party, upon the occurrence of specified credit events. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, such as an exchange of fixed-rate payments for floating rate payments. Mortgage swaps are similar to interest rate swaps in that they represent commitments to pay and receive interest. The notional principal amount, however, is tied to a reference pool or pools of mortgages. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the parties’ respective rights to make or receive payments in specified currencies. Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index, or an index component.

 

The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. An interest rate collar is the combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates.

 

A great deal of flexibility is possible in the way swap transactions are structured. However, generally the Fund will enter into credit default, interest rate, total return and mortgage swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Credit default, interest rate, total return and mortgage swaps do not normally involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to credit default, interest rate, total return and mortgage swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to a credit default, interest rate, total return or mortgage swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any. In contrast, currency swaps may involve the delivery of the entire principal amount of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Therefore, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.

 

A credit default swap may have as reference obligations one or more securities that may, or may not, be currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default swap is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, the Fund generally receives an upfront payment or a rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, a Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. If a credit event occurs, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the Fund as seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it

 

S-8



 

pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund.

 

To the extent that the Fund’s exposure in a transaction involving a swap or an interest rate floor, cap or collar is covered by the segregation of cash or liquid assets, or is covered by other means in accordance with SEC guidance, the Fund and the Adviser believe that the transactions do not constitute senior securities under the Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Fund’s borrowing restrictions.

 

The Fund will not enter into any credit default, interest rate, total return or mortgage swap transactions unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt or claims-paying ability of the other party thereto is rated investment grade by S&P’s or Moody’s, or, if unrated by such rating organization, determined to be of comparable quality by the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

The use of credit default, interest rate, mortgage, total return and currency swaps, as well as interest rate caps, floors and collars, is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. If the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, credit quality, interest rates and currency exchange rates, the investment performance of the Fund would be less favorable than it would have been if these investment instruments were not used.

 

Investing in Emerging Countries, including Asia and Eastern Europe. The Fund may invest in securities of issuers located in emerging countries. The securities markets of emerging countries are less liquid and subject to greater price volatility, and have a smaller market capitalization, than the U.S. securities markets. In certain countries, there may be fewer publicly traded securities and the market may be dominated by a few issues or sectors. Issuers and securities markets in such countries are not subject to as extensive and frequent accounting, financial and other reporting requirements or as comprehensive government regulations as are issuers and securities markets in the U.S. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of emerging country issuers may not reflect their financial position or results of operations in the same manner as financial statements for U.S. issuers. Substantially less information may be publicly available about emerging country issuers than is available about issuers in the United States.

 

Emerging country securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. The markets for securities in certain emerging countries are in the earliest stages of their development. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging country securities may also affect the Fund’s ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

 

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, antiquated legal systems may have an adverse impact on the Fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders in U.S. corporations.

 

Transaction costs, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups, in emerging countries may be higher than in the United States and other developed securities markets. In addition, existing laws and regulations are often inconsistently applied. As legal systems in emerging countries develop, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. In circumstances where adequate laws exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable

 

S-9



 

enforcement of the law.

 

Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain emerging countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions may limit the Fund’s investment in certain emerging countries and may increase the expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals. In addition, the repatriation of both investment income and capital from emerging countries may be subject to restrictions which require governmental consents or prohibit repatriation entirely for a period of time. Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operation of the Fund. The Fund may be required to establish special custodial or other arrangements before investing in certain emerging countries.

 

Emerging countries may be subject to a substantially greater degree of economic, political and social instability and disruption than is the case in the United States, Japan and most Western European countries. This instability may result from, among other things, the following: (i) authoritarian governments or military involvement in political and economic decision making, including changes or attempted changes in governments through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic or social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection or conflict; and (vi) the absence of developed legal structures governing foreign private investments and private property. Such economic, political and social instability could disrupt the principal financial markets in which the Fund may invest and adversely affect the value of the Fund’s assets. The Fund’s investments can also be adversely affected by any increase in taxes or by political, economic or diplomatic developments.

 

The Fund may seek investment opportunities within former “east bloc” countries in Eastern Europe. Most Eastern European countries had a centrally planned, socialist economy for a substantial period of time. The governments of many Eastern European countries have more recently been implementing reforms directed at political and economic liberalization, including efforts to decentralize the economic decision-making process and move towards a market economy. However, business entities in many Eastern European countries do not have an extended history of operating in a market-oriented economy, and the ultimate impact of Eastern European countries’ attempts to move toward more market-oriented economies is currently unclear. In addition, any change in the leadership or policies of Eastern European countries may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities.

 

The economies of emerging countries may differ unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resources, self-sufficiency and balance of payments. Many emerging countries have experienced in the past, and continue to experience, high rates of inflation. In certain countries inflation has at times accelerated rapidly to hyperinflationary levels, creating a negative interest rate environment and sharply eroding the value of outstanding financial assets in those countries. Other emerging countries, on the other hand, have recently experienced deflationary pressures and are in economic recessions. The economies of many emerging countries are heavily dependent upon international trade and are accordingly affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners. In addition, the economies of some emerging countries are vulnerable to weakness in world prices for their commodity exports. The Fund’s income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign stocks and securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the countries in which it invests, and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates. See “Taxes.”

 

Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of the Fund remain uninvested and no return is earned on such assets. The inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases or sales due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio securities or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the securities, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

 

S-10



 

Investment Company Shares.  The Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions. These investment companies typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund. The Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying the Fund’s expenses. Unless an exception is available, Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act prohibits a fund from (i) acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any one investment company, (ii) investing more than 5% of its total assets in any one investment company, and (iii) investing more than 10% of its total assets in all investment companies combined, including its ETF investments.

 

For hedging or other purposes, the Fund may invest in investment companies that seek to track the composition and/or performance of specific indexes or portions of specific indexes. Certain of these investment companies, known as exchange-traded funds, are traded on a securities exchange. The market prices of index-based investments will fluctuate in accordance with changes in the underlying portfolio securities of the investment company and also due to supply and demand of the investment company’s shares on the exchange upon which the shares are traded. Index-based investments may not replicate or otherwise match the composition or performance of their specified index due to transaction costs, among other things.

 

Pursuant to orders issued by the SEC to each of certain exchange-traded funds (collectively, the “ETFs”) and procedures approved by the Board, the Fund may invest in the ETFs in excess of the limits described above, provided that the Fund has described the ETF investments in its prospectus and otherwise complies with the conditions of the SEC, as it may be amended, and any other applicable investment limitations. Neither the ETFs nor their investment advisers make any representations regarding the advisability of investing in the ETFs.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Fund may invest in mortgage pass-through certificates and multiple-class pass-through securities, such as real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMIC”), pass-through certificates and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”).

 

Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities represent participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans and are issued by U.S. governmental or private lenders and guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, including but not limited to the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). Ginnie Mae certificates are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government for timely payment of principal and interest on the certificates. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac certificates are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Fannie Mae certificates are guaranteed by Fannie Mae, a federally chartered and privately owned corporation, for full and timely payment of principal and interest on the certificates. Fannie Mae is authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury to meet its obligations. Freddie Mac certificates are guaranteed by Freddie Mac, a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government, for timely payment of interest and the ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans.

 

In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department and the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) announced that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac would be placed in conservatorship under the FHFA. The effect that this conservatorship will have on Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac’s debt and equity and on securities guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is unclear.

 

There is risk that the U.S. Government will not provide financial support to its agencies, authorities, instrumentalities or sponsored enterprises. A Fund may purchase U.S. Government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The maximum potential liability of the issuers of some U.S. Government securities held by a Fund may greatly exceed their current resources, including their legal right to support from the U.S. Treasury. It is possible that these issuers will not have the funds to meet their payment obligations in the future.

 

CMOs and REMIC pass-through or participation certificates may be issued by, among others, U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities as well as private lenders. CMOs and REMIC certificates are issued in multiple classes and the

 

S-11



 

principal of and interest on the mortgage assets may be allocated among the several classes of CMOs or REMIC certificates in various ways. Each class of CMOs or REMIC certificates, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific adjustable or fixed interest rate and must be fully retired no later than its final distribution date. Generally, interest is paid or accrues on all classes of CMOs or REMIC certificates on a monthly basis.

 

Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac certificates but also may be collateralized by other mortgage assets such as whole loans or private mortgage pass-through securities. Debt service on CMOs is provided from payments of principal and interest on collateral of mortgaged assets and any reinvestment income thereon.

 

A REMIC is a CMO that qualifies for special tax treatment under the Code and invests in certain mortgages primarily secured by interests in real property and other permitted investments. Investors may purchase “regular” and “residual” interest shares of beneficial interest in REMIC trusts, although the Fund does not intend to invest in residual interests.

 

The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities issued by trusts or other entities formed or sponsored by private originators of and institutional investors in mortgage loans and other non-governmental entities (or representing custodial arrangements administered by such institutions). These private originators and institutions include savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

 

Privately issued mortgage-backed securities are generally backed by pools of conventional ( i.e. , non-government guaranteed or insured) mortgage loans. Since such mortgage-backed securities normally are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit standing of Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, in order to receive a high quality rating from the rating organizations ( e.g. , S&P’s or Moody’s), they often are structured with one or more types of “credit enhancement.” Such credit enhancement falls into two categories: (1) liquidity protection and (2) protection against losses resulting after default by a borrower and liquidation of the collateral ( e.g. , sale of a house after foreclosure). Liquidity protection refers to the payment of cash advances to holders of mortgage-backed securities when a borrower on an underlying mortgage fails to make its monthly payment on time. Protection against losses resulting after default and liquidation is designed to cover losses resulting when, for example, the proceeds of a foreclosure sale are insufficient to cover the outstanding amount on the mortgage. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit, through various means of structuring the securities or through a combination of such approaches.

 

Examples of credit enhancement arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes entitled to receive payment before other classes, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgages are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “spread accounts” or “reserve funds” (where cash or investments are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on the underlying mortgages in a pool exceed the amount required to be paid on the mortgage-backed securities). The degree of credit enhancement for a particular issue of mortgage-backed securities is based on the level of credit risk associated with the particular mortgages in the related pool. Losses on a pool in excess of anticipated levels could nevertheless result in losses to security holders since credit enhancement rarely covers every dollar owed on a pool.

 

Investing in mortgage-backed securities (such as those described above) involves certain risks, including the failure of a counter-party to meet its commitments, adverse interest rate changes and the effects of prepayments on mortgage cash flows. Further, the yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of traditional fixed income securities. The major differences typically include more frequent interest and principal payments (usually monthly), the adjustability of interest rates, and the possibility that prepayments of principal may be made substantially earlier than their final distribution dates.

 

Prepayment rates are influenced by changes in current interest rates and a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors and cannot be predicted with certainty. Both adjustable rate mortgage loans and fixed rate mortgage loans may be subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest rate environment and to a lesser rate of principal prepayments in an increasing interest rate environment. Under certain interest rate and prepayment rate scenarios, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its investment in mortgage-backed securities notwithstanding any direct or indirect governmental or agency guarantee. When the Fund reinvests amounts representing payments and unscheduled

 

S-12



 

prepayments of principal, it may receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on existing adjustable rate mortgage pass-through securities. Thus, mortgage-backed securities, and adjustable rate mortgage pass-through securities in particular, may be less effective than other types of U.S. government securities as a means of “locking in” interest rates.

 

Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, a declining prepayment rate will extend the average life of many mortgage-backed securities. This possibility is often referred to as extension risk. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates. The market for certain types of mortgage-backed securities ( i.e. , certain CMOs) may not be liquid under all interest rate scenarios, which may prevent the Fund from selling such securities held in its portfolio at times or prices that it desires.

 

Different types of derivative debt securities are subject to different combinations of prepayment, extension and/or interest rate risk. Conventional mortgage pass-through securities and sequential pay CMOs are subject to all of these risks, but are typically not leveraged. Thus, the magnitude of exposure may be less than for more leveraged mortgage-backed securities.

 

Planned amortization class (“PAC”) and target amortization class (“TAC”) CMO bonds involve less exposure to prepayment, extension and interest rate risk than other mortgage-backed securities, provided that prepayment rates remain within expected prepayment ranges or “collars.” To the extent that prepayment rates remain within these prepayment ranges, the residual or support tranches of PAC and TAC CMOs assume the extra prepayment extension and interest rate risk associated with the underlying mortgage assets.

 

The Fund may invest in floating rate securities based on the Cost of Funds Index (“COFI floaters”), other “lagging rate” floating rate securities, floating rate securities that are subject to a maximum interest rate (“capped floaters”), and mortgage-backed securities purchased at a discount. The primary risks associated with these derivative debt securities are the potential extension of average life and/or depreciation due to rising interest rates.

 

Recently, rating agencies have placed on credit watch or downgraded the ratings previously assigned to a large number of mortgage-related securities (which may include certain of the mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may have invested or may in the future be invested), and may continue to do so in the future. In the event that any mortgage-related security held by the Fund is placed on credit watch or downgraded, the value of such mortgage-related security may decline and the Fund may consequently experience losses in respect of such mortgage-related security.

 

Options.  The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on indices and enter into related closing transactions. A put option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at any time during the option period. A call option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer of the option the obligation to sell, the underlying security at any time during the option period.  The premium paid to the writer is the consideration for undertaking the obligations under the option contract.

 

The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on foreign currencies (traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter markets) to manage its exposure to exchange rates. Call options on foreign currency written by the Fund will be “covered,” which means that the Fund will own an equal amount of the underlying foreign currency.

 

Put and call options on indices are similar to options on securities except that options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the underlying index is greater than (or less than, in the case of puts) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars multiplied by a specified number. Thus, unlike options on individual securities, all settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on price movements in the particular market represented by the index generally, rather than the price movements in individual securities.

 

All options written on indices or securities must be covered. When the Fund writes an option on a security, an index or a foreign currency, it will establish a segregated account containing cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the option and will maintain the account while the option is open or will otherwise cover the transaction.

 

The Fund may trade put and call options on securities, securities indices and currencies, as the Adviser or applicable Sub-

 

S-13



 

Adviser determines is appropriate in seeking the Fund’s investment objective, and except as restricted by the Fund’s investment limitations.  See “Investment Limitations.”

 

The initial purchase (sale) of an option contract is an “opening transaction.” In order to close out an option position, the Fund may enter into a “closing transaction,” which is simply the sale (purchase) of an option contract on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option contract originally opened. If the Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the Fund delivers the security upon exercise.

 

The Fund may purchase put and call options on securities to protect against a decline in the market value of the securities in its portfolio or to anticipate an increase in the market value of securities that the Fund may seek to purchase in the future. The Fund purchasing put and call options pays a premium therefor. If price movements in the underlying securities are such that exercise of the options would not be profitable for the Fund, loss of the premium paid may be offset by an increase in the value of the Fund’s securities or by a decrease in the cost of acquisition of securities by the Fund.

 

The Fund may write covered call options on securities as a means of increasing the yield on its assets and as a means of providing limited protection against decreases in its market value. When the Fund writes an option, if the underlying securities do not increase or decrease to a price level that would make the exercise of the option profitable to the holder thereof, the option generally will expire without being exercised and the Fund will realize as profit the premium received for such option. When a call option of which the Fund is the writer is exercised, the Fund will be required to sell the underlying securities to the option holder at the strike price, and will not participate in any increase in the price of such securities above the strike price. When a put option of which the Fund is the writer is exercised, the Fund will be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the market value of such securities.

 

The Fund may purchase and write options on an exchange or over-the-counter. Over-the-counter options (“OTC options”) differ from exchange-traded options in several respects. They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of non-performance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options. Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker. It is the SEC’s position that OTC options are generally illiquid.

 

The market value of an option generally reflects the market price of an underlying security. Other principal factors affecting market value include supply and demand, interest rates, the pricing volatility of the underlying security and the time remaining until the expiration date.

 

Risks associated with options transactions include: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect correlation between the movement in prices of options and the securities underlying them; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for options; and (4) while the Fund will receive a premium when it writes covered call options, it may not participate fully in a rise in the market value of the underlying security.

 

Restricted and Illiquid Securities.  The Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities, including securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Illiquid securities include: repurchase agreements and time deposits with a notice or demand period of more than seven days; interest rate; currency and mortgage swaps; interest rate caps; floors and collars; municipal leases; certain restricted securities, such as those purchased in a private placement of securities, unless it is determined, based upon a review of the trading markets for a specific restricted security, that such restricted security is liquid; and certain over-the-counter options. Securities that have legal or contractual restrictions on resale but have a readily available market are not considered illiquid for purposes of this limitation.

 

Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the

 

S-14



 

marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty in satisfying redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

 

The Fund may purchase securities which are not registered under the Securities Act but which may be sold to “qualified institutional buyers” in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Restricted Securities”). These securities will not be considered illiquid so long as it is determined by the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser that an adequate trading market exists for the securities. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in an underlying investment company during any period that qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing restricted securities.

 

The Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser will monitor the liquidity of Restricted Securities held by the portion of the assets of the Fund it manages. In reaching liquidity decisions, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser may consider, among others, the following factors: (1) the unregistered nature of the security; (2) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (3) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

 

The purchase price and subsequent valuation of Restricted Securities normally reflect a discount from the price at which such securities trade when they are not restricted, since the restriction makes them less liquid. The amount of the discount from the prevailing market price is expected to vary depending upon the type of security, the character of the issuer, the party who will bear the expenses of registering the Restricted Securities and prevailing supply and demand conditions.

 

As consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives, the Fund may also invest in Section 4(2) commercial paper. Section 4(2) commercial paper is issued in reliance on an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Act and is generally sold to institutional investors who purchase for investment. Any resale of such commercial paper must be in an exempt transaction, usually to an institutional investor through the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in such commercial paper. The Company believes that Section 4(2) commercial paper is liquid to the extent it meets the criteria established by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company intends to treat such commercial paper as liquid and not subject to the investment limitations applicable to illiquid securities or restricted securities.

 

Rights Offerings and Purchase Warrants. Rights offerings and purchase warrants are privileges issued by a corporation which enable the owner to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short lifespan to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Fund could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not executed prior to the right’s or warrant’s expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

 

Risk Considerations of Medium Grade Securities. Obligations in the lowest investment grade ( i.e. , BBB or Baa), referred to as “medium grade” obligations, have speculative characteristics, and changes in economic conditions and other factors are more likely to lead to weakened capacity to make interest payments and repay principal on these obligations than is the case for higher rated securities. In the event that a security purchased by the Fund is subsequently downgraded below investment grade, the Adviser and Sub-Advisers will consider such event in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the security.

 

Risk Considerations of Lower Rated Securities. The Fund may invest in fixed income securities that are not investment grade but are rated as low as B by Moody’s or B by S&P ®  (or their equivalents or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser to be of comparable credit quality). In the case of a security that is rated differently by two or more rating services, the higher rating is used in connection with the foregoing limitation. In the event that the rating on a

 

S-15



 

security held in the Fund’s portfolio is downgraded by a rating service, such action will be considered by the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser in its evaluation of the overall investment merits of that security, but will not necessarily result in the sale of the security. The widespread expansion of government, consumer and corporate debt within the U.S. economy has made the corporate sector, especially cyclically sensitive industries, more vulnerable to economic downturns or increased interest rates. An economic downturn could severely disrupt the market for high yield fixed income securities and adversely affect the value of outstanding fixed income securities and the ability of the issuers to repay principal and interest.

 

The Fund may invest in high yield debt obligations, such as bonds and debentures, issued by corporations and other business organizations. The Fund will invest in high yield debt instruments when the Fund believes that such instruments offer a better risk/reward profile than comparable equity opportunities. High yield fixed income securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative investments while generally providing greater income than investments in higher rated securities, involve greater risk of loss of principal and income (including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities) and may involve greater volatility of price (especially during periods of economic uncertainty or change) than securities in the higher rating categories. Since yields vary over time, no specific level of income can ever be assured.

 

The prices of high yield fixed income securities have been found to be less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments but more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments. Also, during an economic downturn or substantial period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers may experience financial stress, which would adversely affect their ability to service their principal and interest payment obligations, to meet projected business goals and to obtain additional financing. If the issuer of a fixed income security owned by the Fund defaulted, the Fund could incur additional expenses in attempting to obtain a recovery. In addition, periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices of high yield fixed income securities and the Fund’s NAV to the extent it holds such securities.

 

High yield fixed income securities also present risks based on payment expectations. For example, high yield fixed income securities may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, the Fund may, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities, have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which may result in a decreased return for investors. Conversely, a high yield fixed income security’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of the Fund’s assets, to the extent it holds such fixed income securities.  In addition, to the extent that there is no established retail secondary market, there may be thin trading of high yield fixed income securities, and this may have an impact on the Adviser’s and Sub-Advisers’ ability to accurately value such securities and the Fund’s assets and on the Fund’s ability to dispose of such securities. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield fixed income securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

 

New laws proposed or adopted from time to time may have an impact on the market for high yield securities.

 

Finally, there are risks involved in applying credit or dividend ratings as a method for evaluating high yield securities. For example, ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest or dividend payments, not market value risk of high yield securities. Also, since rating agencies may fail to timely change the credit ratings to reflect subsequent events, the Fund will continuously monitor the issuers of high yield securities in its portfolio, if any, to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the security’s liquidity so the Fund can meet redemption requests.

 

Short Sales.  As consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives, the Fund may engage in short sales that are either “uncovered” or “against the box.”  A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, the Fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or exchangeable without further consideration for, securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short.  A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to the Fund with respect to the securities that are sold short.

 

Uncovered short sales are transactions under which the Fund sells a security it does not own.  To complete such a transaction, the Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer.  The Fund then is obligated to replace the

 

S-16



 

security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement.  The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund.  Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay the lender amounts equal to any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan.  To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold.  The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out.

 

Until the Fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will: (a) maintain a segregated account containing cash or liquid securities at such a level that (i) the amount deposited in the account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current value of the security sold short; and (ii) the amount deposited in the segregated account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will not be less than the market value of the security at the time the security was sold short; or (b) otherwise cover the Fund’s short position.

 

Special Note Regarding Market Events. Events in the financial sector in recent years have resulted in reduced liquidity in credit and fixed income markets and in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestically and internationally. While entire markets have been impacted, issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets have been particularly affected. These events and the potential for continuing market turbulence may have an adverse effect on the underlying investment companies’ investments. It is uncertain how long these conditions will continue.

 

The instability in the financial markets has led the U.S. government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and certain segments of the financial markets. Federal, state and foreign governments, regulatory agencies, and self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude an underlying investment company’s, and thus a Fund’s, ability to achieve its investment objective.

 

Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such ownership or disposition may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the underlying investment companies’ holdings.

 

Structured Securities. The Fund may invest in structured securities to the extent consistent with its investment objective. The value of the principal of and/or interest on structured securities is determined by reference to changes in the value of specific currencies, commodities, securities, indices or other financial indictors (the “Reference”) or the relative change in two or more References. The interest rate or the principal amount payable upon maturity or redemption may be increased or decreased depending upon changes in the applicable Reference. Examples of structured securities include, but are not limited to, notes where the principal repayment at maturity is determined by the value of the relative change in two or more specified securities or securities indices.

 

The terms of some structured securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and, therefore, the Fund could suffer a total loss of its investment. Structured securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the Reference may produce an increase or decrease in the interest rate or value of the security at maturity. In addition, changes in the interest rate or the value of the security at maturity may be a multiple of the changes in the value of the Reference. Consequently, structured securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of securities. Structured securities may also be more volatile, less liquid and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities due to their derivative nature.

 

Swap Agreements.  The Fund may enter into equity index or interest rate swap agreements for purposes of attempting to gain exposure to the stocks making up an index of securities in a market without actually purchasing those stocks, or to hedge a position.  Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a day to more than one-year.  In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments.  The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e. , the

 

S-17



 

return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index.  Forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap,” interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or “floor,” and interest rate dollars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

 

Most swap agreements entered into by the Fund calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.”  Consequently, the Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by segregating assets determined to be liquid.  Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities.  Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid for the Fund’s illiquid investment limitation.  The Fund will not enter into any swap agreement unless the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser believes that the other party to the transaction is creditworthy.  The Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty.

 

The Fund may enter into swap agreements to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in circumstances in which direct investment is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable.  The counterparty to any swap agreement will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer.  The counter-party will generally agree to pay the Fund the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the swap agreement would have increased in value had it been invested in the particular stocks, plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks.  The Fund will agree to pay to the counter-party a floating rate of interest on the notional amount of the swap agreement plus the amount, if any, by which the notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in such stocks.  Therefore, the return to the Fund on any swap agreement should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Fund on the notional amount.

 

Swap agreements typically are settled on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.  Payments may be made at the conclusion of a swap agreement or periodically during its term.  Swap agreements do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets.  Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swap agreements is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make.  If the other party to a swap agreement defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any.  The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an amount of cash or liquid assets, having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to such accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian.  Inasmuch as these transactions are entered into for hedging purposes or are offset by segregated cash of liquid assets, as permitted by applicable law, the Fund and the Adviser believe that these transactions do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to a Fund’s borrowing restrictions.

 

The Adviser and Sub-Advisers, under the supervision of the Board, are responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of Fund transactions in swap agreements. The use of equity swaps is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions.

 

U.S. Government Securities.   The Fund may invest in U.S. government securities. Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities include U.S. Treasury securities, which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury and which differ only in their interest rates, maturities, and times of issuance. U.S. Treasury bills have initial maturities of one-year or less; U.S. Treasury notes have initial maturities of one to ten years; and U.S. Treasury bonds generally have initial maturities of greater than ten years.  Certain U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government including, but not limited to, obligations of U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the

 

S-18



 

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), the Small Business Administration, the Federal Farm Credit Administration, the Federal Home Loan Banks, Banks for Cooperatives (including the Central Bank for Cooperatives), the Federal Land Banks, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Commodity Credit Corporation, the Federal Financing Bank, the Student Loan Marketing Association, the National Credit Union Administration and the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (Farmer Mac).

 

Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities, including, for example, Ginnie Mae pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those securities issued by Fannie Mae, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the federal agency, while other obligations issued by or guaranteed by federal agencies, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, while the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored federal agencies, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will always do so, since the U.S. government is not so obligated by law. U.S. Treasury notes and bonds typically pay coupon interest semi-annually and repay the principal at maturity.

 

See “Mortgage-Backed Securities” above for additional information about the September 7, 2008 federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

 

·                   U.S. Treasury Obligations.   U.S. Treasury obligations consist of bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system known as Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”) and Treasury Receipts (“TRs”).

 

·                   Receipts.   Interests in separately traded interest and principal component parts of U.S. government obligations that are issued by banks or brokerage firms and are created by depositing U.S. government obligations into a special account at a custodian bank.  The custodian holds the interest and principal payments for the benefit of the registered owners of the certificates or receipts.  The custodian arranges for the issuance of the certificates or receipts evidencing ownership and maintains the register. TRs and STRIPS are interests in accounts sponsored by the U.S. Treasury.  Receipts are sold as zero coupon securities.

 

·                   U.S. Government Zero Coupon Securities.   STRIPS and receipts are sold as zero coupon securities, that is, fixed income securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons.  Zero coupon securities are sold at a (usually substantial) discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal.  The amount of this discount is accreted over the life of the security, and the accretion constitutes the income earned on the security for both accounting and tax purposes.  Because of these features, the market prices of zero coupon securities are generally more volatile than the market prices of securities that have similar maturity but that pay interest periodically.  Zero coupon securities are likely to respond to a greater degree to interest rate changes than are non-zero coupon securities with similar maturity and credit qualities.

 

·                   U.S. Government Agencies.   Some obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies of the U.S. government are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury, while still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.  Guarantees of principal by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government may be a guarantee of payment at the maturity of the obligation so that in the event of a default prior to maturity there might not be a market and thus no means of realizing on the obligation prior to maturity. Guarantees as to the timely payment of principal and interest do not extend to the value or yield of these securities nor to the value of the Fund’s shares.

 

Non-Principal Investment Policies and Risks.

 

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper is the term used to designate unsecured short-term promissory notes issued by corporations and other entities.  Maturities on these issues vary from a few to 270 days.

 

S-19



 

Dollar Rolls. The Fund may enter into dollar rolls in which the Fund sells fixed income securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the Fund would forgo principal and interest paid on such securities. However, the Fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. The return on dollar rolls may be negatively impacted by fluctuations in interest rates. The Fund does not presently intend to engage in dollar roll transactions involving more than 5% of its net assets. For additional information on dollar roll transactions, see the section entitled “Mortgage Dollar Roll Transactions” in this SAI.

 

Forward Commitment and When-Issued Transactions. The Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis (subject to its investment policies and restrictions). These transactions involve a commitment by a fund to purchase or sell securities at a future date (ordinarily one or two months later). The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued purchases and forward commitments are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges. The Fund will not enter into such transactions for the purpose of leverage.

 

When-issued purchases and forward commitments enable the Fund to lock in what is believed by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, to be an attractive price or yield on a particular security for a period of time, regardless of future changes in interest rates. For instance, in periods of rising interest rates and falling prices, the Fund might sell securities it owns on a forward commitment basis to limit its exposure to falling prices. In periods of falling interest rates and rising prices, the Fund might sell securities it owns and purchase the same or a similar security on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, thereby obtaining the benefit of currently higher yields. When-issued securities or forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date.

 

The value of securities purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis and any subsequent fluctuations in their value are reflected in the computation of the Fund’s NAV starting on the date of the agreement to purchase the securities, and the Fund is subject to the rights and risks of ownership of the securities on that date. The Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date. When the Fund makes a forward commitment to sell securities it owns, the proceeds to be received upon settlement are included in the Fund’s assets. Fluctuations in the market value of the underlying securities are not reflected in the Fund’s NAV as long as the commitment to sell remains in effect. Settlement of when-issued purchases and forward commitment transactions generally takes place within two months after the date of the transaction, but the Fund may agree to a longer settlement period.

 

The Fund will make commitments to purchase securities on a when-issued basis or to purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, the Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into. The Fund also may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. The Fund may realize a capital gain or loss in connection with these transactions, and its distributions from any net realized capital gains will be taxable to shareholders. When the Fund purchases securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, the Fund or the Custodian will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities having a value (determined daily) at least equal to the amount of the Fund’s purchase commitments. These procedures are designed to ensure that the Fund will maintain sufficient assets at all times to cover its obligations under when-issued purchases and forward commitments.

 

Illiquid Securities.  Illiquid securities are securities that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business (within seven days) at approximately the prices at which they are valued.  Because of their illiquid nature, illiquid securities must be priced at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to procedures approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.  Despite such good faith efforts to determine fair value prices, the Fund’s illiquid securities are subject to the risk that the security’s fair value price may differ from the actual price which the Fund may ultimately realize upon its sale or disposition. Difficulty in selling illiquid securities may result in a loss or may be costly to the Fund.  Under the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Adviser and the Sub-Advisers determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments. In determining the liquidity of the Fund’s investments, the Adviser and Sub-Advisers may consider various

 

S-20



 

factors, including: (1) the frequency and volume of trades and quotations; (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market; and (4) the nature of the security and the market in which it trades (including any demand, put or tender features, the mechanics and other requirements for transfer, any letters of credit or other credit enhancement features, any ratings, the number of holders, the method of soliciting offers, the time required to dispose of the security, and the ability to assign or offset the rights and obligations of the security). The Fund will not hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Inflation-Protected Securities.  The Fund may invest in inflation-protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, known as “TIPs” or “Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities,” which are debt securities whose principal and interest payments are adjusted for inflation and interest is paid on the adjusted amount. The inflation adjustment, which is typically applied monthly to the principal of the bond, follows a designated inflation index, such as the consumer price index (“CPI”). A fixed coupon rate is applied to the inflation-adjusted principal so that as inflation rises, both the principal value and the interest payments increase. This can provide investors with a hedge against inflation, as it helps preserve the purchasing power of your investment. Inflation-protected securities normally will decline in price when real interest rates rise. (A real interest rate is calculated by subtracting the inflation rate from a nominal interest rate. For example, if a 10-year Treasury note is yielding 5% and inflation is 2%, the real interest rate is 3%.) If inflation is negative, the principal and income of an inflation-protected security will decline and could result in losses for the Fund.

 

Any increase in principal for an inflation-protected security resulting from inflation adjustments is considered by IRS regulations to be taxable income in the year it occurs. For direct holders of an inflation-protected security, this means that taxes must be paid on principal adjustments even though these amounts are not received until the bond matures. By contrast, the Fund holding these securities distributes both interest income and the income attributable to principal adjustments in the form of cash or reinvested shares, which are taxable to shareholders.

 

Initial Public Offerings. To the extent consistent with its investment policies and limitations, the Fund may purchase stock in an initial public offering (“IPO”). An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public. Risks associated with IPOs may include considerable fluctuation in the market value of IPO shares due to certain factors, such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, a limited number of shares available for trading, lack of information about the issuer and limited operating history. The purchase of IPO shares may involve high transaction costs. When the Fund’s asset base is small, a significant portion of the Fund’s performance could be attributable to investments in IPOs, because such investments would have a magnified impact on the underlying investment company. As the Fund’s assets grow, the effect of the Fund’s investments in IPOs on the Fund’s performance probably will decline, which could reduce the Fund’s performance. Because of the price volatility of IPO shares, the Fund may choose to hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. In addition, the Fund cannot guarantee continued access to IPOs.

 

Mortgage Dollar Roll Transactions. The Fund may enter into mortgage dollar roll transactions in which the Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity), but not identical securities, on a specified future date.

 

During the roll period, the Fund would forgo principal and interest paid on such securities. The Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) or fee income plus the interest on the cash proceeds of the securities sold until the settlement date of the forward purchase. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what such performance would have been without the use of mortgage dollar rolls. The Fund will hold and maintain in a segregated account until the settlement date cash or liquid, high-grade debt securities in an amount equal to the forward purchase price. Any benefits derived from the use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon mortgage prepayment assumptions, which will be affected by changes in interest rates. There is no assurance that mortgage dollar rolls can be successfully employed. For additional information on dollar rolls, please refer to the section entitled “Dollar Rolls” in this SAI.

 

Municipal Obligations. The Fund may invest in municipal obligations. Municipal obligations are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities to

 

S-21



 

obtain funds for various public purposes. The interest on most of these obligations is generally exempt from regular federal income tax in the hands of most individual investors, although it may be subject to the individual and corporate alternative minimum tax. The two principal classifications of municipal obligations are “notes” and “bonds.”

 

Municipal notes are generally used to provide for short-term capital needs and generally have maturities of one year or less. Municipal notes include tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, and construction loan notes. Tax anticipation notes are sold to finance working capital needs of municipalities. They are generally payable from specific tax revenues expected to be received at a future date. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of receipt of other types of revenue such as federal revenues available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program. Tax anticipation notes and revenue anticipation notes are generally issued in anticipation of various seasonal revenues such as income, sales, use, and business taxes. Bond anticipation notes are sold to provide interim financing.

 

These notes are generally issued in anticipation of long-term financing in the market. In most cases, these monies provide for the repayment of the notes. Construction loan notes are sold to provide construction financing. After the projects are successfully completed and accepted, many projects receive permanent financing through the Federal Housing Administration under Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae. There are, of course, a number of other types of notes issued for different purposes and secured differently from those described above.

 

Municipal bonds, which meet longer term capital needs and generally have maturities of more than one year when issued, have two principal classifications, “general obligation” bonds and “revenue” bonds. Issuers of general obligation bonds include states, counties, cities, towns and regional districts. The proceeds of these obligations are used to fund a wide range of public projects including the construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, water and sewer systems and a variety of other public purposes. The basic security of general obligation bonds is the issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or unlimited as to rate or amount or special assessments.

 

The principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Revenue bonds have been issued to fund a wide variety of capital projects including: electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Revenue obligations are not backed by the credit and taxing authority of the issuer but are payable solely from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source. In addition, revenue obligations may be backed by a letter of credit, guarantee or insurance. Revenue obligations include private activity bonds, resource recovery bonds, certificates of participation and certain municipal notes. Although the principal security behind these bonds varies widely, many provide additional security in the form of a debt service reserve fund whose monies may also be used to make principal and interest payments on the issuer’s obligations. Housing finance authorities have a wide range of security including partially or fully insured, rent subsidized and/or collateralized mortgages, and/or the net revenues from housing or other public projects. In addition to a debt service reserve fund, some authorities provide further security in the form of a state’s ability (without obligation) to make up deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund. Lease rental revenue bonds issued by a state or local authority for capital projects are secured by annual lease rental payments from the state or locality to the authority sufficient to cover debt service on the authority’s obligations.

 

Industrial development bonds (now a subset of a class of bonds known as “private activity bonds”), although nominally issued by municipal authorities, are generally not secured by the taxing power of the municipality but are secured by the revenues of the authority derived from payments by the industrial user.

 

There is, in addition, a variety of hybrid and special types of municipal obligations as well as numerous differences in the security of municipal obligations both within and between the two principal classifications above. An entire issue of municipal obligations may be purchased by one or a small number of institutional investors such as the Fund. Thus, the issue may not be said to be publicly offered. Unlike securities which must be registered under the Securities Act of 1993, as amended (the “Securities Act”), prior to offer and sale unless an exemption from such registration is available, municipal obligations which are not publicly offered may nevertheless be readily marketable. A secondary market exists for municipal obligations that were not publicly offered initially.

 

S-22



 

The Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, determines whether a municipal obligation is readily marketable based on whether it may be sold in a reasonable time consistent with the customs of the municipal markets (usually seven days) at a price (or interest rate), which accurately reflects its value. In addition, stand-by commitments and demand obligations also enhance marketability.

 

For the purpose of the Fund’s investment restrictions, the identification of the “issuer” of municipal obligations that are not general obligation bonds is made by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, on the basis of the characteristics of the obligation as described above, the most significant of which is the source of funds for the payment of principal of and interest on such obligations.

 

Yields on municipal obligations depend on a variety of factors, including money market conditions, municipal bond market conditions, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the quality of the issue. High grade municipal obligations tend to have a lower yield than lower rated obligations. Municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Code and laws, if any, that may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions the power or ability of any one or more issuers to pay when due principal of and interest on its or their municipal obligations may be materially affected.

 

Economic, business or political developments might affect all municipal obligations of a similar type. The Fund believes that the most important consideration affecting risk is the quality of particular issues of municipal obligations rather than factors affecting all, or broad classes of, municipal obligations.

 

The Fund may invest in variable, floating rate and other municipal securities on which the interest may fluctuate based on changes in market rates. The interest rates payable on variable rate securities are adjusted at designated intervals ( e.g. , daily, monthly, semi-annually), and the interest rates payable on, floating rate securities are adjusted whenever there is a change in the market rate of interest on which the interest payable is based. The interest rate on variable and floating rate securities is ordinarily determined by reference to or is a percentage of a bank’s prime rate, the 90-day U.S. Treasury bill rate, the rate of return on commercial paper or bank certificates of deposit, an index of short-term interest rates, or some other objective measure. The value of floating and variable rate securities generally is more stable than that of fixed rate securities in response to changes in interest rate levels. The Fund may consider the maturity of a variable or floating rate municipal security to be shorter than its ultimate maturity if the Fund has the right to demand prepayment of its principal at specified intervals prior to the security’s ultimate maturity.

 

The Fund may invest in municipal leases and certificates of participation in municipal leases. A municipal lease is an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase which is issued by a state or local government to acquire equipment and facilities. Certificates of participation represent undivided interests in municipal leases, installment purchase agreements or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a trust or other entity, which has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements. The primary risk associated with municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation is that the governmental lessee will fail to appropriate funds to enable it to meet its payment obligations under the lease. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly and may result in a delay in recovering, or the failure to fully recover, the Fund’s original investment. To the extent that the Fund invests in unrated municipal leases or participates in such leases, the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser will monitor on an ongoing basis the credit quality rating and risk of cancellation of such unrated leases. Certain municipal lease obligations and certificates of participation may be deemed illiquid for the purposes of the limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

 

The Fund may invest in pre-refunded municipal securities. The principal of and interest on pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet

 

S-23



 

subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. Except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer. Pre-refunded municipal securities are usually purchased at a price, which represents a premium over their face value.

 

Obligations of Domestic Banks, Foreign Banks and Foreign Branches of U.S. Banks.   The Fund may invest in obligations issued by banks and other savings institutions. Investments in bank obligations include obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks.  Such investments in domestic branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks may involve risks that are different from investments in securities of domestic branches of U.S. banks.  These risks may include future unfavorable political and economic developments, possible withholding taxes on interest income, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations, or other governmental restrictions which might affect the payment of principal or interest on the securities held by the Fund. Additionally, these institutions may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.  Bank obligations include the following:

 

·                   Bankers’ Acceptances .   Bankers’ acceptances are bills of exchange or time drafts drawn on and accepted by a commercial bank.  Corporations use bankers’ acceptances to finance the shipment and storage of goods and to furnish dollar exchange.  Maturities are generally six months or less.

 

·                   Certificates of Deposit Certificates of deposit are interest-bearing instruments with a specific maturity.  They are issued by banks and savings and loan institutions in exchange for the deposit of funds and normally can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity.  Certificates of deposit with penalties for early withdrawal will be considered illiquid.

 

·                   Time Deposits.   Time deposits are non-negotiable receipts issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds.  Like a certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market.  Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty or that mature in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

 

Pay-in-Kind Securities, Zero Coupon and Capital Appreciation Bonds. To the extent consistent with its investment objective, the Fund may invest in pay-in-kind (“PIK”) securities. PIK securities may be debt obligations or preferred shares that provide the issuer with the option of paying interest or dividends on such obligations in cash or in the form of additional securities rather than cash. Similarly, zero coupon and capital appreciation bonds are debt securities issued or sold at a discount from their face value and do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity or a specified date. The amount of the discount varies depending on the time remaining until maturity or cash payment date, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. These securities also may take the form of debt securities that have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons, the coupons themselves or receipts or certificates representing interests in such stripped debt obligations or coupons. A portion of the discount with respect to stripped tax-exempt securities or their coupons may be taxable. Such securities are designed to give an issuer flexibility in managing cash flow. PIK securities that are debt securities can either be senior or subordinated debt and generally trade flat ( i.e. , without accrued interest). The trading price of PIK debt securities generally reflects the market value of the underlying debt plus an amount representing accrued interest since the last interest payment.

 

PIK securities, zero coupon bonds and capital appreciation bonds do not pay interest periodically to maturity, and, therefore, they involve the additional risk that the Fund will not realize any cash until a specified future payment date unless a portion of such securities is sold, and, if the issuer of such securities defaults, the Fund may not obtain any return at all on its investment. In addition, even though such securities may not provide for the payment of current interest in cash, the Fund is nonetheless required to accrue income on such investments for each taxable year and generally is required to distribute such accrued amounts (net of deductible expenses, if any) to avoid being subject to tax. Because cash generally is not received at the time of the accrual, the Fund may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities to

 

S-24



 

obtain sufficient cash to satisfy federal tax distribution requirements applicable to the Fund. Additionally, the market prices of PIK securities, zero coupon bonds and capital appreciation bonds generally are more volatile than the market prices of interest bearing securities and are likely to respond to a greater degree to changes in interest rates than interest bearing securities having similar maturities and credit quality.

 

Real Estate Investment Trust Securities. The Fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). REITs generally invest directly in real estate, in mortgages or in some combination of the two. Individual REITs may own a limited number of properties and may concentrate in a particular region or property type. A REIT is a corporation, or a business trust that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation, which meets the definitional requirements of the Code. The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs) or cash and government securities, derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property and distribute to shareholders annually a substantial portion of its otherwise taxable income.

 

Generally, REITs can be classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs. The values of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They also are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status under the Code or to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act.

 

REITs may be affected by economic forces and other factors related to the real estate industry. REITs are sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Companies in the real estate industry may also be subject to liabilities under environmental and hazardous waste laws. REITS whose underlying assets include long-term health care properties, such as nursing, retirement and assisted living homes, may be affected by federal regulations concerning the health care industry. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses, including management fees, paid by each REIT in which it invests in addition to the expenses of the Fund. The Fund is also subject to the risk that the REITs in which it invests will fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code and/or fail to qualify for an exemption from registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. A REIT’s return may be adversely affected when interest rates are high or rising.

 

Investing in REITs may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500 ® .

 

Repurchase Agreements.  The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with financial institutions. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which the Fund acquires a fixed income security (generally a security issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker’s acceptance, or a certificate of deposit) from a commercial bank, broker, or dealer, and simultaneously agrees to resell such security to the seller at an agreed upon price and date (normally, the next business day).  Because the security purchased constitutes collateral for the repurchase obligation, a repurchase agreement may be considered a loan that is collateralized by the security purchased. The acquisition of a repurchase agreement may be deemed to be an acquisition of the underlying securities as long as the obligation of the seller to repurchase the securities is collateralized fully.  The Fund follows certain procedures designed to minimize the risks inherent in such agreements. These procedures include effecting repurchase transactions only with creditworthy financial institutions whose condition will be continually monitored by the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser. The repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund will provide that the underlying collateral at all times shall have a value at least equal to 102% of the resale price stated in the agreement and consist only of securities permissible under Section 101(47)(A)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code (the Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable, monitors compliance with this requirement). Under all

 

S-25



 

repurchase agreements entered into by the Fund, the custodian or its agent must take possession of the underlying collateral. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Fund will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercising of the Fund’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Fund could suffer a loss. It is the current policy of the Fund, not to invest in repurchase agreements that do not mature within seven days if any such investment, together with any other illiquid assets held by that Fund, amounts to more than 15% of the Fund’s total assets. The investments of the Fund in repurchase agreements, at times, may be substantial when, in the view of the Adviser or applicable Sub-Advisers, liquidity or other considerations so warrant.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to portfolio securities for temporary purposes (such as to obtain cash to meet redemption requests) when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed disadvantageous or inconvenient by the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund subject to the Fund’s agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and rate of interest. Such agreements are considered to be borrowings under the 1940 Act and will be limited, together with other borrowings, to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets (including the amount borrowed) less all liabilities other than borrowings. While reverse repurchase transactions are outstanding, the Fund will maintain in a segregated account with the Fund’s custodian or a qualified sub-custodian, cash or liquid securities of an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities, plus accrued interest, subject to the agreement and will monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase and the interest received on the cash exchanged for the securities.

 

Securities Lending.  The Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations that meet capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the Company’s Board of Directors. These loans, if and when made, may not exceed 33 1/3% of the total asset value of the Fund (including the loan collateral). The Fund will not lend portfolio securities to the Adviser, any Sub-Adviser or their affiliates unless permissible under the 1940 Act and the rules and promulgations thereunder. Loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized by cash, letters of credit or U.S. government securities, and the collateral will be maintained in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities by marking to market daily. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that might occur during the term of the loan would be for the account of the Fund.

 

The Fund may pay a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral, or other fee, to an unaffiliated or, to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act or the rules and SEC interpretations thereunder, affiliated third party for acting as the Fund’s securities lending agent.

 

By lending its securities, the Fund may increase its income by receiving payments from the borrower that reflect the amount of any interest or any dividends payable on the loaned securities as well as by either investing cash collateral received from the borrower in short-term instruments or obtaining a fee from the borrower when U.S. government securities or letters of credit are used as collateral. The Fund will adhere to the following conditions whenever its portfolio securities are loaned: (i) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities of the type discussed in the preceding paragraph from the borrower; (ii) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (iii) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan on demand; (iv) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in market value; (v) the Fund may pay only reasonable fees in connection with the loan (which fees may include fees payable to the lending agent, the borrower, the Fund’s administrator and the custodian); and (vi) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, provided, however, that if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, the Fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities. The Board has adopted procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the foregoing criteria will be met. Loan agreements involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the borrower, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to recover the loaned securities or dispose of the collateral for the loan, which could give rise to loss because of adverse market action, expenses and/or delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities.

 

The Fund does not have the right to vote loaned securities. The Fund will attempt to call all loaned securities back to permit the exercise of voting rights on material matters, if time and jurisdictional restrictions permit. There is no guarantee

 

S-26



 

that all loans can be recalled.

 

Securities of Unseasoned Issuers. The Fund may invest in securities of unseasoned issuers, including equity securities of unseasoned issuers which are not readily marketable.  The term “unseasoned” refers to issuers which, together with their predecessors, have been in operation for less than three years.

 

Special Situation Companies. The Fund may invest in “Special Situations.” The term “Special Situation” shall be deemed to refer to a security of a company in which an unusual and possibly non-repetitive development is taking place which, in the opinion of the Adviser, may cause the security to attain a higher market value independently, to a degree, of the trend in the securities market in general. The particular development (actual or prospective), which may qualify a security as a Special Situation, may be one of many different types.

 

Such developments may include, among others, a technological improvement or important discovery or acquisition which, if the expectation for it materialized, would effect a substantial change in the company’s business; a reorganization; a recapitalization or other development involving a security exchange or conversion; a merger, liquidation or distribution of cash, securities or other assets; a breakup or workout of a holding company; litigation which, if resolved favorably, would improve the value of the company’s stock; a new or changed management; or material changes in management policies. A Special Situation may often involve a comparatively small company, which is not well known, and which has not been closely watched by investors generally, but it may also involve a large company. The fact, if it exists, that an increase in the company’s earnings, dividends or business is expected, or that a given security is considered to be undervalued, would not in itself be sufficient to qualify as a Special Situation. The Fund may invest in securities (even if not Special Situations) which, in the opinion of the Adviser, are appropriate investments for the Fund, including securities which the Adviser believes are undervalued by the market.

 

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

 

The Fund has adopted the following fundamental investment limitations which may not be changed with respect to the Fund without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding shares (as defined in Section 2(a) (42) of the 1940 Act). As used in this SAI and in the Prospectuses, “shareholder approval” and a “majority of the outstanding shares” of the Fund means, with respect to the approval of an investment advisory agreement, a distribution plan or a change in a fundamental investment limitation, the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The Fund’s investment goals and strategies described in the Prospectuses may be changed by the Company’s Board of Directors without the approval of the Fund’s shareholders.

 

The Fund may not:

 

1.                             Borrow money except that (a) the Fund may borrow from banks or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to 33 1 / 3 % of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed); and (b) the Fund may engage in transactions in mortgage dollar rolls which are accounted for as financings.  For purposes of this limitation, investment strategies which either obligate the Fund to purchase securities or require the Fund to segregate assets are not considered to be borrowings.  Asset coverage of at least 300% is required for all borrowings, except where the Fund has borrowed money for temporary purposes in amounts not exceeding 5% of its total assets;

 

2.                             Issue senior securities as defined in the 1940 Act, except as permitted by rule, regulation or order of the SEC;

 

3.                             Act as an underwriter of securities within the meaning of the Securities Act, except insofar as it might be deemed to be an underwriter upon disposition of certain portfolio securities acquired within the limitation on purchases of restricted securities;

 

4.                             Purchase or sell real estate (including real estate limited partnership interests), provided that the Fund may invest: (a) in securities secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies that invest in real estate or interests therein; or (b) in real estate investment trusts;

 

S-27



 

5.                             Purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by the regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time;

 

6.                             Make loans, except through loans of portfolio securities and repurchase agreements, provided that for purposes of this restriction the acquisition of bonds, debentures or other debt instruments or interests therein and investment in government obligations, loan participations and assignments, short-term commercial paper, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances shall not be deemed to be the making of a loan;

 

7.                             Invest 25% or more of its total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, in the securities of one or more issuers conducting their principal business activities in the same industry, provided that (a) there is no limitation with respect to (i) instruments issued or guaranteed by the United States, any state, territory or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, and (ii) repurchase agreements secured by the instruments described in clause (i); (b) wholly-owned finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents; and (c) utilities will be divided according to their services, for example, gas, gas transmission, electric and gas, electric and telephone will each be considered a separate industry; or

 

8.                             Purchase the securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities, if immediately after and as a result of such purchase, more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer would be owned by the Fund, except that up to 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to such limitations.

 

In addition to the fundamental investment limitations specified above, the Fund is subject to the following non-fundamental limitations. These non-fundamental restrictions may be changed without shareholder approval, in compliance with applicable law and regulatory policy. The Fund may not:

 

1.                              Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, but investments by the Fund in wholly-owned investment entities created under the laws of certain countries will not be deemed the making of investments for the purpose of exercising control or management;

 

2.                            Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may use margin to the extent necessary to engage in short sales and may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of portfolio transactions; and provided that margin deposits in connection with options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, transactions in currencies or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin; or

 

3.                          Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.

 

The Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies within the limits prescribed by the 1940 Act. As a shareholder of another investment company, the Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses that the Fund bears directly in connection with its own operations.

 

Securities held by the Fund generally may not be purchased from, sold or loaned to the Adviser, any Sub-Adviser or their affiliates or any of their directors, officers or employees, acting as principal, unless pursuant to a rule or exemptive order under the 1940 Act.

 

If a percentage restriction under one of the Fund’s investment policies or limitations or the use of assets is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentages resulting from changing values will not be considered a violation (except with respect to any restrictions that may apply to borrowings or senior securities issued by the Fund).

 

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Company has adopted, on behalf of the Fund, a policy relating to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interests of Fund shareholders.  The policies relating to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings are designed to allow disclosure of portfolio holdings information where necessary to the Fund’s operation without compromising the integrity or performance of the Fund.  It is the policy of the Company that disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings to a select person or persons prior to the release

 

S-28



 

of such holdings to the public (“selective disclosure”) is prohibited, unless there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure.

 

The Company discloses portfolio holdings information as required in regulatory filings and shareholder reports, discloses portfolio holdings information as required by federal and state securities laws and may disclose portfolio holdings information in response to requests by governmental authorities.  As required by the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, the Company will disclose the Fund’s portfolio holdings in applicable regulatory filings, including shareholder reports, reports on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q or such other filings, reports or disclosure documents as the applicable regulatory authorities may require.

 

The Company may distribute or authorize the distribution of information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings that is not publicly available to its third-party service providers, which include The Bank of New York Mellon, the custodian; BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (“BNY”), the administrator, accounting agent and transfer agent; [                          ], the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm; Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, legal counsel; Merrill Corporation, the financial printer; and Glass Lewis & Co. and RiskMetrics Group , proxy voting services. These service providers are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Fund.  Such holdings are released on conditions of confidentiality, which include appropriate trading prohibitions. “Conditions of confidentiality” include confidentiality terms included in written agreements, implied by the nature of the relationship (e.g. attorney-client relationship), or required by fiduciary or regulatory principles (e.g., custody services provided by financial institutions).

 

Portfolio holdings may also be disclosed, upon authorization by a designated officer of the Adviser, to certain independent reporting agencies recognized by the SEC as acceptable agencies for the reporting of industry statistical information.  Disclosures to financial consultants are also subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions as well as a 15 - day time lag.  The foregoing disclosures are made pursuant to the Company’s policy on selective disclosure of portfolio holdings.  The Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof may, in limited circumstances, permit other selective disclosure of portfolio holdings subject to a confidentiality agreement and/or trading restrictions. Portfolio holdings may also be provided earlier to shareholders and their agents who receive redemptions in kind that reflect a pro rata allocation of all securities held in the Fund’s portfolio.

 

The Adviser reserves the right to refuse to fulfill any request for portfolio holdings information from a shareholder or non-shareholder if it believes that providing such information will be contrary to the best interests of the Fund.

 

Any violations of the policy set forth above as well as any corrective action undertaken to address such violations must be reported by the Adviser, director, officer or third party service provider to the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, who will determine whether the violation should be reported immediately to the Board of Directors of the Company or at its next quarterly Board meeting.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company’s Leadership Structure

 

The business and affairs of the Company are managed under the oversight of the Board of Directors (the “Board”), subject to the laws of the State of Maryland and the Company’s Charter.  The Directors are responsible for deciding matters of overall policy and overseeing the actions of the Company’s service providers.  The officers of the Company conduct and supervise the Company’s daily business operations.

 

Directors who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), are referred to as “Independent Directors.”  Directors who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Company are referred to as “Interested Directors.”  The Board is currently composed of four Independent Directors and three Interested Directors.  The Board has selected Arnold M. Reichman, an Independent Director, to act as Chairman.  Mr. Reichman’s duties include presiding at meetings of the Board and interfacing with management to address significant issues that may arise between regularly scheduled Board and Committee meetings.  In

 

S-29



 

the performance of his duties, Mr. Reichman will consult with the other Independent Directors and the Company’s officers and legal counsel, as appropriate.  The Chairman may perform other functions as requested by the Board from time to time.

 

The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its responsibilities.  Currently, the Board conducts regular, in-person meetings at least four times a year, and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings as necessary to address specific issues that require attention prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting.  The Board also relies on professionals, such as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms and legal counsel, to assist the Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.

 

The Board has established four standing committees — Audit, Executive, Nominating and Governance, and Regulatory Oversight Committees.  The Board may establish other committees, or nominate one or more Directors to examine particular issues related to the Board’s oversight responsibilities, from time to time.  Each Committee meets periodically to perform its delegated oversight functions and reports its findings and recommendations to the Board.  For more information on the Committees, see the section “Standing Board Committees,” below.

 

The Board has determined that the Company’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to effectively perform its oversight responsibilities.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The Directors and executive officers of the Company, their dates of birth, business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years are set forth below.

 

Name, Address, and
Date of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

 

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served(1)

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

 

Number
of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by
Director**

 

Other Directorships
Held by Director

DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nicholas A. Giordano

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB:  03/43

 

Director

 

2006 to present

 

Consultant, financial services organizations from 1997 to present.

 

16

 

Kalmar Pooled Investment Trust; (registered investment company) WT Mutual Fund; (registered investment company) Independence Blue Cross; IntriCon Corporation (body worn device company) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Francis J. McKay

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 12/35

 

Director

 

1988 to present

 

Retired; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Fox Chase Cancer Center (biomedical research and medical care) (1981-2004).

 

16

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arnold M. Reichman

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 5/48

 

Chairman

 

Director

 

2005 to present

 

1991 to present

 

Director, Gabelli Group Capital Partners, L.P. (an investment partnership) from 2000 to 2006.

 

16

 

None

 

S-30



 

Name, Address, and
Date of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

 

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served(1)

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

 

Number
of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by
Director**

 

Other Directorships
Held by Director

Marvin E. Sternberg

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 3/34

 

Director

 

1991 to present

 

Since 1974, Chairman, Director and President, MTI Holding Group, Inc. (formerly known as Moyco Technologies, Inc.) (manufacturer of dental products and precision coated and industrial abrasives). 

 

16

 

MTI Holding Group, Inc. (formerly known as Moyco Technologies, Inc.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert A. Straniere

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB:  3/41

 

Director

 

2006 to present

 

Founding Partner, Straniere Law Firm (1980 to date); Partner, Gotham Strategies (consulting firm) (2005 to 2008); Partner, The Gotham Global Group (consulting firm) (2005 to 2008); President, The New York City Hot Dog Company (2005 to present); Partner, Kanter-Davidoff (law firm) (2006 to 2007). Since 2009, Administrative Law Judge, New York City.

 

16

 

Reich and Tang Group (asset management);  The SPARX Asia Funds Group (registered investment company)(until 2009)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERESTED DIRECTORS(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Julian A. Brodsky

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB:  7/33

 

 

Director

 

1988 to present

 

Since 1969, Director and Vice Chairman, Comcast Corporation (cable television and communications).

 

16

 

Comcast Corporation; AMDOCS Limited (service provider to telecommunications companies)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Sablowsky

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 4/38

 

 

Director

 

1991 to present

 

Since July 2002, Senior Director and prior thereto, Executive Vice President of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., formerly Fahnestock & Co., Inc. (a registered broker-dealer). 

 

16

 

Kensington Funds (registered investment company), 6 Portfolios (2004-2009)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

J. Richard Carnall

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 9/38

 

Director

 

2002 to present

 

Director of Haydon Bolts, Inc. (bolt manufacturer) and Parkway Real Estate Company (subsidiary of Haydon Bolts, Inc.) since 1984; and Director of Cornerstone Bank since March 2004.

 

16

 

Cornerstone Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salvatore Faia, JD CPA, CFE
Vigilant Compliance Services

Brandywine Two

5 Christy Drive, Suite 209 Chadds Ford, PA 19317 DOB: 12/62

 

President and Chief Compliance Officer

 

President June 2009 to present and Chief Compliance Officer 2004 to present

 

President, Vigilant Compliance Services since 2004; and Director of EIP Growth and Income Fund

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

S-31



 

Name, Address, and
Date of Birth

 

Position(s)
Held with
Fund

 

Term of
Office and
Length of
Time
Served(1)

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years

 

Number
of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by
Director**

 

Other Directorships
Held by Director

Joel Weiss

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 1/63

 

 

Treasurer

 

June 2009 to present

 

Vice President and Managing Director, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) since 1993

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jennifer Rogers

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 7/74

 

Secretary

 

2007 to present

 

Since 2005, Vice President and Counsel, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.); Associate, Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLC (law firm) from 1999 to 2005.

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James G. Shaw

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

DOB: 10/60

 

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

2005 to present

 

Since 1995, Vice President of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.)

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael P. Malloy

One Logan Square, Ste. 2000

Philadelphia, PA 19103-6996

DOB: 07/59

 

Assistant

Secretary

 

1999 to present

 

Partner, Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (law firm) since 1993

 

N/A

 

N/A

 


**Each Director oversees sixteen portfolios of the Company that are currently offered for sale.

 

(1)           Subject to the Company’s Retirement Policy, each Director may continue to serve as a Director until the last day of the calendar year in which the applicable Director attains age 75 or until the last day of year 2011, whichever is later, or until his successor is elected and qualified or his death, resignation or removal.  The Board reserves the right to waive the requirements of the Policy with respect to an individual Director.  Each officer holds office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors until the next special meeting of the Company or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed.

 

(2)           Messrs. Brodsky, Carnall and Sablowsky are considered “interested persons” of the Company as that term is defined in the 1940 Act and are referred to as “Interested Directors.”  Mr. Brodsky is an “Interested Director” of the Company because a family foundation and certain family trusts own shares of JPMorgan Chase & Co.  The investment adviser to the Company’s Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio, Bear Stearns Asset Management, Inc., is an indirect subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase.  Mr. Carnall may be an “Interested Director” of the Company because of certain relationships with The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”).  PNC is a shareholder of BlackRock, Inc., the parent company of BlackRock Advisors, LLC, the investment adviser to the Company’s Money Market Portfolio.  Mr. Sablowsky is considered an “Interested Director” of the Company by virtue of his position as an officer of Oppenheimer & Co., Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

Director Experience, Qualifications, Attributes and/or Skills

 

The information above includes each Director’s principal occupations during the last five years.  Each Director possesses extensive additional experience, skills and attributes relevant to his qualifications to serve as a Director.  The

 

S-32



 

cumulative background of each Director led to the conclusion that each Director should serve as a Director of the Company.  Mr. Giordano has years of experience as a consultant to financial services organizations and also serves on the boards of other registered investment companies.  Mr. Reichman brings decades of investment management experience to the Board, in addition to senior executive-level management experience.  Mr. Sternberg has over 35 years of senior executive level management experience in the manufacturing sector.  Mr. Straniere has been a practicing attorney for over 30 years and also serves on the boards of an asset management company and another registered investment company.  Mr. Brodsky has over 40 years of senior executive level management experience in the cable television and communications industry.  Mr. Sablowsky has demonstrated leadership and management abilities as evidenced by his senior executive level positions in the financial services industry.  Mr. Carnall has decades of senior executive-level management experience in the banking and financial services industry and also serves on the boards of various corporations and a bank.

 

Standing Committees

 

The responsibilities of each Committee of the Board and its members are described below.

 

Audit Committee.   The Board has an Audit Committee comprised of one Interested Director two Independent Directors.  The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Brodsky, Giordano, McKay and Sternberg.  The Audit Committee, among other things, reviews results of the annual audit and approves the firm(s) to serve as independent auditors.  The Audit Committee convened four times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

Executive Committee.   The Board has an Executive Committee comprised of one Interested Director and three Independent Directors.  The current members of the Executive Committee are Messrs. Giordano, Reichman, Sablowsky and Sternberg.  The Executive Committee may generally carry on and manage the business of the Company when the Board of Directors is not in session. The Executive Committee did not meet during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee.   The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee comprised only of Independent Directors.  The current members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Messrs. Giordano, and Reichman.  The Nominating and Governance Committee recommends to the Board of Directors all persons to be nominated as Directors of the Company.  The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider nominees recommended by shareholders.  Recommendations should be submitted to the Committee care of the Company’s Secretary. The Nominating and Governance Committee convened twice times during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

Regulatory Oversight Committee .  The Board has a Regulatory Oversight Committee compromised of two Interested Directors and two Independent Directors.  The current members of the Regulatory Oversight Committee are Messrs. Carnall, Reichman, Sablowsky and Straniere.  The Regulatory Oversight Committee monitors regulatory developments in the mutual fund industry and focuses on various regulatory aspects of the operation of the Company. The Regulatory Oversight Committee convened five time during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.

 

Risk Oversight

 

The Board of Directors performs its risk oversight function for the Company through a combination of (1) direct oversight by the Board as a whole and Board committees and (2) indirect oversight through the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, Company officers and the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer.  The Company is subject to a number of risks, including but not limited to investment risk, compliance risk, operational risk, reputational risk, credit risk and counterparty risk.  Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of the Company’s investment advisers or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) that carry out the Company’s investment management and business affairs.  Each of the investment advisers and the other service providers have their own independent interest in risk management and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models and may differ from the Company’s and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls.

 

The Board provides risk oversight by receiving and reviewing on a regular basis reports from the Company’s

 

S-33



 

investment advisers or other service providers, receiving and approving compliance policies and procedures, periodic meetings with the Company’s portfolio managers to review investment policies, strategies and risks, and meeting regularly with the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer to discuss compliance reports, findings and issues.  The Board also relies on the Company’s investment advisers and other service providers, with respect to the day-to-day activities of the Company, to create and maintain procedures and controls to minimize risk and the likelihood of adverse effects on the Company’s business and reputation.

 

Board oversight of risk management is also provided by various Board Committees.  For example, the Audit Committee meets with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms to ensure that the Company’s respective audit scopes include risk-based considerations as to the Company’s financial position and operations.

 

The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.  The Board’s oversight role does not make the Board a guarantor of the Company’s investments or activities.

 

Director Ownership of Shares of the Company

 

The following table sets forth the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Director in the Fund and in all of the portfolios (which for each Director comprise all registered investment companies within the Company’s family of investment companies overseen by him), as of December 31, 2010.

 

Name of Director

 

Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in the Fund

 

Aggregate Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in All
Registered Investment Companies
Overseen by Director within the
Family of Investment Companies

 

 

 

 

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

Nicholas A. Giordano

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

Francis J. McKay*

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

Arnold M. Reichman

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

Marvin E. Sternberg

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

Robert A. Straniere

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

INTERESTED DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

 

Julian A. Brodsky

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

J. Richard Carnall

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Sablowsky

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

S-34



 

Directors’ and Officers’ Compensation

 

Effective February 1, 2010, the Company pays each Director a retainer of at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,500 for each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, $1,500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting attended in person and $1,000 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting attended telephonically.  From July 1, 2009 to January 31, 2010, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,000 for each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, $1,500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors attended in person, $1,000 for each Committee meeting attended in person, $1,000 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting attended telephonically lasting one hour or longer and $500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors or Committee meeting attended telephonically lasting for less than one hour.  From October 1, 2008 to July 1, 2009, the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,500 for each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, $1,500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting attended in person and $1,000 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting attended telephonically.  From March 1, 2008 to October 1, 2008 the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,500 for each regular meeting of the Board of Directors and $500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting lasting up to one hour or $1,500 for each special meeting of the Board of Directors and Committee meeting lasting over one hour attended by a Director or in which he participated, whether or not it was held in conjunction with a Board meeting.  From May 23, 2007 to March 1, 2008 the Company paid each Director a retainer at the rate of $17,500 annually, $3,500 per meeting of the Board of Directors and $500 for each committee meeting lasting up to one hour or $1,500 for each committee meeting lasting over one hour attended by a Director or in which he participates, whether or not it is held in conjunction with a Board meeting.  Prior to November 15, 2007, no Director was paid for a committee meeting if it was held in conjunction with a Board meeting.  The Chairman of the Board receives an additional fee of $12,000 per year for his services in this capacity, and each Chairman of the Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and Regulatory Oversight Committee receives an additional fee of $4,000 per year for his services.

 

Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.  The Company also compensates its President and Chief Compliance Officer for his services to the Company.  For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, each of the following members of the Board of Directors and the President, Treasurer and Chief Compliance Officer received compensation from the Company in the following amounts:

 

Name of Director/Officer

 

Aggregate
Compensation
from Fund

 

Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Accrued
as Part of Fund
Expenses

 

Estimated
Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement

 

Total
Compensation
From Fund and
Fund Complex
Paid to Directors
or Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Independent Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nicholas A. Giordano, Director

 

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[              ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Francis J. McKay, Director

 

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[                ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arnold M. Reichman, Director and Chairman

 

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[                  ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marvin E. Sternberg, Director

 

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[                ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert A. Straniere, Director

 

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[                ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interested Directors:

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Julian A. Brodsky, Director

 

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[                ]

 

 

S-35



 

Name of Director/Officer

 

Aggregate
Compensation
from Fund

 

Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Accrued
as Part of Fund
Expenses

 

Estimated
Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement

 

Total
Compensation
From Fund and
Fund Complex
Paid to Directors
or Officers

 

J. Richard Carnall, Director

 

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[            ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Sablowsky, Director

 

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[            ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salvatore Faia, Esquire, CPA Chief Compliance Officer and President

 

[      ]

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

[            ]

 

 

As of December 31, 2010, the Independent Directors and their respective immediate family members (spouse or dependent children) did not own beneficially or of record any securities of the Company’s investment advisers or distributor, or of any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the investment advisers or distributor.

 

On October 24, 1990, the Company adopted, as a participating employer, the Fund Office Retirement Profit-Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement, a retirement plan for employees, pursuant to which the Company will contribute on a quarterly basis amounts equal to 10% of the quarterly compensation of each eligible employee.  Edward J. Roach, who served as President and Treasurer until June 1, 2009, has been the only employee who has participated in the Fund Office Retirement Profit-Sharing Plan and Trust Agreement.  No officer, Director or employee of the Adviser, any Sub-Adviser or the distributor currently receives any compensation from the Company.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

The Company, the Adviser, certain Sub-Advisers and BNY Mellon Distributors Inc. (“BNY Distributors”) have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that permits personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Company.  Roarng Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC and Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act that does not permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.

 

PROXY VOTING

 

The Board of Directors has delegated the responsibility of voting proxies with respect to the portfolio securities purchased and/or held by the Fund to the Fund’s Adviser and Sub-Advisers, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight.  In exercising its voting obligations, the Adviser and each Sub-Adviser is guided by its general fiduciary duty to act prudently and in the interest of the Fund.  The Adviser and each Sub-Adviser will consider factors affecting the value of the Fund’s investments and the rights of shareholders in its determination on voting portfolio securities.

 

The Adviser and each Sub-Adviser other than Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC (“LT”) will vote proxies in connection with securities in which the portion of the Fund’s assets allocated to the Adviser and each Sub-Adviser are invested, respectively, in accordance with its proxy policies and procedures, which, except for Trellus Management Co., LLC (“Trellus”), are included in Appendix B-H to this SAI.   To assist Trellus and Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC (“CRM”)  in their responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, Trellus and CRM have retained Glass Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”)  and Risk Metrics Group Inc. (“Risk Metrics”), respectively, as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. The services provided by Risk Metrics and Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping. The Adviser will also vote proxies in connection with securities in which the portion of the Fund’s assets allocated to LT are invested

 

S-36



 

in accordance with its proxy policies and procedures.  The proxy policies of the Adviser and each Sub-Adviser differ.  If the Adviser and/or one or more Sub-Advisers each has responsibility for voting a particular proxy, it is possible that the Adviser and/or the Sub-Advisers will disagree on how to vote the proxy.

 

The Company is required to disclose annually the Fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX.  The Fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30th is available upon request by calling 1-866-882-1226. The Fund’s Form N-PX is also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

As of [                  ], 2011 to the Company’s knowledge, the following named persons at the addresses shown below were owners of record of approximately 5% or more of the total outstanding shares of the Fund as indicated below. See “Additional Information Concerning Company Shares” below. Any shareholder that owns 25% or more of the outstanding shares of a portfolio or class may be presumed to “control” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) the portfolio or class. Shareholders controlling a portfolio or class could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the portfolio or class on any matter requiring approval of the shareholders of the portfolio or class.

 

Name of Fund

 

Shareholder Name and Address

 

Number and Percentage of
Shares Owned as of

November [    ], 2011
*(Percentage of shares owned
rounded to the nearest whole
percentage)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[As of November [    ], 2011, the Directors and officers as a group owned       % of the Fund and less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each other portfolio or class within the Company.]

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

 

INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

Simple Alternatives, LLC (“SA” or the “Adviser”) is a professional investment management firm registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.  The Adviser was established in October 2009. James Dilworth owns 100% of the voting securities of the Adviser.

 

Advisory Agreement with the Company.  The Adviser renders advisory services to the Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (“Advisory Agreement”) dated as of September 30, 2010.

 

Subject to the supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Adviser will provide for the overall management of the Fund including (i) the provision of a continuous investment program for the Fund, including investment research and management with respect to all securities, investments, cash and cash equivalents, (ii) the determination from time to time of what securities and other investments will be purchased, retained, or sold by the Fund, and (iii) the placement from time to time of orders for all purchases and sales made for the Fund.  The Adviser will provide the services rendered by it in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, restrictions and policies as stated in the Prospectuses and in this SAI.  The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment, mistake of law, or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the performance of the Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Advisory Agreement.

 

S-37



 

For its services to the Fund, the Adviser is entitled to receive a monthly advisory fee at an annual rate of 2.75% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.  The Adviser has contractually agreed to forgo all or a portion of its advisory fee and/or reimburse expenses in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest or taxes) exceeds 2.95% and 3.20% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s I Shares and R Shares, respectively. This contractual limitation is in effect until at least December 31, 2012 and may not be terminated without Board approval. Because dividend expenses on short sales, acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest and taxes are excluded from the expense limitation, Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after fees forgone and expense reimbursements) are expected to exceed the applicable expense limitation. If at any time during the first three years the Fund’s Advisory Agreement with the Adviser is in effect, the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses for that year are less than 2.95% or 3.20%, as applicable, the Adviser is entitled to reimbursement by the Fund of the advisory fees forgone and other payments remitted by the Adviser to the Fund during such three-year period if such reimbursement by the Fund does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations.

 

The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under the Advisory Agreement.  The Fund bears all of its own expenses not specifically assumed by the Adviser.  General expenses of the Company not readily identifiable as belonging to a portfolio of the Company are allocated among all investment portfolios by or under the direction of the Company’s Board of Directors in such manner as it deems to be fair and equitable. Expenses borne by the Fund include, but are not limited to the following (or the Fund’s share of the following): (a) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the Fund and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (b) fees payable to and expenses incurred on behalf of the Fund by the Adviser; (c) filing fees and expenses relating to the registration and qualification of the Company and the Fund’s shares under federal and/or state securities laws and maintaining such registrations and qualifications; (d) fees and salaries payable to the Company’s Directors and officers; (e) taxes (including any income or franchise taxes) and governmental fees; (f) costs of any liability and other insurance or fidelity bonds; (g) any costs, expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Company or the Fund for violation of any law; (h) legal, accounting and auditing expenses, including legal fees of special counsel for the independent Directors; (i) charges of custodians and other agents; (j) expenses of setting in type and printing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto for existing shareholders, reports, statements, and confirmations to shareholders and proxy material that are not attributable to a class; (k) costs of mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto to existing shareholders, as well as reports to shareholders and proxy materials that are not attributable to a class; (1) any extraordinary expenses; (m) fees, voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (n) costs of mailing and tabulating proxies and costs of shareholders’ and Directors’ meetings; (o) costs of independent pricing services to value a portfolio’s securities; and (p) the costs of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Company to its Directors and officers.  Distribution expenses, transfer agency expenses, expenses of preparation, printing and mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy statements and reports to shareholders, and organizational expenses and registration fees, identified as belonging to a particular class of the Company, are allocated to such class.

 

For the fiscal period September 30, 2010 through August 31, 2011, the Fund paid Simple Alternatives advisory fees and Simple Alternatives waived advisory fees as follows:

 

For the Fiscal period September 30, 2010 through August
31, 2011

 

Advisory Fees Paid
(after waivers and
reimbursements)

 

Waivers

 

Reimbursements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S1 Fund*

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 


*                                          Commencement of operations — September 30, 2010.

 

S-38



 

Disclosure relating to the material factors and the conclusions with respect to those factors that formed the basis for the Board of Directors’ approval of the Fund’s investment advisory agreement is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders dated August 31, 2011, which may be obtained by calling 1-866-882-1226 or visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall at all times have all rights in and to the Fund’s name and all investment models used by or on behalf of the Fund.  The Adviser may use the Fund’s name or any portion thereof in connection with any other mutual fund or business activity without the consent of any shareholder, and the Company has agreed to execute and deliver any and all documents required to indicate its consent to such use.

 

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

 

Each Sub-Adviser shall, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Adviser, manage the investment and reinvestment of such portion of the assets of the Fund, as the Adviser may from time to time allocate to such Sub-Adviser for management. The Adviser pays the Sub-Advisers out of its advisory fees.

 

The Fund has received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits the Adviser to engage or terminate a Sub-Adviser, and to enter into and materially amend an existing Sub-Advisory Agreement, upon the approval of the Board of Directors, without obtaining shareholder approval.  Shareholders will be notified of any changes in Sub-Advisers. The Adviser selects Sub-Advisers based upon the Sub-Adviser’s skills in managing assets pursuant to particular investment styles and strategies. The Adviser monitors existing Sub-Advisers based on their investment styles, strategies, and results in managing assets for specific asset classes. Each Sub-Adviser has discretion to select portfolio securities for its portion of the Fund, but must select those securities according to the Fund’s investment objectives and restrictions.

 

The Adviser does not determine what investments will be purchased or sold for the Fund with respect to the portions of the Fund managed by the Sub-Advisers.  Because each Sub-Adviser manages its portion of the Fund independently from the others, the same security may be held in two or more different portions of the Fund or may be acquired for one portion at a time when a Sub-Adviser of another portion deems it appropriate to dispose of the security from that other portion. Similarly, under some market conditions, one or more of the Sub-Advisers may believe that temporary, defensive investments in short-term instruments or cash are appropriate when another Sub-Adviser or Sub-Advisers believe continued exposure to the broader securities market is appropriate. Because each Sub-Adviser directs the trading for its portion of the Fund and does not aggregate its transactions with those of the other Sub-Advisers, the Fund may incur higher brokerage costs than would be the case if a single adviser or Sub-Adviser were managing the Fund.

 

S-39



 

The current Sub-Advisers to the Fund are set forth below.

 

Sub-Advisers

 

 

 

 

 

Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC (“Blue Lion”)

5950 Berkshire Lane, Suite 510

Dallas, Texas 75225

 

Charles W. Griege, Jr. is the Managing Partner of Blue Lion.  Blue Lion employs a long/short strategy with a value oriented bias in managing its portion of the Fund.

 

 

 

Courage Capital Management, LLC (“Courage Capital”)

4400 Harding Road Ste. 503

Nashville, Tennessee 37205

 

Courage Capital is controlled by its founder, Richard C. Patton.  Courage Capital employs an event driven investment strategy, including investments in special situations companies and distressed securities, in managing its portion of the Fund.

 

 

 

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn LLC (“CRM”)

520 Madison Avenue, 20 th  Floor

New York, New York 10022

 

Wilmington Trust Investments, Inc. has a controlling interest in CRM.  The remaining interests are held by Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, Inc. and CRM Group LLC, an employee owned entity which holds shares of CRM.  Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, Inc. is the controlling member of CRM retaining voting and veto rights.  CRM employs a long/short equity investment strategy in managing its portion of the Fund.

 

 

 

Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC (“LT”)

1208 Pointe Centre Drive, Suite 210 Chattanooga, Tennessee 37421

 

Lauren C. Templeton is managing member of LT.  LT uses a global value investment strategy in managing its portion of the Fund.

 

 

 

Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC (“SRES”)

591 West Putnam Avenue

Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

 

SRES is jointly owned by Matthew C. Gilman and Barry Sternlich.  SRES employs a long/short equity investment strategy, with a focus on public real estate securities, in managing its portion of the Fund. 

 

 

 

Trellus Management Co., LLC (“Trellus”)

350 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10017

 

Adam Usdan is the sole owner of Trellus.  Trellus employs a long/short equity investment strategy in managing its portion of the Fund.

 

Sub-Advisory Agreements with the Adviser.  Each of the Sub-Advisory Agreements provides that the Sub-Adviser will manage the investment and reinvestment of such portion of the assets of the Fund as the Adviser may from time to time allocate to the Sub-Adviser in accordance with the Fund’s objective, policies and restrictions and any investment guidelines established by the Adviser. Each Sub-Adviser will, subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser, determine in its discretion which issuers and securities will be purchased, held, sold or exchanged by the Fund, and will place orders with and give instruction to brokers and dealers to cause the execution of such transactions. The Sub-Advisers are required to furnish at their own expense all investment facilities necessary to perform its obligations under the Sub-Advisory Agreements.

 

Generally, each Sub-Advisory Agreement may be terminated without penalty by vote of the Company’s Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, upon 60 days’ written notice, or by the Adviser immediately upon notice to the Sub-Adviser, and each such agreement terminates automatically in the event of an assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). Each Sub-Advisory Agreement also may be terminated by a Sub-Adviser upon 30 days’ written notice and automatically terminates upon termination of the Advisory Agreement.

 

THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

This section includes information about the Fund’s portfolio managers, including information about other accounts they manage, the dollar range of Fund shares they own and how they are compensated.

 

Other Accounts.   In addition to the Fund, the portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management of certain

 

S-40



 

other accounts, as listed below.  The information below is provided as of August 31, 2011.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team
Member

 

Type of Accounts

 

Total
# of
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Assets

 

# of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance

 

Total Assets that
Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance

 

1. James Dilworth

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 Bruce MacDonald

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

[      ]

 

 

Compensation.   The Adviser compensates the Fund’s portfolio managers for their management of the Fund.  Each of the portfolio manager’s compensation consists of a cash base salary and a discretionary performance bonus paid in cash that is based on overall profitability of the Adviser and performance of the Fund, and therefore in part based on the value of the Fund’s net assets and other client accounts they are managing.

 

Conflicts of Interests.   The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated, and they will generally be allocated pro rata in proportion to the size of the orders or redemptions placed.

 

Blue Lion

 

Other Accounts.   In addition to the Fund, the portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.  The information below is provided as of August 31, 2011.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team
Member

 

Type of Accounts

 

Total
# of
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Assets*

 

# of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance

 

Total Assets that
Advisory Fee
Based on
Performance

 

1. Charles W. Griege, Jr.

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

2

 

$

65M

 

2

 

$

65M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


* Total assets under management for Blue Lion were approximately [      ] as of               , 2011 .

 

Compensation.   Blue Lion compensates the Fund’s portfolio manager for his management of the Fund.  The portfolio manager’s compensation consists of a cash base salary and a bonus paid in cash that is based on overall profitability of Blue Lion and the performance of the Fund, and therefore in part based on the value of the Fund’s net assets and other client accounts they are managing.

 

Conflicts of Interests.   The portfolio manager’s management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with his management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby the portfolio manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the portfolio manager’s knowledge about the size,

 

S-41



 

timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, Blue Lion has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

 

Courage Capital

 

Other Accounts.   In addition to the Fund, the portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.  The information below is provided as of August 31, 2011.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team
Member

 

Type of Accounts

 

Total
# of
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Assets*

 

# of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance

 

Total Assets that
Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance

 

1. Richard C. Patton

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

5

 

$

446M

 

6

 

$

345M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

2

 

$

21M

 

0

 

$

0

 

 


* Total assets under management for Courage Capital were approximately [$          ] as of               , 2011

 

Compensation.   Courage Capital compensates the Fund’s portfolio manager for his management of the Fund.  Courage Capital pays the portfolio manager out of its total revenues and other resources including the advisory fee earned with respect to the Fund.  The portfolio manager’s compensation includes a fixed base salary and incentive components.  It is expected that the portfolio manager will receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Courage Capital from the Fund and from any other client accounts.  It is expected that the incentive compensation component with respect to all portfolios managed by the portfolio manager can, and typically will, represent a significant portion of the portfolio manager’s overall compensation and can vary significantly from year to year.

 

Conflicts of Interests.   The portfolio manager manages multiple portfolios for multiple clients.  These accounts presently include private pooled investment vehicles and other separately managed accounts.  The portfolio manager may have responsibility for managing multiple accounts with a common investment strategy or several investment strategies.  Accordingly, client portfolios may have investment objectives, strategies, time horizons, tax considerations, and risk profiles that differ from those of the Fund.  The portfolio manager makes investment decisions for the Fund based on its investment objective, policies, practices, cash flows, and other relevant investment considerations.  Consequently, the portfolio manager may purchase or sell securities for one client portfolio and not another client portfolio, and the performance of securities purchased for one portfolio may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other portfolios.  The portfolio manager may place transactions on behalf of other clients that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of the Fund, which has the potential to adversely impact the Fund, depending on market conditions.  In addition, some of these other client account structures may have fee structures, such as performance based fees, that differ (and may be higher than) the Fund.  Accordingly conflicts of interest may arise when Courage Capital has a particular financial incentive, such as a performance-based fee relating an account. In recognition of the fact that conflicts of interest are inherent in the investment management business, Courage Capital has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to identify and manage the effects of actual or potential conflicts of interest in the areas of employee personal trading, managing multiple accounts for multiple clients, and allocation of investment opportunities.  All employees of Courage Capital are subject to these policies.

 

CRM

 

Other Accounts.   In addition to the Fund, the portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.  The information below is provided as of August 31, 2011, except as noted.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team
Member

 

Type of Accounts

 

Total
# of
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Assets*

 

# of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance

 

Total Assets that
Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance

 

1. Jay Abramson

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

7

 

$

4.8B

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

S-42



 

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team
Member

 

Type of Accounts

 

Total
# of
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Assets*

 

# of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance

 

Total Assets that
Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

4

 

$

488.2M

 

2

 

$

71.8M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

170

 

$

5.7B

 

1

 

$

20.7M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.Kevin Chin

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

2

 

$

753.17M

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

33

 

$

1.17B

 

2

 

$

45.0M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Chip Rewey

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

5

 

$

4.78B

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

170

 

$

5.7B

 

1

 

$

20.7M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Mike Caputo

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

2

 

$

753.17M

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

33

 

$

1.17B

 

2

 

$

45.0M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Brian Harvey

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

1

 

$

713.44M

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

N/A

 

0

 

N/A

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

22

 

$

560.27M

 

2

 

$

45.0M

 

 


* Total assets under management for CRM were approximately [            ] as of                     , 2011.

 

Compensation.   CRM compensates its employees with competitive salaries and yearly bonuses based on personal and firm performance. All employees are offered a standard 401(k) plan and receive annual discretionary contribution from the firm. All investments are voluntary; however, every employee has the option to invest in some of the CRM mutual funds through the plan.

 

The investment professionals at CRM are compensated with a bonus based on an internal scorecard. This scorecard evaluates the individuals’ investment performance versus their industry peers: a combination of specific stock selection, sector team performance, portfolio performance, firm performance and good corporate citizenry. An analyst’s scorecard is heavily weighted towards their specific securities in the various strategies, as well as the performance of the sector team(s) they contribute to. By compensating our analysts for the performance of the overall sector team(s), this aligns the interest of the entire team in selecting and managing the stock positions as a team. The portfolio manager’s scorecard is more heavily weighted towards their overall strategy’s performance versus both the benchmark and peers. Another significant weighting for a portfolio manager is the performance of the sector teams they lead.

 

Investment professionals at CRM also participate in a profit sharing plan with the firm. This allows the individuals to participate in the net profits of the firm, with benefits being paid on a two year deferred program. In addition, there are currently 19 active employees with ownership at CRM. The majority of these individuals are investment research professionals.

 

In regards to compensation, CRM’s management regularly reviews our structure with the assistance of McLagan in Stamford, Connecticut. We will continue to monitor industry best practices and while we do not anticipate any imminent changes, it is something that is reviewed consistently.

 

Conflicts of Interests.   CRM recognizes that conflicts of interest are an inherent part of the investment advisory business and has implemented policies and procedures in order to manage such conflicts and ensure that all clients of the firm (as well as all investors of the firm’s products) are treated in a fair and equitable fashion.  CRM has adopted the following specific policies to address these conflicts of interest.  CRM also advises its employees that they also must be alert for conflicts of interest that are not covered by these policies and handle them according to the fundamental notion of putting CRM’s clients’ interests ahead of its own in all matters.

 

Code of Ethics :  Among other things, this code governs employees personal investing activity and is designed to help employees comply with legal restrictions on personal investments while honoring their duties to CRM clients.

 

S-43



 

Trade Allocation Policy :  This policy governs how securities trades and investment opportunities are allocated among different client accounts.  It is designed to assure that all clients are treated fairly.

 

Policy Statement on Insider Trading :  This policy aids employees in the handling of any material, non-public information of which they may become aware.

 

Soft Dollar Policy :  This policy addresses CRM’s policies in this area and is intended so that CRM’s use of soft dollars is done in compliance with applicable law and in the best interests of our clients and for the benefit of our clients.

 

LT

 

Other Accounts.   In addition to the Fund, the portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.  The information below is provided as of August 31, 2011.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team
Member

 

Type of Accounts

 

Total
# of
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Assets*

 

# of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance

 

Total Assets that
Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance

 

1. Lauren C. Templeton

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

2

 

52.57M

 

2

 

52.57M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

14

 

69.99M

 

1

 

55.57M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 Scott Phillips

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

2

 

52.57M

 

2

 

52.57M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

14

 

69.99M

 

1

 

55.57M

 

 


* Total assets under management for LT were approximately [$            .]

 

Compensation.   LT compensates the Fund’s portfolio managers for their management of the Fund.  As members of the firm, each portfolio manager shares in the profits of the business and is not compensated with any fixed compensation, such as a salary.

 

Conflicts of Interests.   The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, LT has established policies and procedures designed to address such conflicts, including, among others, policies and procedures relating to allocation of investment opportunities, soft dollars and aggregation of trades.

 

SRES

 

Other Accounts.   In addition to the Fund, the portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.  The information below is provided as of August 31, 2011.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team
Member

 

Type of Accounts

 

Total
# of
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Assets*

 

# of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance

 

Total Assets that
Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance

 

1. Matthew C. Gilman

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

7

 

$

391.7M

 

7

 

$

391.7M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

0

 

$

0

 

0

 

$

0

 

 


* Total assets under management for SRES were approximately[ $            .] as of               , 2011

 

S-44



 

Compensation.   SRES compensates the Fund’s portfolio manager for its management of the Fund.  The portfolio manager’s compensation consists of a cash base salary, a discretionary performance bonus paid in cash that is based on overall profitability of SRES and performance of the Fund, an allocation as a general partner in the firm and profit participation in the firm.

 

Conflicts of Interests.   The portfolio manager’s management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with his management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby the portfolio manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the portfolio manager’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, SRES has established policies and procedures designed to address such conflicts, including, among others, policies and procedures relating to allocation of investment opportunities, soft dollars and aggregation of trades.

 

Trellus

 

Other Accounts.   In addition to the Fund, the portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.  The information below is provided as of August 31, 2011.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager or Team
Member

 

Type of Accounts

 

Total
# of
Accounts
Managed

 

Total Assets*

 

# of Accounts
Managed that
Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance

 

Total Assets that
Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance

 

1. Adam Usdan

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

6

 

$

339M

 

6

 

$

339M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 Tony Miller

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

6

 

$

339M

 

6

 

$

339M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 John Alderman

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

6

 

$

339M

 

6

 

$

339M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 John O’Hagan

 

Other Registered Investment Companies:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 

 

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles:

 

6

 

$

339M

 

6

 

$

339M

 

 

 

Other Accounts:

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

 


* Total assets under management for Trellus were approximately [$          ] as of               , 2011

 

Compensation.   Trellus compensates the Fund’s portfolio managers for their management of the Fund.  As partners, each portfolio manager shares in the profits of the business and is not compensated with any fixed compensation, such as a salary.

 

Conflicts of Interests.   The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the Fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other.  The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the Fund.  Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another.  Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  However, Trellus has established policies and procedures designed to address such conflicts, including, among others, policies and procedures relating to allocation of investment opportunities, soft dollars and aggregation of trades.

 

Fund Shares Owned by Portfolio Managers. The Fund is required to show the dollar amount range of the portfolio managers’ “beneficial ownership” of shares of the Fund as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC.  “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”).  As of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, the portfolio managers owned the following amounts of Fund shares:

 

S-45



 

Name

 

Dollar Range of Fund Shares

Simple Alternatives, LLC

 

 

James Dilworth

 

$100,001-$500,000

Bruce MacDonald

 

$50,001-$100,000

Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC

 

 

Charles W. Griege, Jr.

 

$[          ]

Courage Capital Management, LLC

 

 

Richard C. Patton

 

$0

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn

 

 

Jay B. Abramson

 

$0

Kevin Chin

 

$0

Chip Rewey

 

$0

Mike Caputo

 

$0

Brian Harvey

 

$0

Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC

 

 

Lauren C. Templeton

 

$0

Scott Phillips

 

$0

Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC

 

 

Matthew C. Gilman

 

$0

Trellus Management Co., LLC

 

 

Adam Usdan

 

$0

John Alderman

 

$0

Tony Miller

 

$0

John O’hagan

 

$0

 

ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT

 

BNY serves as administrator to the Fund pursuant to administration and accounting services agreements dated September 30, 2010 with respect to the Fund (the “Administration Agreements”).  BNY has agreed to furnish to the Fund statistical and research data, clerical, accounting and bookkeeping services, and certain other services required by the Fund.  In addition, BNY has agreed to prepare and file various reports with the appropriate regulatory agencies and prepare materials required by the SEC or any state securities commission having jurisdiction over the Fund.  The Administration Agreement provides that BNY shall be obligated to exercise care and diligence in the performance of its duties, to act in good faith and to use its best efforts, within reasonable limits, in performing services thereunder. BNY shall be responsible for failure to perform its duties under the Administration Agreement arising out of its willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard. For its services to the Fund, BNY is entitled to receive a fee calculated at an annual rate of 0.08% of the Fund’s first $250 million of average net assets; 0.065% of the Fund’s next $250 million of average net assets; 0.055 of the Fund’s next $250 million of average net assets; 0.040% of the Fund’s next $750 million of average net assets; and 0.03% of the Fund’s average net assets in excess of $1.5 billion.

 

The minimum monthly fee will be $5,833 per month, exclusive of financial typesetting fees, costs of obtaining independent security market quotes, data repository and analytics suite access fees, sub-advisor fees, bank loan processing fees and out-of-pocket expenses.

 

For the fiscal period September 30, 2010 through August 31, 2011, the S1 Fund paid BNY administration and accounting fees and related out of pocket expenses as follows:

 

S-46



 

For the fiscal period September 30, 2010 through
August 31, 2011 

 

Administration
and
Accounting Fees

Paid
(after waivers and
reimbursements)

 

Waivers

 

Reimbursements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S1 Fund*

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 


*                                          Commencement of operations — September 30, 2010.

 

The Administration Agreement provides that BNY shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or any loss suffered by the Company or the Fund in connection with the performance of the agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard by it of its duties and obligations thereunder.

 

On June 1, 2003, the Company entered into a regulatory administration services agreement with BNY.  Under this agreement, BNY has agreed to provide regulatory administration services to the Company.  These services include the preparation and coordination of the Company’s annual post-effective amendment filing and supplements to the Fund’s registration statement, the preparation and assembly of board meeting materials, and certain other services necessary to the Company’s regulatory administration.  BNY receives an annual fee based on the average daily net assets of the portfolios of the Company.

 

For the fiscal period September 30, 2010 through August 31, 2011 the Fund paid BNY regulatory administration fees as follows:

 

Fund Name

 

Regulatory
Administration Fees

 

Waivers

 

Reimbursements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S1 Fund*

 

$                   

 

$          

 

$

 

 


*Commencement of operations — September 30, 2010.

 

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

 

The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY Mellon”), One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, is custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a Custodian Agreement dated October 10, 2011.  Under the Custodian Agreement, BNY Mellon:  (a) maintains a separate account or accounts in the name of the Fund; (b) holds and transfers portfolio securities on account of the Fund; (c) accepts receipts and makes disbursements of money on behalf of the Fund; (d) collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the Fund’s portfolio securities; and (e) makes periodic reports to the Company’s Board of Directors concerning the Fund’s operations.  BNY Mellon is authorized to select one or more banks or trust companies to serve as sub-custodian on behalf of the Fund, provided that BNY Mellon remains responsible for the performance of all of its duties under the Custodian Agreement and holds the Fund harmless from the acts and omissions of any sub-custodian.  For its services to the Fund under the Custodian Agreement, BNY Mellon receives a fee, calculated daily and payable monthly, of 0.01% of the Fund’s first $250 million of average gross assets; 0.0075% of the Fund’s next $250 million of average gross assets; and 0.005% of the Fund’s average gross assets in excess of $500 million, exclusive of transaction charges and out-of-pocket expenses, which are also charged to the Fund.

 

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

BNY, 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, an affiliate of BNY Distributors, serves as the transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund pursuant to a transfer agency agreement dated November 5, 1991, as supplemented (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”), under which BNY:  (a) issues and redeems shares of the Fund; (b) addresses and mails all communications by the Fund to record owners of the shares, including reports to shareholders, dividend and distribution notices and proxy materials for its meetings of shareholders; (c) maintains shareholder accounts and, if

 

S-47



 

requested, sub-accounts; and (d) makes periodic reports to the Company’s Board of Directors concerning the operations of the Fund.  BNY may, on 30 days’ notice to the Company, assign its duties as transfer and dividend disbursing agent to any affiliate. For its services to the Fund under the Transfer Agency Agreement, BNY receives a fee at the annual rate of $20.00 per direct account, $8.00 per network level 3 account and $3.60 per inactive account in the Fund, with a minimum monthly fee of $4,166 per class payable monthly on a pro rata basis, exclusive of out-of-pocket expenses, and also receives reimbursement of its out-of-pocket expenses.

 

BNY also provides services relating to the implementation of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Program.  The Company pays an annual fee, ranging from $3,000 - $50,000, based on the number of open accounts in each portfolio of the Company.  In addition, BNY provides services relating to the implementation of the Fund’s Customer Identification Program, including verification of required customer information and the maintenance of records with respect to such verification.  The Fund will pay BNY $2.25 per customer verification and $0.02 per month per record result maintained.

 

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

BNY Distributors, whose principal business address is 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406, serves as the underwriter to the Fund pursuant to the terms of a distribution agreement, dated as of July 1, 2010, as supplemented (the “Distribution Agreement”).  Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement and the related Plan of Distribution for R Shares (the “Plan”), which was adopted by the Company in the manner prescribed by Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, BNY Distributors will use appropriate efforts to solicit orders for the sale of the Fund’s shares.  Payments to BNY Distributors under the Plan are to compensate it for distribution assistance and expenses assumed and activities intended to result in the sale of R Shares including advertising, printing and mailing of prospectuses to others than current shareholders, compensation to underwriters, compensation to broker-dealers, compensation to sales personnel, and interest, carrying or other financing changes.  BNY Distributors engages in a continuous offering of shares of the Fund.  As compensation for its distribution services, BNY Distributors receives, pursuant to the terms of the Distribution Agreement, a distribution fee under the Plan, to be calculated daily and paid monthly by the R Shares of the Fund, at the annual rate set forth in the R Shares Prospectus.  The Adviser pays an annual fee to BNY Distributors as compensation for underwriting services rendered to the Fund pursuant to the Distribution Agreement.

 

For the fiscal period September 30, 2010 through August 31, 2011 the Fund paid fees to broker-dealers and BNY Distributors retained fees as follows:

 

 

 

Fees Paid to Broker
Dealers

 

Fees Retained by the
Distributor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

S-48



 

Among other things, the Plan provides that: (1) BNY Mellon Distributors shall be required to submit quarterly reports to the Directors of the Company regarding all amounts expended under the Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made, including commissions, advertising, printing, interest, carrying charges and any allocated overhead expenses; (2) the Plan will continue in effect only so long as it is approved at least annually, and any material amendment thereto is approved, by the Company’s Directors, including a majority of those Directors who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any agreements related to the Plan, acting in person at a meeting called for said purpose; (3) the aggregate amount to be spent by the Fund on the distribution of the Fund’s shares of a Class under the Plan shall not be materially increased without shareholder approval; and (4) while the Plan remains in effect, the selection and nomination of the Company’s Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the 1940 Act) shall be committed to the discretion of such Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company. The Fund did not have Plan expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011 because Class R shares were not yet operational.

 

PAYMENTS TO FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES

 

The Adviser and/or its affiliates, at their discretion, may make payments from their own resources and not from Fund assets to affiliated or unaffiliated brokers, dealers, banks (including bank trust departments), trust companies, registered investment advisers, financial planners, retirement plan administrators, insurance companies, and any other institution having a service, administration, or any similar arrangement with the Fund, its service providers or their respective affiliates, as incentives to help market and promote the Fund and/or in recognition of their distribution, marketing, administrative services, and/or processing support.

 

These additional payments may be made to financial intermediaries that sell Fund shares or provide services to the Fund, the Distributor or shareholders of the Fund through the financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel and/or fund supermarkets.  Payments may also be made through the financial intermediary’s retirement, qualified tuition, fee-based advisory, wrap fee bank trust, or insurance (e.g., individual or group annuity) programs. These payments may include, but are not limited to, placing the Fund in a financial intermediary’s retail distribution channel or on a preferred or recommended fund list; providing business or shareholder financial planning assistance; educating financial intermediary personnel about the Fund; providing access to sales and management representatives of the financial intermediary; promoting sales of Fund shares; providing marketing and educational support; maintaining share balances and/or for sub-accounting, administrative or shareholder transaction processing services. A financial intermediary may perform the services itself or may arrange with a third party to perform the services.

 

The Adviser and/or its affiliates may also make payments from their own resources to financial intermediaries for costs associated with the purchase of products or services used in connection with sales and marketing, participation in and/or presentation at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs, client and investor entertainment and other sponsored events.  The costs and expenses associated with these efforts may include travel, lodging, sponsorship at educational seminars and conferences, entertainment and meals to the extent permitted by law.

 

Revenue sharing payments may be negotiated based on a variety of factors, including the level of sales, the amount of Fund assets attributable to investments in the Fund by financial intermediaries’ customers, a flat fee or other measures as determined from time to time by the Adviser and/or its affiliates.  A significant purpose of these payments is to increase the sales of Fund shares, which in turn may benefit the Adviser through increased fees as Fund assets grow.

 

S-49



 

FUND TRANSACTIONS

 

Subject to policies established by the Board of Directors and applicable rules, the Adviser and Sub-Advisers are responsible for the execution of portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage transactions for the Fund.  In executing portfolio transactions, the Adviser and Sub-Advisers seek to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Fund, taking into account such factors as the price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of the order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved.  While the Adviser and Sub-Advisers generally seek reasonably competitive commission rates, payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions.

 

Brokerage Transactions

 

Generally, equity securities, both listed and over-the-counter, are bought and sold through brokerage transactions for which commissions are payable. Purchases from underwriters will include the underwriting commission or concession, and purchases from dealers serving as market makers will include a dealer’s mark-up or reflect a dealer’s mark-down. Money market securities and other debt securities are usually bought and sold directly from the issuer or an underwriter or market maker for the securities. Generally, the Fund will not pay brokerage commissions for such purchases. When a debt security is bought from an underwriter, the purchase price will usually include an underwriting commission or concession. The purchase price for securities bought from dealers serving as market makers will similarly include the dealer’s mark up or reflect a dealer’s mark down. When the Fund executes transactions in the over-the-counter market, it will generally deal with primary market makers unless prices that are more favorable are otherwise obtainable.

 

In addition, the Adviser and Sub-Advisers may place a combined order for two or more accounts they manage, including the Fund, engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security if, in its judgment, joint execution is in the best interest of each participant and will result in best price and execution. Transactions involving commingled orders are allocated in a manner deemed equitable to each account or fund. Although it is recognized that, in some cases, the joint execution of orders could adversely affect the price or volume of the security that a particular account or the Fund may obtain, it is the opinion of the Adviser, the Sub-Advisers and the Company’s Board of Directors that the advantages of combined orders outweigh the possible disadvantages of separate transactions. Nonetheless, the Adviser and Sub-Advisers believe that the ability of the Fund to participate in higher volume transactions will generally be beneficial to the Fund.

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011, the Fund paid the following commissions to brokers on account of research services:

 

Fund  

 

2011

 

S1 Fund

 

[      ]

 

 

The following chart shows the aggregate brokerage commissions paid by S1 Fund for the fiscal year ended August 31:

 

Fund

 

2011

 

S1 Fund

 

[          ]

 

 

The Funds are required to identify any securities of the Company’s regular broker-dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parents held by the Fund as of the end of the most recent fiscal year. As of August 31, 2011, Fund held the following securities:

 

S-50



 

Fund  

 

Broker Dealer

 

Value

 

S1 Fund

 

[        ]

 

[          ]

 

 

Brokerage Selection

 

The Company does not expect to use one particular broker or dealer, and when one or more brokers is believed capable of providing the best combination of price and execution, the Fund’s Adviser and Sub-Advisers may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to the Adviser or applicable Sub-Adviser. The Adviser and Sub-Advisers may pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers in return for such services only if a good faith determination is made that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act permits an investment adviser or sub-adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause a fund to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer. In addition to agency transactions, certain Sub-Advisers may receive brokerage and research services in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC guidance. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). In the case of research services, the applicable Sub-Advisers believe that access to independent investment research is beneficial to their investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Fund.

 

To the extent research services may be a factor in selecting brokers, such services may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies and securities as well as market, economic, or institutional areas and information which assists in the valuation and pricing of investments. Examples of research-oriented services for which the applicable Sub-Advisers might utilize Fund commissions include research reports and other information on the economy, industries, sectors, groups of securities, individual companies, statistical information, political developments, technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis. The Sub-Advisers may use research services furnished by brokers in servicing all client accounts and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. Information so received by the Sub-Advisers will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser under its Sub-Advisory Agreement. Any advisory or other fees paid to the Sub-Advisers are not reduced as a result of the receipt of research services.

 

In some cases a Sub-Adviser may receive a service from a broker that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the applicable Sub-Adviser makes a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions, while the applicable Sub-Adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the Sub-Adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but each applicable Sub-Adviser believes that its allocation procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that it appropriately allocates the anticipated use of such services to their research and non-research uses.

 

From time to time, the Fund may purchase new issues of securities for clients in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the Adviser and Sub-Advisers with research services. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

 

S-51



 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

You may purchase shares through an account maintained by your brokerage firm and you may also purchase shares directly by mail or wire.  The Company reserves the right, if conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable, to honor any request for redemption or repurchase of a Fund’s shares by making payment in whole or in part in securities chosen by the Company and valued in the same way as they would be valued for purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV.  If payment is made in securities, a shareholder may incur transaction costs in converting these securities into cash.  A shareholder will also bear any market risk or tax consequences as a result of a payment in securities.  The Company has elected, however, to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act so that the Fund is obligated to redeem its shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its NAV during any 90-day period for any one shareholder of the Fund. A shareholder will bear the risk of a decline in market value and any tax consequences associated with a redemption in securities.

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Company may suspend the right to redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which the SEC restricts trading on the NYSE or determines an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such other periods as the SEC may permit.  (The Company may also suspend or postpone the recordation of the transfer of its shares upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing conditions).

 

Shares of the Company are subject to redemption by the Company, at the redemption price of such shares as in effect from time to time, including, without limitation: (1) to reimburse a Fund for any loss sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased by the shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder as provided in the Prospectuses from time to time; (2) if such redemption is, in the opinion of the Company’s Board of Directors, desirable in order to prevent the Company or any Fund from being deemed a “personal holding company” within the meaning of the Code; (3) or if the net income with respect to any particular class of common stock should be negative or it should otherwise be appropriate to carry out the Company’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act.

 

The Fund has the right to redeem your shares at current NAV at any time and without prior notice if, and to the extent that, such redemption is necessary to reimburse the Fund for any loss sustained by reason of your failure to make full payment for shares of the Fund you previously purchased or subscribed for.

 

Other Purchase Information

 

If shares of the Fund are held in a “street name” account with an Authorized Dealer, all recordkeeping, transaction processing and payments of distributions relating to the beneficial owner’s account will be performed by the Authorized Dealer, and not by the Fund and its Transfer Agent.  Since the Fund will have no record of the beneficial owner’s transactions, a beneficial owner should contact the Authorized Dealer to purchase, redeem or exchange shares, to make changes in or give instructions concerning the account or to obtain information about the account.  The transfer of shares in a “street name” account to an account with another dealer or to an account directly with the Fund involves special procedures and will require the beneficial owner to obtain historical purchase information about the shares in the account from the Authorized Dealer.

 

S-52



 

TELEPHONE TRANSACTION PROCEDURES

 

The Company’s telephone transaction procedures include the following measures: (1) requiring the appropriate telephone transaction privilege forms; (2) requiring the caller to provide the names of the account owners, the account social security number and name of the Fund, all of which must match the Company’s records; (3) requiring the Company’s service representative to complete a telephone transaction form, listing all of the above caller identification information; (4) permitting exchanges (if applicable) only if the two account registrations are identical; (5) requiring that redemption proceeds be sent only by check to the account owners of record at the address of record, or by wire only to the owners of record at the bank account of record; (6) sending a written confirmation for each telephone transaction to the owners of record at the address of record within five (5) business days of the call; and (7) maintaining tapes of telephone transactions for six months, if the Company elects to record shareholder telephone transactions. For accounts held of record by broker-dealers (other than BNY Distributors), financial institutions, securities dealers, financial planners and other industry professionals, additional documentation or information regarding the scope of a caller’s authority is required. Finally, for telephone transactions in accounts held jointly, additional information regarding other account holders is required. Telephone transactions will not be permitted in connection with IRA or other retirement plan accounts or by an attorney-in-fact under a power of attorney.

 

VALUATION OF SHARES

 

Subject to the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Fund may employ outside organizations, which may use a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indices, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments in determining the approximate market value of portfolio investments.  This may result in the securities being valued at a price that differs from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used.  All cash, receivables, and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their face value.  Other assets, if any, are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Fund’s Valuation Committee under the direction of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

TAXES

 

General

 

The following summarizes certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders that are not described in the Prospectuses. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Fund or its shareholders, and the discussions here and in the Prospectuses are not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Potential investors should consult their tax advisers with specific reference to their own tax situations.

 

The discussions of the federal tax consequences in the Prospectuses and this SAI are based on the Code and the regulations issued under it, and court decisions and administrative interpretations, as in effect on the date of this SAI.  Future legislative or administrative changes or court decisions may significantly change the statements included herein, and such changes may be retroactive.

 

The Fund qualified during its last taxable year and intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Subtitle A, Chapter 1, of the Code. As such, the Fund generally will be exempt from federal income tax on its net investment income and realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, it must meet three important tests each year.

 

First, the Fund must derive with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to the Fund’s business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships.

 

Second, generally, at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and

 

S-53



 

securities of other issuers as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of its total assets in securities of the issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of (1) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies), (2) two or more issuers that the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or (3) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

 

Third, the Fund must distribute an amount equal to at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (net investment income and the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) and 90% of its tax-exempt income, if any, for the year.

 

The Fund intends to comply with these requirements. If the Fund were to fail to make sufficient distributions, it could be liable for corporate income tax or, if the shortfall is large enough, the Fund could be disqualified as a regulated investment company. If for any taxable year the Fund were not to qualify as a regulated investment company, all its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders. In that event, shareholders would recognize dividend income on distributions to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, and corporate shareholders could be eligible for the dividends-received deduction.

 

The Fund may invest in commodity-linked derivative instruments, such as commodity-linked structured notes, commodity-linked securities and other derivative instruments that provide exposure to commodity markets.  The Fund has not obtained a ruling from the IRS that these investments will be treated as securities for purposes of the income and diversification tests described above.  The Fund intends to limit its investment in these instruments so that they give rise to less than 10% of its income each year and comprise less than 50% of its assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year.  If the Fund were to fail to limit these investments, and if the investments were determined not to be securities for purposes of the income and diversification tests, the Fund could fail to qualify as a regulated investment company.

 

The Code imposes a nondeductible 4% excise tax on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute each calendar year an amount equal to specified percentages of their ordinary taxable income and capital gain net income (excess of capital gains over capital losses). The Fund intends to make sufficient distributions or deemed distributions each year to avoid liability for this excise tax.

 

State and Local Taxes

 

Although the Fund expects to qualify as a “regulated investment company” and to be relieved of all or substantially all federal income taxes, depending upon the extent of its activities in states and localities in which its offices are maintained, in which its agents or independent contractors are located or in which it is otherwise deemed to be conducting business, the Fund may be subject to the tax laws of such states or localities.

 

Taxation of Certain Investments

 

The tax principles applicable to transactions in financial instruments, such as futures contracts and options, that may be engaged in by the Fund, and investments in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), are complex and, in some cases, uncertain. Such transactions and investments may cause the Fund to recognize taxable income prior to the receipt of cash, thereby requiring the Fund to liquidate other positions, or to borrow money, so as to make sufficient distributions to shareholders to avoid corporate-level tax.  Moreover, some or all of the taxable income recognized may be ordinary income or short-term capital gain, so that the distributions may be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

 

In addition, in the case of any shares of a PFIC in which the Fund invests, the Fund may be liable for corporate-level tax on any ultimate gain or distributions on the shares if the Fund fails to make an election to recognize income annually during the period of its ownership of the shares.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING COMPANY SHARES

 

The Company has authorized capital of 100 billion shares of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share.  Currently,

 

S-54



 

79.773 billion shares have been classified into 137 classes, however, the Company only has 24 active share classes that have begun investment operations.  Under the Company’s charter, the Board of Directors has the power to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock from time to time.

 

Each share that represents an interest in the Fund has an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to such Fund with each other share that represents an interest in such Fund, even where a share has a different class designation than another share representing an interest in that Fund.  Shares of the Company do not have preemptive or conversion rights.  When issued for payment as described in the Prospectuses, shares of the Company will be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

The Company does not currently intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders except as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law.  The Company’s amended By-Laws provide that shareholders owning at least ten percent of the outstanding shares of all classes of Common Stock of the Company have the right to call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more directors. To the extent required by law, the Company will assist in shareholder communication in such matters.

 

Holders of shares of each class of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by class on all matters, except where otherwise required by law. Further, shareholders of the Company will vote in the aggregate and not by portfolio except as otherwise required by law or when the Board of Directors determines that the matter to be voted upon affects only the interests of the shareholders of a particular portfolio or class of shares. Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that any matter required to be submitted by the provisions of such Act or applicable state law, or otherwise, to the holders of the outstanding voting securities of an investment company such as the Company shall not be deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each portfolio affected by the matter. Rule 18f-2 further provides that a portfolio shall be deemed to be affected by a matter unless it is clear that the interests of each portfolio in the matter are identical or that the matter does not affect any interest of the portfolio. Under Rule 18f-2 the approval of an investment advisory agreement or distribution agreement or any change in a fundamental investment objective or fundamental investment policy would be effectively acted upon with respect to a portfolio only if approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such portfolio. However, the Rule also provides that the ratification of the selection of independent public accountants and the election of directors are not subject to the separate voting requirements and may be effectively acted upon by shareholders of an investment company voting without regard to a portfolio.  Shareholders of the Company are entitled to one vote for each full share held (irrespective of class or portfolio) and fractional votes for fractional shares held.  Voting rights are not cumulative and, accordingly, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate shares of common stock of the Company may elect all of the Directors.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of Maryland law requiring a greater vote of shares of the Company’s common stock (or of any class voting as a class) in connection with any corporate action, unless otherwise provided by law (for example by Rule 18f-2 discussed above), or by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Company may take or authorize such action upon the favorable vote of the holders of more than 50% of all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voting without regard to class (or portfolio).

 

Shareholder Approvals.   As used in this SAI and in the Prospectuses, “shareholder approval” and a “majority of the outstanding shares” of the Fund or a particular class of shares of the Fund means, with respect to the approval of the Advisory Agreement, Sub-Advisory Agreements, Plan or a change in the Fund’s investment objective or a fundamental investment limitation, the lesser of (1) 67% of the shares of the Fund or share class represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund or share class are present in person or by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund or share class.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Counsel

 

The law firm of Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, One Logan Square, Ste. 2000, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6996, serves as independent counsel to the Company and the Disinterested Directors.

 

S-55



 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

[                        ],  serves as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.

 

Financial Statements

 

The audited financial statements, financial highlights, and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011 in the Fund’s Annual Report to shareholders (the “Annual Report”) have been audited by                         , whose report thereon also appears in the Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference into this SAI. No other parts of the Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein. Copies of the Annual Report may obtained at no charge by telephoning BNY Mellon at the phone number appearing on the front page of this SAI.

 

S-56



 

APPENDIX A

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

 

Short-Term Credit Ratings

 

A Standard & Poor’s short-term issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation having an original maturity of no more than 365 days.  The following summarizes the rating categories used by Standard & Poor’s for short-term issues:

 

“A-1” — Obligations are rated in the highest category and indicate that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong.  Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+).  This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

“A-2” — The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.  Obligations are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligors in the highest rating category.

 

“A-3” — Obligor has adequate protection parameters.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

“B” — An obligation is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics.  The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.  Ratings of “B1”, “B-2” and “B-3” may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the “B” category.

 

“B-1” — A short-term obligation rated “B-1” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

“B-2” — A short-term obligation rated “B-2” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

“B-3” — A short-term obligation rated “B-3” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

“C” — Obligations are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and are dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

A-1



 

“R” — An obligor rated “R” is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition.  During the pendency of the regulatory supervision the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others.

 

“SD” and “D” — an obligor rated “SD” (selective default) or “D” has failed to pay one or more of its financial obligations (rated or unrated) when it came due.  A “D” rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the default will be a general default and that the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due.  An “SD” rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue or class of obligations, excluding those that qualify as regulatory capital but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner.

 

“NR” — An issuer designated “NR” is not rated.

 

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue.  Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis.  An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt.  These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues.  Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

 

Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations.  Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments.  Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

 

Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 

“P-1” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

“P-2” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

 

“P-3” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

“NP” — Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

Fitch, Inc. / Fitch Ratings Ltd. (“Fitch”) short-term ratings scale is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet

 

A-2



 

financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation.  Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention.  Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.  The following summarizes the rating categories used by Fitch for short-term obligations:

 

“F1” — Securities possess the highest short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

“F2” — Securities possess good short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

 

“F3” — Securities possess fair short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates that the intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

“B” — Securities possess speculative short-term credit quality.  This designation indicates minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

“C” — Securities possess high short-term default risk.  Default is a real possibility.

 

“RD” — Restricted default.  Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations.  Applicable to entity ratings only.

 

“D” — Default.  Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a specific short-term obligation.

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“DBRS”) for commercial paper and short-term debt:

 

“R-1 (high)” - Short-term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an entity possessing exceptionally high ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due. Entities rated in this category are unlikely to be affected by future events.

 

“R-1 (middle)” — Short-term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality, and indicates an entity possessing very high ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from “R-1 (high)” credits by relatively modest degree.  Entities rated in this category are unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 

“R-1 (low)” — Short-term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of good credit quality. The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is substantial.  Overall strength is not as favorable as higher rating categories.  May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 

A-3



 

“R-2 (high)” — Short-term debt rated “R-2 (high)” is considered to be at the upper end of adequate credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable.  May be vulnerable to future events.

 

“R-2 (middle)” — Short-term debt rated “R-2 (middle)” is considered to be of adequate credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable.  May be vulnerable to future events or may be exposed to other factors that could reduce credit quality.

 

“R-2 (low)” — Short-term debt rated “R-2 (low)” is considered to be at the lower end of adequate credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is acceptable.  May be vulnerable to future events.  A number of challenges are present that could affect the issuer’s ability to meet such obligations.

 

“R-3” — Short-term debt rated “R-3” is considered to be at the lowest end of adequate credit quality.  There is a capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due.  May be vulnerable to future events and the certainty of meeting such obligations could be impacted by a variety of developments.

 

“R-4” — Short-term debt rated “R-4” is speculative credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of short-term financial obligations as they fall due is uncertain.

 

“R-5” — Short-term debt rated “R-5” is highly speculative credit quality.  There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity of the entity to meet short-term financial obligations as they fall due.

 

“D” — A security rated “D” implies a financial obligation has not been met or it is clear that a financial obligation will not be met in the near future, or a debt instrument has been subject to a distressed exchange.  A downgrade to “D” may not immediately follow an insolvency or restructuring filing as grace periods, other procedural considerations, or extenuating circumstance may exist.

 

Long-Term Credit Ratings

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by Standard & Poor’s for long-term issues:

 

“AAA” — An obligor rated “AAA” has extremely strong capacity to meet its financial commitments.  “AAA” is the highest issuer credit rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s.

 

“AA” — An obligor rated “AA” has very strong capacity to meet its financial commitments.  It differs from the highest-rated obligors only to a small degree.

 

“A” — An obligor rated “A” has strong capacity to meet its financial commitments but is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligors in higher-rated categories.

 

A-4



 

“BBB” — An obligor rated “BBB” has adequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.  However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitments.

 

“BB,” “B,” “CCC” and “CC” — Obligors rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC” and “CC” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.  “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “CC” the highest.  While such obligors will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

“BB” — An obligor rated “BB” is less vulnerable in the near term than other lower-rated obligors.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties and exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

“B” — An obligor rated “B” is more vulnerable than the obligors rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments.  Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments.

 

“CCC” — An obligor rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet its financial commitments.

 

“CC” — An obligor rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable.

 

Plus (+) or minus (-) — The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

“R” —  An obligor rated “R” is under regulatory supervision owing to its financial condition.  During the pendency of the regulatory supervision the regulators may have the power to favor one class of obligations over others or pay some obligations and not others.

 

“SD” and “D” — An obligor rated “SD” (selective default) or “D” has failed to pay one or more of its financial obligations (rated or unrated) when it came due.  A “D” rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the default will be a general default and that the obligor will fail to pay all or substantially all of its obligations as they come due.  An “SD” rating is assigned when Standard & Poor’s believes that the obligor has selectively defaulted on a specific issue or class of obligations, excluding those that qualify as regulatory capital, but it will continue to meet its payment obligations on other issues or classes of obligations in a timely manner.  A selective default includes the completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby one or more financial obligation is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.

 

“NR” — An issuer designated “NR” is not rated.

 

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue.  Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis.  An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower

 

A-5



 

capacity to repay external versus domestic debt.  These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues.  Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:

 

“Aaa” — Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

 

“Aa” — Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

 

“A” — Obligations rated “A” are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

 

“Baa” — Obligations rated “Baa” are subject to moderate credit risk.  They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

 

“Ba” — Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

“B” — Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

 

“Caa” — Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

 

“Ca” — Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

 

“C” — Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated class and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

Note:  Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.”  The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

 

The following summarizes long-term ratings used by Fitch:

 

“AAA” — Securities considered to be of the highest credit quality.  “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk.  They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

A-6



 

“AA” — Securities considered to be of very high credit quality.  “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk.  They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments.  This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

“A” — Securities considered to be of high credit quality.  “A” ratings denote expectations of low default risk.  The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong.  This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

“BBB” — Securities considered to be of good credit quality.  “BBB” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low.  The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

 

“BB” — Securities considered to be speculative.  “BB” ratings indicate that there is an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.

 

“B” — Securities considered to be highly speculative.  “B” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains.  Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

 

“CCC,” “CC” and “C” — A “CCC” rating indicates substantial credit risk, with default a real possibility.  A “CC” rating indicates very high levels of credit risk.  Default of some kind appears probable.  “C” ratings signal exceptionally high levels of credit risk.  Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill.

 

“RD” — indicates an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business.

 

“D” — indicates an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.

 

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.

 

“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable.  This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default.  Another

 

A-7



 

alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.

 

In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

 

Plus (+) or minus (-) may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories.  Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” long-term rating category or to categories below “B”.

 

The following summarizes the ratings used by DBRS for long-term debt:

 

“AAA” -   Long-term debt rated “AAA” is of the highest credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is exceptionally high and unlikely to be adversely affected by future events.

 

“AA” — Long-term debt rated “AA” is of superior credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered high.  Credit quality differs from “AAA” only to a small degree.  Unlikely to be significantly vulnerable to future events.

 

“A” — Long-term debt rated “A” is of good credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is substantial, but of lesser credit quality than “AA.”  May be vulnerable to future events, but qualifying negative factors are considered manageable.

 

“BBB” — Long-term debt rated “BBB” is of adequate credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is considered acceptable.  May be vulnerable to future events.

 

“BB” Long-term debt rated “BB” is defined to be speculative, non-investment grade credit quality.  The capacity for the payment of financial obligations is uncertain.  Vulnerable to future events.

 

“B” — Long-term debt rated “B” is highly speculative credit quality.  There is a high level of uncertainty as to the capacity to meet financial obligations.

 

“CCC”, “CC” and “C” —Long-term debt rated in any of these categories is very highly speculative credit quality and is in danger of defaulting on financial obligations.  There is little difference between these three categories, although “CC” and “C” ratings are normally applied to obligations that are seen as highly likely to default, or subordinated to obligations rated in the “CCC” to “B” range.  Obligations in respect of which default has not technically taken place but is considered inevitable may be rated in the “C” category.

 

“D” A security rated “D” implies a financial obligation has not been met or it is clear that a financial obligation will not be met in the near future or a debt instrument has been subject to a distressed exchange.  A downgrade to “D” may not immediately follow an insolvency or restructuring filing as grace periods or extenuating circumstances may exist.

 

A-8



 

(“high”, “low”) — Each rating category is denoted by the subcategories “high” and “low”.  The absence of either a “high” or “low” designation indicates the rating is in the “middle” of the category.  The “AAA” and “D” categories do not utilize “high”, “middle”, and “low” as differential grades.

 

Municipal Note Ratings

 

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects Standard & Poor’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating.  Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.  In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, Standard & Poor’s analysis will review the following considerations:

 

·     Amortization schedule-the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

·     Source of payment-the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

 

Note rating symbols are as follows:

 

“SP-1” — The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

 

“SP-2” — The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

“SP-3” — The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

Moody’s uses three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade.  These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels — “MIG-1” through “MIG-3”.  In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG”, or speculative grade.  MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.  The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for these short-term obligations:

 

“MIG-1” — This designation denotes superior credit quality.  Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

“MIG-2” — This designation denotes strong credit quality.  Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

A-9



 

“MIG-3” — This designation denotes acceptable credit quality.  Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

“SG” — This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality.  Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating.  The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments.  The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or “VMIG” rating.

 

When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated “NR”, e.g., “Aaa/NR” or “NR/VMIG-1”.

 

VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

 

“VMIG-1” — This designation denotes superior credit quality.  Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

“VMIG-2” — This designation denotes strong credit quality.  Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

“VMIG-3” — This designation denotes acceptable credit quality.  Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

“SG” — This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality.  Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

Fitch uses the same ratings for municipal securities as described above for other short-term credit ratings.

 

About Credit Ratings

 

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs).  It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated.  The

 

A-10



 

opinion reflects Standard & Poor’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

 

Moody’s credit ratings must be construed solely as statements of opinion and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, sell or hold any securities.

 

Fitch’s credit ratings provide an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations.  Fitch credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested.  Fitch’s credit ratings cover the global spectrum of corporate, sovereign (including supranational and sub-national), financial, bank, insurance, municipal and other public finance entities and the securities or other obligations they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.

 

DBRS credit ratings are opinions based on the quantitative and qualitative analysis of information sourced and received by DBRS, which information is not audited or verified by DBRS.  Ratings are not buy, hold or sell recommendations and they do not address the market price of a security.  Ratings may be upgraded, downgraded, placed under review, confirmed and discontinued.

 

A-11



 

Appendix B

 

SIMPLE ALTERNATIVES, LLC (the “Adviser”)

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set forth below. (The guidelines are reviewed periodically by the Adviser, and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures described below, “we” “our” and “us” refers to the Adviser). The Adviser will delegate the voting of proxies to the underlying sub- advisers, who will vote in accordance with this policy.

 

Introduction

 

As an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act” ), we have a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of our clients. As part of this duty, we recognize that we must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our clients.

 

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

 

Proxy Policies

 

We vote proxies relating to our portfolio securities in the best interest of our clients. We review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by our clients. Although we generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on our clients’ portfolio securities, we may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

 

Our proxy voting decisions are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of our clients’ investments. To ensure that our vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, we require that: (i) anyone involved in the decision making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (ii) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

 

Proxy Voting Records

 

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Chief Compliance Officer, Simple Alternatives, LLC, 25 Burtis Avenue, Suite 200, New Canaan, CT 06840.

 

 

Adopted: September, 2010

 

B-1



 

Appendix C

 

PROXY VOTING POLICY OF BLUE LION CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

Proxy Voting

 

Law and Policy

 

C-1



 

This statement sets forth the current policies and procedures of the Firm with regard to the voting of proxies over which the Firm has investment responsibility. These policies and procedures are available to the Firm’s Clients upon request.

 

The Firm acts in a fiduciary capacity with respect to each of its Clients (including private funds) and, therefore, the Firm must act to maximize the value of the accounts it manages. Each proxy proposal is reviewed on a case-by-case basis by a member of the Firm’s portfolio management team. It is Firm policy generally to vote against any management proposals that the Firm believes could prevent companies from realizing their maximum market value, or would insulate companies and/or management, from accountability to shareholders or prudent regulatory compliance. For example, the Firm will generally vote against any proposal that attempts to limit shareholder democracy, such as increased indemnification protections for directors or officers, or unequal voting rights, in a way that could restrict the ability of the shareholders to realize the value of their investment. The Firm will generally support proposals aimed at effectuating standard and necessary aspects of business operations, which will not typically have a significant effect on the value of the investment, such as name changes, elections of directors and employee stock purchase or ownership plans.

 

A record of all proxy decisions and the rationale for voting will be retained and available for inspection by Clients at any time in accordance with the procedures listed below.

 

Conflicts of Interest . The Firm must act as a fiduciary when voting proxies on behalf of its Clients. In that regard, the Firm will seek to avoid possible conflict of interest in connection with proxy voting as follows:

 

Where the Firm identifies a potential conflict of interest (such as if the Firm or an Employee is affiliated or associated with the issuer or the Firm holds the issuer’s securities on a proprietary basis), the Firm will initially determine whether such potential conflict is material. Where the Firm determines there is a potential for a material conflict of interest regarding a proxy, the Firm will take one or some of the following steps: (i) inform the Client of the material conflict and the Firm’s voting decision; (ii) discuss the proxy vote with the Client; (iii) fully disclose the material facts regarding the conflict and seek the Client’s consent to vote the proxy as intended; and/or (iv) seek the recommendations of an independent third party. The Firm will document the steps it took to evidence that the proxy vote or abstention was in the best interest of the Client and not the product of any material conflict. Such documentation will be maintained in accordance with required recordkeeping procedures. See Recordkeeping above.

 

Disclosure of Policies and Procedures. The Firm will provide a summary of these policies and procedures in its Form ADV, Part II (or in a separate disclosure) to be furnished to Clients. The Firm will further provide a copy of these policies and procedures to any Client upon request. In addition, the Firm will inform its Clients how they can obtain further proxy voting information about their own proxies.

 

Disclosure of Voting Record .                          Upon a request from a Client, the Firm will furnish to such Client its proxy voting record with respect to such Client’s securities.

 

ERISA Considerations.                   ERISA prohibits fiduciaries from acting on behalf of a plan in situations in which the fiduciary is subject to a conflict of interest. Thus, if the Firm determines

 

C-2



 

that it has a conflict of interest with respect to the voting of proxies, the Firm must either seek the Client’s informed direction or retain an independent person to direct the Firm how to vote the proxy in the best interests of the ERISA account.

 

Procedures

 

Receipt of Proxy Materials. The Firm receives proxy materials from issuers, custodians or broker-dealers through the mail in hard copy form with respect to any securities held in Client accounts.

 

Voting Decisions.                          The portfolio manager(s) has (have) responsibility for reviewing proxy materials and deciding how to vote on each issue or initiative for the securities he or she trades.

 

Recusal from Voting. Any Employee who has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any issue presented for voting, or any relationship with the issuer, must so inform the Chief Compliance Officer and recuse him or herself from decisions on how proxies with respect to that issuer are voted.

 

Record of Votes Cast. Each year a member of each responsible portfolio management team creates a spreadsheet showing each security with respect to which votes were cast, the number of shares voted and how they were voted on each issue. The spreadsheet is maintained and updated to show such information for each proxy received throughout the year.

 

Client Requests for Votes. If a Client requests that their proxies be voted in a specific way on a specific issue, the portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team will advise the Client that it cannot accommodate the request

 

Client Requests for Voting Record . Clients may request information concerning how their proxies were voted. The portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team will notify the Chief Compliance Officer if he or she receives such request and will respond to such requests showing how Client shares were voted on particular issues.  The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain a copy of all such requests and responses.

 

C-3



 

APPENDIX D

 

COURAGE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

 

I.                                         Statement of Policy

 

Proxy voting is an important right of shareholders and reasonable care and diligence must be undertaken to ensure that such rights are properly and timely exercised. When the Adviser has discretion to vote the proxies of its clients, it will vote those proxies in the best interest of its clients and in accordance with these policies and procedures.

 

II.                                      Proxy Voting Procedures

 

All proxies received by the Adviser will be sent to the Compliance Officer. The Compliance Officer will:

 

·                   Keep a record of each proxy received;

 

·                   Forward the proxy to the Chief Manager;

 

·                   Determine which accounts managed by the Adviser hold the security to which the proxy relates;

 

·                   Provide the Chief Manager with a list of accounts that hold the security, together with the number of votes each account controls (reconciling any duplications), and the date by which the Adviser must vote the proxy in order to allow enough time for the completed proxy to be returned to the issuer prior to the vote taking place.

 

·                   Absent material conflicts (see Section IV below), the Chief Manager will determine how the Adviser should vote the proxy. The Chief Manager will send its decision on how the Adviser will vote a proxy to the Compliance Officer. The Compliance Officer is responsible for completing the proxy and mailing the proxy in a timely and appropriate manner.

 

·                   The Adviser may retain a third party to assist it in coordinating and voting proxies with respect to client securities. If so, the Compliance Officer will monitor the third party to assure that all proxies are being properly voted and appropriate records are being retained.

 

III.                                  Voting Guidelines

 

In the absence of specific voting guidelines from the client, the Adviser will vote proxies in the best interests of each particular client, which may result in different voting results for proxies for the same issuer. The Adviser believes that voting proxies in accordance with the following guidelines is in the best interests of its clients.

 

·                   Generally, the Adviser will vote in favor of routine corporate housekeeping proposals, including election of directors (where no corporate governance issues are implicated), selection of auditors, and increases in or reclassification of common stock.

 

·                   Generally, the Adviser will vote against proposals that make it more difficult to

 

D-1



 

replace members of the issuer’s board of directors, including proposals to stagger the board, cause management to be overrepresented on the board, introduce cumulative voting, introduce unequal voting rights, and create supermajority voting.

 

For other proposals, the Adviser shall determine whether a proposal is in the best interests of its clients and may take into account the following factors, among others:

 

·                   whether the proposal was recommended by management and the Adviser’s opinion of management;

 

·                   whether the proposal acts to entrench existing management; and

 

·                   whether, in the Adviser’s opinion, the proposal fairly or overly compensates management for past and future performance.

 

IV.                                  Conflicts of Interest

 

1.                                        The Chief Manager shall disclose all known conflicts to the Compliance Officer.

 

2.                                        The Compliance Officer will identify any additional conflicts that exist between the interests of the Adviser and its clients. This examination will include a review of the relationship of the Adviser and its affiliates with the issuer of each security and any of the issuer’s affiliates to determine if the issuer is a client of the Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser or has some other relationship with the Adviser or a client of the Adviser.

 

If a material conflict exists, the Adviser will determine whether voting in accordance with the voting guidelines and factors described above is in the best interests of the client. The Adviser will also determine whether it is appropriate to disclose the conflict to the affected clients and, except in the case of clients that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), give the clients the opportunity to vote their proxies themselves. In the case of ERISA clients, if the Investment Management Agreement reserves to the ERISA client the authority to vote proxies when the Adviser determines it has a material conflict that affects its best judgment as an ERISA fiduciary, the Adviser will give the ERISA client the opportunity to vote the proxies themselves. Absent the client reserving voting rights, the Adviser will vote the proxies solely in accordance with the policies outlined in Section III. “Voting Guidelines” above.

 

V.                                      Disclosure

 

1.                                        The Adviser will disclose in its Form ADV Part II that clients may contact the Compliance Officer, via e-mail or telephone, in order to obtain information on how the Adviser voted such client’s proxies, and to request a copy of these policies and procedures. If a client requests this information, the Compliance Officer will prepare a written response to the client that lists, with respect to each voted proxy about which the client has inquired, (a) the name of the issuer; (b) the proposal voted upon, and (c) how the Adviser voted the client’s proxy.

 

2.                                        A concise summary of this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures will be included in the Adviser’s Form ADV Part II, and will be updated whenever these policies and procedures are updated. The Compliance Officer will arrange for a copy of this summary to be sent to all existing clients (who will already have been sent Adviser’s Form ADV Part II, which is required to be offered to clients annually) either as a separate mailing or along with a periodic account statement or other correspondence sent to clients.

 

VI.                                  Recordkeeping

 

The Compliance Officer will maintain files relating to the Adviser’s proxy voting procedures in an easily

 

D-2



 

accessible place. Records will be maintained and preserved for five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on a record, with records for the first two years kept in the offices of the Adviser. Records of the following will be included in the files:

 

·                   Copies of this proxy voting policy and procedures, and any amendments thereto.

 

·                   A copy of each proxy statement that the Adviser receives.

 

·                   A record of each vote that the Adviser casts.

 

·                   A copy of each written client request for information on how the Adviser voted such client’s proxies, and a copy of any written response to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the Adviser voted its proxies.

 

D-3



 

Appendix E

CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN LLC
Proxy Voting Policy

 

In most cases, CRM clients have delegated to the Firm the authority to vote proxies relating to equity securities on their behalf. In exercising its voting obligations, CRM is guided by general fiduciary principles. It must act prudently, solely in the interest of clients, and for the purpose of providing benefits to such clients. The CRM Compliance Committee (the “Compliance Committee”) has determined that these Policies and Procedures for Proxy Voting (these “Policies”) are reasonably designed to assure that CRM votes client proxies in the best interest of clients and to provide clients with information about how their proxies are voted. In addition, these Policies are designed to satisfy CRM’s obligations under Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act.

 

Proxy Voting Process

 

CRM’s policy seeks to monitor corporate actions, analyze proxy solicitation materials, and vote client proxies for stocks which are held in client accounts in a timely and appropriate manner. CRM will consider the factors that could affect the value of a Fund’s investment in its determination on a vote. CRM has identified certain significant contributors to shareholder value with respect to a number of common or routine matters that are often the subject of proxy solicitations for shareholder meetings. CRM’s proxy voting procedures address these considerations and establish a framework for its consideration of a vote that would be appropriate for a Fund. In particular, the proxy voting procedures outline principles and factors to be considered in the exercise of voting authority for proposals addressing many common or routine matters.

 

The Voting Process

 

Review of Proxy Solicitation Materials/Independent Recommendations

 

CRM receives proxy materials through an independent third party, Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”). ISS provides analyses and voting recommendations based on empirical research measuring the impact of proxy issues on shareholder value. ISS’s voting recommendations cover three categories: (i) voting recommendations for social and environmental shareholder proposals; (ii) voting recommendations for “Taft-Hartley” accounts that are in the best long-term economic interest of plan participants and beneficiaries conforming to AFL-CIO voting guidelines;(1) and (iii) voting recommendations intended to generally maximize shareholder value.

 


(1) CRM receives an analysis intended to protect plan assets as required by the U.S. Department of Labor and the Employees Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).

 

E-1



 

In determining how to vote on a proxy issue, CRM will consider ISS analysis and recommendations, as well as the portfolio manager’s own knowledge of the company (including its management, operations, industry and the particular proxy issue) in rendering a decision, with the exception of separately-managed Taft-Hartley or accounts where the client specifically directs CRM to vote in a “socially responsible” manner; in these cases CRM would generally follow the particular IS S recommendations for that category.

 

ISS Standard Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary

 

The following is a summary of the 1SS Standard Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines), which form the substantive basis of CRM’s Policy on Proxy Voting. (2) As described above, CRM may diverge from the Guidelines and a related ISS recommendation on any particular proxy vote or in connection with any individual investment decision.

 

Auditors

 

Vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:

 

·                        An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent.

·                        Fees for non-audit services are excessive, or

·                        There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position.

 

Board of Directors

 

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

 

Votes on director nominees should be made on a case-by-case basis, examining: independence of the board and key board committees, attendance at board meetings, corporate governance provisions and takeover activity, long-term company performance, responsiveness to shareholder proposals, any egregious board actions, and any excessive non-audit fees or other potential auditor conflicts.

 

Classification/Declassification of the Board

 

Vote against proposals to classify the board. Vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

 

Independent Chairman (Separate Chairman/CEO)

 

Vote on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals requiring that the positions of chairman and CEO be held separately. Because some companies have governance structures in place that counterbalance a combined position, certain factors should be considered in determining whether

 


(2) The full ISS recommendations are outlined in the ISS Proxy Guidelines, which are available to CRM clients upon request.

 

E-2



 

the proposal warrants support. These factors include the presence of a lead director, board and committee independence, governance guidelines, company performance, and annual review by outside directors of CRO pay.

 

Majority of Independent Directors/Establishment of Committees

 

Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent unless the board composition already meets the proposed threshold by ISS’s definition of independence.

 

Vote for shareholder proposals asking that board audit, compensation, and/or nominating committees be composed exclusively of independent directors if they currently do not meet that standard.

 

Shareholder Rights

 

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

 

Vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.

 

Vote for proposals to allow or make shareholder action by written consent.

 

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meeting

 

Vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to call special meetings.

 

Vote for proposals that remove restrictions on the right of shareholder to act independently of management.

 

Supermajority Vote Requirements

 

Vote against proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote.

 

Vote for proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

 

Cumulative Voting

 

Vote against proposals to eliminate cumulating voting.

 

Vote proposals to restore or permit cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis relative to the company’s other governance provisions.

 

Confidential Voting

 

Vote for shareholder proposals requesting that corporations adopt confidential voting, use independent vote tabulators and use independent inspector of election, as long as the proposal includes a provision for proxy contents as follows: IN the case of a contested election,

 

E-3



 

management should be permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents will not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.

 

Vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting.

 

Proxy Contests

 

Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections

 

Votes in a contested election of directors must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering the factors that include the long-term financial performance, management’s track record, qualification of director nominees (both slates), and an evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders.

 

Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses

 

Vote case-by-case. Where ISS recommends in favor of the dissidents, ISS also recommends voting for reimbursing proxy solicitation expenses.

 

Poison Pills

 

Vote for shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification. Review on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill and management proposals to ratify a poison pill.

 

Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

 

Vote case-by-case on mergers and corporate restructurings based on such features as the fairness opinion, pricing, strategic rationale, and the negotiating process.

 

Reincorporation Proposals

 

Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws. Vote for reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

 

Capital Structure

 

Common Stock Authorization

 

Votes on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance are determined on a case-by-case basis using a model developed by ISS. Vote against proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the

 

E-4



 

class of stock that has superior voting rights. Vote for proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company’s shares are in danger of being de-listed or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Vote against proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock). Vote for proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).

 

Management Compensation

 

Director Compensation

 

Votes on compensation plans for directors are determined on a case-by-case basis, using a proprietary, quantitative model developed by 1SS.

 

Employee, Stock Purchase Plans

 

Votes on employee stock purchase plans should be determined on a case-by-case basis.

 

Shareholder Proposals regarding Executive and Director Pay

 

Generally, vote for shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, and would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company. Vote on a case-by-case basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.

 

Management Proposals Seeking Approval to Reprice Options

 

Votes on management proposals seeking to reprice options are evaluated on a case-by-case basis giving consideration to: historic trading patterns rationale for repricing, value-for-value exchange, options vesting, term of the options, exercise price, and participation.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

 

Votes on employee stock purchase plans should be determined on a case-by-case basis.

 

Shareholder Proposals on Compensation

 

Vote on a case-by-case basis for all other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long-term corporate outlook.

 

E-5



 

Social and Environmental Issues

 

These issues cover a wide range of topics, including consumer and public safety, environment and energy, general corporate issues, labor standards and human rights, military business and workplace diversity. In general, vote case-by-case. While a wide variety of factors are considered, the primary focus is on how the proposal will enhance the economic value of the company.

 

Securities on Loan

 

Securities over which CRM has voting authority in certain accounts are subject to being lent to other parties, including securities in private investment partnerships, registered mutual funds and certain other accounts. CRM has no role in the lending process; securities lending decisions are made by the custodian with the consent of and on behalf of the client. As a general matter, when a security is on “loan” as of the record date, CRM has no authority to vote, and shall not vote, a proxy for the security.

 

Clients Who Vote Their Own Proxies

 

CRM clients may retain the authority to vote their own proxies in their discretion.

 

Conflicts and Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

CRM’s proxy voting procedures establish a protocol for voting of proxies in cases in which it may have a potential conflict of interest arising from, among other things, a direct business relationship or financial interest in a company soliciting proxies. When a conflict or potential conflict has been identified, CRM will generally vote the proxy as recommended by ISS, subject to a review by the CRM Compliance Committee indicating the nature of the potential conflict of interest and how the determination of such vote was achieved.

 

Disclosure

 

CRM, in its written brochure required under Rule 204-3 (the “Form ADV”) shall describe: (i) these Policies; (ii) how a client can obtain information from CRM on how it voted the client’s proxies; and (iii) how a client can obtain a copy of these Policies and/or the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines.

 

Recordkeeping

 

CRM shall retain the following books and records in, as appropriate, electronic or hard copy form: (i) a copy of each proxy statement received regarding client securities (which may be kept by relying on obtaining copies through the EDGAR system maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission), (ii) a record of each vote cast on behalf of clients, (iii) internal documents created that were material to the decision on how to vote any proxies or that memorialize the basis for such a decision, including any documentation relating to decisions to

 

E-6



 

vote proxies other than in accordance with ISS recommendations, (iv) copies of written client requests for proxy voting records and of the Firm’s written responses to either a written or oral request for information on how the Firm voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client, and (v) with respect to votes cast for securities held in any registered investment company, records of CUSIP numbers.

 

Records for the CRM Mutual Fund Trust shall be recorded and maintained by the Trust.

 

The above records shall be retained in an easily accessible place for a period of at least five (5) years from the end for the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in an appropriate office of CRM

 

E-7


 


 

Appendix F

 

Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

A.             Introduction

 

Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC (“LTCM”) generally does not vote proxies on behalf of clients unless directed by the client to do so. In the event that a client directs LTCM to vote its proxies, LTCM has adopted and implemented policies and procedures for voting proxies in the best interest of clients. While decisions about how to vote must be determined on a case-by-case basis, LTCM’s general policies and procedures for voting proxies are set forth below.

 

B. Specific Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

If LTCM is requested by a client to vote its proxies, LTCM will vote such proxies in the manner that serves the best interests of their clients in accordance with this policy.  The following details LTCM’s philosophy and practice regarding the voting of proxies.

 

1.               General

 

Proxy proposals should be individually reviewed to determine whether the proposal is in the best interests of its clients. As a result, similar proposals for different companies may receive different votes because of different corporate circumstances.

 

2. Procedures

 

To implement LTCM’s proxy voting policies, LTCM has developed the following procedures for voting proxies.

 

a. Upon receipt of a corporate proxy by LTCM, the special or annual report and the proxy are submitted to LTCM’s proxy voting manager or designee (the “Proxy Manager”). LTCM may enlist the assistance of a third party, with final votes approved by the Portfolio Manager, to assist with voting and recordkeeping according to these guidelines and procedures.

 

b. The Proxy Manager will then vote the proxies yes, no, abstention or determine not to vote based on this policy.

 

c. The Proxy Manager will maintain records related to its proxy votes which may include copies of each annual report, proposal, proposal summary, actual vote, and any other information required to be maintained for a proxy vote under Rule 204-2 of the Advisers Act (see discussion in Section E below). With respect to proxy votes on topics deemed, in the opinion of the Proxy Manager, to be controversial or particularly sensitive, the Proxy Manager may provide a written explanation for the proxy vote which will be maintained with the record of the actual vote in LTCM’s files.

 



 

C. Voting Guidelines

 

While LTCM’s policy is to review each proxy proposal on its individual merits, LTCM has adopted guidelines for certain types of matters to assist the Proxy Manager in the review and voting of proxies. These guidelines are set forth below:

 

1.               Corporate Governance

 

a . Election of Directors and Similar Matters

 

In an uncontested election, LTCM will generally vote in favor of management’s proposed directors. In a contested election, LTCM will evaluate proposed directors on a case-by-case basis. With respect to proposals regarding the structure of a company’s Board of Directors, LTCM will review any contested proposal on its merits.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LTCM expects to support proposals to:

 

·                   Limit directors’ liability and broaden directors’ indemnification rights;

 

And expects to generally vote against proposals to:

 

·                   Adopt or continue the use of a classified Board structure; and

·                   Add special interest directors to the board of directors (e.g., efforts to expand the board of directors to control the outcome of a particular

 

b. Audit Committee Approvals

 

LTCM generally supports proposals that help ensure that a company’s auditors are independent and capable of delivering a fair and accurate opinion of a company’s finances. LTCM will generally vote to ratify management’s recommendation and selection of auditors.

 

c. Shareholder Rights

 

LTCM may consider all proposals that will have a material effect on shareholder rights on a case-by-case basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LTCM expects to generally support proposals to:

 

·                   Adopt confidential voting and independent tabulation of voting results; and

·                   Require shareholder approval of poison pills;

·

 

And expects to generally vote against proposals to:

 

·                   Adopt super-majority voting requirements; and

·                   Restrict the rights of shareholders to call special meetings, amend the bylaws or act by written consent.

 



 

2.               Anti-Takeover Measures, Corporate Restructurings and Similar Matters

 

LTCM may review any proposal to adopt an anti-takeover measure, to undergo a corporate restructuring (e.g., change of entity form or state of incorporation, mergers or acquisitions) or to take similar action by reviewing the potential short and long-term effects of the proposal on the company. These effects may include, without limitation, the economic and financial impact the proposal may have on the company, and the market impact that the proposal may have on the company’s stock.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LTCM expects to generally support proposals to:

 

·                   Prohibit the payment of greenmail (i.e., the purchase by the company of its own

·                   shares to prevent a hostile takeover);

·                   Adopt fair price requirements (i.e., requirements that all shareholders be paid the

·                   same price in a tender offer or takeover context), unless the Proxy Manager

·                   deems them sufficiently limited in scope; and

·                   Require shareholder approval of “poison pills.”

·

 

And expects to generally vote against proposals to:

 

·                   Adopt classified boards of directors;

·                   Reincorporate a company where the primary purpose appears to the Proxy Manager to be the creation of takeover defenses; and

·                   Require a company to consider the non-financial effects of mergers or acquisitions.

 

3.               Capital Structure Proposals

 

LTCM will seek to evaluate capital structure proposals on their own merits on a case-bycase basis.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LTCM expects to generally support proposals to:

 

·                   Eliminate preemptive rights.

 

4.               Compensation

 

a.                General

 

LTCM generally supports proposals that encourage the disclosure of a company’s compensation policies. In addition, LTCM generally supports proposals that fairly compensate executives, particularly those proposals that link executive compensation to performance. LTCM may consider any contested proposal related to a company’s compensation policies on a case-by-case basis.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LTCM expects to generally support proposals to:

 

·                   Require shareholders approval of golden parachutes; and

·                   Adopt golden parachutes that do not exceed 1 to 3 times the base

·                   compensation of the applicable executives.

 



 

And expects to generally vote against proposals to:

 

·                   Adopt measures that appear to the Proxy Manager to arbitrarily limit executive or employee benefits.

 

5.               Stock Option Plans and Share Issuances

 

LTCM evaluates proposed stock option plans and share issuances on a case-by-case basis. In reviewing proposals regarding stock option plans and issuances, LTCM may consider, without limitation, the potential dilutive effect on shareholders and the potential short and long-term economic effects on the company. We believe that stock option plans do not necessarily align the interest of executives and outside directors with those of shareholders. We believe that well thought out cash compensation plans can achieve these objectives without diluting shareholders ownership. Therefore, we generally will vote against stock option plans. However, we will review these proposals on a case-bycase basis to determine that shareholders interests are being represented. We certainly are in favor of management, directors and employees owning stock, but prefer that the shares are purchased in the open market.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LTCM expects to generally vote against proposals to:

 

·                   Establish or continue stock option plans and share issuances that are not in the best interest of the shareholders.

 

6.               Corporate Responsibility and Social Issues

 

LTCM generally believes that ordinary business matters (including, without limitation, positions on corporate responsibility and social issues) are primarily the responsibility of a company’s management that should be addressed solely by the company’s management. These types of proposals, often initiated by shareholders, may request that the company disclose or amend certain business practices.

 

LTCM will generally vote against proposals involving corporate responsibility and social issues, although LTCM may vote for corporate responsibility and social issue proposals that LTCM believes will have substantial positive economic or other effects on a company or the company’s stock.

 

7.               Foreign Securities

 

LTCM will generally not vote foreign proxies due to the limited amount of information provided and because shares may of these securities may be blocked and trading may be restricted until completion of the meeting.

 



 

D. Conflicts

 

In cases where LTCM is aware of a conflict between the interests of a client(s) and the interests of LTCM or an affiliated person of LTCM (e.g., a portfolio holding is a client or an affiliate of a client of LTCM), the LTCM will take the following steps:

 

(a) vote matters that are specifically covered by this Proxy Voting Policy (e.g., matters where the LTCM’s vote is strictly in accordance with this Policy and not in its discretion) in accordance with this Policy; and

 

(b) for other matters, contact the client for instructions with respect to how to vote the proxy.

 

E. Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policy

 

Upon receiving a written request from a client, LTCM will provide a copy of this policy within a reasonable amount of time. If approved by the client, this policy and any requested records may be provided electronically.

 

F. Recordkeeping

 

LTCM shall keep the following records for a period of at least five years, the first two in an easily accessible place:

 

(i) A copy of this Policy;

(ii) Proxy Statements received regarding client securities;

(iii) Records of votes cast on behalf of clients;

(iv) Any documents prepared by LTCM that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision; and

(v) Records of client requests for proxy voting information.

 

LTCM may rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies, and may rely on proxy statements and records of proxy votes cast by LTCM that are maintained with a third party such as a proxy voting service, provided that LTCM has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the documents promptly upon request.

 

G. Class Action Suits/Litigation

 

LTCM follows certain steps and procedures to ensure that LTCM has acted responsibly and made its decision to include or exclude portfolios from class action suits and litigation based on the best information available. When LTCM is an investment manager or trustee for all or a portion of the assets of an ERISA plan, it will follow ERISA fiduciary duty rules in determining whether to include or exclude the particular portfolio from the class action suit or litigation.

 



 

When LTCM management becomes aware of a class action lawsuit potentially applicable to a Fund, LTCM management will review information about the litigation and its details, and the eligibility requirements to join the class action. LTCM may then determine whether it is advisable for the Fund to participate in the class action. In making its determination, LTCM may consider, among other things, whether the potential recovery from the class action would be material for the Fund and whether investigating eligibility would be prohibitively time-consuming or expensive.

 

Where LTCM determines that participation in the class action is advisable and recommended, LTCM may contact applicable custodian banks or other applicable persons on the Fund’s behalf to instruct them to include or exclude eligible portfolios in the action.

 



 

Appendix G

 

STARWOOD REAL ESTATE SECURITIES, LLC

 

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

 

In voting proxies, Starwood is guided by general fiduciary principles. Starwood’s goal is to act prudently and solely in the best interest of the Fund. Starwood attempts to consider all aspects of its vote that could affect the value of the investment and where it votes proxies, will do so in the manner that it believes will be consistent with efforts to maximize the value of Investor’s positions.

 

Proxy material is promptly reviewed to evaluate the issues presented. Regularly recurring matters are usually voted as recommended by the issuer’s board of directors or “management,” but there are many circumstances that might cause Starwood to vote against such proposals. These would include, among others, excessive compensation, unusual management stock options, preferential voting, poison pills, etc. Starwood decides these issues on a case-by-case basis.

 

Starwood may, on occasion, determine to abstain from voting a proxy or a specific proxy item when it concludes that the potential benefit of voting is outweighed by the cost, when it is not in the Fund’s best interest to vote.

 

In furtherance of Starwood’s goal to vote proxies in the best interests of the Fund, Starwood follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between Starwood’s interests and those of the Fund before voting proxies on behalf of the Fund. Starwood monitors the potential for conflicts of interest on the part of Starwood with respect to voting proxies on behalf of the Fund both as a result of personal relationships, significant client relationships (those accounting for greater than 5% of annual revenues) or special circumstances that may arise during the conduct of Starwood’s business.

 

Starwood maintains an up to date list of issuers with respect to which Starwood has a conflict of interest in voting proxies on behalf of the Fund. Starwood will not vote proxies relating to issuers on such list on behalf of the Fund until it has been determined that the conflict of interest is not material or a method for resolving such conflict of interest has been agreed upon and implemented.

 

G-1



 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

PEA 143

PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 28 .

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

Articles of Incorporation.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Articles of Incorporation of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 24, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 24, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 12, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 12, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 27, 1990, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 1, 1990, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 15, 1992, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 22, 1992, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1993, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1993, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 



 

 

(11)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 19, 1994, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 19, 1994, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 19, 1994, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 19, 1994, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(15)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 27 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 31, 1995.

 

 

 

 

 

(16)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 16, 1996.

 

 

 

 

 

(17)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 11, 1996.

 

 

 

 

 

(18)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 9, 1997.

 

 

 

 

 

(19)

 

Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 25, 1997.

 

 

 

 

 

(20)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 25, 1997.

 

 

 

 

 

(21)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(22)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(23)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(24)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(25)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 30, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(26)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 29, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(27)

 

Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2000.

 

 

 

 

 

(28)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2000.

 



 

 

(29)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2000.

 

 

 

 

 

(30)

 

Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2000.

 

 

 

 

 

(31)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 15, 2001.

 

 

 

 

 

(32)

 

Articles of Amendment of Registrant ( Boston Partners Bond Fund - Institutional Class and Boston Partners Bond Fund - Investor Class ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 15, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(33)

 

Articles Supplementary to Charter of the Registrant ( Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund - Institutional Class and Boston Partners Bond Fund - Institutional Class ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 15, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(34)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Schneider Value Fund ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 16, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(35)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Institutional Liquidity Fund for Credit Unions and Liquidity Fund for Credit Union Members ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 84 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2003.

 

 

 

 

 

(36)

 

Articles of Amendment to Charter of the Registrant are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 89 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 30, 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

(37)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund — Investor Class, Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund — Institutional Class, Robeco WPG Tudor Fund — Institutional Class, Robeco WPG Large Cap Growth Fund — Institutional Class ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 93 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 4, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(38)

 

Certificate of Correction of Registrant is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(39)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund — Investor Class, Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund — Institutional Class, Robeco WPG Tudor Fund — Institutional Class, Robeco WPG 130/30 Large Cap Core Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Large Cap Growth Fund — Institutional Class ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 95 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(40)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Senbanc Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 96 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 6, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(41)

 

Articles of Amendment of Registrant ( Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund — Retirement Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 97 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 19, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(42)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund — Investor Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 99 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 27, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(43)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 104 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 18, 2006.

 



 

 

(44)

 

Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 108 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

(45)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Bear Stearns Ultra Short Income Fund f/k/a Bear Stearns Enhanced Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 109 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 15, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

(46)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 109 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 15, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

(47)

 

Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Bear Stearns Ultra Short Income Fund f/k/a Bear Stearns Enhanced Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(48)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Bear Stearns Ultra Short Income Fund f/k/a Bear Stearns Enhanced Income Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(49)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund, Free Market Fixed-Income Fund) incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 1, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(50)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant (Robeco WPG 130/30 Large Cap Core Fund — Investor Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.113 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 13, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(51)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( SAM Sustainable Water Fund, SAM Sustainable Climate Fund ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.114 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 17, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(52)

 

Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Robeco WPG 130/30 Large Cap Core Fund — Institutional Class) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No.116 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 4, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(53)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Bear Stearns Multifactor 130/30 US Core Equity Fund ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 123 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 17, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(54)

 

Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Bear Stearns Ultra Short Income Fund f/k/a Bear Stearns Enhanced Income Fund are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(55)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( SAM Sustainable Global Active Fund, SAM Sustainable Themes Fund ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 128 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 23, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(56)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 129 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 2, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(57)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( S1 Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 135 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 19, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(58)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 4, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(59)

 

Articles of Amendment of Registrant (Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Small Cap Value Fund) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 



 

 

(60)

 

Articles Supplementary of Registrant ( Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund ) are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

 

By-Laws.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

By-Laws, as amended, are filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

 

Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

See Articles VI, VII, VIII, IX and XI of Registrant’s Articles of 1 Incorporation dated February 17, 1988 which are incorporated herein by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 24, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

See Articles II, III, VI, XIII, and XIV of Registrant’s By-Laws as amended through August 25, 2004, which are incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 89 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 30, 2004.

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

 

Investment Advisory Contracts.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Schneider Small Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Schneider Capital Management Company is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II (formerly Micro Cap Value)) between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 8, 2003.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Amendment to Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 24, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund (formerly Market Neutral)) between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 8, 2003.

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and Bogle Investment Management, L.P. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 30, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Amended and Restated Investment Advisory Agreement (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 105 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 30, 2006. 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Schneider Value Fund) between Registrant and Schneider Capital Management Company is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Tudor Fund) between Registrant and Weiss, Peck & Greer Investments is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 25, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio ) between Registrant and Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 24, 2008.

 



 

 

(10)

 

Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement (Money Market Portfolio ) between Registrant and BlackRock Advisors, LLC. is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund ) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(12) 

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund, Free Market Fixed Income Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 125 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 27, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (Schneider Small Cap Value Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (Schneider Value Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(15)

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(16)

 

Form of Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners Large Cap Value Fund, Robeco Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II, Robeco Boston Partners Mid Cap Value Fund, Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund, Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund, Robeco WPG Small Cap Value Fund and Robeco WPG 130/30 Large Cap Core Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 134 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 30, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(17)

 

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(18)

 

Assumption Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II, Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund, Robeco Boston Partners Large Cap Value Fund, Robeco Boston Partners Mid Cap Value Fund, Robeco Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) between Boston Partners Asset Management and Robeco Investment Management, Inc. dated January 1, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(19)

 

Assumption Agreement (Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund, Robeco WPG Large Cap Growth Fund, and Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Small Cap Value Fund) between Weiss, Peck, & Greer Investments and Robeco Investment Management, Inc. dated January 1, 2007 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(20)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and Perimeter Capital Management LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(21)

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and Perimeter Capital Management is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 132 to the Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 22, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(22)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Registrant and Simple Alternatives, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 138 to the Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(23)

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (S1 Fund) between Registrant and Simple Alternatives, LLC is filed herewith.

 



 

 

(24)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(25)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Courage Capital Management, LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(26)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(27)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(28)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(29)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Trellus Management Co., LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(30)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement ( Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(31)

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(32)

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(33)

 

Form of Investment Advisory Agreement ( Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

(34)

 

Form of Investment Advisory Agreement ( Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

(35)

 

Form of Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

 

Underwriting Contracts.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Distribution Agreement between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) dated as of January 2, 2001 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 15, 2001.

 



 

 

(2)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplement (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund - Investor Class) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplement (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund - Institutional Class ) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplement (Schneider Value Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplement (Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Small Cap Value Fund - Institutional Class) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplement (Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 108 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplement (Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplements (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 24, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplement ( Free Market International Equity Fund ) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 24, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplement ( Free Market Fixed Income Fund ) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 24, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

Form of Distribution Agreement Supplement (Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. ( f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.)   is incorporated herein by reference to Post Effective Amendment No. 132 to the Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 22, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

Distribution Agreement between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 4, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

 

Distribution Agreement Supplement (S1 Fund and Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 



 

 

(14)

 

Form of Distribution Agreement Supplement (Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

 

Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Fund Office Retirement Profit-Sharing and Trust Agreement, dated as of October 24, 1990, as amended is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 1, 1997.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to Fund Office Retirement Profit Sharing Plan and Trust Reflecting EGTRRA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

 

Custodian Agreements.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Custody Agreement dated July 18, 2011 between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Foreign Custody Manager Agreement dated July 18, 2011 between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Form of Amended and Restated Schedule II to the Custody Agreement  ( Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund ) is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

 

Other Material Contracts.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement (Sansom Street) between Registrant and Provident Financial Processing Corporation, dated as of August 16, 1988 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 1989, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Shareholder Servicing Agreement (Sansom Street Money Market) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 1989, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Shareholder Servicing Agreement (Sansom Street Government Obligations Money Market) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 1989, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Shareholder Services Plan (Sansom Street Money Market) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 1989, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement (Bedford Money Market) between Registrant and Provident Financial Processing Corporation, dated as of August 16, 1988 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 1989, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement and Supplements (Bradford, Beta, Gamma, Delta, Epsilon, Zeta, Eta and Theta) between Registrant and Provident Financial Processing Corporation dated as of November 5, 1991 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 15, 1992, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 



 

 

(7)

 

Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company and PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) dated February 1, 1995 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 6, 1995.

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

Supplement to Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant, State Street Bank and Trust Company, Inc. and PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) dated April 10, 1995 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 6, 1995.

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated December 15, 1994 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 25, 1995.

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

 

Transfer Agreement and Service Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 30, 1996.

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Boston Partners Mid Cap Value Fund - Institutional Class) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 25, 1997.

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Boston Partners Mid Cap Value Fund - Investor Class) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 25, 1997.

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

 

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Boston Partners Mid Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) dated, May 30, 1997 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 25, 1997.

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

 

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Schneider Small Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.)   is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(15)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Schneider Small Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(16)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II (formerly Micro Cap Value) - Institutional Class) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(17)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II (formerly Micro Cap Value) - Investor Class) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(18)

 

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II (formerly Boston Partners Micro Cap Value Fund)) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 



 

 

(19)

 

Administrative and Accounting Services Agreement (Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund (formerly Market Neutral) - Institutional and Investor Classes) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(20)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund (formerly Market Neutral) - Institutional and Investor Classes) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(21)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Boston Partners Fund (formerly Long-Short Equity)) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 19, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(22)

 

Form of Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Boston Partners Fund (formerly Long-Short Equity)) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 19, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(23)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 30, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(24)

 

Non 12b-1 Shareholder Services Plan and Agreement (Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth - Investor Shares) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 30, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(25)

 

Agreement between E*TRADE Group, Inc., Registrant and Registrant’s principal underwriter is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 1, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(26)

 

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 1, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(27)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Supplement (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(28)

 

Form of Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 15, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(29)

 

Transfer Agency Supplement (Schneider Value Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(30)

 

Form of Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Schneider Value Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 16, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(31)

 

Shareholder Servicing Agreement (Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 



 

 

(32)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Customer Identification Program) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 84 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2003.

 

 

 

 

 

(33)

 

Regulatory Administration Services Agreement between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 84 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2003.

 

 

 

 

 

(34)

 

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Robeco WPG Core Bond Fund, Robeco WPG Large Cap Growth Fund, and Robeco WPG Tudor Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 25, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(35)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Tudor Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 25, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(36)

 

Non-12b-1 Shareholder Services Plan and Related Form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement (Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Tudor Fund — Institutional Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 100 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 25, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(37)

 

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.)   is incorporated  herein by reference to  Post-Effective Amendment No. 108 to the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

(38)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.)    is incorporated  herein by reference to  Post-Effective Amendment No. 108 to the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

(39)

 

Amended Schedule A to Regulatory Administration Services Agreement ( Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.)   is incorporated  herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 108 to the  Registrant’s  Registration  Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

(40)

 

Form of Money Market Fund Services Agreement to Delegation Agreement (Money Market Portfolio) between Registrant, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) , and BlackRock Institutional Management Corp. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(41)

 

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(42)

 

Amended Schedule A to Regulatory Administration Services Agreement ( Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund ) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(43)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(44)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund ) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 24, 2008.

 



 

 

(45)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Free Market International Equity Fund ) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 24, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(46)

 

Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Free Market Fixed Income Fund ) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 24, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(47)

 

Amended Schedule A to Regulatory Administration Services Agreement (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund, Free Market International Equity Fund, Free Market Fixed-Income Fund ) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 126 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 24, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(48)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Red Flags Amendment) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc . ) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 127 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

(49)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post Effective Amendment No. 132 to the Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 22, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(50)

 

Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(51)

 

Amended Schedule A to the Regulatory Administration Services Agreement ( Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund ) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Asset Servicing (US) Inc. (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.)   is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010..

 

 

 

 

 

(52)

 

Form of Administrative and Accounting Services Agreement (S1 Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 1, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(53)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (S1 Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc . (f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 1, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(54)

 

Form of Amended Schedule A to Regulatory Administration Services Agreement (S1 Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. ( f/k/a PNC Global Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 1, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(55)

 

Form of Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 4, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(56)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 4, 2010.

 



 

 

(57)

 

Form of Amended Schedule A to Regulatory Administration Services Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 4, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(58)

 

Form of Money Market Fund Services Agreement to Delegation Agreement (Money Market Portfolio) between Registrant, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., and BlackRock Advisors, LLC (f/k/a BlackRock Institutional Management Corp.) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(59)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Robeco Boston Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(60)

 

Form of Amended Schedule A to Regulatory Administration Services Agreement (Robeco Boston Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(61)

 

Form of Administration and Accounting Services Agreement (Robeco Boston Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund) between Registrant and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (U.S.) Inc. to be filed by amendment.

 

 

 

 

(i)

(1)

 

Opinion and Consent of Counsel to be filed by amendment. 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Consent of Counsel to be filed by amendment.

 

 

 

 

(j)

 

 

None.

 

 

 

 

(k)

 

 

None.

 

 

 

 

(l)

 

 

Initial Capital Agreements.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Subscription Agreement, relating to Classes A through N, is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 12, 1988, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Subscription Agreement between Registrant and Planco Financial Services, Inc., relating to Classes O and P is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1990.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Subscription Agreement between Registrant and Planco Financial Services, Inc., relating to Class Q is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1990.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Subscription Agreement between Registrant and Counsellors Securities Inc. relating to Classes R, S, and Alpha 1 through Theta 4 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 15, 1992, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. relating to Classes TT and UU (Boston Partners Mid Cap Value Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 25, 1997.

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Schneider Capital Management Company relating to Class YY (Schneider Small Cap Value Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 



 

 

(7)

 

Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. relating to Classes DDD and EEE (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II (formerly Micro Cap Value)) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management relating to Classes III and JJJ (Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund (formerly Market Neutral)) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

Form of Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L. P. relating to Classes KKK and LLL (Boston Partners Fund (formerly Long-Short Equity)) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 19, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

 

Purchase Agreement (Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund) between Registrant and Bogle Investment Management, L.P. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on September 30, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

Purchase Agreement (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) between Registrant and Boston Partners Asset Management, L.P. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

Purchase Agreement (Schneider Value Fund) between Registrant and Schneider Capital Management Company is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

 

Purchase Agreement (Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund f/k/a Robeco WPG Tudor Fund) between Registrant and Weiss, Peck & Greer Investments is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 96 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 6, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

 

Purchase Agreement (Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio) between Registrant and Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 111 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on February 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(15)

 

Purchase Agreement (Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 124 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(16)

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Free Market U.S. Equity Fund) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. (f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 1, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(17)

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Free Market International Equity Fund) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. (f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.) , is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 1, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(18)

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Free Market Fixed Income Fund) between Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. (f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.) , is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 112 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on June 1, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

(19)

 

Form of Purchase Agreement ( Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund ) between Registrant and Perimeter Capital Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 134 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 30, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(20)

 

Purchase Agreement (S1 Fund) between Registrant and Simple Alternatives, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 138 to the Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 29, 2010.

 



 

 

(21)

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 136 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on August 4, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(22)

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc.is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrants Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

 

 

 

 

 

(23)

 

Form of Purchase Agreement (Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund) between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrants Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

 

 

 

 

(m)

 

 

Rule 12b-1 Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Plan of Distribution (Bedford Money Market) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on March 23, 1989, and refiled electronically with Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 to Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on October 30, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Plan of Distribution (Boston Partners Mid Cap Value Fund - Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 9, 1997.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Plan of Distribution (Boston Partners Small Cap Value Fund II (formerly Micro Cap Value) - Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on April 10, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Amendment to Plans of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 14, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Plan of Distribution (Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund (formerly Market Neutral) - Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 12, 1998.

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Plan of Distribution (Boston Partners Fund (formerly Long Short Equity) - Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on May 19, 1999.

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 80 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on November 1, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

Agreement between Registrant, Bear Stearns Securities Corp. and BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc.) dated as of November 17, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 101 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement filed on December 29, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund — Investor Class) between Registrant and Perimeter Capital Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 132 to the Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 22, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

 

Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1( Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund — Investor Class ) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (S1 Fund — R Shares) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 1, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1( Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund — Investor Class) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

 



 

 

(13)

 

Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1( Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund — Investor Class  is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 142 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 14, 2011.

 

 

 

 

(n)

 

 

Rule 18f-3 Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Amended Rule 18f-3 Plan to be filed by amendment.

 

 

 

 

(p)

 

 

Code of Ethics.

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

Code of Ethics of the Registrant is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 110 to Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 29, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Code of Ethics of Robeco Investment Management is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Code of Ethics of Schneider Capital Management Company is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 129 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 2, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Code of Ethics of Bogle Investment Management, L.P. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 129 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 2, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Code of Ethics of J.P Morgan Chase & Co. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 141 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on December 28, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Code of Ethics of Marvin & Palmer Associates, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 129 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on July 2, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

Code of Ethics of Matson Money, Inc. is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

Code of Ethics of Perimeter Capital Management LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 132 to the Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 22, 2009.

 

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

Code of Ethics of Simple Alternatives, LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(10)

 

Code of Ethics of Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC is filed herewith

 

 

 

 

 

(11)

 

Code of Ethics of Courage Capital Management, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 1, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(12)

 

Code of Ethics of Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(13)

 

Code of Ethics of Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC is filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(14)

 

Code of Ethics of Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 1, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(15)

 

Code of Ethics of Trellus Management Co., LLC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 137 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (No. 33-20827) filed on October 1, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

(16)

 

Code of Ethics of BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc. is filed herewith.

 

Item 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

 

None.

 



 

Item 30. INDEMNIFICATION

 

Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 of Article VIII of Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, incorporated herein by reference as Exhibits (a)(1) and (a)(3), provide as follows:

 

Section 1. To the fullest extent that limitations on the liability of directors and officers are permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, no director or officer of the Corporation shall have any liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for damages. This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Corporation whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.

 

Section 2. The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law. The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its officers to the same extent as its directors and to such further extent as is consistent with law. The Board of Directors may by law, resolution or agreement make further provision for indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Maryland General Corporation law.

 

Section 3. No provision of this Article shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Corporation against any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

 

Section 4. References to the Maryland General Corporation Law in this Article are to the law as from time to time amended. No further amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall decrease, but may expand, any right of any person under this Article based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to such amendment. Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement Registrant and BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BALLC”), dated June 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(10), provides for the indemnification of BALLC against certain losses.

 

Section 12 of each of the Investment Advisory Agreements between Registrant and Robeco Investment Management, Inc. (“Robeco”) ( f/k/a Boston Partners Asset Management, LLC (“Boston Partners”) and Weiss, Peck & Greer Investments (“WPG”)) , incorporated herein by reference to exhibits (d)(2), (d)(3), (d)(4), (d)(6), (d)(8) ,(d)(30), (d)(33) and (d)(34), provides for the indemnification of Robeco against certain losses.

 

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Bogle Investment Management, L.P. (“Bogle”), dated September 15, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (d)(5) provides for the indemnification of Bogle against certain losses.

 

Section 9 of the Distribution Agreement between Registrant and BNY Mellon Distributors Inc. (f/k/a PFPC Distributors, Inc. ), dated January 2, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference to exhibit (e)(1) provides for the indemnification of BNY Mellon Distributors Inc. against certain losses.

 

Section 12 of each of the Investment Advisory Agreements between the Registrant and Schneider Capital Management (“Schneider”) incorporated herein by reference as exhibits (d)(1) and (d)(7) provides for the indemnification of Schneider against certain losses.

 



 

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc., (“Bear Stearns”), on behalf of the Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio , dated August 12, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference as exhibit (d)(9) provides for the indemnification of Bear Stearns against certain losses.

 

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Marvin & Palmer Associates, Inc., (“Marvin & Palmer Associates”) dated March 5, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference as exhibit (d)(11) provides for the indemnification of Marvin & Palmer Associates against certain losses.

 

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Matson Money, Inc. ( f/k/a Abundance Technologies, Inc.) , (“Matson Money”) dated December 31, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference as exhibit (d)(12) provides for the indemnification of Matson Money against certain losses.

 

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Perimeter Capital Management (“Perimeter”) dated September 30, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference as exhibit (d)(20) provides for the indemnification of Perimeter against certain losses.

 

Section 12 of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Simple Alternatives, LLC (“SA”) dated September 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference as exhibit (d)(22) provides for the indemnification of SA against certain losses.

 

Item 31.

 

 

BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISERS.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

BlackRock Advisors, LLC:

BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BA”) principal business address is 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809. BA is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and serves as an investment adviser for registered investment companies. Information as to the directors and officers of BA for the past two fiscal years is as follows:

 

Name and Position with
BlackRock

 

Other Company

 

Position with Other Company

Ann Marie Petach, Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

BAA Holdings, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Financial Officer, Managing Director, and Director

 

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Cayco Limited,
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Cayman Company,
Georgetown, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Cayman Finco Limited,
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Finco, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Director

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.,
Cayman Islands

 

Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer, and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 4, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 6, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, National Association,
San Francisco, CA

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. - London Branch,
London, England

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. - Sydney Branch,
Sydney, Australia

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Lux Finco S.a r.l.,
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Operations (Luxembourg) S.a r.l.,
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock UK 1 LP,London, England

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Chief Financial Officer and Managing Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

 

Robert P. Connolly, General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

BAA Holdings, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Execution Services,
San Francisco, CA

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Fund Distribution Company,
San Francisco, CA

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.,
Cayman Islands

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Investments, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Lux Finco S.a r.l.,
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

BlackRock Operations (Luxembourg) S.a r.l.,
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

General Counsel, Managing Director and Secretary

Laurence D. Fink, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

BAA Holdings, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Singapore Pte. Ltd.,
Singapore

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

BlackRock Asset Management International, Inc.,
San Fancisco, CA

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Markets, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

 

BlackRock Execution Services,
San Francisco, CA

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

 

BlackRock Fund Distribution Company,
San Francisco, CA

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.,
Cayman Islands

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

BlackRock HPB Management, LLC,
New York, NY

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

BlackRock Investments, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chairman - Board of Managers

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

 

 

DSP BlackRock Investment Managers Private Limited,
Mumbai, India

 

Director

 

 

iShares Delaware Trust Sponsor, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Director

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,Boston, MA

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

State Street Research Investment Services, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Robert S. Kapito, President and Director

 

BAA Holdings, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Singapore Pte. Ltd.,
Singapore

 

President

 

 

BlackRock Asset Management International, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

President and Director

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Markets, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Execution Services,
San Francisco, CA

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Fund Distribution Company,
San Francisco, CA

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.,
Cayman Islands

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

President

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Investments, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Director - Board of Managers

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

President

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC, Wilmington, DE

 

President and Director

 

 

Carbon Capital III, Inc.
New York, NY

 

Director

 

 

iShares Delaware Trust Sponsor, LLC,
San Francisco, CA

 

Director

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

President and Director

 

 

State Street Research Investment Services, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

President and Director

Paul Audet, Senior Managing Director

 

BAA Holdings, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Lux Finco S.a r.l.,
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Operations (Luxembourg) S.a r.l.,
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock UK 1 LP,London, England

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

Charles Hallac, Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.
Cayman Islands

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock India Private Ltd.,
Mumbai, India

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, National Association,
San Francisco, CA

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. - London Branch,
London, England

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. - Sydney Branch,
Sydney, Australia

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC,Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer

Barbara Novick, Senior Managing Director

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.,
Cayman Islands

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

Peter Fisher, Senior Managing Director

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Singapore Pte. Limited,
Singapore

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.
Cayman Islands

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

Susan Wagner, Vice Chairman

 

BAA Holdings, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.
Cayman Islands

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, National Association,
San Francisco, CA

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. - London Branch,
London, England

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. - Sydney Branch,
Sydeny, Australia

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Vice Chairman

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC
Wilmington, DE

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

DSP BlackRock Investment Managers Private Limited,
Mumbai, India

 

Director

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Vice Chairman

Robert Doll, Senior Managing Director

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Fancisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.
Cayman Islands

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

Portfolio Administration & Management Ltd.,
Cayman Islands

 

Director

 



 

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

Robert Fairbairn, Senior Managing Director

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Fancisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.
Cayman Islands

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,Plainsboro, NJ

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Lux Finco S.a r.l.,
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Operations (Luxembourg) S.a r.l.,
Luxembourg, Luxembourg

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock UK 1 LP,
London, England

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

Bennett Golub, Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Fancisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management,

Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.
Cayman Islands

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings,

Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer

Richard Kushel, Senior Managing Director

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Asset Management Deutschland AG,
Munich, Germany

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Fancisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management,

Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 5, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, 

Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Japan Co., Ltd
Tokyo, Japan

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC
Wilmington, DE

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Senior Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Singapore Pte. Ltd.,
Singapore

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Asset Management UK Limited,
London, England

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock Group Limited,
London, England

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock (Hong Kong) Limited,
Hong Kong, SAR, China

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock International Limited,
Edinburgh, Scotland

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management International Limited,London, England

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management (Korea) Limited,
Seoul, Korea

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management (Singapore) Limited,
Singapore

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited,
London, England

 

Chairman and Director

 

 

BlackRock (Taiwan) Limited,
Taipei, Taiwan

 

Director

 

 

DSP BlackRock Investment Managers Private Limited,
Mumbai, India

 

Director

 



 

 

 

PSN Pty Ltd.,
Melbourne, Australia

 

Director

Amy Engel, Treasurer and Managing Director

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BAA Holdings, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management,

Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.
Cayman Islands

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings,

Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC
Wilmington, DE

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.
Boston, MA

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Treasurer and Managing Director

Blake Grossman, Vice Chairman

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Fancisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management,

Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, National Association,
San Francisco, CA

 

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. - London Branch,
London, England

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. - Sydney Branch,
Sydney, Australia

 

Director

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings,

Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

Kendrick Wilson, Vice Chairman

 

BlackRock, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Capital Holdings, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Capital Management, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Corporation US, Inc.,
San Fancisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Delaware Holdings, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.,New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Fund Advisors,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Funding, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Funding International, Ltd.,
Cayman Islands

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Growth Partners, Inc.,
San Francisco, CA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc.,
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc.,
New York, NY

 

Vice Chairman

 



 

 

 

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC,
Plainsboro, NJ

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Holdings, Inc.
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

BlackRock Portfolio Investments, LLC
Wilmington, DE

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

SSRM Holdings, Inc.
Boston, MA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

State Street Research & Management Company,
Boston, MA

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

 

2.

Bogle Investment Management, LP:

The sole business activity of Bogle Investment Management, LP (“Bogle”), 2310 Washington Street, Suite 310, Newton Lower Falls, MA 02462, is to serve as an investment adviser. Bogle is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The directors and officers have not held any positions with other companies during the last two fiscal years.

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Schneider Capital Management Company:

The sole business activity of Schneider Capital Management Company (“Schneider”), 460 E. Swedesford Road, Suite 2000, Wayne, PA 19087, is to serve as an investment adviser.  Schneider is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

Information as to the directors and officers of Schneider is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Position with
Schneider

 

Other Company

 

Position With Other Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arnold C. Schneider, III

President and Chief Investment Officer

 

Turnbridge Management Partners Corp.

 

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steven J. Fellin

Sr. Vice President, Chief Operating & Financial Officer Chief Compliance Officer

 

Turnbridge Management Partners Corp.

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Robeco Investment Management , Inc.

The sole business activity of Robeco Investment Management, Inc.  (“RIM”), 909 Third Avenue, New York 10022, is to serve as an investment adviser.  RIM provides investment advisory services to the Robeco Boston Partners Funds and the Robeco Weiss, Peck, & Greer Funds.

RIM is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and serves as an investment adviser to domestic and foreign institutional investors, investment companies, commingled trust funds, private investment partnerships and collective investment vehicles.  Information as to the directors and officers of Robeco Investment Management, Inc.  is as follows:

 



 

 

Name and Position with RIM

 

Other Company

 

Position With Other
Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark E. Donovan

Senior Managing Director,

Co-Chief Executive Officer

 

Robeco Institutional Asset

Management US Inc.

 

Robeco Trust Company

 

Saint Sebastian High School

 

Director

 

 

Co-CEO, Director & Chairman of the Board

 

Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph F. Feeney, Jr.

Senior Managing Director,

Co-Chief Executive Officer

 

Robeco US Holding, Inc.

 

Robeco Trust Company

 

Director

 

President, Co-CEO, Chief Investment Officer, Director & Vice Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William George Butterly, III

Senior Managing Director,  Chief Operating Officer, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer & Secretary

 

Robeco Institutional Assets

Management US Inc.

 

Robeco Securities, L.L.C.

 

Robeco Trust Company

 

Sustainable Asset Management USA, Inc.

 

Chief Legal Officer, Chief Compliance Officer & Secretary

 

Chief Legal Officer

 

Chief Operating Officer, Secretary & Director

 

Chief Legal Officer, Chief Compliance Officer & Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Matthew J. Davis

Senior Managing Director, Treasurer & Chief Financial Officer

 

Robeco Institutional Asset Management US Inc.

 

Robeco Securities, L.L.C.

 

Robeco Trust Company

 

President, Treasurer & Director

 

 

Chief Legal Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer & Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul F. Healey

Senior Managing Director & Director of Sales, Marketing & Client Service 

 

Robeco Securities, L.L.C.

 

Robeco Trust Company

 

 

Mellon Capital Management

 

Investment Committee of the New England Province of Jesuits

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Director of Sales & Relationship Management, & Director

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

Member, Former Chairman

 

 



 

 

Roderick Munsters

Director

 

None

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leni M. Boeren

Director

 

None

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hester Borrie

Director

 

None

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc.

Bear Stearns Asset Management Inc. (“BSAM”) serves as the investment adviser to the Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio. BSAM is located at 245 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10167. BSAM is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. BSAM’s Form ADV is available on the SEC’s website.

 

Information as to the directors and officers of BSAM is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Position with
BSAM

 

Other Company

 

Position With Other Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lawrence Unrein

Director, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Roger Baumann

Director

 

Artisan Advisors LLC

 

CEO/Founder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory Quental

Director

 

Domus

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Craig M. Sullivan

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

6.

Matson Money, Inc. (formerly known as Abundance Technologies, Inc.):

The sole business activity of Matson Money, Inc. (“Matson Money”), 5955 Deerfield Blvd., Mason, OH 45040, is to serve as an investment adviser.  Matson Money is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Below is a list of each executive officer and director of Matson Money indicating each business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each such person has been engaged within the last two years, for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, partner or trustee.

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Position with
Matson Money, Inc.

 

Name of Other Company

 

Position With Other Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark E Matson

President/CEO

 

 

Abundance Horizons LLC

 

Keep It Tight Fitness, LLC

 

50% owner

 

50% owner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michelle Matson

Vice President/ Secretary

 

None

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dan List

Chief Compliance Officer

 

None

 

None

 



 

 

 

7.

Marvin & Palmer Associates, Inc.:

The sole business activity of Marvin & Palmer Associates, Inc., 1201 N. Market Street, Suite 2300, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1165, is to serve as an investment adviser.  Marvin & Palmer Associates is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

 

Below is a list of each executive officer and director of Marvin & Palmer Associates indicating each business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each such person has been engaged within the last two years, for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, partner or trustee.

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Position with
Marvin & Palmer
Associates

 

Name of Other Company

 

Position With Other Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David F. Marvin

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Director

 

Cash Management Policy Board

Office of the State Treasurer

820 Silver Lake Boulevard

Suite 100

Dover, Delaware  19901

 

Wilmington University

Board of Trustees

320 DuPont Highway

New Castle, Delaware  19720

 

Board Member







Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stanley Palmer

Vice Chairman

Director

 

None

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Todd D. Marvin

President

Director

 

Serviam Girls Academy

P. O. Box 7907

Wilmington, Delaware 19803

 

Board Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

David L. Schaen

President

Director

 

None

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Karen T. Buckley

Chief Operating Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Director

 

None

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Rt. Hon. Lord Moore, P.C.

Director

 

None

 

 

None

 



 

 

Madelyn B. Smith

Director

 

University of Puget Sound

Endowment Committee

1500 North Warner Street

Tacoma, Washington  98416

 

Bellarmine Preparatory School

Retirement Board

2300 S. Washington

Tacoma, Washington 98405-1399

 

 

 

 

 

 

Committee Member

 

 

 

 

Trustee of Retirement Fund

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Perimeter Capital Management, LLC (“Perimeter”)

 

The principal business address of Perimeter is Six Concourse Parkway, Suite 3300, Atlanta, Georgia 30328.

Perimeter serves as the investment adviser for the Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund. Perimeter is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The information as to the directors and officers of Perimeter is as follows:

 

 

Name and Position with
Perimeter

 

Name of Other Company

 

Position With Other Company

 

G. Bradley Ball

Managing Partner and CEO Perimeter Capital Management

 

Perimeter Concourse Capital LLC

 

Member, Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark D. Garfinkel, CFA Managing Partner and CIO Perimeter Capital Management

 

Perimeter Concourse Capital LLC

 

Member, Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christopher J. Paolella

Managing Partner, Director of Marketing & Consultant Relations

Perimeter Capital Management

 

Perimeter Concourse Capital LLC

 

Director of Marketing & Consultant Relations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adam C. Stewart, CFA  Partner, Director of Trading  and Chief Compliance Officer Perimeter Capital Management

 

Perimeter Concourse Capital LLC

 

Director of Trading & CCO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Theresa N. Benson

Partner, Director of Third-Party Distribution & Consultant Relations  Perimeter Capital Management

 

Perimeter Concourse Capital LLC

 

Director of Third-Party Distribution & Client Relations

 



 

 

 

9.

Simple Alternatives, LLC (“SA”)

The principal business address of SA is 90 Grove Street, Suite 205, Ridgefield, CT 06877.

 

SA serves as the investment adviser for the S1 Fund. SA is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The information as to the directors and officers of SA is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Position with 
SA

 

Name of Other Company

 

Position With Other Company

 

James K. Dilworth

Partner, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Dilworth Capital Management, LLC

 

Dilworth Securities, Inc.

 

President, Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce MacDonald

Partner, Chief Investment Officer

 

 

University of Virginia Investment Management Company (UVIMCO)

 

Chairman of the Investment Committee and Director of Asset Allocation & Risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Josh Kernan

Partner, Chief Marketing Officer

 

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc

 

Director of Alternative Investments & Managed Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJ Rossi

Chief Operating Officer & CFO

 

TH Lee Putnum Ventures, LP

 

Director of Finance & Business Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lelia Long

Chief Compliance Officer

 

Pemberwick Investment Advisors, LLC

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vigilant Compliance Services

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The New Ireland Fund, Inc.

 

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank of Ireland Asset Management (U.S.) Limited

 

Director & Senior Vice President — Client Services

 

Item 32 Principal Underwriter

 

(a)      BNY Mellon Distributors Inc. (“the Distributor”) is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a broker-dealer and is a member of the FINRA.  As of April 26, 2011, the Distributor acted as principal underwriter for the following investment companies:

 

Aston Funds

E.I.I. Realty Securities Trust

FundVantage Trust

GuideStone Funds

Highland Floating Rate Fund

Highland Floating Rate Advantage Fund

Highland Funds I

Highland Funds II

The Industry Leaders Fund

 



 

Kalmar Pooled Investment Trust

Matthews International Funds, dba Matthews Asia Funds

Metropolitan West Funds

The Motley Fool Funds Trust

New Alternatives Funds, Inc.

Old Westbury Funds

The RBB Fund, Inc.

Stratton Multi-Cap Fund, Inc.

Stratton Real Estate Fund, Inc.

The Stratton Funds, Inc.

The Torray Fund

 

(b)    The Distributor is a Massachusetts corporation located at 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406.  The Distributor is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BNY Mellon Distributors Holdings Inc. Inc. a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, a publicly traded company.

 

The following is a list of the directors and executive officers of the Distributor:

 

Board of Directors

 

Name

 

Position

 

Effective Date

John F. Fulgoney

 

Director

 

January 11, 2011

Michael DeNofrio

 

Director

 

April 26, 2007

Steven Turowski

 

Director

 

August 30, 2007

Dennis J. Westley

 

Director

 

March 4, 2008

Scott P. LaVasseur

 

Director

 

February 16, 2011

 

Officers

 

Name

 

Position

 

Effective Date

John F. Fulgoney

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

January 18, 2011

Bruno DiStefano

 

Vice President

 

April 11, 2007

Susan K. Moscaritolo

 

Vice President, Secretary and Clerk

 

VP - April 11, 2007

Secretary and Clerk — May 29, 2007

Matthew O. Tierney

 

Treasurer and Financial Operations Principal, Chief Financial Officer

 

August 19, 2008

Felicia Antonio

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

August 27, 2010

Jodi Jamison

 

Chief Legal Officer

 

April 11, 2007

Ellen C. Krause

 

Chief Risk Officer

 

March 26, 2009

Maria C. Schaffer

 

Controller and Assistant Treasurer

 

April 11, 2007

John J. Munera

 

Anti-Money Laundering Officer

 

April 11, 2007

Ronald Berge

 

Vice President

 

February 16, 2011

Dianna A. Stone

 

Assistant Secretary and Assistant Clerk

 

November 27, 2007

Kevin D. Peterson

 

Assistant Treasurer — Tax

 

July 1, 2010

Gary E. Abbs

 

Assistant Treasurer — Tax

 

July 1, 2010

Joanne S. Huber

 

Assistant Treasurer — Tax

 

July 1, 2010

Barbara J. Parrish

 

Assistant Secretary

 

July 1, 2010

 



 

Mary Lou Olinski

 

Assistant Secretary

 

July 1, 2010

Cristina Rice

 

Assistant Secretary

 

July 1, 2010

 

(c)        Not Applicable.

 

Item 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

 

(1)    The Bank of New York Mellon, One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286 (records relating to its functions as sub-adviser and custodian).

 

(2)    BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc., 760 Moore Road, Valley Forge, Pennsylvania 19406. (records relating to its functions as principal underwriter).

 

(3)    BlackRock Advisors, LLC, Bellevue Corporate Center, 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (records relating to its functions as investment adviser, sub-adviser and administrator).

 

(4)    BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., Bellevue Corporate Center, 103 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (records relating to its functions as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent).

 

(5)    BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 301 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (records relating to its function as administrator and accounting agent and Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws and Minute books).

 

(6)    Robeco Investment Management, Inc. (formerly Boston Partners Asset Management, L.L.C.), 909 Third Avenue, 32 nd  floor, New York, New York 10022 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

 

(7)    Schneider Capital Management Co., 460 East Swedesford Road, Suite 1080, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

 

(8)    Bogle Investment Management, L.P., 2310 Washington Street, Suite 310, Newton Lower Falls, Massachusetts 02462 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

 

(9)   Robeco Investment Management, Inc. (formerly Weiss, Peck & Greer Investments), 909 Third Avenue, 32nd floor, New York, New York 10022 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

 

(10) Bear Stearns & Co. Inc., 245 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10167 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

 

(11) Marvin & Palmer Associates, Inc., 1201 N. Market Street, Suite 2300, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1165 (records    relating to its function as investment adviser).

 

(12) Matson Money, Inc. (formerly Abundance Technologies, Inc.), 5955 Deerfield Blvd., Mason, OH 45040 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

 

(13) Perimeter Capital Management, LLC, Five Concourse Parkway Suite 2725 Atlanta, GA 30328 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

 

(14) Simple Alternatives, LLC, 90 Grove Street, Suite 205, Ridgefield, CT 06877 (records relating to its function as investment adviser).

 

Item 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

None.

 



 

Item 35. UNDERTAKINGS

 

(a)    Registrant hereby undertakes to hold a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of considering the removal of directors in the event the requisite number of shareholders so request.

 

(b)    Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish each person to whom a prospectus is delivered a copy of Registrant’s latest annual report to shareholders upon request and without charge.

 



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it has duly caused this Post-Effective  Amendment No. 143 to its  Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Wilmington, and State of Delaware on the 28 th  day of October, 2011.

 

 

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

 

 

By: /s/ Salvatore Faia

 

Salvatore Faia

 

President

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Post-Effective Amendment to Registrant’s Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

 

TITLE

 

DATE

 

/s/ Salvatore Faia

 

President (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Compliance Officer

 

October 28, 2011

 

Salvatore Faia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joel L. Weiss

 

Treasurer (Chief Financial Officer)

 

October 28, 2011

 

Joel L. Weiss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*J. Richard Carnall

 

Director

 

October 28, 2011

 

J. Richard Carnall

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Francis J. McKay

 

Director

 

October 28, 2011

 

Francis J. McKay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Marvin E. Sternberg

 

Director

 

October 28, 2011

 

Marvin E. Sternberg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Julian A. Brodsky

 

Director

 

October 28, 2011

 

Julian A. Brodsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Arnold M. Reichman

 

Director

 

October 28, 2011

 

Arnold M. Reichman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Robert Sablowsky

 

Director

 

October 28, 2011

 

Robert Sablowsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Robert Straniere

 

Director

 

October 28, 2011

 

Robert Straniere

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Nicholas A. Giordano

 

Director

 

October 28, 2011

 

Nicholas A. Giordano

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*By: /s/ Salvatore Faia

 

 

 

October 28, 2011

 

Salvatore Faia

 

 

 

 

 

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Julian A. Brodsky, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw and Joel L. Weiss, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director or officer, or both, of the Company, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

 

 

DATED:

May 7, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Julian A. Brodsky

 

 

Julian A. Brodsky

 

 



 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, J. Richard Carnall, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw and Joel L. Weiss, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director or officer, or both, of the Company, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

 

 

DATED:

May 7, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Richard Carnall

 

 

J. Richard Carnall

 

 



 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Nicholas A. Giordano, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw and Joel L. Weiss, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director or officer, or both, of the Company, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

 

 

DATED:

May 7, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Nicholas A. Giordano

 

 

Nicholas A. Giordano

 

 



 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Francis J. McKay, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw and Joel L. Weiss, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director or officer, or both, of the Company, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

 

 

DATED:

May 7, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Francis J. McKay

 

 

Francis J. McKay

 

 



 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Arnold M. Reichman, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw and Joel L. Weiss, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director or officer, or both, of the Company, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

 

 

DATED:

May 7, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Arnold M. Reichman

 

 

Arnold M. Reichman

 

 



 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Robert Sablowsky, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw and Joel L. Weiss, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director or officer, or both, of the Company, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

 

 

DATED:

May 7, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Sablowsky

 

 

Robert Sablowsky

 

 



 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Marvin E. Sternberg, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw and Joel L. Weiss, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director or officer, or both, of the Company, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

 

 

DATED:

May 7, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Marvin E. Sternberg

 

 

Marvin E. Sternberg

 

 



 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

(the “Company”)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Know All Men by These Presents, that the undersigned, Robert Straniere, hereby constitutes and appoints Salvatore Faia, Michael P. Malloy, James G. Shaw and Joel L. Weiss, his true and lawful attorneys, to execute in his name, place, and stead, in his capacity as Director or officer, or both, of the Company, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and said attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, said acts of said attorneys being hereby ratified and approved.

 

 

DATED:

May 7, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Straniere

 

 

Robert Straniere

 

 



 

PEA 143

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

EXHIBIT

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

(b)(1)

 

By-Laws, as amended

 

 

 

(d)(10)

 

Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement (Money Market Portfolio )

 

 

 

(d)(20)

 

Investment Advisory Agreement (Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund)

 

 

 

(d)(23)

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement (S1 Fund)

 

 

 

(d)(24)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

(d)(25)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Courage Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

(d)(26)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn LLC

 

 

 

(d)(27)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

(d)(28)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC

 

 

 

(d)(29)

 

Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement (S1 Fund) between Simple Alternatives, LLC and Trellus Management Co., LLC

 

 

 

(e)(14)

 

Form of Distribution Agreement Supplement (Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund)

 

 

 

(g)(1)

 

Custody Agreement between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon

 

 

 

(g)(2)

 

Foreign Custody Manager Agreement between Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon

 

 

 

(g)(3)

 

Form of Amended and Restated Schedule II to the Custody Agreement ( Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund )

 

 

 

(h)(59)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement Supplement (Robeco Boston Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund)

 

 

 

(h)(60)

 

Form of Amended Schedule A to Regulatory Administration Services Agreement (Robeco Boston Global Equity Fund and Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund)

 

 

 

(p)(2)

 

Code of Ethics of Robeco Investment Management

 

 

 

(p)(7)

 

Code of Ethics of Matson Money, Inc.

 

 

 

(p)(10)

 

Code of Ethics of Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management LLC

 

 

 

(p)(12)

 

Code of Ethics of Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC.

 

 

 

(p)(13)

 

Code of Ethics of Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC

 

 

 

(p)(16)

 

Code of Ethics of BNY Mellon Distributors, Inc.

 


Exhibit (b)(1)

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

Adopted August 16, 1988

 

ARTICLE I

 

Offices

 

Section 1.  Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Baltimore, State of Maryland.

 

Section 2.  Principal Executive Office . The principal executive office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Paoli, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 

Section 3.  Other Offices . The Corporation may have such other offices in such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Meetings of Shareholders

 

Section 1.  No Annual Meeting Required . No Annual Meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held unless required by applicable law or otherwise determined by the Board of Directors. Any Annual Meeting shall be held on such date and at such time and place as the Board of Directors may designate. [As Amended July 25, 1989]

 

Section 2.  Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Incorporation may be called for any purpose or purposes by a majority of the Board of Directors or the President, and shall be called by the President or Secretary on the written request of the shareholders (i) as provided by the Maryland General Corporation Law and (ii) to remove a director upon written request of shareholders owning at least 10% of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it; provided, however, that with respect to clause (i) of this Section’s first sentence, unless requested by shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, a special meeting need not be called to consider any matter which is substantially the same as a matter voted on at any special meeting of the shareholders held during the preceding 12 months. [As Amended October 24, 1989]

 



 

Section 3.  Place of Meetings . The regular meeting, if any, and any special meeting of the shareholders shall be held at such place within the United States as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.  Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice; Shareholder List . (a) Notice of the place, date and time of the holding of each regular and special meeting of the shareholders and the purpose or purposes of the meeting shall be given personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than ninety days before the date of such meeting, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each other shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be duly given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. The notice of every meeting of shareholders may be accompanied by a form of proxy approved by the Board of Directors in favor of such actions or persons as the Board of Directors may select.

 

(b)  Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be deemed waived by any shareholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy, or who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of notice which is filed with the records of the meeting. A meeting of shareholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date.

 

(c)  At least five (5) days prior to each meeting of shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the share transfer books of the Corporation shall make a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in alphabetical order with the address of and the number of shares held by each shareholder.

 

SECTION 5.           Organization and Conduct .  At each meeting of shareholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one has been designated by the Board of Directors, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  If no one has been designated as Chairman of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall be a director or officer of the Corporation selected by the Board of Directors.  The Secretary, or in the Secretary’s absence or inability to act, any person appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and record the minutes thereof.  The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting.  The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of such chairman and without any action by the shareholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to shareholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to shareholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be open and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any shareholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h)

 



 

concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security.  Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. [Amended May 18, 2011]

 

Section 6. Voting .  (a) Except as otherwise provided by statute or the Articles of incorporation, each holder of record of shares of the Corporation having voting power shall be entitled at each meeting of the shareholders to one vote for every share standing in his name on the record of shareholders of the Corporation as of the record date determined pursuant to Section 5 of Article VI hereof or if such record date shall not have been so fixed, then at the later of (i) the close of business on the day on which notice of the meeting is mailed or (ii) the thirtieth (30) day before the meeting.  In all elections for Directors, each share of share may be voted for as many individuals as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted.

 

(b)  Each shareholder entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by a proxy signed by such shareholder or his or her authorized agent, as provided by Maryland law. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date thereof, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the shareholder executing it, except in those cases where such proxy states that it is irrevocable and where an irrevocable proxy is permitted by law. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any corporate action to be taken by vote of the shareholders shall be authorized by a majority of the total votes cast at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present by the holders of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such action, except that a plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a Director. [As Amended April 24, 1996]

 

(c)  If a vote shall be taken on any question other than the election of Directors which shall be by written ballot, then unless required by statute or these By-Laws or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, any such vote need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the shareholder voting, or by his proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

 

Section 7.  Inspectors .  The Board may, in advance of any meeting of shareholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If the inspectors shall not be so appointed or if any of them shall fail to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting shall, appoint inspectors.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.  The inspectors shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with

 



 

the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.  On request of the chairman of the meeting or any shareholder entitled to vote at it, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them.  No Director or candidate for the office of Director shall act as inspector of an election of Directors.  Inspectors need not be shareholders.

 

Section 8.  Consent of Shareholders in Lieu of Meeting .  Except as otherwise provided by statute, any action required to be taken at any regular or special meeting of shareholders or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if the following are filed with the records of shareholders’ meetings: (i) a unanimous written consent which sets forth the action and is signed by each shareholder entitled to vote on the matter and (ii) a written waiver of any right to dissent signed by each shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting but not entitled to vote at it.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Board of Directors

 

Section 1.  General Powers .  Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.  All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under authority of the Board of Directors except as conferred on or reserved to the shareholders by law or by the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

 

Section 2.  Number of Directors .  The number of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors adopted by a majority of the Directors then in office; provided, however, that the number of Directors shall in no event be less than three (except for any period during which shares of the Corporation are held by fewer than three shareholders) nor more than fifteen.  Any vacancy created by an increase in Directors may be filled in accordance with Section 6 of this Article III.  No reduction in the number of Directors shall have the effect of removing any Director from office prior to the expiration of his term unless such Director is specifically removed pursuant to Section 5 of this Article III at the time of such decrease.  Directors need not be shareholders.

 

Section 3.  Election and Term of Directors .  Directors shall be elected by majority vote of a quorum cast by written ballot at the regular meeting of shareholders, if any, or at a special meeting held for that purpose.  The term of office of each Director shall be from the time of his election and qualification and until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed as hereinafter provided in these By-Laws, or as otherwise provided by statute or the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Section 4.  Resignation .  A Director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board or the Chairman of the Board or the President or the

 



 

Secretary.  Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 5.  Removal of Directors .  Any Director of the Corporation may be removed by the shareholders by a vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of Directors.

 

Section 6.  Vacancies .  The shareholders may elect a successor to fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors which results from the removal of a Director.  A majority of the remaining Directors, whether or not sufficient to constitute a quorum, may fill a vacancy on the Board of Directors which results from any cause except an increase in the number of Directors, and a majority of the entire Board of Directors may fill a vacancy which results from an increase in the number of Directors.  A Director elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy serves until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor is elected and qualifies.  A Director elected by the shareholders to fill a vacancy which results from the removal of a Director serves for the balance of the term of the removed Director.

 

Section 7.  Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board may be held with notice at such times and places as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or by a majority of the Directors either in writing or by vote at a meeting, and may be held at any place in or out of the State of Maryland as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

Section 9.  Notice of Special Meetings .  Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided, in which notice shall be stated the time and place of the meeting.  Notice of each such meeting shall be delivered to each Director, either personally or by telephone, telegraph, cable or wireless, at least twenty-four hours before the time at which such meeting is to be held, or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by commercial delivery services addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least three days before the day on which such meeting is to be held.

 

Section 10.  Waiver of Notice of Special Meetings .  Notice of any special meeting need not be given to any Director who shall, either before or after the     meeting, sign a written waiver of notice which is filed with the records of the meeting or who shall attend such meeting.  Except as otherwise specifically required by these By-Laws, a notice or waiver of notice of any meeting need not state the purposes of such meeting.

 

Section 11.  Quorum and Voting .  A majority of the members of the entire Board shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the Articles of Incorporation, these By-Laws, the 1940 Act or other applicable statute, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board;

 



 

provided, however, that the approval of any contract with an investment adviser or principal underwriter, as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act, which the Corporation enters into or any renewal or amendment thereof, the approval of the fidelity bond required by the 1940 Act, and the selection of the Corporation’s independent public accountants shall each require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Corporation.  In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board, a majority of the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, but not for a period greater than thirty (30) days at any one time, to another time and place until a quorum shall attend.  Notice of the time and place of any adjourned meeting shall be given to the Directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment and, unless such time and place were announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken, to the other Directors.  At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

 

Section 12.  Chairman .  The Board of Directors may at any time appoint one of its members as Chairman of the Board, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and who shall perform and execute such duties and powers as may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board or these By-Laws, but who shall not by reason of performing and executing these duties and powers be deemed an officer or employee of the Corporation.

 

Section 13.  Organization .  The Chairman of the Board, if one has been selected and is present, shall preside at every meeting of the Board of Directors.  In the absence or inability of the Chairman of the Board to preside at a meeting, the President, or, in his absence or inability to act, another Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside at it.  The Secretary (or, in his absence or inability to act, any person appointed by the Chairman) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

 

Section 14.  Written Consent of Directors in Lieu of a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, except actions with respect to which a vote in person is required by law, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

Section 15.  Meeting by Conference Telephone .  Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time, except that in such a meeting the Board cannot perform any action with respect to which a vote in person is required by law.

 

Section 16.  Compensation .  Any Director, whether or not he is a salaried officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, may be compensated for his services as Director or as a member of a committee, or as Chairman of the Board or chairman of a committee, and in addition may be reimbursed for transportation and other expenses, all in such manner and amounts as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 



 

Section 17.  Investment Policies .  It shall be the duty of the Board of Directors to ensure that the purchase, sale, retention and disposal of portfolio securities and the other investment practices of the Corporation are at all times consistent with the investment policies and restrictions with respect to securities investments and otherwise of the Corporation, as recited in the current Prospectus of the Corporation filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as required by the 1940 Act.  The Board, however, may delegate the duty of management of the assets and the administration of its day-to-day operations to an individual or corporate management company or investment adviser pursuant to a written contract or contracts which have obtained the requisite approvals, including the requisite approvals of renewals thereof, of the Board of Directors or the shareholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act.

 



 

ARTICLE IV

 

Committees

 

Section 1.  Committees of the Board .  The Board may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, designate an Executive Committee, Compensation Committee, Audit Committee and Nomination Committee, each of which shall consist of two or more of the Directors of the Corporation, which committee shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board with respect to all matters other than as set forth in Section 3 of this Article.

 

Section 2.  Other Committees of the Board .  The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more other committees of the Board, each such committee to consist of two or more Directors and to have such powers and duties as the Board of Directors may, by resolution, prescribe.

 

Section 3.  Limitation of Committee Powers .  No committee of the Board shall have power or authority to:

 

(a)                    recommend to shareholders any action requiring authorization of shareholders pursuant to statute or the Articles of Incorporation;

 

(b)                   approve or terminate any contract with an investment adviser or principal underwriter, as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act, or take any other action required to be taken by the Board of Directors by the 1940 Act;

 

(c)                    amend or repeal these By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws;

 

(d)                   declare dividends or other distributions or issue capital share of the Corporation; and

 

(e)                    approve any merger or share exchange which does not require shareholder approval.

 

Section 4.  General .  One-third, but not less than two members, of the members of any committee shall be present in person at any meeting of such committee in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and the act of a majority present shall be the act of such committee.  The Board may designate a chairman of any committee and such chairman or any two members of any committee may fix the time and place of its meetings unless the Board shall otherwise provide.  In the absence of disqualification of any member or any committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  The Board shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members, to replace any absent or disqualified member, or to dissolve any such committee.

 



 

All committees shall keep written minutes of their proceedings and shall report such minutes to the Board.  All such proceedings shall be subject to revision or alteration by the Board; provided, however, that third parties shall not be prejudiced by such revision or alteration.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Officers, Agents and Employees

 

Section 1.  Number and Qualifications .  The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and a Chief Compliance Officer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may elect or appoint one or more Vice Presidents and may also appoint such other officers, agents and employees as it may deem necessary or proper.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity.  The Board may from time to time elect or appoint, or delegate to the President the power to appoint, such other officers (including one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries) and such agents, as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation.  Such other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as may be prescribed by the Board or by the appointing authority.  [As amended August 25, 2004]

 

Section 2.  Resignations .  Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary.  Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 3.  Removal of Officer, Agent or Employee .  Any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation may be removed by the Board of Directors with or without cause at any time, and the Board may delegate such power of removal as to agents and employees not elected or appointed by the Board of Directors.  Such removal shall be without prejudice to such person’s contract rights, if any, but the appointment of any person as an officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

Section 4.  Vacancies .  A vacancy in any office, whether arising from death, resignation, removal or any other cause, may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of the office which shall be vacant, in the manner prescribed in these By-Laws for the regular election or appointment to such office.

 

Section 5.  Compensation .  The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, but this power may be delegated to any committee or to any officer in respect of other officers under his control. No officer shall be precluded from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation.

 



 

Section 6.  Bonds or other Security .  If required by the Board, any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety or sureties as the Board may require.

 

Section 7.  President .  The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board (or if there be none), the President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors.  He shall have, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, general charge of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  He may employ and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation, except such as shall be appointed by the Board, and he may delegate these powers.

 

Section 8.  The Vice Presidents .  In the absence or disability of the President, or when so directed by the President, any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors may perform any or all of the duties of the President, and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President; provided, however, that no Vice President shall act as a member of or as chairman of any committee of which the President is a member or chairman by designation of ex-officio, except when designated by the Board.  Each Vice President shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board or the President.

 

Section 9.  Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall:

 

(a)           have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all the funds and securities of the Corporation, except those which the Corporation has placed in the custody of a bank or trust company or member of a national securities exchange (as that term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) pursuant to a written agreement designating such bank or trust company or member of a national securities exchange as custodian of the property of the Corporation;

 

(b)           keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation;

 

(c)           cause all moneys and other valuables to be deposited to the credit of the Corporation;

 

(d)           receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever;

 

(e)           disburse the funds of the Corporation and supervise the investment of its funds as ordered or authorized by the Board, taking proper vouchers therefor; and

 

(f)            in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board or the President.

 

Section 10.  Assistant Treasurers .  In the absence or disability of the Treasurer, or when

 



 

so directed by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer may perform any or all of the duties of the Treasurer, and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Treasurer.  Each Assistant Treasurer shall perform all such other duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

 

Section 11.  Secretary .  The Secretary shall:

 

(a)           keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for the purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board, the committees of the Board and the shareholders;

 

(b)           see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by law;

 

(c)           be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all share certificates of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal;

 

(d)           see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and

 

(e)           in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board or the President.

 

Section 12.  Assistant Secretaries .  In the absence or disability of the Secretary, or when so directed by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform any or all of the duties of the Secretary, and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all restrictions upon, the Secretary.  Each Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

 

Section 13.  Delegation of Duties .  In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board may deem sufficient, the Board may confer for the time being the powers or duties, or any of them, of such officer upon any other officer or upon any Director.

 



 

ARTICLE VI

 

Capital Stock

 

Section 1.  Stock Certificates .  The Board may authorize the issuance of some or all of the shares of any or all classes or series of the common stock of the Corporation with or without certificates. The rights of holders of each class or series of common stock of the Corporation to receive or not to receive certificates shall be set forth in articles supplementary. With respect to shares whose issuance the Board has authorized with certificates, the Board shall determine the conditions under which a holder of such shares shall be entitled to have a certificate or certificates. A shareholder’s certificate or certificates shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board, and shall represent the number of such shares of the Corporation owned by him, provided, however, that certificates for fractional shares will not be delivered in any case. The certificates representing shares of share shall be signed by the President, a Vice President, or the Chairman of the Board, and countersigned by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer and sealed with the seal of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures or the seal on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate shall be issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still in office at the date of issue.

 

Section 2.  Rights of Inspection .  There shall be kept at the principal executive office, which shall be available for inspection during usual business hours in accordance with the General Laws of the State of Maryland, the following corporate documents:  (a) By-Laws, (b) minutes of proceedings of the shareholders, (c) annual statements of affairs, and (d) voting trust agreements, if any.  One or more persons who together are and for at least six months have been shareholders of record of at least five percent of the outstanding shares of any class may inspect and copy during usual business hours the Corporation’s books of account and share ledger in accordance with the General Laws of the State of Maryland.

 

Section 3.  Transfer of Shares .  Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made on the share records of the Corporation at the direction of the person named on the Corporation’s books or named in the certificate or certificates for such shares (if issued) only by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or with a transfer agent or transfer clerk, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates, if issued, for such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed share transfer power and the payment of all taxes thereon.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person in whose name any share or shares stand on the record of shareholders as the owner of such share or shares for all purposes, including, without limitation, the rights to receive dividends or other distributions, and to vote as such owner, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in any such share or shares on the part of any other person.

 

Section 4.  Transfer Agents and Registrars .  The Corporation may have one or more

 



 

Transfer Agents and one or more Registrars of its shares, whose respective duties the Board of Directors may, from time to time, define.  No certificate of share shall be valid until countersigned by a Transfer Agent, if the Corporation shall have a Transfer Agent or until registered by a Registrar, if the Corporation shall have a Registrar.  The duties of Transfer Agent and Registrar may be combined.

 

Section 5.  Record Date and Closing of Transfer Books .  The Board of Directors may set a record date for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to shareholders, including which shareholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting (or any adjournment thereof), receive a dividend, or be allotted or exercise other rights.  The record date may not be more than ninety (90) days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, the record date shall be at least ten (10) days before the date of the meeting.  The Board of Directors shall not close the books of the Corporation against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of such period.

 

Section 6.  Regulations .  The Board may make such additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of share of the Corporation.

 

Section 7.  Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates .  The holder of any certificate representing shares of share of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such certificate, and the Corporation may issue a new certificate of share in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it which the owner thereof shall allege to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or which shall have been mutilated, and the Board may, in its discretion, require such owner or his legal representatives to give to the Corporation a bond in such sum, limited or unlimited, and in such form and with such surety or sureties, as the Board in its absolute discretion shall determine, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such certificate, or issuance of a new certificate.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Board, in its absolute discretion, may refuse to issue any such new certificate, except pursuant to legal proceedings under the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

Section 8.  Stock Ledgers .  The Corporation shall not be required to keep original or duplicate share ledgers at its principal office in the City of Baltimore, Maryland, but share ledgers shall be kept at the respective offices of the Transfer Agents of the Corporation’s capital shares.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Seal

 

The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the secretary.  The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.  If the Corporation is required to place its

 



 

corporate seal on a document, it is sufficient to meet any requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “Seal” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Fiscal Year

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last day of December in each year.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Depositories and Custodians

 

Section 1.  Depositories .  The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited with such banks or other depositories as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may from time to time determine.

 

Section 2.  Custodians .  All securities and other investments shall be deposited in the safekeeping of such banks or other companies as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may from time to time determine.  Every arrangement entered into with any bank or other company for the safekeeping of the securities and investments of the Corporation shall contain provisions complying with the 1940 Act, and the general rules and regulations thereunder.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Execution of Instruments

 

Section 1.  Checks, Notes, Drafts, etc.   Checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, bills of exchange and other orders or obligations for the payment of money shall be signed by such officer or officers or person or persons as the Board of Directors by resolution shall from time to time designate.

 

Section 2.  Sale or Transfer of Securities .  Money market instruments, bonds or other securities at any time owned by the Corporation may be held on behalf of the Corporation or sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of subject to any limits imposed by these By-Laws, and pursuant to authorization by the Board and, when so authorized to be held on behalf of the Corporation or sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, may be transferred from the name of the Corporation by the signature of the President or a Vice President or the Treasurer or pursuant to any procedure approved by the Board of Directors, subject to applicable law.

 



 

ARTICLE XI

 

Independent Public Accountants

 

The firm of independent public accountants which shall sign or certify the financial statements of the Corporation which are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall be selected annually by the Board of Directors and ratified by the Board of Directors or the shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Annual Statements

 

The books of account of the Corporation shall be examined by an independent firm of public accountants at the close of each annual period of the Corporation and at such other times as may be directed by the Board.  A report to the shareholders based upon each such examination shall be mailed to each shareholder of the Corporation of record on such date with respect to each report as may be determined by the Board, at his address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation.  Such annual statement shall also be placed on file at the Corporation’s principal office in the State of Maryland.  Each such report shall show the assets and liabilities of the Corporation as of the close of the annual or semiannual period covered by the report and the securities in which the funds of the Corporation were then invested.  Such report shall also show the Corporation’s income and expenses for the period from the end of the Corporation’s preceding fiscal year to the close of the annual or semiannual period covered by the report and any other information required by the 1940 Act, and shall set forth such other matters as the Board or such firm of independent public accountants shall determine.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 1.  Indemnification .  The Corporation shall indemnify its directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law.  The Corporation shall indemnify its officers to the same extent as its directors and to such further extent as is consistent with law.  The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers who while serving as directors or officers also serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan to the fullest extent consistent with law.  This Section shall not protect any such person against any liability to the Corporation or any shareholder thereof to which such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

 



 

Section 2.  Advances .  Any current or former director or officer of the Corporation claiming indemnification within the scope of this Article XIII shall be entitled to advances from the Corporation for payment of the reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with proceedings to which he is a party in the manner and to the full extent permissible under the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”) and the 1940 Act, as such statutes are now or hereafter in force.

 

Section 3.  Procedure .  On the request of any current or former director or officer requesting indemnification or an advance under this Article XIII, the Board of Directors shall determine, or cause to be determined, in a manner consistent with the Maryland General Corporation Law, the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, as such statutes are now or hereafter in force, whether the standards required by this Article XIII have been met.

 

Section 4.  Other Rights .  The indemnification provided by this Article XIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right, in respect of indemnification or otherwise, to which those seeking such indemnification may be entitled under any insurance or other agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action by a director or officer of the Corporation in his official capacity and as to action by such person in another capacity while holding such office or position, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws or any of them may be amended, altered or repealed at any annual meeting of the shareholders or at any special meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, provided that notice of the proposed amendment, alteration or repeal be contained in the notice of such special meeting.  These By-Laws may also be amended, altered or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or by unanimous written consent.

 

Amended April 24, 1996

Amended February 12, 2009

Amended May 18, 2011

 


Exhibit (d)(10)

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

(Money Market Portfolio)

 

AGREEMENT made as of June 30, 2011 between THE RBB FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation (herein called the “Company”), and BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein called the “Investment Advisor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is registered as an open-end, diversified, management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and currently offers shares representing interests in eighteen separate investment portfolios; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Investment Advisor to render investment advisory and administration services with respect to the Company’s Money Market Portfolio (the “Portfolio”), and the Investment Advisor is willing to so render such services,

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

 

1.              Appointment. The Company hereby appoints the Investment Advisor to act as investment advisor to the Company for the Portfolio for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Investment Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided. The Company’s Common Stock, $.001 par value (the “Shares”) has been classified into one hundred and thirty-three different classes of Common Stock. The Portfolio contains two classes of Shares: the Class I Shares and the Class L Shares.

 

2.              Delivery of Documents. The Company has furnished the Investment Advisor with copies properly certified or authenticated of each of the following:

 

(a) Articles of Incorporation of the Company, filed with the Secretary of State of Maryland on February 29, 1988, as amended (such Articles of Incorporation, as presently in effect and as they shall from time to time be amended, herein called the “Articles of Incorporation”);

 

(b) Articles Supplementary of the Company, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Maryland on March 24, 1988 and all further Articles of Supplementary filed with the State of Maryland (“Articles Supplementary”);

 

(c) By-Laws of the Company, as amended (such By-Laws, as presently in effect and as they shall from time to time be amended, herein called the “By-Laws”);

 

(d) Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the appointment of the Investment Advisor and the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

 

(e) A copy of each Distribution Agreement between the Company and the Company’s principal underwriter (the “Distributor”) relating to any class of Shares representing interests in the Portfolio and the form of each related Dealer Agreement, if any, for broker-dealers participating in the distribution of any class of Shares representing interests in the Portfolio (“Participating Dealers”);

 

(f) Each Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, if any, relating to any class of Shares representing interests in the Portfolio;

 



 

(g) Each Shareholder Servicing Agreement, if any, relating to any class of Shares representing interests in the Portfolio;

 

(h) Each Non-12b-1 Shareholder Services Plan, if any, relating to any class of Shares representing interests in the Portfolio;

 

(i) Notification of Registration of the Company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 24, 1988 and all amendments thereto;

 

(j) The initial Registration Statement of the Company on Form N-lA under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”) (File No. 33-20827) and under the 1940 Act filed with the SEC on March 24, 1988 relating to the Shares, and all amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”); and

 

(k) Each Prospectus relating to any class of Shares representing interests in the Portfolio in effect under the 1933 Act (such prospectuses, as presently in effect and as they shall from time to time be amended and supplemented, are herein collectively called the “Prospectuses”).

 

The Company will furnish the Investment Advisor from time to time with copies, properly certified or authenticated, of all amendments of or supplements to the foregoing, if any.

 

3.              Management of the Portfolio.   Subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Investment Advisor will provide for the overall management of the Portfolio, including (i) the provision of a continuous investment program for the Portfolio, including investment research and management with respect to all securities, investments, cash and cash equivalents in the Portfolio, (ii) the determination from time to time of what securities and other investments will be purchased, retained or sold by the Company for the Portfolio, (iii) the placement of orders for all purchases and sales made for the Portfolio, and (iv) coordination of contractual relationships and communications between the Company and its contractual service providers. The Investment Advisor will provide the services rendered by it hereunder in accordance with the investment objectives, restrictions and policies of the Portfolio as stated in the applicable Prospectus and the applicable statement of additional information contained in the Registration Statement. The Investment Advisor further agrees that it will maintain all books and records with respect to the securities transactions of the Portfolio, keep its respective books of account and will render to the Company’s Board of Directors such periodic and special reports as the Board may request.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors but not the approval by a vote of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, the Investment Advisor may from time to time, enter into contracts with one or more sub-advisors, including without limitation, affiliates of the Investment Advisor, to perform investment sub-advisory services with respect to the Portfolio.  In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Investment Advisor may reallocate all or a portion of its investment advisory responsibilities under this Agreement to any of its affiliates.  The Investment Advisor shall supervise and oversee the activities of each sub-advisor under its sub-advisory contract on behalf of the Portfolio.  Subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors,  the Investment Advisor may terminate any or all sub-advisors in its sole discretion at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

4.              Brokerage. The Investment Advisor may place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. In placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Investment Advisor will attempt to obtain the best net price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders with such broker or dealer, the Investment Advisor will consider the experience

 

2



 

and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, when the execution and price offered by two or more brokers or dealers are comparable, the Investment Advisor may, in its discretion, purchase and sell the Portfolio’s securities to and from brokers and dealers who provide the Company with research advice and other services. In no instance will the Portfolio’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Distributor, the Investment Advisor or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by SEC exemptive order or by applicable law.

 

5.             Administration Services.

 

(a)    The Investment Advisor will perform the following administration and accounting functions on a daily basis:

 

(1)    Journalize the Portfolio’s investment, capital share and income and expense activities;

 

(2)    Verify investment buy/sell trade tickets and transmit trades to the Company’s custodian for proper settlement;

 

(3)    Maintain individual ledgers for investment securities;

 

(4)    Maintain historical tax lots for each security;

 

(5)    Reconcile cash and investment balances of the Portfolio with the custodian, and prepare the beginning cash balance available for investment purposes;

 

(6)    Update the cash availability throughout the day as required;

 

(7)    Post to and prepare the Portfolio’s Statement of Assets and Liabilities and the Statement of Operations;

 

(8)    Calculate various contractual expenses (e.g., advisory/administration and custody fees);

 

(9)    Monitor the expense accruals and notify management of the Company of any proposed adjustments;

 

(10) Control all disbursements from the Portfolio and authorize such disbursements upon Written Instructions;

 

(11) Calculate capital gains and losses;

 

(12) Determine net income;

 

(13) Obtain security market quotes from independent pricing services approved by management of the Company, or if such quotes are unavailable, then obtain such prices from management of the Company, and in either case calculate the market value of the Portfolio’s investments;

 

(14) Compute the net asset value of the Portfolio; and

 

3



 

(15) Compute the Portfolio’s yields, total return, expense ratios, Portfolio turnover rate, and, Portfolio average dollar-weighted maturity.

 

(b)    In addition to the accounting services described in the foregoing Paragraph 5(a), the Investment Advisor will:

 

(1)      Prepare general ledger and portfolio holdings upon request;

 

(2)      Prepare quarterly broker security transactions summaries;

 

(3)      Supply various normal and customary Portfolio and Company statistical data as requested on an ongoing basis;

 

(4)      Prepare for execution and file the Portfolio’s and Company’s Federal and state tax returns;

 

(5)      Prepare and file the Company’s Semi-Annual Reports with the SEC on Form N-SAR and prepare and file the Company’s Rule 24f-2 Notice and Form N-PX with the SEC;

 

(6)      Prepare and file with the SEC the Portfolio’s and Company’s annual, semi-annual and quarterly Shareholder reports on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q;

 

(7)      Assist with the preparation of registration statements on Form N-lA and other filings relating to the registration of Shares;

 

(8)      Monitor the Company’s status as a regulated investment company under Sub-chapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

(9)      Qualify the Class I Shares and the Class L Shares for sale in each state in which the Company’s Board of Directors determines to sell the Class I Shares or the Class L Shares and make all filings and take all appropriate actions necessary to maintain and renew such registrations of the Class I Shares and the Class L Shares;

 

(10)    Monitor the Company’s compliance with the amounts and conditions of each such state qualification; and

 

(11)      Maintain the Company’s fidelity bond as required by the 1940 Act and obtain a directors and officers liability policy.

 

(c)      The Investment Advisor shall act as liaison with the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and shall provide account analyses, fiscal year summaries, and other audit related schedules. The Investment Advisor shall take all reasonable action in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to assure that the necessary information is made available to such firm for the expression of its opinion, as such may be required by the Company from time to time.

 

6.              Conformity with Law; Confidentiality. The Investment Advisor further agrees that it will comply with all applicable Rules and Regulations of all Federal regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the Investment Advisor in the performance of its duties

 

4



 

hereunder. The Investment Advisor will treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Company all records and other information relative to the Company and prior, present or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Investment Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Company.

 

7.                Services Not Exclusive. The investment management and administration services rendered by the Investment Advisor hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Investment Advisor shall be free to render similar services to others so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.

 

8.               Books and Records. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 of the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Portfolio are the property of the Company and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Company any of such records upon the Company’s request. The Investment Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 of the 1940 Act.

 

9.                  Expenses. During the term of this Agreement, the Investment Advisor will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement other than the cost of (including brokerage commissions, if any) securities purchased for the Portfolio, the cost of any independent pricing service used in valuing the Portfolio’s securities and fees and expenses of registering and qualifying shares for distribution under state securities laws.

 

In addition, if the expenses borne by the Portfolio in any fiscal year exceed the most restrictive applicable expense limitations imposed by the securities regulations of any state in which the Shares are registered or qualified for sale to the public, the Investment Advisor shall reimburse the Portfolio for any excess up to the amount of the fees payable by the Portfolio to it during such fiscal year pursuant to Paragraph 10 hereof; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investment Advisor shall reimburse the Portfolio for such excess expenses regardless of the amount of such fees payable to it during such fiscal year to the extent that the securities regulations of any state in which the Shares are registered or qualified for sale so require.

 

10.               Compensation.

 

(a) For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Portfolio, the Company will pay the Investment Advisor from the assets of the Portfolio and the Investment Advisor will accept as full compensation therefor a fee, computed daily and payable monthly, at the following annual rate: 0.45% of(-)the first $250 million of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, 0.40% of the next $250 million of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets, and 0.35% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets in excess of $500 million.

 

(b) The fee attributable to the Portfolio shall be satisfied only against the assets of the Portfolio and not against the assets of any other investment portfolio of the Company.

 

11.               Limitation of Liability of the Investment Advisor. The Investment Advisor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the

 

5



 

Company in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Investment Advisor in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investment Advisor shall be liable to the Company for the acts and omissions of the Sub-Advisor to the extent that the Sub-Advisor is liable to the Investment Advisor for such acts or omissions under the Sub-Advisory Agreement between the Investment Advisor and the Sub-Advisor.

 

12.               Duration and Termination. This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Portfolio as of the date first above written and, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, shall continue with respect to the Portfolio until August 16, 2012. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue with respect to the Portfolio for successive annual periods ending on August 16, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the vote of a majority of those members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (b) by the Board of Directors of the Company or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated with respect to the Portfolio by the Company at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Directors of the Company or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, on 60 days’ written notice to the Investment Advisor, or by the Investment Advisor at any time, without payment of any penalty, on 90 days’ written notice to the Company. This Agreement will immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meaning as such terms have in the 1940 Act.)

 

13.                Delegation. On thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Portfolio, the Investment Advisor may delegate those of its duties set forth in Paragraph 5 hereof to any wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US), Inc. provided that (i) the delegate agrees with the Investment Advisor to comply with all relevant provisions of the 1940 Act; and (ii) the Investment Advisor and such delegate shall promptly provide such information as the Portfolio may request, and respond to such questions as the Portfolio may ask, relative to the delegation, including (without limitation) the capabilities of the delegate. Any delegation under this Paragraph shall not be deemed an assignment for purposes of paragraph 12 hereof. Notwithstanding any such delegation, the Investment Advisor shall remain responsible for the performance of its duties set forth in Paragraph 5 hereof and shall hold the Portfolio harmless from the acts and omissions, under the standards of care provided for herein, of any delegate chosen pursuant to this Paragraph 13.

 

14.               Amendment of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, discharged or terminated orally, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, discharge or termination is sought, and no amendment of this Agreement affecting the Portfolio shall be effective until approved by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.

 

15.               Miscellaneous. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and shall be governed by Delaware law.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Salvatore Faia

 

 

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard Hoerner

 

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

7


Exhibit (d)(20)

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

 

AGREEMENT made as of September 30, 2011,  between THE RBB FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation (herein called the “Fund”), and PERIMETER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (herein called the “Investment Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end, management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and currently offers or proposes to offer shares representing interests in separate investment portfolios; and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain the Investment Adviser to render certain investment advisory services to the Fund with respect to the Fund’s Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund (the “Portfolio”), and the Investment Adviser is willing to so render such services; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Fund and the shareholders of the Portfolio have approved this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

 

SECTION 1.            Appointment .  The Fund hereby appoints the Investment Adviser to act as investment adviser for the Portfolio for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.  The Investment Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.

 

SECTION 2.            Delivery of Documents .  The Fund has furnished the Investment Adviser with copies properly certified or authenticated of each of the following:

 

(a)            Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Fund authorizing the appointment of the Investment Adviser and the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

 

(b)            A prospectus and statement of additional information relating to each class of shares representing interests in the Portfolio of the Fund in effect under the Securities Act of 1933 (such prospectus and statement of additional information, as presently in effect and as they shall from time to time be amended and supplemented, are herein collectively called the “Prospectus” and “Statement of Additional Information,” respectively).

 

The Fund will promptly furnish the Investment Adviser from time to time with copies, properly certified or authenticated, of all amendments of or supplements to the foregoing, if any.

 

1



 

In addition to the foregoing, the Fund will also provide the Investment Adviser with copies of the Fund’s Charter and By-laws, and any registration statement or service contracts related to the Portfolio, and will promptly furnish the Investment Adviser with any amendments of or supplements to such documents.

 

SECTION 3.            Management .  Subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Investment Adviser will provide for the overall management of the Portfolio including (i) the provision of a continuous investment program for the Portfolio, including investment research and management with respect to all securities, investments, cash and cash equivalents in the Portfolio, (ii) the determination from time to time of the securities and other investments to be purchased, retained, or sold by the Fund for the Portfolio, and (iii) the placement from time to time of orders for all purchases and sales made for the Portfolio.  The Investment Adviser will provide the services rendered by it hereunder in accordance with the Portfolio’s investment objectives, restrictions and policies as stated in the applicable Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, provided that the Investment Adviser has actual notice or knowledge of any changes by the Board of Directors to such investment objectives, restrictions or policies.  The Investment Adviser further agrees that it will render to the Fund’s Board of Directors such periodic and special reports regarding the performance of its duties under this Agreement as the Board may reasonably request.  The Investment Adviser agrees to provide to the Fund (or its agents and service providers) prompt and accurate data with respect to the Portfolio’s transactions and, where not otherwise available, the daily valuation of securities in the Portfolio.

 

SECTION 4.            Brokerage .  Subject to the Investment Adviser’s obligation to obtain best price and execution, the Investment Adviser shall have full discretion to select brokers or dealers to effect the purchase and sale of securities.  When the Investment Adviser places orders for the purchase or sale of securities for the Portfolio, in selecting brokers or dealers to execute such orders, the Investment Adviser is expressly authorized to consider the fact that a broker or dealer has furnished statistical, research or other information or services for the benefit of the Portfolio directly or indirectly.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Investment Adviser is authorized to cause the Portfolio to pay brokerage commissions which may be in excess of the lowest rates available to brokers who execute transactions for the Portfolio or who otherwise provide brokerage and research services utilized by the Investment Adviser, provided that the Investment Adviser determines in good faith that the amount of each such commission paid to a broker is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker viewed in terms of either the particular transaction to which the commission relates or the Investment Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to accounts as to which the Investment Adviser exercises investment discretion.  The Investment Adviser may aggregate securities orders so long as the Investment Adviser adheres to a policy of allocating investment opportunities to the Portfolio over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis relative to other clients.  In no instance will the Portfolio’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Fund’s principal underwriter, the Investment Adviser, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by SEC exemptive order or by applicable law.

 

2



 

The Investment Adviser shall report to the Board of Directors of the Fund at least quarterly with respect to brokerage transactions that were entered into by the Investment Adviser, pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, and shall certify to the Board that the commissions paid were reasonable in terms either of that transaction or the overall responsibilities of the Investment Adviser to the Fund and the Investment Adviser’s other clients, that the total commissions paid by the Fund were reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Fund over the long term, and that such commissions were paid in compliance with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

SECTION 5.            Conformity with Law; Confidentiality .  The Investment Adviser further agrees that it will comply with all applicable rules and regulations of all federal regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the Investment Adviser in the performance of its duties hereunder.  The Investment Adviser will treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Fund all records and other information relating to the Fund and prior, present or potential shareholders (except with respect to clients of the Investment Adviser) and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Investment Adviser may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Fund. Where the Investment Adviser may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply with a request for records or other information relating to the Fund, the Investment Adviser may comply with such request prior to obtaining the Fund’s written approval, provided that the Investment Adviser has taken reasonable steps to promptly notify the Fund, in writing, upon receipt of the request.

 

SECTION 6.            Services Not Exclusive .  The Investment Adviser and its officers may act and continue to act as investment managers for others, and nothing in this Agreement shall in any way be deemed to restrict the right of the Investment Adviser to perform investment management or other services for any other person or entity, and the performance of such services for others shall not be deemed to violate or give rise to any duty or obligation to the Portfolio or the Fund.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the Investment Adviser or any of its directors, officers, affiliates or employees from buying, selling or trading in any securities for its or their own account.  The Fund acknowledges that the Investment Adviser and its directors, officers, affiliates, employees and other clients may, at any time, have, acquire, increase, decrease, or dispose of positions in investments which are at the same time being acquired or disposed of for the Portfolio.  The Investment Adviser shall have no obligation to acquire for the Portfolio a position in any investment which the Investment Adviser, its directors, officers, affiliates or employees may acquire for its or their own accounts or for the account of another client, so long as it continues to be the policy and practice of the Investment Adviser not to favor or disfavor consistently or consciously any client or class of clients in the allocation of investment opportunities so that, to the extent practical, such opportunities will be allocated

 

3



 

among clients over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis.

 

The Investment Adviser agrees that this Section 6 does not constitute a waiver by the Fund of the obligations imposed upon the Investment Adviser to comply with Sections 17(d) and 17(j) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder, nor constitute a waiver by the Fund of the obligations imposed upon the Investment Adviser under Section 206 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder.  Further, the Investment Adviser agrees that this Section 6 does not constitute a waiver by the Fund of the fiduciary obligation of the Investment Adviser arising under federal or state law, including Section 36 of the 1940 Act.  The Investment Adviser agrees that this Section 6 shall be interpreted consistent with the provisions of Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act.

 

SECTION 7.            Books and Records .  In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Investment Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Portfolio are the property of the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Fund any of such records upon the Fund’s request.  The Investment Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

SECTION 8.            Expenses .  During the term of this Agreement, the Investment Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement.  The Portfolio shall bear all of its own expenses not specifically assumed by the Investment Adviser.  General expenses of the Fund not readily identifiable as belonging to an investment portfolio of the Fund shall be allocated among all investment portfolios by or under the direction of the Fund’s Board of Directors in such manner as the Board determines to be fair and equitable.  Expenses borne by the Portfolio shall include, but are not limited to, the following (or the Portfolio’s share of the following):  (a) the cost (including brokerage commissions) of securities purchased or sold by the Portfolio and any losses incurred in connection therewith; (b) fees payable to and expenses incurred on behalf of the Portfolio by the Investment Adviser; (c) filing fees and expenses relating to the registration and qualification of the Fund and the Portfolio’s shares under federal and/or state securities laws and maintaining such registrations and qualifications; (d) fees and salaries payable to the Fund’s directors and officers; (e) taxes (including any income or franchise taxes) and governmental fees; (f) costs of any liability and other insurance or fidelity bonds; (g) any costs, expenses or losses arising out of a liability of or claim for damages or other relief asserted against the Fund or the Portfolio for violation of any law; (h) legal, accounting and auditing expenses, including legal fees of special counsel for the independent directors; (i) charges of custodians and other agents; (j) expenses of setting in type and printing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto for existing shareholders, reports, statements, and confirmations to shareholders and proxy materials that are not attributable to a class; (k) costs of mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information and supplements thereto to existing shareholders, as well as reports to shareholders and proxy materials that are not attributable to a class; (1) any extraordinary expenses; (m) fees, voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; (n) costs of mailing and tabulating proxies and costs of shareholders’ and directors’ meetings; (o) costs of independent pricing services to

 

4



 

value the Portfolio’s securities; and (p) the costs of investment company literature and other publications provided by the Fund to its directors and officers.  Distribution expenses, transfer agency expenses, expenses of preparing, printing and mailing prospectuses, statements of additional information, proxy statements and reports to shareholders, and organizational expenses and registration fees, identified as belonging to a particular class of the Portfolio are allocated to such class.

 

SECTION 9.            Voting .  The Investment Adviser shall have the authority to vote as agent for the Portfolio, either in person or by proxy, tender and take all actions incident to the ownership of all securities in which the Portfolio’s assets may be invested from time to time, subject to such policies and procedures as the Board of Directors of the Fund may adopt from time to time.

 

SECTION 10.          Reservation of Name .  The Investment Adviser shall at all times have all rights in and to the Portfolio’s name and all investment models used by or on behalf of the Portfolio.  The Investment Adviser may use the Portfolio’s name or any portion thereof in connection with any other mutual fund or business activity without the consent of any shareholder and the Fund shall execute and deliver any and all documents required to indicate the consent of the Fund to such use.  The Fund hereby agrees that in the event that neither the Investment Adviser nor any of its affiliates acts as investment adviser to the Portfolio, the name of the Portfolio will be changed to one that does not contain the name “Perimeter” or otherwise suggest an affiliation with the Investment Adviser.

 

SECTION 11.          Compensation .

 

(a)                                        For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Portfolio, the Fund will pay the Investment Adviser from the assets of the Portfolio and the Investment Adviser will accept as full compensation therefor a fee, computed daily and payable monthly, at the annual rate of 0.90% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets.  For any period less than a full month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month.

 

(b)                                       The fee attributable to the Portfolio shall be satisfied only against the assets of the Portfolio and not against the assets of any other investment portfolio of the Fund.  The Investment Adviser may from time to time agree not to impose all or a portion of its fee otherwise payable hereunder (in advance of the time such fee or portion thereof would otherwise accrue) and/or undertake to pay or reimburse the Portfolio for all or a portion of its expenses not otherwise required to be borne or reimbursed by the Investment Adviser.

 

SECTION 12.          Limitation of Liability .  The Investment Adviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Investment Adviser in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under this

 

5



 

Agreement (“disabling conduct”).  The Portfolio will indemnify the Investment Adviser against and hold it harmless from any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) resulting from any claim, demand, action or suit not resulting from disabling conduct by the Investment Adviser.  Indemnification shall be made only following:  (i) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the Investment Adviser was not liable by reason of disabling conduct or (ii) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the Investment Adviser was not liable by reason of disabling conduct by (a) the vote of a majority of a quorum of directors of the Portfolio who are neither “interested persons” of the Fund nor parties to the proceeding (“disinterested non-party directors”) or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.  The Investment Adviser shall be entitled to advances from the Portfolio for payment of the reasonable expenses incurred by it in connection with the matter as to which it is seeking indemnification in the manner and to the fullest extent permissible under the Maryland General Corporation Law.  The Investment Adviser shall provide to the Portfolio a written affirmation of its good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Portfolio has been met and a written undertaking to repay any such advance if it should ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.  In addition, at least one of the following additional conditions shall be met:  (a) the Investment Adviser shall provide a security in form and amount acceptable to the Portfolio for its undertaking; (b) the Portfolio is insured against losses arising by reason of the advance; or (c) a majority of a quorum of disinterested non-party directors, or independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, shall have determined, based upon a review of facts readily available to the Portfolio at the time the advance is proposed to be made, that there is reason to believe that the Investment Adviser will ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification.  Any amounts payable by the Portfolio under this Section 12 shall be satisfied only against the assets of the Portfolio and not against the assets of any other investment portfolio of the Fund.

 

The limitations on liability and indemnification provisions of this Section 12 shall not be applicable to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses arising from the Investment Adviser’s rights to the Portfolio’s name.  The Investment Adviser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and the Portfolio for any claims arising from the use of the term “Perimeter” in the name of the Portfolio.

 

SECTION 13.          Duration and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Portfolio as of the date first above written and, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, shall continue with respect to the Portfolio until August 16, 2013. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue with respect to the Portfolio for successive annual periods ending on August 16, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the vote of a majority of those members of the Board of Directors of the Fund who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (b) by the Board of Directors of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio; provided, however, that this Agreement may be terminated with respect to the Portfolio by the Fund at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Directors of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, on 60 days’ prior written notice to

 

6



 

the Investment Adviser, or by the Investment Adviser at any time, without payment of any penalty, on 60 days’ prior written notice to the Fund. This Agreement will immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meaning as such terms have in the 1940 Act).

 

SECTION 14.          Amendment of this Agreement .  No provision of this Agreement may be changed, discharged or terminated orally, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, discharge or termination is sought, and no amendment of this Agreement affecting the Portfolio shall be effective until approved by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.

 

SECTION 15.          Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and shall be governed by Delaware law.

 

SECTION 16.          Notice .  All notices hereunder shall be given in writing and delivered by hand, national overnight courier, facsimile (provided written confirmation of receipt is obtained and said notice is sent via first class mail on the next business day) or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, as follows:

 

If to the Fund:

 

The RBB Fund, Inc.

Bellevue Corporate Center

301 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, Delaware 19809

Attention:  Salvatore Faia

Fax:  302-791-4830

 

If to the Investment Adviser:

 

Perimeter Capital Management, LLC

Five Concourse Parkway, Suite 2725

Atlanta, GA  30328

Attention: George B. Ball, President

Fax:

 

The effective date of any notice shall be (i) the date such notice is sent if such delivery is effected by hand or facsimile, (ii) one business day after the date such notice is sent if such

 

7



 

delivery is effected by national overnight courier; or (iii) the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date of mailing thereof.

 

SECTION 17.          Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

SECTION 18.          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By: 

Salvatore Faia

 

 

Salvatore Faia

 

 

President

 

 

 

PERIMETER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By: 

/s/G. Bradley Ball

 

Name:  G. Bradley Ball

 

Title:  CEO

 

8


Exhibit (d)(23)

 

Contractual Fee Waiver Agreement

[S1 Letterhead]

 

September 26, 2011

 

Salvatore Faia

President and Chief Compliance Officer

The RBB Fund, Inc.

Bellevue Park Corporate Center

103 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

 

Re:          S1 Fund

 

Dear Mr. Faia:

 

By our execution of this letter agreement (the “Agreement”), intending to be legally bound hereby and effective as of the date noted above, Simple Alternatives, LLC (“SA”) agrees that in order to maintain the established expense ratios of the S1 Fund (the “Fund”), of The RBB Fund, Inc., SA shall, until further notice, but in no event terminating before December 31, 2012, waive all or a portion of its investment advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest, taxes and any other items as agreed upon by both parties from time to time) in an aggregate amount equal to the amount by which the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses for each of its I Shares and R Shares (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest, taxes and any other items as agreed upon by both parties from time to time) exceeds a total annual fund operating expense ratio (other than acquired fund fees and expenses, short sale dividend expenses, brokerage commissions, litigation, extraordinary items, interest, taxes and any other items as agreed upon by both parties from time to time) of:

 

·                   2.95% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s I Shares; and

 

·                   3.20% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s R Shares.

 

If at any time during the first three years in which the Advisory Agreement is still in effect, the total annual fund operating expenses of the Fund for that year are less than 2.95% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s I Shares or less than 3.20% of the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund’s R Shares, SA shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Fund, in whole or in part as provided below, of the investment advisory fees waived or reduced and other payments remitted by SA to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement during such three year period if such reimbursement by the Fund does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations. The total amount of reimbursement to which SA may be entitled (the “Reimbursement Amount”) shall equal, at any time, the sum of all investment advisory fees previously waived or reduced by SA and all other payments remitted by SA to the Fund, pursuant to this Agreement, less any reimbursement previously paid by the Fund to SA, with respect to such waivers, reductions, and payments. The Reimbursement Amount shall not include any additional charges or fees whatsoever, including, e.g., interest accruable on the Reimbursement Amount.

 

 

 

SIMPLE ALTERNATIVES, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/James K. Dilworth

 

Name:

James K. Dilworth

 

Title:

President

 

Your signature below acknowledges

acceptance of this Agreement:

 

 

By:

/s/Salvatore Faia

 

 

 

Salvatore Faia

 

 

 

President and Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

The RBB Fund, Inc.

 

 

 


Exhibit (d)(24)

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

S1 FUND

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) entered into as of the 30 th  day of November, 2010, by and between Simple Alternatives, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Roaring Blue Lion Capital Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Sub-Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement dated September 30, 2010 (the “Advisory Agreement”) with The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), relating to the provision of investment advisory services to the S1 Fund (the “Portfolio”);

 

WHEREAS, the Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser may delegate any or all of its investment advisory responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement to one or more sub-advisers;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority granted to the Adviser in the Advisory Agreement and with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Adviser and the Fund desire to retain the Sub-Adviser to render portfolio management services to the Portfolio in the manner and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to provide such services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              Sub-Advisory Services .

 

(a)            The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser to the Portfolio for the periods and on the terms herein set forth.  The Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.

 

(b)            The Sub-Adviser shall, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Adviser, manage the investment and reinvestment of such portion of the assets of the Portfolio, as the Adviser may from time to time allocate to the Sub-Adviser for management (the “Sub-Advised Assets”).  The Sub-Adviser shall manage the Sub-Advised Assets in conformity with (i) the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Portfolio set forth in the Portfolio’s prospectus and statement of additional information, as they may be amended from time to time, any additional policies or guidelines, including without limitation compliance policies and procedures, established by the Adviser, the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or by the Fund’s Board of Directors (“Board”) that have been furnished in writing to the Sub-Adviser, (ii) the asset diversification tests applicable to regulated investment companies pursuant to section 851(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) the written instructions and directions received from the Adviser or the Fund as delivered; and (iv) the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940

 

1



 

(“Advisers Act”), and all other applicable federal and state laws governing the performance of the Sub-Adviser’s duties under this Agreement, all as may be in effect from time to time.  The foregoing are referred to below together as the “Policies.”

 

For purposes of compliance with the Policies, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to treat the Sub-Advised Assets as though the Sub-Advised Assets constituted the entire Portfolio, and the Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible in any way for the compliance of any assets of the Portfolio, other than the Sub-Advised Assets, with the Policies.  Subject to the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser is authorized, in its discretion and without prior consultation with the Adviser, to buy, sell, lend and otherwise trade in any stocks, bonds and other securities and investment instruments on behalf of the Portfolio, without regard to the length of time the securities have been held and the resulting rate of portfolio turnover or any tax considerations; and the majority or the whole of the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested in such proportions of stocks, bonds, other securities or investment instruments, or cash, as the Sub-Adviser shall determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(b), however, (i) the Sub-Adviser shall, upon and in accordance with written instructions from the Adviser, effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies, and (ii) upon notice to the Sub-Adviser, the Adviser may effect in-kind redemptions with shareholders of the Portfolio with securities included within the Sub-Advised Assets or effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies.

 

(c)            Absent instructions from the Adviser or the officers of the Fund to the contrary, the Sub-Adviser shall place orders pursuant to its determinations either directly with the issuer or with any broker and/or dealer or other person who deals in the securities in which the Portfolio is trading.  In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers, dealers or other persons, the Sub-Adviser shall use its best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available.  In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Sub-Adviser shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis.  In evaluating the best overall terms available and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Sub-Adviser may also consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided to the Portfolio and/or other account over which the Sub-Adviser and/or an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser exercises investment discretion.  Brokers or dealers selected by the Sub-Adviser for the purchase and sale of securities or other investment instruments for the Sub-Advised Assets may include brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser, provided such orders comply with Rules 17e-1 and 10f-3 under the 1940 Act and

 

2



 

the Fund’s Rule 17e-1 and Rule 10f-3 Procedures, respectively, in all respects or any other applicable exemptive rules or orders applicable to the Sub-Adviser.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser will not effect any transaction with a broker or dealer that is an “affiliated person” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser or the Adviser without the prior approval of the Adviser.  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a list of brokers or dealers that are affiliated persons of the Adviser.

 

(d)            The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that the Adviser and the Fund may rely on Rules 17a-7, 17a-10, 10f-3 and 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other investment adviser to the Fund with respect to transactions in securities for the Sub-Advised Assets or any other transactions in the Fund’s assets, other than for the purposes of complying with the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(e)            The Sub-Adviser has provided the Adviser with a true and complete copy of its compliance policies and procedures for compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act (the “Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies”).  The Sub-Adviser’s chief compliance officer (“Sub-Adviser CCO”) shall provide to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“Fund CCO”) or his or her delegatee promptly (and in no event in more than 10 business days) the following:

 

(i)             a report of any material changes to the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies;

 

(ii)            a report of any compliance matter about which the Adviser or the Fund’s Board of Directors would reasonably need to know to oversee Fund compliance, and that involves, without limitation:  (A) a violation of the securities laws by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; (B) a violation of the Policies or the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; and/or (C) a weakness in the design or implementation of the Policies; and

 

(iii)           an annual (or more frequently as the Fund CCO may request) certification regarding the Sub-Adviser’s compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, the Policies and this Agreement .

 

(f)             The Sub-Adviser may, on occasions when it deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Portfolio as well as other fiduciary or agency accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser, aggregate, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the best overall terms available and execution with respect to common and preferred stocks and the best net price and execution with respect to other securities.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be

 

3



 

made by the Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be most fair and equitable over time to the Portfolio and to its other accounts.

 

(g)            The Sub-Adviser, in connection with its rights and duties with respect to the Portfolio and the Fund shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

(h)            The services of the Sub-Adviser hereunder are not deemed exclusive and the Sub-Adviser shall be free to render similar services to others (including other investment companies) so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.  The Sub-Adviser will waive enforcement of any non-compete agreement or other agreement or arrangement to which it is currently a party that restricts, limits, or otherwise interferes with the ability of the Adviser to employ or engage any person or entity to provide investment advisory or other services and will transmit to any person or entity notice of such waiver as may be required to give effect to this provision; and the Sub-Adviser will not become a party to any non-compete agreement or any other agreement, arrangement, or understanding that would restrict, limit, or otherwise interfere with the ability of the Adviser and the Fund or any of their affiliates to employ or engage any person or organization, now or in the future, to manage the Portfolio or any other assets managed by the Adviser.

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser shall furnish the Adviser and the administrator of the Fund (the “Administrator”) daily reports concerning portfolio transactions and holdings of the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser may reasonably determine in such form as may be mutually agreed upon, and agrees to review the Sub-Advised Assets with the Adviser and discuss the management of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall promptly respond to requests by the Adviser, the Administrator, and the Fund CCO or their delegates for copies of the pertinent books and records maintained by the Sub-Adviser relating directly to the Portfolio.  The Sub-Adviser shall also provide the Adviser with such other information and reports, including information and reports related to compliance matters, as may reasonably be requested by it from time to time, including without limitation all material requested by or required to be delivered to the Board.

 

(j)             Unless otherwise agreed, the Sub-Adviser shall have the power, discretion and responsibility to vote any proxies in connection with securities in which the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested.

 

(k)            The Sub-Adviser shall cooperate promptly and fully with the Adviser and/or the Fund in responding to any regulatory or compliance examinations or inspections (including any information requests) relating to the Fund, the Portfolio or the Adviser brought by any governmental or regulatory authorities.  The Sub-Adviser shall provide to the Fund CCO or his or her delegate notice of any

 

4



 

deficiencies that are identified by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in written correspondence to the Sub-Adviser and that relate to the services provided by the Sub-Adviser to the Portfolio pursuant to this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser shall provide such notification within a reasonable period after receiving the correspondence. The Sub-Adviser shall provide additional information with respect to such deficiencies as is reasonably requested by the Fund CCO or his or her delegatee.

 

(l)             The Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of Schedule 13G and Form 13F on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for the preparation or filing of any other reports required on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets, except as may be expressly agreed to in writing.

 

(m)           The Sub-Adviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets as are required of an investment adviser of a registered investment company pursuant to the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.  Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act that are prepared or maintained by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of the Fund and will be surrendered promptly to the Fund upon request.  The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed in Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained under Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(n)            The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser of any financial condition that is likely to impair the Sub-Adviser’s ability to fulfill its commitments under this Agreement.

 

2.              Representations and Warranties of the Parties

 

(a)            The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants to the Adviser as follows:

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act;

 

(ii)            The Form ADV that the Sub-Adviser has previously provided to the Adviser is a true and complete copy of the form as currently filed with the SEC, and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.  The Sub-Adviser will promptly provide the Adviser and the Fund with a complete copy of all subsequent amendments to its Form ADV;

 

(iii)           The Sub-Adviser will carry at all times professional errors and omissions liability insurance covering services provided hereunder by the Sub-

 

5



 

Adviser in an appropriate amount, which insurance shall be primary to any insurance policy carried by the Adviser;

 

(iv)           Upon request, the Sub-Adviser will furnish the Adviser with certificates of insurance in forms and substance reasonably acceptable to the Adviser evidencing the coverages specified in paragraph 2(a)(iii) hereof and will provide notice of termination of such coverages, if any, to the Adviser and the Fund, all as promptly as reasonably possible.  The Sub-Adviser will notify the Adviser promptly, and in any event within 10 business days, when the Sub-Adviser receives notice of any termination of the specified coverage; and

 

(v)            This Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by the Sub-Adviser.

 

(b)            The Adviser represents and warrants to the Sub-Adviser as follows:

 

(i)             The Adviser is registered under the Advisers Act; and

 

(ii)            Each of the Adviser and the Fund has duly authorized the execution of this Agreement by the Adviser.

 

3.              Obligations of the Adviser .

 

(a)            The Adviser shall provide (or cause the Portfolio’s Custodian (as defined in Section 3 hereof) to provide) timely information to the Sub-Adviser regarding such matters as the composition of the Sub-Advised Assets, cash requirements and cash available for investment in the Sub-Advised Assets, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Sub-Adviser to perform its responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)            The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the prospectus and statement of additional information of the Portfolio and the Adviser agrees during the continuance of this Agreement to furnish the Sub-Adviser copies of any revisions or supplements thereto at, or, if practicable, before the time the revisions or supplements become effective.  The Adviser agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser with copies of any financial statements or reports made by the Portfolio to its shareholders, and any further materials or information that the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request to enable it to perform its functions under this Agreement.

 

4.              Custodian .  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the Portfolio’s agreement with any custodian designated to hold the assets of the Portfolio (the “Custodian”) and any material modifications thereto (the “Custody Agreement”) that may affect the Sub-Adviser’s duties, copies of such modifications to be provided to the Sub-Adviser reasonably in advance of the effectiveness of such modifications.  The Sub-Advised Assets shall be maintained in the custody of the Custodian identified in, and in accordance with the terms and conditions

 

6



 

of, the Custody Agreement (or any sub-custodian properly appointed as provided in the Custody Agreement).  The Sub-Adviser shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of the Custodian, unless such act or omission is taken solely in reliance upon instruction given to the Custodian by a representative of the Sub-Adviser properly authorized to give such instruction under the Custody Agreement.  Any assets added to the Portfolio shall be delivered directly to the Custodian.

 

5.              Use of Name .  During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser shall have permission to use the Sub-Adviser’s name in the marketing of the Portfolio, and agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser, for its prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to shareholders prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Portfolio or the public that refer to the Sub-Adviser in any way.  If the Adviser does not receive a response from the Sub-Adviser with respect to such materials within five business days of its submission for approval, such materials shall be deemed accepted by the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser agrees that Adviser may request that the Sub-Adviser approve use of a certain type, and that Adviser need not provide for approval each additional piece of marketing material that is of substantially the same type.

 

During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not use the Fund’s name without the prior consent of the Fund.

 

6.              Expenses .  During the Term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties under paragraph 1 hereof other than the cost (including taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, if any) of the securities or other investment instruments purchased or sold for the Portfolio.

 

7.              Compensation of the Sub-Adviser .  As full compensation for all services rendered, facilities furnished and expenses borne by the Sub-Adviser hereunder, the Sub-Adviser shall be paid the fees in the amounts and in the manner set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

8.              Independent Contractor Status .  The Sub-Adviser shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Adviser in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Portfolio or the Adviser.

 

9.              Liability and Indemnification .

 

(a)            Liability .  The duties of the Sub-Adviser shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any loss arising out of any portfolio investment or disposition hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.  Under no circumstances shall the Sub-Adviser be liable for any loss arising out of any act or omission taken by another sub-adviser, or any other third party, in respect of any portion of the Fund’s assets not managed by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7



 

(b)            Indemnification .

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser shall indemnify the Adviser, the Fund and the Portfolio, and their respective affiliates and controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the Adviser Indemnified Persons may sustain as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

(ii)            The Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser, its affiliates and its controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from, or in connection with, the Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

10.            Effective Date and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of its execution, and:

 

(a)            unless otherwise terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect until September 30, 2012, and from year to year thereafter so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval;

 

(b)            this Agreement may at any time be terminated on 60 days’ written notice to the Sub-Adviser either by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio;

 

(c)            this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment or upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement; and

 

8



 

(d)            this Agreement may be terminated by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Fund, or by the Adviser immediately upon notice to the Sub-Adviser.

 

Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

11.            Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual consent of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, provided that, if required by law, such amendment shall also have been approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio and by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

12.            Assignment .  The Sub-Adviser may not assign this Agreement and this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of an “assignment,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.  The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of “control,” as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, so as to enable the Fund and/or the Adviser to: (a) consider whether an assignment will occur, (b) consider whether to enter into a new Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Sub-Adviser, and (c) prepare, file, and deliver any disclosure document to the Portfolio’s shareholders as may be required by applicable law.

 

13.            Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of Delaware and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors (subject to paragraph 10 (c) hereof) and, to the extent provided in paragraph 9 hereof, each Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person and Adviser Indemnified Person.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall not be construed to require, or to impose any duty upon, either of the parties to do anything in violation of any applicable laws or regulations.  Any provision in this Agreement requiring compliance with any statute or regulation shall mean such statute or regulation as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

14.            Regulation S-P .  In accordance with Regulation S-P, if non-public personal information regarding any party’s customers or consumers is disclosed to the other party in connection with this Agreement, the other party receiving such information will not disclose or use that information other than as necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

15.            Confidentiality .  Any information or recommendations supplied by either the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, that are not otherwise in the public domain or previously known to the other party in connection with the performance of its obligations and duties hereunder, including without limitation portfolio holdings of the Fund, financial information or other information relating to a party to this Agreement, are to be regarded as confidential (“Confidential

 

9



 

Information”) and held in the strictest confidence.  Except as may be required by applicable law or rule as requested by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over a party to this Agreement, Confidential Information may be used only by the party to which said information has been communicated and such other persons as that party believes are necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the Custodian, and such persons as the Adviser may designate in connection with the Sub-Advised Assets.

 

16.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

SIMPLE ALTERNATIVES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James K. Dilworth

 

 

Name:

James K. Dilworth

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

ROARING BLUE LION CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, L.P.

 

 

By: Roaring Blue Lion, LLC, General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Charles W. Griege, Jr.

 

 

Name:

Charles W. Griege, Jr.

 

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 

 

 

10


Exhibit (d)(25)

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

S1 FUND

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) entered into as of the 8 th  day of November, 2010, by and between Simple Alternatives, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Courage Capital Management, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company (the “Sub-Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement dated November 8, 2010 (the “Advisory Agreement”) with The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), relating to the provision of investment advisory services to the S1 Fund (the “Portfolio”);

 

WHEREAS, the Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser may delegate any or all of its investment advisory responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement to one or more sub-advisers;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority granted to the Adviser in the Advisory Agreement and with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Adviser and the Fund desire to retain the Sub-Adviser to render portfolio management services to the Portfolio in the manner and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to provide such services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              Sub-Advisory Services .

 

(a)            The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser to the Portfolio for the periods and on the terms herein set forth.  The Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.

 

(b)            The Sub-Adviser shall, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Adviser, manage the investment and reinvestment of such portion of the assets of the Portfolio, as the Adviser may from time to time allocate to the Sub-Adviser for management (the “Sub-Advised Assets”).  The Sub-Adviser shall manage the Sub-Advised Assets in conformity with (i) the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Portfolio set forth in the Portfolio’s prospectus and statement of additional information, as they may be amended from time to time, any additional policies or guidelines, including without limitation compliance policies and procedures, established by the Adviser, the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or by the Fund’s Board of Directors (“Board”) that have been furnished in writing to the Sub-Adviser, (ii) the asset diversification tests applicable to regulated investment companies pursuant to section 851(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) the written instructions and directions received from the Adviser or the Fund as delivered; and (iv) the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”), and all other applicable federal and state laws governing the

 

1



 

performance of the Sub-Adviser’s duties under this Agreement, all as may be in effect from time to time.  The foregoing are referred to below together as the “Policies.”

 

For purposes of compliance with the Policies, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to treat the Sub-Advised Assets as though the Sub-Advised Assets constituted the entire Portfolio, and the Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible in any way for the compliance of any assets of the Portfolio, other than the Sub-Advised Assets, with the Policies.  Subject to the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser is authorized, in its discretion and without prior consultation with the Adviser, to buy, sell, lend and otherwise trade in any stocks, bonds and other securities and investment instruments on behalf of the Portfolio, without regard to the length of time the securities have been held and the resulting rate of portfolio turnover or any tax considerations; and the majority or the whole of the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested in such proportions of stocks, bonds, other securities or investment instruments, or cash, as the Sub-Adviser shall determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(b), however, (i) the Sub-Adviser shall, upon and in accordance with written instructions from the Adviser, effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies, and (ii) upon notice to the Sub-Adviser, the Adviser may effect in-kind redemptions with shareholders of the Portfolio with securities included within the Sub-Advised Assets or effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies.

 

(c)            Absent instructions from the Adviser or the officers of the Fund to the contrary, the Sub-Adviser shall place orders pursuant to its determinations either directly with the issuer or with any broker and/or dealer or other person who deals in the securities in which the Portfolio is trading.  In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers, dealers or other persons, the Sub-Adviser shall use its best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available.  In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Sub-Adviser shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis.  In evaluating the best overall terms available and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Sub-Adviser may also consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided to the Portfolio and/or other account over which the Sub-Adviser and/or an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser exercises investment discretion.  Brokers or dealers selected by the Sub-Adviser for the purchase and sale of securities or other investment instruments for the Sub-Advised Assets may include brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser, provided such orders comply with Rules 17e-1 and 10f-3 under the 1940 Act and the Fund’s Rule 17e-1 and Rule 10f-3 Procedures, respectively, in all respects or

 

2



 

any other applicable exemptive rules or orders applicable to the Sub-Adviser.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser will not effect any transaction with a broker or dealer that is an “affiliated person” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser or the Adviser without the prior approval of the Adviser.  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a list of brokers or dealers that are affiliated persons of the Adviser.

 

(d)            The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that the Adviser and the Fund may rely on Rules 17a-7, 17a-10, 10f-3 and 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other investment adviser to the Fund with respect to transactions in securities for the Sub-Advised Assets or any other transactions in the Fund’s assets, other than for the purposes of complying with the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(e)            The Sub-Adviser has provided the Adviser with a true and complete copy of its compliance policies and procedures for compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act (the “Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies”).  The Sub-Adviser’s chief compliance officer (“Sub-Adviser CCO”) shall provide to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“Fund CCO”) or his or her delegatee promptly (and in no event in more than 10 business days) the following:

 

(i)             a report of any material changes to the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies;

 

(ii)            a report of any compliance matter about which the Adviser or the Fund’s Board of Directors would reasonably need to know to oversee Fund compliance, and that involves, without limitation:  (A) a violation of the securities laws by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; (B) a violation of the Policies or the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; and/or (C) a weakness in the design or implementation of the Policies; and

 

(iii)           an annual (or more frequently as the Fund CCO may request) certification regarding the Sub-Adviser’s compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, the Policies and this Agreement .

 

(f)             The Sub-Adviser may, on occasions when it deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Portfolio as well as other fiduciary or agency accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser, aggregate, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the best overall terms available and execution with respect to common and preferred stocks and the best net price and execution with respect to other securities.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be most fair and equitable over time to the Portfolio and to its other accounts.

 

3



 

(g)            The Sub-Adviser, in connection with its rights and duties with respect to the Portfolio and the Fund shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

(h)            The services of the Sub-Adviser hereunder are not deemed exclusive and the Sub-Adviser shall be free to render similar services to others (including other investment companies) so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.  The Sub-Adviser will waive enforcement of any non-compete agreement or other agreement or arrangement to which it is currently a party that restricts, limits, or otherwise interferes with the ability of the Adviser to employ or engage any person or entity to provide investment advisory or other services and will transmit to any person or entity notice of such waiver as may be required to give effect to this provision; and the Sub-Adviser will not become a party to any non-compete agreement or any other agreement, arrangement, or understanding that would restrict, limit, or otherwise interfere with the ability of the Adviser and the Fund or any of their affiliates to employ or engage any person or organization, now or in the future, to manage the Portfolio or any other assets managed by the Adviser.

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser shall furnish the Adviser and the administrator of the Fund (the “Administrator”) daily reports concerning portfolio transactions and holdings of the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser may reasonably determine in such form as may be mutually agreed upon, and agrees to review the Sub-Advised Assets with the Adviser and discuss the management of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall promptly respond to requests by the Adviser, the Administrator, and the Fund CCO or their delegates for copies of the pertinent books and records maintained by the Sub-Adviser relating directly to the Portfolio.  The Sub-Adviser shall also provide the Adviser with such other information and reports, including information and reports related to compliance matters, as may reasonably be requested by it from time to time, including without limitation all material requested by or required to be delivered to the Board.

 

(j)             Unless otherwise agreed, the Sub-Adviser shall have the power, discretion and responsibility to vote any proxies in connection with securities in which the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested.

 

(k)            The Sub-Adviser shall cooperate promptly and fully with the Adviser and/or the Fund in responding to any regulatory or compliance examinations or inspections (including any information requests) relating to the Fund, the Portfolio or the Adviser brought by any governmental or regulatory authorities.  The Sub-Adviser shall provide to the Fund CCO or his or her delegate notice of any deficiencies that are identified by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in written correspondence to the Sub-Adviser and that relate to the services provided by the Sub-Adviser to the Portfolio pursuant to

 

4



 

this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser shall provide such notification within a reasonable period after receiving the correspondence. The Sub-Adviser shall provide additional information with respect to such deficiencies as is reasonably requested by the Fund CCO or his or her delegatee.

 

(l)             The Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of Schedule 13G and Form 13F on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for the preparation or filing of any other reports required on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets, except as may be expressly agreed to in writing.

 

(m)           The Sub-Adviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets as are required of an investment adviser of a registered investment company pursuant to the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.  Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act that are prepared or maintained by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of the Fund and will be surrendered promptly to the Fund upon request.  The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed in Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained under Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(n)            The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser of any financial condition that is likely to impair the Sub-Adviser’s ability to fulfill its commitments under this Agreement.

 

2.              Representations and Warranties of the Parties

 

(a)            The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants to the Adviser as follows:

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act;

 

(ii)            The Form ADV that the Sub-Adviser has previously provided to the Adviser is a true and complete copy of the form as currently filed with the SEC, and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.  The Sub-Adviser will promptly provide the Adviser and the Fund with a complete copy of all subsequent amendments to its Form ADV;

 

(iii)           The Sub-Adviser will carry at all times professional errors and omissions liability insurance covering services provided hereunder by the Sub-Adviser in an appropriate amount, which insurance shall be primary to any insurance policy carried by the Adviser;

 

5



 

(iv)           Upon request, the Sub-Adviser will furnish the Adviser with certificates of insurance in forms and substance reasonably acceptable to the Adviser evidencing the coverages specified in paragraph 2(a)(iii) hereof and will provide notice of termination of such coverages, if any, to the Adviser and the Fund, all as promptly as reasonably possible.  The Sub-Adviser will notify the Adviser promptly, and in any event within 10 business days, when the Sub-Adviser receives notice of any termination of the specified coverage; and

 

(v)            This Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by the Sub-Adviser.

 

(b)            The Adviser represents and warrants to the Sub-Adviser as follows:

 

(i)             The Adviser is registered under the Advisers Act; and

 

(ii)            Each of the Adviser and the Fund has duly authorized the execution of this Agreement by the Adviser.

 

3.              Obligations of the Adviser .

 

(a)            The Adviser shall provide (or cause the Portfolio’s Custodian (as defined in Section 3 hereof) to provide) timely information to the Sub-Adviser regarding such matters as the composition of the Sub-Advised Assets, cash requirements and cash available for investment in the Sub-Advised Assets, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Sub-Adviser to perform its responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)            The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the prospectus and statement of additional information of the Portfolio and the Adviser agrees during the continuance of this Agreement to furnish the Sub-Adviser copies of any revisions or supplements thereto at, or, if practicable, before the time the revisions or supplements become effective.  The Adviser agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser with copies of any financial statements or reports made by the Portfolio to its shareholders, and any further materials or information that the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request to enable it to perform its functions under this Agreement.

 

4.              Custodian .  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the Portfolio’s agreement with any custodian designated to hold the assets of the Portfolio (the “Custodian”) and any material modifications thereto (the “Custody Agreement”) that may affect the Sub-Adviser’s duties, copies of such modifications to be provided to the Sub-Adviser reasonably in advance of the effectiveness of such modifications.  The Sub-Advised Assets shall be maintained in the custody of the Custodian identified in, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of, the Custody Agreement (or any sub-custodian properly appointed as provided in the Custody Agreement).  The Sub-Adviser shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of the Custodian, unless such act or omission is taken solely in reliance upon instruction given to the Custodian by

 

6



 

a representative of the Sub-Adviser properly authorized to give such instruction under the Custody Agreement.  Any assets added to the Portfolio shall be delivered directly to the Custodian.

 

5.              Use of Name .  During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser shall have permission to use the Sub-Adviser’s name in the marketing of the Portfolio, and agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser, for its prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to shareholders prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Portfolio or the public that refer to the Sub-Adviser in any way.  If the Adviser does not receive a response from the Sub-Adviser with respect to such materials within five business days of its submission for approval, such materials shall be deemed accepted by the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser agrees that Adviser may request that the Sub-Adviser approve use of a certain type, and that Adviser need not provide for approval each additional piece of marketing material that is of substantially the same type.

 

During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not use the Fund’s name without the prior consent of the Fund.

 

6.              Expenses .  During the Term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties under paragraph 1 hereof other than the cost (including taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, if any) of the securities or other investment instruments purchased or sold for the Portfolio.

 

7.              Compensation of the Sub-Adviser .  As full compensation for all services rendered, facilities furnished and expenses borne by the Sub-Adviser hereunder, the Sub-Adviser shall be paid the fees in the amounts and in the manner set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

8.              Independent Contractor Status .  The Sub-Adviser shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Adviser in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Portfolio or the Adviser.

 

9.              Liability and Indemnification .

 

(a)            Liability .  The duties of the Sub-Adviser shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any loss arising out of any portfolio investment or disposition hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.  Under no circumstances shall the Sub-Adviser be liable for any loss arising out of any act or omission taken by another sub-adviser, or any other third party, in respect of any portion of the Fund’s assets not managed by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7



 

(b)            Indemnification .

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser shall indemnify the Adviser, the Fund and the Portfolio, and their respective affiliates and controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the Adviser Indemnified Persons may sustain as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

(ii)            The Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser, its affiliates and its controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from, or in connection with, the Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

10.            Effective Date and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of its execution, and:

 

(a)            unless otherwise terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect until September 30, 2012, and from year to year thereafter so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval;

 

(b)            this Agreement may at any time be terminated on 60 days’ written notice to the Sub-Adviser either by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio;

 

(c)            this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment or upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement; and

 

(d)            this Agreement may be terminated by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Fund, or by the Adviser immediately upon notice to the Sub-Adviser.

 

8



 

Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

11.            Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual consent of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, provided that, if required by law, such amendment shall also have been approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio and by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

12.            Assignment .  The Sub-Adviser may not assign this Agreement and this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of an “assignment,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.  The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of “control,” as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, so as to enable the Fund and/or the Adviser to: (a) consider whether an assignment will occur, (b) consider whether to enter into a new Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Sub-Adviser, and (c) prepare, file, and deliver any disclosure document to the Portfolio’s shareholders as may be required by applicable law.

 

13.            Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of Delaware and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors (subject to paragraph 10 (c) hereof) and, to the extent provided in paragraph 9 hereof, each Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person and Adviser Indemnified Person.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall not be construed to require, or to impose any duty upon, either of the parties to do anything in violation of any applicable laws or regulations.  Any provision in this Agreement requiring compliance with any statute or regulation shall mean such statute or regulation as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

14.            Regulation S-P .  In accordance with Regulation S-P, if non-public personal information regarding any party’s customers or consumers is disclosed to the other party in connection with this Agreement, the other party receiving such information will not disclose or use that information other than as necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

15.            Confidentiality .  Any information or recommendations supplied by either the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, that are not otherwise in the public domain or previously known to the other party in connection with the performance of its obligations and duties hereunder, including without limitation portfolio holdings of the Fund, financial information or other information relating to a party to this Agreement, are to be regarded as confidential (“Confidential Information”) and held in the strictest confidence.  Except as may be required by applicable law or rule as requested by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over a party to this Agreement, Confidential Information may be used only by the party to which said information has been communicated and such other persons as that party believes are necessary to carry out the

 

9



 

purposes of this Agreement, the Custodian, and such persons as the Adviser may designate in connection with the Sub-Advised Assets.

 

16.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

SIMPLE ALTERNATIVES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/James K. Dilworth

 

Name:

James K. Dilworth

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

COURAGE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Richard C. Patton

 

Name:

Richard C. Patton

 

Title:

Chief Investment Officer

 

 

10


Exhibit (d)(26)

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

S1 FUND

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) entered into as of the 3 rd  day of December, 2010, by and between Simple Alternatives, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sub-Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement dated December 3, 2010 (the “Advisory Agreement”) with The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), relating to the provision of investment advisory services to the S1 Fund (the “Portfolio”);

 

WHEREAS, the Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser may delegate any or all of its investment advisory responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement to one or more sub-advisers;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority granted to the Adviser in the Advisory Agreement and with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Adviser and the Fund desire to retain the Sub-Adviser to render portfolio management services to the Portfolio in the manner and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to provide such services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              Sub-Advisory Services .

 

(a)            The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser to the Portfolio for the periods and on the terms herein set forth.  The Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.

 

(b)            The Sub-Adviser shall, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Adviser, manage the investment and reinvestment of such portion of the assets of the Portfolio, as the Adviser may from time to time allocate to the Sub-Adviser for management (the “Sub-Advised Assets”).  The Sub-Adviser shall manage the Sub-Advised Assets in conformity with (i) the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Portfolio set forth in the Portfolio’s prospectus and statement of additional information, as they may be amended from time to time, any additional policies or guidelines, including without limitation compliance policies and procedures, established by the Adviser, the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or by the Fund’s Board of Directors (“Board”) that have been furnished in writing to the Sub-Adviser, (ii) the asset diversification tests applicable to regulated investment companies pursuant to section 851(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) the written instructions and directions received from the Adviser or the Fund as delivered; and (iv) the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”), and all other applicable federal and state laws governing the

 

1



 

performance of the Sub-Adviser’s duties under this Agreement, all as may be in effect from time to time.  The foregoing are referred to below together as the “Policies.”

 

For purposes of compliance with the Policies, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to treat the Sub-Advised Assets as though the Sub-Advised Assets constituted the entire Portfolio, and the Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible in any way for the compliance of any assets of the Portfolio, other than the Sub-Advised Assets, with the Policies.  Subject to the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser is authorized, in its discretion and without prior consultation with the Adviser, to buy, sell, lend and otherwise trade in any stocks, bonds and other securities and investment instruments on behalf of the Portfolio, without regard to the length of time the securities have been held and the resulting rate of portfolio turnover or any tax considerations; and the majority or the whole of the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested in such proportions of stocks, bonds, other securities or investment instruments, or cash, as the Sub-Adviser shall determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(b), however, (i) the Sub-Adviser shall, upon and in accordance with written instructions from the Adviser, effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies, and (ii) upon notice to the Sub-Adviser, the Adviser may effect in-kind redemptions with shareholders of the Portfolio with securities included within the Sub-Advised Assets or effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies.

 

(c)            Absent instructions from the Adviser or the officers of the Fund to the contrary, the Sub-Adviser shall place orders pursuant to its determinations either directly with the issuer or with any broker and/or dealer or other person who deals in the securities in which the Portfolio is trading.  In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers, dealers or other persons, the Sub-Adviser shall use its best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available.  In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Sub-Adviser shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis.  In evaluating the best overall terms available and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Sub-Adviser may also consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided to the Portfolio and/or other account over which the Sub-Adviser and/or an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser exercises investment discretion.  Brokers or dealers selected by the Sub-Adviser for the purchase and sale of securities or other investment instruments for the Sub-Advised Assets may include brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser, provided such orders comply with Rules 17e-1 and 10f-3 under the 1940 Act and the Fund’s Rule 17e-1 and Rule 10f-3 Procedures, respectively, in all respects or

 

2



 

any other applicable exemptive rules or orders applicable to the Sub-Adviser.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser will not effect any transaction with a broker or dealer that is an “affiliated person” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser or the Adviser without the prior approval of the Adviser.  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a list of brokers or dealers that are affiliated persons of the Adviser.

 

(d)            The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that the Adviser and the Fund may rely on Rules 17a-7, 17a-10, 10f-3 and 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other investment adviser to the Fund with respect to transactions in securities for the Sub-Advised Assets or any other transactions in the Fund’s assets, other than for the purposes of complying with the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(e)            The Sub-Adviser has provided the Adviser with a true and complete copy of its compliance policies and procedures for compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act (the “Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies”).  The Sub-Adviser’s chief compliance officer (“Sub-Adviser CCO”) shall provide to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“Fund CCO”) or his or her delegatee promptly (and in no event in more than 10 business days) the following:

 

(i)             a report of any material changes to the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies;

 

(ii)            a report of any compliance matter about which the Adviser or the Fund’s Board of Directors would reasonably need to know to oversee Fund compliance, and that involves, without limitation:  (A) a violation of the securities laws by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; (B) a violation of the Policies or the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; and/or (C) a weakness in the design or implementation of the Policies; and

 

(iii)           an annual (or more frequently as the Fund CCO may request) certification regarding the Sub-Adviser’s compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, the Policies and this Agreement .

 

(f)             The Sub-Adviser may, on occasions when it deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Portfolio as well as other fiduciary or agency accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser, aggregate, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the best overall terms available and execution with respect to common and preferred stocks and the best net price and execution with respect to other securities.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be most fair and equitable over time to the Portfolio and to its other accounts.

 

3



 

(g)            The Sub-Adviser, in connection with its rights and duties with respect to the Portfolio and the Fund shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

(h)            The services of the Sub-Adviser hereunder are not deemed exclusive and the Sub-Adviser shall be free to render similar services to others (including other investment companies) so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.  The Sub-Adviser will waive enforcement of any non-compete agreement or other agreement or arrangement to which it is currently a party that restricts, limits, or otherwise interferes with the ability of the Adviser to employ or engage any person or entity to provide investment advisory or other services and will transmit to any person or entity notice of such waiver as may be required to give effect to this provision; and the Sub-Adviser will not become a party to any non-compete agreement or any other agreement, arrangement, or understanding that would restrict, limit, or otherwise interfere with the ability of the Adviser and the Fund or any of their affiliates to employ or engage any person or organization, now or in the future, to manage the Portfolio or any other assets managed by the Adviser.

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser shall furnish the Adviser and the administrator of the Fund (the “Administrator”) daily reports concerning portfolio transactions and holdings of the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser may reasonably determine in such form as may be mutually agreed upon, and agrees to review the Sub-Advised Assets with the Adviser and discuss the management of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall promptly respond to requests by the Adviser, the Administrator, and the Fund CCO or their delegates for copies of the pertinent books and records maintained by the Sub-Adviser relating directly to the Portfolio.  The Sub-Adviser shall also provide the Adviser with such other information and reports, including information and reports related to compliance matters, as may reasonably be requested by it from time to time, including without limitation all material requested by or required to be delivered to the Board.

 

(j)             Unless otherwise agreed, the Sub-Adviser shall have the power, discretion and responsibility to vote any proxies in connection with securities in which the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested.

 

(k)            The Sub-Adviser shall cooperate promptly and fully with the Adviser and/or the Fund in responding to any regulatory or compliance examinations or inspections (including any information requests) relating to the Fund, the Portfolio or the Adviser brought by any governmental or regulatory authorities.  The Sub-Adviser shall provide to the Fund CCO or his or her delegate notice of any deficiencies that are identified by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in written correspondence to the Sub-Adviser and that relate to the services provided by the Sub-Adviser to the Portfolio pursuant to

 

4



 

this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser shall provide such notification within a reasonable period after receiving the correspondence. The Sub-Adviser shall provide additional information with respect to such deficiencies as is reasonably requested by the Fund CCO or his or her delegatee.

 

(l)             The Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of Schedule 13G and Form 13F on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for the preparation or filing of any other reports required on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets, except as may be expressly agreed to in writing.

 

(m)           The Sub-Adviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets as are required of an investment adviser of a registered investment company pursuant to the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.  Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act that are prepared or maintained by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of the Fund and will be surrendered promptly to the Fund upon request.  The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed in Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained under Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(n)            The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser of any financial condition that is likely to impair the Sub-Adviser’s ability to fulfill its commitments under this Agreement.

 

2.              Representations and Warranties of the Parties

 

(a)            The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants to the Adviser as follows:

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act;

 

(ii)            The Form ADV that the Sub-Adviser has previously provided to the Adviser is a true and complete copy of the form as currently filed with the SEC, and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.  The Sub-Adviser will promptly provide the Adviser and the Fund with a complete copy of all subsequent amendments to its Form ADV;

 

(iii)           The Sub-Adviser will carry at all times professional errors and omissions liability insurance covering services provided hereunder by the Sub-Adviser in an appropriate amount, which insurance shall be primary to any insurance policy carried by the Adviser;

 

5



 

(iv)           Upon request, the Sub-Adviser will furnish the Adviser with certificates of insurance in forms and substance reasonably acceptable to the Adviser evidencing the coverages specified in paragraph 2(a)(iii) hereof and will provide notice of termination of such coverages, if any, to the Adviser and the Fund, all as promptly as reasonably possible.  The Sub-Adviser will notify the Adviser promptly, and in any event within 10 business days, when the Sub-Adviser receives notice of any termination of the specified coverage; and

 

(v)            This Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by the Sub-Adviser.

 

(b)            The Adviser represents and warrants to the Sub-Adviser as follows:

 

(i)             The Adviser is registered under the Advisers Act; and

 

(ii)            Each of the Adviser and the Fund has duly authorized the execution of this Agreement by the Adviser.

 

3.              Obligations of the Adviser .

 

(a)            The Adviser shall provide (or cause the Portfolio’s Custodian (as defined in Section 3 hereof) to provide) timely information to the Sub-Adviser regarding such matters as the composition of the Sub-Advised Assets, cash requirements and cash available for investment in the Sub-Advised Assets, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Sub-Adviser to perform its responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)            The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the prospectus and statement of additional information of the Portfolio and the Adviser agrees during the continuance of this Agreement to furnish the Sub-Adviser copies of any revisions or supplements thereto at, or, if practicable, before the time the revisions or supplements become effective.  The Adviser agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser with copies of any financial statements or reports made by the Portfolio to its shareholders, and any further materials or information that the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request to enable it to perform its functions under this Agreement.

 

4.              Custodian .  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the Portfolio’s agreement with any custodian designated to hold the assets of the Portfolio (the “Custodian”) and any material modifications thereto (the “Custody Agreement”) that may affect the Sub-Adviser’s duties, copies of such modifications to be provided to the Sub-Adviser reasonably in advance of the effectiveness of such modifications.  The Sub-Advised Assets shall be maintained in the custody of the Custodian identified in, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of, the Custody Agreement (or any sub-custodian properly appointed as provided in the Custody Agreement).  The Sub-Adviser shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of the Custodian, unless such act or omission is taken solely in reliance upon instruction given to the Custodian by

 

6



 

a representative of the Sub-Adviser properly authorized to give such instruction under the Custody Agreement.  Any assets added to the Portfolio shall be delivered directly to the Custodian.

 

5.              Use of Name .  During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser shall have permission to use the Sub-Adviser’s name in the marketing of the Portfolio, and agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser, for its prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to shareholders prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Portfolio or the public that refer to the Sub-Adviser in any way.  If the Adviser does not receive a response from the Sub-Adviser with respect to such materials within five business days of its submission for approval, such materials shall be deemed accepted by the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser agrees that Adviser may request that the Sub-Adviser approve use of a certain type, and that Adviser need not provide for approval each additional piece of marketing material that is of substantially the same type.

 

During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not use the Fund’s name without the prior consent of the Fund.

 

6.              Expenses .  During the Term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties under paragraph 1 hereof other than the cost (including taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, if any) of the securities or other investment instruments purchased or sold for the Portfolio.

 

7.              Compensation of the Sub-Adviser .  As full compensation for all services rendered, facilities furnished and expenses borne by the Sub-Adviser hereunder, the Sub-Adviser shall be paid the fees in the amounts and in the manner set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

8.              Independent Contractor Status .  The Sub-Adviser shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Adviser in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Portfolio or the Adviser.

 

9.              Liability and Indemnification .

 

(a)            Liability .  The duties of the Sub-Adviser shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any loss arising out of any portfolio investment or disposition hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.  Under no circumstances shall the Sub-Adviser be liable for any loss arising out of any act or omission taken by another sub-adviser, or any other third party, in respect of any portion of the Fund’s assets not managed by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7



 

(b)            Indemnification .

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser shall indemnify the Adviser, the Fund and the Portfolio, and their respective affiliates and controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the Adviser Indemnified Persons may sustain as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

(ii)            The Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser, its affiliates and its controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from, or in connection with, the Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

10.            Effective Date and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of its execution, and:

 

(a)            unless otherwise terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect until September 30, 2012, and from year to year thereafter so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval;

 

(b)            this Agreement may at any time be terminated on 60 days’ written notice to the Sub-Adviser either by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio;

 

(c)            this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment or upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement; and

 

(d)            this Agreement may be terminated by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Fund, or by the Adviser immediately upon notice to the Sub-Adviser.

 

8



 

Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

11.            Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual consent of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, provided that, if required by law, such amendment shall also have been approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio and by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

12.            Assignment .  The Sub-Adviser may not assign this Agreement and this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of an “assignment,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.  The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of “control,” as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, so as to enable the Fund and/or the Adviser to: (a) consider whether an assignment will occur, (b) consider whether to enter into a new Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Sub-Adviser, and (c) prepare, file, and deliver any disclosure document to the Portfolio’s shareholders as may be required by applicable law.

 

13.            Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of Delaware and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors (subject to paragraph 10 (c) hereof) and, to the extent provided in paragraph 9 hereof, each Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person and Adviser Indemnified Person.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall not be construed to require, or to impose any duty upon, either of the parties to do anything in violation of any applicable laws or regulations.  Any provision in this Agreement requiring compliance with any statute or regulation shall mean such statute or regulation as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

14.            Regulation S-P .  In accordance with Regulation S-P, if non-public personal information regarding any party’s customers or consumers is disclosed to the other party in connection with this Agreement, the other party receiving such information will not disclose or use that information other than as necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

15.            Confidentiality .  Any information or recommendations supplied by either the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, that are not otherwise in the public domain or previously known to the other party in connection with the performance of its obligations and duties hereunder, including without limitation portfolio holdings of the Fund, financial information or other information relating to a party to this Agreement, are to be regarded as confidential (“Confidential Information”) and held in the strictest confidence.  Except as may be required by applicable law or rule as requested by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over a party to this Agreement, Confidential Information may be used only by the party to which said information has been communicated and such other persons as that party believes are necessary to carry out the

 

9



 

purposes of this Agreement, the Custodian, and such persons as the Adviser may designate in connection with the Sub-Advised Assets.

 

16.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

SIMPLE ALTERNATIVES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/James K. Dilworth

 

 

Name:

James K. Dilworth

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Jay B. Abramson

 

 

Name:

Jay B. Abramson

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

10


Exhibit (d)(27)

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

S1 FUND

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) entered into as of the 22 nd  day of October, 2010, by and between Simple Alternatives, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Lauren Templeton Capital Management, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company (the “Sub-Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement dated October 22, 2010 (the “Advisory Agreement”) with The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), relating to the provision of investment advisory services to the S1 Fund (the “Portfolio”);

 

WHEREAS, the Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser may delegate any or all of its investment advisory responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement to one or more sub-advisers;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority granted to the Adviser in the Advisory Agreement and with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Adviser and the Fund desire to retain the Sub-Adviser to render portfolio management services to the Portfolio in the manner and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to provide such services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Sub-Advisory Services .

 

(a)                                   The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser to the Portfolio for the periods and on the terms herein set forth.  The Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.

 

(b)                                  The Sub-Adviser shall, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Adviser, manage the investment and reinvestment of such portion of the assets of the Portfolio, as the Adviser may from time to time allocate to the Sub-Adviser for management (the “Sub-Advised Assets”).  The Sub-Adviser shall manage the Sub-Advised Assets in conformity with (i) the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Portfolio set forth in the Portfolio’s prospectus and statement of additional information, as they may be amended from time to time, any additional policies or guidelines, including without limitation compliance policies and procedures, established by the Adviser, the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or by the Fund’s Board of Directors (“Board”) that have been furnished in writing to the Sub-Adviser, (ii) the asset diversification tests applicable to regulated investment companies pursuant to section 851(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) the written instructions and directions received from the Adviser or the Fund as delivered; and (iv) the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”), and all other applicable federal and state laws governing the

 

1



 

performance of the Sub-Adviser’s duties under this Agreement, all as may be in effect from time to time.  The foregoing are referred to below together as the “Policies.”

 

For purposes of compliance with the Policies, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to treat the Sub-Advised Assets as though the Sub-Advised Assets constituted the entire Portfolio, and the Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible in any way for the compliance of any assets of the Portfolio, other than the Sub-Advised Assets, with the Policies.  Subject to the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser is authorized, in its discretion and without prior consultation with the Adviser, to buy, sell, lend and otherwise trade in any stocks, bonds and other securities and investment instruments on behalf of the Portfolio, without regard to the length of time the securities have been held and the resulting rate of portfolio turnover or any tax considerations; and the majority or the whole of the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested in such proportions of stocks, bonds, other securities or investment instruments, or cash, as the Sub-Adviser shall determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(b), however, (i) the Sub-Adviser shall, upon and in accordance with written instructions from the Adviser, effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies, and (ii) upon notice to the Sub-Adviser, the Adviser may effect in-kind redemptions with shareholders of the Portfolio with securities included within the Sub-Advised Assets or effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies.

 

(c)                                   Absent instructions from the Adviser or the officers of the Fund to the contrary, the Sub-Adviser shall place orders pursuant to its determinations either directly with the issuer or with any broker and/or dealer or other person who deals in the securities in which the Portfolio is trading.  In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers, dealers or other persons, the Sub-Adviser shall use its best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available.  In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Sub-Adviser shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis.  In evaluating the best overall terms available and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Sub-Adviser may also consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided to the Portfolio and/or other account over which the Sub-Adviser and/or an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser exercises investment discretion.  Brokers or dealers selected by the Sub-Adviser for the purchase and sale of securities or other investment instruments for the Sub-Advised Assets may include brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser, provided such orders comply with Rules 17e-1 and 10f-3 under the 1940 Act and the Fund’s Rule 17e-1 and Rule 10f-3 Procedures, respectively, in all respects or

 

2



 

any other applicable exemptive rules or orders applicable to the Sub-Adviser.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser will not effect any transaction with a broker or dealer that is an “affiliated person” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser or the Adviser without the prior approval of the Adviser.  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a list of brokers or dealers that are affiliated persons of the Adviser.

 

(d)                                  The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that the Adviser and the Fund may rely on Rules 17a-7, 17a-10, 10f-3 and 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other investment adviser to the Fund with respect to transactions in securities for the Sub-Advised Assets or any other transactions in the Fund’s assets, other than for the purposes of complying with the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(e)                                   The Sub-Adviser has provided the Adviser with a true and complete copy of its compliance policies and procedures for compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act (the “Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies”).  The Sub-Adviser’s chief compliance officer (“Sub-Adviser CCO”) shall provide to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“Fund CCO”) or his or her delegatee promptly (and in no event in more than 10 business days) the following:

 

(i)                                      a report of any material changes to the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies;

 

(ii)                                   a report of any compliance matter about which the Adviser or the Fund’s Board of Directors would reasonably need to know to oversee Fund compliance, and that involves, without limitation:  (A) a violation of the securities laws by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; (B) a violation of the Policies or the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; and/or (C) a weakness in the design or implementation of the Policies; and

 

(iii)                                an annual (or more frequently as the Fund CCO may request) certification regarding the Sub-Adviser’s compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, the Policies and this Agreement.

 

(f)                                     The Sub-Adviser may, on occasions when it deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Portfolio as well as other fiduciary or agency accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser, aggregate, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the best overall terms available and execution with respect to common and preferred stocks and the best net price and execution with respect to other securities.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be most fair and equitable over time to the Portfolio and to its other accounts.

 

3



 

(g)                                  The Sub-Adviser, in connection with its rights and duties with respect to the Portfolio and the Fund shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

(h)                                  The services of the Sub-Adviser hereunder are not deemed exclusive and the Sub-Adviser shall be free to render similar services to others (including other investment companies) so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.  The Sub-Adviser will waive enforcement of any non-compete agreement or other agreement or arrangement to which it is currently a party that restricts, limits, or otherwise interferes with the ability of the Adviser to employ or engage any person or entity to provide investment advisory or other services and will transmit to any person or entity notice of such waiver as may be required to give effect to this provision; and the Sub-Adviser will not become a party to any non-compete agreement or any other agreement, arrangement, or understanding that would restrict, limit, or otherwise interfere with the ability of the Adviser and the Fund or any of their affiliates to employ or engage any person or organization, now or in the future, to manage the Portfolio or any other assets managed by the Adviser.

 

(i)                                      The Sub-Adviser shall furnish the Adviser and the administrator of the Fund (the “Administrator”) daily reports concerning portfolio transactions and holdings of the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser may reasonably determine in such form as may be mutually agreed upon, and agrees to review the Sub-Advised Assets with the Adviser and discuss the management of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall promptly respond to requests by the Adviser, the Administrator, and the Fund CCO or their delegates for copies of the pertinent books and records maintained by the Sub-Adviser relating directly to the Portfolio.  The Sub-Adviser shall also provide the Adviser with such other information and reports, including information and reports related to compliance matters, as may reasonably be requested by it from time to time, including without limitation all material requested by or required to be delivered to the Board.

 

(j)                                      Unless otherwise agreed, the Sub-Adviser shall have the power, discretion and responsibility to vote any proxies in connection with securities in which the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested.

 

(k)                                   The Sub-Adviser shall cooperate promptly and fully with the Adviser and/or the Fund in responding to any regulatory or compliance examinations or inspections (including any information requests) relating to the Fund, the Portfolio or the Adviser brought by any governmental or regulatory authorities.  The Sub-Adviser shall provide to the Fund CCO or his or her delegate notice of any deficiencies that are identified by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in written correspondence to the Sub-Adviser and that relate to the services provided by the Sub-Adviser to the Portfolio pursuant to

 

4



 

this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser shall provide such notification within a reasonable period after receiving the correspondence. The Sub-Adviser shall provide additional information with respect to such deficiencies as is reasonably requested by the Fund CCO or his or her delegatee.

 

(l)             The Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of Schedule 13G and Form 13F on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for the preparation or filing of any other reports required on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets, except as may be expressly agreed to in writing.

 

(m)           The Sub-Adviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets as are required of an investment adviser of a registered investment company pursuant to the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.  Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act that are prepared or maintained by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of the Fund and will be surrendered promptly to the Fund upon request.  The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed in Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained under Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(n)            The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser of any financial condition that is likely to impair the Sub-Adviser’s ability to fulfill its commitments under this Agreement.

 

2.                                        Representations and Warranties of the Parties

 

(a)                                   The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants to the Adviser as follows:

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act;

 

(ii)            The Form ADV that the Sub-Adviser has previously provided to the Adviser is a true and complete copy of the form as currently filed with the SEC, and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.  The Sub-Adviser will promptly provide the Adviser and the Fund with a complete copy of all subsequent amendments to its Form ADV;

 

(iii)           The Sub-Adviser will carry at all times professional errors and omissions liability insurance covering services provided hereunder by the Sub-Adviser in an appropriate amount, which insurance shall be primary to any insurance policy carried by the Adviser;

 

5



 

(iv)                               Upon request, the Sub-Adviser will furnish the Adviser with certificates of insurance in forms and substance reasonably acceptable to the Adviser evidencing the coverages specified in paragraph 2(a)(iii) hereof and will provide notice of termination of such coverages, if any, to the Adviser and the Fund, all as promptly as reasonably possible.  The Sub-Adviser will notify the Adviser promptly, and in any event within 10 business days, when the Sub-Adviser receives notice of any termination of the specified coverage; and

 

(v)                                  This Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by the Sub-Adviser.

 

(b)                                  The Adviser represents and warrants to the Sub-Adviser as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Adviser is registered under the Advisers Act; and

 

(ii)                                   Each of the Adviser and the Fund has duly authorized the execution of this Agreement by the Adviser.

 

3.                                        Obligations of the Adviser .

 

(a)                                   The Adviser shall provide (or cause the Portfolio’s Custodian (as defined in Section 3 hereof) to provide) timely information to the Sub-Adviser regarding such matters as the composition of the Sub-Advised Assets, cash requirements and cash available for investment in the Sub-Advised Assets, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Sub-Adviser to perform its responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)                                  The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the prospectus and statement of additional information of the Portfolio and the Adviser agrees during the continuance of this Agreement to furnish the Sub-Adviser copies of any revisions or supplements thereto at, or, if practicable, before the time the revisions or supplements become effective.  The Adviser agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser with copies of any financial statements or reports made by the Portfolio to its shareholders, and any further materials or information that the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request to enable it to perform its functions under this Agreement.

 

4.                                        Custodian .  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the Portfolio’s agreement with any custodian designated to hold the assets of the Portfolio (the “Custodian”) and any material modifications thereto (the “Custody Agreement”) that may affect the Sub-Adviser’s duties, copies of such modifications to be provided to the Sub-Adviser reasonably in advance of the effectiveness of such modifications.  The Sub-Advised Assets shall be maintained in the custody of the Custodian identified in, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of, the Custody Agreement (or any sub-custodian properly appointed as provided in the Custody Agreement).  The Sub-Adviser shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of the Custodian, unless such act or omission is taken solely in reliance upon instruction given to the Custodian by

 

6



 

a representative of the Sub-Adviser properly authorized to give such instruction under the Custody Agreement.  Any assets added to the Portfolio shall be delivered directly to the Custodian.

 

5.                                        Use of Name .  During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser shall have permission to use the Sub-Adviser’s name in the marketing of the Portfolio, and agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser, for its prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to shareholders prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Portfolio or the public that refer to the Sub-Adviser in any way.  If the Adviser does not receive a response from the Sub-Adviser with respect to such materials within five business days of its submission for approval, such materials shall be deemed accepted by the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser agrees that Adviser may request that the Sub-Adviser approve use of a certain type, and that Adviser need not provide for approval each additional piece of marketing material that is of substantially the same type.

 

During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not use the Fund’s name without the prior consent of the Fund.

 

6.                                        Expenses .  During the Term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties under paragraph 1 hereof other than the cost (including taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, if any) of the securities or other investment instruments purchased or sold for the Portfolio.

 

7.                                        Compensation of the Sub-Adviser .  As full compensation for all services rendered, facilities furnished and expenses borne by the Sub-Adviser hereunder, the Sub-Adviser shall be paid the fees in the amounts and in the manner set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

8.                                        Independent Contractor Status .  The Sub-Adviser shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Adviser in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Portfolio or the Adviser.

 

9.                                        Liability and Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   Liability .  The duties of the Sub-Adviser shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any loss arising out of any portfolio investment or disposition hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.  Under no circumstances shall the Sub-Adviser be liable for any loss arising out of any act or omission taken by another sub-adviser, or any other third party, in respect of any portion of the Fund’s assets not managed by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7



 

(b)                                  Indemnification .

 

(i)                                      The Sub-Adviser shall indemnify the Adviser, the Fund and the Portfolio, and their respective affiliates and controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the Adviser Indemnified Persons may sustain as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

(ii)                                   The Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser, its affiliates and its controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from, or in connection with, the Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

10.                                  Effective Date and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of its execution, and:

 

(a)                                   unless otherwise terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect until September 30, 2012, and from year to year thereafter so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval;

 

(b)                                  this Agreement may at any time be terminated on 60 days’ written notice to the Sub-Adviser either by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio;

 

(c)                                   this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment or upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement; and

 

(d)                                  this Agreement may be terminated by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Fund, or by the Adviser immediately upon notice to the Sub-Adviser.

 

8



 

Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

11.                                  Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual consent of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, provided that, if required by law, such amendment shall also have been approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio and by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

12.                                  Assignment .  The Sub-Adviser may not assign this Agreement and this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of an “assignment,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.  The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of “control,” as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, so as to enable the Fund and/or the Adviser to: (a) consider whether an assignment will occur, (b) consider whether to enter into a new Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Sub-Adviser, and (c) prepare, file, and deliver any disclosure document to the Portfolio’s shareholders as may be required by applicable law.

 

13.                                  Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of Delaware and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors (subject to paragraph 10 (c) hereof) and, to the extent provided in paragraph 9 hereof, each Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person and Adviser Indemnified Person.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall not be construed to require, or to impose any duty upon, either of the parties to do anything in violation of any applicable laws or regulations.  Any provision in this Agreement requiring compliance with any statute or regulation shall mean such statute or regulation as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

14.                                  Regulation S-P .  In accordance with Regulation S-P, if non-public personal information regarding any party’s customers or consumers is disclosed to the other party in connection with this Agreement, the other party receiving such information will not disclose or use that information other than as necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

15.                                  Confidentiality .  Any information or recommendations supplied by either the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, that are not otherwise in the public domain or previously known to the other party in connection with the performance of its obligations and duties hereunder, including without limitation portfolio holdings of the Fund, financial information or other information relating to a party to this Agreement, are to be regarded as confidential (“Confidential Information”) and held in the strictest confidence.  Except as may be required by applicable law or rule as requested by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over a party to this Agreement, Confidential Information may be used only by the party to which said information has been communicated and such other persons as that party believes are necessary to carry out the

 

9



 

purposes of this Agreement, the Custodian, and such persons as the Adviser may designate in connection with the Sub-Advised Assets.

 

16.                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

SIMPLE ALTERNATIVES, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/James K. Dilworth

 

Name: James K. Dilworth

 

Title: President

 

 

 

LAUREN TEMPLETON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/Lauren C. Templeton

 

Name: Lauren C. Templeton

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

10


Exhibit (d)(28)

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

S1 FUND

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) entered into as of the 26 th  day of October, 2010, by and between Simple Alternatives, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Starwood Real Estate Securities, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sub-Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement dated October 26, 2010 (the “Advisory Agreement”) with The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), relating to the provision of investment advisory services to the S1 Fund (the “Portfolio”);

 

WHEREAS, the Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser may delegate any or all of its investment advisory responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement to one or more sub-advisers;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority granted to the Adviser in the Advisory Agreement and with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Adviser and the Fund desire to retain the Sub-Adviser to render portfolio management services to the Portfolio in the manner and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to provide such services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Sub-Advisory Services .

 

(a)                                   The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser to the Portfolio for the periods and on the terms herein set forth.  The Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.

 

(b)                                  The Sub-Adviser shall, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Adviser, manage the investment and reinvestment of such portion of the assets of the Portfolio, as the Adviser may from time to time allocate to the Sub-Adviser for management (the “Sub-Advised Assets”).  The Sub-Adviser shall manage the Sub-Advised Assets in conformity with (i) the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Portfolio set forth in the Portfolio’s prospectus and statement of additional information, as they may be amended from time to time, any additional policies or guidelines, including without limitation compliance policies and procedures, established by the Adviser, the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or by the Fund’s Board of Directors (“Board”) that have been furnished in writing to the Sub-Adviser, (ii) the asset diversification tests applicable to regulated investment companies pursuant to section 851(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) the written instructions and directions received from the Adviser or the Fund as delivered; and (iv) the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”), and all other applicable federal and state laws governing the

 

1



 

performance of the Sub-Adviser’s duties under this Agreement, all as may be in effect from time to time.  The foregoing are referred to below together as the “Policies.”

 

For purposes of compliance with the Policies, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to treat the Sub-Advised Assets as though the Sub-Advised Assets constituted the entire Portfolio, and the Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible in any way for the compliance of any assets of the Portfolio, other than the Sub-Advised Assets, with the Policies.  Subject to the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser is authorized, in its discretion and without prior consultation with the Adviser, to buy, sell, lend and otherwise trade in any stocks, bonds and other securities and investment instruments on behalf of the Portfolio, without regard to the length of time the securities have been held and the resulting rate of portfolio turnover or any tax considerations; and the majority or the whole of the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested in such proportions of stocks, bonds, other securities or investment instruments, or cash, as the Sub-Adviser shall determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(b), however, (i) the Sub-Adviser shall, upon and in accordance with written instructions from the Adviser, effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies, and (ii) upon notice to the Sub-Adviser, the Adviser may effect in-kind redemptions with shareholders of the Portfolio with securities included within the Sub-Advised Assets or effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies.

 

(c)                                   Absent instructions from the Adviser or the officers of the Fund to the contrary, the Sub-Adviser shall place orders pursuant to its determinations either directly with the issuer or with any broker and/or dealer or other person who deals in the securities in which the Portfolio is trading.  In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers, dealers or other persons, the Sub-Adviser shall use its best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available.  In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Sub-Adviser shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis.  In evaluating the best overall terms available and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Sub-Adviser may also consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided to the Portfolio and/or other account over which the Sub-Adviser and/or an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser exercises investment discretion.  Brokers or dealers selected by the Sub-Adviser for the purchase and sale of securities or other investment instruments for the Sub-Advised Assets may include brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser, provided such orders comply with Rules 17e-1 and 10f-3 under the 1940 Act and the Fund’s Rule 17e-1 and Rule 10f-3 Procedures, respectively, in all respects or

 

2



 

any other applicable exemptive rules or orders applicable to the Sub-Adviser.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser will not effect any transaction with a broker or dealer that is an “affiliated person” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser or the Adviser without the prior approval of the Adviser.  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a list of brokers or dealers that are affiliated persons of the Adviser.

 

(d)                                  The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that the Adviser and the Fund may rely on Rules 17a-7, 17a-10, 10f-3 and 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other investment adviser to the Fund with respect to transactions in securities for the Sub-Advised Assets or any other transactions in the Fund’s assets, other than for the purposes of complying with the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(e)                                   The Sub-Adviser has provided the Adviser with a true and complete copy of its compliance policies and procedures for compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act (the “Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies”).  The Sub-Adviser’s chief compliance officer (“Sub-Adviser CCO”) shall provide to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“Fund CCO”) or his or her delegatee promptly (and in no event in more than 10 business days) the following:

 

(i)                                      a report of any material changes to the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies;

 

(ii)                                   a report of any compliance matter about which the Adviser or the Fund’s Board of Directors would reasonably need to know to oversee Fund compliance, and that involves, without limitation:  (A) a violation of the securities laws by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; (B) a violation of the Policies or the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; and/or (C) a weakness in the design or implementation of the Policies; and

 

(iii)                                an annual (or more frequently as the Fund CCO may request) certification regarding the Sub-Adviser’s compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, the Policies and this Agreement.

 

(f)                                     The Sub-Adviser may, on occasions when it deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Portfolio as well as other fiduciary or agency accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser, aggregate, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the best overall terms available and execution with respect to common and preferred stocks and the best net price and execution with respect to other securities.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be most fair and equitable over time to the Portfolio and to its other accounts.

 

3



 

(g)                                  The Sub-Adviser, in connection with its rights and duties with respect to the Portfolio and the Fund shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

(h)                                  The services of the Sub-Adviser hereunder are not deemed exclusive and the Sub-Adviser shall be free to render similar services to others (including other investment companies) so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.  The Sub-Adviser will waive enforcement of any non-compete agreement or other agreement or arrangement to which it is currently a party that restricts, limits, or otherwise interferes with the ability of the Adviser to employ or engage any person or entity to provide investment advisory or other services and will transmit to any person or entity notice of such waiver as may be required to give effect to this provision; and the Sub-Adviser will not become a party to any non-compete agreement or any other agreement, arrangement, or understanding that would restrict, limit, or otherwise interfere with the ability of the Adviser and the Fund or any of their affiliates to employ or engage any person or organization, now or in the future, to manage the Portfolio or any other assets managed by the Adviser.

 

(i)                                      The Sub-Adviser shall furnish the Adviser and the administrator of the Fund (the “Administrator”) daily reports concerning portfolio transactions and holdings of the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser may reasonably determine in such form as may be mutually agreed upon, and agrees to review the Sub-Advised Assets with the Adviser and discuss the management of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall promptly respond to requests by the Adviser, the Administrator, and the Fund CCO or their delegates for copies of the pertinent books and records maintained by the Sub-Adviser relating directly to the Portfolio.  The Sub-Adviser shall also provide the Adviser with such other information and reports, including information and reports related to compliance matters, as may reasonably be requested by it from time to time, including without limitation all material requested by or required to be delivered to the Board.

 

(j)                                      Unless otherwise agreed, the Sub-Adviser shall have the power, discretion and responsibility to vote any proxies in connection with securities in which the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested.

 

(k)                                   The Sub-Adviser shall cooperate promptly and fully with the Adviser and/or the Fund in responding to any regulatory or compliance examinations or inspections (including any information requests) relating to the Fund, the Portfolio or the Adviser brought by any governmental or regulatory authorities.  The Sub-Adviser shall provide to the Fund CCO or his or her delegate notice of any deficiencies that are identified by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in written correspondence to the Sub-Adviser and that relate to the services provided by the Sub-Adviser to the Portfolio pursuant to

 

4



 

this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser shall provide such notification within a reasonable period after receiving the correspondence. The Sub-Adviser shall provide additional information with respect to such deficiencies as is reasonably requested by the Fund CCO or his or her delegatee.

 

(l)             The Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of Schedule 13G and Form 13F on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for the preparation or filing of any other reports required on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets, except as may be expressly agreed to in writing.

 

(m)           The Sub-Adviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets as are required of an investment adviser of a registered investment company pursuant to the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.  Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act that are prepared or maintained by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of the Fund and will be surrendered promptly to the Fund upon request.  The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed in Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained under Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(n)            The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser of any financial condition that is likely to impair the Sub-Adviser’s ability to fulfill its commitments under this Agreement.

 

2.             Representations and Warranties of the Parties

 

(a)                                   The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants to the Adviser as follows:

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act;

 

(ii)            The Form ADV that the Sub-Adviser has previously provided to the Adviser is a true and complete copy of the form as currently filed with the SEC, and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.  The Sub-Adviser will promptly provide the Adviser and the Fund with a complete copy of all subsequent amendments to its Form ADV;

 

(iii)           The Sub-Adviser will carry at all times professional errors and omissions liability insurance covering services provided hereunder by the Sub-Adviser in an appropriate amount, which insurance shall be primary to any insurance policy carried by the Adviser;

 

5



 

(iv)                               Upon request, the Sub-Adviser will furnish the Adviser with certificates of insurance in forms and substance reasonably acceptable to the Adviser evidencing the coverages specified in paragraph 2(a)(iii) hereof and will provide notice of termination of such coverages, if any, to the Adviser and the Fund, all as promptly as reasonably possible.  The Sub-Adviser will notify the Adviser promptly, and in any event within 10 business days, when the Sub-Adviser receives notice of any termination of the specified coverage; and

 

(v)                                  This Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by the Sub-Adviser.

 

(b)                                  The Adviser represents and warrants to the Sub-Adviser as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Adviser is registered under the Advisers Act; and

 

(ii)                                   Each of the Adviser and the Fund has duly authorized the execution of this Agreement by the Adviser.

 

3.             Obligations of the Adviser .

 

(a)                                   The Adviser shall provide (or cause the Portfolio’s Custodian (as defined in Section 3 hereof) to provide) timely information to the Sub-Adviser regarding such matters as the composition of the Sub-Advised Assets, cash requirements and cash available for investment in the Sub-Advised Assets, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Sub-Adviser to perform its responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)                                  The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the prospectus and statement of additional information of the Portfolio and the Adviser agrees during the continuance of this Agreement to furnish the Sub-Adviser copies of any revisions or supplements thereto at, or, if practicable, before the time the revisions or supplements become effective.  The Adviser agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser with copies of any financial statements or reports made by the Portfolio to its shareholders, and any further materials or information that the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request to enable it to perform its functions under this Agreement.

 

4.             Custodian .  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the Portfolio’s agreement with any custodian designated to hold the assets of the Portfolio (the “Custodian”) and any material modifications thereto (the “Custody Agreement”) that may affect the Sub-Adviser’s duties, copies of such modifications to be provided to the Sub-Adviser reasonably in advance of the effectiveness of such modifications.  The Sub-Advised Assets shall be maintained in the custody of the Custodian identified in, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of, the Custody Agreement (or any sub-custodian properly appointed as provided in the Custody Agreement).  The Sub-Adviser shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of the Custodian, unless such act or omission is taken solely in reliance upon instruction given to the Custodian by

 

6



 

a representative of the Sub-Adviser properly authorized to give such instruction under the Custody Agreement.  Any assets added to the Portfolio shall be delivered directly to the Custodian.

 

5.             Use of Name .  During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser shall have permission to use the Sub-Adviser’s name in the marketing of the Portfolio, and agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser, for its prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to shareholders prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Portfolio or the public that refer to the Sub-Adviser in any way.  If the Adviser does not receive a response from the Sub-Adviser with respect to such materials within five business days of its submission for approval, such materials shall be deemed accepted by the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser agrees that Adviser may request that the Sub-Adviser approve use of a certain type, and that Adviser need not provide for approval each additional piece of marketing material that is of substantially the same type.

 

During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not use the Fund’s name without the prior consent of the Fund.

 

6.             Expenses .  During the Term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties under paragraph 1 hereof other than the cost (including taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, if any) of the securities or other investment instruments purchased or sold for the Portfolio.

 

7.             Compensation of the Sub-Adviser .  As full compensation for all services rendered, facilities furnished and expenses borne by the Sub-Adviser hereunder, the Sub-Adviser shall be paid the fees in the amounts and in the manner set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

8.             Independent Contractor Status .  The Sub-Adviser shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Adviser in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Portfolio or the Adviser.

 

9.             Liability and Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   Liability .  The duties of the Sub-Adviser shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any loss arising out of any portfolio investment or disposition hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.  Under no circumstances shall the Sub-Adviser be liable for any loss arising out of any act or omission taken by another sub-adviser, or any other third party, in respect of any portion of the Fund’s assets not managed by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7



 

(b)                                  Indemnification .

 

(i)                                      The Sub-Adviser shall indemnify the Adviser, the Fund and the Portfolio, and their respective affiliates and controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the Adviser Indemnified Persons may sustain as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

(ii)                                   The Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser, its affiliates and its controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from, or in connection with, the Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

10.           Effective Date and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of its execution, and:

 

(a)                                   unless otherwise terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect until September 30, 2012, and from year to year thereafter so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval;

 

(b)                                  this Agreement may at any time be terminated on 60 days’ written notice to the Sub-Adviser either by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio;

 

(c)                                   this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment or upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement; and

 

(d)                                  this Agreement may be terminated by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Fund, or by the Adviser immediately upon notice to the Sub-Adviser.

 

8



 

Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

11.           Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual consent of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, provided that, if required by law, such amendment shall also have been approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio and by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

12.           Assignment .  The Sub-Adviser may not assign this Agreement and this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of an “assignment,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.  The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of “control,” as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, so as to enable the Fund and/or the Adviser to: (a) consider whether an assignment will occur, (b) consider whether to enter into a new Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Sub-Adviser, and (c) prepare, file, and deliver any disclosure document to the Portfolio’s shareholders as may be required by applicable law.

 

13.           Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of Delaware and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors (subject to paragraph 10 (c) hereof) and, to the extent provided in paragraph 9 hereof, each Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person and Adviser Indemnified Person.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall not be construed to require, or to impose any duty upon, either of the parties to do anything in violation of any applicable laws or regulations.  Any provision in this Agreement requiring compliance with any statute or regulation shall mean such statute or regulation as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

14.           Regulation S-P .  In accordance with Regulation S-P, if non-public personal information regarding any party’s customers or consumers is disclosed to the other party in connection with this Agreement, the other party receiving such information will not disclose or use that information other than as necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

15.           Confidentiality .  Any information or recommendations supplied by either the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, that are not otherwise in the public domain or previously known to the other party in connection with the performance of its obligations and duties hereunder, including without limitation portfolio holdings of the Fund, financial information or other information relating to a party to this Agreement, are to be regarded as confidential (“Confidential Information”) and held in the strictest confidence.  Except as may be required by applicable law or rule as requested by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over a party to this Agreement, Confidential Information may be used only by the party to which said information has been communicated and such other persons as that party believes are necessary to carry out the

 

9



 

purposes of this Agreement, the Custodian, and such persons as the Adviser may designate in connection with the Sub-Advised Assets.

 

16.           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

SIMPLE ALTERNATIVES, LLC

 

 

By:

/s/James K. Dilworth

 

Name: James K. Dilworth

Title: President

 

STARWOOD REAL ESTATE SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

By:

/s/Matthew C. Gilman

 

Name: Matthew C. Gilman

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

10


Exhibit (d)(29)

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT

S1 FUND

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) entered into as of the 8 th  day of November, 2010, by and between Simple Alternatives, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and Trellus Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sub-Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser has entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement dated September 30, 2010 (the “Advisory Agreement”) with The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), relating to the provision of investment advisory services to the S1 Fund (the “Portfolio”);

 

WHEREAS, the Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser may delegate any or all of its investment advisory responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement to one or more sub-advisers;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority granted to the Adviser in the Advisory Agreement and with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Adviser and the Fund desire to retain the Sub-Adviser to render portfolio management services to the Portfolio in the manner and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to provide such services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Sub-Advisory Services .

 

(a)                                   The Adviser hereby appoints the Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser to the Portfolio for the periods and on the terms herein set forth.  The Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.

 

(b)                                  The Sub-Adviser shall, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Adviser, manage the investment and reinvestment of such portion of the assets of the Portfolio, as the Adviser may from time to time allocate to the Sub-Adviser for management (the “Sub-Advised Assets”).  The Sub-Adviser shall manage the Sub-Advised Assets in conformity with (i) the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Portfolio set forth in the Portfolio’s prospectus and statement of additional information, as they may be amended from time to time, any additional policies or guidelines, including without limitation compliance policies and procedures, established by the Adviser, the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or by the Fund’s Board of Directors (“Board”) that have been furnished in writing to the Sub-Adviser, (ii) the asset diversification tests applicable to regulated investment companies pursuant to section 851(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, (iii) the written instructions and directions received from the Adviser or the Fund as delivered; and (iv) the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”), and all other applicable federal and state laws governing the

 

1



 

performance of the Sub-Adviser’s duties under this Agreement, all as may be in effect from time to time.  The foregoing are referred to below together as the “Policies.”

 

For purposes of compliance with the Policies, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to treat the Sub-Advised Assets as though the Sub-Advised Assets constituted the entire Portfolio, and the Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible in any way for the compliance of any assets of the Portfolio, other than the Sub-Advised Assets, with the Policies.  Subject to the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser is authorized, in its discretion and without prior consultation with the Adviser, to buy, sell, lend and otherwise trade in any stocks, bonds and other securities and investment instruments on behalf of the Portfolio, without regard to the length of time the securities have been held and the resulting rate of portfolio turnover or any tax considerations; and the majority or the whole of the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested in such proportions of stocks, bonds, other securities or investment instruments, or cash, as the Sub-Adviser shall determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(b), however, (i) the Sub-Adviser shall, upon and in accordance with written instructions from the Adviser, effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies, and (ii) upon notice to the Sub-Adviser, the Adviser may effect in-kind redemptions with shareholders of the Portfolio with securities included within the Sub-Advised Assets or effect such portfolio transactions for the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser shall determine are necessary in order for the Portfolio to comply with the Policies.

 

(c)                                   Absent instructions from the Adviser or the officers of the Fund to the contrary, the Sub-Adviser shall place orders pursuant to its determinations either directly with the issuer or with any broker and/or dealer or other person who deals in the securities in which the Portfolio is trading.  In executing portfolio transactions and selecting brokers, dealers or other persons, the Sub-Adviser shall use its best judgment to obtain the best overall terms available.  In assessing the best overall terms available for any transaction, the Sub-Adviser shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including the breadth of the market in the security, the price of the security, the financial condition and execution capability of the broker or dealer, and the reasonableness of the commission, if any, both for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis.  In evaluating the best overall terms available and in selecting the broker or dealer to execute a particular transaction, the Sub-Adviser may also consider the brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) provided to the Portfolio and/or other account over which the Sub-Adviser and/or an affiliate of the Sub-Adviser exercises investment discretion.  Brokers or dealers selected by the Sub-Adviser for the purchase and sale of securities or other investment instruments for the Sub-Advised Assets may include brokers or dealers affiliated with the Sub-Adviser, provided such orders comply with Rules 17e-1 and 10f-3 under the 1940 Act and the Fund’s Rule 17e-1 and Rule 10f-3 Procedures, respectively, in all respects or

 

2



 

any other applicable exemptive rules or orders applicable to the Sub-Adviser.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sub-Adviser will not effect any transaction with a broker or dealer that is an “affiliated person” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Sub-Adviser or the Adviser without the prior approval of the Adviser.  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a list of brokers or dealers that are affiliated persons of the Adviser.

 

(d)                                  The Sub-Adviser acknowledges that the Adviser and the Fund may rely on Rules 17a-7, 17a-10, 10f-3 and 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that it shall not consult with any other investment adviser to the Fund with respect to transactions in securities for the Sub-Advised Assets or any other transactions in the Fund’s assets, other than for the purposes of complying with the conditions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of Rule 12d3-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(e)                                   The Sub-Adviser has provided the Adviser with a true and complete copy of its compliance policies and procedures for compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act (the “Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies”).  The Sub-Adviser’s chief compliance officer (“Sub-Adviser CCO”) shall provide to the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“Fund CCO”) or his or her delegatee promptly (and in no event in more than 10 business days) the following:

 

(i)                                      a report of any material changes to the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies;

 

(ii)                                   a report of any compliance matter about which the Adviser or the Fund’s Board of Directors would reasonably need to know to oversee Fund compliance, and that involves, without limitation:  (A) a violation of the securities laws by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; (B) a violation of the Policies or the Sub-Adviser Compliance Policies by the Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents; and/or (C) a weakness in the design or implementation of the Policies; and

 

(iii)                                an annual (or more frequently as the Fund CCO may request) certification regarding the Sub-Adviser’s compliance with Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, the Policies and this Agreement.

 

(f)                                     The Sub-Adviser may, on occasions when it deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Portfolio as well as other fiduciary or agency accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser, aggregate, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the best overall terms available and execution with respect to common and preferred stocks and the best net price and execution with respect to other securities.  In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Sub-Adviser in the manner it considers to be most fair and equitable over time to the Portfolio and to its other accounts.

 

3



 

(g)                                  The Sub-Adviser, in connection with its rights and duties with respect to the Portfolio and the Fund shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

(h)                                  The services of the Sub-Adviser hereunder are not deemed exclusive and the Sub-Adviser shall be free to render similar services to others (including other investment companies) so long as its services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.  The Sub-Adviser will waive enforcement of any non-compete agreement or other agreement or arrangement to which it is currently a party that restricts, limits, or otherwise interferes with the ability of the Adviser to employ or engage any person or entity to provide investment advisory or other services and will transmit to any person or entity notice of such waiver as may be required to give effect to this provision; and the Sub-Adviser will not become a party to any non-compete agreement or any other agreement, arrangement, or understanding that would restrict, limit, or otherwise interfere with the ability of the Adviser and the Fund or any of their affiliates to employ or engage any person or organization, now or in the future, to manage the Portfolio or any other assets managed by the Adviser.

 

(i)                                      The Sub-Adviser shall furnish the Adviser and the administrator of the Fund (the “Administrator”) daily reports concerning portfolio transactions and holdings of the Sub-Advised Assets as the Adviser may reasonably determine in such form as may be mutually agreed upon, and agrees to review the Sub-Advised Assets with the Adviser and discuss the management of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall promptly respond to requests by the Adviser, the Administrator, and the Fund CCO or their delegates for copies of the pertinent books and records maintained by the Sub-Adviser relating directly to the Portfolio.  The Sub-Adviser shall also provide the Adviser with such other information and reports, including information and reports related to compliance matters, as may reasonably be requested by it from time to time, including without limitation all material requested by or required to be delivered to the Board.

 

(j)                                      Unless otherwise agreed, the Sub-Adviser shall have the power, discretion and responsibility to vote any proxies in connection with securities in which the Sub-Advised Assets may be invested.

 

(k)                                   The Sub-Adviser shall cooperate promptly and fully with the Adviser and/or the Fund in responding to any regulatory or compliance examinations or inspections (including any information requests) relating to the Fund, the Portfolio or the Adviser brought by any governmental or regulatory authorities.  The Sub-Adviser shall provide to the Fund CCO or his or her delegate notice of any deficiencies that are identified by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in written correspondence to the Sub-Adviser and that relate to the services provided by the Sub-Adviser to the Portfolio pursuant to

 

4



 

this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser shall provide such notification within a reasonable period after receiving the correspondence. The Sub-Adviser shall provide additional information with respect to such deficiencies as is reasonably requested by the Fund CCO or his or her delegatee.

 

(l)             The Sub-Adviser shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of Schedule 13G and Form 13F on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for the preparation or filing of any other reports required on behalf of the Sub-Advised Assets, except as may be expressly agreed to in writing.

 

(m)           The Sub-Adviser shall maintain all books and records with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets as are required of an investment adviser of a registered investment company pursuant to the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder.  Any records required to be maintained and preserved pursuant to the provisions of Rule 31a-1 and Rule 31a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act that are prepared or maintained by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund are the property of the Fund and will be surrendered promptly to the Fund upon request.  The Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed in Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained under Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

(n)            The Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Adviser of any financial condition that is likely to impair the Sub-Adviser’s ability to fulfill its commitments under this Agreement.

 

2.                                        Representations and Warranties of the Parties

 

(a)                                   The Sub-Adviser represents and warrants to the Adviser as follows:

 

(i)             The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act;

 

(ii)            The Form ADV that the Sub-Adviser has previously provided to the Adviser is a true and complete copy of the form as currently filed with the SEC, and the information contained therein is accurate and complete in all material respects and does not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.  The Sub-Adviser will promptly provide the Adviser and the Fund with a complete copy of all subsequent amendments to its Form ADV;

 

(iii)           The Sub-Adviser will carry at all times professional errors and omissions liability insurance covering services provided hereunder by the Sub-Adviser in an appropriate amount, which insurance shall be primary to any insurance policy carried by the Adviser;

 

5



 

(iv)                               Upon request, the Sub-Adviser will furnish the Adviser with certificates of insurance in forms and substance reasonably acceptable to the Adviser evidencing the coverages specified in paragraph 2(a)(iii) hereof and will provide notice of termination of such coverages, if any, to the Adviser and the Fund, all as promptly as reasonably possible.  The Sub-Adviser will notify the Adviser promptly, and in any event within 10 business days, when the Sub-Adviser receives notice of any termination of the specified coverage; and

 

(v)                                  This Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by the Sub-Adviser.

 

(b)                                  The Adviser represents and warrants to the Sub-Adviser as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Adviser is registered under the Advisers Act; and

 

(ii)                                   Each of the Adviser and the Fund has duly authorized the execution of this Agreement by the Adviser.

 

3.                                        Obligations of the Adviser .

 

(a)                                   The Adviser shall provide (or cause the Portfolio’s Custodian (as defined in Section 3 hereof) to provide) timely information to the Sub-Adviser regarding such matters as the composition of the Sub-Advised Assets, cash requirements and cash available for investment in the Sub-Advised Assets, and all other information as may be reasonably necessary for the Sub-Adviser to perform its responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)                                  The Adviser has furnished the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the prospectus and statement of additional information of the Portfolio and the Adviser agrees during the continuance of this Agreement to furnish the Sub-Adviser copies of any revisions or supplements thereto at, or, if practicable, before the time the revisions or supplements become effective.  The Adviser agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser with copies of any financial statements or reports made by the Portfolio to its shareholders, and any further materials or information that the Sub-Adviser may reasonably request to enable it to perform its functions under this Agreement.

 

4.                                        Custodian .  The Adviser shall provide the Sub-Adviser with a copy of the Portfolio’s agreement with any custodian designated to hold the assets of the Portfolio (the “Custodian”) and any material modifications thereto (the “Custody Agreement”) that may affect the Sub-Adviser’s duties, copies of such modifications to be provided to the Sub-Adviser reasonably in advance of the effectiveness of such modifications.  The Sub-Advised Assets shall be maintained in the custody of the Custodian identified in, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of, the Custody Agreement (or any sub-custodian properly appointed as provided in the Custody Agreement).  The Sub-Adviser shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of the Custodian, unless such act or omission is taken solely in reliance upon instruction given to the Custodian by

 

6



 

a representative of the Sub-Adviser properly authorized to give such instruction under the Custody Agreement.  Any assets added to the Portfolio shall be delivered directly to the Custodian.

 

5.                                        Use of Name .  During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser shall have permission to use the Sub-Adviser’s name in the marketing of the Portfolio, and agrees to furnish the Sub-Adviser, for its prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) at its principal office all prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to shareholders prepared for distribution to shareholders of the Portfolio or the public that refer to the Sub-Adviser in any way.  If the Adviser does not receive a response from the Sub-Adviser with respect to such materials within five business days of its submission for approval, such materials shall be deemed accepted by the Sub-Adviser.  The Sub-Adviser agrees that Adviser may request that the Sub-Adviser approve use of a certain type, and that Adviser need not provide for approval each additional piece of marketing material that is of substantially the same type.

 

During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser shall not use the Fund’s name without the prior consent of the Fund.

 

6.                                        Expenses .  During the Term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties under paragraph 1 hereof other than the cost (including taxes, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, if any) of the securities or other investment instruments purchased or sold for the Portfolio.

 

7.                                        Compensation of the Sub-Adviser .  As full compensation for all services rendered, facilities furnished and expenses borne by the Sub-Adviser hereunder, the Sub-Adviser shall be paid the fees in the amounts and in the manner set forth in Appendix A hereto.

 

8.                                        Independent Contractor Status .  The Sub-Adviser shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Adviser in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Portfolio or the Adviser.

 

9.                                        Liability and Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   Liability .  The duties of the Sub-Adviser shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein with respect to the Sub-Advised Assets.  The Sub-Adviser shall not be liable for any loss arising out of any portfolio investment or disposition hereunder, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.  Under no circumstances shall the Sub-Adviser be liable for any loss arising out of any act or omission taken by another sub-adviser, or any other third party, in respect of any portion of the Fund’s assets not managed by the Sub-Adviser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7



 

(b)                                  Indemnification .

 

(i)                                      The Sub-Adviser shall indemnify the Adviser, the Fund and the Portfolio, and their respective affiliates and controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, which the Adviser Indemnified Persons may sustain as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

(ii)                                   The Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser, its affiliates and its controlling persons, directors, officers and employees (the “Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons”) for any liability and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from, or in connection with, the Adviser’s breach of this Agreement or its representations and warranties herein or as a result of the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties hereunder or violation of applicable law; provided, however, that the Sub-Adviser Indemnified Persons shall not be indemnified for any liability or expenses that may be sustained as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder.

 

10.                                  Effective Date and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of its execution, and:

 

(a)                                   unless otherwise terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect until September 30, 2012, and from year to year thereafter so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (i) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval;

 

(b)                                  this Agreement may at any time be terminated on 60 days’ written notice to the Sub-Adviser either by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio;

 

(c)                                   this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment or upon the termination of the Advisory Agreement; and

 

(d)                                  this Agreement may be terminated by the Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Fund, or by the Adviser immediately upon notice to the Sub-Adviser.

 

8



 

Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

11.                                  Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended at any time by mutual consent of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, provided that, if required by law, such amendment shall also have been approved by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio and by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund, the Adviser, or the Sub-Adviser, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

 

12.                                  Assignment .  The Sub-Adviser may not assign this Agreement and this Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of an “assignment,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(4) of the 1940 Act.  The Sub-Adviser shall notify the Adviser in writing sufficiently in advance of any proposed change of “control,” as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act, so as to enable the Fund and/or the Adviser to: (a) consider whether an assignment will occur, (b) consider whether to enter into a new Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Sub-Adviser, and (c) prepare, file, and deliver any disclosure document to the Portfolio’s shareholders as may be required by applicable law.

 

13.                                  Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with applicable federal law and the laws of the State of Delaware and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors (subject to paragraph 10 (c) hereof) and, to the extent provided in paragraph 9 hereof, each Sub-Adviser Indemnified Person and Adviser Indemnified Person.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, this Agreement shall not be construed to require, or to impose any duty upon, either of the parties to do anything in violation of any applicable laws or regulations.  Any provision in this Agreement requiring compliance with any statute or regulation shall mean such statute or regulation as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

14.                                  Regulation S-P .  In accordance with Regulation S-P, if non-public personal information regarding any party’s customers or consumers is disclosed to the other party in connection with this Agreement, the other party receiving such information will not disclose or use that information other than as necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

15.                                  Confidentiality .  Any information or recommendations supplied by either the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, that are not otherwise in the public domain or previously known to the other party in connection with the performance of its obligations and duties hereunder, including without limitation portfolio holdings of the Fund, financial information or other information relating to a party to this Agreement, are to be regarded as confidential (“Confidential Information”) and held in the strictest confidence.  Except as may be required by applicable law or rule as requested by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over a party to this Agreement, Confidential Information may be used only by the party to which said information has been communicated and such other persons as that party believes are necessary to carry out the

 

9



 

purposes of this Agreement, the Custodian, and such persons as the Adviser may designate in connection with the Sub-Advised Assets.

 

16.                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

SIMPLE ALTERNATIVES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James K. Dilworth

 

Name:

James K. Dilworth

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

TRELLUS MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Adam Usdan

 

Name:

Adam Usdan

 

Title:

President

 

 

10


Exhibit (e)(14)

 

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

The RBB Fund, Inc.

 

Robeco Boston Partners Global Value Equity Fund

Robeco Boston Partners International Value Equity Fund

 

This supplemental agreement is entered into this 13th day of September, 2011 by and between THE RBB FUND, INC. (the “Company”) and BNY MELLON DISTRIBUTORS INC. (the “Distributor”).

 

The Company is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland and is an open-end management investment company.  The Company and the Distributor have entered into a Distribution Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2010 (as from time to time amended and supplemented, the “Distribution Agreement”), pursuant to which the Distributor has undertaken to act as distributor for the Company, as more fully set forth therein.  Certain capitalized terms used without definition in this supplemental agreement have the meaning specified in the Distribution Agreement.

 

The Company agrees with the Distributor as follows:

 

1.                                        Adoption of Distribution Agreement .  The Distribution Agreement is hereby adopted for the following funds: (a) Robeco Boston Partners Global Value Equity Fund Class of Common Stock of the Company; and (b) Robeco Boston Partners International Value Equity Fund Class of Common Stock of the Company (each, the “Class”).

 

2.                                        Payment of Fees .  For all services to be rendered, facilities furnished and expenses paid or assumed by the Distributor on behalf of the Class as provided in the Distribution Agreement and herein, the Company shall pay the Distributor no compensation.

 

3.                                        Counterparts .  This supplemental agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, execute this supplemental agreement with an effective date as of the date and year first above written.

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

BNY MELLON DISTRIBUTORS INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

President

 

Title:

 

 

2


Exhibit (g)(1)

 

 

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT, dated as of July 18, 2011 between The RBB Fund, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland having its principal office and place of business at Bellevue Park Corporate Center, 103 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York corporation authorized to do a banking business having its principal office and place of business at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286 (“Custodian”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

that for and in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth the Fund and Custodian agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

1.     “Authorized Person” shall be any person, whether or not an officer or employee of the Fund, duly authorized by the Fund’s board to execute any Certificate or to give any Oral Instruction with respect to one or more Accounts, such persons to be designated in a Certificate annexed hereto as Schedule I hereto or such other Certificate as may be received by Custodian from time to time.

 

2.     “Custodian Affiliate” shall mean any office, branch or subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.

 

3.     “Book-Entry System” shall mean the Federal Reserve/Treasury book-entry system for receiving and delivering securities, its successors and nominees.

 

4.     “Business Day” shall mean any day on which Custodian and relevant Depositories are open for business.

 

5.     “Certificate” shall mean any notice, instruction, or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, which is actually received by Custodian by letter or facsimile transmission and signed on behalf of the Fund by an Authorized Person or a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.

 

6.     “Composite Currency Unit” shall mean the Euro or any other composite currency unit consisting of the aggregate of specified amounts of specified currencies, as such unit may be constituted from time to time.

 



 

7.     “Depository” shall include (a) the Book-Entry System, (b) the Depository Trust Company, (c) any other clearing agency or securities depository registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.

 

8.     “Foreign Depository” shall mean (a) Euroclear, (b) Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, (c) each Eligible Securities Depository as defined in Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, identified to the Fund from time to time, and (d) the respective successors and nominees of the foregoing.

 

9.     “Instructions” shall mean communications actually received by Custodian by S.W.I.F.T., tested telex, letter, facsimile transmission, or other method or system specified by Custodian as available for use in connection with the services hereunder.

 

10.   “Oral Instructions” shall mean verbal instructions received by Custodian from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by Custodian to be an Authorized Person.

 

11.   “Series” shall mean the various portfolios, if any, of the Fund listed on Schedule II hereto, and if none are listed references to Series shall be references to the Fund.

 

12.   “Securities” shall include, without limitation, any common stock and other equity securities, bonds, debentures and other debt securities, notes, mortgages or other obligations, and any instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or representing any other rights or interests therein (whether represented by a certificate or held in a Depository or by a Subcustodian).

 

13.   “Subcustodian” shall mean a bank (including any branch thereof) or other financial institution (other than a Foreign Depository) located outside the U.S. which is utilized by Custodian in connection with the purchase, sale or custody of Securities hereunder and identified to the Fund from time to time, and their respective successors and nominees.

 

2



 

ARTICLE II
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN; ACCOUNTS;
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

 

1.     (a)   The Fund hereby appoints Custodian as custodian of all Securities and cash at any time delivered to Custodian during the term of this Agreement, and authorizes Custodian to hold Securities in registered form in its name or the name of its nominees.  Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to establish and maintain one or more securities accounts and cash accounts for each Series in which Custodian will hold Securities and cash as provided herein.  Custodian shall maintain books and records segregating the assets of each Series from the assets of any other Series.  Such accounts (each, an “Account”; collectively, the “Accounts”) shall be in the name of the Fund.

 

(b)   Custodian may from time to time establish on its books and records such sub-accounts within each Account as the Fund and Custodian may agree upon (each a “Special Account”), and Custodian shall reflect therein such assets as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.

 

(c)   Custodian may from time to time establish pursuant to a written agreement with and for the benefit of a broker, dealer, future commission merchant or other third party identified in a Certificate or Instructions such accounts on such terms and conditions as the Fund and Custodian shall agree, and Custodian shall transfer to such account such Securities and money as the Fund may specify in a Certificate or Instructions.

 

2.     The Fund hereby represents and warrants, which representations and warranties shall be continuing and shall be deemed to be reaffirmed upon each delivery of a Certificate or each giving of Oral Instructions or Instructions by the Fund, that:

 

(a)   It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(b)   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, approved by a resolution of its board, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and there is no statute, regulation, rule, order or judgment binding on it, and no provision of its charter or by-laws, nor of any mortgage, indenture, credit agreement or other contract binding on it or affecting its property, which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement;

 

(c)   It is conducting its business in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and requirements, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory licenses, approvals and consents necessary to carry on its business as now conducted;

 

3



 

(d)   It will not use the services provided by Custodian hereunder in any manner that is, or will result in, a violation of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Fund;

 

(e)   Its board or its foreign custody manager, as defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “‘40 Act”), has determined that use of each Subcustodian (including any Replacement Custodian) which Custodian is authorized to utilize in accordance with Section 1(a) of Article III hereof satisfies the applicable requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder;

 

(f)    The Fund or its investment adviser has determined that the custody arrangements of each Foreign Depository provide reasonable safeguards against the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Foreign Depository within the meaning of Rule 17f-7 under the ‘40 Act;

 

(g)   It is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with various methods of transmitting Instructions and Oral Instructions and delivering Certificates to Custodian, shall, and shall cause each Authorized Person, to safeguard and treat with extreme care any user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, understands that there may be more secure methods of transmitting or delivering the same than the methods selected by it, agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection therewith provide a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances, and acknowledges and agrees that Instructions need not be reviewed by Custodian, may conclusively be presumed by Custodian to have been given by person(s) duly authorized,  and may be acted upon as given;

 

(h)   It shall manage its borrowings, including, without limitation, any advance or overdraft (including any day-light overdraft) in the Accounts, so that the aggregate of its total borrowings for each Series does not exceed the amount such Series is permitted to borrow under the ‘40 Act;

 

(i)    Its transmission or giving of, and Custodian acting upon and in reliance on, Certificates, Instructions, or Oral Instructions pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times comply with the ‘40 Act;

 

(j)    It shall impose and maintain restrictions on the destinations to which cash may be disbursed by Instructions to ensure that each disbursement is for a proper purpose; and

 

(k)   It has the right to make the pledge and grant the security interest and security entitlement to Custodian contained in Section 1 of Article V hereof, free of any right of redemption or prior claim of any other person or entity, such pledge and such grants shall have a first priority subject to no setoffs, counterclaims, or other liens or grants prior to or on a parity therewith, and it shall take such additional steps as Custodian may require to assure such priority.

 

4



 

3.     The Fund hereby covenants that it shall from time to time complete and execute and deliver to Custodian upon Custodian’s request a Form FR U-1 (or successor form) whenever the Fund borrows from Custodian any money to be used for the purchase or carrying of margin stock as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation U.

 

ARTICLE III
CUSTODY AND RELATED SERVICES

 

1.     (a)   Subject to the terms hereof, the Fund hereby authorizes Custodian to hold any Securities received by it from time to time for the Fund’s account.  Custodian shall be entitled to utilize, subject to subsection (c) of this Section 1, Depositories, Subcustodians, and, subject to subsection (d) of this Section 1, Foreign Depositories, to the extent possible in connection with its performance hereunder.  Securities and cash held in a Depository or Foreign Depository will be held subject to the rules, terms and conditions of such entity.  Securities and cash held through Subcustodians shall be held subject to the terms and conditions of Custodian’s agreements with such Subcustodians.  Subcustodians may be authorized to hold Securities in Foreign Depositories in which such Subcustodians participate.  Unless otherwise required by local law or practice or a particular subcustodian agreement, Securities deposited with a Subcustodian, a Depositary or a Foreign Depository will be held in a commingled account, in the name of Custodian, holding only  Securities held by Custodian as custodian for its customers.  Custodian shall identify on its books and records the Securities and cash belonging to the Fund, whether held directly or indirectly through Depositories, Foreign Depositories, or Subcustodians.  Custodian shall, directly or indirectly through Subcustodians, Depositories, or Foreign Depositories, endeavor, to the extent feasible, to hold Securities in the country or other jurisdiction in which the principal trading market for such Securities is located, where such Securities are to be presented for cancellation and/or payment and/or registration, or where such Securities are acquired.  Custodian at any time may cease utilizing any Subcustodian and/or may replace a Subcustodian with a different Subcustodian (the “Replacement Subcustodian”).  In the event Custodian selects a Replacement Subcustodian, Custodian shall not utilize such Replacement Subcustodian until after the Fund’s board or foreign custody manager has determined that utilization of such Replacement Subcustodian satisfies the requirements of the ‘40 Act and Rule 17f-5 thereunder.

 

(b)   Unless Custodian has received a Certificate or Instructions to the contrary, Custodian shall hold Securities indirectly through a Subcustodian only if (i) the Securities are not subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of such Subcustodian or its creditors or operators, including a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or similar authority, except for a claim of payment for the safe custody or administration of Securities on behalf of the Fund by such Subcustodian, and (ii) beneficial ownership of the Securities is freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration.

 

(c)   With respect to each Depository, Custodian (i) shall exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain Securities or financial assets deposited or held in

 

5



 

such Depository, and (ii) will provide, promptly upon request by the Fund, such reports as are available concerning the internal accounting controls and financial strength of Custodian.

 

(d)   With respect to each Foreign Depository, Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence, and diligence (i) to provide the Fund with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Foreign Depository, and (ii) to monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Fund of any material change in such risks.  The Fund acknowledges and agrees that such analysis and monitoring shall be made on the basis of, and limited by, information gathered from Subcustodians or through publicly available information otherwise obtained by Custodian, and shall not include any evaluation of Country Risks.  As used herein the term “Country Risks” shall mean with respect to any Foreign Depository:  (a) the financial infrastructure of the country in which it is organized, (b) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices, (c) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions, (d) such country’s regulation of the banking or securities industry, (e) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations, and (f) market conditions which affect the order execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.

 

2.     Custodian shall furnish the Fund with an advice of daily transactions (including a confirmation of each transfer of Securities) and a monthly summary of all transfers to or from the Accounts.

 

3.     With respect to all Securities held hereunder, Custodian shall, unless otherwise instructed to the contrary:

 

(a)   Receive all income and other payments and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;

 

(b)   Present for payment and receive the amount paid upon all Securities which may mature and advise the Fund as promptly as practicable of any such amounts due but not paid;

 

(c)   Forward to the Fund copies of all information or documents that it may actually receive from an issuer of Securities which, in the opinion of Custodian, are intended for the beneficial owner of Securities;

 

(d)   Execute, as custodian, any certificates of ownership, affidavits, declarations or other certificates under any tax laws now or hereafter in effect in connection with the collection of bond and note coupons;

 

(e)   Hold directly or through a Depository, a Foreign Depository, or a Subcustodian all rights and similar Securities issued with respect to any Securities credited to an Account hereunder; and

 

6



 

(f)    Endorse for collection checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments.

 

4.     (a)   Custodian shall notify the Fund of rights or discretionary actions with respect to Securities held hereunder, and of the date or dates by when such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken, provided that Custodian has actually received, from the issuer or the relevant Depository (with respect to Securities issued in the United States) or from the relevant Subcustodian, Foreign Depository, or a nationally or internationally recognized bond or corporate action service to which Custodian subscribes, timely notice of such rights or discretionary corporate action or of the date or dates such rights must be exercised or such action must be taken.  Absent actual receipt of such notice, Custodian shall have no liability for failing to so notify the Fund.

 

(b)   Whenever Securities (including, but not limited to, warrants, options, tenders, options to tender or non-mandatory puts or calls) confer discretionary rights on the Fund or provide for discretionary action or alternative courses of action by the Fund, the Fund shall be responsible for making any decisions relating thereto and for directing Custodian to act.  In order for Custodian to act, it must receive the Fund’s Certificate or Instructions at Custodian’s offices, addressed as Custodian may from time to time request, not later than noon (New York time) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the last scheduled date to act with respect to such Securities (or such earlier date or time as Custodian may specify to the Fund).  Absent Custodian’s timely receipt of such Certificate or Instructions, Custodian shall not be liable for failure to take any action relating to or to exercise any rights conferred by such Securities.

 

5.     All voting rights with respect to Securities, however registered, shall be exercised by the Fund or its designee.  Custodian will make available to the Fund proxy voting services upon the request of, and for the jurisdictions selected by, the Fund in accordance with terms and conditions to be mutually agreed upon by Custodian and the Fund.

 

6.     Custodian shall promptly advise the Fund upon Custodian’s actual receipt of notification of the partial redemption, partial payment or other action affecting less than all Securities of the relevant class.  If Custodian, any Subcustodian, any Depository, or any Foreign Depository holds any Securities in which the Fund has an interest as part of a fungible mass, Custodian, such Subcustodian, Depository, or Foreign Depository may select the Securities to participate in such partial redemption, partial payment or other action in any non-discriminatory manner that it customarily uses to make such selection.

 

7.     Custodian shall not under any circumstances accept bearer interest coupons which have been stripped from United States federal, state or local government or agency securities unless explicitly agreed to by Custodian in writing.

 

8.     The Fund shall be liable for all taxes, assessments, duties and other governmental charges, including any interest or penalty with respect thereto (“Taxes”), with respect to any cash or Securities held on behalf of the Fund or any transaction related thereto.  The Fund shall indemnify Custodian and each Subcustodian for the amount of any Tax that Custodian, any such

 

7



 

Subcustodian or any other withholding agent is required under applicable laws (whether by assessment or otherwise) to pay on behalf of, or in respect of income earned by or payments or distributions made to or for the account of the Fund (including any payment of Tax required by reason of an earlier failure to withhold).  Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or other withholding agent to, withhold the amount of any Tax which is required to be withheld under applicable law upon collection of any dividend, interest or other distribution made with respect to any Security and any proceeds or income from the sale, loan or other transfer of any Security.  In the event that Custodian or any Subcustodian is required under applicable law to pay any Tax on behalf of the Fund, Custodian is hereby authorized to withdraw cash from any cash account in the amount required to pay such Tax and to use such cash, or to remit such cash to the appropriate Subcustodian or other withholding agent, for the timely payment of such Tax in the manner required by applicable law.  If the aggregate amount of cash in all cash accounts is not sufficient to pay such Tax, Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of the additional amount of cash (in the appropriate currency) required, and the Fund shall directly deposit such additional amount in the appropriate cash account promptly after receipt of such notice, for use by Custodian as specified herein.  In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that Fund is eligible, pursuant to applicable law or to the provisions of any tax treaty, for a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax which is otherwise required to be withheld or paid on behalf of the Fund under any applicable law, Custodian shall, or shall instruct the applicable Subcustodian or withholding agent to, either withhold or pay such Tax at such reduced rate or refrain from withholding or paying such Tax, as appropriate; provided that Custodian shall have received from the Fund all documentary evidence of residence or other qualification for such reduced rate or exemption required to be received under such applicable law or treaty.  In the event that Custodian reasonably believes that a reduced rate of, or exemption from, any Tax is obtainable only by means of an application for refund, Custodian and the applicable Subcustodian shall have no responsibility for the accuracy or validity of any forms or documentation provided by the Fund to Custodian hereunder.  The Fund hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Custodian and each Subcustodian in respect of any liability arising from any underwithholding or underpayment of any Tax which results from the inaccuracy or invalidity of any such forms or other documentation, and such obligation to indemnify shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

 

9.     (a)   For the purpose of settling Securities and foreign exchange transactions, the Fund shall provide Custodian with sufficient immediately available funds for all transactions by such time and date as conditions in the relevant market dictate. As used herein, “sufficient immediately available funds” shall mean either (i) sufficient cash denominated in U.S. dollars to purchase the necessary foreign currency, or (ii) sufficient applicable foreign currency, to settle the transaction.  Custodian shall provide the Fund with immediately available funds each day which result from the actual settlement of all sale transactions, based upon

 

8



 

advices received by Custodian from Subcustodians, Depositories, and Foreign Depositories.  Such funds shall be in U.S. dollars or such other currency as the Fund may specify to Custodian.

 

(b)   Any foreign exchange transaction effected by Custodian in connection with this Agreement may be entered with Custodian or a Custodian Affiliate acting as principal or otherwise through customary banking channels.  The Fund may issue a standing Certificate or Instructions with respect to foreign exchange transactions, but Custodian may establish rules or limitations concerning any foreign exchange facility made available to the Fund.  The Fund shall bear all risks of investing in Securities or holding cash denominated in a foreign currency.

 

(c)   To the extent that Custodian has agreed to provide pricing or other information services in connection with this Agreement, Custodian is authorized to utilize any vendor (including brokers and dealers of Securities) reasonably believed by Custodian to be reliable to provide such information.  The Fund understands that certain pricing information with respect to complex financial instruments ( e.g. , derivatives) may be based on calculated amounts rather than actual market transactions and may not reflect actual market values, and that the variance between such calculated amounts and actual market values may or may not be material. Where vendors do not provide information for particular Securities or other property, an Authorized Person may advise Custodian in a Certificate regarding the fair market value of, or provide other information with respect to, such Securities or property as determined by it in good faith.  Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage or expense incurred as a result of errors or omissions with respect to any pricing or other information utilized by Custodian hereunder.

 

10.           Until such time as Custodian receives a certificate to the contrary with respect to a particular Security, Custodian may release the identity of the Fund to an issuer which requests such information pursuant to the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and shareholder.

 

ARTICLE IV
PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES;
CREDITS TO ACCOUNT

 

1.     Promptly after each purchase or sale of Securities by the Fund, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions, or with respect to a purchase or sale of a Security generally required to be settled on the same day the purchase or sale is made, Oral Instructions specifying all information Custodian may reasonably request to settle such purchase or sale.  Custodian shall account for all purchases and sales of Securities on the actual settlement date unless otherwise agreed by Custodian.

 

2.     The Fund understands that when Custodian is instructed to deliver Securities against payment, delivery of such Securities and receipt of payment therefor may not be completed simultaneously.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, settlements, payments and deliveries of Securities may be effected by Custodian or any Subcustodian in accordance with the customary or established securities trading or securities processing practices

 

9



 

and procedures in the jurisdiction in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivery to a purchaser or dealer therefor (or agent) against receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Securities.  The Fund assumes full responsibility for all risks, including, without limitation, credit risks, involved in connection with such deliveries of Securities.

 

3.     Custodian may, as a matter of bookkeeping convenience or by separate agreement with the Fund, credit the Account with the proceeds from the sale, redemption or other disposition of Securities or interest, dividends or other distributions payable on Securities prior to its actual receipt of final payment therefor.  All such credits shall be conditional until Custodian’s actual receipt of final payment and may be reversed by Custodian to the extent that final payment is not received.  Payment with respect to a transaction will not be “final” until Custodian shall have received immediately available funds which under applicable local law, rule and/or practice are irreversible and not subject to any security interest, levy or other encumbrance, and which are specifically applicable to such transaction.

 

ARTICLE V
OVERDRAFTS OR INDEBTEDNESS

 

1.     If Custodian should in its sole discretion advance funds on behalf of any Series which results in an overdraft (including, without limitation, any day-light overdraft) because the money held by Custodian in an Account for such Series shall be insufficient to pay the total amount payable upon a purchase of Securities specifically allocated to such Series, as set forth in a Certificate, Instructions or Oral Instructions, or if an overdraft arises in the separate account of a Series for some other reason, including, without limitation, because of a reversal of a conditional credit or the purchase of any currency, or if the Fund is for any other reason indebted to Custodian with respect to a Series, including any indebtedness to The Bank of New York under the Fund’s Cash Management and Related Services Agreement (except a borrowing for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using Securities as collateral pursuant to a separate agreement and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article), such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed to be a loan made by Custodian to the Fund for such Series payable on demand and shall bear interest from the date incurred at a rate per annum ordinarily charged by Custodian to its institutional customers, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time.  In addition, the Fund hereby agrees that Custodian shall to the maximum extent permitted by law have a continuing lien, security interest, and security entitlement in and to any property, including, without limitation, any investment property or any financial asset, of such Series at any time held by Custodian for the benefit of such Series or in which such Series may have an interest which is then in Custodian’s possession or control or in possession or control of any third party acting in Custodian’s behalf.  The Fund authorizes Custodian, in its sole discretion, at any time to charge any such overdraft or indebtedness together with interest due thereon against any balance of account standing to such Series’ credit on Custodian’s books.

 

2.     If the Fund borrows money from any bank (including Custodian if the borrowing is pursuant to a separate agreement) for investment or for temporary or emergency purposes using

 

10



 

Securities held by Custodian hereunder as collateral for such borrowings, the Fund shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate specifying with respect to each such borrowing:  (a) the Series to which such borrowing relates; (b) the name of the bank, (c) the amount of the borrowing, (d) the time and date, if known, on which the loan is to be entered into, (e) the total amount payable to the Fund on the borrowing date, (f) the Securities to be delivered as collateral for such loan, including the name of the issuer, the title and the number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities, and (g) a statement specifying whether such loan is for investment purposes or for temporary or emergency purposes and that such loan is in conformance with the ‘40 Act and the Fund’s prospectus.  Custodian shall deliver on the borrowing date specified in a Certificate the specified collateral against payment by the lending bank of the total amount of the loan payable, provided that the same conforms to the total amount payable as set forth in the Certificate.   Custodian may, at the option of the lending bank, keep such collateral in its possession, but such collateral shall be subject to all rights therein given the lending bank by virtue of any promissory note or loan agreement.  Custodian shall deliver such Securities as additional collateral as may be specified in a Certificate to collateralize further any transaction described in this Section.  The Fund shall cause all Securities released from collateral status to be returned directly to Custodian, and Custodian shall receive from time to time such return of collateral as may be tendered to it.   In the event that the Fund fails to specify in a Certificate the Series, the name of the issuer, the title and number of shares or the principal amount of any particular Securities to be delivered as collateral by Custodian, Custodian shall not be under any obligation to deliver any Securities.

 

ARTICLE VI
SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

 

1.     Whenever the Fund shall sell any shares issued by the Fund (“Shares”) it shall deliver to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the amount of money and/or Securities to be received by Custodian for the sale of such Shares and specifically allocated to an Account for such Series.

 

2.     Upon receipt of such money, Custodian shall credit such money to an Account in the name of the Series for which such money was received.

 

3.     Except as provided hereinafter, whenever the Fund desires Custodian to make payment out of the money held by Custodian hereunder in connection with a redemption of any Shares, it shall furnish to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions specifying the total amount to be paid for such Shares.  Custodian shall make payment of such total amount to the transfer agent specified in such Certificate or Instructions out of the money held in an Account of the appropriate Series.

 

4.     Notwithstanding the above provisions regarding the redemption of any Shares, whenever any Shares are redeemed pursuant to any check redemption privilege which may from time to time be offered by the Fund, Custodian, unless otherwise instructed by a Certificate or Instructions, shall, upon presentment of such check, charge the amount thereof against the money

 

11



 

held in the Account of the Series of the Shares being redeemed, provided, that if the Fund or its agent timely advises Custodian that such check is not to be honored, Custodian shall return such check unpaid.

 

ARTICLE VII
PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS OR DISTRIBUTIONS

 

1.     Whenever the Fund shall determine to pay a dividend or distribution on Shares it shall furnish to Custodian Instructions or a Certificate setting forth with respect to the Series specified therein the date of the declaration of such dividend or distribution, the total amount payable, and the payment date.

 

2.     Upon the payment date specified in such Instructions or Certificate, Custodian shall pay out of the money held for the account of such Series the total amount payable to the dividend agent of the Fund specified therein.

 

ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING CUSTODIAN

 

1.     (a)   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Custodian shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees (collectively, “Losses”), incurred by or asserted against the Fund, except those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.  Custodian shall have no liability whatsoever for the action or inaction of any Depositories or of any Foreign Depositories, except in each case to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder.  With respect to any Losses incurred by the Fund as a result of the acts or any failures to act by any Subcustodian (other than a Custodian Affiliate), Custodian shall take appropriate action to recover such Losses from such Subcustodian; and Custodian’s sole responsibility and liability to the Fund shall be limited to amounts so received from such Subcustodian (exclusive of costs and expenses incurred by Custodian).  In no event shall Custodian be liable to the Fund or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement, nor shall Custodian or any Subcustodian be liable:  ( i ) for acting in accordance with any Certificate or Oral Instructions  actually received by Custodian and reasonably believed by Custodian to be given by an Authorized Person; ( ii ) for acting in accordance with Instructions without reviewing the same; ( iii ) for conclusively presuming that all Instructions are given only by person(s) duly authorized; ( iv ) for conclusively presuming that all disbursements of cash directed by the Fund, whether by a Certificate, an Oral Instruction, or an Instruction, are in accordance with Section 2(i) of Article II hereof; ( v ) for holding property in any particular country, including, but not limited to, Losses resulting from nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; regulation of the banking or securities industry; exchange or currency controls or restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; availability of cash or Securities or market conditions which prevent the transfer of property or execution of Securities transactions or affect the value of property; ( vi ) for any Losses due to forces beyond the control of Custodian,

 

12



 

including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, acts of war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, or interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; (vii) for the insolvency of any Subcustodian (other than a Custodian Affiliate), any Depository, or, except to the extent such action or inaction is a direct result of the Custodian’s failure to fulfill its duties hereunder, any Foreign Depository; or ( viii ) for any Losses arising from the applicability of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect, or from the occurrence of any event, including, without limitation, implementation or adoption of any rules or procedures of a Foreign Depository, which may affect, limit, prevent or impose costs or burdens on, the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any currency or Composite Currency Unit in any country or on the transfer of any Securities, and in no event shall Custodian be obligated to substitute another currency for a currency (including a currency that is a component of a Composite Currency Unit) whose transferability, convertibility or availability has been affected, limited, or prevented by such law, regulation or event, and to the extent that any such law, regulation or event imposes a cost or charge upon Custodian in relation to the transferability, convertibility, or availability of any cash currency or Composite Currency Unit, such cost or charge shall be for the account of the Fund, and Custodian may treat any account denominated in an affected currency as a group of separate accounts denominated in the relevant component currencies.

 

(b)   Custodian may enter into subcontracts, agreements and understandings with any Custodian Affiliate, whenever and on such terms and conditions as it deems necessary or appropriate to perform its services hereunder.  No such subcontract, agreement or understanding shall discharge Custodian from its obligations hereunder.

 

(c)   The Fund agrees to indemnify Custodian and hold Custodian harmless from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by or asserted against Custodian by reason of or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of Custodian’s performance hereunder, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel incurred by Custodian in a successful defense of claims by the Fund; provided however, that the Fund shall not indemnify Custodian for those Losses arising out of Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.  This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Custodian shall be under no obligation to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:

 

13



 

(a)   Any Losses incurred by the Fund or any other person as a result of the receipt or acceptance of fraudulent, forged or invalid Securities, or Securities which are otherwise not freely transferable or deliverable without encumbrance in any relevant market;

 

(b)   The validity of the issue of any Securities purchased, sold, or written by or for the Fund, the legality of the purchase, sale or writing thereof, or the propriety of the amount paid or received therefor;

 

(c)   The legality of the sale or redemption of any Shares, or the propriety of the amount to be received or paid therefor;

 

(d)   The legality of the declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund;

 

(e)   The legality of any borrowing by the Fund;

 

(f)    The legality of any loan of portfolio Securities, nor shall Custodian be under any duty or obligation to see to it that any cash or collateral delivered to it by a broker, dealer or financial institution or held by it at any time as a result of such loan of portfolio Securities is adequate security for the Fund against any loss it might sustain as a result of such loan, which duty or obligation shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund.  In addition, Custodian shall be under no duty or obligation to see that any broker, dealer or financial institution to which portfolio Securities of the Fund are lent makes payment to it of any dividends or interest which are payable to or for the account of the Fund during the period of such loan or at the termination of such loan, provided, however that Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund in the event that such dividends or interest are not paid and received when due;

 

(g)   The sufficiency or value of any amounts of money and/or Securities held in any Special Account in connection with transactions by the Fund; whether any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member makes payment to the Fund of any variation margin payment or similar payment which the Fund may be entitled to receive from such broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member, or whether any payment received by Custodian from any broker, dealer, futures commission merchant or clearing member is the amount the Fund is entitled to receive, or to notify the Fund of Custodian’s receipt or non-receipt of any such payment; or

 

(h)   Whether any Securities at any time delivered to, or held by it or by any Subcustodian, for the account of the Fund and specifically allocated to a Series are such as properly may be held by the Fund or such Series under the provisions of its then current prospectus and statement of additional information, or to ascertain whether any transactions by the Fund, whether or not involving Custodian, are such transactions as may properly be engaged in by the Fund.

 

14



 

3.     Custodian may, with respect to questions of law specifically regarding an Account, obtain the advice of counsel and shall be fully protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in conformity with such advice.

 

4      Custodian shall be under no obligation to take action to collect any amount payable on Securities in default, or if payment is refused after due demand and presentment.

 

5.     Custodian shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire into, make recommendations, supervise, or determine the suitability of any transactions affecting any Account.

 

6.     The Fund shall pay to Custodian the fees and charges as may be specifically agreed upon from time to time and such other fees and charges at Custodian’s standard rates for such services as may be applicable.  The Fund shall reimburse Custodian for all costs associated with the conversion of the Fund’s Securities hereunder and the transfer of Securities and records kept in connection with this Agreement.  The Fund shall also reimburse Custodian for out-of-pocket expenses which are a normal incident of the services provided hereunder.

 

7.     Custodian has the right to debit any cash account for any amount payable by the Fund in connection with any and all obligations of the Fund to Custodian.  In addition to the rights of Custodian under applicable law and other agreements, at any time when the Fund shall not have honored any of its obligations to Custodian, Custodian shall have the right without notice to the Fund to retain or set-off, against such obligations of the Fund, any Securities or cash Custodian or a Custodian Affiliate may directly or indirectly hold for the account of the Fund, and any obligations (whether matured or unmatured) that Custodian or a Custodian Affiliate may have to the Fund in any currency or Composite Currency Unit.  Any such asset of, or obligation to, the Fund may be transferred to Custodian and any Custodian Affiliate in order to effect the above rights.

 

8.     The Fund agrees to forward to Custodian a Certificate or Instructions confirming Oral Instructions by the close of business of the same day that such Oral Instructions are given to Custodian.  The Fund agrees that the fact that such confirming Certificate or Instructions are not received or that a contrary Certificate or contrary Instructions are received by Custodian shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of transactions authorized by such Oral Instructions and effected by Custodian.  If the Fund elects to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications system offered by Custodian, the Fund’s use thereof shall be subject to the Terms and Conditions attached as Appendix I hereto.  If Custodian receives Instructions which appear on their face to have been transmitted by an Authorized Person via (i) computer facsimile, email, the Internet or other insecure electronic method, or (ii) secure electronic transmission

 

15



 

containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys, the Fund understands and agrees that Custodian cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that Custodian shall conclusively presume that such Written Instructions have been sent by an Authorized Person, and the Fund shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Persons transmit such Instructions to Custodian.  If the Fund elects (with Custodian’s prior consent) to transmit Instructions through an on-line communications service owned or operated by a third party, the Fund agrees that Custodian shall not be responsible or liable for the reliability or availability of any such service.

 

9.     The books and records pertaining to the Fund which are in possession of Custodian shall be the property of the Fund.  Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the ‘40 Act and the rules thereunder. The Fund, or its authorized representatives, shall have access to such books and records during Custodian’s normal business hours.  Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by Custodian to the Fund or its authorized representative.  Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, Custodian shall provide in hard copy or on computer disc any records included in any such delivery which are maintained by Custodian on a computer disc, or are similarly maintained.

 

10.   It is understood that Custodian is authorized to supply any information regarding the Accounts which is required by any law, regulation or rule now or hereafter in effect.  The Custodian shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by the Custodian on the system of internal accounting control of a Depository, and with such reports on its own system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.

 

11.   Custodian shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no covenant or obligation shall be implied against Custodian in connection with this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION

 

1.     Either of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than ninety (90) days after the date of giving of such notice.  In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, electing to terminate this Agreement and designating a successor custodian or custodians, each of which shall be a bank or trust company having not less than $2,000,000 aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits.  In the event such notice is given by Custodian, the Fund shall, on or before the termination date, deliver to Custodian a copy of a

 

16



 

resolution of the board of the Fund, certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, designating a successor custodian or custodians.  In the absence of such designation by the Fund, Custodian may designate a successor custodian which shall be a bank or trust company having not less than $2,000,000 aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits.  Upon the date set forth in such notice this Agreement shall terminate, and Custodian shall upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian on that date deliver directly to the successor custodian all Securities and money then owned by the Fund and held by it as Custodian, after deducting all fees, expenses and other amounts for the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled.

 

2.     If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund or Custodian in accordance with the preceding Section, the Fund shall upon the date specified in the notice of termination of this Agreement and upon the delivery by Custodian of all Securities (other than Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund) and money then owned by the Fund be deemed to be its own custodian and Custodian shall thereby be relieved of all duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement, other than the duty with respect to Securities which cannot be delivered to the Fund to hold such Securities hereunder in accordance with this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

 

1.     The Fund agrees to furnish to Custodian a new Certificate of Authorized Persons in the event of any change in the then present Authorized Persons.  Until such new Certificate is received, Custodian shall be fully protected in acting upon Certificates or Oral Instructions of such present Authorized Persons.

 

2.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to Custodian, shall be sufficiently given if addressed to Custodian and received by it at its offices at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as Custodian may from time to time designate in writing.

 

3.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Fund and received by it at its offices at Bellevue Park Corporate Center, 103 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.

 

4.     Each and every right granted to either party hereunder or under any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, or allowed it by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time.  No failure on the part of either party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise by either party of any right preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

 

17



 

5.     In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any exclusive jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties, except that any amendment to the Schedule I hereto need be signed only by the Fund and any amendment to Appendix I hereto need be signed only by Custodian.  This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.

 

6.     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.  The Fund and Custodian hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder.  The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Fund and Custodian each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

7.     The Fund hereby acknowledges that Custodian is subject to federal laws, including the Customer Identification Program (CIP) requirements under the USA PATRIOT Act and its implementing regulations, pursuant to which Custodian must obtain, verify and record information that allows Custodian to identify the Fund.  Accordingly, prior to opening an Account hereunder Custodian will ask the Fund to provide certain information including, but not limited to, the Fund’s name, physical address, tax identification number and other information that will help Custodian to identify and verify the Fund’s identity such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or other pertinent identifying information.  The Fund agrees that Custodian cannot open an Account hereunder unless and until Custodian verifies the Fund’s identity in accordance with its CIP.

 

8.     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

 

18



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and Custodian have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

The RBB Fund, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Salvatore Faia

 

 

 

Salvatore Faia

 

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

Tax Identification No:

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott P. Lavasseur

 

 

 

Title:

SCOTT P. LAVASSEUR

 

 

MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

19



 

SCHEDULE I
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZED PERSONS

(The Fund - Oral and Written Instructions)

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is the duly elected and acting Secretary of The RBB Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), and further certifies that the following officers or employees of the Fund have been duly authorized in conformity with the Fund’s Declaration of Trust and By-Laws to deliver Certificates and Oral Instructions to The Bank of New York (“Custodian”) pursuant to the Custody Agreement between the Fund and Custodian dated July 18, 2011, and that the signatures appearing opposite their names are true and correct:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Salvatore Faia

Salvatore Faia

 

President

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joel L. Weiss

Joel L. Weiss

 

Treasurer

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James Shaw

James Shaw

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

 

This certificate supersedes any certificate of Authorized Persons you may currently have on file.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jennifer Rogers

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

Date: July 18, 2011

 

 

 


 


 

SCHEDULE II

 

SERIES

 



 

APPENDIX I

 

ELECTRONIC SERVICES TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

The use of Workbench Services and INFORM Services are governed by and subject to these Electronic Access Terms and Conditions (“EATCs”).

 

Definitions

 

“Affiliate” shall mean any company which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another company (where a holding of at least thirty percent (30%) of the voting stock will be deemed to grant control), and the words “controls” and “controlled” will be construed accordingly.

 

“Authorized User” shall mean (a) employees of the Client; and (b) other persons designated by Client (subject to BNYM’s approval).

 

“BNYM Web Sites” shall mean the components of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism consisting of the Internet web sites hosted by BNYM on the world wide web and the Proprietary Software through which Proprietary Information or Client Data is accessed: (1) Workbench services — http://www.workbench.bnymellon.com and (2) INFORM services — https://inform.bankofny.com or http://ii.bnyinform.com.

 

“Commands” shall mean directions given via computer, including but not limited to keystrokes and mouse clicks.

 

“Client” shall mean, collectively, the Client of BNYM and any of Client’s Affiliates identified in the EASA.

 

“Client Data” shall mean Client’s portfolio information that is unique to Client’s portfolio (such as number of shares and which holdings) and provided or accessed through the Electronic Delivery Mechanism, provided that Client Data will not be construed to include Proprietary Information.

 

“Data Terms Web Site” shall mean the set of terms and conditions (as may be amended by BNYM from time to time without notice to Client) available at http://www.bnymellon.com/products/assetservicing/vendoragreement.pdf or such other location as BNYM shall notify the Client in writing.

 

“EASA” shall mean a written Electronic Access Services Agreement executed between BNYM and Client, which incorporates these EATCs by reference.

 

“Information” shall encompass any software, text, graphics, files, scripts or other content or materials, any database and any proprietary data, processes, information and documentation made available to Client by BNYM.

 

“Information Provider” shall mean any third party source, excluding a Third Party Service Provider, from which Proprietary Information may have been gathered.

 

“Proprietary Information” shall mean Information provided or available through the Electronic Delivery Mechanism in which BNYM, its Affiliates or Information Providers have a proprietary interest, including without limitation the following: (i) security identifiers (e.g. CUSIPS and SEDOLS), (ii) ratings (e.g. S&P, Moody’s, Fitch), (iii) classifications data (e.g. GICS, ICB, Russell, Lehman, Merrill Lynch, Topix), (iv)

 



 

index data; and (v) other data identified to a proprietary source or data in an ancillary service covered by an addendum to the EASA.

 

“Proprietary Software” shall mean the component of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism that consists of proprietary software owned by BNYM and its Affiliates through which Client and Authorized Users may access Proprietary Information or Client Data.

 

“Third Party Service Provider” shall mean any other party (excluding an Information Provider) that provides services to BNYM and its Affiliates in relation to the Electronic Delivery Mechanism.

 

Services

 

(a)           BNYM will provide the Electronic Delivery Mechanism to Client and its Affiliates through Client’s Authorized Users via the BNYM Web Sites.  Client and Authorized Users will gain access to and may be able to configure and download Proprietary Information and Client Data, all through the Electronic Delivery Mechanism by issuing Commands through Proprietary Software or the BNYM Web Sites, subject to the terms of this EASA.

 

(b)           BNYM retains the discretion and authority to add, delete or revise in whole or in part the Electronic Delivery Mechanism offered to the Client and to modify the BNYM Web Sites and the Proprietary Software from time to time.  To the extent reasonably possible, BNYM will provide notice of such modifications, which notice may be provided via the BNYM Web Sites.

 

(c)           BNYM may review or retain records of Client’s or Authorized User’s Commands for any applicable legal or regulatory requirement and, among other reasons, for monitoring the quality of service Client receives, Client’s compliance with this EASA and the security of the Information.

 

License/Proprietary Rights

 

(a)           The BNYM Web Sites, Electronic Delivery Mechanism, Proprietary Software and Proprietary Information are proprietary to BNYM, its licensors, Information Providers or Third Party Service Providers.  Client shall cooperate with reasonable written requests from BNYM to protect BNYM’s, BNYM’s licensors’, Information Providers’ and/or Third Party Service Providers’ respective rights in the BNYM Web Sites, Electronic Access, Proprietary Software or Proprietary Information.  Nothing in this EASA shall be construed as giving Client and Authorized Users any license or right to use any of BNYM’s, BNYM’s licensors’, Information Providers’ and/or Third Party Service Providers’ trademarks, logos and/or service marks.

 

(b)           Proprietary Software License

 

(1)           To the extent Client and Authorized Users receive Proprietary Software hereunder, BNYM hereby grants Client and such Authorized Users a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license for the term of this EASA to install such Proprietary Software on Client’s internal computer system only and to use such Proprietary Software solely in connection with the Electronic Delivery Mechanism.  This license shall continue through the earlier of (i) BNYM’s termination of the license for such software, as may be permitted herein; or (ii) the termination of this EASA.  To the extent such internal computer system is accessible to networks beyond the control of Client, such as without limitation the Internet, Client shall take commercially reasonable measures to protect from unauthorized access the computers on which the Proprietary Software is installed.

 



 

(2)           Client and Authorized Users shall have no rights in or to Proprietary Software, or any copies thereof, except for the right to use Proprietary Software as specifically set forth in this EASA.   Title and ownership rights to Proprietary Software (including, copyright and trade secret property rights inherent in and appurtenant thereto) shall remain with BNYM or any third party owner.  Client may make copies of the Proprietary Software for backup purposes only, provided all copyright and other proprietary information included in the original copy of the Proprietary Software are reproduced in or on such backup copies.   Client and Authorized Users shall not: (i) except as provided above, make additional copies of Proprietary Software; (ii) disclose Proprietary Software to, or allow Proprietary Software to be used by or for the benefit of, any third party; (iii) modify Proprietary Software and/or merge Proprietary Software with another software program; (iv) alter, decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer or otherwise modify Proprietary Software; and (v) remove any copyright or proprietary rights notices or legends placed upon or within Proprietary Software.   Client agrees, on behalf of itself and Authorized Users, not to use the Proprietary Software for any other purpose, including without limitation, use in a time share or service bureau arrangement.  Client shall be responsible for the consequences of any misuse of, or unauthorized use of or access to, Proprietary Software by Client’s Authorized Users.

 

(c)           Proprietary Information

 

(1)           Proprietary Information provided hereunder may be subject to certain additional provisions or restrictions in licenses BNYM and/or its Affiliates have with Information Providers or such Information Providers may require Client to agree to certain terms and conditions.  Such additional provisions, restrictions and requirements are shown on the Data Terms Web Site.  Terms on the Data Terms Web Site may be revised periodically with concurrent notice to the Client, which notice may be provided via the BNYM Web Sites.  Use of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism, and continued use of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism following revision of any terms on the Data Terms Web Site, constitutes Client’s acceptance of and agreement to the then-current terms shown on the Data Terms Web Site.

 

(2)           Client’s use of the Proprietary Information may require Client to enter into additional contracts directly with Information Providers or other Third Party Service Providers.  In the event that Client’s rights under its agreement with any such provider conflict with the terms of this EASA, the terms of Client’s provider agreement shall prevail.

 

(3)           Except to the extent Client is permitted otherwise pursuant to its own licenses with applicable Information Providers, Client agrees that the Proprietary Information shall be solely for its internal use.  As used herein, Client’s “internal use” may include Client making available such Proprietary Information to its third party professional advisors provided such advisors are legally obligated to treat such Proprietary Information in a confidential manner and legally prohibited from using such Proprietary Information in any manner other than in support of its services to Client.   Client also agrees not to, and to cause Authorized Users and third party professional advisors, not to (i) reproduce or repackage, retransmit, disseminate, sell, distribute, publish, broadcast, or circulate to third parties not covered by “internal use” or otherwise commercially exploit Proprietary Information, (ii) identify and extract Proprietary Information from the Electronic Delivery Mechanism independent of any Client Data, (iii) use Proprietary Information in any Client or third party software application except to the extent formally approved by BNYM in writing, or (iv) use Proprietary Information in an environment shared by the Client and third parties, in each case without the express written consent of BNYM and without first obtaining any licenses needed from the relevant Information Provider(s).  The foregoing shall not be construed to permit Client to allow any third party professional advisor to have direct access to the Electronic Delivery Mechanism through the use of a user id and password issued to Client.  In the event Client requires any such professional advisor to have

 



 

such direct access, Client shall notify BNYM in writing and BNYM will have the right to require such third party professional advisor to execute a separate EASA.

 

(d)       All rights not specifically granted to Client hereunder are reserved by BNYM, its Licensors, Information Providers and/or Third Party Service Providers.

 

(e)       The provisions of this License/Proprietary Rights Section shall survive the termination of the EASA between the Client and BNYM.

 

Reliance on Commands/Security

 

(a)           Client shall furnish BNYM with a written list of the names, and the extent of authority or level of access of, Client’s proposed Authorized Users.  Upon BNYM’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), BNYM shall send to Client a user-id for each Authorized User and, where appropriate, a secure identification device for each Authorized User.

 

As an alternative to the foregoing,  Client may identify in a writing to BNYM the employee(s) at Client (“Client Electronic Access Administrator(s)”) who will have the ability to administer access, including the requesting and revoking of user ids, to the Electronic Delivery Mechanism for Authorized Users as described herein.  The Client Electronic Access Administrators will be provided with a level of access that will give them the ability to request the issuance of user IDs for Authorized Users electronically by entering Authorized User information into the web site along with the extent of authority or level of access of such Authorized Users.  Client will be solely responsible for the Client Electronic Access Administrator’s actions and for protecting such Client Electronic Access Administrator’s user ids and passwords.  Client will not, through a Client Electronic Access Administrator, request a user ID for anyone other than a permanent employee of Client, and Client will be responsible for ensuring that its Client Electronic Access Administrators understand that they are not to request user ids for individuals other than permanent Client employees.  Any request for a user id for an individual that is not a permanent Client employee shall be addressed to BNYM through Client’s Client Services Officer.

 

The Client will be responsible for providing the user-ids, and as appropriate secure identification devices, received from BNYM for each Authorized User to the Authorized Users.

 

Client shall ensure that an Authorized User returns the secure identification device following the termination of that user’s authorization to access the Electronic Delivery Mechanism.  Client shall return the secure identification devices of all of the users immediately upon termination of this EASA.  Client shall be responsible for immediately notifying BNYM in writing in the event of the change in status of any Client Electronic Access Administrator that would cause such individual to no longer need access to the functionality that  allows for the requesting of user ids for Authorized Users or the revocation or disabling of such user ids.

 

BNYM shall be authorized and entitled to rely on, and shall be fully protected in acting upon, any Commands associated with a user id issued to an Authorized User, until such time as notified in writing by Client (and after passage of a reasonable time for BNYM to act upon such notice) of the change in status of an Authorized User. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Client requested a Client Electronic Access Administrator to have authority to request user ids electronically, Client will be solely responsible for revoking the authorization granted to any Authorized User upon Client’s determination that the

 



 

authorization is no longer necessary for such Authorized User’s job duties or the Authorized User has left Client’s employ or for any other reason.

 

(b)           Browser software compatibility is published on the BNYM Web Sites, and may be updated from time to time by BNYM with concurrent notice to Client, which notice may be provided via the BNYM Web Sites.  With the exception of Proprietary Software and browser software listed on the BNYM Web Sites or other applications formally approved by BNYM in writing, Client agrees not to use, and agrees to require each Authorized User not to use, any software, program, application or any other device to access or log on to BNYM’s computer systems or the BNYM Web Sites.  Except to the extent formally approved in writing by BNYM, Client agrees not to, and agrees to require each Authorized User not to, automate the process of obtaining, downloading, transferring or transmitting any Proprietary Information or Client Data.

 

Client Responsibilities and Obligations

 

(a)           Client is responsible for having and maintaining, and for ensuring that each Authorized User has and maintains, all hardware, equipment and software (other than the Proprietary Software) necessary to access and use the Electronic Delivery Mechanism.  Client shall accept and properly install any updates or modification to any software forming part of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism that BNYM considers necessary, and shall cause its Authorized Users do the same.

 

(b)           The Client shall maintain the confidentiality of the Authorized Users’ BNYM-assigned user-ids and passwords and the security of any secure identification devices.  The Client is responsible for all Commands processed through the BNYM Web Sites through and under, and the use of, the Authorized Users’ user-ids and passwords (except to the extent arising out of the acts of BNYM).   The Client will notify BNYM immediately if it becomes aware of any loss or theft of any Authorized Users’ user-ids, passwords or secure identification devices, or of any unauthorized use of any Authorized Users’ user-ids, passwords or secure identification devices or of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism, Proprietary Information or Client Data.

 

(c)           The Client (and its Authorized Users, as appropriate) shall:

 

(1)                                   Use the Electronic Delivery Mechanism only within the scope of the EASA and shall not permit the use of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism by any third party that is not an Authorized User.

 

(2)                                   Not use any Command or other feature of the BNYM Web Sites for any purpose that is unlawful.

 

(3)                                   Keep all information contained in the Client’s profile up-to-date.

 

(4)                                   Not upload or post to the BNYM Web Sites any material protected by copyright or any other intellectual property right (as well as rights of publicity and privacy) without first obtaining the permission of the owner of such rights.

 

(5)                               Not unlawfully export or re-export, directly or indirectly, any part of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism in contravention of applicable law.

 

(d)           Access to third party Web Sites linked to or referenced in the BNYM web sites is at the Client’s or each Authorized User’s sole discretion.   BNYM is not responsible for third party Web Sites that collect information from parties who visit their web sites through links on the BNYM Web Sites.

 



 

Confidentiality

 

(a)           The Electronic Delivery Mechanism (including without limitation the design, programming techniques, algorithms and codes contained within the Electronic Delivery Mechanism) and Proprietary Information are confidential property of BNYM, its licensors or the Information Providers or Third Party Service Providers, and, for purposes hereof, shall be deemed the confidential property of BNYM (“BNYM Confidential Property”).

 

(b)           Client and its Authorized Users shall not disclose or make unauthorized use (i.e., a use not permitted under this EASA or a separate agreement between the Client and an Information Provider or Third Party Service Provider) of the BNYM Confidential Property.  Client will take reasonable care to protect BNYM Confidential Property from examination by anyone except for its employees who have a need to know or as otherwise permitted under this EASA.   Client shall be responsible for the consequences of any misuse of, or unauthorized use of or access to, any BNYM Confidential Property by the Client’s Authorized Users.

 

(c)           The obligations in this section shall not restrict any disclosure by Client pursuant to any applicable law, or by order of any court or government agency.

 

Limited Warranty/Exclusion of Other Warranties

 

(a)           BNYM represents and warrants that it has the full right and authority to enter into this EASA and to provide the Electronic Delivery Mechanism under its terms.

 

(b)           Except as otherwise provided under (c) below, Proprietary Information and Client Data provided through the Electronic Delivery Mechanism are provided on an “AS-IS” basis and Client accepts the entire risk as to how and for what purposes Client and Authorized Users use such Proprietary Information and Client Data.  Neither BNYM, the Information Providers nor the Third Party Service Providers shall have any liability, contingent or otherwise, under this EASA for the accuracy, completeness, timeliness or correct sequencing of Proprietary Information or Client Data.  Client acknowledges that (i) Client Data provided through the Electronic Delivery Mechanism is subject to change because (x) such Client Data is generally updated as of the prior business day’s close of business, and (y) as is customary in securities trading transactions, is subject to adjustment and correction and that (ii) Proprietary Information and Client Data provided through the Electronic Delivery Mechanism are not reconciled on a real-time basis and are provided via the Electronic Delivery Mechanism without any independent investigation by BNYM.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding Section (b) above, nothing in this EASA shall limit Client’s rights and remedies under any other written agreement between Client and BNYM or and affiliate of BNYM with respect to Client Data provided by BNYM to Client pursuant to such written agreement through Electronic Services.  However, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing under this Section (c) shall create any separate basis of liability on the part of BNYM or its affiliates to Client because such Client Data is accessed or received by Client through Electronic Access.

 

(d)           THERE IS NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, NO WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE, NO WARRANTY OF QUALITY AND NO WARRANTY OF NONINFRINGEMENT.   THERE IS NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OR CLIENT DATA.  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (a)  OF THIS SECTION, THERE IS NO OTHER

 



 

WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE ELECTRONIC DELIVERY MECHANISM.

 

Indemnification

 

(a)           BNYM shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Client and pay any damages finally awarded by a court of competent jurisdiction, in any action or proceeding commenced by a third party against Client based on a claim that the Proprietary Software or BNYM Web Sites infringe upon a third party patent, copyright, or trade secret, provided that Client (i) notifies BNYM promptly of any such action or claim (except that the failure to so notify BNYM shall not limit BNYM’s obligations hereunder except to the extent that such failure materially prejudices BNYM); (ii) grants BNYM full and exclusive authority to defend, compromise or settle such claim or action; and (iii) provides BNYM all assistance reasonably necessary to so defend, compromise or settle.  The foregoing obligations shall not apply, however, to any claim or action arising from (i) Client or Authorized User’s use of the Proprietary Software or BNYM Web Sites in a manner not authorized by this EASA; or (ii) Client or Authorized User’s use of the Proprietary Software or BNYM Web Sites in combination with other software or services not supplied by BNYM where such use alone would not be infringing.

 

(b)           In addition to BNYM’s indemnification obligations set forth in paragraph (a) above, in the event that the  Proprietary Software or BNYM Web Sites are found to infringe upon a third party patent, copyright, trade secret, or other proprietary right, or in BNYM’s opinion the  Proprietary Software or BNYM Web Sites are likely to be found to so infringe, BNYM may, at its sole option, (i) procure for Client the right to continue using the  Proprietary Software or BNYM Web Sites; (ii) replace the  Proprietary Software or BNYM Web Sites with software or services that are non-infringing; or (iii) terminate this EASA and refund to Client any pre-paid charges specifically relating to the  Proprietary Software or BNYM Web Sites, if any.

 

(c)           THE FOREGOING PARAGRAPHS (a) AND (b) OF THIS SECTION STATE BNYM’S SOLE OBLIGATION, AND CLIENT’S SOLE REMEDY, WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM OF INFRINGEMENT REGARDING THE  PROPRIETARY SOFTWARE OR BNYM WEB SITES.

 

(d)           Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, Client shall indemnify, protect and hold BNYM harmless from and against all losses, liabilities, judgments, suits, actions, proceedings, claims, damages and costs, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, resulting from or arising out of (i) any breach by Client or any Authorized User of any term in this EASA and (ii) any person obtaining access to the Electronic Delivery Mechanism through Client or any Authorized User or through use of the Client’s or Authorized User’s password, user-id or secure identification device, whether or not Client authorized such access (except to the extent of any unauthorized access that results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of BNYM).

 

Limitation of Liability

 

(a)           EXCEPT FOR BNYM’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (a) OF THE SECTION OF THESE EATCs ENTITLED “INDEMNIFICATION”, IN NO EVENT WILL BNYM, ITS LICENSORS, THE INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR THE THIRD PARTY SERVICE PROVIDERS BE LIABLE TO THE CLIENT, ANY AUTHORIZED USER OR ANYONE ELSE FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING CONSEQUENTIAL, RELIANCE, EXEMPLARY, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, COMPENSATORY, ECONOMIC, PUNITIVE OR INDIRECT DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS, LOSSES AND DAMAGES THAT RESULT FROM THIS EASA OR THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE ELECTRONIC DELIVERY MECHANISM OR

 



 

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OR CLIENT DATA), EVEN IF BNYM, ITS LICENSORS, THE INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR THE THIRD PARTY SERVICE PROVIDERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR LOSSES.

 

(b)           None of BNYM, its licensors, the Information Providers or the Third Party Service Providers shall be liable under this EASA if they are prevented from or delayed in performing their obligations, or for any loss resulting from a cause that is beyond the reasonable control of that entity.

 

(c)           BNYM makes no guarantee that the Electronic Delivery Mechanism and Proprietary Information are virus-free; however, BNYM will make commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the systems used by BNYM to provide the Electronic Delivery Mechanism and Proprietary Information are virus-free. BNYM is not liable for any loss or damage resulting from voluntary shutdown of the server or the BNYM Web Sites by BNYM to address computer viruses, denial-of-service messages or other similar problems. BNYM is not responsible for any damage to Client’s computer, software, modem, telephone or other property resulting from Client’s use of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in the EASA shall be deemed to modify or limit any service obligation or liability that BNYM may otherwise have to Client under any other agreement between BNYM and Client.

 

Term and Termination

 

(a)           In addition to any termination provision set forth in the EASA, Client or BNYM may terminate the EASA as follows:

 

(1)           In the event of any breach of the EASA, the non-breaching party may terminate the EASA immediately upon written notice to the breaching party if any breach of the EASA remains uncured after thirty (30) days written notice of the breach is sent to the breaching party.

 

(2)           Either BNYM or Client may terminate the EASA in the event the other party (a) files for liquidation, dissolution or bankruptcy, (b) fails to have dismissed a bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution proceeding that was commenced against it by a third party within ninety (90) days of the filing; or (c) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

(3)           BNYM may immediately terminate access through an Authorized User’s user-id and password and may, at its discretion, also terminate access by an Authorized User, without right of cure, in the event of an unauthorized use of an Authorized User’s user-id or password, or where BNYM believes there is a security risk created by such access.

 

(4)           BNYM may terminate, immediately and without advance notice, and without right of cure, any portion or component of the Electronic Delivery Mechanism, the BNYM Web Sites or Proprietary Information in the event an Information Provider or Third Party Service Provider (i) ceases to provide such portion or component to BNYM or an Affiliate of BNYM or (ii) prohibits BNYM from permitting Client to have access to the Information Provider’s Proprietary Information; provided, however, that if BNYM receives advance notice of termination from the provider of such information, BNYM shall provide advance notice of termination to its Customers affected thereby, but only to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances.

 



 

(b)           Within five (5) business days of  receiving or giving notice of termination, Client shall notify all Authorized Users of the effective date of the termination of the EASA, irrespective of whether the termination was initiated by BNYM or Client.

 

(c)           In the event of termination, BNYM will cease providing the Electronic Delivery Mechanism and, where applicable and at BNYM’s request, Client shall return to BNYM any copies of Proprietary Software and any Proprietary Information.  The foregoing, however, shall not be construed to require Client to return or destroy Proprietary Information that may be embedded within a report containing Client Data, but the Proprietary Information will continue to be subject to the restrictions set forth herein.

 

(d)           The provisions of this Termination Section shall survive the termination of the EASA.

 


Exhibit (g)(2)

 

FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT made as of July 18, 2011 by and between each entity listed on Annex I attached hereto (the “Fund”) and The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS , the Fund desires to appoint BNY as a Foreign Custody Manager on the terms and conditions contained herein;

 

WHEREAS , BNY desires to serve as a Foreign Custody Manager and perform the duties set forth herein on the terms and conditions contained herein;

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises hereinafter contained in this Agreement, the Fund and BNY hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

 

1.     “Board” shall mean the board of directors or board of trustees, as the case may be, of the Fund.

 

2.     “Eligible Foreign Custodian” shall have the meaning provided in the Rule.

 

3.     “Monitoring System” shall mean a system established by BNY to fulfill the Responsibilities specified in clauses (d) and (e) of Section 1 of Article III of this Agreement.

 

4.     “Responsibilities” shall mean the responsibilities delegated to BNY under the Rule as a Foreign Custody Manager with respect to each Specified Country and each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by BNY, as such responsibilities are more fully described in Article III of this Agreement.

 

5.     “Rule” shall mean Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended on June 12, 2000.

 

6.     “Specified Country” shall mean each country listed on Schedule I attached hereto and each country, other than the United States, constituting the primary market for a security with respect to which the Fund has given settlement instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon as custodian (the “Custodian”) under its Custody Agreement with the Fund.

 

Model FCM

 



 

ARTICLE II.
BNY AS A FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER

 

1.     The Fund on behalf of its Board hereby delegates to BNY with respect to each Specified Country the Responsibilities.

 

2.     BNY accepts the Board’s delegation of Responsibilities with respect to each Specified Country and agrees in performing the Responsibilities as a Foreign Custody Manager to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Fund’s assets would exercise.

 

3.     BNY shall provide to the Board at such times as the Board deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements written reports notifying the Board of the placement of assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian within a Specified Country and of any material change in the arrangements (including the contract governing such arrangements) with respect to assets of the Fund with any such Eligible Foreign Custodian.

 

ARTICLE III.
RESPONSIBILITIES

 

1.     Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, BNY shall with respect to each Specified Country select an Eligible Foreign Custodian.  In connection therewith, BNY shall: (a) determine that assets of the Fund held by such Eligible Foreign Custodian will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market in which such Eligible Foreign Custodian operates, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation, those contained in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (b) determine that the Fund’s foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian are governed by a written contract with the Custodian which will provide reasonable care for the Fund’s assets based on the standards specified in paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule; (c) determine that each contract with an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall include the provisions specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) of the Rule or, alternatively, in lieu of any or all of such (c)(2)(i)(A) through (F) provisions, such other provisions as BNY determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for the assets of the Fund as such specified provisions; (d) monitor pursuant to the Monitoring System the appropriateness of maintaining the assets of the Fund with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of the Rule and the performance of the contract governing such arrangement; and (e) advise the Fund whenever BNY determines under the Monitoring System that an arrangement (including, any material change in the contract governing such arrangement) described in preceding clause (d) no longer meets the requirements of the Rule.

 

2.     For purposes of preceding Section 1 of this Article, BNY’s determination of appropriateness shall not include, nor be deemed to include, any evaluation of Country Risks associated with investment in a particular country.  For purposes hereof, “Country Risks” shall

 

2



 

mean systemic risks of holding assets in a particular country including but not limited to (a) an Eligible Foreign Custodian’s use of any depositories that act as or operate a system or a transnational system for the central handling of securities or any equivalent book-entries; (b) such country’s financial infrastructure; (c) such country’s prevailing custody and settlement practices; (d) nationalization, expropriation or other governmental actions; (e) regulation of the banking or securities industry; (f) currency controls, restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; and (g) market conditions which affect the orderly execution of securities transactions or affect the value of securities.

 

ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS

 

1.     The Fund hereby represents that: (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on the Fund prohibits the Fund’s execution or performance of this Agreement; (b) this Agreement has been approved and ratified by the Board at a meeting duly called and at which a quorum was at all times present, and (c) the Board or the Fund’s investment advisor has considered the Country Risks associated with investment in each Specified Country and will have considered such risks prior to any settlement instructions being given to the Custodian with respect to any other country.

 

2.     BNY hereby represents that: (a) BNY is duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, with full power to carry on its businesses as now conducted, and to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; (b) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by BNY, constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of BNY enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no statute, regulation, rule, order, judgment or contract binding on BNY prohibits BNY’s execution or performance of this Agreement; and (c) BNY has established the Monitoring System.

 

ARTICLE V.
CONCERNING BNY

 

1.     BNY shall not be liable for any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, the Fund except to the extent the same arises out of the failure of BNY to exercise the care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.  In no event shall BNY be liable to the Fund, the Board, or any third party for special, indirect or consequential damages, or for lost profits or loss of business, arising in connection with this Agreement.

 

3



 

2.     The Fund shall indemnify BNY and hold it harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, sustained or incurred by, or asserted against, BNY by reason or as a result of any action or inaction, or arising out of BNY’s performance hereunder, provided that the Fund shall not indemnify BNY to the extent any such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities or claims arises out of BNY’s failure to exercise the reasonable care, prudence and diligence required by Section 2 of Article II hereof.

 

3.     For its services hereunder, the Fund agrees to pay to BNY such compensation and out-of-pocket expenses as shall be mutually agreed.

 

4.     BNY shall have only such duties as are expressly set forth herein.  In no event shall BNY be liable for any Country Risks associated with investments in a particular country.

 

ARTICLE VI.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

1.     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Fund and BNY as a foreign custody manager, and no provision in the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian shall affect the duties and obligations of BNY hereunder, nor shall any provision in this Agreement affect the duties or obligations of the Custodian under the Custody Agreement.

 

2.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to BNY, shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at 100 Church Street, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10286, or at such other place as BNY may from time to time designate in writing.

 

3.     Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently given if received by it at its offices at Bellevue Park Corporate Center, 103 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 or at such other place as the Fund may from time to time designate in writing.

 

4.     In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected thereby.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties.  This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns; provided however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by either party without the written consent of the other.

 

5.     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.  The Fund and BNY hereby consent to the jurisdiction of a state or federal court situated in New York City, New York in connection with any dispute arising hereunder.  The Fund hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have

 

4



 

to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Fund and BNY each hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

6.     The parties hereto agree that in performing hereunder, BNY is acting solely on behalf of the Fund and no contractual or service relationship shall be deemed to be established hereby between BNY and any other person by reason of this Agreement.

 

7.     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.

 

8.     This Agreement shall terminate simultaneously with the termination of the Custody Agreement between the Fund and the Custodian, and may otherwise be terminated by either party giving to the other party a notice in writing specifying the date of such termination, which shall be not less than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Fund and BNY have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

EACH OF THE FUNDS OR SERIES
IDENTIFIED IN ANNEX I

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Salvatore Faia

 

Title:

President

 

 

The RBB Fund, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/ s / s cott p. l a v asseur

 

Title:

scott p. la vasseur

 

 

managing director

 

5



 

ANNEX I

 

Fund Name

 

Tax Identification

 

 

 

RBB Money Market Fund

 

51-0312196

 

 

 

Free Market US Equity Fund

 

26-0420435

 

 

 

Free Market International Equity Fund

 

26-0420511

 

 

 

Free Market Fixed Income Fund

 

26-0420807

 

 

 

Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio

 

20-5327321

 

 

 

Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund

 

51-0392352

 

 

 

Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund

 

20-8312213

 

 

 

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

 

20-5503973

 

 

 

Robeco Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund

 

01-0694235

 

 

 

Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund

 

51-0384339

 

 

 

Robeco Boston Partners Small Cap Value II Fund

 

51-0380618

 

 

 

Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund

 

27-3275963

 

 

 

Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund

 

13-2629895

 

 

 

SI Fund

 

27-3126197

 

 

 

Senbanc Fund

 

52-2165259

 

 

 

Schneider Small Cap Value Fund

 

52-2074306

 

 

 

Schneider Value Fund

 

04-3672440

 



 

Schedule I

 

Eligible Depositories

 

Country /
Market

 

CSD

 

Major Changes Since Last review

Argentina

 

Caja de Valores S.A.

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Central de Liquidation y Registracion de Instrumentos de Endeudamiento Publico (CRYL)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Australia

 

ASX Settlement and Transfer Corporation Pty Ltd

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Austraclear Limited

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Austria

 

Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG (OeKB)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Bahrain

 

The Clearing, Settlement and Central Depository (CSD)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Bangladesh

 

Central Depository Bangladesh Limited

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Belgium

 

Euroclear Belgium

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Banque Nationale de Belgique / Nationale Bank van België

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Benin

 

Dépositaire Central/Banque de Règlement (DCBR)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Bermuda

 

Bermuda Securities Depository (BSD)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Botswana

 

The Bank of Botswana

 

 

There have been no major changes since our last review.

 

 

Central Securities Depository Company of Botswana Limited (CSDB)

 

There have been no major changes since our last review.

Brazil

 

BM&FBOVESPA – Central Securities Depository

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Central de Custodia e Liquidacao Financeira de Titulos - CETIP

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Sistema Especial de Liquidacao e de Custodia (SELIC)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Bulgaria

 

Tzentralen Depozitar AD (CDAD)

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Bulgarian National Bank (BNB)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Burkina Faso

 

Dépositaire Central/Banque de Règlement (DCBR)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Canada

 

The Canadian Depository for Securities (CDS)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Chile

 

Depósito Central de Valores S.A.

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

1



 

Country /
Market

 

CSD

 

Major Changes Since Last review

China – Shanghai

 

China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Ltd Shanghai Branch

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

China – Shenzhen

 

China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Ltd Shenzhen Branch

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Colombia

 

Deposito Centralizado de Valores de Colombia DECEVAL S.A.

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Depósito Central de Valores (DCV)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Costa Rica

 

Central de Valores, S.A.

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Croatia

 

Središnje klirinško depozitarno društvo, d.d.

 

On August 3, 2009, the SKDD increased the limit applicable to contractual settlement to HRK10 million.

Cyprus

 

Central Securities Depository & Central Registry (CDCR)

 

Since January 2, 2009, income and corporate events entitlements are based on settled (i. o. traded) positions on record date.

 

On November 21, 2009, the Central Securities Depository & Central Registry (CDCR) successfully connected to the Link-Up Markets infrastructure.

Czech Republic

 

Středisko Cenných Papírů (SCP)

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Czech National Bank (CNB)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Denmark

 

VP SECURITIES A/S

 

On March 16, 2009, the CSD Vaerdipapircentralen A/S changed its name to VP SECURITIES A/S and moved to new premises. On March 30, 2009, VP SECURITIES A/S successfully connected to the Link-Up Markets infrastructure. On October 9, 2009, mandatory Central Counterparty (CCP) clearing services for on-exchange trades were introduced. Pursuant to this change, new buy-in rules and partial settlement during the last batch (batch 40) have been introduced for CCP-eligible transactions.

Egypt

 

Misr for Central Clearing, Depository and Registry (MCDR)

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Central Bank of Egypt

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Estonia

 

AS Eesti Väärtpaberikeskus

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Euromarket

 

Clearstream Banking S.A. Luxembourg

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Euroclear Bank Brussels

 

For certain types of instructions, Euroclear Bank has removed the overnight input deadline and extended its automatic real-time processing window.

Finland

 

Euroclear Finland Oy

 

A new mandatory CCP and buy-in procedures have been introduced for on-exchange trades.

France

 

Euroclear France

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

2



 

Country /
Market

 

CSD

 

Major Changes Since Last review

Germany

 

Clearstream Banking AG, (CBF)

 

On April 27, 2009, CBF introduced TARGET2 cash clearing in the day-time settlement process and a new CONT-SDS free-of-payment settlement cycle.

 

Since September 2009, DVP cross border settlement of OTC transactions in Austria, Denmark, Germany and Switzerland has been possible through CBF’s connection to Link Up Markets.

 

On November 9, 2009, CBF introduced the matching of free-of-payment OTC settlement instructions.

Ghana

 

Bank of Ghana

 

Trading and settlement of government securities now takes place on the OTC market.

 

 

 

GSE Securities Depository Company LTD

 

This is the first review for this CSD.

Greece

 

Hellenic Exchanges S.A. Holding, Clearing, Settlement and Registry (HELEX)

 

On June 29, 2009, HELEX successfully connected to the Link-Up Markets infrastructure.

 

Several technical improvements for the settlement of OTC trades were introduced on June 29, 2009, including matching cycles every 15 minutes, a hold and release mechanism, the possibility to bilaterally cancel matched trades, additional instruction fields and the availability of additional transaction details through the CSD system.

 

On November 2, 2009, the “Supplementary Fund” changed into the “Clearing Fund”, with a transfer of all members contributions; a more favorable daily risk calculation algorithm was introduced and a credit line for the Clearing Fund arranged with local banks in order to reduce the contributions of the clearing members.

 

 

 

Trapeza tis Hellathos (Bank of Greece)

 

Since July 6, 2009, BrokerTec implemented a direct link with BOGS (the Bank of Greece Settlement System), thereby operating under the same model as EuroMTS.

 

Since November 2, 2009, failing trades (with the exception of Repo and buy-sell back trades) are recycled for ten consecutive days; and additional information concerning shortages of cash or securities, alleged transactions and matching statuses, as well as the original contractual settlement date are available through the BOGS and HDAT systems.

Guinea Bissau

 

Dépositaire Central/Banque de Règlement (DCBR)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Hong Kong

 

Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Central Moneymarkets Unit

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Hungary

 

Központi Elszámolóház és Értéktár (Budapest) Zrt. (KELER)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Iceland

 

Verðbréfaskr á ning Íslands hf. (VS)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

3



 

Country /
Market

 

CSD

 

Major Changes Since Last review

India

 

National Securities Depository Limited

 

Effective December 1, 2009, all corporate bond trades are required to be cleared and settled through the clearing houses.

 

 

 

Reserve Bank of India

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

 

Central Depository Services (India) Limited

 

Effective December 1, 2009, all corporate bond trades are required to be cleared and settled through the clearing houses.

Indonesia

 

PT Kustodian Sentral Efek Indonesia (KSEI)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

 

Bank Indonesia (BI)

 

Bank Indonesia has indicated that based on BI regulation No. 10/2/PBI/2008, it does not guarantee settlement and does not accept liability for reconciliation errors with the registrar and/or issuers, and force majeure events, acts of God or political events, etc.

Ireland

 

Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Israel

 

The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd. – The Stock Exchange Clearing House Ltd. (TASECH)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Italy

 

Monte Titoli S.p.A.

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Ivory Coast

 

Dépositaire Central/Banque de Règlement (DCBR)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Japan

 

The Bank of Japan (BOJ)

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Japan Securities Depository Center, Inc (JASDEC)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Jordan

 

Securities Depository Center

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Kazakhstan

 

The Central Securities Depository JSC (CSD)

 

The CSD no longer maintains a reserve fund to cover operational losses. Any such losses would be covered from the net income or capital of the CSD.

Kenya

 

The National Debt Office

 

Government bonds are now traded on the Automated Trading System of the Nairobi Stock Exchange which is linked to the National Debt Office

 

 

 

The Central Depository and Settlement Corporation Ltd (CDSC)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Kuwait

 

Kuwait Clearing Company S.A.K. (KCC)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Latvia

 

Latvijas Centralais Depozitarijs

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Lebanon

 

Midclear - Custodian and Clearing Center of Financial Instruments for Lebanon and the Middle East

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Banque du Liban (BOL)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Lithuania

 

Lietuvos centrinis vertybiniu popieriu depozitoriumas (CSDL)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Luxembourg

 

Clearstream Banking S.A.

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

4



 

Country /
Market

 

CSD

 

Major Changes Since Last review

Malaysia

 

Bank Negara Malaysia

 

BNM has outsourced the operation of its depository system to MyClear, which is a fully owned subsidiary of BNM.

 

 

 

Bursa Malaysia Depository Sdn Bhd

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Mali

 

D é positaire Central/Banque de R è glement (DCBR)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Malta

 

Central Securities Depository, Malta Stock Exchange plc

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Mauritius

 

Bank of Mauritius

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Central Depository & Settlement Co. Ltd

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Mexico

 

S.D. Indeval, S.A. de C.V. (Indeval)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Morocco

 

Maroclear

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Netherlands

 

Euroclear Nederland

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

New Zealand

 

The New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Niger

 

D é positaire Central/Banque de R è glement (DCBR)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Nigeria

 

Central Securities Clearing System Ltd

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Norway

 

Verdipapirsentralen ASA

 

The financial regulatory authority changed its name from Kredittilsynet to Finanstilsynet on December 21, 2009.

Oman

 

Muscat Depository & Securities Registration Company (MDSRC)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Pakistan

 

The State Bank of Pakistan (SBP)

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Central Depository Company of Pakistan Limited

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Palestinian Autonomous Area

 

Clearing, Depository and Settlement Department

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Peru

 

CAVALI S.A. ICLV

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Philippines

 

Philippine Depository Trust Company

 

A new web-based depository system known as eCS was implemented in June 2009.

 

 

 

The Bureau of Treasury

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Poland

 

Register of Securities (RoS) (Centralny Rejestr Bonow Skarbowych)

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Krajowy Depozyt Papierow Wartosciowych (NDS)

 

The NDS has taken out insurance coverage for fidelity, operational errors, errors and omissions and computer fraud.

Portugal

 

Interbolsa (Sociedade Gestora de Sistemas de Liquidação e de Sistemas Centralizados de Valores Mobiliários, S.A.)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

5



 

Country /
Market

 

CSD

 

Major Changes Since Last review

 

 

Banco de Portugal (Bank of Portugal)

 

On March 2, 2009, SPGT, the national large value RTGS payment system, was replaced by TARGET2-PT.

Qatar

 

Central Clearing and Registration Department

 

In June 2009, the Qatar Exchange (QE) replaced the Doha Securities Market (DSM).

Romania

 

Depozitarul Central S.A.

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

National Bank of Romania (NBR)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Russia

 

The National Depository Center

 

The NDC restructured itself as a closed joint-stock company in August 2009.

Saudi Arabia

 

Saudi Arabia Monetary Agency

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Senegal

 

Dépositaire Central/Banque de Règlement (DCBR)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Serbia

 

Centralni registar depo i kliring hartija od vrednosti (Central Securities Depository & Clearing House - CRHoV)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Singapore

 

The Central Depository (Pte) Ltd.

 

On August 21, 2009, the earmarking of securities for On Exchange Free of Payment (FOPT) transactions was introduced. On November 20, 2009, a uniform cut-off time of 12 p.m. on SD was introduced for DVP and FOP settlement in PSMS.

 

Effective December 14, 2009, the buy-in on failed deliveries occur on TD+3 (SD), instead of on T+4 (SD+1).

 

On November 20, 2009, an interim measure was introduced to exempt buy-ins and related penalties on failed deliveries due to securities borrowing and lending recalls.

 

 

 

The Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Slovak Republic

 

Centrálny depozitár cenných papierov SR, a. s. (CDCP)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Slovenia

 

Centralna Klirinško Depotna Družba d.d. (KDD)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

South Africa

 

Share Transactions Totally Electronic Limited (STRATE)

 

The money market instruments platform is being implemented.

South Korea

 

Korea Securities Depository

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Spain

 

IBERCLEAR (Sociedad de Gestión de los Sistemas de Registro, Compensación y Liquidación de Valores, S.A.)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Sri Lanka

 

Central Depository Systems (Pvt) Ltd

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Central Bank of Sri Lanka

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Sweden

 

Euroclear Sweden

 

A new mandatory CCP and buy-in procedures have been introduced for on-exchange trades.

Switzerland

 

SIX SIS Ltd

 

SIX Swiss Exchange Europe Ltd. closed on May 4, 2009.

 

6



 

Country /
Market

 

CSD

 

Major Changes Since Last review

Taiwan

 

Taiwan Depository & Clearing Corporation

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Thailand

 

The Thailand Securities Depository Co., Ltd

 

·       The financial results of the TSD have been consolidated with the SET’s financial statements and the depository no longer publishes separate financial information.

 

·      Since February 15, 2010, the Thailand Clearing House Co. Ltd (TCH) has taken over the role of central counterparty from the TSD for listed equities and fixed income instruments.

Togo

 

D é positaire Central/Banque de R è glement (DCBR)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Trinidad & Tobago

 

The Trinidad and Tobago Central Securities Depository Limited (TTCD)

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Tunisia

 

Société Tunisienne Interprofessionnelle pour la Compensation et les Dépôts de Valeurs Mobilières (STICODEVAM)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Turkey

 

Central Registry Agency (CRA) Inc

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Central Bank of Turkey (CBT)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Uganda

 

Bank of Uganda

 

This is the first review for this CSD.

U.A.E.

 

Abu Dhabi Securities Exchange

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

NASDAQ Dubai Limited

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Dubai Financial Market (DFM)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Ukraine

 

The National Bank of Ukraine (NBU)

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

All-Ukrainian Securities Depository

 

In October 2009, the All-Ukrainian Securities Depository (AUSD) became the successor to the Interregional Securities Union (MFS).

United Kingdom

 

Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Uruguay

 

Banco Central del Uruguay (BCU)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Venezuela

 

Caja Venezolana de Valores (CVV)

 

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

 

Banco Central de Venezuela (BCV)

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

Vietnam

 

The Vietnam Securities Depository

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

7



 

Country /
Market

 

CSD

 

Major Changes Since Last review

Zambia

 

Lusaka Stock Exchange Central Shares Depository Ltd. (LuSECSD)

 

 

A segregated account structure by investor has been adopted at LuSECSD.

 

 

The Bank of Zambia

 

There has been no major change since our last review.

 

8


Exhibit (g)(3)

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE II

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE II dated                       , 2011 is the Schedule II to that certain Custody Agreement between The RBB Fund, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon dated as of July 18, 2011, as may be amended from time to time.

 

SERIES

 

Money Market Portfolio

Free Market US Equity Fund

Free Market International Equity Fund

Free Market Fixed Income Fund

Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio

Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund

Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

Robeco Boston Partners All-Cap Value Fund

Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund

Robeco Boston Partners Small Cap Value II Fund

Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund

Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund

Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund

Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund

S1 Fund

Schneider Small Cap Value Fund

Schneider Value Fund

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 


Exhibit (h)(59)

 

TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

 

(Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund of The RBB Fund, Inc.)

(Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund of The RBB Fund, Inc.)

 

This supplemental agreement, dated                               , 2011, by and between THE RBB FUND, INC. (the “Fund”) and BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC., a Massachusetts corporation (“Transfer Agent”).

 

The Fund is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland and is an open-end management investment company.  The Fund and the Transfer Agent have entered into a Transfer Agency Agreement, dated as of November 5, 1991 (as from time to time amended and supplemented, the “Transfer Agency Agreement”), pursuant to which the Transfer Agent has undertaken to act as transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent for the Fund with respect to the portfolios of the Fund, as more fully set forth therein.  Certain capitalized terms used without definition in this supplemental agreement have the meaning specified in the Transfer Agency Agreement.

 

The Fund agrees with the Transfer Agent as follows:

 

1.                                        Adoption of Transfer Agency Agreement .  The Transfer Agency Agreement is hereby adopted for the following funds: (a) Robeco Boston Partners Global Value Equity Fund and (b) Robeco Boston Partners International Value Equity Fund (each, the “Portfolio”).

 

2.                                        Compensation .  As compensation for the services rendered by the Transfer Agent during the term of the Transfer Agency Agreement, the Fund will pay to the Transfer Agent, with respect to the Portfolio, such fees and expenses as shall be agreed to from time to time by the Fund and the Transfer Agent.

 

3.                                        Counterparts .  This supplemental agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have entered into this supplemental agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

BNY MELLON INVESTMENT

 

 

SERVICING (US) INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 


Exhibit (h)(60)

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE A

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SCHEDULE A dated as of                       , 2011 is the Schedule A to that certain Regulatory Administration Services Agreement dated as of June 1, 2003 between BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. and The RBB Fund, Inc.

 

List of Portfolios

 

Money Market Portfolio

Bogle Investment Management Small Cap Growth Fund

Robeco Boston Partners All-Cap Fund

Robeco Boston Partners Small Cap Value II Fund

Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Equity Fund

Robeco WPG Small/Micro Cap Value Fund

Schneider Small Cap Value Fund

Schneider Value Fund

Bear Stearns CUFS MLP Mortgage Portfolio

Marvin & Palmer Large Cap Growth Fund

Free Market U.S. Equity Fund

Free Market International Equity Fund

Free Market Fixed Income Fund

Perimeter Small Cap Growth Fund

S1 Fund

Robeco Boston Partners Long/Short Research Fund

Robeco Boston Partners Global Equity Fund

Robeco Boston Partners International Equity Fund

 

BNY MELLON INVESTMENT SERVICING (US) INC.

 

THE RBB FUND, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

Jay F. Nusblatt

 

Name:

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Title:

 

 


Exhibit (p)(2)

 

ROBECO WEISS PECK AND GREER INVESTMENTS

ROBECO BOSTON PARTNERS

AS DIVISIONS OF

ROBECO INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

Code of Ethics

 

Robeco Weiss Peck & Greer Investments (“Robeco WPG”), Robeco Boston Partners (“Robeco BP”), each a division of Robeco Investment Management, Inc. (and together “RIM”) and Robeco Securities, LLC, (together “RUSA”), have built a reputation for integrity and professionalism among its clients. We value the confidence and trust those clients have placed in us and strive to protect that trust. This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is our commitment to protecting our clients’ trust by establishing formal standards for general personal and professional conduct. Furthermore, this Code does not attempt to identify all potential conflicts of interest or conduct abuses, and violations regarding the spirit of the Code may be subject to disciplinary action. Questions regarding the interpretation of the Code or its application to particular conduct should be addressed with Legal or the CD.

 

A.              APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

 

This Code and all sections, unless specifically noted otherwise, apply to all Supervised Persons.

 

Supervised Persons for purposes of this Code means:

 

1.       Directors, and officers of RUSA (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);

2.       Employees of RIM and registered representatives of Robeco Securities LLC (collectively “Employees”);

3.       Any other person who provides investment advisory advice on behalf of RUSA and is subject to RUSA’s supervision and control; and

4.       Certain other persons designated by the CD, such as temporary/contract workers who support our businesses.

 

Access Person for purposes of this Code means any Supervised Person:

 

1.      Who has access to non-public information regarding any client’s purchases or sales of securities, or

2.      Who has non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any mutual fund, managed account, or private investment fund managed by RIM (“client accounts”); or

3.      Who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic; or

4.      Who is a director or officer of RUSA. Excepted from this requirement are Directors of RIM who are not involved in the day-to-day business activities of the firm or have access to confidential information regarding client securities holdings, transactions, or recommendations. Also exempted from this requirement are Robeco Investment Funds’

 



 

directors who are not employees of RIM nor have access to confidential information regarding client securities holdings, transactions or recommendations; or

5.      Certain other persons designated by the CD, such as temporary/contract workers who support our businesses.

 

The CD will notify all individuals of their status as either a Supervised Person or an Access Person.

 

B.             STANDARDS OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

 

The following principles are intended to guide in the applicability of this Code of Ethics:

 

1.      RIM is a fiduciary and its Supervised Persons have a duty to act for the benefit of RIM’s clients and shall at all times place the financial interests of the client ahead of itself;

2.      RUSA holds all Supervised Persons responsible to high standards of integrity, professionalism, and ethical conduct; and

3.      RUSA fosters a spirit of cohesiveness and teamwork while ensuring the fair treatment of all Supervised Persons.

 

C.             COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

 

All Supervised Persons must comply with applicable federal securities laws. The applicable laws are designed to prevent the following practices, which should not be viewed as all encompassing and are not intended to be exclusive of others.

 

Supervised Persons must never:

 

·      Defraud any client in any manner;

·      Mislead any client, including by making a statement that omits material facts;

·      Engage in any act, practice or course of conduct which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any client, including misappropriation of an investment opportunity;

·      Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any client or security, including price manipulation.

 

D.             CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

As a fiduciary, RIM has an affirmative duty of care, loyalty, honesty to its clients and a duty of utmost good faith to act in the best interests of RIM’s clients. Compliance with this fiduciary responsibility can be accomplished by avoiding conflicts of interest and by fully, adequately, and fairly disclosing all material facts concerning any conflict which arises with respect to any client.

 

The following specific guidelines should not be viewed as all encompassing and are not intended to be exclusive of others:

 

·      No Supervised Person shall take inappropriate advantage of their position with respect to a client, advancing their position for self-gain.

 



 

·      No Supervised Person shall use knowledge about pending or currently considered client securities transactions to profit personally as a result of such transactions.

·      All securities transactions affected for the benefit of a client account shall avoid inappropriate favoritism of one client over another client.

·      All securities transactions affected for the benefit of a Supervised Person shall be conducted in such a manner as to avoid abuse of that individual’s position of trust and responsibility.

 

E.              CONFIDENTIALITY

 

RUSA generates, maintains, and possesses information that it views as proprietary, and it must be held strictly confidential by all Supervised Persons. This information includes, but is not limited to:

 

·      the financial condition and business activity of RUSA or any enterprise with which RUSA is conducting business.

·      investment management agreements and partnership agreements;

·      client lists and client specific information;

·      holdings in client accounts;

·      research analyses and trading strategies;

·      investment performance;

·      internal communications;

·      legal advice; and

·      computer access codes.

 

Supervised Persons may not use proprietary information for their own benefit or for the benefit of any party other than the client. Failure to maintain the confidentiality of this information may have serious detrimental consequences for RUSA, its clients, and the Supervised Person who breached the confidence.

 

In order to safeguard RUSA’s proprietary information, Supervised Persons are expected to abide by the following:

 

·      Never share proprietary information with anyone at RUSA except on a needs-to-know basis.

·      Never disclose proprietary information to anyone outside of RUSA, except in connection with RUSA’s business and in a manner consistent with the client’s interests, or unless required in order to make a statement not misleading, or to otherwise comply with the law.

·      Disclosing proprietary information in connection with RUSA’s business is permissible in accordance with RIM’s Selective Disclosure Policy, RIM’s Investment Recommendations Policy, RIM’s Privacy and Disposal Policy, and RIM’s Media Policy.

·      Never remove any proprietary information from RUSA’s premises, unless absolutely necessary for business purposes (and, if so, the information must be kept in the possession of the Supervised Person or in a secure place at all times and returned promptly to RUSA’s premises);

·      Exercise caution in displaying documents or discussing information in public places such as in elevators, restaurants, or airplanes, or in the presence of outside vendors or others not employed by RIM;

·      Exercise caution when using e-mail, cellular telephones, facsimile machines or

 



 

messenger services;

·      Never leave documents containing proprietary information in conference rooms, wastebaskets, or desks, or anywhere else where the information could be seen or retrieved;

 

RUSA’s restrictions on the use of proprietary information continue in effect after termination of employment with RIM, unless specific written permission is obtained from the General Counsel. For purposes of clarification, the terms of any separate confidentiality agreement between an Employee and RIM or any of its affiliates shall supersede this general restriction, to the extent applicable.

 

Any questions regarding policies and procedures on the use of proprietary information should be brought to the attention of the General Counsel or the CCO.

 

F.              EMPLOYEE PERSONAL SECURITIES MONITORING

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Covered Security ” shall include any type of equity or debt instrument, including any rights, warrants, derivatives, convertibles, options, puts, calls, straddles, exchange traded funds, shares of closed-end mutual funds, shares of open end mutual funds that are advised or sub advised by RIM, or Robeco-Sage, its affiliates or, in general, any interest or investment commonly known as a security.

 

“Non-Covered Security” shall include shares of open-ended mutual funds that are not advised or sub-advised by RIM or its affiliates, direct obligations of the US government, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements, which have a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Investment Personnel shall include portfolio managers, securities analysts, traders and any other person who provides information or advice to portfolio managers, or who helps execute or implement the portfolio manager’s decisions as designated by the CD.

 

“Beneficial Interest” shall include any Covered Security in which a Supervised Person has an opportunity directly or indirectly to provide or share in any profit derived from a transaction in a Covered Security, including:

 

·      accounts personally held by the Supervised Person;

·      accounts held by the Supervised Person’s immediate family members related by blood or marriage sharing the same household;

·      any person or organization (such as an investment club) with whom a Supervised Person has an opportunity to directly or indirectly share in any profit from a transaction in a Covered Security; or

·      any trusts of which a Supervised Person is trustee.

 

“Designated Broker/Dealer” is one who has contracted with RIM to make available Supervised Persons’ investment accounts, statements and confirmations via electronic download. A list of designated broker/dealers is available upon request from the CD.

 



 

“Outside Account” shall include any Supervised Person’s Covered Securities account not held at a Designated Broker/Dealer.

 

1.      ACCESS TO SUPERVISED PERSONS’ ACCOUNTS, CONFIRMATIONS AND STATEMENTS

 

Supervised Persons are required to maintain all discretionary or non-discretionary securities or commodities accounts with a Designated Broker/Dealer, unless prior written permission to maintain account(s) outside of a Designated Broker/Dealer has been granted by the CD. This includes any account over which the Supervised Person has the power to exercise investment control, including but not limited to accounts in which the Supervised Person has a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest. If an Outside Account is approved, the Supervised Person must instruct their broker to send duplicate statements and confirmations to the CD.

 

All Supervised Persons whose accounts are custodied outside of RIM’s Designated Broker/Dealer(s) must instruct their broker to submit copies of confirmations and/or account statements to:

 

Financial Tracking

2 Soundview Drive, Suite 100

Greenwich, CT 06830

 

The CD will supervise the review of all confirmations and/or account statements to ensure the required pre-approvals were obtained and to verify the accuracy of the information submitted in the quarterly reports.

 

2.     INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

 

·      Supervised Persons may not offer investment advice or manage any person’s portfolio in which he/she does not have a beneficial interest without prior written approval.

·      Supervised Persons may not participate in an investment club without prior written approval.

 

3.     PRE-CLEARANCE

 

Unless otherwise noted, the following provisions apply to all Covered Securities beneficially owned by Supervised Persons:

 

A.    Covered Securities Transactions

Mandatory written/electronic pre-clearance prior to the execution of any transaction involving a Covered Security. The CD may approve transactions. See Section 6 for exemptions.

 

B.    Approvals

Pre-clearance is valid only for the day of approval. If the trade is not executed on the approved date, the pre-clearance process must be repeated prior to execution on the day the transaction is to be effected.

 



 

C.    Initial Public Offering (IPO) Transactions

Mandatory written/electronic pre-clearance prior to participation in an IPO, except for Government Bonds and Municipal Securities. Approval is determined on a case-by-case basis; documentation supporting the decision rationale will be maintained on all requests.

 

D.    Private Limited Opportunity Investments

Mandatory written/electronic pre-clearance prior to the execution of any private limited opportunity investment in a security. Private limited opportunity investments include, but are not limited to, private investments in hedge funds and Delaware Statutory Trusts, as well as any private business investment in a security, including a family business. Any questions regarding whether or not a particular investment requires written/electronic consent should be addressed with the CD prior to investment. Approval is determined on a case-by-case basis; documentation supporting the decision rationale will be maintained on all requests.

 

E.     Short Sales/Cover Shorts/Options

Mandatory written/electronic pre-clearance prior to execution of any personal transaction involving a short position or option position. Supervised Persons may not sell a security short if it is currently held long in a client account. This prohibition includes writing naked call options or buying naked put options. Approval is determined based on the underlying security and transactions are subject to all blackout policies including the short term profit prohibition.

 

F.     Gifts of Securities

Gifts of securities do not need pre-clearance but must be reported on quarterly transaction and annual holdings statements.

 

4.     HOLDING PERIODS

 

Unless otherwise noted, the following provisions apply to all Covered Securities beneficially owned by Supervised Persons:

 

A.    Supervised Persons may not profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities within 30 calendar days. “Equivalent” security means any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to the subject security or similar securities with a value derived from the value of the subject security.

 

B.    Multiple purchases/sales of the same or equivalent security will be considered on a First-In-First-Out (“FIFO”) basis.

 

C.    Closing transactions resulting in a loss may be made after a holding period of one day.

 

D.    Trading of a security in both directions (buy/sell or sell/buy), (“Day Trading”) is prohibited.

 



 

5.     BLACK OUT PERIODS

 

A.    No purchase or sale of any Covered Security for which an open order currently exists.

 

B.    Investment Personnel are prohibited from purchasing or selling any Covered Security for which they have responsibility for a Client Transaction or should have knowledge that the security may be under active consideration within 3 days before a “Client Transaction.”

 

C.    Supervised Persons are prohibited from purchasing or selling any Covered Security that is also held in client accounts within 3 calendar days after a “Client Transaction.”

 

“Client Transaction” is generally defined as any trade across all or a significant number of portfolios in one strategy whereby the Covered Security: 1) has been newly established, or 2) the percent holding has been increased or decreased, 3) or a new account is being funded and a significant position, as determined by RIM, is being established.

 

6.     EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS

 

Outlined below are certain exemptions to the Code; however, such exemptions may be withheld by RIM in its sole discretion. Additional exemptions may be permitted on a case-by-case basis to any provision in this Code when the circumstances of the situation strongly support an exemption.

 

A.             Black Out Period Exemptions

 

The following transactions are exempt from the Black Out Period provisions as defined in Section 5.

 

Covered Security transactions for which a Supervised Person has requested and received preclearance from the CD and for which the Supervised Person is not the Portfolio Manager or other Investment Person directly responsible for recommending, approving/initiating, or executing the client transaction.

 

B.             Pre-Clearance and Black Out Period Exemptions

 

The following transactions are exempt from the Pre-Clearance provisions as defined in Section 3 and from the Black Out Period provisions as defined in Section 5.

 

These transactions are NOT exempt from Holding Period provisions as defined in Section 4 or from the Reporting provisions as defined in Section 7.

 

1.              Purchases and Sales of shares of mutual funds advised or sub-advised by RIM or its affiliates.

 

2.              Purchases and sales involving a long* position in a common stock, exchange-traded fund, or a closed end fund when:

 

i)               the market cap is in excess of $3 billion; AND

 



 

ii)              the aggregate share amount across all accounts in which the Employee has a Beneficial Interest is 1,000 shares or fewer over a 30-day period.

 


*Note, this exemption does not apply to short positions or options.

 

C.             Pre-Clearance, Holding, and Black Out Period, Period Exemptions

 

The following transactions are exempt from all Pre-Clearance provisions defined in Section 3, Holding Period provisions as defined in Section 4, and Black Out Period provisions as defined in Section 5.

 

These transactions are NOT exempt from the Reporting provisions as defined in Section 7.

 

1.              Covered Security transactions executed on a fully discretionary basis by a Registered Investment Adviser (other than RIM) on behalf of a Supervised Person and a letter stating such is maintained in the file;

 

2.              Purchases and sales of Exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) or options on ETFs. (*Exemption applies to 30 day hold for profit, does not apply to prohibition of Day Trading. Day Trading of ETFs or options on ETFs is prohibited);

 

3.              Purchases or sales effected in any account over which there is no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

4.              Purchases or sales that are non-volitional such as margin calls, stock splits, stock dividends, bond maturities, automatic dividend reinvestment plans, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities;

 

5.              Systematic investment plans provided the CCO, or designee, has been previously notified of the participation in the plan;

 

6.              Any acquisition of a Covered Security through the exercise of rights issued pro rata to all holders of the class, to the extent such rights were acquired in the issue (and not through the acquisition of transferable rights);

 

7.              Transactions by an Investment Person acting as a portfolio manager for, or who has a Beneficial Interest in an investment limited partnership or investment company where RIM is the contractual investment adviser or for or any account in which RIM has a proprietary interest.

 

7.     REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

 

A.             Quarterly Transaction Reports

 

All Supervised Persons must submit to the CD a report of every Covered Security transaction, IPO, private limited opportunity investment, and gift of covered securities in which they received/participated or in which they beneficially owned/participated during the calendar quarter no later than 30 days after the end of that quarter.

 



 

The report shall include the following:

 

1.       The name of the security, the date of the transaction, the interest rate and maturity (if applicable), the number of shares, and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

2.       The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition);

3.       The price at which the transaction was effected;

4.       The name of the broker, dealer, or bank through which the transaction was effected;

5.       Factors relevant to a potential conflict of interest, including the existence of any substantial economic relationship between the transaction and securities held or to be acquired by an account managed by RIM;

6.       With respect to any account established by an Access Person during the quarter, the name of the broker, dealer, or bank with whom the account was established;

7.       The date the account was established; and

8.       The date the report was submitted.

 

ACCOUNTS HELD AT DESIGNATED BROKER/DEALERS EXCEPTION

 

For securities transactions for which the CD has direct access through a Designated Broker/Dealer electronic confirmation, such electronic access is deemed to be sufficient reporting to comply with the above requirement. Each Supervised Person must verify that the CD has this required access prior to taking advantage of this exception.

 

B.             Initial Holdings Report

 

All Access Persons shall disclose to the CD, no later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, a listing of Covered Securities in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Interest as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted.

 

The report shall include the following:

 

1.       The name of the security, the number of shares, and the principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest when the person became an Access Person;

2.       The name of any broker, dealer, or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

3.       The date the report is submitted.

 

The CD will review all Initial Holdings Reports in an effort to monitor potential conflicts of interest and to understand the full nature of the Access Person’s current holdings.

 

C.             Annual Holdings Reports

 

Annually, on a date determined by the CD, Access Persons shall deliver to the CD, a listing of Covered Securities in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Interest that must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted.

 



 

The report shall include the following:

 

1.     The name of the security, the number of shares, and the principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest;

2.     The name of any broker, dealer, or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

3.     The date the report is submitted.

 

The CD will review all Annual Holdings Reports in an effort to monitor potential conflicts of interest and to understand the full nature of the Access Person’s current holdings.

 

8.     RESTRICTED SECURITIES LIST

 

The CD maintains a Restricted Security List (the “Restricted List”) which includes all securities where a Supervised Person has, or is in a position to receive, material non-public information about a company, such as information about a company’s earnings or dividends, as a result of a special relationship between RUSA or a Supervised Person and the company.

 

If a Supervised Person knows or believes they have material, non-public information, they must immediately notify Legal or the CD. The decision whether to place a security on the Restricted List and the amount of time a security will remain on the Restricted List is made by Legal.

 

If it is determined that the Supervised Person is in possession of material, non-public information, the CD will establish a “Protective Wall” around the Supervised Person, to the extent reasonably possible. In order to avoid inadvertently imposing greater restrictions on trading than are necessary, a Supervised Person may not discuss this information with anyone without the approval of Legal. In addition, Supervised Persons having access to the Restricted List are to be reminded that the securities on the list are confidential and proprietary and should not be disclosed to anyone without the prior approval of Legal.

 

When an order is received from a Supervised Persons in a security on the Restricted List, the Preclearance System will automatically flag the transaction. The CD maintains procedures for adding securities to the Restricted List as well as, monitoring, and removal of those securities from the list.

 

9.     ACTIVITY REVIEW

 

Supervised Persons are expected to devote their full time and attention to their work responsibilities. RUSA may take steps to curtail an individual’s trading activity if, in the judgment of the appropriate department manager or the CD, the Supervised Person’s trading activity is having or may have an adverse impact on their job performance.

 



 

G.      INSIDER TRADING AND MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

 

RUSA has developed the following policies to monitor, restrict if necessary, and educate Supervised Persons with respect to acquiring and investing when in possession of material, non-public information.

 

Insider trading is generally defined as purchasing or selling securities while in the possession of material, non-public information in violation of a duty not to trade. However, if no duty exists, it is permissible to trade when in possession of this information. The question of duty is complex and depends on facts and circumstances. Situations which could potentially require a fiduciary duty not to act include but are not limited to: information gained directly from corporate insiders or temporary insiders (i.e. officers, directors and employees of a company), information gained from participation on formal or informal creditors’ committees, and information prohibited from disclosure by confidentiality agreements. Additionally, a misappropriation theory exists whereby an individual who possesses inside information would be prohibited from trading on such information if they are found to owe a duty to a third party and not the corporation whose securities are being traded. Because of the nuances involved, it is imperative you refer any questions to Legal for a correct interpretation if you believe you may be in possession of material non-public information.

 

1.     What is Material Information?

 

There is no statutory definition of material information. Information an investor would find useful in deciding whether or when to buy or sell a security is generally material. In most instances, any non-public information that, if announced, could affect the price of the security should be considered to be material information. If you are not sure whether non-public information is material, you must consult Legal.

 

2.     What is Non-public Information?

 

Non-public information is information that is not generally available to the investing public. Information is public if it is generally available through the media or disclosed in public documents such as corporate filings with the SEC. If it is disclosed in a national business or financial wire service (such as Dow Jones or Bloomberg), in a national news service (such as AP or Reuters), in a newspaper, magazine, on the television, on the radio or in a publicly disseminated disclosure document (such as a proxy statement, quarterly or annual report, or prospectus), consider the information to be public. If the information is not available in the general media or in a public filing, consider the information to be non-public. If you are uncertain as to whether material information is non-public, you must consult Legal.

 

While Supervised Persons must be especially alert to sensitive information, you may consider information directly from a company representative to be public information unless you know or have reason to believe that such information is not generally available to the investing public. In addition, information you receive from company representatives during a conference call that is open to the investment community is public. The disclosure of this type of information is covered by SEC Regulation FD. Please contact Legal if you have any questions with regard to this Regulation.

 

RIM Supervised Persons working on a private securities transaction who receive information from a company representative regarding the transaction or who have knowledge of an affiliate’s private equity transactions should treat the information as non-public. The termination or conclusion of the negotiations in many instances will not change the status of that information.

 



 

1.      Examples of Material, Non-Public Information

 

A.     Material information may be about the issuer itself such as:

 

·           Information about a company’s earnings or dividends, (such as whether they will be increasing or decreasing);

·           any merger, acquisition, tender offer, joint venture or similar transaction involving the company;

·           information about a company’s physical assets (e.g., an oil discovery, or an environmental problem);

·           information about a company’s personnel (such as a valuable employee leaving or becoming seriously ill); or

·           information about a company’s financial status (e.g., any plans or other developments concerning financial restructuring or the issuance or redemption of, or any payments on, any securities).

 

B.     Information may be material that is not directly about a company, if the information is relevant to that company or its products, business, or assets such as:

 

·           Information that a company’s primary supplier is going to increase dramatically the prices it charges; or

·           information that a competitor has just developed a product that may cause sales of a company’s products to decrease.

 

C.     Material information may include information about RIM’s portfolio management activities such as:

 

·      Any information that RIM is considering when assessing whether to purchase or sell a security;

·      any actual purchase or sale decisions; or

·      all client holdings.

 

2.      RUSA’s Use of Material, Non-Pubic Information

 

Supervised Persons may receive or have access to material, non-public information in the course of their work at RUSA. Company policy, industry practice and federal and state law establish strict guidelines for the use of material, non-public information. To ensure that Supervised Persons adhere to the applicable laws, RUSA has adopted the following policies:

 

Supervised Persons:

 

·                                may not use material, non-public information for investment purposes to benefit client or proprietary accounts, for personal gain, or share such information with others for their personal benefit;

 

·                                may not pass material, non-public information about an issuer on to others or recommend that others trade the issuer’s securities;

 



 

·                                must treat as confidential all information defined in Section E, Confidentiality, of this Code and preserve the confidentiality of such information and disclose it only as defined in that section;

 

·                                must consider all client holdings as material, nonpublic information. In addition, if a Supervised Person is aware that RIM is considering or actually trading any security for any account it manages, the Supervised Person must regard that as material, nonpublic information. While deemed material, nonpublic information, securities which RIM is considering or actually trading for client accounts are exempt from reporting to Legal, but remain subject to all confidentiality provisions discussed above in Section E as well as RIM’s Privacy Policy, Selective Disclosure Policy, and Investment Recommendations Policy;

 

·                                are prohibited from discussing the following when sourcing or analyzing investment ideas with buy-side investment professionals:

 

·                                 disclosing whether or not a particular security is held in client accounts;

·                                 disclosing RIM’s immediate buy/sell intent with respect to a specific security, or

·                                 making consensus buy/sell decisions; and

 

·                                must contact Legal and disclose that they are in possession of material nonpublic information and may not communicate such information to anyone without the advance approval of Legal.

 

3.      Penalties for Insider Trading

 

Trading securities while in possession of material, nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to others may expose you to stringent penalties. Criminal sanctions may include a fine of up to $1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment. The SEC can recover the profits gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall and an order permanently barring you from the securities industry. Finally, investors seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations may sue you.

 

Regardless of whether a government inquiry occurs, RIM views seriously any violation of this Policy Statement. Disciplinary sanctions may be imposed on any person committing a violation, including, but not necessarily limited to, censure, suspension, or termination of employment.

 

4.      Monitoring

 

In addition to maintaining a Restricted List, RIM maintains Value Added Investor Procedures to identify and monitor potential conflicts of interest and potential insider trading due to the nature of these relationships. Furthermore, the CD maintains polices and procedures to monitor and detect instances of insider trading which include, but are not limited to, reviews of personal trading activity and email surveillance.

 

5.      Engagement of Research Consultants.

 

No research consultant may be engaged by RIM without the prior approval of the Head of Research and the CCO or his delegate in the CD. An engagement of a research consultant must be undertaken with appropriate safeguards to prevent the transmission of inside information from the

 



 

consultant to RIM. Any engagement of a research consultant shall be pursuant to a written agreement that shall, at a minimum, (i) impose confidentiality obligations on the consultant, (ii) contain an acknowledgement by the Consultant that RIM is not requesting and does not want to be provided with material non-public information regarding any issuer of securities or information the provision of which would breach any duty, and (iii) contain a covenant by the consultant not to provide any material non-public information to RIM. Prior to approval, the CD shall undertake sufficient due diligence to ensure that the consultant is suitable for retention by RIM, including, in particular, that the consultant has in place reasonable procedures to prevent the transmission of material non public information to RIM. RIM personnel should notify any prospective consultant as soon as reasonably possible at the inception of any discussions about the engagement or services that the consultant may perform for RIM that RIM does not wish to receive any material non public information and requests that the consultant not provide any such information.

 

H.     GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT POLICY

 

Supervised Persons should not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to the firm or the Supervised Person. The following guidelines will further clarify this general principal.

 

DEFINITIONS:

 

“Gift” — anything of value, including, but not limited to gratuities, tokens, objects, clothing, or certificates for anything of value. The definition also includes any meal, tickets or admission to events where the person supplying the meal or event is not present.

 

“Entertainment” — business meals and events such as sporting events, shows, concerts where the person supplying the meal or event is present.

 

1.      GIFTS POLICY

 

A.     No Supervised Person shall accept any gift of more than $100 value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of a client (or any of its portfolios), or any entity that provides a service to Adviser. Gifts of greater than $100 value are to be declined or returned in order not to compromise the reputation of Adviser or the individual. Gifts valued at less than $100 and considered customary in the industry, are considered appropriate.

 

B.     No Supervised Person shall provide gifts of more than $100 value, per person, per year, to existing clients, prospective clients, or any entity that does business with or on behalf of a client (or any of its portfolios), or any entity that provides a service to Adviser. Gifts valued at less than $100 and considered customary in the industry, are considered appropriate.

 

C.     Generally, a Supervised Person may not accept or provide a gift of cash or cash equivalent, (such as a gift card, gift certificate or gift check.). Exceptions are permissible with the approval of a member of RIM’s Management Committee.

 

D.     Supervised Persons are expressly prohibited from soliciting anything of value from a client, or other entity with which the firm does business.

 



 

E.       Similarly, Supervised Persons should not agree to provide anything of value that is requested by a client, or other entity with which the firm does business, (such as concert, sporting event or theater tickets,), except that assisting a client or other entity in acquiring tickets for which they intend to pay full value, is permitted under the policy.

 

2.    ENTERTAINMENT POLICY

 

A.     Supervised Persons may engage in normal and customary business entertainment. Entertainment that is extraordinary or extravagant, or that does not pertain to business, is not permitted.

 

B.     Certain rules and regulations enacted by the client or a regulator of the client may exist which prevent any form of gift or entertainment. It is important to be cognizant of what each client allows, especially pertaining to public funds, where rules may be very stringent and specific.

 

C.     Prior to providing entertainment to a representative of a public entity, contact the CD in order to verify interpretation of state or municipal regulations.

 

3.    STANDARD OF REASONABLENESS

 

The terms “extraordinary” or “extravagant,” “customary in the industry,” and “normal and customary” may be subjective. Reasonableness is a standard that may vary depending on the facts and circumstances. If you have questions regarding a gift or entertainment, contact your supervisor, or Legal or the CD.

 

4.    RECORDS

 

RUSA must retain records of all gifts and gratuities given or received for a period of three years. These records must be made available upon request for inspection by your Supervisor, or the CD.

 

I.       CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS POLICY

 

From time to time, RUSA or its Supervised Persons may be asked by a client to make a charitable contribution. To avoid any real or perceived conflict of interests, RUSA has adopted the following procedures.

 

If a contribution is requested by a client, RUSA may agree to charitable contributions subject to the following terms.

 

a.      The check must be made in RUSA’s name (not the client or the supervised person)

b.      Any tax benefit is taken by RUSA

c.      The contribution does not directly benefit the client

d.      The contribution is not made to satisfy a pledge made by the client

e.      The contribution must be made payable to the 501c3 Charitable organization (otherwise, the contribution may be subject to LM-10 filing with the DOL)

 

Charitable contributions must be pre-approved by your supervisor.

 

J.      POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS POLICY

 

From time to time, RIM or its employees may be asked by a client to make political contributions. In addition, Supervised Persons, by their own volition, may seek to make

 



 

individual political contributions. As an investment manager, RIM is often eligible to manage money on behalf of a state or municipality. To avoid any real or perceived conflict of interests, RIM requires that all personal political contributions be subject to a preclearance policy.

 

For the purposes of this policy, political contribution includes a direct payment of money or contribution of goods or services to, purchase of a ticket to and costs of hosting a fundraising event for, a campaign organization, volunteer work, or fund raising work done on behalf of, or to benefit, a political campaign organization or candidate.

 

Certain contributions, even within your voting jurisdiction, may restrict or prohibit RIM from transacting business with a related public entity. In the event a supervised person exceeds the stated contribution guidelines, RIM is prohibited from providing advisory services for compensation to the effected government entity for two years after the contribution.

 

1.      FIRM CONTRIBUTIONS

 

RIM does not make political contributions.

 

2.      INDIVIDUAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

For all Supervised Persons

a.      RIM will not reimburse any employee for individual political contributions. In addition, the RIM corporate credit card cannot be used to make contributions.

 

b.      Preclearance is required for all individual contributions to state, municipal and local candidates and campaigns, whether inside or outside your voting jurisdiction.

 

c.      Preapproval is required prior to becoming a member of or contributor to any Political Action Committee (“PAC”).

 

d.      Preclearance is not required prior to individual personal contributions to national election campaigns, national political parties, or candidates for national office such as president of the US or members of the US Senate or House of Representatives.

 

e.      Personal contributions will be limited to:

 

·        $350 per election per year for candidates for whom a supervised person is eligible to vote.

·        $150 per election per year for candidate for whom a supervised person is not eligible to vote.

 

f.       Coordinating or soliciting contributions or payments to elected officials or any state or local political party is prohibited.

 

g.      If a supervised person becomes aware that he or she has exceeded the limitations above, he or she shall contact compliance immediately and the contribution may be required to be returned.

 

h.      If there is a chance that an individual contribution may cause a conflict of interest with RIM’s business, please consult with the Head of Sales or the CD.

 



 

Supervised Persons should contact the CD for a copy of the political contribution preclearance form.

 

K.             OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

 

A potential conflict of interest exists with respect to a Supervised Person’s duties to RUSA and its clients when individuals are permitted to engage in outside business activities.

 

Written requests must be submitted to the Supervised Person’s supervisor with a copy to the CD prior to a Supervised Person seeking to:

 

·        engage in any outside business activity, or

·        accept any position as an officer or director of any corporation, organization, association, or mutual fund.

 

The written request must contain all of the information necessary to review the activity. The request should contain the name of the organization, whether the organization is public or private, profit or non-profit or charitable, the nature of the business, the capacity in which the employee will serve, an identification of any possible conflicts, the term of the contemplated relationships and any compensation to be received. Investment personnel are prohibited from serving on the boards of directors of publicly traded companies.

 

The CD, in conjunction with the Supervised Person’s supervisor and the Director of Human Resources, will review and/or identify any potential conflicts.

 

If approved, the CD will provide the Supervised Person with written approval. In addition, if applicable, the CD will ensure that a registered representative’s Form U-4 is updated with FINRA. In the event that a resolution to the conflict cannot be reached, the Supervised Person may be asked to terminate either his outside employment or his position with RUSA.

 

Finally, upon employment and annually thereafter, Supervised Persons are required to fill out the New Employee/Annual Compliance Acknowledgement Form and accompanying Conflicts Questionnaire (“Questionnaire”). The Questionnaire requests information regarding a Supervised Person’s outside business activities. The CD will verify items reported on the Questionnaire against written requests received throughout the year.

 

L.             REPORTING VIOLATIONS

 

All Supervised Persons must report violations of this Code promptly to the CD and the General Counsel. RUSA is committed to treating all Supervised Persons in a fair and equitable manner.

 

Individuals are encouraged to voice concerns regarding any personal or professional issue that may impact their ability or the firm’s ability to provide a quality product to its clients while operating under the highest standards of integrity. Retaliation against any individual making such a report is prohibited and constitutes a violation of the Code. Any such reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly and appropriately. Based on facts and circumstances, the CD may escalate the matter to RIM’s Management Committee for resolution. Supervised Persons may make use of Robeco’s Global Whistle Blowing Policy.

 



 

M.            ANNUAL REVIEWS AND CERTIFICATIONS

 

The CD will review the Code annually and update any provisions and/or attachments which RUSA deems require revision.

 

Upon employment, all Supervised Persons are required to certify that they have:

 

1.              Received a copy of the Code;

2.              Read and understand all provisions of the Code; and

3.              Agreed to comply with all provisions of the Code.

 

At the time of any material amendments to this Code, all Supervised Persons are required to:

 

1.              Certify they have read and understood the amendments to the Code; and

2.              Agree to comply with the amendment and all other provisions of the Code.

 

Annually, all Supervised Persons are required to:

 

1.              Certify they have read and understand all provisions of the Code; and

2.              Agree to comply with all provisions of the Code.

 

N.             SANCTIONS

 

Regardless of whether a government inquiry occurs, RUSA views seriously any violation of its Code of Ethics. Disciplinary sanctions may be imposed on any Supervised Persons committing a violation, including, but not necessarily limited to, censure, suspension, monetary penalties, or termination of employment.

 

O.             FURTHER INFORMATION

 

If any Supervised Persons has any questions with regard to the applicability of the provisions of this Code, generally or with regard to any attachment referenced herein, they should consult Legal or the CD.

 


Exhibit (p)(7)

 

MATSON MONEY, INC.

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

Effective Date: February 1, 2005

Revised Date: November 11, 2008

Revised Date: December 30, 2009

 

1.0                                Introduction

 

This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) establishes rules of conduct for persons who are officers, directors, and employees of Matson Money, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “Matrix” because its investment advisory services are provided through the Matrix Asset Allocation division). The Code governs their personal investments and conduct.

 

This Code of Ethics is being adopted to effectuate the purposes and objectives of Sections 204A and 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act. Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires the establishment and enforcement of policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information by investment advisers, including Matrix. Rule 204A-1 requires an adviser to have a code of ethics that sets forth standards of conduct and requires compliance with federal securities laws by all of the adviser’s officers, directors and employees, requires pre-clearance of access persons’ personal securities transactions including transactions in any affiliated mutual funds, and requires reporting of access persons’ personal securities transactions. Rule 204-2 imposes record keeping requirements with respect to personal securities transactions of certain persons employed by investment advisers.

 

The purpose of this Code of Ethics is to (i) remind officers, directors and employees that Matrix’s responsibility to its clients is to provide effective and proper professional investment management advice based upon unbiased independent judgment; (ii) set standards for employee conduct in those situations where conflicts of interest are most likely to arise; (iii) assure that officers, directors and employees understand their responsibilities under the federal securities laws; (iv) protect Matrix from reputational damage; and (iv) develop procedures that allow Matrix to monitor officers, directors and employees’ activity for compliance with Matrix’s Code of Ethics.

 

It is the desire of Matrix that the Code of Ethics be conscientiously followed and effectively enforced. The prime responsibility for following it rests with each officer, director and employee. While Matrix will oversee compliance with the Code of Ethics, a conscientious and professional attitude on the part of each officer, director and employee will ensure that Matrix fulfills the highest ethical standards.

 

Violations of the Code may cause Matrix loss of business, legal liability, fines and other punishments. Violations of the Code may result in demotion, suspension, firing, fines and other punishments for individuals.

 

1



 

2.0                                Applicability of Code

 

The Code applies all of the firm’s officers, directors and employees (hereinafter referred to as “Supervised Persons” or “Access Persons”) unless the Compliance Officer specifies otherwise in writing.

 

3.0                                Personal Trading Policy

 

3.1            Definitions

 

3.1.1     Covered Security

 

Any financial instrument treated as a security for investment purposes and any related instrument such as options, futures, warrants, convertible securities, forward or swap contracts entered into with respect to one or more securities, a basket of or an index of securities or components of securities. However, the term Covered Security does not include direct obligations issued by the Government of the United States, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, or shares of registered open-end investment companies.

 

3.1.2     Access Person Accounts

 

The account of any employee, his/her spouse, minor children, immediate family members sharing the same household as the employee, trusts or estates of which the employee is a beneficiary.

 

3.2                                  Initial Public Offerings and Private Placements

 

Access Person Accounts are prohibited from participating in initial public offerings and private placements.

 

3.3.                               Reports

 

Every Access Person must submit a quarterly report containing the information set forth in Exhibit A with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which such Access Person or any of his/her Access Person Accounts has acquired or by reason of such transactions will acquire any direct or indirect beneficial ownership; provided , however, that:

 

3.3.1         An Access Person need not make a report with respect to any transaction effected for any account over which such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control.

 

2



 

3.3.2         An Access Person must submit this report to the CCO no later than 30 calendar days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected.

 

3.3.3         Any report submitted to comply with the requirements of this Section may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such report that he has any direct or indirect benefit ownership in the security to which the report relates.

 

3.3.4         Within 10 days of initial association or employment with Matrix, each Access Person shall disclose all current personal securities holdings in any of his Access Person Accounts, a list of brokers holding such Access Person Accounts and the additional information required by Exhibit B. Such Access Person must also authorize any brokers that hold any of such Access Person’s Accounts to submit duplicate statements and confirmations to Matrix’s CCO.

 

3.3.5         Within 45 days of the end of each calendar year, each Access Person must disclose all current personal securities holdings in any account in which such Access Person has an interest, a list of brokers holding such Access Person Accounts and the additional information required by Exhibit B.

 

3.3.6         Within 10 days of association or employment with Matrix and within ten days of adoption of this Code of Ethics, each Access Person must certify that he has received, read and understands the Code and recognizes that he is subject to such Code. (Exhibit C)

 

3.3.7         Annually each Access Person must certify that he has read and understands the Code and recognizes that he is subject to such Code. In addition, annually each Access Person must certify that he has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported under the Code. (Exhibit D)

 

3.4                                  Review of reports

 

The CCO or his designee shall be responsible for reviewing all confirmations of transactions for all Access Person Accounts, Initial Holdings Reports, Annual Holdings Reports, Certification of Compliance forms, Personal Securities Transaction Quarterly Reports and any other documents deemed necessary to assure compliance with this Code of Ethics. Given that Matrix purchases and sells open-end mutual funds for clients and the only individual securities Matrix purchases or sells for clients’ accounts are sales of securities held in a client’s existing account, the review by the CCO or his designee shall be limited as described below.

 

3



 

3.4.1         Quarterly Reviews

 

The CCO or his designee is responsible for review and monitoring personal securities transactions of Access Persons of the firm in accordance with the following procedures:

 

1.          The CCO is responsible for reviewing the list of Access Persons against the quarterly securities reports each quarter to assure reporting compliance by all Access Persons.

 

2.          The CCO shall prepare a written report each quarter to Matrix’s President in the event that any issues arose during the previous quarter under this policy.

 

3.4.2                         Annual Reviews

 

1.                             The CCO is responsible for reviewing a list of all Access Persons against Initial and Annual Securities Holdings Reports to assure compliance with the reporting requirements.

 

2.                             In addition, the securities holdings reports should be compared to a sample of quarterly securities transaction reports and/or statements from financial institutions holding the accounts to assure the Access Person is reporting personal securities transactions as required.

 

3.4.3         Ongoing Reviews

 

The CCO is responsible for the following additional procedures relating to personal securities transactions of Access Persons:

 

1.                             Create and maintain a listing of all Access Persons; and

 

2.                             Promptly report any apparent violations of the Code to the CEO or President in writing.

 

4.0                                Standard of Business Conduct

 

Matrix’s Supervised Persons are in a position of trust with respect to Matrix’s clients. This position requires Matrix’s Supervised Persons to act at all times with the utmost integrity. Matrix’s Supervised Persons should perform their duties with complete propriety and should not take advantage of their position. These persons should use reasonable care and exercise independent professional judgment. In any act in which a Supervised Person engages, the Supervised Person should consider the reputation of the firm, whether his conduct is not only legal, but also ethical, whether he is acting in the best interests of Matrix’s clients, and whether his act or omission to act is consistent with Matrix’s ideals of integrity, openness, honesty and trust. The Supervised Person shall not engage in any professional conduct involving fraud, dishonesty, deceit or misrepresentation of a material fact.

 

4



 

Supervised Persons should keep in mind the following fundamental fiduciary principles that govern their activities:

 

1.                              The interests of clients must come first;

 

2.                              Supervised Persons must not take inappropriate advantage of their positions;

 

3.                              Information concerning clients’ investments must be kept confidential; and

 

4.                              Supervised Persons shall deal fairly and objectively with all clients and prospects when disseminating investment recommendations, disseminating material changes in prior investment recommendations, and taking investment action.

 

4.1                       Conflicts of Interest

 

The Code is intended to (a) minimize conflicts of interest and even the appearance of conflicts of interest, between Matrix’s Supervised Persons and Matrix’s clients in the securities markets and (b) assure that personal securities transactions of Matrix’s Supervised Persons are made in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

Matrix’s general policy is to avoid conflicts of interest wherever possible and, where they unavoidably occur, to resolve them in favor of clients.

 

4.2                       Compliance with applicable federal securities laws.

 

Matrix Supervised Persons are not permitted in connection with the purchase or sale by such person of a security held or to be acquired by Matrix for a client:

 

1.                              To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any client or prospective clients;

2.                              To make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to a client or prospective client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading;

3.                              To engage in any transaction, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any client or prospective client; or

4.                              To engage in any act, practice, or course of business which is fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative.

 

In addition, Matrix Supervised Persons shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940, and Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and the rules thereunder. In summary, these laws and rules:

 

·                    require registration of publicly traded securities,

 

5



 

·                    place restrictions on the manner privately offered securities are offered and sold,

·                    require registration of an investment company unless an exemption is available

·                   mandate full disclosure of all material facts when offering or selling a security, advising a client or managing an investment company,

·                    prohibit fraud in connection with the offer and sale of securities,

·                    prohibit fraud on the securities markets,

·                    require registration of investment companies and investment advisers unless an exemption is available,

·                    set forth requirements to protect the privacy of client personal information.

 

4.3                       Delivery of Code of Ethics to Each Supervised Person

 

Matrix shall deliver a copy of this Code of Ethics and each amendment or amended version to each Supervised Person.

 

4.4                       Ethical Restraint

 

All Access Persons are required to comply with ethical restraints relating to clients and their accounts, including restrictions on giving gifts to, and receiving gifts from, clients in violation of the firm’s gift policy. Access Persons shall not accept from an advisor or client, or give to an advisor or client, any thing(s) or service(s) having an aggregate value in excess of $100 in any calendar year. Any violation of this provision shall be promptly reported to the CCO or the President of Matrix, and may be cause of disciplinary action against the Access Person, including demotion, suspension, or termination.

 

5.0                     Safeguarding Data

 

Supervised Persons must safeguard material, non-public information about Matrix client transactions and adhere to Matrix’s Privacy Policy. This includes, but is not limited to adherence to physical and technical security of data.

 

5.1                       Supervised Persons may not share access codes or passwords with other Supervised Persons, contractors, or agency employees.

 

5.2                        Supervised Persons are prohibited from electronically or otherwise transmitting client transactions to unauthorized entities. Authorized entities include, but are not limited to:

 

1.                              Brokers or Dealers with a business need.

2.                              Vendors with a contractual need and who have executed a non-disclosure agreement with Matrix.

 

6



 

6.0                     Disclosure of Code of Ethics on Part II of Form ADV

 

Matrix will summarize the key provisions of its Code of Ethics in response to Item 9E on Part II of its Form ADV in accordance with the SEC’s required ADV renewal schedule. The disclosure will state that Matrix will provide a copy of its Code of Ethics to any client or prospective client upon request.

 

The CCO or his designee will make a record of all requests and the date and to whom the Code was delivered.

 

7.0                     Reports of Violations of Code of Ethics

 

Any Supervised Person who becomes aware of any apparent violation of the Code of Ethics shall promptly report such apparent violation to the CCO or the President of Matrix who will notify the CCO.

 

8.0                     Sanctions

 

The sanctions for violation of the Code of Ethics may include any or all of the following: (1) a letter of censure, (2) a fine, (3) temporary or permanent suspension of trading for any Access Person Accounts, (4) temporary suspension of employment, (5) termination of employment, (6) disgorgement of any ill-gotten profits or avoidance of losses, (7) and/or any other sanction deemed appropriate by the Chief Compliance Officer and the President of Matrix.

 

9.0                     Compliance Oversight of Code of Ethics

 

9.1                       The CCO’s responsibilities which he may delegate to another person include the following:

 

1.                              Create and maintain a list of all Supervised Persons and Access Persons.

2.                              Monitor personal securities transactions and reporting in accordance with the procedures in Section 3;

3.                              Monitor compliance with the Standards of Business Conduct in accordance with the procedures in Section 4;

4.                              Require Supervised Persons to read this Code of Ethics and obtain required acknowledgments in accordance with the procedures in Section 3;

5.                              Monitor requests for a copy of the firm’s Code of Ethics and subsequent delivery in accordance with Section 6;

6.                              Monitor ADV disclosure regarding the firm’s Code of Ethics for accuracy;

7.                              Report all Code violations or apparent violations to Matrix’s President in writing promptly upon discovery;

8.                              Review the Code for adequacy and effectiveness at least annually and report the results to Matrix’s President; and

9.                              Maintain required books and records in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.0.

 

7



 

9.2.                    The President is responsible for the review and evaluation of the full details of any suspected violations of the Code of Ethics and imposition of sanctions when necessary.

 

10.0              Required Records

 

The CCO or his designee will ensure that the following books and records are maintained in, as appropriate, electronic or hard copy form for at least five years, two years in an easily accessible place:

 

1.                              A copy of each Code that has been in effect at any time during the past five years;

2.                              A record of any violation of the Code and any action taken as a result of such violation for five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;

3.                              A record of all written acknowledgements of receipt of the Code and amendments for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, a Supervised Person; (These records must be kept for five years after the individual ceases to be a Supervised Person of Matrix.)

4.                              Holdings and transactions reports made pursuant to the Code, including any brokerage confirmation and account statements made in lieu of these reports; and

5.                              A list of the names of persons who are currently, or within the past five years were Access Persons of Matrix.

 

8



 

EXHIBIT A1

 

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING REPORTING FORM

MATSON MONEY, INC.

 

NO TRANSACTION CERTIFICATION

 

Quarter for which transactions are reported:          to          (the        “Quarter”).

 

Capitalized terms have the meanings given to them in the Code of Ethics.

 

I hereby certify that my Access Person Accounts have not made any transactions during the        Quarter. Securities issued by the United States Treasury or shares of an open-end mutual fund are excluded from this report.

 

 

Date:

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

9



 

EXHIBIT A2

 

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING REPORTING FORM

MATSON MONEY, INC.

 

Quarter for which transactions are reported:         to           (the        “Quarter”).

 

Capitalized terms have the meanings given to them in the Code of Ethics.

 

My Access Person Accounts have made transactions in the following securities, except securities issued by the United States Treasury or shares of an open-end mutual fund, during the        Quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Broker or

 

Security

 

 

 

 

 

Dollar

 

Nature of

 

Price

 

Bank

 

And class

 

Date of

 

No. of

 

Amount of

 

Transaction

 

Per

 

Through

 

(the “Security”)

 

Transaction

 

Shares

 

Transaction

 

(Purchase, sale)

 

Share

 

Whom Effected

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as noted on the reverse side of this report, I hereby certify that I have no knowledge of the existence of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve Matson Money, Inc.’s (“Matrix”) clients, such as the existence of any economic relationship between my transactions and securities held or to be acquired by Matrix’s clients.

 

 

Date:

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

10



 

EXHIBIT B

INITIAL AND ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT

 

To the Board of Directors of Matson Money, Inc. (“Matrix”):

 

1.                              I have read and understand the Code of Ethics revised as of November 11, 2008 for Matrix (the “Code”) and recognize that I am subject thereto as an officer, director or employee of Matrix. I understand that capitalized terms used herein have the same meaning as in the Code.

 

2.                              I hereby certify that the following is a list of all securities, except securities issued by the United States Treasury or shares of an open-end mutual fund, any Access Person Account of mine own as of                              (Date):

 

Name of Security

 

Number of Shares or Size of Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.                              I hereby certify that the following is a list of all the brokerage accounts of my Access Person Accounts:

 

Name of Brokerage Firm

 

Account Number

 

Branch Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.                              Except as noted below, I hereby certify that I have no knowledge of the existence of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve Matrix’s clients, such as any economic relationship between transactions in my Access Person Account(s) and securities held or to be acquired by Matrix’s clients.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT C

INITIAL CERTIFICATION

 

To the Board of Directors of Matson Money, Inc. (“Matrix”):

 

1.                              I have read and understand the Code of Ethics revised as of November 11, 2008 for Matrix and recognize that I am subject thereto as an employee of Matrix.

 

2.                              I hereby certify that the following is a list of all securities, except securities issued by the United States Treasury or shares of an open-end mutual fund, my Access Person Accounts own as of                                      , 20    :

 

Name of Security

 

Number of Shares or Size of Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.                              I hereby certify that the following is a list of all the brokerage accounts that are in the name of any of my Access Person Accounts:

 

Name of Brokerage Firm

 

Account Number

 

Branch Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.                              Except as noted below, I hereby certify that I have no knowledge of the existence of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve Matrix’s clients, such as any economic relationship between my securities’ holdings and securities held or to be acquired by Matrix’s clients.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

12



 

EXHIBIT D

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION

 

To the Board of Directors of Matson Money, Inc. (“Matrix”):

 

1.                              I have read and understand the Code of Ethics revised as of November 11, 2008 for Matrix and recognize that I am subject thereto as an employee of Matrix.

 

2.                              I hereby certify that, during the year ended December 31, 20    . I have complied with the requirements of the Code and I have reported all securities transactions each calendar quarter.

 

3.                              I hereby certify that the following is a list of all securities, except securities issued by the United States Treasury or shares of an open-end mutual fund, my Access Person Accounts own as of                                , 20    :

 

Name of Security

 

Number of Shares or Size of Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.                              I hereby certify that the following is a list of all the brokerage accounts that are in the name of any of my Access Person Accounts:

 

Name of Brokerage Firm

 

Account Number

 

Branch Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.                              Except as noted below, I hereby certify that I have no knowledge of the existence of any personal conflict of interest relationship which may involve Matrix’s clients, such as any economic relationship between my transactions and securities held or to be acquired by Matrix’s clients.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

13


Exhibit (p)(10)

 

 

 

 

BLUE LION CAPITAL, L.P.

 

 

COMPLIANCE MANUAL

 

Code of Ethics
&
Policies and Procedures

 

 

October 1, 2011

 



 

Table of Contents to Compliance Manual

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

INTRODUCTION

1-1

 

 

CODE OF ETHICS

2-1

Fiduciary Duty — Statement of Policy

2-1

Client Opportunities

2-3

Insider Trading

2-5

Personal Securities Transactions

2-9

Gifts, Entertainment and Contributions

2-13

Outside Business Activities

2-15

Confidentiality

2-16

 

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

3-1

REGISTRATION AND DISCLOSURE

3-1

Registration

3-1

Disclosure

3-3

 

 

ADVERTISING, MARKETING, AND COMMUNICATIONS

4-1

Advertising

4 1

Solicitation Arrangements

4-7

Marketing Private Fund Interests

4-9

Communications with Media, Regulators and Clients

4-12

 

 

CONTRACTS AND ACCOUNT ADMINISTRATION

5-1

Content of Investment Advisory Agreements

5-1

Documentation of Accounts and Account Opening

5-5

Subscriptions for Private Fund Interests

5-8

Anti-Money Laundering

5-10

Account Termination

5-12

 

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

6-1

Adherence to Client Investment Objectives and Guidelines

6-1

Allocation of Investment Opportunities and Trades

6-4

 

 

TRADING

7-1

Order Entry

7-1

Best Execution

7-3

Inter-Account Trading

7-5

Trade Errors and Trade Modifications

7-9

 

 

REGULATORY REPORTING

8-1

 

 

RECORDKEEPING

9-1

 

i



 

ADMINISTRATION

10-1

Supervisory Structure and Organization Chart

10-1

Employees

10-2

Custody

10-3

Privacy

10-7

Valuation

10-11

Disaster Recovery Plan

10-13

Proxy Voting

10-14

 

The following Appendices, which are an integral part of this Manual, consist primarily of forms and documents to be utilized to implement the Code of Ethics (the “Code of Ethics” or “Code”) and the Policies and Procedures set forth herein.

 

APPENDICES

 

Appendix 1 — Employee Acknowledgment of Receipt of Manual

 

Appendix 2 — Annual Certification of Compliance

 

Appendix 3 — Personal Securities Holdings Report Form

 

Appendix 4 — Quarterly Securities Transaction Report Form

 

Appendix 5 — Supervisory Structure and Organizational Chart

 

ii



 

Introduction to Compliance Manual

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Blue Lion Capital, L.P., (the “Firm”) is committed to the highest legal and ethical standards in the investment management industry. It is the responsibility of every officer, director, and employee (each, an “Employee”) of the Firm to fulfill this commitment to ethical conduct and compliance with laws and regulations.

 

The Firm serves as discretionary investment manager for its clients, which include private pooled investment vehicles (“private funds”) and separately managed accounts. The Firm’s investment strategies include trading U.S. and non-U.S. equity and fixed income securities.

 

Purpose of Compliance Manual

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, (the “Advisers Act”) imposes requirements related to the adoption of compliance policies and procedures. Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act requires every registered investment adviser to establish, maintain and enforce a Code of Ethics that at a minimum addresses personal trading by its “access persons.” Section 204A of the Advisers Act requires all registered investment advisers to have policies and procedures to detect and prevent insider trading. In addition, Rule 206(4)-7 requires registered investment advisers to adopt written compliance procedures, review the adequacy of those procedures annually, and designate a Chief Compliance Officer to review and implement those procedures. This Compliance Manual (“Manual”) has been adopted by the Firm to comply with the Advisers Act and other applicable laws.

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

The Firm has designated Brad Berry to serve as the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer, and has vested complete authority in the Chief Compliance Officer to develop appropriate compliance policies and procedures, to enforce those policies and procedures and to report any violations directly to the senior management of the Firm. The Chief Compliance Officer may designate one or more qualified persons to perform any portion of his or her requirements under this Manual. Other Employees with responsibilities under this Manual also may delegate to appropriate persons subject to their supervision ( e.g ., a portfolio manager may delegate certain responsibilities to a member of his or her portfolio management team).

 

The Chief Compliance Officer may make exceptions, on a case-by-case basis, to any of the provisions of this Manual upon a determination of the facts and circumstances involved. Approval of all such exceptions must be in writing.

 

1-1



 

Any review that is required to be completed by the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee under this Manual must be documented. The evidence of such review must include the date of such review.

 

Each Employee is subject to this Manual. Employees should contact the Chief Compliance Officer if they have any questions about this Manual or any other compliance-related matters.

 

The Chief Compliance Officer will review this Manual at least annually with the General Partner and, in light of legal and business developments and experience in implementing this Manual, make changes as he deems appropriate. The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain provide the updated Manual to the General Partner as evidence that the annual review and update was completed.

 

Legal and Regulatory Overview

 

As an investment adviser, the Firm is subject to principles of fiduciary duty, which are enforceable under both the Advisers Act and state law. These principles dictate that the Firm conduct its business in a manner that places the interests of clients, including any person or entity whose assets are managed by the Firm through a separate account and any private fund advised by the Firm (collectively, “Clients”) above the interests of the Firm.

 

The SEC has adopted detailed rules to implement the requirements of the Advisers Act. It requires investment advisers, such as the Firm, to be conscious as fiduciaries of any potential conflicts of interest, by virtue of affiliate relationships or otherwise, to assess potential risks to clients as a result of such conflicts, and to fully disclose such conflicts and risks to clients. In addition to disclosure requirements, the Advisers Act and SEC rules impose certain direct requirements on advisers’ conduct of their business, as set forth in this Manual.

 

Investment advisers are also subject to portions of the other federal securities laws. For example, under certain circumstances the Firm may be required to file reports as an institutional investment manager and reports of beneficial ownership under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). In addition, the broad antifraud provisions of Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act, which prohibit making material misstatements or omissions in connection with the purchase or sale of securities, could give rise to civil liability if the Firm or its Employees were to engage in such conduct.

 

As a manager to private funds, the Firm and its Employees must comply with requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), to ensure that interests of such private funds are offered on a private placement basis and therefore are exempt from registration with the SEC. In addition, the private funds managed by the Firm must be monitored in order to be excluded from registration as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), and related laws and regulations.

 

1-2



 

The nature of our Clients may subject the Firm to additional regulatory schemes. As an example, if the Firm manages assets for employee benefit plans, it may become subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), with respect to those accounts. Thus, the Firm must ascertain whether a Client’s particular form of organization imposes any special regulatory requirements before undertaking to manage the Client’s assets.

 

The Firm is subject to examination by the SEC staff. Generally, examinations can be expected to occur approximately every two to four years. If an Employee receives any contact or inquiries from regulators, they must be referred to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Violations and Remedies

 

Legal penalties for violating various SEC and other applicable laws and regulations can be severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and for their employers. For example, breaches of insider trading proscriptions described in the Firm’s Code of Ethics can result in treble damages, jail sentences and other criminal sanctions. In addition, the full panoply of administrative sanctions available to the SEC under the Advisers Act may be imposed on the individual violator and/or the Firm, including:

 

·                   censure;

·                   cease and desist orders;

·                   limitations on the activities, functions, or operations of the Firm;

·                   suspension of the Firm’s registration for a specified period;

·                   revocation of the Firm’s registration;

·                   civil money penalties of up to $50,000 per violation for an Employee and/or $250,000 for the Firm; and

·                   bar and suspension of an Employee from association with any investment adviser or other regulated entity.

 

Employee Responsibilities

 

As a matter of Firm policy, compliance with this Manual is a condition of continued employment with the Firm. Employees must report any violation of this Manual promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer will investigate any reported or suspected violation of the provisions of this Manual, and report to the General Partner on the factual findings and recommend sanctions, where appropriate. Employees are required to cooperate in any investigation.

 

Each Employee will be required to acknowledge having read (and must retain a copy of) this Manual. (See Appendix 1 for Employee Acknowledgement form.) At least once a year, each Employee will be required to certify on the Employee Annual Certification form (see Appendix 2) that such Employee has read and understood this Manual, has complied with its requirements,

 

1-3



 

and has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported.

 

This Manual is the property of the Firm and its contents are strictly confidential. Each Employee’s copy of this Manual must be returned to the Chief Compliance Officer upon termination of employment for any reason.

 

How to Use This Manual

 

This Manual is presented in two sections. The first is the Code of Ethics, which sets forth the ethical and fiduciary principles and related compliance requirements under which the Firm must operate and the procedures for implementing those principles. The second section contains Policies and Procedures for compliance with other requirements imposed by applicable laws and regulations, including SEC rules. Use of the word “we” (or “our”) in this Manual refers to the Firm and all its Employees.

 

Generally, for each topic in both the Code of Ethics and the Policies and Procedures, a summary of applicable legal requirements is provided, followed by a statement of the Firm’s policy on the issue (“Law and Policy”). After this, the procedures through which the policy will be implemented are set forth (“Procedures”). The goal of the Procedures is to specify who is responsible for compliance with the applicable legal and regulatory requirements and Firm policies and what each such responsible person must do reasonably to assure that the requirements and policies are satisfied.

 

1-4



 

Code of Ethics

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

Fiduciary Duty — Statement of Policy

 

The Firm is a fiduciary of its Clients and owes each Client an affirmative duty of good faith and full and fair disclosure of all material facts. This duty is particularly pertinent whenever the adviser is in a situation involving a conflict or potential conflict of interest. The Firm and all Employees must affirmatively exercise authority and responsibility for the benefit of Clients, and may not participate in any activities that may conflict with the interests of Clients except in accordance with this Manual. In addition, we must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of our Clients. Accordingly, at all times, we must conduct our business with the following precepts in mind:

 

1.                Place the interests of Clients first. We may not cause a Client to take action, or not to take action, for our personal benefit rather than the benefit of the Client. For example, causing a Client to purchase a security owned by an Employee for the purpose of increasing the price of that security would be a violation of this Code. Similarly, an Employee investing for himself in a security of limited availability that was appropriate for a Client without first considering that investment for such Client may violate this Code.

 

2.                Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of our position. The receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, or gifts from persons seeking business with the Firm could call into question the exercise of our independent judgment. Accordingly, we may accept such items only in accordance with the limitations in this Code.

 

3.                Conduct all personal securities transactions in compliance with this Code of Ethics. This includes all pre-clearance and reporting requirements and procedures regarding inside information and personal and proprietary trades. While the Firm encourages Employees and their families to develop personal investment programs, you must not take any action that could result in even the appearance of impropriety.

 

4.                Keep information confidential. Information concerning Client transactions or holdings may be material non-public information and Employees may not use knowledge of any such information to profit from the market effect of those transactions.

 

2-1



 

5.                Comply with the federal securities law and all other laws and regulations applicable to the Firm’s business. Make it your business to know what is required of the Firm as an investment adviser and otherwise, and you as an Employee of the Firm, and integrate compliance into the performance of all duties.

 

6.                Seek advice when in doubt about the propriety of any action or situation. Any questions concerning this Code of Ethics should be addressed to the Chief Compliance Officer, who is encouraged to consult with outside counsel, outside auditors or other professionals, as necessary.

 

The Policies and Procedures in this Code of Ethics implement these general fiduciary principles in the context of specific situations.

 

2-2



 

Client Opportunities

 

Law and Policy

 

No Employee may cause or attempt to cause any Client to purchase, sell or hold any security for the purpose of creating any personal benefit for him or herself. Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act generally prohibit the Firm from employing a “device, scheme or artifice” to defraud Clients or engaging in a “transaction, practice or course of business” that operates as a “fraud or deceit” on Clients. While these provisions speak of fraud, they have been construed very broadly by the SEC and used to regulate, through enforcement action, many types of adviser behavior that the SEC deems to be not in the best interest of Clients or inconsistent with fiduciary obligations. One such category of behavior is taking advantage of investment opportunities for personal gain that would be suitable for Clients.

 

Accordingly, an Employee may not take personal advantage of any opportunity properly belonging to the Firm or any Client. This principle applies primarily to the acquisition of securities of limited availability for an Employee’s own account that would be suitable and could be purchased for the account of a Client, or the disposition of securities from an Employee’s account prior to selling a position from the account of a Client.

 

On the other hand, in the case of trades in listed securities in broad and deep markets, where the Employees’ participation will not affect Client investment opportunities, Employees in certain situations may participate with Clients in aggregated or combined trades. Under certain limited circumstances, and only with the prior written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, an Employee may participate in certain opportunities of limited availability that are deemed by the Chief Compliance Officer not to have an adverse affect on any Client.

 

An Employee may not cause or attempt to cause any Client to purchase, sell, or hold any security for the purpose of creating any benefit to Firm accounts or to Employee accounts.

 

Procedures

 

Disclosure of Personal Interest. If an Employee believes that he or she (or a related account) stands to benefit materially from an investment decision for a Client that the Employee is recommending or making, the Employee must disclose that interest to the Chief Compliance Officer. The disclosure must be made before the investment decision and should be documented by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Restriction on Investment. Based on the information given, the Chief Compliance Officer will make a decision on whether or not to restrict an Employee’s participation in the investment decision. In making this determination, the Chief Compliance Officer will consider the following factors, among others: (i) whether any Client was legally and financially able to take

 

2-3



 

advantage of this opportunity; (ii) whether any Client would be disadvantaged in any manner; (iii) whether the opportunity is de minimis ; and (iv) whether the opportunity is clearly not related economically to the securities to be purchased, sold or held by any Client.

 

Record of Determination. A memorandum concerning the investment opportunity and the disposition of the approval request will be prepared promptly and maintained by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

2-4



 

Insider Trading

 

Law and Policy

 

In the course of business, the Firm and its Employees may have access to various types of material non-public information about issuers, securities or the potential effects of the Firm’s own investment and trading on the market for securities. The Firm forbids any Employee to trade, either personally or on behalf of others, including Clients, while in possession of material non-public information or to communicate material non-public information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as “insider trading.” The Firm’s insider trading prohibitions apply to all Employees and extend to activities within and outside their duties as traders, officers, directors or employees of the Firm.

 

The term “insider trading” is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of material non-public information to trade in securities (whether or not one is an “insider”) or to communications of material non-public information to others.

 

While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:

 

(a)                     trading by an insider while in possession of material non-public information, including information pertaining to specific issuers, securities or the Firm’s own positions or trades;

 

(b)                    trading by a non-insider while in possession of material non-public information, where the information either was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated;

 

(c)                     communicating material non-public information to others; or

 

(d)                    trading ahead of research reports or recommendations prepared by the Firm.

 

Concerns about the misuse of material non-public information by the Firm or Employees may arise primarily in two ways:

 

First, the Firm may come into possession of material non-public information about another company, such as an issuer in which it is investing for Clients or in which its own personnel might be investing for their own accounts. As further set forth below, if it is determined that the Firm has material non-public information about an issuer, all investments in that issuer on behalf of Clients and by Firm personnel, in any securities of the issuer, will be prohibited.

 

Second, the Firm as an investment adviser has material non-public information in relation to its own business. The SEC has stated that the term “material non-public information” may include

 

2-5



 

information about an investment adviser’s securities recommendations and Client securities holding and transactions. It is the policy of the Firm that all such information is to be kept in strict confidence by those who receive it, and such information may be divulged only within the Firm and to those who have a need for it in connection with the performance of services to Clients. Despite this blanket prohibition, some trades in securities in which the Firm has also invested for Clients may be permitted because the fact that the Firm has made such investments may not be viewed as material information (e.g., trades in highly liquid securities with large market capitalization). The personal trading procedures set forth below establish circumstances under which such trades will be considered permissible or restricted and the procedures to follow in making such trades.

 

Who is an Insider? The concept of “insider” is broad. It includes officers, directors and employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a “temporary insider” if he or she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a company’s affairs and as a result is given access to information solely for the company’s purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a company’s attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers, and the employees of such organizations. In addition, a person who advises or otherwise performs services for a company may become a temporary insider of that company. An Employee of the Firm, for example, could become a temporary insider to a company because of the Firm’s and/or Employee’s relationship to the company ( e.g ., by having contact with company executives while researching the company). According to the U.S. Supreme Court, a company must expect the outsider to keep the disclosed non-public information confidential and the relationship must at least imply such a duty before the outsider will be considered an insider or temporary insider.

 

What is Material Information? Trading on non-public information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. “Material information” generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a security. Information that Employees should consider material includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems, knowledge of an impending default on debt obligations, knowledge of an impending change in debt rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, and extraordinary management developments.

 

Material information does not have to relate to the Firm’s business. For example, in one case the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a reporter at The Wall Street Journal reporter was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the date that reports on various companies would appear in The Wall Street Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

 

2-6



 

What is Non-public Information? Information is non-public until it has been effectively communicated to the marketplace. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally public. For example, information found in a report filed with the SEC, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation would be considered public.

 

What is Tipping? Tipping involves providing material non-public information to anyone who might be expected to trade while in possession of that information. An Employee may become a “tippee” by acquiring material non-public information from a tipper, which would then require the Employee to follow the procedures below for reporting and limiting use of the information.

 

Penalties for Insider Trading. Penalties for trading on or communicating material non-public information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers, and may include fines or damages up to three times the amount of any profit gained or loss avoided. A person can be subject to some or all of the applicable penalties even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. See Violations and Remedies above.

 

Procedures

 

Identification and Prevention of Insider Information. If an Employee believes that he or she is in possession of information that is material and non-public, or has questions as to whether information is material and non-public, he or she should take the following steps:

 

·                             Report the matter immediately to the Chief Compliance Officer, who shall document the matter.

·                             Refrain from purchasing or selling the securities on behalf of himself or others.

·                             Refrain from communicating the information inside or outside the Firm other than to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

If the Chief Compliance Officer determines that an Employee is in possession of material non-public information, he will notify all Firm Employees that the security is restricted. All decisions about whether to restrict a security, or remove a security from restriction, shall be made by the Chief Compliance Officer. Restrictions on such securities also extend to options, rights and warrants relating to such securities. When a security is restricted, all new trading activity of such security shall cease, unless approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer. A security shall be removed from restriction if the Chief Compliance Officer determines that no insider trading issue remains with respect to such security (for example, if the information becomes public or no longer is material).

 

Restricting Access to Material Non-public Information. Care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material non-public information should be sealed, access to computer files containing material non-public information should be restricted, and relevant conversations should take place behind closed doors.

 

2-7



 

Detecting Insider Trading. To detect insider trading, the Chief Compliance Officer will review the trading activity reports of Client accounts, Employee accounts (both at the Firm and at other financial institutions) and other Firm accounts. It is also the responsibility of each Employee to notify the Chief Compliance Officer of any potential insider trading issues. The Chief Compliance Officer will investigate any instance of possible insider trading and fully document the results of any such investigation. At a minimum, an investigation record should include: (i) the name of the security; (ii) the date the investigation commenced; (iii) an identification of the account(s) involved; and (iv) a summary of the investigation disposition.

 

2-8



 

Personal Securities Transactions

 

Law and Policy

 

Employee investments must be consistent with the mission of the Firm always to put Client interests first and with the requirements that the Firm and its Employees not trade on the basis of material non-public information concerning the Firm’s investment decisions for Clients or Client transactions or holdings.

 

SEC Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act requires that each registered investment adviser adopt, maintain and enforce a Code of Ethics that requires the adviser’s “access persons” to report their transactions and holdings periodically to the Chief Compliance Officer and requires the adviser to review these reports.

 

Under the SEC definition, the term “access person” includes any Firm Employee who has access to non-public information regarding Clients’ purchase or sale of securities, is involved in making securities recommendations to (or in the case of a discretionary manager like the Firm, investment decisions on behalf of) Clients or who has access to such recommendations that are non-public. It is the Firm policy that all officers, directors (other than independent directors) and Employees of the Firm are access persons (“Access Persons”) for purposes of these requirements.

 

Transaction Reporting Requirements. It is the policy of the Firm that all Access Persons must file initial and annual holdings reports and quarterly transaction reports with respect to all securities with respect to which they have or acquire any “Beneficial Interest,” except the following, which are deemed to present little opportunity for improper trading:

 

·                   direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

·                   money market instruments — bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and other high quality short-term debt instruments;

 

·                   money market fund shares;

 

·                   shares of other types of mutual funds, (although if the Firm acts as the investment adviser for a registered fund, Access Person transactions in shares of such fund will become reportable); and

 

·                   units of a unit investment trust if the unit investment trust is invested exclusively in unaffiliated mutual funds.

 

2-9



 

Beneficial Interest includes direct or indirect control or power to make investment decisions and is presumed to cover accounts of immediate family members who share your household. (All such accounts are referred to as “Access Person Accounts.”) Beneficial Interest, and therefore “Access Person Accounts,” may also include accounts of others who share the same household as you, anyone to whose support you materially contribute and other accounts over which you exercise a controlling influence, but do not include accounts in which you have a Beneficial Interest if you provide the Chief Compliance Officer with written documentation showing that someone else has been granted investment discretion over the account. Reports need not be filed with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan or in an account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

Pre-clearance - Initial Public Offerings and Private Placements. Access Persons must obtain the written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer prior to investing in shares of initial public offerings or private placements. In approving any such transaction, the Chief Compliance Officer must cite the reasons for such approval. Employees must furnish any prospectus, private placement memoranda, subscription documents and other materials about the investment as the Chief Compliance Officer may request.

 

Pre-clearance - Other Transactions. All transactions by Access Persons are subject to pre-clearance by the Chief Compliance Officer according to the procedures set forth below, except for transactions in securities that are exempt from transaction reporting requirements, as described above.

 

Short-Term Trading. Short-term trading in securities of issuers in which an Employee is an officer, director or the owner of 10% or more of a class of equity securities is prohibited by law. Although other short-term trading activity is not strictly prohibited, as a matter of policy, the Firm strongly discourages short-term trading by Employees.

 

Prohibited Transactions. No Access Person may initiate trades for securities that are in client accounts or are in the process of being evaluated for client accounts. No Access Person may trade in any amount in any security subject to a restriction on trading issued by the Chief Compliance Officer under the Firm’s insider trading policies and procedures set forth in this Code of Ethics.

 

Duplicate Statements. Each Employee is responsible for making certain that the Chief Compliance Officer receives at least quarterly copies of account statements for the Employee’s Access Person Accounts, no later than thirty days after the end of each quarter. The Chief Compliance Officer may require Employees to provide copies of monthly account statements and/or confirmations. All account statements will be reviewed quarterly by the Chief Compliance Officer in order to monitor compliance with the Code of Ethics and all securities rules and regulations.

 

2-10



 

Procedures

 

Duplicate Confirmation Statements. For any account opened or maintained at a broker-dealer, bank or similar financial institution, the Employee shall be responsible for arranging that the financial institution send duplicate account statements (and confirmations if requested) directly to the Chief Compliance Officer at the following address:

 

Blue Lion Capital

Attn: Chief Compliance Officer

5950 Berkshire Lane, Suite 510

Dallas, TX 75225

 

Initial and Annual Holdings Reports. Each Access Person of the Firm must disclose all securities in any Access Person Account on the Personal Securities Holdings Report (see Appendix 3) or any substitute acceptable to the Chief Compliance Officer, no later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, and annually thereafter during the month of January. Each such report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted.

 

Quarterly Trade Reporting Requirements. Each Access Person shall submit to the Chief Compliance Officer within 30 days after the end of the quarter in which such transaction occurs a report of every transaction in securities, as described above, in an Access Person Account. The report shall include the name of the financial instrument, date of the transaction, quantity, price and bank, broker-dealer or financial institution through which the transaction was effected. The requirement will generally be satisfied by the sending of duplicate confirmations to the Chief Compliance Officer of trades and monthly account statements for all Access Person Accounts. If there are securities that do not appear on the confirmations or account statements ( e.g ., a private placement approved by the Chief Compliance Officer), Employees must independently report such securities on the Quarterly Securities Transaction Report form provided as Appendix 4.

 

Pre-clearance. Each Employee who wishes to effect a transaction in securities covered by the Code of Ethics, including any initial public offering or private placement, must first obtain written pre-clearance of the transaction from the Chief Compliance Officer. A decision on permissibility of the trade generally will be rendered by the end of the trading day on which the request is received. Pre-clearance will be effective for a 24 hour period, unless otherwise specified.

 

Review and Availability of Personal Trade Information. All information supplied under these procedures, including transaction and holdings reports (initial, monthly and annual reports), will be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer for compliance with the policies and procedures in this Code of Ethics. The Chief Compliance Officer shall review all account statements (and promptly review confirmations if requested) within 45 days after the end of the quarter to which they apply. Such review shall:

 

2-11



 

·                   address whether Employees followed internal procedures, such as pre-clearance;

·                   compare Employee transactions to any restrictions in effect at the time of the trade;

·                   assess whether the Employee is trading for his or her own account in the same financial instrument he or she is trading for Clients, and if so, whether Clients are receiving terms as favorable as those of the Employee’s trades; and

·                   periodically analyze the Employee’s trading for patterns that may indicate abuse.

 

The Chief Compliance Officer will document such review by initialing Employee statements or otherwise indicating the statements that have been reviewed and will maintain copies of the Employee reports and account statements received.

 

Confidentiality. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining records in a manner to safeguard their confidentiality. Each Employee’s records will be accessible only to the Employee, the Chief Compliance Officer, senior officers and appropriate human resources personnel. Records will be maintained for five years.

 

2-12



 

Gifts, Entertainment and Contributions

 

Law and Policy

 

The giving or receiving of gifts or other items of value to or from persons doing business or seeking to do business with the Firm could call into question the independence of its judgment as a fiduciary of its Clients. Accordingly, it is the policy of the Firm to permit such conduct only in accordance with the limitations stated herein.

 

Accepting Gifts and Entertainment . On occasion, because of an Employee’s position with the Firm, the Employee may be offered, or may receive, gifts or other forms of non-cash compensation from Clients, brokers, vendors, or other persons not affiliated with the Firm. Extraordinary or extravagant gifts are not permissible and must be declined or returned, absent approval by the Chief Compliance Officer. Gifts of a nominal value ( i.e ., gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 annually from a single giver), customary business lunches, dinners, entertainment at which both the Employee and the giver are present ( e.g ., sporting or cultural events), and promotional items ( e.g ., pens, mugs) with a value that does not exceed $100 may be accepted.

 

Giving Gifts and Providing Entertainment . Employees may not give any gift(s) with an aggregate value in excess of $100 per year to any person associated with a securities or financial organization, including exchanges, brokerage firms, or other investment management firms, to members of the news media, or to Clients or prospective Clients of the Firm. Employees may provide reasonable entertainment to persons associated with securities or financial organizations or Clients or prospective Clients provided that both the Employee and the recipient are present and there is a business purpose for the entertainment. It is anticipated that Employees will not entertain the same person more than four times per year or spend more than $100 per person on business meals on such occasions.

 

Solicitation of Gifts .  All solicitation of gifts or gratuities is unprofessional and is strictly prohibited.

 

Caveat.   The Firm’s policies on gifts and entertainment are derived from industry practices. Employees should be aware that there are other federal laws and regulations that prohibit firms and their employees from giving anything of value to employees of various financial institutions in connection with attempts to obtain any business transaction with the institution, which is viewed as a form of bribery. If there is any question about the appropriateness of any particular gift, Employees should consult the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Pay to Play — Political Contributions . The SEC has stated that investment advisers who seek to influence the award by public entities of advisory contracts by making political contributions to public officials have compromised their fiduciary duty to such entities. Accordingly contributions may not exceed $250 to any one official per election without the consent of the

 

2-13



 

Chief Compliance Officer. Similar restrictions may apply to gifts or benefits given to non-U.S. officials. Employees should consult with the Chief Compliance Officer prior to making any such gift or benefit.

 

Client Complaints . Employees may not make any payments or other account adjustments to Clients in order to resolve any type of complaint. All such matters must be handled by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

ERISA Considerations .  ERISA prohibits the acceptance of fees, kickbacks, gifts, loans, money, and anything of value that are given with the intent of influencing decision-making with respect to any employee benefit plan. The acceptance or offering of gifts, entertainment or other items may be viewed as influencing decision-making and therefore unlawful under ERISA. In addition, many public employee benefit plans are subject to similar restrictions.  Client employees should never offer gifts, entertainment, or other favors for the purpose of influencing ERISA Client or prospective Client decision-making.  Similarly, Firm Employees should not accept gifts, entertainment, or other favors offered by others who wish to do business with the Firm or its Clients.

 

Procedures

 

Prohibited Gifts .  The giving or receiving of any gifts or entertainment to or from any one person with an aggregate value exceeding $100 must be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer.  If an Employee receives or is offered, or wishes to provide, any such gift or entertainment, the Employee must seek the guidance of the Chief Compliance Officer to determine whether the Employee will be permitted to accept or keep, or to provide, the gift or entertainment.

 

Expense Reports.   The Chief Compliance Officer shall review all reports or other documentation regarding Employee expense reimbursement annually to monitor compliance with this policy.

 

Political Contributions. All political contributions in excess of $250 must be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer prior to being made and political contributions equal to or less than $250 should be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer within 10 business days of being made. Records of such political contributions will be maintained by the Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall review all reports of political contributions upon receipt to determine compliance with this Manual.

 

2-14



 

Outside Business Activities

 

Law and Policy

 

Our fiduciary duties to Clients dictates that the Firm and its Employees devote their professional attention to Client interests above their own and those of other organizations.  Accordingly, Employees may not engage in any of the following outside business activities without the prior written consent of the Chief Compliance Officer:

 

·                   Be engaged in any other business;

 

·                   Be employed or compensated by any other person for business-related activities;

 

·                   Serve as an employee of another organization;

 

·                   Serve as general partner, managing member or in similar capacity with limited or general partnerships, limited liability companies (LLCs) or private funds (other than private funds managed by the Firm or its affiliates);

 

·                   Engage in personal investment transactions to an extent that diverts an Employee’s attention from or impairs the performance of his or her duties in relation to the business of the Firm and its Clients;

 

·                   Have any direct or indirect financial interest or investment in any dealer, broker or other current or prospective supplier of goods or services to the Firm from which the Employee might benefit or appear to benefit materially; or

 

·                   Serve on the board of directors (or in any similar capacity) of another company.

 

Authorization for board service will normally require that the Firm not hold or purchase any securities of the company on whose board the Employee/director sits.

 

Procedures

 

Before undertaking any of the activities listed above, the Employee must obtain written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

2-15



 

Confidentiality

 

Law and Policy

 

Confidential Information

 

During the course of employment with the Firm, an Employee may be exposed to or acquire Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” is any and all non-public, confidential or proprietary information in any form concerning the Firm or its Clients or any other information received by the Firm from a third party to whom the Firm has an obligation of confidentiality. Confidential Information may be in written, graphic, recorded, photographic or any machine-readable form or may be orally conveyed to the Employee.  No Employee will directly or indirectly use, disclose, copy, furnish or make accessible to anyone any Confidential Information and each Employee will carefully safeguard Confidential Information.

 

Confidential Information shall not include (i) any information which the Employee can prove by documentary evidence is generally and conveniently available to the public or industry other than as a result of a disclosure by the Employee, or (ii) any information that the Employee obtains from a third party who is not subject to a confidentiality agreement with the Firm and who did not obtain that information directly or indirectly from the Firm.

 

Each Employee agrees to inform the Firm promptly if he or she discovers that someone else is making or threatening to make unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information.

 

Company Property. All originals and copies of Confidential Information are the sole property of the Firm. Upon the termination of employment for any reason, or upon the request of the Firm at any time, each Employee will promptly deliver all copies of such materials to the Firm. During employment with the Firm and at all times thereafter, no Employee will remove or cause to be removed from the premises of the Firm any of the foregoing property, except in furtherance of his or her duties as an Employee of the Firm.

 

Procedures

 

Certain Employees may have written employment agreements with the Firm which contain confidentiality provisions, which shall govern the Employee’s use of confidential information (as defined in such agreements).  The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain copies of such employment agreements.

 

2-16



 

Policies and Procedures

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

REGISTRATION AND DISCLOSURE

 

Registration

 

Law and Policy

 

Registration as Investment Adviser.   The responsibility for regulating investment advisers is divided between the SEC and the states based on whether an adviser meets SEC eligibility requirements and/or sufficient assets under management. Once registered with the SEC, an adviser is subject to the Advisers Act and all rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Form ADV. Registration with the SEC is accomplished through Form ADV. Form ADV is divided into two parts. Part 1A of Form ADV is filed electronically with the Investment Adviser Registration Depository (“IARD”). Once it is filed and an adviser is registered, it is available through the Internet at http://adviserinfo.sec.gov/IAPD/Content/Search/iapd_OrgSearchInit.asp. Part II of Form ADV is not filed with the SEC but is retained by the Firm and available for SEC inspection. As noted in the next section, Form ADV must be updated promptly if the Firm’s responses to certain disclosure items have changed.

 

State Notice Filing Requirements. If an adviser qualifies for SEC registration, it need not register with any state. However, states in which the adviser would otherwise be required to be registered may require notice filings and impose fees on SEC-registered advisers.  State notice filings and payment of fees are accomplished along with the filing of Form ADV Part 1A through the IARD system. Certain states may also require the adviser to file a copy of its Form ADV, Part II.

 

Registration of Investment Advisory Representatives. In addition, any Employee of the Firm who provides advice in a state where he or she has a place of business may be required to be licensed in that state as an investment adviser representative if more than 10% of the Employee’s Clients are natural persons ( i.e ., individuals) and the Employee has more than five Clients who are natural persons. For these purposes, however, individuals with at least $750,000 under management with the adviser or a net worth of more than $1.5 million are not counted as “natural persons.”  The definition of “investment adviser representative” varies significantly from state to state. In some states, only those who provide advice or supervise the provision of advice in the state must be licensed.  In others, individuals who solicit advisory business must also be licensed.  Licensing generally requires the person to pass the Series 65 or 66 exam.

 

The Firm does not have any Clients who are natural persons as defined above. Accordingly, the Firm’s Employees currently will not be required to be licensed as investment adviser representatives.

 

3-1



 

Procedures

 

Compliance with State Filing Requirements. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for making sure that notice filings are filed with the appropriate states and that applicable notice fees are paid.  This is accomplished through the filing of Part 1A and the IARD.  The Chief Compliance Officer also will review the list of Firm Clients in conjunction with state blue sky laws to determine those states in which the Firm will need to make notice filings and pay required state fees. Generally, states also are authorized to request from the Firm and have the Firm provide promptly a copy of the Firm’s Form ADV, Part II. The Chief Compliance Officer will respond to such requests.

 

Analysis of Investment Adviser Representative Status.   The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for determining under state blue sky laws (with possible assistance of counsel) whether any Employees must be licensed as investment adviser representatives.  For states requiring licensing, the Chief Compliance Officer will coordinate any required licensing, testing and applicable fee payments.

 

3-2



 

Disclosure

 

Law and Policy

 

The disclosure requirements of the Advisers Act are designed to insure that Clients and prospective Clients receive material information about the Firm and to prevent the Firm from perpetrating fraud or deceit upon its Clients. The Advisers Act and its rules prescribe disclosures that must be made in the Firm’s brochure ( i.e ., Form ADV, Part II).

 

Form ADV. Form ADV is divided into two parts (Part 1 and Part II). Part 1A requests certain basic information about the Firm and its business, including its executive officers and owners, numbers and types of Clients, and amount of assets under management.

 

Part II of Form ADV requires information concerning the Firm’s business, including a description of advisory services provided and fees charged, the types of Clients to which the Firm generally provides services, the types of securities on which the Firm provides advice, the Firm’s methods of security analysis, sources of information and investment strategies, any standards of education or business experience required of those involved in giving investment advice to Clients, the education and business background of members of the Firm’s investment committee, material activities of the Firm, financial industry affiliations of the Firm, the nature of the Firm’s participation or interest in Client securities transactions, and brokerage placement practices, including soft dollar arrangements.

 

SEC staff members have informally expressed the intention that the Form ADV disclosures serve in effect as a “prospectus” of an adviser and disclose all material information concerning the adviser.  While many of the required items seem straightforward, the SEC and its staff have indicated that various practices that might involve actual or apparent conflicts of interest on the part of an adviser must be disclosed in response to various items of Form ADV.

 

Annual and Other Form ADV Amendments.   All amendments to the Firm’s Form ADV reflecting changes in its operations, policies, procedures or management must be filed timely, in accordance with the following requirements:

 

·                                           Form ADV must be amended “promptly” to reflect (i) any changes in Items 1, 3, 9 and 11 of Part 1A; or (ii) any material change in Items 4, 7, 8 or 10 of Part 1A and all of Part II. While there is no formal definition of the meaning of “promptly,” the industry generally uses 30 days as a rule, and the SEC staff has informally stated this as a standard.

 

·                                           The Form ADV must be amended and updated annually within 90 days after the end of its fiscal year. Changes to Parts 1 and II of the Firm’s Form ADV other than as described above are to be filed at the time of the annual amendment.

 

3-3



 

·                                           A current copy of Part II of Form ADV must be maintained in the Firm’s files. For purposes of requirements of accuracy and legal responsibility for content, the copy maintained in the Firm’s files is deemed filed with the SEC.

 

Brochure Rule. The Firm is required by Advisers Act Rule 204-3 (often called the brochure rule) to deliver to Clients a written disclosure statement containing the same information required to be disclosed in Part II of Form ADV. The Firm may either submit the actual Part II to Clients, or provide a separate narrative statement containing all the information that appears in Part II. The Firm must initially deliver this information not less than 48 hours prior to entering into an investment advisory contract or, as an alternative, may deliver this “brochure” at the time the Client enters into the contract, if the Client is given the right to terminate the contract without penalty within five business days after entering into it. The Firm has assigned to Brad Berry the responsibility to deliver the Firm’s brochure or Form ADV, Part II to Clients, including, for these purposes, investors in private funds sponsored by the Firm, within the stated timeframes.  A private fund’s administrator may assist in the delivery of the Firm’s brochure or Form ADV, Part II to investors in such fund.

 

There is no general requirement that all amendments to Form ADV be provided to Clients at the time filed. The Chief Compliance Officer should consider, however, whether any amendment is sufficiently material that Clients would be misled in continuing their relationship with the Firm without benefit of the information in the amendment.

 

Annual Offer. The brochure rule also requires the Firm annually to deliver or offer in writing to deliver to existing Clients an updated version of the information in the brochure or Form ADV, Part II. Brochures must be sent to Clients within seven days after a request for the brochure is received.

 

Private Funds—Annual Offer. In addition, registered investment advisers, such as the Firm, that manage private funds and act as a general partner to a limited partnership or managing member or manager to a limited liability company, must furnish the Form ADV, Part II to each private fund investor.

 

Other Disclosures. Disclosures made in the Firm’s Form ADV may appear or be used in other documents or communications to Clients or prospective Clients.  Other contracts, marketing materials, and offering documents must be evaluated to assess their impact and consistency with the Firm’s Form ADV disclosures.

 

Procedures

 

Brochure Delivery. Brad Berry will be responsible for delivering (or monitoring delivery of) a current copy of the Form ADV, Part II (or equivalent brochure) to Clients not less than 48 hours prior to entering into an investment advisory contract or, at the time the Client enters into the advisory agreement, if the Client is given the right (generally set forth in the advisory agreement)

 

3-4



 

to terminate the agreement without penalty within five business days after entering into it. Evidence of such delivery must be provided promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Private Funds–Brochure Delivery.   For private funds managed by the Firm, the Chief Compliance Officer will confirm that the Firm’s Form ADV, Part II is included as an exhibit to or otherwise provided with the fund’s offering memorandum. Firm personnel, in conjunction with a private fund administrator (if any), create and maintain a list of all investors or prospective investors in such fund who are to be sent offering documents. Firm personnel and/or the administrator will provide the documents to such persons and retain evidence of such transmittal.  Subscription documents are dated by investors and evidence that the investor is entering into a contract more than 48 hours after the Form ADV, Part II was received.

 

Annual Update of Form ADV.   The Firm must prepare an updated Form ADV each year within 90 days after its fiscal year end. The Chief Compliance Officer has responsibility for collecting information necessary for the annual update of Form ADV for filing with the IARD (in the case of Part 1) and for inclusion in a revised version of Part II to be produced in hard copy form. The Chief Compliance Officer also will be responsible for the filing of Form ADV Part 1 and the payment of the appropriate funds to IARD to cover filing fees, which are based on the Firm’s assets under management. Each year, the Chief Compliance Officer shall circulate Part II of the Firm’s Form ADV to certain Employees named in Part II, Item 6 to make any changes to their personal information and to Brad Berry for further review.

 

Annual Offer of Brochure.   Brad Berry has responsibility for offering annually the current version of the Firm’s Form ADV, Part II (or equivalent brochure) to Clients with separately managed accounts. Brad Berry has responsibility for offering annually the current version of the Firm’s Form ADV, Part II (or equivalent brochure) to investors in private funds sponsored by the Firm. A private fund’s administrator may send a letter from the Firm offering the Form ADV, Part II (or equivalent brochure) to investors in private funds managed by the Firm.  The administrator will provide the Chief Compliance Officer with a confirmation that it has been sent to all investors on each private fund’s register. The Form ADV, Part II (or equivalent brochure) must be sent to Clients and investors within seven days after a request for the brochure is received. Evidence of the annual offer, the names of Clients and investors who have requested the brochure and the delivery of the Form ADV, Part II (or equivalent brochure) shall be maintained by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Annual Review of Disclosures. The Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis shall review, reconcile and update disclosures made in:

 

·                             Form ADV;

·                             Private fund offering materials;

·                             Advertising and marketing presentation materials;

·                             Contracts with broker-dealers (for change to soft dollar practices and services);

·                             Contracts with third-party vendors;

·                             Contracts with other advisers, sub-advisers or wrap fee sponsors; and

·                             The Firm’s investment advisory contracts with non-private fund Clients.

 

3-5



 

Policies and Procedures

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

ADVERTISING, MARKETING, AND COMMUNICATIONS

 

Advertising

 

Law and Policy

 

The Firm, as a registered investment adviser, has a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of its Clients. As part of this fiduciary duty, the Firm has an affirmative obligation of utmost good faith and full and fair disclosure of all material facts to Clients.

 

Advertisements - General. The Advisers Act, limits the form and content of “advertisements,” which are defined to include:

 

“any notice, circular, letter or other written communication, addressed to more than one person, or any notice or other announcement in any publication or by radio or television, which offers any  ...  investment advisory service with regard to securities.”

 

The Advisers Act antifraud provisions and the advertising rule generally prohibit any untrue statement of a material fact or material omission from advertisements.  SEC rules expressly restrict use of the following in advertisements:

 

Testimonials .   An advertisement cannot contain any testimonials of any present or former Clients.

 

Past Recommendations . The advertisement cannot refer, directly or indirectly, to any past specific recommendations. However, an advertisement may provide specific lists of securities or types of securities provided the list is based on non-performance based criteria ( e.g ., ten largest or smallest holdings).

 

Use of Chart, Graph, Formula or Other Device . An advertisement may not represent that any chart, graph, formula or other device can in and of itself be used to determine which securities to buy and sell or will assist a person in determining which securities to buy and sell without prominently disclosing the limitations thereof and the difficulties with respect to its use.

 

Claims of Free Service . An advertisement cannot contain any statement that any report, analysis or other service will be furnished entirely free unless it will be offered free without any condition or obligation.

 

Other Misrepresentations .   Advertisements that misrepresent the Firm’s or an Employee’s expertise, academic credentials or years of experience are prohibited under this provision.

 

4-1



 

Performance Data.   The SEC has detailed rules regarding the use of a Client’s performance information. These rules are as follows:

 

“Net of Fees” Requirement .   In general, performance results cannot be given unless they reflect a deduction of advisory fees, brokerage or other commissions and any other expenses the Client would have to pay. Performance shown must be net of fees. The fees deducted should be actual fees, not model fees.  However, we may advertise composite performance by deducting a model fee equal to the highest fee charged to any account in the composite with an appropriate disclosure statement.

 

Exceptions:

 

·                   Custodian Fees - custodian fees paid to a bank or other entity for safekeeping Client funds need not be deducted.

 

·                   One-On-One Presentations - a presentation made to one person (or a small group) that is either a wealthy individual, pension fund, university or other institution with sufficient assets in a private and confidential manner with an opportunity for Clients to discuss the type of fees they may pay is permitted if the adviser provides the following:

 

·                   disclosure that results do not reflect the deduction of fees;

·                   disclosure that returns will be reduced by advisory fees;

·                   disclosure that advisory fees are described in Form ADV, Part II; and

·                   an example showing effect of compounded fees on portfolio value.

 

·                   Presentation of Gross with Net Performance — The Firm may distribute an advertisement with both gross and net performance in equal prominence with sufficient disclosure of any factors necessary to make the figures comparable.

 

Model and Actual Results .   There are certain advertising prohibitions pertaining to actual and model (for hypothetical or model portfolios not for an actual account) results. Some of the restrictions apply to model and actual results together, while others apply to either one separately.

 

i.                                           Model or Actual Results: Advertisements may not:

 

·                   fail to disclose the effect of material market conditions on results;

·                   fail to deduct advisory fees;

·                   fail to disclose whether results include reinvestment of dividends;

·                   suggest potential profits without disclosing possibility of loss;

·                   compare results to an index without disclosing all material factors; or

·                   fail to disclose any material conditions or strategies used to obtain performance.

 

4-2



 

ii                                           Model Results: The advertisement may not:

 

·                   fail to disclose prominently the limits inherent in model results;

·                   fail to disclose material changes in the strategies of the model during the period portrayed;

·                   fail to disclose that some securities reflected in model do not relate to services currently offered, if applicable; or

·                   fail to disclose that Clients actually had materially different results.

 

Backtested Performance . The practice of creating hypothetical performance results by retroactively applying the Firm’s management strategy to actual historical data is inherently misleading unless accompanied by a disclosure that the advertised results do not represent actual trading results.

 

Predecessor Performance .   Before making any representation concerning prior performance by any portfolio manager, certain conditions as to continuity of management style and management authority over the portfolio must be satisfied.

 

Construction of Composites . The Firm may wish to construct a composite based only on the results of a particular strategy. If a composite includes fewer than all Clients, the Firm must disclose prominently that the results portrayed relate only to a select group of Clients, the basis on which the selection was made, and the effect of this practice on the results portrayed. Superior performance is not a legitimate basis for selection of accounts to participate in a composite. Performance shown in any composite must be net of fees. It is preferable to deduct actual fees paid by the accounts in the composite. If actual fees are not used, and a model fee is used, the model fee must be equal to the highest fee charged to any account employing that strategy during the performance period. This does not apply if the composite is being used to reflect pro forma hypothetical performance regarding a newly offered private fund, provided adequate disclosures are made and the pro forma adjustments include the fees and estimated expenses of the fund.

 

Comparisons to Indices; Third-Party Information . If the performance of an account or a composite of accounts is compared to an index, the index should be described. If there are material differences between the composition of the index and the composition of the composite, this must also be disclosed.  When utilizing graphs, charts or any statistical or other information compiled by an independent outside source, that source must be credited and the date of the information is included.

 

NASD “Related Performance” Prohibition.   To the extent the Firm uses a broker-dealer to market interests in private funds, the advertising requirements of the NASD Inc. (“NASD”) apply. The NASD has stated that its Conduct Rule 2210 generally prohibits the use of “related performance” information in sales materials for pooled investment vehicles, such as private funds managed by the Firm.  The prohibition does not apply to private funds relying on an exclusion from investment company regulation provided by Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment

 

4-3



 

Company Act for offerings to “qualified purchasers.” The term “related performance” refers to hypothetical performance information and any other performance information of the Firm which does not reflect actual performance of the fund in question.  The use of such information is especially important in marketing start-up or relatively new funds that have little or no track record. When an NASD member is involved, Firm performance in connection with the sale of private funds managed by the Firm (other than a fund relying on Section 3(c)(7)) must be included in the offering memoranda, which the NASD does not consider to be sales material.

 

Governmental Approvals.   The Advisers Act prohibits any representation that the Firm has been sponsored, recommended or approved by the SEC or that the SEC or its staff has passed on the abilities or qualifications of the Firm. In this regard, SEC staff interpretations prohibit use of the initials “R.I.A.” (to suggest registered investment adviser) following any person’s name in any printed materials. The staff views this as being potentially misleading by suggesting some level of professional competence, education or special training when no such requirement is a prerequisite to becoming an R.I.A.

 

Investment Counsel.   Firm advertising, including business cards, may not use the term “investment counsel,” unless the Firm’s principal business consists of acting as an investment adviser and a substantial part of its business consists of rendering “investment supervisory services” as disclosed in Form ADV.  “Investment supervisory services” means the giving of continuous advice as to the investment of funds on the basis of the individual need of each Client.

 

Use of Firm Name.   Any use of the Firm’s name in marketing materials or other communications disseminated by third parties, such as indexes, newsletters, websites, other private or public fund documents, or other forms of public or targeted communications could be considered advertising. Therefore, any use of the Firm’s name in these or similar capacities is subject to prior approval by the Chief Compliance Officer to confirm their accuracy.  When possible, the Chief Compliance Officer should obtain an advance copy of how the Firm’s name may appear in any such publication.

 

AIMR Compliance. Advisers frequently represent that their performance results are presented in compliance with the Performance Presentation Standards of the Association of Investment Management and Research (“AIMR Standards”).* While the SEC does not endorse or enforce AIMR Standards, an adviser’s inaccurate claim of AIMR compliance may constitute a false and misleading statement, which may violate the Advisers Act.

 


* The Association of Investment Management and Research recently changed its name to the “CFA Institute.”

 

4-4



 

Fraudulent Performance Claims. Other examples of potentially fraudulent performance claims include:

 

·                   Creating distorted performance results by constructing composites that include only selected profitable accounts, or are for selected profitable periods;

·                   Comparing the adviser’s performance to inappropriate indices (e.g., stating or implying that a dissimilar index is comparable to the adviser’s investment strategies);

·                   Representing or implying that model or backtested performance is actual performance;

·                   Failing to deduct the adviser’s fees from performance calculations, without disclosure;

·                   Representing falsely the adviser’s total assets under management, credentials, or length of time in business; and

·                   Incorporating a predecessor adviser’s performance into the adviser’s advertised performance returns if it is not comparable.

 

Procedures

 

Preparation of Advertising Materials. Materials that could be deemed advertising under the SEC definition, including materials to be used in one-on-one presentations to Clients, are prepared by the Chief Compliance Officer. Any Employee who has prepared materials for use in presentations to Clients or prospects should submit them to the Chief Compliance Officer no later than five business days prior to expected use.

 

Approval Process. The Chief Compliance Officer has responsibility for review and approval of all advertisements and other marketing materials used with Clients and prospective Clients. The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain a file of all such approved advertising.  Previously approved materials (or form of materials) need not be submitted prior to reuse.

 

Retention of Advertising Materials.   Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(11) requires that the Firm maintain a file containing a copy of each “notice, circular, advertisement, newspaper article, bulletin or other communication” that the Firm distributes to ten or more persons.  It is the responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer to maintain such a file containing each advertisement actually used. All advertisements are filed indefinitely until the Chief Compliance Officer authorizes their destruction. In addition, for any performance information or presentation in advertising materials, the person preparing such information or the Chief Compliance Officer must provide adequate documentation clearly supporting such claims and maintain such supporting documentation with any approved advertising material.

 

Website Maintenance.   The Firm’s password-protected website, www.bluelioncap.com is maintained by Brad Berry. No material may be posted to the website without the approval of the Chief Compliance Officer.  The Chief Compliance Officer will review the Firm’s website periodically to determine whether it complies with advertising restrictions.

 

4-5



 

E-Mail. E-mail communications to individual Clients generally are not subject to the approval procedures described above, unless they form communications that would be considered to be “advertisements.” Any such advertisements by email will be furnished by the sender to the Chief Compliance Officer and will be maintained by the Chief Compliance Officer consistent with the Firm’s recordkeeping policies in this Manual.

 

4-6



 

Solicitation Arrangements

 

Law and Policy

 

Client Referral and Solicitation Arrangements — Affiliated Solicitors. Fee payments by the Firm for Client referrals are subject to Rule 206(4)-3 under the Advisers Act.  The rule requires that such payments be made pursuant to a written agreement between the Firm and the soliciting person, that the affiliation with the Firm be disclosed at the time of the solicitation, and that the solicitor not have been found to have violated securities or certain other laws.

 

Solicitation Arrangements — Unaffiliated Solicitors.   Unaffiliated solicitors ( i.e ., non-Employees engaged contractually to solicit Clients for the Firm) must have entered into a written solicitation agreement with the Firm and provide Clients with a separate disclosure document that describes the terms of the arrangement, including any compensation that the solicitor will receive. Solicitors may not be subject to any statutory disqualifications. Solicitors also must deliver a copy of the Firm’s Form ADV, Part II at the time of solicitation. Clients must sign an acknowledgment of the receipt of such documents and disclosures.

 

All solicitation arrangements, including solicitation arrangements involving private funds, must be reviewed and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

ERISA Considerations. ERISA prohibits fiduciaries from engaging in transactions that may be viewed as resulting in conflicts of interest, including (1) dealing with the assets of a plan for the fiduciary’s own account; (2) acting on behalf of a party whose interests are adverse to those of the plan; and (3) receiving any consideration for the fiduciary’s own account from a third party in connection with a transaction involving plan assets.  Client referral and solicitation arrangements that satisfy Rule 206(4)-3 under the Advisers Act may nevertheless violate ERISA if the person receiving payments is a fiduciary of an ERISA plan.  In addition, the overall compensation received by the solicitor in connection with its provision of services to an ERISA plan must be reasonable.

 

Indirect Payments for Client Referrals. Any formal or informal arrangement with one or more brokers to direct brokerage for Client referrals may be subject to the solicitation rule. Payments for referrals involving third party vendors, Internet website links, newsletters or issuers also may be subject to the rule and related disclosures; contracts with such third parties may contain hidden referral fee compensation.

 

4-7



 

Procedures

 

Solicitation Arrangements. All referral fee arrangements must be reviewed and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer. Before approving any such arrangement, the Chief Compliance Officer will be responsible for monitoring that the Firm has performed a background check on the solicitor, the Firm has entered into a solicitation agreement, the Firm’s Form ADV properly describes the Firm’s use of and payments to solicitors, and Clients have received disclosure documents and returned the signed acknowledgement of receipt of those documents. The Chief Compliance Officer will periodically review the Firm’s solicitation arrangements to monitor solicitors’ compliance with their contractual commitments.  No solicitor will receive payment without a disclosure statement signed by the Client on file.

 

4-8



 

Marketing Private Fund Interests

 

Law and Policy

 

It is the policy of the Firm to comply with all exemptions and exclusions necessary for the private funds it sponsors or advises not to have to register under the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act.

 

Private Offering Exemptions.   Private funds offering securities, such as limited partnership interests or membership interests in limited liability companies, rely on exemptions from registration under federal and state law. Without an exemption, the securities would have to be registered under the Securities Act.

 

The most frequently used exemption permitting a private fund to offer interests without Securities Act registration is Regulation D.  The primary restriction on such marketing such interests is that the private fund must not engage in any general advertising or general solicitation that suggests a “public” offering of the securities. In addition, such private fund must offer or sell interests only to “accredited investors” with whom the private fund has a prior relationship. An “accredited investor” is defined to include most institutions and natural persons with a net worth over $1 million or an annual income in excess of $200,000 (alone) or $300,000 (with his/her spouse) in each of the two most recent years.

 

No General Solicitation. Regulation D defines general advertising or solicitation to include: (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media, or broadcast over television or radio; and (ii) any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or advertising.  In general, SEC staff letters have indicated that almost any use of the media to offer securities is forbidden by Regulation D.

 

Example — It is improper to perform a “mass mailing” to potential investors whose names were obtained from a list of, e.g ., doctors in New York State, executives from Fortune 500 companies, or persons who have previously invested in non-Firm funds.

 

The SEC consistently has emphasized that the size of the group of offerees by itself is not determinative, although a large group of offerees may suggest that the offering is not a private offering.  Of primary importance to the SEC has been the existence of a pre-existing and substantive relationship between the offeror (or any broker-dealer as its agent) and the offeree sufficient for the offeror to clearly understand that the offeree might be an appropriate investor.

 

4-9



 

Pre-Existing Relationship. A pre-existing relationship may be required even before soliciting interests in a generic type of investment, such as “hedge funds,” even without identifying the specific offering. A “pre-existing relationship” has been interpreted to mean that the issuer is familiar with the offeree’s financial circumstances and level of sophistication.

 

Example — It is permissible for a limited partnership to mail a written offer to people who previously invested in other limited partnerships sponsored by its general partner. In this case a substantive, pre-existing relationship is present.

 

Under the pre-existing relationship standard, it would be inappropriate to hold general meetings or to place advertisements in journals in order to identify potential investors. On the other hand, the SEC has approved the use of meetings and “cold calls” by registered broker-dealers as long as no offer of privately placed securities is made to an investor identified in such manner until the relationship has been established, the broker has gathered financial and investment information from the prospective investor and the broker has satisfied its know-your-customer or suitability obligations.

 

Substantive Relationship. A relationship between an offeror and an offeree is “substantive” if the relationship enables the offeror to ascertain whether the proposed investment would be suitable for the offeree. The traditional criteria of suitability are financial sophistication and the ability to bear the potential risk of loss associated with the investment. A representative of a private fund can get to know investors through telephone conversations, meetings, knowledge of other investments and other experiences with the investor to form a substantive basis to know the investor. Most broker-dealers gather the information necessary to make suitability evaluations with respect to their customers by asking them to complete account questionnaires.

 

Investment Company Act Exceptions. In addition to maintaining a private offering exemption from Securities Act registration, a private fund must avoid classification as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. Were a fund to be classified as an “investment company,” it would be unable to pursue its business as a hedge fund by virtue of extensive requirements under the Investment Company Act relating to permissible investments, leverage, diversification, affiliated transactions and governance, among other things.

 

One of the potentially available exceptions to the definition of “investment company” is Section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act.  Under this provision, a private fund may avoid regulation under the Investment Company Act as long as it makes no public offering of its securities and has no more than one hundred beneficial owners of its outstanding securities. A company, partnership or trust is treated as a single investor under Section 3(c)(1) unless it too is excluded under Section 3(c)(1) and it owns 10% or more of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities. In that event, the number of the issuer’s “investors” includes the number of beneficial owners of the investing entity’s outstanding securities. “Conduit” entities investing in a private fund will be treated on a look-through basis.

 

A second exclusion is available under Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act if the fund is privately offered and sold only to “qualified purchasers,” which generally includes individuals

 

4-10



 

having “investments” in excess of $5 million and entities having “investments” in excess of $25 million.  A private fund qualifying for this exclusion may accept an unlimited number of qualified purchaser investors (although 499 is a practical limit because any more subjects the fund to reporting obligations under the Exchange Act).

 

The Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes a “public offering,” but private funds generally look to the Securities Act to determine whether or not a public offering has occurred.

 

Manner of Sale — Use of Brokers or Issuer Exemption.   The Firm and its Employees must take measures to prevent violations of other laws and regulations that govern who may offer or sell securities, such as interests in a private fund. Depending on solicitation, compensation and other arrangements, the Firm or its Employees could be subject to broker-dealer or other laws, and the failure to comply with such requirements could result in giving the purchaser the right to rescind any transaction, among other sanctions for failure to register as a broker-dealer. Employees who may sell interests in a private fund sponsored by the Firm may not be compensated based on subscriptions or capital raised by the private fund.

 

Any use of a finder, solicitor or other third party agent, including any broker-dealer, who may refer potential investors or make introductions must be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

ERISA Considerations. Generally, if an ERISA plan or IRA invests in a U.S. private fund, the underlying assets of the entity will be treated as “plan assets” subject to ERISA unless an exception is available. One such exception is that if “benefit plan investors” own less than 25% of the value of equity interests in the fund, the fund will not be treated as holding “plan assets.” For this purpose, “benefit plan investors” include employee pension and welfare benefit plans, including foreign and domestic plans, church plans, governmental plans, and IRAs. If a fund is deemed to hold “plan assets,” the activities of the fund will be subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA, which means, among other things, that the Firm must manage the assets of the fund with the skill, care, prudence, diligence and diversification of a prudent expert, and the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code will apply. This would mean, among other things, that there could be no principal or cross trades involving the fund and the Firm or its other Clients.  It is Firm policy to monitor compliance with the 25% test on an ongoing basis so that no private fund will be deemed to involve “plan assets.”  In measuring the value of fund interests for these purposes, both contributions and redemptions are taken into account. Interests held by any persons who manage the assets (and affiliates of those persons) are excluded from the denominator for this purpose.

 

Procedures

 

See Documentation of Accounts and Account Opening below.

 

4-11



 

Communications with Media, Regulators and Clients

 

Law and Policy

 

Inappropriate disclosure of information or public statements can cause misunderstanding and uncertainty among our investors and prospective Employees and can damage the Firm’s reputation.  This media policy applies to every Employee, whether full time, part time or temporary, and every independent consultant hired by the Firm.

 

Media Relations. We are not required to disclose information relating to our business to the press. Therefore, we have established and require strict adherence to the following policies for handling all media inquiries:

 

·               No Employee (other than our designated spokesperson) is authorized to comment to the press or media or appear in public in matters relating directly or indirectly to the Firm.

 

·               All media calls or queries must be referred immediately to the designated spokesperson who will discuss any matters of legal or compliance sensitivity with the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

·               Our policy is to speak with one voice to the media. Our spokesperson will be the Firm’s General Partner. From time to time, other persons may be designated to be spokespersons by management.

 

·               Any personal or family relationships with a member of the media should be made known to the Chief Compliance Officer. Members of the media are not invited as reporters to Firm events. This fact should be made clear to any ‘significant other’ that might be invited to a Firm event based on a personal relationship with an Employee.

 

·               No Employee may speak to the press or answer any unsolicited inquiry concerning any private fund advised by the Firm presently being offered (including in order to confirm information about the private fund). Any inquiries should be referred to the General Partner or to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

·               An Employee who wishes to publish an article, paper or other publication, appear in public, speak on behalf of/or represent the Firm must receive prior written approval from the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Regulatory Inquiries . All regulatory inquiries concerning the Firm are handled by the Chief Compliance Officer.  Employees receiving such inquiries, whether by mail, telephone or personal visit, must refer them immediately to the Chief Compliance Officer.  Under no circumstances should any documents or material be released without prior approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, nor should any Employee have substantive discussions with any regulatory personnel without prior consultation with the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

4-12



 

Client Complaints . Any Employee receiving a complaint, whether oral or written, from any Client or from any investor in a private fund must promptly bring such complaint to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer. Employees should not attempt to respond to or resolve any complaint by themselves.  All responses to such complaints must be handled by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Procedures

 

The Chief Compliance Officer will respond to any inquiries and complaints and may consult with senior management and counsel. The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain records of any inquiries and complaints and accompanying responses.

 

4-13



 

Policies and Procedures

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

CONTRACTS AND ACCOUNT ADMINISTRATION

 

Content of Investment Advisory Agreements

 

Law and Policy

 

The Advisers Act minimally prescribes the content of investment advisory agreements, and does not even specify that such agreements be in writing. In accordance with industry practice, however, it is the policy of the Firm that all investment advisory contracts with Clients be in writing.

 

The Firm has developed standard investment advisory agreements to utilize with all Clients opening separate accounts. It is Firm policy that no account is to be opened nor Client funds accepted for management until the agreement appropriate to the type of Client and service to be provided has been signed and the Client’s investment objectives, restrictions, risk tolerances and/or asset allocation guidelines have been documented.

 

With respect to private fund Clients, the limited partnership agreement or operating agreement serves as the applicable investment advisory agreement, and the standards set forth below will apply to such agreements.

 

Advisers Act Requirements.   Section 205 of the Advisers Act requires that every contract between the Firm and a Client must treat the following issues:

 

·       Assignments. The contract must state that it cannot be assigned (as such term is interpreted under the Advisers Act) without the consent of the Client. This provision prevents transfers of advisory contracts to third parties who may not be acceptable to the Client. An “assignment” is deemed to occur not only when the Firm directly or indirectly transfers the Client’s contract, but generally upon the transfer of a controlling block (generally 25% or more) of the Firm’s outstanding voting securities. However, only those transactions that result in a change of actual control or management of the Firm are considered assignments.

 

·       Performance Fees. Except under circumstances defined in the law and the SEC’s performance fee rule, an advisory contract may not provide for performance-based fees. As an exception, the rule provides that “qualified clients,” those with $750,000 under the management of the Firm or $1.5 million in net worth, may enter into performance fee arrangements. Private funds managed by the Firm typically charge such fees and limit access to qualified clients only. If an investor in a private fund is a Section 3(c)(1) fund, a registered mutual fund or business development company, each of the equity owners of that fund must meet the qualified client eligibility requirements. “Qualified purchasers” in a Section 3(c)(7) fund and certain knowledgeable employees of an adviser also may be charged performance fees.

 

5-1



 

The foregoing are the only express requirements in the Advisers Act applicable with respect to the investment advisory agreements of the Firm. Through interpretation in enforcement actions and interpretive letters, however, the SEC and its staff have taken the following positions with respect to contract provisions, and these also should be incorporated into the Firm’s agreements.

 

·       Hedge Clauses. Any legend, hedge clause, or other contractual provision that is likely to lead a Client to believe it has waived any available right of action against the adviser may violate the Advisers Act antifraud provisions. Thus, while a statement of the standard of care the adviser will use in managing the account is desirable in the agreement, any clause limiting the adviser’s liability must make clear that the Client has rights under applicable federal and state securities laws. In addition, ERISA renders void any provision that purports to relieve a fiduciary from complying with ERISA’s fiduciary responsibility rules.

 

·       Fees/Excessive Fees. The SEC requires that an adviser, as a fiduciary, make full and fair disclosure to clients about the fees it charges. The SEC staff has taken the position that if an adviser charges fees that are substantially higher than those charged by other advisers, it must disclose this fact and also disclose that the client may obtain the services elsewhere at lower cost. Such disclosure is typically required for management fees greater than 3% of assets under management.

 

·       Prepaid Fees. If an adviser requires a Client to pre-pay advisory fees, the advisory agreement must provide for pro rata refund of fees in the event of early termination.

 

·       Performance Fees. If an adviser charges a performance fee to a private fund, each investor in the fund must meet qualified client eligibility. The subscription documents should include a representation that the investor is eligible as a qualified client, and the basis for that eligibility.

 

·       Cross and Agency Cross Transactions. If the adviser plans to execute cross or agency cross transactions, the advisory agreement should address and disclose conflicts of interest and obtain explicit Client consent, especially if an affiliated broker-dealer will be used. In addition, if the Client is an ERISA plan, agency cross transactions must satisfy the conditions of Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 86-128.

 

·       Directed Brokerage Arrangements. If the Client directs the adviser to use a particular broker (as, for example, if a direction to utilize a prime broker is contained in the limited partnership, LLC or comparable agreement), the contract should contain an acknowledgment by the Client that this arrangement may impair the adviser’s ability to obtain the lowest commissions or to obtain best execution (through bunched orders or otherwise) in all cases. ERISA may not permit directed brokerage arrangements to the extent they impede the adviser’s ability to obtain best execution.

 

·       Delivery of Form ADV. The Advisers Act requires that an adviser deliver Form ADV, Part II to clients (which would include investors in U.S. private funds sponsored by the Firm and

 

5-2



 

in certain cases, non-U.S. private funds sponsored by the Firm for which delivery of the Form ADV, Part II to the Board of Directors may be deemed to be insufficient disclosure) less than 48 hours prior to entering into an investment advisory agreement (or signing the subscription documents), or at the time of entering into the agreement, if the client then has the right to terminate the agreement within five business days without penalty.  This language may be contained in the Firm’s investment advisory agreements.

 

Additional Requirements for Contracts with ERISA and Other Benefit Plan Clients.   In addition to the provisions above, which are required in all Client contracts, the following provisions should be included in contracts with ERISA Clients:

 

·       Representation of ERISA Plan Status. The agreement should contain a representation that the Client is an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA.

 

·       Appointment as Investment Manager. The Firm should represent in the agreement that it is registered as an investment adviser, acknowledge that it is a fiduciary of the plan and represent that it is eligible to serve as investment manager of the assets placed under its management if properly appointed. The Client should represent that it is a “named fiduciary” with authority to appoint an investment manager.

 

·       Disclaimer for Unmanaged Assets. Unless the Firm manages all assets of the plan, the agreement should disclaim any responsibility of the Firm for assets not under its control or management and for diversification of the plan’s overall portfolio.

 

·       Bonding Requirement. Unless the Firm has its own fidelity bond, the agreement should include an acknowledgment that the Firm does not carry the bond required under Section 412 of ERISA and that the Client has covered the Firm on an agent’s rider to its own Section 412 bond.

 

·       Carveouts from Fiduciary Responsibility. If applicable, the agreement should state that the Firm is not a fiduciary and has no fiduciary authority with respect to any aspect of a transaction directed by the Client, such as directed brokerage arrangements or proxy voting instructions.

 

·       Investment in Affiliated Funds. Investments in affiliated private funds raises prohibited transaction issues unless exemptive relief is available. In some instances, such as where the adviser intends to invest plan assets in affiliated mutual funds, exemptive relief may be available for the transactions if specifically authorized in the investment management agreement and if the other conditions of the applicable exemption are satisfied.

 

These requirements would not apply with respect to the investment by an ERISA Plan in a fund that does not hold “plan assets.”

 

5-3



 

Individual Retirement Arrangements.   In general, individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities are not subject to ERISA.  However, they are subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 and other provisions of the Code that may limit the investments that they may make.

 

Governmental Plans. Employee benefit plans maintained by state and local governments are not subject to ERISA. However, they may be subject to similar (or quite different) state law requirements that may impose additional conditions or restrictions on the plan’s investment activities.

 

Procedures

 

Client Relationships.   Each Employee designated to a Client has responsibility for establishment of relationships with, and obtaining necessary information from that Client.

 

Determination of Service to be Provided.  At the initiation of the Client relationship, the designated Employee will determine the nature of the service to be provided to the Client and ascertain the nature of the Client (individual, corporation, partnership, trust, employee benefit plan subject to ERISA).

 

Contracting Process. The designated Employee shall contact the Chief Compliance Officer to determine the appropriate contract and schedules for the type of Client and nature of service contemplated.  The Employee will provide copies of all signed agreements to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Fees. The Chief Compliance Officer also shall be responsible for reviewing at least quarterly the fee calculations charged to Clients for consistency with fee disclosures in the applicable Client contract, and for private funds managed by the Firm for consistency with fee disclosures in the applicable private placement memorandum. Appropriate Firm personnel will verify the fees for each Client on a monthly basis. The administrator for each private fund will verify the fees for each applicable private fund on a monthly basis.

 

5-4



 

Documentation of Accounts and Account Opening

 

Law and Policy

 

The Firm may impose eligibility and quantitative account minimums for each Client.  From a qualitative standpoint, it is Firm policy not to accept Clients who pose reputational risk to the Firm.

 

Suitability. The SEC has stated that suitability is implicit in the concept of fiduciary duty, and that a failure by an adviser to make suitable recommendations could be deemed a violation of the antifraud provisions of the Advisers Act.  Thus, prior to providing investment advice (or engaging in discretionary trading for separate account Clients), the Firm must make reasonable inquiry into the Client’s investment objectives and investment experience (and for individual Clients, his or her financial situation) in order to reasonably determine that the investment advice or trade is suitable for the Client. For private fund Clients ( i.e ., private funds managed by the Firm), the fund’s private placement memorandum will disclose the fund’s investment objectives, strategies and styles.

 

Account Documentation - Other Than Natural Persons.   In addition to documentation provided to establish suitability, governing documents should be obtained from Clients that are other than natural persons.  The primary reasons for such documentation are to establish the authority of the entity to enter into an investment management relationship, to ascertain any restrictions on investment by the entity and to establish the authority of the person signing the investment management agreement on behalf of the entity.

 

If an investor or Client is a corporation, the following should be obtained:

 

·       Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws: These should be reviewed to ascertain whether there are any limitations on the ability of the corporation to conduct a particular kind of business or make a particular kind of investment.

 

·       In the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer, corporate resolutions: a resolution certifying the authority of the signatory to the investment advisory agreement and, where applicable, a resolution authorizing the hiring of the Firm, should be obtained.

 

In the case of a trust, including a trust underlying a foundation, the following documents should be obtained:

 

·       A copy of the full trust document setting forth the investment powers of the trust and any limitations on investments, and the authority of the trustee to sign the investment management agreement.

 

·       Alternatively, in the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer, a certificate of trust signed by the trustee certifying the accuracy and continued effectiveness of the trust document and, in the case of a foundation, the tax-exempt status of the entity. The sections of the trust

 

5-5



 

instrument concerning appointment of the trustee and investment powers should be attached to this.

 

In the case of a partnership or limited liability company, the following documents should be obtained:

 

·       A copy of the full Partnership Agreement, Limited Liability Company Agreement or Operating Agreement showing the powers of the partnership or limited liability company and designating the general partner(s) or managing member(s).

 

·       In the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer, a certificate from a general partner or managing member certifying the continued existence of the partnership or limited liability company and effectiveness of the Partnership Agreement or Limited Liability Company Agreement or Operating Agreement.

 

Before any ERISA Client account is activated, the Firm must receive from the plan a copy of the full plan documents. These documents should be reviewed to ascertain the following:

 

·       Whether they permit the appointment of an investment manager to manage the assets of the plan.

 

·       Whether they identify the named fiduciary of the plan.

 

·       Whether there are any guidelines for or restrictions on investments by the plan.

 

·       Whether proxy voting and share tendering responsibilities are delegated to the investment manager or expressly reserved to the plan’s trustees. If the documents are silent, the investment manager is deemed to have such responsibility.

 

Account Activation. It is the policy of the Firm that accounts may be activated, and funds invested on behalf of Clients, only after the following actions have been taken:

 

·       The Client has been evaluated and deemed acceptable as a Client from both qualitative and quantitative standpoints.

 

·       The appropriate investment management agreement for the type of Client and the nature of service to be provided has been signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer (in the case of separately managed accounts) or the fund administrator (in the case of investors in private funds).

 

·       Documentation describing the Client’s investment objectives, investment restrictions, risk tolerances and asset allocation guidelines, as applicable, has been approved in writing by the Client.

 

·       For private fund Clients, subscription documents have been received and reviewed.

 

5-6



 

·       Any additional documentation required for corporate, partnership, trust and ERISA accounts has been received and reviewed.

 

·       Agreements with each applicable broker-dealer and qualified custodians have been executed and are in effect.

 

·       The Client (or investor) has passed Firm credit checks (if any), has received the Firm’s privacy policy and Form ADV, Part II, and has received, signed and returned the solicitor’s disclosure statement if applicable.

 

For investors in private funds, see also “Subscriptions for Private Fund Interests” below.

 

Procedures

 

Account Documentation.  The Administrator has the responsibility for gathering the documentation required for each new Client and filing it in the appropriate Client file.

 

Account Opening. For separately managed accounts, the Chief Compliance Officer shall confirm whether the Firm has obtained all necessary information and agreements from a new Client before rendering any advice. The Chief Compliance Officer will review the Client data to confirm that the Client meets Firm quantitative eligibility and other qualitative standards and assess whether there are any special trading or other restrictions imposed on or by the Client.

 

Suitability .  For Clients, including private funds managed by the Firm, the Chief Compliance Officer shall review the investments made by each Client at least quarterly to confirm consistency with investment objectives, strategies and styles as set forth in the applicable Client contract or private placement memorandum.

 

5-7



 

Subscriptions for Private Fund Interests

 

Law and Policy

 

See Marketing Private Fund Interests above.

 

Procedures

 

Private Funds – Distribution of Offering Materials.   Designated Firm personnel are responsible for controlling the distribution of any marketing materials, subscription documents or offering memoranda for any private fund advised by the Firm.  Its procedures include the numbering of offering documents and recording of names of offerees in an offering log. Firm personnel, with advice from the Chief Compliance Officer, must make sure no investor receives any such materials unless the private fund or broker-dealer selling the fund has established a pre-existing, substantive relationship with the Client. Fund documents are delivered to and received from prospective investors by the Controller or by the administrator, at the direction of the Controller.  The Controller or the administrator rectifies any deficiencies in documentation it receives from investors by working directly with the prospective investor, and contacts the Chief Compliance Officer with questions if necessary.

 

Private Funds - Subscription Documents. Each private fund has subscription documents that a prospective investor must complete prior to making an investment. The subscription documents capture information necessary for the private fund and the Firm to establish that the investor meets “accredited investor,” “qualified purchaser,” “qualified client” and “qualified eligible person” criteria to the extent applicable to the particular fund. Before permitting any investment, the Administrator must review an investor’s subscription document to confirm that it is materially complete and the investor meets requirements applicable to the particular private fund.

 

Private Funds - Investment Company Act Exclusions. For each private fund, designated Firm and Administrator personnel are aware of whether the fund is relying on Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) for exclusion from the Investment Company Act.  Only investors believed to be accredited on the basis of pre-qualification may receive subscription documents, offering memoranda and other material for Section 3(c)(1) funds. Only investors reasonably believed on the basis of pre-qualification to be “qualified purchasers” may receive subscription documents, offering memoranda and other material for Section 3(c)(7) funds. Designated Firm personnel will maintain a log of offerees and the administrator maintains a register for each fund showing the number of investors and will monitor the 100 – or 499 – investor limits, respectively.

 

Private Funds – ERISA Plan Asset Regulations.   Unless another exception to “plan asset” treatment is available, the Controller shall monitor the level of plan assets in each private fund in order to determine that “benefit plan investors” do not hold 25% or more of any class of interests in the fund (disregarding interests held by the Firm and its affiliates). Other entities that invest in

 

5-8



 

the fund must be treated as “benefit plan investors” if they also hold “plan assets.” The type of assets invested should be designated in the share register for each private fund.

 

Private Funds - Form D Filings. The Chief Compliance Officer files Form D and related state filings in a timely manner with respect to any private fund, and may request assistance from outside counsel with such filings.

 

Controls with Respect to Other Intermediaries.   If a private fund uses a broker-dealer to solicit subscriptions from eligible clients, or uses an offshore administrator or custodian to obtain such information, the Chief Compliance Officer will coordinate with such intermediaries to ensure the Firm obtains the original subscription documents to monitor whether any private fund managed by the Firm includes investors meeting such fund’s eligibility requirements and other controls to maintain securities law exemptions and to ensure applicable filings have been made. The Chief Compliance Officer may assist such intermediaries in furnishing, completing, collecting or reviewing any documentation required by a private fund.

 

5-9



 

Anti-Money Laundering

 

Law and Policy

 

The events of September 11, 2001 and the subsequent enactment of the USA PATRIOT Act resulted in new anti-money laundering (“AML”) compliance requirements for financial institutions and other financial intermediaries.  While mutual funds and broker-dealers are expressly within the definition of “financial institution” in the law and thus subject to extensive regulation, investment advisers are not and have not yet been subjected to AML requirements other than currency transaction reporting requirements.

 

The U.S. Treasury has proposed to extend certain AML requirements to cover advisers. However, such requirements have not yet been adopted. If adopted as expected, the regulations will require advisers to put in place AML compliance programs that include the following:

 

·                  Internal policies, procedures and controls;

·                  A designated compliance officer;

·                  An ongoing employee training program; and

·                  An independent audit function to test the program.

 

Historically, money laundering generally has been considered to involve the channeling of proceeds of illegal activity into the stream of commerce and finance in order to disguise the nature, location, source, ownership or control of such proceeds. The USA PATRIOT Act also officially made illegal so-called “reverse” money laundering: the channeling of “clean” money through entities such as charitable organizations for the purpose of financing illegal activity, such as terrorism.

 

The process of money laundering is thought to occur in three stages. In the placement stage, cash is converted into monetary instruments, such as money orders and travelers’ checks, and may be deposited into accounts with financial institutions or other financial intermediaries. In the second stage, layering, money launderers may transfer funds to different accounts or institutions in an effort to obscure their origins. In the last stage, integration, laundered funds may be used to purchase goods or services in the legitimate economy or to fund further illegal activities.

 

Currency Transaction Reporting.  U.S. Treasury regulations require anyone engaged in a trade or business to file a Currency Transaction Report (“CTR”) for each cash transaction greater than $10,000.  A CTR also is required if a customer during the same day has multiple cash transactions that, when combined, exceed $10,000.  It is the policy of the Firm not to handle customer funds or securities and not to accept cash for management. Accordingly, the Firm does not anticipate filing CTRs.

 

5-10



 

OFAC/Boycott.  Other applicable laws also restrict U.S. persons from doing any business with persons in or from certain countries, or with suspected terrorists or drug dealers published on lists issued by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”).

 

Procedures

 

Designation of Compliance Officer.  The Chief Compliance Officer has been designated as the compliance officer for anti-money laundering purposes.

 

Training.   Comprehensive training on AML requirements is planned immediately following adoption by the Treasury Department of definitive regulations applicable to investment advisers. Unless regulatory developments dictate more frequent updates, Firm staff will be updated annually on AML regulatory changes and developments.

 

Client Identification and Verification.   The Firm and the non-U.S. funds sponsored by the Firm rely on the services of the funds’ administrators to perform AML and customer identification review.  The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for interacting with such administrators to confirm that such procedures have been performed with respect to such Clients and to obtain reports of any AML irregularities regarding Firm Clients.  With respect to separately managed Client accounts and for investors in U.S. funds, the Controller checks the OFAC list to ascertain whether investors and Clients (and their principals) are posted there. The subscription documents for each private fund also require anti-money laundering representations by each investor, including that such investor is not a prohibited investor (as set forth therein). The subscription documents permit the fund to freeze an investor’s investment if the fund reasonably believes that the investor is a prohibited investor or has otherwise breached its representations.

 

5-11



 

Account Termination

 

Law and Policy

 

Under the Advisers Act, an investment advisory agreement must be terminable at will by the client, but may be subject to a period of reasonable notice in the investment advisory agreement. The Firm’s investment management agreements for separate account Clients provides that such agreement continues in effect until either party terminates it by giving to the other party written notice of termination within a specified period of time, and specifies the effective date of termination following such notice. Fees owed under the agreement are to be pro-rated to the date of termination. Upon termination, the Firm will settle open trades for the Client and thereafter will not have any further responsibility with respect to the Client, unless agreed to otherwise. The Employee responsible for the account should obtain explicit written instructions from the Client as to how to dispose of Client assets prior to and following termination, e.g. , whether assets should be liquidated at termination or transferred. Where the Client is subject to ERISA, ERISA may limit the ability of the Firm to terminate the arrangement if the Client has not made alternative arrangements for the account assets.

 

With respect to private funds managed by the Firm, investors may terminate their relationship with the Firm according to disclosures and agreements in various organizational documents. Fund offering documents also will disclose to investors any special requirements or restrictions or redemptions and termination or windup of the fund.

 

Procedures

 

Termination.  The Chief Compliance Officer has responsibility for coordinating termination of services to any managed account with respect to which the Firm receives a notice of termination from a Client, including confirming whether the Firm receives instruction from the Client as to the disposition of Client assets by liquidation or transfer.

 

Private Funds.  Withdrawals of Client account balances are handled by the Firm or the fund’s administrator under procedures and timeframes specified in the offering and governing documents of the fund.

 

5-12



 

Policies and Procedures

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

 

Adherence to Client Investment Objectives and Guidelines

 

Law and Policy

 

The Firm manages Client assets on a discretionary basis. As a fiduciary of our Clients, the Firm must formulate investment strategies on behalf of each separate account that is suitable.

 

As a discretionary manager, the Firm implements such strategies by making decisions as to which securities to buy and sell, when to buy and sell and in what amounts. Our discretion is both guided and circumscribed, however, by our separate account Clients’ investment objectives, any account restrictions and allocation guidelines, if any.

 

Private funds managed by the Firm have their own investment guidelines as set forth in their private placement memoranda.

 

The SEC has brought numerous enforcement actions against investment advisers for failure to adhere to their clients’ stated investment objectives. The basis for these actions is that, by accepting client objectives and guidelines, an adviser represents that it will adhere to them. Managing the account contrary to such objectives, restrictions and guidelines in effect renders the representation false, in violation of the antifraud provisions in Section 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act.

 

It is the Firm’s policy to manage Client accounts in full accord with their objectives, restrictions and guidelines. While guidelines may sometimes be general in nature, the Firm and its Employees must exercise the utmost care to understand the Client’s objectives, manage Client expectations, and to assure that accounts are managed accordingly.

 

Each Client or private fund is assigned to one or more portfolio managers (or management teams, each headed by one or more portfolio managers), who have ultimate trading responsibility for such Client or private fund.

 

Procedures

 

The Firm has adopted the following procedures in an effort to ensure that investments for Clients are made in accordance with their respective investment objectives, restrictions and allocation guidelines:

 

·                   Documentation regarding each Client’s investment objectives, restrictions and guidelines shall be reviewed by the portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team. Such

 

6-1



 

documentation will generally be in the form of a schedule or exhibit accompanying the investment management agreement for managed accounts or in the offering documents for private funds.  The information is entered into the Firm’s portfolio monitoring system by a member of the portfolio management team.  The portfolio monitoring system includes any restrictions on the account and the amount of cash to be held in the account for fees and monthly distributions.

 

·                   Each private fund’s or account’s portfolio is regularly monitored by the portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team.

 

·                   Before any investment is added to the portfolio, the portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team will determine that it is within the investment parameters of the account.

 

·                   A member of the portfolio management team, with support from operational personnel, monitors and reconciles the cash and trades daily.

 

·                   The portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team reviews at least annually the investment objectives, investment restrictions, risk tolerance and portfolio structure guidelines of the account.

 

·                   For private funds managed by the Firm, the portfolio manager and/or a member of the portfolio management team monitors trading consistent with the private fund’s investment objectives, investment restrictions and portfolio structure guidelines set forth in its offering documents.

 

·                   The Chief Compliance Officer shall review accounts at least quarterly for prohibited trading activity.

 

ERISA Considerations.   This discussion is general in nature and is not intended as a comprehensive guide to compliance with ERISA’s complex prohibited transaction rules.  In general, ERISA prohibits a broad range of transactions between a plan and a party in interest with respect to the plan. For this purpose, the term “party in interest” includes the plan sponsor (and certain of its affiliates), plan fiduciaries and service providers (and certain of their affiliates), among others.  ERISA also prohibits a broad range of transactions that involve fiduciary “self-dealing” or in which the fiduciary is subject to a conflict of interest ( e.g. , where a fiduciary profits from, or has an interest in, a transaction involving a plan, or where a fiduciary(or one of its affiliates) is involved on two sides of the same transaction). The adverse consequences of having been found to have engaged in a technical prohibited transaction — even one that is beneficial to the plan — are substantial. In general, “parties in interest” who engage in such transactions are subject to excise taxes in an amount up to 100% of the “amount involved” in the transaction until the transaction is “corrected” (in effect, rescinded).  In addition, fiduciaries who cause the plan to engage in a prohibited transaction may be liable to restore to the plan any losses resulting from the prohibited transaction.

 

6-2



 

Because ERISA’s prohibited transaction provisions are so broad, Congress provided a series of statutory exemptions from ERISA’s prohibited transaction rules, and also authorized the Department of Labor to grant administrative exemptions on an individual or class basis.

 

QPAM Status.   One of the most important administrative exemptions is the “QPAM exemption,” which exempts certain transactions entered into at the direction of a “qualified professional asset manager” with a party in interest who is unrelated to the manager.  As a registered investment adviser, the Firm may qualify as a QPAM.

 

In order to be a QPAM, the Firm must acknowledge its fiduciary status in a written management agreement. In addition, as of the Firm’s most recent financial statements (which are prepared in accordance with GAAP and within the preceding two years), the Firm must either have shareholders’ or partners’ equity in excess of $750,000 (or have a qualifying guarantee from an affiliate with such shareholders’ or partners’ equity); and as of the end of its most recent fiscal year, the Manager must have at least $50,000,000 in total client assets under management. However, the Department of Labor recently proposed certain amendments to the QPAM Exemption that would, among other changes, raise the $750,000 and $50,000,000 requirements set forth above to $1,000,000 and $85,000,000, respectively, and preclude the QPAM from serving as such with respect to its own plan.

 

The QPAM exemption will not apply to all types of transactions.  The Firm cannot use the QPAM exemption with respect to any plan (or groups of plans which are sponsored by related companies) that accounts for more than 20% of the Manager’s client assets under management. Moreover, the QPAM exemption does not exempt self-dealing transactions.  Similarly, the QPAM exemption would not be available for transactions with a counterparty that is affiliated with the Firm. The QPAM exemption does not apply to certain categories of transactions, such as securities lending transactions and possibly also reverse repurchase transactions.

 

6-3



 

Allocation of Investment Opportunities and Trades

 

Law and Policy

 

The SEC has stated that an investment adviser’s fiduciary duty of loyalty requires that an adviser offer its clients investment opportunities before taking them for itself.  This duty extends to Employees of the adviser.  In the case of discretionary accounts, this means that investment opportunities must be implemented for private fund and separate account Clients before the Firm or any Employee may participate in them, unless the Firm’s doing so would have no adverse impact on Client interests.

 

It is the policy of the Firm that investment decisions are to be made consistent with the investment objectives, guidelines and restrictions of Clients and that trades are to be allocated fairly and equitably among accounts participating in each transaction, taking into consideration the objectives, restrictions, investment strategy, asset allocation and benchmarks of each Client.

 

To the extent that an allocation of securities of limited availability would in effect deprive a Client of an investment opportunity, it may be actionable under the antifraud provisions of Section 206 of the Advisers Act. The SEC has brought numerous cases against advisers and their principals for allocation practices that favored firm or employee accounts, accounts of related parties or certain Clients over others. Thus, in the case of a purchase in bulk of thinly traded bonds, or a block trade in equities of limited availability, or a sale of a security where the order cannot be fully completed, the Firm must not make any allocation of the securities to Firm or Employee accounts until all Client need for the security has been satisfied, unless approved in advance by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

The Firm and its Employees should avoid certain allocation practices that may defraud investors:

 

Procedures

 

Account Analysis.  A determination of the needs of each Client account as to type of security, amount, quality and maturity, in light of the Client’s objectives, restrictions, current asset allocation in comparison to its target asset allocation, and other factors, including the market sectors in which assets are invested and cash available, shall be made initially by the portfolio manager.

 

Investment Decisions.  Investment decisions concerning the purchase or sale of specific securities shall be made daily by the portfolio manager based on the opportunities presented by the marketplace as evaluated in light of the needs of the accounts under management, their capacity for investment and the guiding policy of fair and equitable allocation of investments.

 

Participation in Investment Opportunities .  It is the Firm’s goal to provide individualized treatment to each Client account, and portfolio managers are required to provide for such individualized treatment.  Thus, given the differing investment objectives, asset allocations,

 

6-4



 

investment parameters, benchmarks and other characteristics of various Client accounts, each account will not necessarily participate in each transaction in a security or instrument that might be considered within the range of permissible investments for that Client account.

 

Aggregation or Bunching of Orders.  With respect to each investment opportunity presented, the portfolio manager shall decide whether it is in the interests of best execution to aggregate or bunch the orders of multiple accounts (including those of the Firm and Employees), and which and how many accounts shall participate in each transaction. If investments on behalf of multiple Clients are made, the amount sought for each Client is determined by the portfolio manager prior to entry of the order for the security expected, taking into consideration the following factors, among others:

 

·             Investment objectives and requirements.

·             Risk-management requirements.

·             Adherence to any limits as defined in the Client’s investment guidelines.

·             Amount of assets in each Client’s account.

·             Capital availability in each Client account for trades of the type under consideration.

·             Liquidity/availability of securities (typically there is sufficient liquidity and depth in the market).

 

It is expected that most orders for multiple accounts will be aggregated and participants in the transaction will receive an average price. Transaction costs are charged on an account-by-account basis.

 

Allocation Documentation.   For each such aggregated or bunched order, the portfolio manager shall create an allocation statement (or other evidence) before placement of the order showing the participating accounts and the amount of the security for each such account.  All allocation statements shall be in written or electronic form and shall be maintained by the portfolio manager, subject to review by the Chief Compliance Officer. Allocations may be made pursuant to a pre-determined allocation methodology, provided such methodology is evidenced prior to the entry of the orders.

 

Securities of Limited Availability.  The Firm may, from time to time, invest in securities of limited availability, such as initial public offerings, certain debt securities or preferred stocks.  If an investment opportunity presents itself that a portfolio manager believes is both advantageous and limited in availability (and hence not fungible with other opportunities), the opportunity should be made available to all accounts for which the opportunity would represent a legitimate investment decision, in the discretion of the portfolio manager for the account.  All transactions in such securities should be allocated, and settlement instructions with respect to transactions must be transmitted by the portfolio manager before the end of the trading day.

 

Fungible Securities.   In determining whether a particular security is of limited availability, the credit quality of debt securities that have the same credit rating, rate and maturity shall be deemed equivalent, and thus such securities (including repurchase agreements) of various

 

6-5



 

issuers/counterparties will be deemed fungible with each other for purposes of Client investment decisions. Accordingly, there is no requirement that all Client accounts for which an investment in such securities is appropriate participate in any given transaction in such securities if the portfolio manager reasonably believes that equivalent securities will be available to meet the needs of other Client accounts.

 

Partially Filled Orders.  Although it is anticipated that most orders will generally be filled in full in a single trading day, sometimes they may not be. In the unusual circumstance in which an order for equity securities, including preferred stock, is only partially filled on the date of placement, all accounts that have been designated on the allocation statement to receive part of the order are generally allocated an interest in the transaction pro rata based upon the amounts determined to be sought for each account. In the case of partially filled orders in debt securities, because it is not practical to allocate pro rata and might in fact result in higher transaction costs to all participating accounts, the portfolio manager allocates such orders on a rotational basis, with the goal of achieving equitable treatment of all accounts over the long term.  In the above case, Employees do not participate in such orders unless and until all Client needs are satisfied.

 

Modifications of Allocations . Allocations of securities may be modified after preparation of the allocation statement but prior to settlement for the following reasons:

 

·                   Investment Guidelines: Trades may be reallocated if it is determined that an allocation would result in a violation of any account’s investment objectives or guidelines. In addition, trades may be reallocated to an account whose investment objectives limit its potential universe of available securities if other accounts could, consistent with their investment objectives and guidelines, obtain substantially the same investment result by participating in another available investment opportunity.

 

·                   Special Circumstances: Trades may be reallocated in other circumstances with approval from the portfolio manager or the Chief Compliance Officer. If trades are allocated on a basis different from that specified in the allocation statement, the reason for any such difference must be explained in writing and approved by the portfolio manager or the Chief Compliance Officer no later than one hour after the opening of the markets on the day after the day the order was executed.

 

All pre-settlement reallocations should be effected by canceling the trade and settlement instructions previously submitted and transmitting the revised trade and settlement instructions.  Such cancellations and corrections should be described in a brief internal memorandum stating the reason for the reallocation and the person who ordered the reallocation and the approval obtained, which is to be maintained with the trade ticket.

 

Market Changes.   An investment decision may be altered if market conditions or other phenomena intervene changing the risk-return profile of a trade while execution of the trade is in progress. Members of the portfolio management team must monitor prevailing conditions and inform portfolio managers immediately of any observations they make that might affect the continued viability of the investment decision.

 

6-6



 

Review and Monitoring.   Trade summaries are reviewed daily for compliance with these procedures by the Chief Compliance Officer, portfolio managers and/or designated members of the portfolio management team. Trades that do not appear to comply with these procedures will be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer, which will investigate the trade and record the results, including any corrective action taken, in a memorandum. Such memoranda shall be retained in a separate file for five years, the first two years in an easily accessible place. Periodically (but not less than quarterly), the Chief Compliance Officer will review all trades in which securities are allocated to Firm and Employee accounts specifically to ascertain that such accounts were not favored over other Client accounts in the allocation process. Records relating to ERISA plans may be required to be maintained for six years.

 

6-7



 

Policies and Procedures

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

TRADING

 

Order Entry

 

Law and Policy

 

The SEC has detailed recordkeeping requirements that are discussed in a separate section of this Manual below.  One of those requirements, Rule 204-2(a)(3) of the Advisers Act, dictates that memoranda of each order containing specified information be retained as a record of the adviser. In addition, the need to create information to demonstrate compliance with other duties related to portfolio management and trading, such as compliance with Client directions to use particular brokers and the requirement of fair and equitable allocations, dictates that orders be documented as set forth in the following procedures.

 

Procedures

 

Documentation of Orders .  The portfolio manager or a designated member of the portfolio management team will be responsible to document each order, which must contain the information set forth below:

 

·                   the terms and conditions of the order, including the name of the issuer and CUSIP number, the number of shares or dollar amount purchased and sold, the number of shares, price and commission;

 

·                   the person who placed the order;

 

·                   the participating account(s);

 

·                   trade and settlement or cancellation dates;

 

·                   the executing broker-dealer;

 

·                   an indication whether the order is discretionary; and

 

·                   notations of any modification or cancellation of the order.

 

Such orders and the information above will be stored in the UBS Order Management System under the supervision of the Controller.

 

7-1



 

Review and Monitoring. Trade tickets are reviewed daily for compliance with these procedures by portfolio managers or a designated member of the portfolio management team. Trades that do not appear to comply with these procedures will be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer who will investigate the trade and record the results, including any corrective action taken, in a memorandum.

 

Trade Reviews. A designated member of the portfolio management team, with support from designated operational personnel, shall be responsible for performing trade sheet and confirmation statement review and reconciling them to order entry on a daily basis.

 

Settlement.   A designated member of the portfolio management team, with support from designated operational personnel, shall be responsible for the proper settlement of all Client transactions.

 

7-2



 

Best Execution

 

Law and Policy

 

As a fiduciary, the Firm has a general duty to obtain the best execution of Client transactions. The SEC has stated that this duty requires advisers such as the Firm to execute transactions in such a manner that the Clients’ total cost or proceeds is the most favorable under the circumstances.

 

Selection of Brokers.   According to the SEC, investment advisers with authority to select brokers should consider the full range and quality of a broker’s services in placing brokerage. Trade price is often a more significant quantitative factor in best execution of a particular trade. In addition, the Firm should evaluate whether a broker can provide the best qualitative execution for Client accounts. The following factors, among others, should be taken into consideration: execution capability, commission rate, financial responsibility, reputation, responsiveness to the adviser, the value of research provided, and the ability to engage in block transactions with attendant volume discounts.  Thus, the determinative factor should not be the lowest possible commission cost alone.

 

Periodic and Systematic Review.   The SEC has further stated that money managers should periodically and systematically evaluate the execution performance of broker-dealers executing their transactions.

 

Directed Brokerage. Under certain circumstances, Clients may direct the Firm to use certain brokers. All such directed brokerage must be in writing from the Client. While this may relieve the Firm of certain best execution considerations, each directed brokerage arrangement must be evaluated as to whether the Firm has any discretion in the investment or order entry process that may still require a best execution analysis. In any letter or instruction directing the Firm to use one or more brokers, the letter must disclose, among other information, the conflicts of interest involved and the fact that the Client may give up benefits of better pricing or lower commission, that might otherwise be available through participation in bunched orders. Directed brokerage arrangements involving ERISA “plan assets” must be to procure goods, services, or rebates for the benefit of the ERISA plan paying the commissions.

 

Order Bunching . The Firm as a matter of policy combines or bunches orders for execution. If orders are executed in a series of trades, rather than as a block, the trades generally are posted to Client accounts at the average price. Proprietary accounts of the Firm and its Employees may participate in such orders, as set forth in this Manual and in accordance with the policy and procedures on Allocation of Investment Opportunities and Trades above.

 

Capital Introduction Services.   The Firm’s prime brokers may sponsor seminars or set up meetings to introduce the Firm and its private funds to consultants and investors seeking exposure to private funds. The Firm will direct brokerage to such brokers in the ordinary course of its business, except with respect to accounts maintained on behalf of ERISA Clients or funds

 

7-3



 

that hold “plan assets.” If applicable, such arrangements are disclosed in the Firm’s Form ADV and in the funds’ offering documents.

 

Procedures

 

Periodic and Systematic Review.   The Firm has designated certain Employees (the “Best Execution Committee”) to review on a semi-annual basis the quality of executions and the value of other services received from brokers. Prior to its meetings, the Best Execution Committee receives information and data from the brokers concerning their best execution policies and procedures and the quality of their actual executions, as reported under Exchange Act Rules 11Ac1-5 and 11Ac1-6. The Chief Compliance Officer will be responsible for documenting the results of such reviews and conveying information to portfolio managers and traders if there is any change to the Firm’s policies for directing brokerage orders.

 

Capital Introduction Services. Designated personnel will keep records of investors introduced by the Firm’s prime brokers.  The Best Execution Committee will assess the value of such capital introduction services, among other services provided, in its semi-annual meetings in relation to the amount of commission business directed to each prime broker.

 

Trade Settlement. The portfolio managers or designated members of the portfolio management teams will insure trades are processed timely and trade settlement is monitored.

 

7-4



 

Inter-Account Trading

 

Law and Policy

 

In all Client transactions, the portfolio manager is responsible for ascertaining the optimal method for obtaining best execution. If it is appropriate to purchase a security on behalf of one account while selling on behalf of another, best execution may involve crossing the securities. However, many of the laws and regulations applicable to the Firm and its Clients impose direct prohibitions, or disclosure and/or consent requirements, on transactions between accounts. For purposes of this policy on inter-account trading, the following definitions generally apply:

 

·                   a “principal trade” is a trade between a Client account and a proprietary account.

 

·                   a “proprietary account” is one in which the Firm and/or any of its principals has an owner- ship interest, or a private fund in which the Firm and/or any of its principals in the aggregate own more than 25% of the outstanding interests.

 

·                   a “cross trade” is a trade between two Client accounts.

 

The basic regulatory framework applicable to inter-account trades is established by the Advisers Act. Even if a principal trade or a cross trade would be permissible under that Act, however, it may be either prohibited or subject to procedural restrictions by additional laws or regulatory requirements applicable to the particular type of Client, as in the case of accounts of employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. The ERISA restrictions also apply to any private fund that is a “plan asset” fund.  (See Marketing Private Fund Interests above.)  Other regulatory schemes, including the Investment Company Act and state insurance laws, limit the extent to which other types of regulated accounts, such as registered investment companies and insurance company separate accounts, may participate in inter-account trades. [These limitations are not discussed here as the Firm does not manage these types of accounts.]

 

Principal Trades. Section 206(3) of the Advisers Act prohibits the Firm from knowingly effecting, as principal any purchase or sale of a security for a Client without disclosing to the Client the capacity in which the Firm is acting and obtaining the Client’s consent to the trade prior to settlement. The law does not permit prior or blanket consent, such as in a Client agreement.

 

Cross Trades.   The SEC has stated that investment advisers such as the Firm have a fiduciary obligation that includes the duty to obtain best price and execution of Client transactions. If the Firm with full discretionary authority ordered the execution of cross trades on behalf of Clients in disregard of this duty, it would violate Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act which prohibits an adviser from engaging in any transaction, practice or course of business which operates as a fraud or deceit upon any Client. If no commissions are charged by the Firm (or an affiliate) to either Client, the disclosure and consent provisions do not apply, but the cross trades must still comply with the investment objectives of each Client.

 

7-5



 

Employee Benefit Plan Clients.   If the Client is an employee benefit plan within the meaning of ERISA, a “plan asset” fund, an IRA or has elected to be treated as an ERISA Client, the account is also subject to the stricter requirements of ERISA (Governmental plans are not subject to ERISA but may ask to be treated as if they were subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA). An adviser generally may not effect principal or cross trades involving an ERISA Client unless an exemption is available for the transactions. If the Client is a public employee benefit plan which is not subject to ERISA, any state and local laws to which it is subject should be checked (as well as plan documents) to determine whether principal or cross trades involving the plan are prohibited or restricted.  When any such account is opened, the Employee must ascertain the regulatory requirements to which the Client is subject and must obtain from the Chief Compliance Officer information concerning any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions on inter-account trades.

 

The following chart summarizes permissible principal trades (those involving a proprietary account of the Firm or its principals) and cross trades (trades between Client accounts). Conditions to the trade or required procedures, which are discussed in more detail in the procedures, are indicated.

 

ACCOUNT

 

ERISA CLIENT
(including an IRA
and a “plan asset”
fund)

 

UNREGULATED
INVESTMENT
ADVISORY CLIENT
(including private
funds)

 

PROPRIETARY
ACCOUNT

ERISA Client

 

NO

 

NO

 

NO

Unregulated IA Client (including private funds)

 

NO

 

YES
Best Execution

 

YES
Best Execution
Disclosure and
Consent

Proprietary

 

NO

 

YES
Best Execution
Disclosure and Consent

 

YES

 

Indirect Principal or Cross Trades. The Firm is prohibited from doing something indirectly that it is prohibited from doing directly. Therefore, no prior arrangements or agreements may be made with a broker to effect a principal or cross trade involving any account that may not be involved in such a transaction (see chart above).  A prohibited transaction is impermissible even when the Client has benefited.

 

It is possible that independent trades through the same broker, whether done simultaneously or at different times of the day, could appear to be impermissible crosses involving transfers between accounts that would be prohibited or restricted by law or require compliance with the procedures described above.

 

7-6



 

In the limited circumstance where the portfolio manager decides that a cross trade may be appropriate, it is Firm policy to follow the procedures set forth herein to comply with the foregoing restrictions on inter-account trading and eliminate the appearance of impropriety.

 

Portfolio Rebalancing. Principal or cross trade transactions can occur in connection with portfolio rebalancing for Clients or private funds.  Each such rebalancing should be performed consistent with the principal or cross trade requirements outlined above and consistent with the Firm’s allocation policies.

 

Procedures

 

Principal Trades. In any situation where a portfolio manager determines that a principal trade is appropriate, the following procedures must be followed:

 

·                   The portfolio manager, members of the portfolio management team and the Chief Compliance Officer will determine the type of account, restrictions on accounts that may not participate in inter-account trades, and the nature of the restrictions on them.

 

·                   The portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team must obtain approval from the Client (including an authorized representative of an entity Client) either orally or in writing, before executing the trade. If oral approval is obtained prior to execution, the Employee must follow up by obtaining a written approval from the Client prior to settlement. Such approval may be obtained by faxing to the Client, no later than the end of the day on which the trade is settled, the trade ticket showing that the Firm or one of its principals acted as principal in the transaction and other trade details and requesting the Client to sign and return the document by fax.

 

·                   The written record of Client approval should be noted on the trade ticket sheet and maintained as a record of the Firm.

 

Cross Trades. If it is determined by the portfolio manager that the best execution of a transaction could be obtained through a cross trade, the following procedures must be followed:

 

·                   The portfolio manager, members of the portfolio management team and the Chief Compliance Officer will have access to Client records to determine the type of account and any restrictions limiting accounts that may not participate in inter-account trades, and the nature of the restrictions on them.

 

·                   The portfolio manager will effect the cross trade through an independent broker and keep documentation of the trade. The portfolio manager must obtain and record price information on the security from the broker or data vendor.

 

7-7



 

Indirect or Apparent Principal or Cross Trades. In order to minimize the possibility that the Firm may transfer securities between accounts in contravention of applicable laws, and to avoid the appearance that such impermissible transfers might have occurred, the following procedures are to be followed in connection with transactions in opposite directions ( i.e. , a purchase and a sale) in the same security on the same day:

 

·                   The portfolio manager must specifically approve, prior to execution, any trade in the opposite direction of another trade in the same security on the same trading day.

 

·                   The Chief Compliance Officer shall review daily all transactions in opposite directions in the same security done through the same broker to determine that no indirect or apparent cross or principal trades were effected.

 

7-8



 

Trade Errors and Trade Modifications

 

Law and Policy

 

The SEC has stated that:

 

“an investment manager has an obligation to place orders correctly for its advised and non-advised accounts. Accordingly, if an investment manager makes an error while placing a trade for an account, then the investment manager, in order to comply with its obligation to its customer, must bear any costs of correcting such trade.”

 

Errors Subject to the Procedures. Errors may occur in either the investment decision-making or in the trading process. For purposes of this Manual, errors in both investment decision-making and trading are referred to as trade errors, which are defined to include:

 

·               purchases and sales of securities that the Firm knows or should have known were not legally authorized for a Client’s account;

 

·               purchases and sales of securities not authorized by the Client’s investment advisory contract or a private fund’s offering documents;

 

·               purchases or sales of a security different from the security on a portfolio manager’s order or in an amount different from that on a portfolio manager’s order and which in either case is inappropriate to implementation of the Client’s investment objectives;

 

·               failure to place a portfolio manager’s order to purchase/sell securities as intended.

 

Clerical mistakes that have an impact solely only on recordkeeping are not treated as trade errors.

 

It is the policy of the Firm that the utmost care is to be taken in making and implementing investment decisions on behalf of Client accounts. To the extent that any errors occur, they are to be corrected promptly and reported to the portfolio manager in charge of the account and the Chief Compliance Officer as set forth in the procedures below.

 

Broker Errors. The SEC has taken the position that it is inappropriate to compensate brokers with soft dollars ( i.e. , directed brokerage business) for absorbing trade errors. To the extent that a broker-dealer absorbs losses due to an error caused by the investment adviser, in the SEC’s view, the broker-dealer is providing a benefit to the investment adviser, and not to the Client for whose account the error was made or to any other Clients.  Under the Advisers Act (which covers relationships with all Clients), the receipt by the Firm of such a benefit is not protected as a soft dollar service by Section 28(e) and could be deemed a violation of the antifraud provisions of Section 206, as well as the Firm’s fiduciary duty. The absorption of trade error losses by a broker-dealer is not appropriate, in that it relieves the Firm of the responsibility it would otherwise have to bear the cost of the error. It is the policy of the Firm that trade errors are not to be resolved through soft dollar or other reciprocal arrangements with broker-dealers. From time to time brokers may themselves make errors in committing to fulfill orders placed by the Firm on behalf of Client

 

7-9



 

accounts.  It is permissible to grant a broker’s request to cancel or modify a trade under the following circumstances:

 

·                   Good Faith Error. The portfolio manager must believe that the broker acted in good faith and made an honest mistake. The initials of the portfolio manager on any trade ticket evidencing cancellation or modification of the trade will be evidence of this belief. Any such cancellation or modification must be effected no later than the close of business on the next business day after the trade date.

 

·                   No Loss to Client. There must be no actual loss or expense charged to the Client. If the broker is unable to deliver the security at the quoted price, the trade may be cancelled if there has been no adverse market movement which deprived the Client of other investment opportunities in the security. If the Firm did not take advantage of other investment opportunities in the same security, and if the market has moved adversely since the order was placed that the broker is seeking to reverse, the portfolio manager should request the broker to effect the trade at the next best price that could have been obtained for the Client by the Firm (as evidenced by records of other contemporaneous bids or offers, as applicable) at the time the initial order was placed. Any resulting loss should be absorbed by the broker.

 

·                   No Reciprocal Arrangements. There must be no reciprocal arrangement with the broker with respect to the trade in question or other trades.

 

·                   Records to be Kept. Adequate records of the trade and its cancellation or modification, indicating “broker error” as the reason for such cancellation or modification, must be made by the portfolio manager and kept by the Chief Compliance Officer to permit review of the decisions taken and the reason therefor.

 

Procedures

 

The following procedures have been adopted for handling trade errors:

 

Discovery of Errors.   Trade errors must be corrected as soon after discovery as reasonably practical, consistent with the orderly disposition (and/or acquisition, as applicable) of the securities in question. The portfolio manager who places the trade is responsible for confirming its accurate execution. In addition, the portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team will review trade reports daily and call to the attention of the appropriate portfolio manager and/or the Chief Compliance Officer any trades that appear to be erroneous.

 

Immediate Post-Trade Correction. In the case of a potential trade error that is discovered after execution of the trade, the portfolio manager may avert the error by reallocating the trade to other Clients, provided that the trade represents a legitimate investment decision for such Clients. Any such reallocation must be effected in accordance with the Firm’s Policy and Procedures for Allocation of Investment Opportunities and Trades above, and shall not be treated as a trade error under this policy.

 

7-10



 

Post-Settlement Correction. A trade error that is discovered after settlement may be corrected in the following ways:

 

·                   Generally, the transaction or transactions necessary to correct the error should be effected in the market. Any error by an Employee is a Firm error. Any losses suffered by the Client as a result of a trade error caused by an Employee are to be reimbursed by the Firm. Any gains realized by a Client account as a result of a trade error caused by the Firm are to remain in the Client’s account. Netting of gains and losses between Clients or in the case of multiple trade errors resulting from more than one investment decision for the same Client is not permissible. Netting of gains and losses is permitted only in the circumstance in which more than one transaction must be effected to correct one or more trade errors made as a result of a single investment decision. Any netting of gains and losses must be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

·                   Alternatively, the transaction or transactions may be effected with another account (either a proprietary account, proprietary error account or another Client account) if the following conditions are met: (i) the trade would represent a legitimate investment decision for that account; (ii) the trade can be done without loss to the transferee account (if it is a Client account); (iii) the trade is permissible under the Firm’s Policy and Procedures on Inter- Account Trading above; and (iv) the trade is approved by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Reporting of Errors to Clients. Trade errors involving a material breach of a Client’s investment policies or restrictions, or restrictions on investment and trading imposed by the law governing the account (including regulations promulgated under such law and, in the case of ERISA Clients, their plan documents) should be reported to the Client. The disclosure required under this paragraph may be included as part of the next routine periodic report sent to the Client, unless the Client specifically directs otherwise.  Trade errors other than those involving investment policies or restrictions may be reportable to the Client, on a case-by-case basis, at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer or portfolio manager.

 

Cancellations and Corrections. Any trade ticket that is altered for the purpose of correcting a trade error by changing the trade date or time, the amount purchased or sold, the name of the security or the Client account must be recorded in a daily log of cancellations and modifications, which shall be reviewed and signed by the supervising portfolio manager at the end of the trading day. Any cancellation or modification due to a trade error must be so identified on the log. A copy of the signed log shall be provided to and maintained by the Chief Compliance Officer.  All modifications or cancellations to an order after a trade ticket has been prepared must be noted on the trade sheet (or an attachment), together with the reason therefor.

 

7-11



 

Trade Error Record. The Chief Compliance Officer must be informed of all trade errors without regard to the dollar amount (including errors discovered and corrected pre-settlement). The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain a record of all trade errors and the action taken to correct them. Such record should include the name of the Client, the name of the person responsible for the error, the amount involved, the name of the security involved, the action taken to correct the error and such other information as may be appropriate under the circumstances.

 

7-12



 

Policies and Procedures

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

REGULATORY REPORTING

 

Law and Policy

 

Beneficial Ownership Reports.   Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act requires any person, or group of persons acting in concert, who acquire beneficial ownership of more than 5% of a class of an issuer’s equity securities to file a Schedule 13D with the SEC, each national securities exchange on which the securities are listed and the issuer within 10 days of exceeding the 5% ownership level.

 

The purpose of Section 13(d) is to alert the marketplace to shifts in ownership that may signal a change in control of a public company.  For purposes of Section 13(d), an equity security is defined to include (i) any equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (this includes all public listed companies and certain others with more than 500 shareholders), (ii) any equity security of certain insurance companies, and (iii) any equity security issued by a registered closed-end investment company. Schedule 13D must be amended promptly upon the occurrence of any material change, including the purchase or sale of 1% of the class of securities.

 

Certain institutional investors, including investment advisers, who have acquired equity securities in the ordinary course of business and not with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing control of the issuer may file a short form report of beneficial ownership on Schedule 13G. This report must be filed within 45 days after the end of the calendar year in which the adviser becomes the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the issuer’s equity securities, within 10 days after the close of any month in which the adviser becomes the beneficial owner of more than 10% of a class of equity securities, or within 10 days after the end of any month in which the adviser’s beneficial ownership increases or decreases by 5% or more of the outstanding securities in the class. The adviser must amend its Schedule 13G annually to reflect changes in the information therein.

 

As a matter of policy, the Firm does not invest on behalf of Clients with the intention of affecting control of issuers. The acquisition of more than 5% of the equity securities of an issuer by the Firm for its Clients would be rare, and would occur only in the ordinary course of business as an adviser and not with the purpose of effecting control of the issuer. Accordingly, the Firm does not anticipate the filing of any Schedule 13Ds, and anticipates rarely, if ever, filing Schedule 13Gs.

 

Institutional Investment Manager Reports.   For each quarter in which the Firm exercises investment discretion with respect to $100 million or more in securities subject to Section 13(f) of the Exchange Act, the Firm files a Form 13F with the SEC. Form 13F securities are generally equities and traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on Nasdaq (“Section 13(f) Securities”) and some convertible debt securities. The obligation to file a Form 13F arises at the end of the first calendar year in which the Firm exercises discretion over Section 13(f) Securities

 

8-1

 



 

with a market value of at least $100 million as determined at the end of any month during the preceding year and will continue as long as the Firm continues to have such discretion.

 

Insider Ownership Reports. Section 16 of the Exchange Act imposes reporting requirements on directors, officers and shareholders that own more than 10% of a public company with regard to their transactions in the equity securities of that company. The purpose of this provision is to alert the marketplace to the trading activity of corporate insiders, who by virtue of their positions, may be expected to have knowledge of the company’s business and operations. Any person who becomes a greater than 10% shareholder must file a Form 3 with the SEC within 10 days. Thereafter any transactions by that person in the issuer’s securities must be reported on Form 4 by 10:00 p.m. on the second business day after the transaction. The 10% shareholder must file a Form 5 within 45 days after the end of the issuer’s fiscal year to report exempt transactions and any previously unreported transactions in the issuer’s securities.

 

The Firm might initially be deemed to be a beneficial owner of more than 10% of a company’s shares if it purchased such an amount for Client accounts, because it has voting or investment power with respect to such securities.  However, there is an exemption from the reporting requirement for advisers who acquire the threshold amount of securities in a fiduciary capacity, in the ordinary course of business and not with the purpose of effect of changing or influencing control of the issuer.

 

The Firm does not anticipate acquiring more than 10% of the securities of any public company, and would only do so in a fiduciary capacity in the ordinary course of business and without the intention of changing or influencing control of the issuer.  Accordingly, the Firm does not anticipate filing Forms 3, 4 or 5.

 

Procedures

 

Responsibility. The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for monitoring compliance with and making any of the regulatory filings described in this section with the SEC in a timely manner. All filings with the SEC described in this section must be filed electronically using the SEC’s EDGAR electronic filing system.

 

Schedule 13D and 13G. The Chief Compliance Officer will monitor the Firm’s trading to determine whether any Schedule 13D or 13G filing is required and will prepare any required Schedule 13D or 13G filings. The Firm does not anticipate the filing of any Schedule 13Ds, and anticipates rarely, if ever, filing any Schedule 13Gs.

 

Form 13F. The Chief Compliance Officer monitors the Firm’s holdings each quarter trading to determine whether a Form 13F filing is required. The Chief Compliance Officer will prepare Form 13F filings. In preparing the filing, the Chief Compliance Officer will determine which of the securities over which the Firm has discretion are Section 13(f) Securities by consulting the SEC’s Official List of Section 13(f) Securities (and any updates thereto since the previous publication of the full list). The market values of such securities at the close of business on the

 

8-2

 



 

last trading day of the quarter for which the Form 13F is prepared are determined in accordance with the Firm’s valuation policy.  All Section 13(f) Securities over which the Firm has investment discretion are reported on Form 13F, unless it is determined by the Chief Compliance Officer that certain smaller positions shall not be included. For these purposes, any position that both is fewer than 10,000 shares and less than $200,000 in market value may be omitted. In addition, any positions with respect to which the Firm does not exercise investment discretion may be omitted. This includes, for example, any securities held in a Client’s account, but which the Client has directed may not be sold.

 

Filing Procedures.   The Chief Compliance Officer will file Form 13F through the SEC’s EDGAR electronic filing system within 45 days after the end of the calendar quarter for which the filing is made. The Firm does not anticipate the filing of any Schedule 13Ds, and anticipates rarely, if ever, filing any Schedule 13Gs.  If required, the Chief Compliance Officer will file Schedule 13G through the SEC’s EDGAR electronic filing system within 45 days after the end of the calendar year in which the Firm becomes the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the issuer’s equity securities, within 10 days after the close of any month in which the Firm becomes the beneficial owner of more than 10% of a class of equity securities, and within 10 days after the end of any month in which the Firm’s beneficial ownership increases or decreases by 5% or more of the outstanding securities in the class.

 

SEC Form 13F Guidance. The Chief Compliance Officer will seek to resolve any technical questions concerning the Firm’s Form 13F filings in accordance with the document titled “Frequently Asked Questions Concerning Section 13F” on the SEC’s web site, www.sec.gov, under “Funds and Advisers.”

 

8-3

 



 

Policies and Procedures

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

RECORDKEEPING

 

Law and Policy

 

It is the policy of the Firm to comply fully with the detailed requirements under the Advisers Act for the preparation and retention of records related to its advisory business.  In addition, it is Firm policy to prepare and retain other records that facilitate the conduct of its advisory business or the demonstration of compliance with best industry practices.

 

Legal Requirements.   Section 204 and Rule 204-2 under the Advisers Act impose various requirements on the Firm for the creation and maintenance of records. The charts below set forth brief descriptions of the records that must be kept and the periods of time for which they must be kept, as mandated by these provisions.  The source of the legal requirement for creation and maintenance of the records is indicated in brackets after the description of each record. In some cases, best practices in the industry are the source of the requirement.

 

Time Periods for Record Retention. Generally, records related to the Firm’s business must be maintained and preserved in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record or during which the Firm last published or otherwise disseminated the regulated information. During the first two years, such records are to be maintained in an office of the Firm. Certain of the Firm’s own corporate documents must be maintained at the principal office of the Firm and preserved until at least three years after dissolution of the Firm. If the Firm advises a private fund that holds “plan assets,” the Firm may file an audited financial report for the fund with the Department of Labor. In that event, the Firm must retain records sufficient to permit verification of the accuracy of each filing for at least six years after the filing date. In addition, in some cases the Firm may be contractually required to retain records related to other ERISA reporting requirements. If the Firm relies on one or more administrative class exemptions from ERISA’s prohibited transaction rules, such exemptions often require the person relying on the exemption to maintain records sufficient to demonstrate compliance for a period of six years from the date of the transaction. Governmental plans may also be subject to special rules imposed under state or local law.

 

Electronic Records. If records are stored electronically so that the Firm has immediate access to a record on a computer located in its own office, then the record is deemed to be maintained “at an appropriate office of the adviser.” If records are stored electronically or on film:

 

·       The records must be arranged and indexed so as to permit the prompt location of any particular records;

 

·       Printouts of records or copies of the computer tape or disk must be available to SEC examiners upon request;

 

9-1

 



 

·       A duplicate of the computer storage medium must be stored separately from the original; and

 

·       Procedures for the maintenance and preservation of and access to records must be implemented to safeguard the records from loss, alteration or destruction.

 

E-mail Monitoring/Retention. As noted, all e-mail is required to be monitored and retained. The Firm will retain all incoming and outgoing e-mail of its Employees that contain required records, as set forth below, but may screen and regularly delete e-mails that do not contain such records ( e.g ., spam or personal e-mails).  Records in e-mail form are stored in the Firm’s computer systems, which are capable of segregating them according to sender, recipient and other search data; searching e-mail data according to certain key words and providing access to attachments. All instant messaging is strictly prohibited except through Bloomberg terminals or instant messaging otherwise approved by the Chief Compliance Officer.  Instant messages through Bloomberg terminals are retained by and available from Bloomberg.

 

Procedures

 

The chart below sets forth records required to be maintained under the federal securities laws, the required retention periods and the Employees at the Firm responsible for creating and maintaining the records. The retention period of five years runs from the end of the fiscal year in which the record last had an entry made, or was last used. References to “Department” below do not necessarily refer to a formally designated department.

 

 

 

 

 

Person or

 

Person or

 

 

 

 

Department

 

Department

 

 

 

 

Responsible for

 

Responsible for

 

 

Period of

 

Creation of

 

Maintenance of

Required Documents

 

Retention

 

Records

 

Records

1.    Corporate books and records. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e)(2)]

 

Life of entity + 3 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.    Partnership Articles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.    Articles of Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.    By-Laws

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.    Minute Books

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.    Stock Certificate Books

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.      Organizational chart, personnel directory and description of the functions and duties of each department and staff. [Best Practices]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.      Written policies and procedures, including

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.    Compliance Policies and Procedures under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9-2

 



 

Required Documents

 

Period of
Retention

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Creation of
Records

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Maintenance of
Records

Rule 206(4)-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.    Previously in effect insider trading policies and procedures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.    Previously in effect privacy policies and procedures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.    Previously in effect proxy voting policies and procedures. [Best Practices and Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-7].

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.      Records of personal securities transactions in which the Firm or its Employees (including Access Persons) have direct or indirect beneficial ownership or interest. [(Advisers Act Rule 204A-1]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.    initial and annual holdings reports and quarterly transaction reports;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.    a record of the names of persons who are or were in the past five years Access Persons of the Firm;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.    records of any decisions to approve the acquisition by an Access Person of any shares in an initial public offering or a limited offering.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.      Documents evidencing registration status of the Firm with the SEC. [Best Practices]

 

Life of entity + 3 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.      Form ADV, and any amendments to Form ADV, as filed with the SEC and the IARD. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(14)]

 

Life of entity + 3 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.      Notices or other communications made to states, as applicable. [Best Practices]

 

Life of entity + 3 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.      Copy of each composite Part II of Form ADV (or separate disclosure document or brochure) delivered to Clients and prospective Clients or offered to be delivered to Clients, record of the dates on which it was offered to Clients, copies of all requests sent by Clients to

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

9-3

 



 

Required Documents

 

Period of
Retention

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Creation of
Records

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Maintenance of
Records

receive Part II of Form ADV, and records of transmittal to those Clients who requested it. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(14)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.      Copies of contracts and related documents.

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.    Investment management agreements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.    Any other documents reflecting the granting to the Firm power of attorney or discretionary authority. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(9)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.    Solicitation Agreements. [Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-3]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.    Any other contracts relating to the business of the Firm. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(10)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.    Copies of all notices, circulars, advertisements, newspaper articles, investment letters, bulletins or other communications circulated to ten or more persons and supporting documentation for recommendations therein for the purchase or sale of specific securities. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(11)]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.    All accounts, books, internal working papers, and any other records or documents that are necessary to demonstrate the calculation of any performance or rate of return figures presented in any notice, circular, advertisement, newspaper article, investment letter, bulletin or other communication that the investment adviser circulates or distributes to ten or more persons. [Advisers Act Rule 204- 2(a)(16)]

 

5 years from the end of the fiscal year during which the information was last published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.    Documents relating to third-party solicitors.

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.    Cash solicitation agreement with third- party solicitors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.    Disclosure statements of third-party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9-4

 



 

Required Documents

 

Period of
Retention

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Creation of
Records

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Maintenance of
Records

solicitors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.    Written acknowledgments of receipt obtained from Clients.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.    List of third-party solicitors with whom the Firm has contracted.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.    List of accounts obtained by each third- party solicitor. [Advisers Act Rule 204- 2(a)(15)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.    Financial books and records.

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.    Cash receipts and disbursements journal. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(1)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.    General and auxiliary ledgers. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(2)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.    Check books, bank statements, cancelled checks and cash reconciliations. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(4)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.    All bills or statements relating to the Firm’s business as an investment adviser. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(5)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.    All trial balances, financial statements, and internal audit workpapers relating to the business of the Firm. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(6)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

f.     List of and documentation of loans to the Firm, including loans from Clients (if any), indicating the terms, amounts, dates of such loans and current balance. [Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-4 and Best Practices]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.    Portfolio management and trading records, including:

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.    Memoranda of each order given by the Firm for the purchase or sale of any security, or any instruction received by the Firm from Clients concerning the purchase, sale, receipt or delivery of a particular security, and of any modification or cancellation of any such

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9-5

 



 

Required Documents

 

Period of
Retention

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Creation of
Records

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Maintenance of
Records

order or instruction. Such memoranda should indicate (1) the terms and conditions of the order, instruction, modification or cancellation; (2) the portfolio manager who recommended the transaction; (3) the person who placed such order; (4) the account for which the order was placed; (5) the date of entry; (6) the bank or broker-dealer through which the order was entered and executed; and (7) whether the order was entered pursuant to discretionary authority. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(3)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.    Originals of all written communications received and copies of all written communications sent by the Firm relating to (1) any recommendation made or proposed to be made and any advice given or proposed to be given; (2) any receipt, disbursement or delivery of funds or securities; or (3) the placing or execution of any order to purchase or sell any security such as custodian statements, confirmations, statements sent to Clients and Client correspondence. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(7)]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.    Records showing separately for each Client the securities purchased and sold, and the date, amount and price of each such purchase and sale. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(c)(1)]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.    For each security in which a Client holds a position, a securities cross-reference report showing the Client names and the number of shares they hold in such security. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(c)(2)]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

9-6

 



 

Required Documents

 

Period of
Retention

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Creation of
Records

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Maintenance of
Records

15.    List or other record of all accounts in which the Firm is vested with any discretionary power with respect to the funds, securities or transactions of any Client. [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(8)]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.    File of Client complaints. [Best Practices]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.    Records in connection with custody or possession of Client funds or securities, as applicable, including: [Advisers Act Rule 204-2(b)]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.      Copies of custody agreements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.      List of all custodians and depositories to be used for Clients’ funds and securities, if applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.      Records reflecting all purchases, sales, receipts and deliveries of securities and all debits and credits to such accounts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.      Separate ledger account for each Client showing all purchases, sales, receipts and deliveries of securities, the date and price of each such purchase and sale, and all debits and credits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.      Copies of confirmations of all transactions effected by or for such Clients.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

f.       Record for each security in which any Client may have a position reflecting the name of the Client, the amount of his interest and the location of the security.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.    Copies of Exchange Act Ownership Reports.

 

Life of entity + 3 years

 

 

 

 

a.      Schedules 13F, 13G and 13D.

 

 

 

 

 

b.      Forms 3, 4 and 5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.    A copy of each annual privacy notice delivered to Clients and a record of the date on which it was delivered. [Regulation SP]

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

9-7

 



 

Required Documents

 

Period of
Retention

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Creation of
Records

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Maintenance of
Records

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.    Documents related to the maintenance and implementation of compliance policies and procedures in this Manual, including:

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.      A copy of the Firm’s policies and procedures, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.      Any records documenting the Firm’s annual review of those policies and procedures. [Advisers Act Rules 206(4)-7 and 204-2(a)(17)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.    Documents related to the maintenance and implementation of a Code of Ethics, including:

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.      A copy of the Firm’s Code that is in effect, or at any time within the past five years was in effect;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.      A record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.      A record of all written acknowledgments of receipt of the Code and amendments for each person who is currently, or within the past five years was, a supervised person of the Firm. [Advisers Act Rule 204- 2(a)(12)]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.    Records related to proxy voting, including:

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.      Copies of proxy voting policies and procedures;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.      Copies or records of each proxy statement received with respect to the securities of Clients for whom the Firm exercises voting authority (the Firm may rely on EDGAR as repository of proxy statement filed there);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.      A record of each vote cast;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.      Records pertaining to the Firm’s decision on the vote;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.      A record of each written Client request for

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9-8

 



 

Required Documents

 

Period of
Retention

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Creation of
Records

 

Person or
Department
Responsible for
Maintenance of
Records

proxy voting information; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

f.       Copies of all written responses by the Firm to written or oral Client requests for proxy voting information. [Advisers Act]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.    Compliance records under this Manual, including, for example:

 

5 years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.      Memoranda, if any, of investigations of potential insider trading; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.      Memoranda, if any, of investment opportunities, IPOs or private placements for which approval sought under Code of Ethics.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9-9

 



 

Policies and Procedures

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

ADMINISTRATION

 

Supervisory Structure and Organization Chart

 

Law and Policy

 

Under the Advisers Act, it is incumbent upon advisers to adopt and maintain a system of procedures and supervision to detect and prevent violations of the federal securities laws. Such a system, if reasonably designed and implemented, should protect the Firm, its principals and other Employee supervisors against regulatory action if an Employee commits a violation of the securities laws or regulations. The Advisers Act contains a general duty to supervise activities of the Firm and its Employees, and provides a defense to the Firm and to supervisors against charges of inadequate supervision, provided:  1) the Firm adopts and enforces compliance systems and procedures reasonably designed to detect violations, and 2) persons responsible reasonably discharge their duties under those procedures.

 

The Managing Partner shall have overall responsibility for assigning supervisory responsibility. If any designated supervisor identifies any issue or problem, such supervisor promptly should bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer or the Managing Partner.

 

Procedures

 

The Firm is governed by the Managing Partner. Day to day management of the Firm is vested in its executive officers. Attached as Appendix 5 is an internal organizational chart of the Firm. The Firm allocates responsibilities for various compliance and supervisory duties and assigns responsibility to designated supervisors, or their designees, to review Employee activities under their supervision on a regular and periodic basis.

 

10-1

 



 

Employees

 

Law and Policy

 

New Employees. The Firm will not knowingly hire or become associated with any person who may be ineligible to be associated with a registered investment adviser or to manage ERISA Client accounts ( e.g ., by reason of Section 411 of ERISA or Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14). Such persons would include, for example, those convicted of certain criminal violations or those enjoined from employment in the securities industry. With any prospective Employee, the Firm will seek background information from the applicant and other materials as are appropriate under the circumstances. In addition to this Manual, all Employees are subject to any additional employee policies and procedures adopted by the Firm.

 

Adviser Representative.   As noted above, any Employees acting as investment adviser representatives shall be licensed in any state where required.

 

Dual Employment. Any Employee working for another entity or engaged in an outside business activity shall obtain prior approval form the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Duty to Update. All Employees are required to notify the appropriate human resources personnel of any changes in their personal information at least annually and more frequently depending on the change ( e.g ., changes in address require prompt notification). Each Employee is obligated to notify the Chief Compliance Officer promptly if there is any change in the Employee’s disciplinary, qualification, licensing or other employment status.

 

Procedures

 

New Employees – Disqualification. Human resources personnel are responsible for conducting background checks to confirm that any prospective Employee is not subject to any disqualification, including, as applicable, checks of the central registration depository and administrative proceedings or other enforcement actions reported on the SEC and NASD websites.

 

Regulatory Status. Consistent with the Firm’s policies for registration and disclosures, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for monitoring the registration status and licensing of each Employee.

 

10-2

 



 

Custody

 

Law and Policy

 

Investment advisers with custody or possession of client funds or securities are subject to the requirements of Rule 206(4)-2 under the Advisers Act. That rule requires, among other things, that:

 

·       Firm Client funds and securities be maintained by a “qualified custodian” in a separate account for each Client under that Client’s name or in accounts that contain only Clients’ funds and securities, under the Firm’s name as agent or trustee for the Clients;

 

·       the Firm give Clients notice in writing of the name and address of the qualified custodian(s) used and the manner in which the assets are maintained, promptly upon the opening of the account and following any change in the information;

 

·       the Firm either provide, or have a reasonable belief that the custodian is providing, Clients with a quarterly statement showing the amount of funds and of each security in the Client’s account at the end of the period and setting forth all transactions in the account during that period; and

 

·       if the Firm itself provides the statement, all assets in the Firm’s custody must be verified at least annually by a “surprise audit” conducted by an independent public accountant.

 

Definition of Custody.   The term “custody” is defined as “holding, directly or indirectly, client funds or securities, or having any authority to obtain possession of them.”  It includes specifically:

 

·       actual possession of Client funds or securities unless they are received inadvertently and returned to the sender within three business days of receiving them. If a Client mistakenly writes a check payable to the Firm, the Firm has three business days within which to return it and have it correctly made out to the custodian. Possession of checks drawn by Clients but payable to third parties is not deemed custody at all, so that if the Firm receives a check drawn to a custodian, it may forward it without itself being deemed to have custody of the funds.

 

·       any arrangement (including a general power of attorney) under which the Firm is authorized or permitted to withdraw Client funds or securities maintained with a custodian upon the Firm’s instruction. Thus, arrangements under which the Firm is authorized to deduct fees from Client accounts are deemed to result in the Firm having custody. Advisers who are deemed to have custody solely by virtue of deducting fees from client accounts do not have to answer affirmatively to the question on Form ADV about whether they have custody, however.

 

10-3

 



 

·       any capacity (including, for example, trustee of a trust, general partner to a limited partnership, managing member of a limited liability company) that gives the Firm or any individual who is a supervised person of the Firm legal ownership of or access to Client funds or securities. The SEC does not view the Firm to have custody of the funds or securities of an estate, conservatorship or trust if the supervised person has been appointed as executor, conservator or trustee as a result of family or personal relationship with the decedent, beneficiary or grantor (and not a result of employment with the Firm),

 

It is the general policy of the Firm not to accept physical custody of Client funds or securities. Because of the deduction of fees from Client accounts, and because the Firm acts as general partner or managing member to private funds, the Firm is deemed to have custody of Client funds.

 

Qualified Custodian and Notice. The Firm will maintain custody of Client funds or securities (other than uncertificated securities acquired directly from the issuer in private placements) with broker-dealers, banks, certain foreign banks or other similar “qualified custodians.” The Firm will give Clients notice in writing of the name and address of the qualified custodian(s) used and the manner in which the assets are maintained, promptly upon the opening of the account and after any change in the information. For private fund investors this may be accomplished by disclosure in the fund’s private placement memorandum and/or subscription documents.

 

Exceptions.   Holdings of uncertificated securities acquired directly from the issuer in private transactions are excepted from the requirements that assets be maintained with qualified custodians and notice requirements. For securities to be eligible for this exception, ownership of the securities must be recorded only on the books of the issuer, and they must be transferable only with consent of the issuer.

 

Account Statements and Surprise Audit. The Firm must either provide, or have a reasonable belief that the custodian is providing, Clients with a quarterly statement showing the amount of funds and of each security in the Client’s account at the end of the period and setting forth all transactions in the account during that period.  For pooled accounts or funds, the statement to investors should show a statement of the transactions and holdings of the pool or fund, not just a statement of the investor’s holdings in the shares of the pool or fund. If the Firm itself provides the statement, an independent public accountant must verify all funds and securities at least once during the calendar year at a time chosen by the accountant and without prior notice to the Firm, and file Form ADV-E with the SEC.

 

Audited Financial Statement Alternative. Private fund managers may avoid quarterly reporting of all positions held and transactions and surprise audits if the funds are subject to audit at least annually and distribute audited financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to all limited partners, members or other beneficial owners within 180 days of the end of the fiscal year. The Firm intends to provide financial statements of all private funds to investors within this period to satisfy its reporting requirement.

 

Trusteeships.   Employees of the Firm generally are not permitted to serve as trustees of Client assets. Any requests to serve in such capacity must be approved by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

10-4

 



 

ERISA Considerations. ERISA plan assets must be held in trust, with certain limited exceptions. ERISA does not preclude the holding of securities in nominee name with a custodial bank, insurance company, registered broker-dealer, or clearing agency provided that the trustee remains the beneficial owner of the securities. ERISA also requires that the “indicia of ownership” of any plan assets (including assets of private funds that hold “plan assets”) be held within the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal courts. However, Department of Labor regulations permit the holding of certain foreign securities and currency outside of the United States, provided that they are held under the management or control of a qualified fiduciary, or in the physical possession or control of a qualifying financial institution that is a U.S. domestic entity whose principal place of business is in the United States.  ERISA also requires that any person who “handles” assets of a plan to be bonded.  The Firm must either arrange for its own fidelity bond, or it must ensure that each ERISA Client covers the Firm under its own fidelity bond.

 

Procedures

 

Custodial Account. The Firm will not commence trading for an account unless it has received notification of the opening of a custodial account with a qualified custodian.  For private funds managed by the Firm, the Firm and/or the fund will use a qualified custodian for the fund’s assets.

 

Notice to Clients/Investors. The name and address of the qualified custodian and the manner in which a managed account Client’s assets will be held will be disclosed to Clients either in a separate disclosure to the Client and/or in the investment advisory agreement, and for a private fund in the offering documents.

 

No Assets Transferred to the Firm. Clients are instructed that all assets placed under the Firm’s management must be transferred directly to the qualified custodian, and that checks or wires of funds should be payable to the name of the qualified custodian and not to the Firm. Designated personnel will be responsible for the immediate return of checks or other instruments made out in the name of the Firm, and in no event more than three business days after receipt, with instructions that they be corrected to be payable to the qualified custodian.

 

Payment of Fees. Clients are either billed directly for fees or, pursuant to their authorization, fees are deducted from their accounts at the qualified custodian and paid to the Firm. In the latter case, Clients must have authorized the arrangement in the investment advisory agreement.

 

Account Statements. For private funds, the Chief Compliance Officer will monitor that financial statements are delivered to investors within 180 days to make sure they meet the audited financial statement delivery alternative. Separately managed accounts generally are in custody at brokers, which provide statements at least quarterly.

 

Notice.   The Chief Compliance Officer will review the Firm’s advisory agreements, special notifications and any private offering documents to make sure they provide required notice to Clients and/or investors of custodial arrangements.

 

10-5

 



 

Privacy

 

Law and Policy

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), requires all “financial institutions,” defined to include investment advisers, investment companies and broker-dealers, to establish procedures and systems to assure privacy of customer personal and financial information. The privacy requirements set forth herein apply only to individual, non-entity Clients, including U.S. individuals who invest in private funds.

 

Protected Information. GLBA requires that a financial institution respect the privacy of its customers and protect the security of “non-public personal information,” defined as personally identifiable financial information provided by a customer, obtained as a result of a transaction with a customer or obtained otherwise. Regulation S-P, adopted by the SEC to implement the privacy provisions of GLBA, treats any personally identifiable information as “financial” if the financial institution received the information in connection with providing a financial product or service to a consumer. Thus, any information provided by U.S. individual investors in private funds to the Firm in connection with the investment advisory relationship should be considered subject to these privacy requirements. In addition, information created in the course of the relationship, such as account balances and securities positions or transactions, is subject to privacy protection.

 

It is the Firm’s policy to keep all Client information strictly confidential and not to disclose any such information to non-affiliated third parties, except as set forth in the Firm’s Privacy Notice.

 

Initial and Annual Notices. Regulation S-P requires advisers to provide notice to “customers” about the institution’s privacy policies and practices. The initial notice must be provided to an individual when the “customer relationship” is established. Thus, the initial notice should be given to the Client at the time the advisory contract is signed. An annual notice (which should be identical to the initial notice unless such notice has been subsequently revised) must be given once in each twelve-month period. The private funds sponsored by the Firm are required to give a privacy policy statement to individual, non-entity U.S. investors in a private fund.

 

Content of Notices. Both the initial and annual notices must set forth, among other things: a general description of the Firm’s Policies and Procedures to protect customers’ non-public information; categories of non-public personal information, if any, that are disclosed; and categories of affiliates or non-affiliated third parties, if any, that may receive the information.

 

Safeguarding Client Information. The Firm, and private funds managed by the Firm, maintain safeguards that comply with federal standards to protect Client and investor information, restrict access to the personal and account information of Clients to those Employees who need to know that information in the course of their job responsibilities and requires that third parties with which the Firm or any private funds share investor information must agree to follow appropriate standards of security and confidentiality.

 

10-6

 



 

Procedures

 

Delivery of Initial Privacy Notice. Brad Berry has responsibility for assuring that the initial Privacy Notice is provided to individual Clients in the U.S. at the time an account is opened. For individual U.S. investors in a private fund, the Firm’s and/or the fund’s initial Privacy Notice will be included in the subscription documents (or separately delivered by the fund administrator).

 

Delivery of Annual Privacy Notice. The Chief Compliance Officer will confirm that the annual Privacy Notice is mailed to all individual Clients in the U.S. Normally the Privacy Notice will be mailed together with the annual offer of Form ADV, Part II. The Administrator will mail the annual notice to U.S. fund investors.

 

Record Retention. The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for maintaining the Firm’s Privacy Notice and updating the notice in light of any changes. Designated personnel shall retain evidence that the initial and annual Privacy Notice was delivered to individual U.S. Clients (or U.S. investors), and shall retain copies of the letters to Clients (and U.S. investors) regarding the delivery of the annual Privacy Notice.

 

Safeguarding Client Information – Physical Facilities. The Firm’s physical office space is secure and accessible only by authorized personnel who have keys and/or electronic access cards. All client specific information, such as subscription documents and correspondents, will be kept in a locked filed cabinet in the Chief Compliance Officer’s office. Additionally, the Chief Compliance Officer’s office will also remain locked when he is not present.

 

Safeguarding Information – Training: To assist Employees in understanding their obligations with respect to non-public personal financial information of U.S. individual investors, the Chief Compliance Officer will:

 

·       Inform Employees regarding the Firm’s confidentiality and security standards for handling Client information by giving them a copy of this Manual.

·       Instruct Employees to take basic steps to maintain the security, confidentiality and integrity of Client information, including:

·       not leaving files, notes or correspondence in the open;

·       changing passwords periodically, and not posting passwords near computers;

·       conversing behind closed doors and not in the presence of any persons not authorized to hear or receive such information;

·       avoiding the use of speaker phones and discussions in hallways, elevators, and any public places; and

·       recognizing any fraudulent attempt to obtain Client information and reporting it to appropriate management personnel.

·       Limit access to Client information to Employees who have a business reason for seeing it.

 

10-7

 



 

·       Keep access to computer files containing Client information restricted by password.

·       Inform Employees not to leave open files that hold customer information on the computer while they are not at their desk.

·       Keep back-up computer files locked at alternate sites allowing access only to authorized persons.

·       Oversee service providers by taking reasonable steps to select and retain service providers that are capable of maintaining appropriate safeguards and requiring service providers to agree contractually to implement and maintain such safeguards.

·       Evaluate and adjust the information security program in light of results of testing and monitoring, any material changes to the Firm’s operations or business arrangements or any other circumstances that would impact the Firm’s information security program.

·       Impose disciplinary measures for any breaches.

 

Outside service providers, including the Firm’s attorneys, auditors and administrators, may be given access to non-public personal financial information concerning U.S. individual Clients and investors in connection with the provision of services to the Firm and private funds. It is the Firm’s reasonable belief that such service providers are capable of maintaining and have in place appropriate safeguards to protect customer information.

 

Information Systems: The Firm’s information technology personnel will maintain the security of its information systems by:

 

·       Storing electronic Client or investor information on a secure server that is accessible only with a password and is kept in a physically-secure area;

·       Maintaining secure backup media and keeping archived data secure by storing off-line or in a physically secure area; and

·       Providing for secure data transmission when the Firm collects or transmits Client or investor information.

·       Disposing, when necessary and permissible, of Client information in a secure manner by, as applicable:

 

·       Supervising the disposal of records containing non-public personal information;

·       Erasing all data when disposing of computers, diskettes, magnetic tapes, hard drives or any other electronic media that contain Client or investor information;

·       Effectively destroying the hardware if necessary for obsolete or replaced hardware; and

·       Otherwise promptly disposing of outdated Client or investor information.

 

·       Using appropriate oversight to detect the improper disclosure or theft of Client or investor information.

 

Managing System Failures. To prevent attacks, intrusions or other system failures, the Firm’s information technology personnel will:

 

10-8

 



 

·       Maintain up-to-date and appropriate programs and controls by:

 

·       Addressing any breaches of physical, administrative or technical safeguards;

·       Checking with software vendors regularly to obtain and install patches that resolve software vulnerabilities;

·       Using anti-virus software that updates automatically; and

·       Maintaining up-to-date firewalls, particularly for broadband Internet access.

 

·       Take steps to preserve the security, confidentiality and integrity of Client and investor information in the event of a computer or other technological failure by backing-up all Client and investor data regularly.

·       Maintain systems and procedures in order to limit access to non-public Client and investor information only to legitimate and valid users.

·       Notify Clients and investors promptly if their non-public personal information is subject to loss, damage or unauthorized access.

 

10-9

 



 

Valuation

 

Law and Policy

 

The Firm, as an investment adviser registered with the SEC, provides discretionary investment management services to private funds and other individual and institutional Clients. The Firm offers investment management with respect to a wide variety of securities and other financial instruments.

 

The Firm and/or the administrators of the private funds managed by the Firm calculate the net asset value of the assets in Client accounts and in the funds on valuation dates, which are [the last day of each month] for fee calculation, sale, redemption and other purposes. To fulfill its valuation responsibilities, the Firm has adopted these policies and procedures.

 

Procedures

 

It is the general policy of the Firm that securities for which market quotations are readily available be valued at their market value and that other securities be valued in good faith at their fair value. In valuing financial instruments, the following general principles apply:

 

·                   Financial instruments listed or traded on any recognized foreign or U.S. organized securities exchange shall be valued at the closing price on the relevant valuation date on the principal exchange on which such financial instrument is traded during the regular trading session.

 

·                   If no settlement price or trade price of such financial instrument was reported on the applicable date, the market value shall be the most recent quoted average bid and ask prices on that day.

 

·                   The market value of any financial instrument quoted on any over-the-counter market quotation system, such as Nasdaq, providing last reported trade price data shall be determined in the manner stated above or to the most recent quoted average bid and ask prices provided by one or more principal market makers unless, in the opinion of the Firm the value so obtained does not fairly indicate the market value of the financial instrument, in which case the Firm will endeavor to determine the fair market value of such financial instrument taking into account, inter alia, the values obtained from one or more reputable brokers, and/or any other relevant sources of market information which may be available.

 

·                   Listed options, or over-the-counter options for which representative brokers’ quotations are available, shall be valued between the bid and ask price.

 

10-10



 

·                   Commodity interests which are publicly traded on an organized commodity exchange shall be valued at the closing settlement price on the applicable business day, or if there is no settlement price on such day, at the most recent quoted average bid and ask prices at the close of business on such day.

 

·                   Other financial instruments and assets and liabilities for which market quotations are not readily available will be valued as determined in good faith by the Firm in accordance with the procedures adopted and implemented by the Firm.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions set forth herein, the Firm may adjust the valuation of any financial instrument or permit some other method of valuation to be used if, taking into account the currency, applicable rate of interest, maturity, marketability or such other considerations as it deems relevant, it considers that such adjustment is required to reflect more fairly the value thereof. Cash, deposits and similar investments together with all accrued interest thereon to the end of the relevant Valuation Date shall be valued at face value.

 

10-11



 

Disaster Recovery Plan

 

Law and Policy

 

The Firm has adopted a business continuity and recovery plan (“Plan”) to be used in the event of a significant business interruption. The Plan has been provided to, and is accessible by, each Employee.

 

Procedures

 

The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain a copy of the Plan and will furnish a copy to each Employee.

 

10-12



 

Proxy Voting

 

Law and Policy

 

This statement sets forth the current policies and procedures of the Firm with regard to the voting of proxies over which the Firm has investment responsibility. These policies and procedures are available to the Firm’s Clients upon request.

 

The Firm acts in a fiduciary capacity with respect to each of its Clients (including private funds) and, therefore, the Firm must act to maximize the value of the accounts it manages. Each proxy proposal is reviewed on a case-by-case basis by a member of the Firm’s portfolio management team. It is Firm policy generally to vote against any management proposals that the Firm believes could prevent companies from realizing their maximum market value, or would insulate companies and/or management, from accountability to shareholders or prudent regulatory compliance. For example, the Firm will generally vote against any proposal that attempts to limit shareholder democracy, such as increased indemnification protections for directors or officers, or unequal voting rights, in a way that could restrict the ability of the shareholders to realize the value of their investment. The Firm will generally support proposals aimed at effectuating standard and necessary aspects of business operations, which will not typically have a significant effect on the value of the investment, such as name changes, elections of directors and employee stock purchase or ownership plans.

 

A record of all proxy decisions and the rationale for voting will be retained and available for inspection by Clients at any time in accordance with the procedures listed below.

 

Conflicts of Interest. The Firm must act as a fiduciary when voting proxies on behalf of its Clients. In that regard, the Firm will seek to avoid possible conflict of interest in connection with proxy voting as follows:

 

Where the Firm identifies a potential conflict of interest (such as if the Firm or an Employee is affiliated or associated with the issuer or the Firm holds the issuer’s securities on a proprietary basis), the Firm will initially determine whether such potential conflict is material. Where the Firm determines there is a potential for a material conflict of interest regarding a proxy, the Firm will take one or some of the following steps: (i) inform the Client of the material conflict and the Firm’s voting decision; (ii) discuss the proxy vote with the Client; (iii) fully disclose the material facts regarding the conflict and seek the Client’s consent to vote the proxy as intended; and/or (iv) seek the recommendations of an independent third party. The Firm will document the steps it took to evidence that the proxy vote or abstention was in the best interest of the Client and not the product of any material conflict. Such documentation will be maintained in accordance with required recordkeeping procedures. See Recordkeeping above.

 

Disclosure of Policies and Procedures. The Firm will provide a summary of these policies and procedures in its Form ADV, Part II (or in a separate disclosure) to be furnished to Clients. The Firm will further provide a copy of these policies and procedures to any Client upon request. In

 

10-13



 

addition, the Firm will inform its Clients how they can obtain further proxy voting information about their own proxies.

 

Disclosure of Voting Record. Upon a request from a Client, the Firm will furnish to such Client its proxy voting record with respect to such Client’s securities.

 

ERISA Considerations. ERISA prohibits fiduciaries from acting on behalf of a plan in situations in which the fiduciary is subject to a conflict of interest. Thus, if the Firm determines that it has a conflict of interest with respect to the voting of proxies, the Firm must either seek the Client’s informed direction or retain an independent person to direct the Firm how to vote the proxy in the best interests of the ERISA account.

 

Procedures

 

Receipt of Proxy Materials. The Firm receives proxy materials from issuers, custodians or broker-dealers through the mail in hard copy form with respect to any securities held in Client accounts.

 

Voting Decisions. The portfolio manager(s) has (have) responsibility for reviewing proxy materials and deciding how to vote on each issue or initiative for the securities he or she trades.

 

Recusal from Voting. Any Employee who has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any issue presented for voting, or any relationship with the issuer, must so inform the Chief Compliance Officer and recuse him or herself from decisions on how proxies with respect to that issuer are voted.

 

Record of Votes Cast. Each year a member of each responsible portfolio management team creates a spreadsheet showing each security with respect to which votes were cast, the number of shares voted and how they were voted on each issue. The spreadsheet is maintained and updated to show such information for each proxy received throughout the year.

 

Client Requests for Votes. If a Client requests that their proxies be voted in a specific way on a specific issue, the portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team will advise the Client that it cannot accommodate the request

 

Client Requests for Voting Record. Clients may request information concerning how their proxies were voted. The portfolio manager or a member of the portfolio management team will notify the Chief Compliance Officer if he or she receives such request and will respond to such requests showing how Client shares were voted on particular issues. The Chief Compliance Officer will maintain a copy of all such requests and responses.

 

10-14



 

APPENDIX 1

 

EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF MANUAL

 

I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the current Compliance Manual (“Manual”) of the Firm, and represent that:

 

1.                I have read this Manual, including both the Code of Ethics and the Compliance Policies and Procedures contained therein, and understand them.

 

2.                I understand that the Firm may impose sanctions, up to and including termination of employment, for violation by me of any provision of this Manual (including the Code of Ethics or the Compliance Policies and Procedures).

 

3.                I will comply with this Manual (including the Code of Ethics and Compliance Policies and Procedures) in all respects.

 

Employee Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

App. 1-1



 

APPENDIX 2

 

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

 

I certify that during the past year:

 

1.                In accordance with the Firm’s Compliance Manual (including the Code of Ethics and Compliance Policies and Procedures), I have fully disclosed the securities holdings in my Access Person Accounts (as defined in the Code of Ethics).

 

2.                In accordance with the Firm’s Compliance Manual (including the Code of Ethics and Compliance Policies and Procedures), except for transactions exempt from the reporting, I have arranged for the Chief Compliance Officer to receive duplicate copies of each confirmation for each securities transaction and of monthly statements of all Access Person Accounts.

 

3.                I have read, understand and have complied with the Firm’s Compliance Manual (including the Code of Ethics and Compliance Policies and Procedures) in all other respects.

 

Employee Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

App. 2-1



 

APPENDIX 3

 

PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS REPORT

 

Please provide a list of all securities in which you have a Beneficial Interest, including securities in Access Person Accounts and all securities in any other non-Client accounts for which you make investment decisions. This includes not only securities held by brokers and other financial institutions, but also securities held at home, in safe deposit boxes, or by an issuer.

 

(1)           Name of Employee:

 

(2)           If different than #1, name of the person in whose name the account is held:

 

(3)           Relationship of (2) to (1):

 

(4)           Financial Institution at which Account is maintained:

 

(5)           Account Number:

 

(6)           Name and Phone Number of Contact at Financial Institution:

 

(7)           For each account, attach your most recent account statement listing securities in that account. If you own securities that are not listed in an attached account statement, list them below:

 

 

 

Name of Security/Ticker

 

Quantity

 

Value

 

Name of Broker,
Bank or
Custodian/Situs of
Security

1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Attach separate sheet if necessary)

 

I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) constitute all of the securities in my Access Person Accounts.

 

Employee Signature:

 

 

Date:

 

 

App. 3-1

 



 

APPENDIX 4

 

QUARTERLY SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORT

 

Please provide a list of all non-exempt securities that you have purchased or sold in any Access Person Account that are not reflected on [trade confirmations or] [monthly] [quarterly] account statements otherwise provided to the Chief Compliance Officer. This includes not only securities held by brokers and other financial institutions, but also securities held at home, in safe deposit boxes, or by an issuer.

 

(1)           Name of Access Person:

 

(2)           If different than #1, name of the person in whose name the transaction was effected:

 

(3)           Relationship of (2) to (1):

 

(4)           For each account, attach your most recent account statement listing transactions in that account during the quarterly period. If you own securities that are not listed in an attached account statement, please list them below:

 

 

 

Name of
Security/Ticker

 

Trade
Date

 

Quantity (as
applicable,
interest rate/
maturity date)

 

Purchase
or Sale

 

Price

 

Name of Broker,
Bank or
Custodian/Situs
of Security

1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Attach separate sheet if necessary)

 

I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) constitute all of the securities transactions in my Access Person Accounts for the quarter ended on the date below.

 

Employee Signature:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

For Quarter Ended:

 

 

 

App. 4-1



 

APPENDIX 5

[ORGANIZATIONAL CHART]

 

App. 5-1


Exhibit (p)(12)

 

CRAMER ROSENTHAL MCGLYNN, LLC

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

and

 

RELATED TOPICS

 

Revised July 2011

 



 

1.   Purpose of this Code

 

This Code of Ethics sets forth standards of business conduct that Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC (“CRM” of the “Adviser”) requires of all its supervised persons. Its Code is reasonably designed to (a) minimize conflicts of interest, and even the appearance of conflicts of interest, between the personnel of CRM and its clients in the securities markets; (b) assist CRM personnel such that their personal securities transactions are made in compliance with applicable securities laws; (c) prevent violations of the federal securities laws; and (d) effect the principles of conduct set forth below.

 

CRM depends upon a high level of public and client confidence for its success. That confidence can be maintained only if CRM’s employees observe the highest standards of ethical behavior in the performance of their duties. This Code (as it may be amended or modified from time to time) is intended to inform all of CRM’s employees of certain standards of conduct which they are expected to observe.

 

It is not possible to provide a precise, comprehensive definition of a conflict of interest. However, one factor that is common to many conflict of interest situations is the possibility that a CRM employee’s actions or decisions will be affected because of an actual or potential divergence between his or her personal interests and those of CRM or its clients. A particular activity or situation may be found to involve a conflict of interest even though it does not result in any financial loss to CRM or its clients and regardless of the motivation of the Employee involved. In all cases, if a conflict situation arises between an Employee and CRM’s clients, the interests of CRM’s clients shall prevail.

 

This Code also addresses the possibility that personnel may, by virtue of their positions with CRM, be afforded opportunities to participate in certain investment opportunities that are not generally available to the investing public. Accepting such opportunities may, or may appear to, compromise the independent judgment CRM personnel are expected to exercise for the benefit of CRM clients and is therefore unacceptable.

 

This Code is intended to help address these concerns in a systematic way. However, it is important that personnel go beyond the letter of this Code and remain sensitive to the need to avoid improper conflicts of interest, or even the appearance of such conflicts of interest, that are not expressly addressed by this Code.

 

One way for employees to implement the spirit of these policies is to invest in open-end mutual funds advised or sub-advised by CRM. CRM mutual funds provide employees with a means of participating in investments that CRM recommends to clients without seeking preclearance. Employee investments in CRM mutual funds also serve to align the interests of employees with the interests of CRM clients and to reduce the number of transactions that might give rise to conflicts of interest with CRM’s clients.

 

2.   General Principles of Conduct

 

CRM observes the following principles of conduct which shall govern all aspects of its business:

 

2



 

Professional Responsibility

 

CRM recognizes that it is a fiduciary and has the responsibility to render professional, continuous, and unbiased investment advice oriented to the investment goals of each client.

 

Professional Qualifications

 

To enable CRM to serve its clients effectively, its personnel are individuals of experience, ability, and integrity.

 

Financial Responsibility

 

CRM maintains capital and reserves adequate to provide the services for which it was retained.

 

Promotional Activities

 

The content in written or oral statements made by CRM in soliciting new clients shall be consistent with its professional responsibility.

 

Confidential Relationship

 

Information concerning the identity of security holdings and financial circumstances of clients is confidential.

 

In addition, the following general fiduciary principles shall govern the personal investment activities of all Employees:

 

Each Employee shall:

 

·              At all times, place the interests of the Client Accounts before his or her personal interests;

 

·              Conduct all personal securities transactions in a manner consistent with this Code, so as to avoid any actual or potential conflicts of interest, or an abuse of the individual’s position of trust and responsibility; and

 

·              Not take any inappropriate advantage of his or her position with or on behalf of CRM or the Client Accounts.

 

3.           Definitions

 

a.              “1940 “Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

b.             “Access Person” means any of CRM’s supervised persons who (i) has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund; or (ii) is involved is making securities recommendations to clients, or who access to such recommendations that are

 

3



 

nonpublic. A director that: (i) has no involvement with the day-to-day operations of CRM or the Funds; (ii) is not involved in making securities decisions or recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by Client Accounts and does not have access to such recommendations that are nonpublic; (iii) does not have access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund; and (iv) is an employee of another financial services institution and is subject to a Code of Ethics of such financial services institution; may comply with the pre-clearance and reporting requirements of such financial services institution in lieu of the provisions of Section 5 of this Code. Any such director is required to file a quarterly transaction report pursuant to Section 5 of this Code with respect to a security if the director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the director’s transaction the Reportable Fund(s) purchased or sold the security.

 

c.              “Automatic investment plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

d.             “Beneficial Ownership” has the same meaning as that term is defined in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the Exchange Act”), in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. This means that a person should generally consider himself or herself the beneficial owner of any securities in which he or she has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest. In addition, a person should consider himself or herself the beneficial owner of securities held by his or her spouse, his or her minor children or a relative who shares his or her home, or held by other persons who through any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship provide him or her with sole or shared voting or investment power over such securities.

 

e.              “Client Accounts” means the Funds, any private investment funds advised by the Adviser, and any outside private account for which the Adviser serves as investment adviser and in which the Adviser (and persons associated with the Adviser) has no ownership interest, direct or indirect (other than as a shareholder of the Funds or as a member, partner or shareholder of any private investment funds advised by the Adviser).

 

f.                “Compliance Personnel” means the persons designated by the Compliance Committee to monitor overall compliance with this Code, to prepare, receive and review reports under this Code, and to provide pre-clearance of any personal securities transactions as required by this Code.

 

g.             “Control” shall have the same meaning as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the1940 Act. Section 2(a)(9) provides that “control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company. Any person who owns

 

4



 

beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is generally presumed to control that company.

 

h.             “Covered Security” shall include all types of securities, such as common stock, preferred stock, securities convertible into common or preferred stock and warrants or rights to acquire common stock, including options, closed-end fund shares, and other derivative securities, bonds and debentures, convertible bonds and futures.

 

A covered security does not include:

 

·               direct obligations of the Government of the U.S.;

·               bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

·               shares issued by money market funds;

·               shares issued by open-end funds (mutual funds) other than Reportable Funds; and

·               shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds, none of which are reported funds.

 

i.                 “Employee” means any officer, principal or employee of the Adviser.

 

j.                 “Employee Account” means any account in which an Employee has Beneficial Ownership, as defined above. Employee Accounts include accounts of the Employee’s spouse, his or her minor children or a relative who shares his or her home, or held by other persons who through any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship provide him or her with sole or shared voting or investment power over such securities. Employee accounts shall not include accounts over which the Employee does not exercise investment discretion. Whenever a situation arises where an Employee gains sole or shared voting or investment power over securities or when an Employee gets married or shares primary residence with a relative, such Employee shall promptly take all necessary steps to bring such third-party in compliance with the provisions of this Code.

 

k.              “Private Placement” means any offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act of 1933. Private placements may include offerings of hedge funds and other private equity funds and offerings of Rule 144A securities.

 

l.                 “Purchase or sale of a security” includes, inter alia , the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.

 

m.           “Reportable Fund” means any fund for which CRM serves as an investment adviser or sub-adviser or any fund that controls CRM, is controlled by CRM, or is under common control with CRM.

 

n.             “Security Held or to be Acquired by a Reportable Fund” means (i) any Covered Security that, within the most recent 15 days, is or has been held by the Reportable Fund or is being or has been considered by the Reportable Fund or the Adviser for purchase by the

 

5



 

Reportable Fund; and (ii) any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for a Covered Security described in clause (i) above.

 

4.          Specific Requirements

 

a.            Pre-Clearance of Personal Securities Transactions

 

General Rule

 

All Employees are required to obtain prior approval from a member of the Compliance Committee before effecting any purchase or sale transaction of a Covered Security in an Employee Account by completing a pre-clearance authorization form (in a form substantially similar to Appendix I ). Compliance Personnel may reject any trade request in their sole discretion, and no reason need be given for such rejection. Any and all Employee personal securities transactions must be traded through (1) an account established at Morgan Stanley Smith Barney (“MSSB”) through a MSSB representative designated to CRM or (2) through the Charles Schwab platform established for CRM or (3) an account that can settle via a custodian bank compatible to CRM’s auto reconciliation system. CRM’s Compliance Coordinator will maintain a list of compatible custodian banks.

 

Notice Provision for Reportable Funds and Debt Instruments

 

Transactions in shares of any Reportable Fund or debt instrument that falls within the definition of Covered Security (for example, municipal bonds, long-term and high-yield corporate debt) are not subject to this pre-clearance requirement. Transactions in these instruments are subject to a “Notice Provision,” which requires an Employee to give prompt written notice of any such transaction to a member of the CRM Compliance Committee, see Appendix I . “Prompt” notice shall mean by the end of the first business day following such transaction. Corporate convertible debt and preferred stock are subject to the pre-clearance requirement above, and not the Notice Provision herein.

 

Approval

 

Pre-clearance approval will be valid for one trading day for market orders. For example, an Employee receiving pre-clearance approval on a Monday must effect such transaction on Monday or the pre-clearance will become invalid.

 

As a general rule, limit order trading is not permitted. In the case of thinly traded (i.e., small cap) securities, including options, with limited liquidity, an Employee may petition the compliance committee for a special exception prior to placing the limit order for a given trade. In such instances regarding limit orders, clearance will be valid until the close of business on the Friday of the week in which clearance was obtained.

 

b.           No Short-Term Trading (60-Day Rule)

 

No Employee shall profit in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest in the same (or equivalent) Covered Securities within any period of 60 consecutive calendar days without prior approval of Compliance Personnel.

 

6



 

c.            The Restricted List

 

The Compliance Committee shall maintain a list (the “Restricted List”) containing the names of issuers for which, among other things, an officer of CRM serves as an officer or director, issuers in which any officer of CRM owns greater than a 4.9% interest, or issuers for which any CRM personnel believe they may be in possession of material, non-public information relating to such issuer.

 

The securities of any issuer contained on the Restricted List may not be purchased and/or sold for any Client Account or Employee Account without the prior approval of the Compliance Committee.

 

d.           Reporting

 

Initial Compliance Report

 

Not later than 10 calendar days after a person becomes an Employee, such Employee must report to Compliance Personnel the following information on an “Initial Compliance Report” substantially similar to the form attached as Appendix II : the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Employee had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership when the person became an Employee; the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Employee maintained an account in which any Covered Securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Employee as of the date the person became an Employee; and the date that the report is signed and submitted by the Employee. When a situation arises where an Employee gains sole or shared voting or investment power over securities or when an Employee gets married or shares primary residence with a relative, such Employee shall notify Compliance Personnel of such event and take all steps necessary to disclose the relevant information to bring such third-party in compliance with the provisions of this Code.

 

An Employee may satisfy this requirement by attaching the most recent account statement (which statement must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date it is submitted) for each Employee Account to a signed Initial Compliance Report.

 

Submission of Trading Statements

 

Every Employee must direct his or her broker, bank or other financial institution to provide CRM with duplicate copies of account statements (“trading statements”) for Employee Accounts.

 

Quarterly Compliance Reports

 

Not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, each Employee must report to Compliance Personnel the following information:

 

With respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Employee had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership: the date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved; the nature of the transaction (purchase, sale or

 

7



 

any other type of acquisition or disposition); the price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected; the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and the date that the report is signed and submitted by the Employee.

 

An Employee may satisfy the above requirements through provision of account statements (provided such statements are provided not later than 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter) for each Employee Account maintained by such Employee to Compliance Personnel.

 

Annual Holdings Reports

 

Not later than January 31st of each new year, all Employees must provide the following information: the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security involved; the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Employee maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Employee; and the date that the report is signed and submitted by the Employee.

 

Employees may satisfy this requirement by attaching the most recent account statement (provided such statements are provided not later than 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter) for each Employee Account or certifying to the accuracy of the account information provided to such Employee by Compliance Personnel. The above information must be provided with a signed “Annual Compliance Certification” attached hereto.

 

Seven Day Blackout Periods

 

No Employee shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership:

 

·                which he or she knows or should have known at the time of such purchase or sale is or has been considered for purchase or sale by any Client Accounts, within the most recent seven (7) calendar days, or

 

·                which is or has been purchased or sold by any Client Accounts within the most recent seven (7) calendar days.

 

Aggregation of Orders

 

An order to purchase or sell a Covered Security for an Employee Account may be exempt from this prohibition and may be aggregated (or “bunched”) with an order(s) for a Client Account(s) that is being handled by CRM’s trading desk where:

 

·               the market capitalization of the issuer of the security is at least $500 million; and

 

·               the CRM trading desk executes the Employee order. This means the Employee Account must be at Salomon Smith Barney or be an account that can settle via a custodian bank.

 

8



 

Where an order for an Employee Account is handled in accordance with this paragraph, orders for Client Accounts shall be executed prior to, or concurrently with, any order for an Employee Account. This proviso applies to the specific order or orders for Client Accounts to which the Employee account is aggregated. It does not apply to other orders for Client accounts which may be entered by investment personnel later on the same day. In limited circumstances, a Client account where the Client directs the order to be executed by a specific brokerage firm (so-called “hold” account), such Clients’ execution may occur after execution of the order(s) for which the Employee order is being aggregated, resulting in such Client’s execution possibly occurring after the Employee order is executed.

 

The execution price received by a Client Account may not always be superior to the execution price received by an Employee Account.

 

$10 Billion Market Capitalization Exception

 

Transactions in securities for which the market capitalization of the company is greater than $10 billion are not subject to this 7-day blackout provision.

 

Special Holding Period for Securities with Small Market Capitalizations

 

In instances where an Employee Account and a Client Account own the same security with a market capitalization of $500 million or less the Employee Account is required to hold its position in such securities until the Client Account(s) is fully divested of its corresponding position in the securities. (Effective October 15, 2006)

 

Exchange-Traded Fund (ETF) Exception

 

Transactions in exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, are not subject to this 7-day blackout provision. (It should be noted that not all closed-end funds are ETFs, and only ETFs may rely on this exception.)

 

Waiver Requests

 

Under special circumstances and on a case-by-case basis, a member of the Compliance Committee may consider a request by an Employee for a waiver of the 7-day blackout provision. In considering any such request, any adverse consequences to any Client Account shall be considered. All waivers granted shall be recorded in writing.

 

e.             Prohibition on IPOs

 

No Employee shall acquire any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest in securities in an initial public offering (“IPO”).

 

9



 

f.               Pre-Approval of Private Placements

 

An Employee may purchase securities in a Private Placement only if the Employee obtains the prior written approval of a member of the Compliance Committee. To request such approval, the Employee should complete and sign the “Pre-Clearance of Personal Non-Public Investments,” attached hereto.

 

g.            Unlawful Activities Relating to Reportable Funds

 

No Employee shall, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such Employee of a Security Held or to be Acquired by a Reportable Fund:

 

·              Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Reportable Fund;

 

·              Make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Reportable Fund or omit to state to the Reportable Fund a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

·              Engage in any act, practice or course of business which would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Reportable Fund; or

 

·              Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Reportable Fund.

 

5.         Exempted Transactions

 

The following transactions are not subject to the provisions of Section 5 of this Code:

 

·              Transactions effected in any account over which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

·              Transactions which are part of an automatic investment plan.

 

·              Transactions in securities other than the Covered Securities.

 

6.         Service as a Director of a Publicly-Traded Company

 

No Employee shall serve as a director of a publicly-traded company (“company”) without prior written authorization from a member of the Compliance Committee. Any such authorization shall be based upon a determination that such board service would be consistent with the interests of the Client Accounts.

 

7.         Outside Business Activities

 

CRM is mindful of the potential conflicts of interest that may arise with its employees’ outside business activities which includes any form of outside employment, including, but not limited to, traditional employment, consulting work, or distribution (“Outside Business Activities”). All employees shall notify their supervisor and a member of the Compliance Committee of any potential

 

10



 

Outside Business Activity and must receive approval from a member of CRM’s Compliance Committee prior to the employee engaging in such Outside Business Activity.(1)

 

The following are factors that the CRM Compliance Committee member may consider in determining whether to grant employee Outside Business Activity approval:

 

·                 Whether the proposed activity may interfere materially with any of the employee’s responsibilities to CRM or its advisory clients;

·                 Potential conflicts of interest or appearance of conflicts of interest and whether such conflicts might be mitigated;

·                 Potential regulatory concerns relating to the Outside Business Activity;

·                 Consideration of other Outside Business Activities of the CRM employee

 

Any such approval shall be based upon the CRM Compliance Committee member’s determination that such Outside Business Activity would not be in inconsistent with CRM’s fiduciary duty to its clients. At the request of the CRM Compliance Committee member, employees may be required to provide supporting documentation that the employee is in compliance with the firm’s policy. On an annual basis, all employees shall certify to any Outside Business Activities or the absence thereof. Questions regarding this policy should be directed to the firm’s CCO.

 

8.         Reporting of Violations and Oversight Responsibility

 

Any violations of this Code shall be promptly reported to the Chief Compliance Officer and, where appropriate, to the CRM Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee shall have oversight responsibility for monitoring compliance with this Code, including the review of reports required to be submitted pursuant to Section 5.

 

9.         Notification of Reporting Obligations

 

A member of the Compliance Committee (or his or her delegate(s)) shall be responsible for notifying Employees, including Access Persons, of their obligations under this Code and for providing a copy of this Code to all Employees. Such notification shall take place through, among other things, regular dissemination of the Code.

 

10.  Written Acknowledgements

 

Upon becoming an Employee of the Firm, each Employee must review and acknowledge receipt of the Code (in a form substantially similar to Appendix III . Additionally, on an annual basis, a member of the Compliance Committee (or his or her delegate) shall disseminate and receive from each Employee a written acknowledgement of their receipt of the Code (in a form substantially similar to Appendix IV ) and any amendments.

 


(1) Employees are required to seek approval whether or not employee is compensated for such activity.

 

11



 

11.  Sanctions

 

Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Compliance Committee may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including, inter alia , a requirement that the violator conduct all personal securities transactions through CRM’s trading operations, disgorgement of profits, a letter of censure or suspension, or termination of employment. All material violations of this Code and sanctions imposed with respect thereto shall be reported periodically to the Board of Managers of the Adviser and Board of Trustees of any Fund.

 

12.  Insider Trading

 

The Adviser has adopted a policy statement on insider trading and conflicts of interest (the “Policy Statement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Addendum I. All Employees are required by this Code to read and familiarize themselves with their responsibilities and obligations under the Policy Statement.

 

13.  Spreading of False Rumors

 

CRM employees are expressly prohibited from knowingly spreading any false rumor, or any purported market development, concerning any company, that is designed to influence trading in or the price of that company’s securities. Employees are also not permitted to engage in any other type of communication activity that constitutes illegal market manipulation. These prohibitions include the spreading of false rumors via all media, including, but not limited to, email, instant messages, text messages, blogs, “tweets” or chat rooms.

 

The spreading of false information may also lead to fines or censure by regulators as well as disciplinary action by the firm up to and including termination of employment. Questions regarding this policy should be directed to the firm’s General Counsel.

 

14.  Gifts and Entertainment Policy

 

The Adviser has adopted a gifts and entertainment policy (the “Gifts and Entertainment Policy”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Addendum II. All Employees are required by this Code to read and familiarize themselves with their responsibilities and obligations under the Gifts and Entertainment Policy.

 

15.  Other Policies

 

The provisions of this Code of Ethics and the attached Policy Statement on Insider Trading are in addition to, and not a substitute for, any codes or standards of professional conduct which may apply to Chartered Financial Analysts.

 

12



 

ADDENDUM I

 

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC

Policy Statement on Insider Trading

 

The following policies have been established to aid employees and other persons associated with CRM in avoiding “insider trading”. All employees and other persons must follow these policies or risk serious sanction, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties. If an employee or other person has a question about these procedures, such person should contact CRM’s General Counsel.

 

I.          Description of Insider Trading

 

The term “insider trading” is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the use of material non-public information to trade in securities (whether or not someone is an “insider”) and to communications of material non-public information to others.

 

While the law concerning “insider trading” is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:

 

·               trading by an insider while in possession of material non-public information; or

 

·               trading by a non-insider while in possession of material non-public information, where the information was either disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep it confidential or was misappropriated; or

 

·               communicating material non-public information to others.

 

The elements of “insider trading” and the penalties for such unlawful conduct are discussed below:

 

A.                           Who is an Insider?

 

The concept of “insider” is broad. It includes all employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a “temporary insider” if he/she enters into a special confidential relationship in the conduct of a company’s affairs and as a result is given access to information solely for the company’s purposes. A temporary insider can include, among others, a company’s attorneys, accountant, consultants, bank lending officers and the employees of such organizations. In addition, an employee of CRM may become a temporary insider for a company it advises or for which it performs other services. According to the Supreme Court, the company must expect an outsider to keep the disclosed non-public information confidential and the relationship must at least imply such a duty before the outsider will be considered an insider.

 

13



 

B.                           What is Material Information?

 

Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is material. “Material information” is generally defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his/her investment decisions or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities. Information that employees should consider material includes but is not limited to: dividend changes, earnings estimates, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems and extraordinary management developments.

 

Material information does not have to relate to a company’s business. For example, in Carpenter v. U.S. 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in The Wall Street Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

 

Potential sources of inside information include the receipt, whether directly or indirectly, of information related to the offering of private investments in public offerings (“PIPES”), and information from other third-parties including but not limited to counsel, independent registered public accounting firms, investors, financial printers and trading partners of a material nature.

 

Another example of material information is current CRM portfolio holdings for clients and current CRM investment strategies (“CRM Portfolio Information”). If other market participants obtain CRM Portfolio Information, they could use it to trade against CRM clients or otherwise profit by anticipating CRM trades. For example, if others know that CRM intends to make large investments in a particular company, they could invest in the same company in anticipation of increases in its share price as CRM places its trades. This may eliminate or reduce the benefit to CRM clients from these trades. However, unlike other inside information CRM Portfolio Information may be used for the benefit of CRM clients. Thus there is no restriction on using CRM Portfolio Information to implement CRM investment strategies for the benefit of CRM clients, although obviously one may not trade for one set of CRM clients in a manner designed to take improper advantage of CRM Portfolio Information for other clients.

 

C.                           What is Non-Public Information?

 

Information is non-public until it has been effectively communicated to the marketplace. One must be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally public. For example, information found in a report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or appearing in Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation would be considered public.

 

14



 

D.                           Penalties

 

Penalties for trading on or communicating material non-public information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he/she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include:

 

·               civil injunctions;

 

·               treble damages;

 

·               disgorgement of profits;

 

·               jail sentences;

 

·               fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited; and

 

·               fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the profit gained or loss avoided.

 

In addition, any violations or this Policy Statement on Insider Trading will be subject to the sanctions described in the CRM Code of Ethics.

 

II.       Identifying Inside Information

 

Before an employee enters into a transaction in the securities of a company about which he/she may have potential inside information, the following questions must be resolved:

 

A.                             Is the information material? Is this information that an investor would consider important in making his/her investment decision? Is this information that would substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?

 

B.                               Is the information non-public? To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation?

 

If, after considering these factors, the employee believes that the information is material and non-public, or if he/she has any questions as to whether the information is material and non-public, the employee must take the following steps:

 

·               report the matter immediately to Compliance Personnel;

 

·               refrain from purchasing or selling the securities in a personal securities transaction or on behalf of others, including CRM’s client accounts;

 

15



 

·                refrain from communicating the information inside or outside CRM, other than to Compliance Personnel; and

 

·                after Compliance Personnel have reviewed the issue, the employee will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communications, or will be allowed to trade on and communicate the information.

 

The rules in the preceding paragraph do not apply to use of Client Portfolio Information of a CRM client in transactions for that client or otherwise in the proper conduct of CRM’s business. However, employees must immediately report to Compliance Personnel any misuse of CRM Portfolio Information.

 

III.      Restricting Access to Material Non-Public Information

 

Information in the possession of any employee that may be considered material and non-public may not be communicated to anyone, including persons within CRM, except as provided in Section II above, provided that CRM Portfolio Information may, as appropriate in the conduct on CRM business, be provided to CRM personnel, service providers to CRM and CRM Funds, and attorneys, accountants and other professional advisers to CRM and CRM Funds. In addition, care should be taken so that all material non-public information is secure. For example, files containing material non-public information should be sealed and access to computer files containing material non-public information should be restricted.

 

IV.      Special Considerations Regarding the Use of Expert Networks

 

As noted in a 2011 press release issued by the SEC, while it is legal to obtain expert advice and analysis through expert networking arrangements, it is illegal to trade on material non-public information obtained in violation of a duty to keep that information confidential.(2) A CRM research analyst must bear in mind special considerations when considering the use of such networks. In response to industry developments regarding the use of expert networks,(3) CRM has adopted the following set of procedures in connection with the firm’s use of expert networks for research purposes:

 

·                A CRM research analyst may not consult with any consultant from an expert network who is a current employee, officer or director of a publicly traded company or has served as an employee, officer or director of a publicly traded company during the six month period preceding the proposed consultation.

 

·                Prior to commencing discussions with consultants from an expert network, the CRM research analyst shall read the following disclosure statement:

 


(2) See http://www.sec.gov/news/press/2011/2011-38.htm

 

(3)  United States v. Raj Rajaratnam , 09 CR 1184 (S.D.N.Y.) (2011) (RJH) and United States Securities and Exchange Commission v. Galleon Management LP, 09 cv 8811, (S.D.N.Y.) (2011)(JSR)

 

16



 

“At the outset of this call, [I/we] would like to make it clear that [I/we] do not want to discuss any information which might be deemed material and non-public, or which you may have a duty to keep confidential.”

 

·                CRM research analysts or a designee shall maintain a log of all consultations conducted with a consultant from an expert network. This log shall include the following information:

 

·     Purpose/topic to which the call primarily relates, including the relevant tickers (if applicable);

·     Date of the consultation;

·     CRM participant(s);

·     Name of expert consultant(s) and background.

 

·                All expert network providers must be approved by CRM’s Compliance Committee before a research analyst is allowed to participate in any consultations with such provider.

 

Failure to adhere to this policy may result in disciplinary action as addressed earlier in this Code as well as in the revocation of the CRM research analyst’s use of an expert network in the future. All questions concerning expert networks, the use thereof or these procedures should be addressed to CRM’s Compliance Department.

 

Approved Expert Networks

 

Guidepoint Global, LLC

 

V.       Special Considerations Regarding One-on-One Meetings with Management at Broker-Sponsored Conferences

 

CRM research analysts may periodically attend conferences sponsored by brokers which provide one-on-one access to management of companies for whom CRM trades on behalf of its clients. In an effort to monitor analysts’ attendance at such conferences, including information acquired at such conferences, a member of the research department or its delegate will maintain a log of all broker-sponsored conferences where an analyst participates in a one-on-one meeting with management representatives of a company for whom we trade on behalf of our advisory clients. The log shall include the following information:

 

·                     The date of the conference;

·                     The entity sponsoring the conference;

·                     The company and representatives with whom a CRM analyst participated in a one-on-one meeting; and

·                     The CRM analyst(s) who participated in the one-on-one meeting.

 

In addition, a CRM analyst participating in such meeting will be required to capture any material information acquired during the meeting in CRM’s proprietary research database.

 

17



 

VI.      Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

 

If, after consideration of the items set forth in Section II.B. above, doubt remains as to whether information is material or non-public, or if there is any unresolved question as to the applicability or interpretation of the foregoing procedures or as to the propriety of any action, it must be discussed with Compliance Personnel before trading on or communicating the information to anyone.

 

VII.               Additional Note

 

All Employees are required by this Code to read and familiarize themselves with their responsibilities and obligations on Insider Trading. The provisions of this Policy Statement on Insider Trading are in addition to, and not a substitute for, any codes or standards of professional conduct which may apply to Chartered Financial Analysis.

 

18



 

ADDENDUM II

 

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC

Gifts and Entertainment Policy

 

Cramer Rosenthal McGlynn, LLC (“CRM”) and its personnel are required to put the interests of CRM clients ahead of their own personal interests. This general rule means, among other things, that we should make investment and related decisions for client accounts based upon the best interests of our clients rather than our own interests. In particular, we must not let personal gifts or entertainment that we receive from other businesses cloud the independent judgment that we exercise on behalf of our clients.

 

This Policy is intended to help CRM avoid and address actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest and other concerns that might arise from receipt of gifts, travel, meals, or entertainment from other businesses. At the same time, it is designed to permit reasonable and customary exchanges of gifts, travel, meals, and entertainment with business associates, which are important in fostering the personal relationships that underpin our business.

 

This Policy applies to gifts, travel, meals, and entertainment received from the following (“Covered Persons”): (i) securities brokers, and other vendors or consultants to CRM; (ii) current or prospective advisory clients; (iii) intermediaries through which CRM mutual funds are offered to the public, including for example mutual fund “supermarkets”; (iv) public companies and other issuers of securities that are held in CRM client accounts or are being considered for investment by CRM client accounts; and (v) officers, employees, and other representatives of Covered Persons.

 

This Policy applies to gifts, travel, meals, and entertainment received by CRM officers and employees as well as their spouses and dependent children. This Policy applies to all of the above, whether received in the workplace or at home.

 

CRM officers and employees are expected to be sensitive to the negative appearance that may be created by receiving frequent gifts and business entertainment from the same Covered Person, even if they comply with the specific provisions of this Policy.

 

You should direct any questions about this Policy to CRM’s General Counsel.

 

I.                                 Gifts

 

CRM officers and employees may not accept gifts valued at over $100 from any Covered Person, and the aggregate amount of gifts received by any CRM officer or employee from the same Covered Person may not exceed $250 in any calendar year. CRM officers and employees may never accept cash or its equivalent as a gift from any Covered Person, nor may they solicit any gift from a Covered Person. Gifts from clients in excess of $100 may be accepted but must be disclosed to the Chief Compliance Officer of CRM (the “CCO”).

 

The $100 limit applies separately to each gift or set of related gifts. For example, if an employee received a desktop set including pen, pencil, and writing pad, the $100 limit would apply to the whole set rather than to each item separately. Likewise, a gift from a Covered Person that is received and shared by

 

19



 

several people may be accepted, provided that the value to each individual recipient is no greater than $100.00.

 

As specified below, in special circumstances, a waiver may also be granted by the CCO. Such request should be made at or near the time of receiving a gift from a Covered Person. CRM officers and employees seeking to accept a gift are expected to take reasonable steps to determine the actual value of any gifts.

 

These limits on gifts also apply to travel, meals, and entertainment other than Business Entertainment as defined below.

 

II.                             Business Entertainment

 

In recognition of the useful business purpose that business entertainment may provide in fostering the personal relationships that underpin our business, the following guidelines apply to meals and entertainment that meet both the following conditions (“Business Entertainment”):

 

(i)                         representatives of both CRM and the Covered Person participate together in the meals and entertainment—although it is not necessary that they be together at all times: for example, if they travel separately to an event; and

 

(ii)                        meals and entertainment are not supplied at a location that many people would consider disreputable or clearly unsuitable for business meetings, such as a strip club.

 

CRM officers and employees may not accept Business Entertainment valued at over $400 from any Covered Person for any single event or occasion, and the aggregate amount of Business Entertainment received by any CRM officer or employee from the same Covered Person may not exceed $1,300 in any calendar year. The $400 limit applies to all costs related to a single trip or event, excluding costs for local travel (such as taxi cabs or car services). For example, if an employee was taken one evening to dinner and a sporting event, the cost of the meal and the sporting event ticket would be combined for purposes of the $400 limit; local transportation costs would not be included.

 

III.                         Reporting

 

CRM officers and employees who receive gifts with a value of $25 and above or who participate in Business Entertainment with a value of $50 and above must report the activity on an internal CRM database located at http://imsrpts/Compliance/MyCompliance/Index.asp.

 

IV.                         Waivers

 

The limits above on gifts, meals, and entertainment may be waived in special cases by the CCO. In determining whether to give any such waiver, the CCO shall consider (i) any value to CRM or its clients from accepting the gift, meals, or entertainment (e.g. information and experience to be gained by attending a conference); (ii) the number of waivers involving the same Covered Person during the preceding 12 months; (iii) the number of waivers for the same CRM officer or employee during the

 

20



 

preceding 12 months, and (iv) in the case of Covered Persons based outside the United States, differences in international customs and practices and higher cost levels in some other countries.

 

V .                             Gifts, Travel, Meals, and Entertainment Provided by CRM

 

CRM officers and employees may not give gifts, travel, meals, or entertainment to Covered Persons in order to improperly influence them or to induce them to breach their duties to others. CRM officers and employees may never give cash or its equivalent as a gift to any Covered Person.

 

This Policy does not prohibit giving non-cash gifts, travel, meals, or entertainment in order to foster a business relationship, to demonstrate customary courtesy, or to better understand our business partners and their products, operations, and goals. CRM officers and employees are expected to show good judgment in distinguishing acceptable business gift-giving and socializing from excessive gift-giving or entertainment that may create an unfortunate appearance or cause others to misunderstand our motives.

 

Any gifts, travel, meals, or entertainment provided by CRM shall be properly accounted for in the books of CRM.

 

VI .                         General

 

Each CRM employee is required to acknowledge annually that he/she has reviewed and complied with this Policy.

 

CRM officers and employees are required to observe this Policy as a condition of their employment. Violations of this Policy may result in disciplinary action, which may include termination of employment.

 

Any questions about how this Policy should be interpreted will be resolved by CRM’s General Counsel.

 

21


Exhibit (p)(13)

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

LAUREN TEMPLETON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

April 5, 2011

 

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) is adopted in compliance with the requirements of U.S. securities laws applicable to registered investment advisers and registered investment companies. Registered investment advisers are required by Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”), to adopt a code of ethics which, among other things, sets forth the standards of business conduct required of their supervised persons and requires those supervised persons to comply with the Federal Securities Laws. this Code is adopted by Lauren Templeton Capital Management, Inc. (“LTCM” or the “Adviser”), in its role as investment adviser to separately managed accounts and one or more unregistered pooled investment vehicles (each a “Private Fund”).

 

1.             Standards of Business Conduct

 

We seek to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism. That reputation is a vital business asset. The confidence and trust placed in us by our clients, including individual accounts as well as the Private Funds (collectively, “Clients”) and their investors, is something we value and endeavor to protect. To further that goal, we have adopted this Code and implemented policies and procedures to prevent fraudulent, deceptive and manipulative practices and to ensure compliance with the Federal Securities Laws and the fiduciary duties owed to our Clients.

 

We are fiduciaries to our Clients. As such, we have affirmative duties of care, honesty, loyalty and good faith to act in the best interests of our Clients. Our Clients’ interests are paramount to and come before our personal interests. Our Access Persons and Supervised Persons, as those terms are defined in this Code, are also expected to behave as fiduciaries with respect to our Clients. This means that each must render disinterested advice, protect Client assets (including nonpublic information about a Client or a Client’s account) and act always in the best interest of our Clients. We must also strive to identify and avoid conflicts of interest, however such conflicts may arise.

 

Access Persons and Supervised Persons of LTCM must not:

 

·                   employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a Client;

 

·                   make to a Client [or any investor or prospective investor in any Private Fund] any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to a Client [or any investor or prospective investor in any Private Fund] a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

·                   engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon a Client [or any investor or prospective investor in any Private Fund];

 

·                   engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a Client [or any investor or prospective investor in any Private Fund];

 



 

·                   use their positions, or any investment opportunities presented by virtue of their positions, to personal advantage or to the detriment of a Client; or

 

·                   conduct personal trading activities in contravention of this Code or applicable legal principles or in such a manner as may be inconsistent with the duties owed to Clients as a fiduciary.

 

To assure compliance with these restrictions and the Federal Securities Laws, as defined in this Code, we have adopted, and agreed to be governed by, the provisions of this Code in addition to the procedures contained in applicable compliance manuals.(1)  However, Access Persons and Supervised Persons are expected to comply not merely with the “letter of the law”, but with the spirit of the laws, this Code and applicable compliance manuals.

 

Should you have any doubt as to whether this Code applies to you, you should contact the CCO.

 

2.             Definitions

 

As used in the Code, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

A.                                     Access Persons include: (1) any director or officer of the Adviser; (2) any Supervised Person of the Adviser who (a) has access to nonpublic information regarding any Client’s purchase or sale of securities, or portfolio holdings of any Private Fund; or (b) is involved in making securities recommendations to Clients or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic; and (3) any other person who the CCO determines to be an Access Person.(2) For purposes of this Code, LTCM has determined that all employees are Access Persons.

 

B.                                     Automatic Investment Plan means any program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including, but not limited to, any dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP).

 

C.                                     Beneficial Ownership generally means having a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in a security and is legally defined to be beneficial ownership as used in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”).  However, any transactions or holdings reports required by Section 4.C of this Code may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security or securities to which the report relates.

 

D.                                     Chief Compliance Officer or CCO means the Adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer, as designated on Form ADV, Part 1, Schedule A, or the CCO’s designee, as applicable.

 

E.                                       Federal Securities Laws means: (1) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”); (2) the Exchange Act; (3) the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (4) the Advisers Act; (5) title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act; (6) any rules adopted by the SEC under the foregoing statutes; (8) the Bank Secrecy Act, as it applies to investment advisers; and

 


(1)           Applicable compliance manuals include, among others, the Adviser’s policies and procedures adopted pursuant to Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-7. Access Persons and Supervised Persons are required to comply with all relevant compliance procedures, whether or not listed.

 

(2)           The CCO will inform all Access Persons of their status as such and will maintain a list of Access Persons and Supervised Persons. A current list of Access Persons is included in Appendix A.

 



 

(9) any rules adopted under relevant provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.

 

F.                                       Initial Public Offering or IPO means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Exchange Act Sections 13 or 15(d).

 

G.                                     Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act Sections 4(2) or 4(6) or pursuant to Securities Act Rules 504, 505 or 506. Limited Offerings of securities issued by LTCM or any Private Fund are included in the term Limited Offering.

 

H.                                     Purchase or Sale of a Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.

 

I.                                          Reportable Security means any security as defined in Advisers Act Section 202(a)(18) and Company Act Section 2(a)(36) except (1) direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (2) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; (3) shares issued by money market funds; (4) shares issued by open-end funds and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”); and (5) shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds.

 

J.                                       Security Held or to be Acquired means any Reportable Security which, within the most day, (1) is or has been held by a Client, or (2) is being or has been considered by a Client or the Adviser for purchase by a Client. This definition also includes any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Reportable Security.

 

K.                                     Supervised Person of the Adviser means any partner, officer, director, or employee of the Adviser; and any other person who provides investment advice on behalf of the Adviser and is subject to the supervision and control of the Adviser. Contractors and consultants may, in certain circumstances, be deemed to be Supervised Persons.

 

3.                                       Substantive Restrictions

 

A.                                     Blackout Period. No Access Person shall buy or sell a Reportable Security within (1) day before or after any trades in the security are made for Client accounts. The price paid or received by a Client account for any security should not be affected by a buying or selling interest on the part of an Access Person, or otherwise result in an inappropriate advantage to the Access Person

 

B.                                     IPO and Limited Offering Restrictions.  Access Persons may not acquire any securities issued as part of an IPO or a Limited Offering, absent prior approval in the form attached as Exhibit A of the CCO or the CCO’s designee. Any such approval will take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a Client and whether the opportunity is being offered to such person because of his or her position with LTCM. Once pre-approval has been granted, the pre-approved transaction must be executed within twenty-four hours. An Access Person who has been authorized to acquire securities in such securities must disclose their interests if involved in considering an investment in such securities for a Client. Any decision to acquire the

 



 

issuer’s securities on behalf of a Client shall be subject to review by Access Persons with no personal interest in the issuer.

 

C.                                     Other Trading Restrictions.  Access Persons may not: (1) hold more than 5% of the outstanding securities of a single company without the approval of the CCO; or (2) engage in frequent trading in securities (e.g., day trading).

 

D.                                     Short Swing Profits.  Access Persons may not profit from the purchase and sale or sale and purchase of a security within a 60 calendar day period, unless the transaction was authorized by the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

E.                                       Gift Policy.  Access Persons and Supervised Persons must not give or accept gifts from any entity doing business with or on behalf of the Adviser, Private Funds in contravention of our gift policy, as contained in our compliance procedures.

 

F.                                       Political Contributions.  Access Persons and Supervised Persons are discouraged from making political contributions to public or elected officials, candidates running for office or political parties. No Access Persons may make any political contribution exceeding $350 in an election in which an Access Person can vote or exceeding $150 in an election in which an Access Person cannot vote. All political contributions of any amount must be reported to the CCO. Please refer to the policies and procedures related to political contributions in the adviser’s compliance manual. A Political Contribution Request Form is included as Exhibit F of this Code’s Appendix.

 

G.                                     Conflicts of Interest.  Access Persons must provide disinterested advice and any relevant potential personal or business conflicts of interest must be disclosed to the CCO and, where appropriate, “Chinese Wall” procedures may be utilized to avoid potential conflicts of interest. Access Persons must avoid engaging in any activity which might reflect poorly upon themselves or us or which would impair their ability to discharge their duties with respect to us and our Clients.

 

H.                                     Fair Treatment.  Access Persons must avoid taking any action which would favor one Client or group of Clients over another in violation of our fiduciary duties and applicable law. Access Persons must comply with relevant provisions of our compliance manuals designed to detect, prevent or mitigate such conflicts.

 

I.                                          Service as Outside Director, Trustee or Executor.  Access Persons shall not serve on the boards of directors of publicly traded companies, or in any similar capacity, absent the prior approval of such service by the CCO following the receipt of a written request for such approval. In the event such a request is approved, “Chinese Wall” procedures may be utilized to avoid potential conflicts of interest. Other than by virtue of their position with LTCM or with respect to a family member, no Access Person may serve as a trustee, executor or fiduciary. Similarly, Access Persons may not serve on a creditor’s committee. In appropriate circumstances the CCO may grant exemptions from this provision.

 

J.                                       Forfeitures.  If there is a violation of paragraphs A, B, C or D, above, the CCO may determine whether any profits should be forfeited and may be paid to one or more Clients for the benefit of the Client(s). The CCO will determine whether gifts accepted in violation of paragraph E need to be forfeited, if practicable, and/or dealt with in any manner determined appropriate and in the best interests of our Clients.

 



 

K.                                     Reporting Violations.  Any Access Person or Supervised Person who believes that a violation of this Code has taken place must promptly report that violation to the CCO or to the CCO’s designee. To the extent that such reports are provided to a designee, the designee shall provide periodic updates to the CCO with respect to violations reported. Access Persons and Supervised Persons may make these reports anonymously and no adverse action shall be taken against any such person making such a report in good faith.

 

L.                                      Waivers.  CCO may grant waivers of any substantive restriction in appropriate circumstances ( e.g ., personal hardship) and will maintain records necessary to justify such waivers.

 

M.                                   Brokerage Accounts.  Access Persons must disclose all brokerage accounts to the CCO and instruct their brokers to provide timely duplicate account statements and confirms to the CCO. A form of duplicate account statement and confirmations request letter is included as Exhibit D.

 

4.                                       Pre-clearance and Reporting Procedures

 

A.                                     Pre-clearance.  Access Persons may not acquire any securities issued as part of an IPO or a Limited Offering, absent prior approval in the form attached as Exhibit A of the CCO or the CCO’s designee.

 

B.                                     Pre-clearance Exceptions.  Pre-clearance requirements do not apply to:

 

(1)                                   Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

(2)                                   Purchases or sales of Reportable Securities which are not eligible for purchase or sale by any Client;

 

(3)                                   Purchases or sales of open-end funds, including ETFs. Access Persons are reminded that “front-running” Client transactions or trading on the basis of material, nonpublic inside or confidential information violates not only this Code, but our insider trading policies and procedures as well as other securities laws and, if proven, can be punishable by fines and other penalties;(3)

 

(4)                                   Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Client;

 

(5)                                   Transactions in securities which are not Reportable Securities;

 

(6)                                   Purchases which are part of an Automatic Investment Plan or DRIP;

 

(7)                                   Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired;

 

(8)                                   Any equity securities transaction, or series of related transactions, involving 500 shares or less in the aggregate, if the issuer has a market capitalization

 


(3)           Purchases or sales of ETFs are still subject to the Reporting Requirements set forth in Section 4.C., below.

 



 

(outstanding shares multiplied by the current price per share) greater than $1 billion; and

 

(9)                                   Any fixed income securities transaction, or series of related transactions, involving 100 units ($100,000 principal amount) or less in the aggregate, if the Access Person has no prior knowledge of transactions in such securities on behalf of a Client.

 

Access Persons should consult the CCO if there are any questions about whether one of the exemptions listed above applies to a given transaction. We may, from time to time and in the sole discretion of the CCO, maintain a “Restricted List” of securities in which Access Persons may not trade.

 

C.                                     Required Reports.

 

(1)                                   Initial and Annual Holdings Reports.  Each Access Person must submit to the CCO a report in the form attached as Exhibit B: (i) not later than ten (10) days after becoming an Access Person, reflecting the Access Person’s holdings as of a date not more than 45 days prior to becoming an Access Person; and (ii) annually, on a date selected by the CCO, as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date the report was submitted.

 

Holdings reports must contain the following information:

 

(a)           the title and type of security and as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership;

 

(b)   the name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit. (Note that even those accounts that hold only non-Reportable Securities must be included); and

 

(c)   the date the Access Person submits the report.

 

Brokerage statements containing all required information may be substituted for the Holdings Report Form if submitted timely. To the extent that a brokerage statement or confirmation lacks some of the information otherwise required to be reported, you may submit a holdings report containing the missing information as a supplement to the statement or confirmation.

 

(2)                                   Quarterly Reports.  Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, each Access Person must submit a report to the CCO covering all transactions in non- excepted Reportable Securities in the form attached as Exhibit C.

 

Transactions reports must contain the following information:

 

(a)   the date of the transaction, the title and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security involved;

 



 

(b)   the nature of the transaction ( i.e ., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

(c)   the price of the security at which the transaction was effected;

 

(d)   the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and

 

(e)   the date the Access Person submits the report.

 

Brokerage account statements or trade confirmations containing all required information may be substituted for the attached form if submitted timely. To the extent that a brokerage statement or confirmation lacks some of the information otherwise required to be reported, you may submit a transactions report containing the missing information as a supplement to the statement or confirmation.

 

D.                                     Exceptions to Reporting Requirements.  The reporting requirements of Section 4.C. apply to all transactions in Reportable Securities other than:

 

(1)                                   transactions with respect to securities held in accounts over which the Access Person had no direct or indirect influence or control; and

 

(2)                                   transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan or DRIP.

 

E.                                       Duplicate Statements and Confirms.  Each Access Person, with respect to each brokerage account in which such Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial interest, may choose to arrange that the broker shall mail directly to the CCO at the same time they are mailed or furnished to such Access Person (1) duplicate copies of broker trade confirmations covering each transaction in a Reportable Security in such account and (2) copies of periodic statements with respect to the account, provided, however, that such duplicate copies need not be filed for transactions involving Non-Reportable Securities. This requirement also may be waived by the CCO in situations when the CCO determines that duplicate copies are unnecessary.

 

F.                                       Prohibition on Self Pre-clearance.  No Access Person shall pre-clear his own trades, review his own reports or approve his own exemptions from this Code. When such actions are to be undertaken with respect to a personal transaction of the CCO, the President will perform such actions as are required of the CCO by this Code.

 

5.                                       Code Notification and Access Person Certifications

 

The CCO shall provide notice to all Access Persons and Supervised Persons of their status under this Code, and shall deliver a copy of the Code to each Access Person annually. Additionally, each Access and Supervised Person will be provided a copy of any Code amendments.  After reading the Code or amendment, each Access Person and Supervised Person shall make the certification contained in Exhibit E. Annual certifications are due within ten (10) days after the end of each calendar year. Certifications with respect to amendments to the Code must be returned to the CCO within a reasonably prompt time. To the extent that any Code related training sessions or seminars are held, the CCO shall keep records of such sessions and the Access Persons and Supervised Persons attending.

 



 

6.                                     Review of Required Code Reports

 

A.                                     Reports required to be submitted pursuant to the Code will be reviewed by the CCO or a designee on a periodic basis.

 

B.                                     Any material violation or potential material violation of the Code must be promptly reported to the CCO. The CCO will investigate any such violation or potential violation and report violations the CCO determines to be “major” to the President and/or the Board, as appropriate, with a recommendation of such action to be taken against any individual who is determined to have violated the Code, as is necessary and appropriate to cure the violation and prevent future violations. Other violations shall be handled by the CCO in a manner he deems to be appropriate. However, sanctions more severe than a warning or censure must be approved by the President or the Board, as applicable.(4)

 

C.                                     The CCO will keep a written record of all investigations in connection with any Code violations including any action taken as a result of the violation.

 

D.                                     Sanctions for violations of the Code include: verbal or written warnings and censures, monetary sanctions, disgorgement or dismissal. Where a particular Client has been harmed by the violative action, disgorgement may be paid directly to the Client; otherwise, monetary sanctions shall be paid to an appropriate charity determined by the President or CCO.

 

7.                                       Recordkeeping and Review

 

This Code, a record of all certifications of an Access and Supervised Person’s receipt of the Code or any amendments thereto, any written prior approval for a Reportable Securities transaction given pursuant to Section 4.B. of the Code, a copy of each report by an Access Person, a record of any violation of the Code and any action taken as a result of the violation, any written report hereunder by the CCO, and lists of all persons required to make and/or review reports under the Code shall be preserved with the Adviser’s records, for the periods and in the manner required by Advisers Act Rule 204-2.  To the extent appropriate and permissible, the CCO may choose to keep such records electronically.

 

The CCO shall review this Code and its operation annually and may determine to make amendments to the Code as a result of that review. Material and non-material amendments to this Code should be made and distributed as described in Section 5.

 


(4)   To the extent that the President also serves as CCO, no such report or approval will be required.

 



 

Appendix A: Access Persons and Supervised Persons

 

Access Persons’ Name(s)

 

Titles*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supervised Persons’ Name(s) (includes, in addition to all
Access Persons listed above, the following):

 

Titles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


*To the extent that any LTCM policy or procedure requires the actions of an individual serving in a particular position to be reviewed by that particular position (or require reports to be delivered to that particular position), those reports should be received or those actions reviewed by another designated person.

 

LTCM Code: Personnel Roster

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

LAUREN TEMPLETON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

Personal Trading Request and Authorization Form

 

Access Person Name:

 

 

Person On Whose Behalf Trade is Being Done (if different):

 

 

 

Broker:

Brokerage Account Number:

 

 

 

Reportable Security:

 

 

Company Name, Type of Security

 

 

Ticker Symbol or CUSIP:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares or Units:

 

Price per Share or Unit:

 

 

 

 

 

Approximate Total Price:

 

Buy or Sell:

 

 

I hereby certify that all of the following information is true and complete:

 

To the best of my knowledge, the requested transaction is consistent with the letter and spirit of the Code of Ethics and applicable law.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Date

 

When signed and dated by the CCO, this authorization is approved for this transaction only and is effective for 24 hours from the time written below unless you are notified otherwise by the CCO.  A record of this transaction will be kept by the CCO in confidential files.(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.m.

 

 

 

 

 

 

p.m.

CCO

 

Date

 

Time

 

 

 


(1)           All pre-clearance forms must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the form was submitted or the approval is granted, whichever is later. If approval is granted to acquire securities in an IPO or a Limited Offering, CCO must indicate reasons for such approval on reverse side of this form.

 

LTCM Code: Transaction Pre-Clearance Form

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

LAUREN TEMPLETON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

Initial/Annual Securities Holdings Report

 

This form must be completed by each Access Person

within 10 days of becoming an Access Person and

on                  of each calendar year thereafter.

 

The following list, which is current as of the date indicated below, accurately reflects my current personal securities holdings in which I have a direct or indirect beneficial interest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Broker/Dealer or Bank

Security (including

 

No. of

 

Principal

 

Through

ticker/CUSIP as applicable)

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Whom Account is Held

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The chart above (1) excludes personal securities holdings with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (2) excludes personal securities holdings of securities which are not Reportable Securities, and (3) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Reportable Securities listed above.

 

I have an account or accounts, over which I have direct or indirect influence or control, in which securities (including securities which are not considered Reportable Securities) which are not listed above are held for my direct or indirect benefit as of the date below with the following brokers, dealers or banks:

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

LTCM Code: Initial/Annual Report

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

LAUREN TEMPLETON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

Quarterly Personal Account Report

 

For the Calendar Quarter Ended                  

 

This form must be completed by each Access Person

within 30 days following the end of each calendar quarter.

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

Brokerage account statements or trade confirmations containing all required information may be substituted for the attached form if submitted timely. To the extent that a brokerage statement or confirmation lacks some of the information otherwise required to be reported, a transactions report containing the missing information as a supplement to the statement or confirmation may be submitted.

 

We have received statements for the following accounts. If there are any other reportable transactions in accounts not on this list below for the period for this report, please attach to them to this form.

 

Account Name

 

Account Number

 

Broker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This report (1) excludes personal securities transactions with respect to which I had no direct or indirect influence or control, (2) excludes personal securities transactions in securities which are not Reportable Securities, and (3) is not an admission that I have or had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Reportable Securities shown on my duplicate statements.

 

LTCM Code: Quarterly Report

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Brokerage Letter

 

[Date]

[Broker Name]

[Address]

 

Re: Account No.                                                Account Name                                                  

 

Dear [Broker Name],

 

As of [Date], please send to Lauren Templeton Capital Management, Inc., a duplicate confirmation of each transaction in the above-named account and a duplicate monthly brokerage account statement for the above-named account.

 

Please mail the confirmations and account statements to:

 

Lauren Templeton Capital Management, Inc.

c/o 1330 St. Mary’s Street, Suite 400

Raleigh, NC 27605

Attention: Lauren Templeton, Chief Compliance Officer

 

Thank you for your prompt attention to this matter.

 

Sincerely,

 

[Access Person]

 

cc:   Chief Compliance Officer

 

LTCM Code: Form of Brokerage Letter

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

LAUREN TEMPLETON CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

Certification of Receipt and Compliance

 

This form must be completed by each Access Person

 within 10 days of becoming an Access Person;

within 10 days after the end of each calendar year thereafter; and

upon receipt of any amendment to the Code.

 

I hereby acknowledge receipt of Lauren Templeton’s current Code of Ethics (the “Code”), including any applicable amendments.  I hereby certify that I (1) recently have read/re-read the Code (including any amendments thereto); (2) understand the Code; and (3) recognize that I am subject to its provisions. I also hereby certify that I have complied with and will continue to comply with the requirements of the Code and that I have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the Code. Moreover, I agree to promptly report to LTCM’s Chief Compliance Officer any violation or possible violation of the Code of which I become aware. I understand that violation of the Code will be grounds for disciplinary action or dismissal and may also be a violation of federal and/or state securities laws.

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

(Please print or type clearly)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

LTCM Code: Certification of Receipt and Compliance

 



 

EXHIBIT F

 

Political Contribution Pre-clearance Request

 

You are permitted to pursue legitimate political activities and to make political contributions to the extent permitted under U.S. law. However, you are prohibited from making contributions to U.S. state or local officials or candidates for state or local office if those contributions are intended to influence the award or retention of municipal finance business or any other business.

 

As a covered person of Lauren Templeton Capital Management you are generally permitted to contribute:

 

(i)             up to $350 to an official per election (with primary and general elections counting separately), if you are entitled to vote for the official at the time of the contribution, and;

 

(ii)         up to $150 to an official per election (with primary and general elections counting separately), if you are not entitled to vote for the official at the time of the contribution.

 

You may not circumvent these rules by having your spouse or other member of your household make a contribution on your behalf.

 

Please complete the following information and submit it to the Chief Compliance Officer for review. Only one political contribution request per form.

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION :

Do not make the political contribution unless you are advised

 

that the pre-clearance has been approved.

Name of Contributor:

 

 

Full Name and title (if applicable) of Campaign/Candidate or Political Action Committee (“PAC”):

 

Level of Office (i.e., city, county, state, federal):

 

Municipality:

 

Amount of Intended Contribution:                                                                   

 

Signature of Associate:                                                                     

 

Date Submitted:

 

 

COMPLIANCE USE ONLY

 

Approved                            Not Approved

 

Signature of CCO:

 

Date of Review:

 

LTCM Code: Political Contribution Pre-Clearance

Request

 


Exhibit (p)(16)

 

Code of Conduct

 

Doing What’s Right

 

 



 

Table of Contents

 

CHAIRMAN’S LETTER

1

DOING WHAT’S RIGHT

2

HOW TO REPORT A CONCERN

3

KEY PRINCIPLES OF OUR CODE

4

 

 

WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT OUR CODE OF CONDUCT

5-9

Our values

5

Purpose of our Code

6

Who must follow this Code?

6

Waivers of the Code for executive officers

6

What is expected of employees?

7

What is expected of managers?

8

Responsibility to ask questions and report concerns

8

What happens when a concern is reported?

9

Zero tolerance for retaliation

9

Cooperating with an investigation

9

 

 

RESPECTING OTHERS

10-13

Mutual respect and professional treatment

10

Harassment-free environment

12

Safety and security

13

Managers’ responsibilities

13

 

 

AVOIDING CONFLICTS

14-23

Overview

14

Gifts and entertainment

15

Outside employment and business dealings

18

Outside service as a director, officer or general partner

20

Ownership of an outside business

21

Fiduciary appointments

21

Personal investment decisions

21

Dealing with family and close personal friends

22

Corporate opportunities

23

 

 

CONDUCTING BUSINESS

24-27

Fair competition and anti-trust

24

Anti-corruption and improper payments

26

Combating financial crime and money laundering

27

 

 

WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS

28-29

Your obligations

28

Basic principles

29

 

 

PROTECTING ASSETS

30-36

Financial integrity

30

Additional standards for senior financial professionals

31

Use of company assets

31

Protecting client and employee records and observing our privacy principles

32

Records management

33

Use of computers, systems and corporate information

33

Inside or proprietary information

35

 

 

SUPPORTING OUR COMMUNITIES

37-39

Political activities

37

Investor and media relations

38

Charitable contributions and corporate sponsorship

39

Participating in trade associations, conferences and speaking engagements

39

 

 

ADDITIONAL HELP

40-41

 

The Code of Conduct does not alter the terms and conditions of your employment. Rather, it helps each of us to know what must be done to make sure we always Do What’s Right . The most current version of the Code can be found on MySource.

 

Throughout the Code, references to company policies apply only to global policies that cover all employees and do not include additional policies you must follow that are specific to your location or line of business. The Code is not intended to fully describe the requirements of referenced policies, which can be found in their entirety on MySource.

 



 

 

Robert P. Kelly

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

BNY Mellon

 

Dear Colleague:

 

At BNY Mellon, nothing is more important than Doing What’s Right.

 

Our commitment to Ethics and Compliance is at the heart of our business and our organization. It defines us as a company and guides us as individuals who work to deliver our values — Client Focus, Trust, Teamwork and Outperformance — day in and day out.

 

But, Doing What’s Right means knowing what’s right, and sometimes that’s not as simple as it seems. There are countless laws and regulations we have to comply with and various company policies and procedures to which we must adhere. Understanding it all can be difficult. That’s why we have updated our Code of Conduct to make it easier to read and understand.

 

Our aim is to put into everyday language the basics you need to know as you go about your daily work. We can’t cover everything here, but this should give you a good sense of the fundamental concepts that apply across businesses and geographies, and all in text that is straightforward and free of jargon and legalisms.

 

Yet, I want to stress that your best indicator of right and wrong is your own instinct. If something seems wrong to you, you should and must speak up. Ask questions. Get more information until you are satisfied. And if you’re not satisfied, then speak to your manager or your manager’s manager or someone from Legal, Audit, Compliance, Human Resources, or our Ethics Hot Line and Ethics Help Line.

 

This responsibility to speak up is another good reason why our Code of Conduct is so important. It can help clarify what’s right and what isn’t, and it can guide you in how to take the appropriate action when necessary.

 

So, please take the time to read the Code as soon as possible. This is one of the easiest and most important steps you can take to ensure that you always Do What’s Right .

 

 

1



 

Doing What’s Right

 

At BNY Mellon, “Doing What’s Right” means

 

·                   Contributing to an ethical culture is expected and valued,

·                   Conducting business in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and in accordance with the highest ethical standards,

·                   Fostering honest, fair and open communication,

·                   Demonstrating respect for our clients, communities and one another,

·                   Being accountable for your own and team actions, and

·                   Being willing to take a stand to correct or prevent any improper activity or business mistake.

 

How to Do What’s Right

 

·                   Put company values, policies and procedures into action,

·                   Know the laws and regulations affecting your job duties and follow them,

·                   Take responsibility for talking to someone if you see a problem, and

·                   Ask questions if you are unsure of the right thing to do.

 

When you are uncertain, ask yourself these questions

 

·                   Could the action affect the company’s reputation?

·                   Would it look bad if reported in the media?

·                   Am I uncomfortable taking part in this action or knowing about it?

·                   Is there any question of illegality?

·                   Will the action be questionable with the passage of time?

 

If the answer to any of these questions is “yes,” ask more questions. Keep asking until you get a satisfactory answer. Talk to your manager, the Compliance and Ethics Department, Legal or Human Resources, or call the Ethics Office before doing anything further. Don’t stop asking until you get the help you need.

 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.

 

2



 

Ethics Help Line

 

How to report a concern:

 

Usually, the best place to start is by talking to your manager. If this makes you uncomfortable, then consider the options below.

 

Ethics Help Line (operated by members of the company’s Ethics Office)

 

·                   United States and Canada: 1-888-635-5662

·                   Europe: 00-800-710-63562

·                   Brazil: 0800-891-3813

·                   Australia: 0011-800-710-63562

·                   Asia: appropriate international access code +800-710-63562 (except Japan)

·                   Japan: appropriate international access code +800-710-6356

·                   All other locations: call collect to 412-236-7519

 

Please note that your phone call can be anonymous.

 

E-mail: ethics@bnymellon.com (To remain anonymous, please use the telephone help line for reporting your concern.)

 

Ethics Hot Line

 

Ethics hot line (operated by EthicsPoint, an independent hotline administrator)

 

·                   United States and Canada: 1- 866-294-4696

·                   Outside the United States dial the AT&T Direct Access Number for your country and carrier, then 866-294-4696

 

AT&T Direct Access Numbers by Country/Carrier

 

·                   United Kingdom: British Telecom 0-800-89-0011; C&W 0-500-89-0011; NTL 0-800-013-0011

·                   India: 000-117

·                   Brazil: 0-800-890-0288

·                   Ireland: 1-800-550-000; Universal International Freephone 00-800-222-55288

·                   Japan: Softbank Telecom 00 663-5111; KDDI 00 539-111

·                   Australia: Telstra 1-800-881-011; Optus 1-800-551-155

·                   Hong Kong: Hong Kong Telephone 800-96-1111; New World Telephone 800-93-2266

·                   Singapore: Sing Tel 800-011-1111; StarHub 800-001-0001

 

Web Report: http://www.ethicspoint.com (hosted on EthicsPoint’s secure servers and is not part of the company’s web site or intranet).

 

Please note that all contacts to EthicsPoint can be anonymous.

 

Incident Reporting

 

Incident Reporting

 

If your concern involves potential criminal or unusual client activity, you must file an Incident Report within 72 hours. In the US, you can file an Incident Report using the icon on your PC desktop. In other locations, you should contact your compliance officer for assistance in following country-specific guidelines.

 

Director’s Mailbox

 

Director’s mailbox

 

If your concern involves questionable accounting or auditing matters, you may also report your concern to the Presiding Director of the Board (who is independent of management). You can contact the Presiding Director by sending an e-mail to non-managementdirector@bnymellon.com or by postal mail addressed to:

 

BNY Mellon

Church Street Station

PO Box 2164

New York, New York 10008-2164 USA

Attention: Non-Management Director

 

Please note the postal mail option can be anonymous.

 

3



 

Key Principles of Our Code

 

Respecting others

 

We are committed to fostering an inclusive workplace where talented people want to stay and develop their careers. Supporting a diverse, engaged workforce allows us to be successful in building trust, empowering teams, serving our clients and outperforming our peers. We give equal employment opportunity to all individuals in compliance with legal requirements and because it’s the right thing to do.

 

Avoiding conflicts

 

We make our business decisions free from conflicting outside influences. Our business decisions are based on our duty to BNY Mellon and our clients, and not driven by any personal interest or gain. We are alert to any potential conflict of interest and ensure we identify and mitigate or eliminate any such conflict.

 

Conducting business

 

We secure business based on honest competition in the marketplace, which contributes to the success of our company, our clients and our shareholders. We compete in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. We support worldwide efforts to combat financial corruption and financial crime.

 

Working with governments

 

We follow all requirements that apply to doing business with governments. We recognize that practices that may be acceptable when dealing with a private company that is the client may cause problems or be a violation of law when working with a government.

 

Protecting assets

 

We ensure all entries made in the company’s books and records are complete and accurate, and comply with established accounting and record-keeping procedures. We maintain confidentiality of all forms of data and information entrusted to us, and prevent the misuse of information belonging to the company or any client.

 

Supporting our communities

 

We take an active part in our communities around the world, both as individuals and as a company. Our long-term success is linked to the strength of the global economy and the strength of our industry. We are honest, fair and transparent in every way that we interact with our communities and the public at large.

 

4



 

What you should know about our Code of Conduct

 

Our Values

 

Our values provide the framework for our decision-making and guide our business conduct. Incorporating these values into our actions helps us to do what is right and protect the reputation of the company.

 

·                   Client Focus: Being our clients’ “partner of choice” by delivering the world’s best client service

·                   Trust: Acting with the highest standards of integrity and openness to ensure the trust of those we serve

·                   Teamwork: Fostering diversity and collaboration, and empowering employees to deliver our very best

·                   Outperformance: Consistently exceeding the expectations of our clients, communities, shareholders and each other

 

What our values do:

 

·                   Explain what we stand for and our shared culture

·                   Span geographies and lines of business

·                   Represent the promises made to our clients, communities, shareholders and each other

·                   Are critical to our success

 

At the foundation of our Code of Conduct are our Values — Client Focus , T rust , Teamwork and Outperformance .

 

Our values underscore our commitment to be a client-focused, trusted financial institution driven by an empowered global team dedicated to outperforming in every market we serve.

 

5



 

Compliance with the letter and the spirit of our Code of Conduct, laws and regulations, policies and procedures is not optional. It’s how we do business: it’s the embodiment of Doing What’s Right .

 

Purpose of our Code

 

Today’s global marketplace is filled with a host of new challenges and changes, but one constant guides us — the mandate to meet the highest standards of legal and ethical integrity.

 

The Code of Conduct is the foundation of our commitment to Doing What’s Right , but it is not intended to describe every law or policy that applies to you. Nor does it address every business situation you may face. You’re expected to use common sense and good judgment, and seek advice when you’re unsure of the proper response to a particular situation.

 

The Code provides the framework and sets the expectations for business conduct. It clarifies our responsibilities to each other, clients, suppliers, government officials, competitors and the communities we serve. It outlines important legal and ethical issues. Failing to meet these standards could expose our company to serious damage.

 

Who must follow this Code?

 

All employees worldwide who work for BNY Mellon or an entity that is more than 50 percent owned by the company must adhere to the standards in our Code. No employee is exempt from these requirements, regardless of the position you hold, the location of your job or the number of hours you work. If you oversee vendors, consultants or temporary workers, you must supervise their work to ensure their actions are consistent with the key principles in this Code.

 

Waivers of the Code for Executive Officers

 

Waivers of the Code are not permitted for any executive officer of BNY Mellon, unless the waiver is made by the company’s Board of Directors (or a committee of the Board) and disclosed promptly to shareholders. Individuals who are deemed to be “executive officers” of BNY Mellon will be notified as appropriate.

 

6



 

Q & A

 

Q: I work outside of the US. Do US laws apply to me?

 

A: BNY Mellon does business all over the world, which means that you may be subject to laws of countries other than the one in which you live. You must follow those laws that apply to your business duties, wherever you work. BNY Mellon is the parent of our operating companies and is incorporated in the US, so US laws may apply to certain business activities even if they are conducted outside of the US. The reverse may also be true — other countries may apply their laws outside of their boundaries. If you have questions about the laws that apply to your business activity, ask your manager or contact the Legal representative who supports your line of business.

 

What is expected of employees?

 

You’re responsible for contributing to our culture of Doing What’s Right by knowing the rules that apply to your job. This includes company policies, procedures, laws and regulations governing the country and businesses in which you work. Some lines of business may have more restrictive policies and procedures, and certain countries may have laws that are unique to a location. In these situations, you’re expected to follow the more restrictive rules.

 

You’re expected to ask your manager if you have questions about performing your job. If you do not get an adequate response, it’s your duty to keep asking until you get a satisfactory answer. You must question any request that does not comply with company policies, laws or regulations, or is inconsistent with our Code of Conduct.

 

No manager or leader in our company can ask you to violate a law or regulation, or to act in a manner inconsistent with our Code of Conduct. You should challenge any such request and alert appropriate individuals.

 

You’re expected to comply with applicable laws and regulations and follow this Code, including the spirit of its intent. The penalty for violating any provision may be disciplinary action up to and including dismissal. If you violate a criminal law applicable to the company’s business, the matter will be reported to the appropriate authorities.

 

You are required to use CODE RAP (Code Reports and Permissions) to report or obtain approval for certain activities that are noted throughout the Code of Conduct and various company policies (e.g., gifts, entertainment and certain outside employment or positions). CODE RAP is a web-based system that can be used from any PC with an Internet connection. Secure logon credentials are required to access CODE RAP and you can learn more by visiting MySource, the company’s intranet site. If you need assistance or do not have access to a PC, ask your manager for help.

 

You’re obligated to comply fully with our Code of Conduct and may be required to certify your compliance with the Code. You will be notified of any required certifications.

 

7



 

Q & A

 

Q: Where do I go for help if I’m uncomfortable talking to my management?

 

A: You can contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line. The contact information is located in the Code of Conduct, on MySource and on the company’s public Internet site.

 

What is expected of managers?

 

Those who manage or supervise others have a special obligation to set an example in Doing What’s Right. Some of the ways you’re expected to demonstrate this leadership include:

 

·                   Creating a culture of compliance and ethics,

·                   Ensuring employees have the relevant resources to understand their job duties,

·                   Monitoring compliance with the Code of Conduct, company policies and procedures of the employees you supervise,

·                   Fostering an environment in which employees are comfortable raising questions and concerns without fear of retaliation,

·                   Reporting instances of non-compliance to the proper management level,

·                   Taking appropriate disciplinary action for compliance and ethics violations, and

·                   Reviewing the Code of Conduct no less than annually with your staff.

 

Responsibility to ask questions and report concerns

 

It’s important that you speak up if you have a question or concern about what to do in a certain situation or if you believe someone is doing — or about to do — something that violates the law, company policy or our Code of Conduct. If you have a genuine concern, you must raise it promptly. The longer you wait, the worse the situation may become.

 

If you have a question or concern, your manager is usually a good place to start. Other people you may go to for help or advice are:

 

·                   Your manager’s manager

·                   Your line of business Compliance officer

·                   Someone in the Human Resources or the Legal department

 

The important thing is that you speak up. If your concern is not addressed, raise it through other channels. You can always contact the Ethics Office through the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line.

 

You can also visit the Doing What’s Right section of the Compliance and Ethics page on MySource for more information on reporting an issue or incident.

 

8



 

Q & A

 

Q: Can I report a concern anonymously?

 

A: Yes, you can report your concern to the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line anonymously if you wish.

 

What happens when a concern is reported?

 

When you report a concern to the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line, your concerns will be taken seriously and investigated fully. Be prepared to give detailed information about your concern. You can choose to be anonymous if you want. Your confidentiality will be protected to the fullest extent possible and every effort will be made to quickly resolve your concern.

 

These reporting mechanisms are meant to be used only when you have a genuine concern that something is wrong. You will not be provided protection for your own misconduct just because you filed a report or if you knowingly give a false report.

 

Zero tolerance for retaliation

 

Anyone who reports a concern or reports misconduct in good faith, and with the reasonable belief that the information is true, is demonstrating a commitment to our values and following our Code of Conduct. The company has zero tolerance for acts of retaliation. Zero means zero. No one has the authority to justify an act of retaliation. Any employee who engages in retaliation will be subject to disciplinary action, which may include dismissal.

 

Cooperating with an investigation

 

You’re expected to cooperate with any investigation into alleged violations of our Code of Conduct, laws, regulations, policies or procedures, and are expected to be truthful and forthcoming during any investigation. This includes situations where you are an involved party, a witness, or are asked to provide information as part of an investigation. Any attempt to withhold information, sabotage or otherwise interfere with an investigation may be subject to any level of disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.

 

Remember, investigations are confidential company matters. You are not allowed to discuss any aspect of an investigation, even the fact that an investigation is being conducted, with any person not authorized to know it, including your co-workers and managers, as well as people outside of the company.

 

9



 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.

 



 

Key Principle: Respecting Others

 

Respecting Others

 

We are committed to fostering an inclusive workplace where talented people want to stay and develop their careers. Supporting a diverse, engaged workforce allows us to be successful in building trust, empowering teams, serving our clients and outperforming our peers. We give equal employment opportunity to all individuals in compliance with legal requirements and because it’s the right thing to do.

 

MUTUAL RESPECT AND PROFESSIONAL TREATMENT
HARASSMENT-FREE ENVIRONMENT
SAFETY AND SECURITY
MANAGERS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

 



 

Mutual respect and professional treatment

 

One of our values is Teamwork and nothing damages a team more quickly than a lack of mutual respect. For our company to be successful, we all must work together toward common goals. Employees and managers share a mutual responsibility to keep one another informed of any information that may be important to job performance and to understanding the organization. You’re expected to treat your fellow employees professionally — it’s what we owe each other in the workplace.

 

The company recognizes your right to form personal relationships with those you meet in the workplace; however, you’re expected to use good judgment to ensure your personal relationships do not negatively affect your job performance or interfere with your ability to supervise others. Favoritism, open displays of affection and making business decisions based on emotions or personal relationships are inappropriate.

 

Situations that involve borrowing money, or making loans between employees, or between one employee and a family member of another employee must be avoided, unless it is of an incidental nature involving a minimal amount of money. Managers should be particularly sensitive to situations involving lending money to those who report to them and avoid these workplace situations. ( Reference: Loans from One Employee to Another)

 

Q & A

 

Q: I asked a question in a staff meeting and the response I received was offensive — several people laughed at me and I was mortified. What should I do?

 

A: The response you received was inappropriate. Healthy communication can only occur in environments where different opinions can be expressed and respectful debate occurs. It’s okay to disagree with a colleague. However, it must be done in a professional and respectful way. Talk to the person who made the remark. If you feel uncomfortable doing so, speak with your manager or Human Resources.

 

10



 

Similarly, gifts and entertainment between employees (including family members of another employee) can create conflicts. Company policy places limits on the amounts that are permissible and amounts above those established limits require approval via CODE RAP.

 

( Reference: Gifts and Entertainment from One Employee to Another )

 

Managers must also be aware of situations where family members or close personal friends may also work at BNY Mellon. The company prohibits any work situations where there is a direct reporting relationship between family members. In addition, wherever possible, situations should be avoided that involve family members working in the same business unit at the same location, or family members working in positions where they can jointly control or influence transactions. Senior executives must be aware that there are restrictions on hiring family members. If you encounter such a situation or are aware of one, you should contact Human Resources for guidance.

 

( Reference: Hiring and Continued Employment of Employees’ Relatives or Individuals Sharing Employees’ Household)

 

11



 

Harrassment-free environment

 

BNY Mellon will not tolerate any form of harassment or discrimination. Harassment can be verbal, physical or include visual images where the effect creates an offensive atmosphere. It can take many forms and includes jokes, slurs and offensive remarks, whether delivered verbally, graphically or in electronic media, including e-mail.

 

Harassment also includes disrespectful behavior or remarks that involve a person’s race, color, sex, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, religion, disability, national origin or any other legally protected status. Certain local laws or regulations may provide additional protection for employees, so check with Human Resources or the Legal department in your local area if you have questions.

 

Some countries have specific laws concerning sexual harassment that include:

 

·                   Intentional or unintentional, unwelcome sexual advances with or without touching

 

·                   Coerced sexual acts

 

·                   Requests or demands for sexual favors

 

·                   Other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature

 

Our commitment to a harassment-free environment applies in all work-related settings and activities, whether on or off company premises, and extends to employees’ actions toward clients and vendors.

 

Harassment of any kind will not be tolerated in the workplace.

 

Q & A

 

Q: A colleague makes comments about my appearance that make me feel uncomfortable. I’ve told my colleague that I don’t like these comments, but they continue and I’m told I’m too sensitive. What am I supposed to do?

 

A: You should talk to your manager and ask for help. If you do not feel comfortable talking to your manager, talk to Human Resources or call the Ethics Help Line or Ethics Hot Line.

 

12



 

Safety and security

 

BNY Mellon is committed to establishing and maintaining safe and healthy working conditions at all locations and to complying with laws that pertain to employee workplace safety. Listed below are some of the principles of maintaining a safe and secure workplace:

 

·                   You must contribute to maintaining a workplace free from aggression. Threats, intimidating behavior or any acts of violence will not be tolerated.

 

·                   You may not use, possess, sell or transfer illegal drugs on company property. In addition, you won’t be permitted to work if you’re using illegal drugs or impaired by alcohol.

 

·                   You may not bring weapons onto company property. This includes weapons used for sporting purposes or otherwise legal to possess. Weapons of any kind have no place in the work environment.

 

·                   You should be alert to individuals who are on company premises without proper authorization. Make sure you observe all physical access rules in your location and report incidents of unauthorized entry to your manager or to security personnel.

 

( Reference: Company Identification Card Issuance; Display and Use of Company Identification)

 

Q & A

 

Q: I have reason to believe that a colleague is coming to the office intoxicated. What should I do?

 

A: You should notify your manager immediately. If you’re uncomfortable discussing this with your manager, contact Human Resources.

 

Managers’ responsibilities

 

As part of a worldwide financial services organization, managers have a special responsibility to demonstrate our values through their actions. Managers must foster an environment of integrity, honesty and respect. This includes creating a work environment that is free from discrimination, harassment, intimidation or bullying of any kind. This type of behavior will not be tolerated and is inconsistent with our values and the Code of Conduct.

 

Managers also must ensure that all aspects of the employment relationship are free from bias and that decisions are based upon individual performance and merit.

 

13



 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.

 



 

Key Principle: Avoiding Conflicts

 

Avoiding Conflicts

 

We make our business decisions free from conflicting outside influences. Our business decisions are based on our duty to BNY Mellon and our clients, and not driven by any personal interest or gain. We are alert to any potential conflict of interest and ensure we identify and mitigate or eliminate any such conflict.

 

GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT
OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT AND BUSINESS DEALINGS
OUTSIDE SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR, OFFICER OR GENERAL PARTNER
OWNERSHIP OF AN OUTSIDE BUSINESS
FIDUCIARY APPOINTMENTS
PERSONAL INVESTMENT DECISIONS
DEALING WITH FAMILY AND CLOSE PERSONAL FRIENDS
CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 



 

Overview

 

The way we conduct our daily business dealings with clients, suppliers, vendors and competitors determines our reputation in the marketplace far more than any other actions we take. Each one of us contributes to BNY Mellon’s reputation. You’re expected always to act in a way that reflects our commitment to integrity and responsible business behavior.

 

A conflict of interest is any situation where your interests and the company’s interests are, or appear to be, in opposition. When you’re in such a situation, it’s difficult to objectively fulfill your job duties and your loyalty to the company may be compromised — or appear to be compromised. Every business decision you make should be in the best interests of the company and not for your own personal gain or benefit. So, you may not engage in any activity that creates, or even appears to create, a conflict of interest between you and BNY Mellon. You should not take any business action, including any loan or guarantee, for your personal benefit, or to benefit a relative or close friend at the expense of the company’s best interests.

 

If you believe you have a conflict of interest, or may be perceived to have such a conflict, you must disclose this to your Compliance Officer or to the Ethics Office. You’re expected to cooperate fully with all efforts to resolve any such conflict. The routine activities on the following pages can give rise to an actual or perceived conflict of interest.

 

( Reference: Business Conflicts of Interest )

 

Even if the conflict does not create an improper action, the appearance of a conflict of interest can be equally damaging to our reputation.

 

14



 

Gifts and entertainment

 

Our clients, suppliers and vendors are vital to BNY Mellon’s success. That’s why it’s imperative that these relationships remain objective and fair. While business gifts and entertainment can be important to building goodwill, they can also affect the relationship if your ability to exercise sound business judgment becomes blurred. To prevent misunderstandings, it’s recommended that, at the beginning of the business relationship, you discuss with your clients, suppliers and vendors what is permissible under our Code.

 

Fundamentally, interactions with existing or prospective clients, suppliers and vendors are business relationships that should be treated accordingly. The inappropriate giving or receiving of gifts and entertainment can erode the distinction between a business and a personal relationship. An appropriate benchmark is whether public disclosure of any gift or entertainment you accept or give would embarrass you or damage BNY Mellon’s reputation.

 

If your judgment begins to be influenced inappropriately by a close relationship with a client, supplier or vendor, then you have crossed the line and you should remove yourself from that relationship.

 

Q & A

 

Q: My line of business is considering asking a local vendor that we use from time to time to donate small gifts to a local charity. Since we’re not getting anything of value, can we assume this is allowable?

 

A: No. This is inappropriate. Asking vendors or suppliers to donate gifts, even if nominal in amount and for a charitable purpose, gives the impression that they must honor our request to continue doing business with the company.

 

The basic principle is that no gift or entertainment may be accepted or provided if it obligates you, or appears to obligate you, to the individual receiving or giving the gift or entertainment. Gifts and entertainment should be defined in the broadest sense to include money, securities, business opportunities, goods, services, discounts on goods or services, entertainment, food, drink and any similar items.

 

In addition to the rules noted on the next page that apply across the company, certain lines of business may have more restrictive rules and requirements. You are expected to know and follow the more rigorous standards that may apply to your job or your location.

 

15



 

The following are NOT allowed, regardless of the value:

 

·    Accepting or giving anything as a “quid pro quo”, that is for doing something in return for the gift or entertainment,

 

·    Accepting or giving cash or cash equivalents (e.g., checks, cash convertible gift certificates or cards, securities and loans),

 

·    Accepting or giving a gift or entertainment that violates any law or regulation or brings harm to BNY Mellon’s reputation,

 

·    Accepting or giving anything that could be viewed as a bribe, payoff or improper influence,

 

·    Accepting or giving a gift or entertainment that violates any standard of conduct for your profession, especially if you hold a license or a certification,

 

·    Using your position in any way to obtain anything of value from prospective or existing clients, suppliers, vendors or persons to whom you refer business,

 

·    Providing entertainment that is lavish or too frequent for an existing or prospective client, vendor or supplier,

 

·    Participating in any entertainment that is inappropriate, sexually oriented or inconsistent with ethical business practices,

 

·    Accepting gifts or entertainment from, or giving them to, any vendor or supplier during the selection or sourcing process, whether or not you are the primary relationship manager or involved directly in the negotiation to secure the products or services,

 

·    Participating in any action that would cause the other person to violate their own company’s standards for gifts and entertainment, and

 

·    Providing gifts or entertainment to an existing or prospective client, supplier or vendor not recorded properly in the company books and records.

 

Q & A

 

Q: I am vacationing in the Caribbean and my client has a home on the island that I’m visiting. She’s been asking me to stay in her home. I’ll make sure we discuss business and I may even be able to get some business referrals from her friends. There won’t be any expense to BNY Mellon. Can I stay in the client’s home?

 

A: No. Staying in a client’s home is inappropriate. Your client is a business associate, not a personal friend. This type of entertainment could be viewed as improper and could bring harm to the company’s reputation if disclosed to the public. The fact that the company is not paying for any expenses is not relevant. You should thank the client for the kind suggestion, explain our policy and politely decline the offer.

 

16



 

The following require express pre-approval or reporting via CODE RAP before you proceed. Approval is required whether you’re the recipient of the gift or entertainment, or you’re providing such to a client, vendor or supplier:

 

·    Accepting a gift or bequest under a will or trust document of a client of BNY Mellon, regardless of the amount,

 

·    Attending special, high-profile events, such as World Cup matches or Super Bowl games, regardless of the stated amount on the tickets,

 

·    Giving or receiving any gift or entertainment that exceeds amounts permissible in company policy (entertainment includes meals, refreshments or other accommodations, but should only be considered business entertainment if given in connection with a legitimate business meeting), and

 

·    Giving gifts or entertainment to any US government official (federal, state and local)

 

·    The laws surrounding gifts or entertainment to government officials are complex, so you should ask your manager for assistance or contact the Government Contracting Unit of Compliance with questions.

 

The following are usually acceptable, but you should raise questions if you’re in doubt:

 

·    Gifts based upon obvious family or long-standing, personal relationships (such as those between you and your parents, children, spouse or a childhood friend), where the circumstances make it clear that those relationships are the motivating factor for the gift, rather than the business relationship,

 

Q & A

 

Q: I’m worried about the impression my office is giving to the community. We host what i consider to be lavish parties for prospective clients and some people seem to be constantly “entertaining” clients. Should I be worried?

 

A: It depends. It could be that your colleagues are engaging in legitimate business entertainment. It’s possible that the entertainment complies with the Code of Conduct and company policies, and you may not have all the facts. You should talk to your manager or the next level of management about your concern. If you’re uncomfortable doing this or you get an unsatisfactory answer, contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

·    Gifts of a nominal value (under $100 US or local equivalent), but only if the gift is given in connection with a commonly recognized event or occasion (e.g., holiday, job event such as a promotion or retirement, life event such as a wedding, or a business event such as a conference, sports or cultural event). Even in these situations, you must report the gift or entertainment to your direct manager,

 

·    Promotional items of a nominal value, such as pens, calendars, paperweights,

 

·    Items with little intrinsic value, such as plaques, certificates and trophies recognizing service and accomplishments for civic, charitable, educational or religious organizations,

 

17



 

·    Discounts or rebates on merchandise or services that do not exceed those available to the general public or available to you as an employee of the company, and

 

·    Loans from other financial institutions, so long as they are on customary terms for legally permissible purposes.

 

If you receive a gift not in compliance with these requirements, you must immediately return the gift to the sender. If appropriate, you should send a letter explaining the company’s policy or your business line’s policies.

 

( Reference: Policy on Gifts, Entertainment, and Other Payments )

 

Outside employment and business dealings

 

Certain types of outside employment or business dealings may cause a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict. It’s your responsibility to recognize these situations. Any activity that diminishes your ability to perform your job duties objectively, benefits you at the expense of BNY Mellon, competes with any business or service provided by the company, or has the potential to damage our reputation will not be permitted.

 

Certain types of outside employment or business dealings may not be accepted while employed by BNY Mellon, including:

 

·    Employment or association with companies or organizations that prepare, audit or certify statements or documents pertinent to the company’s business,

 

·    Employment with clients, competitors, vendors or suppliers that you deal with in the normal course of your job duties, and

 

·    Any business relationship with a client, prospect, supplier, vendor or agent of the company (other than normal consumer transactions conducted through ordinary retail sources).

 

Q & A

 

Q: A colleague of mine works part-time for a company that provides office supplies, such as paper and pens, to BNY Mellon. Should I be concerned that his outside employment could be a conflict?

 

A: It does not seem likely this would be a conflict, so long as your colleague is not involved in the decision making process to purchase supplies from the outside company or approve invoices or payments to the supplier. If you’re concerned, you may want to talk with your manager. In addition, you can always contact your Compliance Officer or the Ethics Office for guidance.

 

18



 

Certain types of outside employment and business dealings require approval from the company before acceptance. You must seek approval via CODE RAP. Depending upon your job duties or other regulatory requirements, your request may be denied or limits may be placed upon your activities. The following positions require approval:

 

·    Employment involving the use of a professional license even if that license is not required for you to perform your current duties (e.g., FINRA, real estate, insurance, certified accountant and attorney),

 

·    Employment involving providing tax advice or tax return preparation,

 

·    Any type of employment in the financial services industry,

 

·    Employment that could compete with the company or divert business opportunities in any way,

 

·    Any position that is similar in nature to your present job duties and involves a “knowledge transfer” to the other organization,

 

·    Jobs that adversely affect the quality of your work, distract your attention from your job duties or otherwise influence your judgment when acting on behalf of the company,

 

·    Employment of any kind that would negatively impact the company’s financial or professional reputation, and

 

·    Serving as an expert witness, industry arbitrator or other similar litigation support that is unrelated to BNY Mellon, as these activities generally take a significant amount of time and have the potential to create conflicts of interest (e.g., taking a position that is contrary to company policies or procedures or otherwise conflicts with the interests of our clients).

 

Even if your outside employment is approved or permissible under the Code, you may not solicit employees, clients, vendors or suppliers, nor may you utilize the company’s name, time, property, supplies or equipment. All approvals granted for outside employment expire after one year. Annual re-approval via CODE RAP is required since facts and circumstances may change.

 

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation Issues )

 

19



 

Outside service as a director, officer or general partner

 

You must obtain prior approval before you serve as a board member, officer or general partner of the following:

 

·    All for-profit companies, and

 

·    Non-profit entities, where any of the following circumstances exist:

 

·    There is a client, business or financial relationship between the entity and BNY Mellon, including receiving charitable contributions, grants or foundation money.

 

·    The entity is a trade or industry organization (e.g., Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or the Chartered Financial Analyst Institute).

 

·    You receive any type of compensation (e.g., cash, securities, goods, services).

 

·    The entity is any type of government agency or your position is considered to be a public official (whether elected or appointed).

 

·    You have been asked by BNY Mellon to serve the organization.

 

You may not serve until you have full approval from BNY Mellon as required by policy and documented in CODE RAP. If you are compensated, you may be required to surrender the compensation if there is a potential conflict of interest or you’re serving the outside entity on behalf of BNY Mellon. Annual re-approval via CODE RAP is required as facts and circumstances may change, so you may not be given permission to serve every year.

 

Even if the service does not require approval, you must notify BNY Mellon of any anticipated negative publicity, and you must follow these guidelines while you serve:

 

·    Never attempt to influence or take part in votes or decisions that may lead to the use of a BNY Mellon product, service or other type of benefit to the company; the entity records must reflect that you abstained from such a vote or discussion.

 

·    You must ensure the entity conducts its affairs lawfully, ethically, and in accordance with prudent management and financial practices. If you cannot, then you must resign.

 

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation Issues; Restrictions on Accepting Compensation When Serving as a Board Member or Senior Officer of an Outside Entity )

 

Q & A

 

Q: I’ve been asked to sit on the board of a local non-profit group. They use our Wealth Management group to manage their charitable giving program. I don’t have any business dealings with the non-profit group and don’t work in Wealth Management. Do I have to report this?

 

A: Yes. The non-profit entity is a client of BNY Mellon. It does not matter which line of business has the client relationship, or whether or not you have any business dealings with the group. You must submit a CODE RAP form and receive approval before you agree to serve.

 

20



 

Ownership of an outside business

 

If you own a business (either as a sole proprietor or partial owner), you must seek approval for this ownership via CODE RAP. You’ll be required to provide pertinent details, such as any relationship with BNY Mellon (including employees), any compensation/payment received, time required and potential conflicts of interest (actual or in appearance). Annual re-approval via CODE RAP is required as facts and circumstances may change.

 

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation Issues )

 

Fiduciary appointments

 

Fiduciary appointments are those where you act as an administrator, executor, guardian or custodian for a minor, trustee or managing agent. In general, you’re strongly discouraged from serving as a fiduciary unless you’re doing so for a family member or a long-standing, personal friend. Any request must be submitted through CODE RAP.

 

Even if you’re serving as a fiduciary for a family member or a long-standing, personal friend, you should be cautious if they are a company client or if you receive compensation for your service. Both of these situations require approval through CODE RAP. If there is a client relationship, there may be restrictions or controls placed on your service, or you may be denied the ability to serve in such a fiduciary capacity.

 

In all situations where you’re acting as a fiduciary, you must follow these guidelines:

 

·    Do not represent that you’re performing the same professional services that are performed by a bank, or that you have access to such services,

 

·    Do not accept a fee for acting as a co-fiduciary with a bank, unless you receive approval from the board of directors of that bank, and

 

·    Do not permit your appointment to interfere with the time and attention you devote to your BNY Mellon job duties.

 

Personal investment decisions

 

Your personal investments, and those of certain family members, could lead to conflicts of interest. Therefore, you’re required to comply with the company’s Personal Securities Trading Policy, including adhering to the restrictions placed on trading in BNY Mellon securities and a strict prohibition against insider trading. Certain employees will have additional restrictions placed on their personal investments that may include reporting and pre-clearing various types of securities transactions. You must be familiar with the responsibilities that apply to your job and you’ll be expected to follow those rules.

 

In addition, if you have (or anyone who reports to you has) responsibility for a client, supplier or vendor relationship as part of your job duties, you must be cautious about potential investments in that business or its securities, particularly for privately held or thinly traded public companies and ensure your full compliance with the Personal Securities Trading Policy.

 

( Reference: Personal Securities Trading Policy)

 

21



 

Dealings with family and close personal friends

 

You should be particularly sensitive to business situations involving family members, household members or close personal friends. In general, a family member or close personal friend should not have any business dealings with you or with anyone who reports to you. This also includes situations where your family members or close personal friends provide an indirect service to a client for whom you have responsibility.

 

You must disclose any such situation to your manager and your Compliance Officer and cooperate with all efforts to resolve such conflicts.

 

Q & A

 

Q: A client of mine is considering hiring my wife as his accountant. I did not make the referral to my client. Is this okay?

 

A: This situation could cause a conflict of interest, and you should contact your manager and your Compliance Officer immediately. If your wife is acting as your client’s accountant, she may be relying upon information BNY Mellon provides on the client’s account. This is a situation that puts you in a potential conflict of interest, so you may be required to resign from the client’s account if he hires your wife.

 

Q: My son works for a consulting company that BNY Mellon routinely hires for software development. My job does not require that I interact with him and I have no influence or input over the decision to hire the consulting company. Is this okay?

 

A: It doesn’t appear that there are any conflicts of interest with your son working for the consulting company and your job at BNY Mellon. To be certain, discuss this matter with your manager or your Compliance Officer, so that you can be sure there are no conflicts with this situation.

 

22



 

Corporate opportunities

 

You owe a duty to BNY Mellon to advance its legitimate business interests when the opportunity arises. You and your family members are prohibited from personally benefiting from opportunities discovered through the use of company property or information that you directly or indirectly obtained through your position at BNY Mellon.

 

Your actions must not compete in any way with businesses the company engages in, and you may neither ask for, nor accept, a business opportunity that may belong to BNY Mellon or could appear to belong to it.

 

You may not give legal, tax, investment or other professional advice to clients, prospects, vendors or suppliers of the company, unless this activity is part of your regular job responsibilities. You must also be cautious if clients, prospects, suppliers or other employees seek your guidance or your recommendation of a third party professional who provides these services, such as an attorney, accountant, insurance broker, stock broker, or real estate agent.

 

If you make such a recommendation, you must follow these requirements:

 

·         Provide several candidates and ensure you show no favoritism toward any of them

 

·         Disclose in writing that the recommendations are in no way sponsored or endorsed by the company

 

·         Do not accept any fee (now or in the future), nor may you expect any direct or indirect benefit (e.g., more business from a better relationship) from the recommendation

 

All transactions with your clients, suppliers or vendors must be handled strictly on an “arm’s-length basis”, meaning that the terms of all transactions must not even suggest the appearance of a personal advantage.

 

23



 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.

 



 

Key Principle: Conducting Business

 

Conducting Business

 

We secure business based on honest competition in the marketplace, which contributes to the success of our company, our clients and our shareholders. We compete in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. We support worldwide efforts to combat financial corruption and financial crime.

 

FAIR COMPETITION AND ANTI-TRUST

 

ANTI-CORRUPTION AND IMPROPER PAYMENTS

 

COMBATING FINANCIAL CRIME AND MONEY LAUNDERING

 



 

Fair Competition and Anti-Trust

 

BNY Mellon is committed to fair dealing with our clients, suppliers, competitors and employees. The company is also committed to open competition as we believe this benefits our clients, the company and the community at large. We compete vigorously but only in full compliance with the laws and regulations of the numerous jurisdictions in which we do business, and in the spirit of honesty and integrity.

 

All BNY Mellon entities must comply with the various “fair competition” and “fair dealing” laws that exist in many countries and “anti-trust” laws in the US. The general purpose of these laws is to protect the markets from anti-competitive activities. Some examples of such anti-competitive activities are those that involve entering into formal or informal agreements, whether written or oral, with competitors regarding:

 

·         Fixing prices or terms, or any information that impacts prices or terms,

 

·         Allocating markets, sales territories or clients, including sharing marketing plans or strategic documents,

 

·         Boycotting or refusing to deal with certain suppliers, vendors or clients (unless required by a law or governing body, such as the Office of Foreign Assets Control), and

 

·         Making the use of a product or service from a supplier or vendor conditional upon their use of our services or products.

 

The principles of fair dealing require us to deal fairly with our clients, suppliers, competitors and employees. Unfair advantage may not be taken through:

 

·         Manipulation,

 

·         Concealment,

 

·         Abuse of privileged information,

 

·         Misrepresentation of material facts, or

 

·         Any other unfair-dealing practices.

 

Q & A

 

Q: A close friend works for a competitor of BNY Mellon. We sometimes talk about the challenges we have in marketing certain products and bounce ideas off one another. Is this a problem?

 

A: Yes. You’re discussing confidential information that belongs to the company. You may also be violating anti-trust or anti-competitive laws. Do not talk about these types of matters with your friend, family members or anyone outside of the company.

 

24



 

The competition and anti-trust laws are many and complex, so if you have any question as to whether a particular activity is legal or in compliance with the spirit of these laws, you should contact a member of the Legal department. The following points reinforce the significance and complexity of these laws:

 

·         The laws can vary within the same country or organization. For example, several states within the US have fair competition laws, in addition to the federal anti-trust laws. Likewise, within the EU, individual countries may have laws that apply in addition to EU laws,

 

·         The laws of certain countries may apply to conduct that takes place outside of that country (e.g., the US and EU),

 

·         Violations of these laws typically carry harsh penalties. Most permit significant monetary penalties for both the company and the individual employee, and some permit convicted individuals to be imprisoned,

 

·         Meetings at professional gatherings, trade associations or conferences are particularly vulnerable to potential violations. If you’re involved in any discussion with a competitor that begins to suggest anti-competitive or anti-trust activity, or gives the appearance of this kind of activity, you must inform the competitor that the discussion must cease. If it does not, you must remove yourself from the group. Immediately report the incident to the Legal department to protect both you and the company, and

 

·         Many countries’ competition laws have provisions that make it illegal to monopolize or to abuse a dominant position in a market. You should check with the Legal department if you’re a senior manager of a business and have concern about these issues.

 

Complying with fair competition and anti-trust laws also means that you may not use information or materials that belong to our competitors. This includes using information that a former employee of a competitor may bring with them to BNY Mellon. We succeed in the marketplace based on our own merits and do not engage in corporate “espionage” or unethical means to gain advantage on the competition. You’re expected to comply fully with the letter and the spirit of all fair competition and anti-trust laws.

 

25



 

Anti-corruption and improper payments

 

Most countries in which we do business have laws that prohibit bribes to foreign governments and officials. In the US, there is the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The term “officials” can be applied broadly to include officials of political parties, political candidates, employees of governments and employees of government-owned business. You must follow these laws regardless of the line of business in which you work or your country of residence.

 

Any attempt to pay money or anything of value to influence the actions or decisions of such officials, including receiving special treatment for yourself (or your family members) or the company, may be considered a violation of law. Violation of these laws is a serious offense, with significant penalties for both you and the company. You’re required to comply with the following rules:

 

·         Do not give anything of value (including gifts) to a foreign official to obtain or retain business; this includes payments for the purpose of reducing taxes or custom fees,

 

·         Do not attempt to avoid laws by making payments through third parties: be cautious when selecting or dealing with agents or other third-party providers,

 

·         Never make any payment that you do not record on company books and records, or make misleading accounting entries,

 

·         Seek guidance when circumstances are unclear or you’re asked to make a payment that makes you uncomfortable, and

 

·         Report any observations of others engaging in any behavior that you believe is improper.

 

( Reference: Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Policy)

 

26



 

Combating financial crime and money laundering

 

Money laundering is the process by which individuals or entities attempt to conceal unlawful funds or otherwise make the source of the funds appear legitimate. As a member of the financial services community, you have a special obligation to support law enforcement throughout the world to combat various types of financial crime, such as attempts to launder money for criminal activity and finance terrorist operations. You’re expected to comply fully with all anti-money laundering laws and only conduct business with reputable clients involved in legitimate business activities that use funds derived from lawful purposes.

 

It is critical to the health of the company that every employee adheres to the company’s strict “know-your-customer” policies. In addition to our global policies, individual lines of business have detailed policies and procedures that address unique requirements and circumstances. You’re expected to know those procedures and follow them. Ask your manager for guidance. Knowing your customer means following established customer identification protocols for your business line, validating that the individual or entity, and the source of their funds, is legitimate.

 

Q & A

 

Q: A longtime client started a new company that purchases medical equipment for a facility in the Middle East. The payments are made via wire transfers from an account of another company she owns in the Cayman Islands. The bank account of the Cayman Island company is located in a European country. Should I be concerned?

 

A: Yes. Transferring funds to or from countries unrelated to the transaction, or transfers that are complex or illogical is a significant red flag. You’re obligated to file an Incident Report no later than 72 hours from the time you identify the activity as suspicious.

 

Failing to detect suspicious transactions or doing business with any person or entity involved in criminal or terrorist activities puts the company and you at serious risk. Accordingly, the company will not tolerate any circumstance where an individual or business unit circumvents anti-money laundering policies or procedures or fails to report suspicious activity. No amount of revenue and no client relationship are worth the risk of doing business with those involved in criminal or terrorist activity. If you suspect or detect any suspicious activity, you must file an Incident Report as soon as possible, and no later than 72 hours after detection. No manager or executive has the authority to suppress such reports.

 

( References: Global Anti-Money Laundering/Know-Your-Customer Policy; Anti-Money Laundering Training Policy; Policy on Identifying, Investigating, and Reporting Fraud, Money Laundering etc. )

 

27



 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.

 



 

Key Principle: Working with Governments

 

Working with Governments

 

We follow all requirements that apply to doing business with governments. We recognize that practices that may be acceptable when dealing with a private company that is the client may cause problems or be a violation of law when working with a government

 

YOUR OBLIGATIONS

 

BASIC PRINCIPLES

 



 

Your Obligations

 

BNY Mellon conducts business with national and local governments and with government-owned entities. While you must always follow the standard of Doing What’s Right with any client, you should be aware that there are special rules when doing business with a government. Some practices that are acceptable when a private company is your client, such as nominal gifts or entertainment, may cause problems, or in some cases be a violation of law, when working with governments.

 

If you’re involved in any part of the process of providing services to a government entity, you have a special obligation to follow the basic principles in this section of the Code. These principles also apply in circumstances where you may be supervising the work of third parties in support of a government client (e.g., consultants, contractors, temporary workers or suppliers).

 

If you’re a manager or recruiter who has responsibility for hiring decisions, you may have additional, unique requirements. For example, certain jurisdictions, such as the US, have laws concerning employment discussions and the hiring of former government officials and their family members or lobbyists. Check with your local Human Resources representative or the Legal department in such circumstances to be sure you’re following requirements of the law.

 

Q & A

 

Q: I have clients in a country where some businesses have been “nationalized” and are now owned and run by the state. Are the people I deal with in these circumstances considered to be officials of the government?

 

A: You should assume the answer is yes. The laws can be complicated, so contact the Legal department for guidance.

 

Q: I’m hosting a dinner for a few of the larger clients in my region. One of the clients i was going to invite is the representative for the account we manage for the State of New Jersey. Do I have to notify anyone?

 

A: Yes. You may not proceed until you’ve received approval via CODE RAP from the Government Contracting Unit of Compliance. New Jersey has one of the most restrictive rules regarding gifts and entertainment, so you may not be able to invite this client. Do not proceed until you’ve received approval.

 

28



 

Basic principles

 

·         Know the restrictions or limitations on presenting and receiving hospitality.

 

·          Do not offer or accept gifts to or from representatives of governments that do not comply with company policies,

 

·          Never accept or offer anything of value meant to induce or influence government employees or officials as this gives the appearance of a bribe, and

 

·          Don’t “tip” government officials or offer “inducement” payments.

 

·         Observe a “higher standard of care.”

 

·          Never destroy or steal government property,

 

·          Don’t make false or fictitious statements, or represent that agreements have been met if they haven’t,

 

·          Don’t deviate from contract requirements without prior approval from the government, and

 

·          Never issue invoices or charges that are inaccurate, incorrect or unauthorized.

 

·         Cooperate with government investigations and audits.

 

·          Don’t avoid, contravene or otherwise interfere with any government investigation or audit, and

 

·          Don’t destroy or alter any company documents (whether electronic or paper) in anticipation of a request for those documents from the government.

 

It’s important to note that in addition to the basic principles above, if your client is a US federal, state or local government, there are very specific legal requirements and company policies that you must follow. These obligations apply to all businesses that deal with US federal, state or local entities or officials, regardless of the location or the line of business providing the service, even in locations outside the US.

 

( References: Doing Business with the Government; Government Contracts; Obtaining Government Contracts; Delivery of Services to the Government; Gifts, Entertainment and Payments to the Government )

 

29



 

It’s your obligation to Do What’s Right.

 



 

Key Principle: Protecting Assets

 

Protecting Assets

 

We ensure all entries made in the company’s books and records are complete and accurate, and comply with established accounting and record-keeping procedures. We maintain confidentiality of all forms of data and information entrusted to us, and prevent the misuse of information belonging to the company or any client.

 

FINANCIAL INTEGRITY

 

ADDITIONAL STANDARDS FOR SENIOR FINANCIAL PROFESSIONALS

 

USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

 

PROTECTING CLIENT AND EMPLOYEE RECORDS AND OBSERVING OUR PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

 

RECORDS MANAGEMENT

 

USE OF COMPUTERS, SYSTEMS AND CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

INSIDE OR PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

 



 

Financial Integrity

 

BNY Mellon is committed to keeping honest, accurate and transparent books and records. You’re expected to follow established accounting and recordkeeping rules, and to measure and report financial performance honestly. Investors count on us to provide accurate information so they can make decisions about our company. All business records must be clear, truthful and accurate, and follow generally accepted accounting principles and laws.

 

You may not have any secret agreement or side arrangements with anyone — a client, another employee or their family member, or a supplier, vendor or agent of the company.

 

The financial condition of the company reflects records and accounting entries supported by virtually every employee. Business books and records also include documents many employees create, such as expense diaries and time sheets.

 

Falsifying any document can impact the financial condition of the company. As a public company, BNY Mellon is required to file reports with government agencies and make certain public statements. Many people and entities use these statements, including:

 

·         Accountants — to calculate taxes and other government fees,

 

·         Investors — to make decisions about buying or selling our securities, and

 

·         Regulatory agencies — to monitor and enforce our compliance with government regulations.

 

You’re expected to maintain accurate and complete records at all times. Financial integrity is fundamental to our success, and falsification or misrepresentation of any company books, records or reports will not be tolerated.

 

Q & A

 

Q: I think a co-worker is submitting reports that indicate she worked overtime that she did not actually work. I don’t want to get anyone in trouble, so what should I do?

 

A: Reporting hours not worked is a form of theft. This is a serious issue and may be a violation of law. You must report your concern to your manager or Human Resources. If you’re uncomfortable raising this issue with your manager, file an Incident Report or contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

30



 

Additional Standards for Senior Financial Professionals

 

If you’re responsible for the accuracy of the company’s financial filings with regulators, you have a higher duty to ensure your behavior follows the most stringent standards of personal and professional conduct. This includes the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Company Controller, and such other individuals as determined by the General Counsel. Individuals in this group must adhere to the following additional standards:

 

·         Disclose to the General Counsel and Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer any material transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to be a conflict of interest,

 

·         Provide stakeholders with information that is accurate, complete, objective, fair, relevant, timely and understandable, including information in filings and submissions to the US Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies,

 

·         Act in good faith, responsibly, with due care, competence and diligence, without misrepresenting material facts or allowing your independent judgment to be compromised,

 

·         Never mislead or improperly influence any authorized audit or interfere with any auditor engaged in the performance of an internal or independent review of the company’s system of internal controls, financial statements or accounting books and records, and

 

·         Promptly report any possible violation of the company’s Code of Conduct to the General Counsel and Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer.

 

Use of Company Assets

 

Company assets include, but are not limited to, company funds, equipment, facilities, supplies, postal and electronic mail, and any type of company-owned information. It also includes your time and the time of those with whom you work — you’re expected to use your time at work responsibly. Company assets are to be used for legitimate business purposes and not for your personal gain. You’re expected to use good judgment to ensure that assets are not misused or wasted.

 

The company’s name and brand is a vital asset. That means you should not imply, directly or indirectly, any company sponsorship, unless you have prior and proper approval. This includes refraining from using the company’s name to endorse a client, supplier, vendor or any third party without the approval of Corporate Marketing. You may not proceed with any such use of the company’s name or endorsement without first receiving approval through CODE RAP.

 

( Reference: Use of the Company’s Name in Advertising or Endorsements of Customers and Others )

 

Careless, wasteful, inefficient or inappropriate use of any company assets is irresponsible and inconsistent with our Code of Conduct. Any type of theft, fraud or embezzlement will not be tolerated.

 

31



 

Protecting client and employee records and observing our privacy principles

 

The company is responsible for ensuring the privacy, confidentiality and controlled access to all client and employee information. All of our stakeholders expect us to collect, maintain, use, disseminate and dispose of information only as necessary to carry out responsibilities or as authorized by law.

 

Nearly every employee in the company has access to private information, so you’re expected to adhere to the following key principles concerning privacy:

 

·         Collection of client and employee information must be controlled. This means that the collection of such information must be permitted under law and only for a legitimate business purpose.

 

·         Storage and transport of all forms of collected client and employee information must be controlled and safeguarded. This means that information collected must be maintained in a secured environment, transported by approved vendors and access provided only to those who need to view the information to perform their job duties.

 

·         Use of client and employee information must be controlled. If the law or company policy provides that the client or employee be given a right to “opt-out” of certain uses of information, then you must respect that right.

 

·         Disposal of client and employee information must be controlled. You should only retain information for the time period necessary to deliver the service or product and in compliance with applicable retention periods. When it’s necessary to dispose of information (regardless of the media on which the information is stored) you must do so in a manner appropriate to the sensitivity of the information.

 

·         Any compromise of client or employee information must be reported. If you’re aware of or suspect that client or employee information has been lost, stolen, missing, misplaced or misdirected, or that there’s been unauthorized access to information, you must immediately report the matter through the company’s incident reporting process.

 

Know how to protect records and make sure to follow company policies at all times. The loss of any protected data can be extremely harmful to the company financially and damage our reputation.

 

( Reference: Information Privacy Policy, Corporate Information Protection Policy )

 

Q & A

 

Q: As part of my group’s job duties, we’re able to view the accounts of wealthy clients. I overheard one of my colleagues talking to his brother on the phone about the balance in a client’s account that happens to be a very prominent sports figure. I don’t think this is right, but what should I do?

 

A: You’re correct in being concerned. Your colleague had no right to disclose personal information about a client to anyone who has no legitimate business need for the information. File an Incident Report or contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

32



 

Records management

 

You must follow company and local policies for retention, management and destruction of records. If there’s an investigation, or if litigation is pending or anticipated, certain records may need to be retained beyond established destruction periods. In most cases you’ll be notified of the need to retain documents by the Legal department, if appropriate.

 

Records should be defined in the broadest sense — meaning that they include any information created or received that has been recorded on any medium or captured in reproducible form. Records also include any document that is intentionally retained and managed as final evidence of a business unit’s activities, events or transactions, or for operational, legal, regulatory or historical purposes.

 

The media and formats of records take many forms, including:

 

·         Papers, e-mails, instant messages, other electronically maintained documents,

 

·         Microfilms, photographs and reproductions,

 

·         Voice, text and audio tapes,

 

·         Magnetic tapes, floppy and hard disks, optical disks and drawings, and

 

·         Any other media, regardless of physical form or characteristics that have been made or received in the transaction of business activities.

 

( Reference: Records Management Program )

 

Use of computers, systems and corporate information

 

As an employee, you have access to the company’s computers, systems and corporate information to do your job. This access means you also have the obligation to use these systems responsibly and follow company policies to protect information and systems.

 

Electronic systems include, but are not limited to:

 

·         Personal computers (including e-mail and instant messages) and computer networks,

 

·         Telephones, cell phones, voice mail, pagers and fax machines, and

 

·         Other communication devices, such as PDAs (e.g., Blackberry or Palm Pilot).

 

Never send sensitive or confidential data over the Internet or over phone systems without following established company policies to protect such information.

 

You should have no expectation of privacy when you use these systems. You’re given access only to conduct legitimate company business and you’re expected to use them in a professional and responsible manner. The company reserves the right to intercept, monitor and record your communication on these systems in accordance with the law.

 

You’re expected to protect the security of these systems and follow company policies concerning access and proper use (such as maintaining passwords). In rare cases, where there is a necessary and legitimate business reason, you may disclose your password to another employee who has the right to access the information associated with your password; however, you must file a CODE RAP report immediately and observe all necessary steps to restore the confidentiality of your password.

 

33



 

You’re permitted to use the company’s systems, but only if you follow these rules:

 

·         Messages you create should be professional and appropriate for business communication, including those created via e-mail or instant messaging.

 

·         Never engage in communication that may be considered offensive, derogatory, obscene, vulgar, harassing or threatening (e.g., inappropriate jokes, sexual comments or images, comments that may offend, including those based upon gender, race, age, religious belief, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability or any other basis defined by law).

 

·         Do not distribute copyrighted or licensed materials improperly.

 

·         Do not transmit chain letters, advertisements or solicitations (unless they’re specifically authorized by the company).

 

·         Never view or download inappropriate materials.

 

The occasional use of company systems for personal purposes is acceptable, but you’re expected to use good judgment. Keep personal use to a minimum. Personal use of these systems is a privilege, not a right. Use them wisely and in a manner that would not damage the company’s reputation.

 

( References: Electronic Mail Policy; Corporate Information Protection Policy )

 

Q & A

 

Q: My co-worker sometimes sends sensitive client data via the Internet to a vendor we use to help solve problems. I’m concerned because I don’t think this information is protected properly. He says it’s okay because the vendor is authorized to receive the data and the problems that need to be resolved are time-sensitive. Should I be worried?

 

A: Yes. This is a serious matter, and you must talk to your manager immediately. Your co-worker could be putting clients and BNY Mellon at great risk. If you don’t raise your concern, you may be as responsible as your co-worker for violating company policies. If you’re uncomfortable raising this issue with your manager, file an Incident Report or contact the Ethics Help Line or the Ethics Hot Line to report your concern.

 

34



 

Inside or propriety information

 

As an employee, you may have knowledge about the company’s businesses or possess confidential information about the private or business affairs of our existing, prospective or former clients, suppliers, vendors and employees. You should assume all such information is confidential and privileged and hold it in the strictest confidence. Confidential information includes all non-public information that may be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its clients, if disclosed.

 

It is never appropriate to use such information for personal gain or pass it on to anyone outside the company who is not expressly authorized to receive such information. Other employees who do not need the information to perform their job duties do not have a right to it. You’re expected to protect all such information and failure to do so will not be tolerated.

 

If you’re uncertain about whether you have inside or proprietary information, you should treat the information as if it were and check with your manager or a representative from the Legal department. The following list contains examples of “inside” or “proprietary” information.

 

Inside information

 

Inside information is material non-public information relating to any company, including BNY Mellon, whose securities trade in a public market. Information is deemed to be material if a reasonable investor would likely consider it important when deciding to buy or sell securities of the company, or if the information would influence the market price of those securities.

 

Q & A

 

Q: I discovered that an investor in one of our funds has requested to withdraw a significant amount of money from the fund. I manage a client’s money and he has an investment in the same fund. To protect my client’s interest, I want to pull his money out of the fund because its performance will likely drop. Even though the withdrawal is not yet known by the public, is this okay because I have a fiduciary duty to my client and I’m not benefiting personally by trading on behalf of my client?

 

A: No. You’re in possession of material non-public information and you may not trade the securities of that fund. Your duty to comply with securities laws supersedes any duty you have to your client. You should immediately contact the Legal department to discuss this situation.

 

If you’re in possession of material non-public information about BNY Mellon or any other company, you may not trade the securities of that company for yourself or for others, including clients. Nearly all countries and jurisdictions have strict securities laws that make you, the company and any person with whom you share the information, legally responsible for misusing inside information. The company’s Securities Firewalls Policy provides instructions on the proper handling of inside information and the company will not tolerate any violation of this policy. Certain employees have significant restrictions placed on their trading in BNY Mellon securities or the securities of other companies. You must know the restrictions relative to your job and follow company policies and applicable securities laws.

 

35



 

Proprietary information

 

Proprietary information includes business plans, client lists (prospective and existing), marketing strategies and any method of doing business. Examples include the company’s product development plans, pricing plans, analytical models or methods, computer software, source codes, databases and any related documentation.

 

Proprietary information also includes business contracts, invoices, statements of work, requests for investment or proposal, and other similar documents. Any information related to a client, supplier or vendor financial information (including internal assessments of such), or credit ratings or opinions is considered proprietary. You should also assume all information related to client trades, non-public portfolio holdings and research reports are proprietary.

 

Company-produced policies, procedures or other similar work materials are proprietary. The same is true regarding reports or communications issued by internal auditors, external regulators or accountants, consultants or any other third-party agent or examiner.

 

( References: Securities Firewalls, Personal Securities Trading Policy )

 

Your obligation to protect inside or proprietary information extends beyond the period of your employment with the company. The information you use during your employment belongs to the company and you may not take or use this information after you leave the company.

 

36



 

Key Principle: Supporting our Communities

 

Supporting our Communities

 

We take an active part in our communities around the world, both as individuals and as a company. Our long-term success is linked to the strength of the global economy and the strength of our industry. We are honest, fair and transparent in every way we interact with our communities and the public at large.

 

POLITICAL ACTIVITIES

 

INVESTOR AND MEDIA RELATIONS

 

CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS AND CORPORATE SPONSORSHIP

 

PARTICIPATING IN TRADE ASSOCIATIONS, CONFERENCES AND SPEAKING ENGAGEMENTS

 



 

Political Activities

 

Personal Political Activity

 

BNY Mellon encourages you to keep informed of political issues and candidates and to take an active interest in political affairs. However, if you do participate in any political activity, you must follow these rules:

 

·         Never act as a representative of the company unless you have written permission from the Chief Executive Officer, the General Counsel, and the Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer of the company.

 

·         Your activities should be on your own time, with your own resources. You may not use company time, equipment, facilities, supplies, clerical support, advertising or any other company resources.

 

·         You may not use company funds for any political activity, and you will not be reimbursed or compensated in any way for a political contribution.

 

·         Your political activities may not affect your objectivity or ability to perform your job duties.

 

·         You may not solicit the participation of employees, clients, suppliers, vendors or any other party with whom the company does business.

 

Lobbying

 

Lobbying is generally defined as any activity that attempts to influence the passage or defeat of legislation. Lobbying activities are broad and may cover certain “grass roots” activities where groups of people, such as company employees, are contacted to encourage them to call public officials for the purpose of influencing legislation. Lobbying is prevalent in the US and is gaining influence within the EU and other locations.

 

If you are engaged in lobbying, there may be disclosure requirements and restrictions on certain activities. If your job duties include any of the following activities, you must contact Corporate Affairs or the Legal department for guidance:

 

·         Government contract sales or marketing

 

·         Efforts to influence legislation or administrative actions, such as accompanying trade associations in meetings with government officials concerning legislation

 

·         Meeting with legislators, regulators or their staffs regarding legislation

 

Lobbying does not include situations where a government agency is seeking public comment on proposed regulations.

 

( Reference: Procurement Lobbying )

 

Q & A

 

Q: An outside attorney with whom I work from time to time on company business cannot attend an exclusive fundraiser for a high-level political candidate. He offered me his ticket. The event is to be held at a very wealthy person’s home in my community and this will be a great way to solicit business. The company is not paying for the ticket and the fundraiser will be on my own time. May I attend?

 

A: Only if you have the written approval of the Chief Executive Officer, the General Counsel and the Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer. Your attendance at this event is indirectly related to your job and may give the appearance that you’re acting as a representative of the company or that the company sponsors the political candidate. It does not matter that BNY Mellon did not purchase the event ticket or that you’re going on your own time. To the public, your attendance is connected to the company. So you may not go without obtaining proper authorization prior to the event.

 

37



 

Corporate political activities

 

The laws of many countries, including the US, set strict limits on political contributions made by corporations. Contributions are defined broadly to include any form of money, purchase of tickets, use of company personnel or facilities, or payment for services. BNY Mellon will make contributions only as permissible by law, such as those through company-approved political action committees.

 

Investor and media relations

 

Investor Relations

 

All contacts with institutional shareholders or securities analysts about the company must be made through the Investor Relations group of the Finance department. You must not hold informal or formal discussions with such individuals or groups, unless you are specifically authorized to do so. Even if you are authorized, you cannot provide special access or treatment to shareholders or analysts. All investors must have equal access to honest and accurate information.

 

Media relations

 

Corporate Communications must approve all contacts with the media, including speeches, testimonials or other public statements made on behalf of the company or about its business. You may not respond to any request for interviews, comments or information from any television channel, radio station, newspaper, magazine or trade publication, either on or off the record, unless you have express authorization from Corporate Communications.

 

If you are contacted or interviewed about matters unrelated to your job or to the company, you may not identify BNY Mellon as your employer, and you may not make comments about BNY Mellon.

 

( Reference: Inquiries from the Media, Financial Analysts, and Securities Holders; Use of the Company’s Name in Advertising or Endorsements of Customers and Others )

 

Q & A

 

Q: I have been asked to provide a statement about BNY Mellon’s experience with a vendor’s product that we use. The vendor wants to use my quote on their website or in other marketing materials. Is this okay?

 

A: It depends. Before agreeing to any such arrangement, you should contact Corporate Communications. BNY Mellon carefully protects its reputation by being highly selective in providing such endorsements. Do not proceed until you have the approval of your manager and Corporate Communications.

 

38



 

Charitable contributions and corporate sponsorship

 

The company encourages you to take part in charitable, educational, fraternal or other civic affairs, as long as you follow these basic rules:

 

·         Your activities may not interfere or in any way conflict with your job duties or with company business.

 

·         You may not make any gifts or contributions to charities or other entities in the name of, or on behalf of, the company.

 

·         You may not imply the company’s sponsorship for or support of any outside event or organization without the approval of the most senior executive of your line of business.

 

·         You may not use your position for the purpose of soliciting business or contributions for any other entity.

 

·         You must be cautious in the use of company letterhead, facilities or even your business card so that there is no implied or presumed corporate support for non-company business.

 

From time to time the company may agree to sponsor certain charitable events. In these situations, it may be proper to use company letterhead, facilities or other resources (such as employees’ time or company funds). Ask your manager if you’re unclear whether or not the event in question is considered to be company sponsored.

 

( Reference: Use of the Company’s Name in Advertising or Endorsements of Customers and Others )

 

Participating in trade associations, conferences and speaking engagements

 

You may participate in trade association meetings and conferences. However, you must be mindful that these situations often include contact with competitors. You must follow the rules related to fair competition and anti-trust referenced in this Code and company policies.

 

In addition, meetings where a client, vendor or supplier pays for your attendance should be rare and only occur when it is legally allowed, in compliance with company policy and pre-approval has been obtained via CODE RAP.

 

Neither you nor any member of your immediate family may accept compensation for a speaking engagement or writing services on behalf of BNY Mellon when employed by the company. However, a nominal non-cash honorarium may be accepted in such circumstances. Remember, any materials you may use at such an event must not contain any confidential or proprietary information. The materials must be approved by your manager and the Legal department.

 

( Reference: Outside Affiliations, Outside Employment, and Certain Outside Compensation Issues )

 

39



 

Additional Help

 

This section contains additional questions and answers about the requirements of our Code. Remember, ignorance or a lack of understanding is not an excuse for violating the Code. The company has established many resources to help deal with questions you may have regarding compliance with the Code. You’re expected to take advantage of these resources.

 

Q: A friend of mine is running for political office and I would like to help her out with her campaign. Can I do this?

 

A: Yes. Your personal support is your personal business. Just make sure that you do not use company assets, including company time or its name to advance the campaign.

 

Q: I was leaving the office and a journalist asked me if I could answer a few questions. I told him no and left the car park, but I felt bad about not talking to him. Should I have answered his questions?

 

A: Not at that time. You did the right thing by saying no. You should contact Corporate Communications and tell them of the request. They will determine whether it will be all right for you to talk to the media. If you receive a future request, suggest the journalist contact Corporate Communications directly.

 

Q: I am running for the local school board and I want to use the office copier to make copies of my campaign flyer. Is that okay?

 

A: No. Company property and equipment may not be used for a political purpose without authorization from Corporate Affairs. Running for any public office is considered to be a political purpose. Accepting any political appointment or running for office requires approval via CODE RAP.

 

Q: To thank a client of mine, I want to give him tickets to attend a local football match. He mentioned that his company does not permit this type of entertainment, but I know he would love to go to the match. If he doesn’t care about his own company’s policy, can I give him the tickets?

 

A: No. If you know that giving him the tickets will violate his own company’s policy, do not give the gift. Just as we want clients to respect our limits on gifts, we must do the same.

 

Q: One of the vendors we’re considering for an assignment offered to take me to a local golf course to play a round and have dinner. He wants to talk about his company’s proposal so that we can make a more informed decision. We’ll be talking about business, and there won’t be much money spent on a round of golf and a modest dinner. Is this okay?

 

A: No. You’re evaluating vendors to provide a service. It’s always inappropriate to receive or give entertainment when the company is in the middle of a selection process.

 

Q: One of my vendors offered to send me to a conference at no cost to BNY Mellon. Can I accept the invitation?

 

A: No. Accepting a free trip from a vendor is never permissible. If you’re interested in attending the conference, speak to your manager. Most costs associated with your attendance at the conference must be paid by your department. You’ll be required to file a CODE RAP form if your manager agrees it’s appropriate to attend the conference and you’re requesting permission to permit the vendor to pay for part of your conference attendance.

 

40



 

Q: We’re entitled to a large payment from a government client if we certify that we’ve met all service level agreements on time. We’re not sure whether a few very minor items have been completed, but they’re not that important to the service. It’s close to the end of the quarter and we’d like to realize the payment. Is it okay to send the invoice and certify that the agreements have all been met now?

 

A: No. You cannot submit the invoice and certification until you’re certain that all requirements of the agreement have been met. Submission of an incorrect certification could subject the company, and you, to criminal penalties, so it is vitally important that any certification submitted to the government be completely accurate.

 

Q: A colleague called while on vacation requesting that I check her e-mail to see if she received an item she was expecting. She gave me her logon identification and password, requesting that I call her back with the information. Can I do this?

 

A: No. Passwords and other login credentials must be kept confidential and cannot be used by, or shared with, fellow employees. In rare instances when there is a business need that requires you to share your password, you’re required to file a CODE RAP form immediately afterward.

 

Q: I would like to take a part-time job working for my brother’s recycling business. His business has no relationship with the company and the work I’ll be doing for him is not at all similar to what I do in my job here at the company. Can I do this and do I have to file any forms?

 

A: Yes you may, as long as the time you spend there does not interfere with your job at the company and you don’t use any company equipment or supplies. You don’t need to file a CODE RAP form, since you’re not the sole proprietor or partial owner of the business. However, if you work in certain lines of business (such as a broker dealer), you may need to notify Compliance. Check with your manager or Compliance officer if you’re uncertain.

 

Q: I observed a colleague in our supply area filling up a box full of pens, paper and other items. I asked her what she was doing, and she told me that her son’s school was short on supplies, so she was trying to help out. She said our company can afford the supplies more than her son’s school and that it was the right thing to do. I am friendly with my colleague and I don’t want to get her in trouble. What should I do?

 

A: Your colleague is stealing from the company and you must file an Incident Report. The supplies purchased by our company are to be used for business needs only. Your colleague had no right to take these supplies for any purpose, even if it seems like a good cause

 

Remember

 

All BNY Mellon employees are expected to follow the Code of Conduct, even if they disagree with its contents.

 

If faced with a situation in which you’re unsure of the correct action to take, contact your manager, an Ethics Officer, Compliance Officer, Legal Representative or Human Resources Business Partner for help. There are many resources at your disposal to help you. Don’t hesitate to use them and Do What’s Right !

 

41



 

 

©2010 The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation. All rights reserved.

 

04/10